Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Concrete Structures
VOLUME
Edited by
Singapore
Reinfo rc e me nt for
Concrete Structures
Proceedings of the
VOLUME
Sixth International
Symposium on FRP
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
(FRPRCS-6)
r heWorld Scientific
Preface
Research on the application of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) as
reinforcement for concrete structures appeared in as early as the 1960s.
However, it was not until the late 1980s that such research has escalated,
leading to field applications. The interest in non-metallic reinforcement
was fuelled by the corrosion problem associated with steel reinforcement
that surfaced around the world at that time, and the downturn of the
aerospace industry, where fibre-reinforced polymers have been widely
used due to its high specific strength and modulus, and other superior
characteristics.
I was fortunate to spend my sabbatical with Professor Naaman at the
University of Michigan, USA, during the Fall and Winter of 1991 and
with Professor Okamura at the University of Tokyo, Japan, during Spring
and Summer of 1992. The former introduced to me this new material that
has since fascinated many in the research community and construction
industry. In Tokyo, in particular, I was overwhelmed by the mountains of
research that were embarked by universities, public institutions and
private companies on the development and application of FRP rods as
reinforcement for concrete structures. There were round bars, flat bars,
square bars, braided bars, sanded bars, strands, grids and links, and even
three-dimensional reinforcement. Several applications in footbridges,
foundation beams, tunnel linings, and floating structures suddenly
mushroomed all over Japan and the rest of the world. That probably
constituted the first era in the application of FRP reinforcement in
concrete structures.
The FRPRCS Symposia Series was initiated in 1993, and subsequently
held every two years in the continents of America, Europe and Asia, on a
rotational basis. The previous symposia were held in Vancouver, Canada
(1993), Ghent, Belgium (1995), Sapporo, Japan (1997), Baltimore, USA
(1999), and Cambridge, UK (2001). This year marks the 10th anniversary
of the FRPRCS Symposia Series, and the Department of Civil Engineering
at the National University of Singapore is honored to host the 6th
International Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete Structures
(FRPRCS-6) in Singapore.
VI
vii
C.J. Burgoyne, UK
C.W. Dolan, USA
A. Nanni, USA
H. Okamura, Japan
viii
Contents
VOLUME 1
KEYNOTE PAPERS
FRP Reinforcements in Structural Concrete: Assessment,
Progress, and Prospects
A.E. Naaman
25
37
51
79
89
99
ix
111
BOND BEHAVIOUR
Bond Characteristics of Various FRP Strengthening Techniques
S.H. Rizkalla and T. Hassan
123
133
143
153
163
173
183
193
205
XI
EXTERNALLY
BONDED REINFORCEMENT FOR FLEXURE
Load Capacity of Concrete Beams Strengthened with External
FRP Sheets
Z.J. Wu and J.M. Davies
217
227
237
247
257
267
277
287
297
xii
307
3 17
327
337
347
357
367
377
387
397
xiii
407
417
427
437
EXTERNALLY
BONDED REINFORCEMENT FOR SHEAR
Shear Critical RC Beams Strengthened with CFRP Straps
G. Kesse and J. M. Lees
447
457
467
477
487
497
XIV
507
517
527
539
EXTERNALLY
BONDED REINFORCEMENTFOR CONFINEMENT
Stress-Strain Relationship for FRP-Confined Concrete
Cylinders
G. Wu, Z. Lu and Z. Wu
55 1
561
57 1
581
59 1
xv
Hoop Rupture Strains of FRP Jackets in FRP-Confined Concrete
L. Lam and J.G. Teng
60 1
613
623
633
643
653
663
673
FRPSTRUCTURAL SHAPES
Rectangular FRP Tubes Filled with Concrete for Beam and
Column Applications
A.Z. Fam. D.A. Schnerch and S.H. Rizkalla
685
695
xvi
1-
705
7 15
VOLUME TWO
DURABILITY
AND MAINTENANCE
~~~
~~
727
737
749
759
769
779
xvii
785
795
805
815
823
833
843
855
865
xviii
875
885
895
905
913
923
935
945
955
xix
965
975
985
995
1003
1013
1023
STRUCTURAL STRENGTHENING
Multiscale Reinforcement Concept for Employment of Carbon
Fiber Woven Mesh
K. Yamada, S. Ishiyama, H. Mihashi and K. Kirikoshi
1037
1047
xx
Calibration of Partial Safety Coefficients for FRP Strengthening
G. Monti and S. Santini
1057
1067
1077
1087
1097
1107
1117
1127
1137
1147
xxi
1157
1167
1177
1189
1199
1209
1219
1229
1239
1249
xxii
1259
1269
1281
129I
1301
1311
1321
1331
1341
xxiii
1351
1361
1371
1381
1391
1401
1415
1425
1435
XXlV
1445
1455
~~
Keynote Papers
INTRODUCTION
The applicability of Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) reinforcements to
concrete structures as a substitute for steel bars or prestressing tendons has
been actively studied in numerous research laboratories and professional
organizations around the world
33. FRP reinforcements offer a number of
advantages such as corrosion resistance, non-magnetic properties, high
tensile strength, lightweight and ease of handling. However, they generally
have a linear elastic response in tension up to failure (described as a brittle
failure) and a relatively poor transverse or shear resistance. They also have
poor resistance to fire and when exposed to high temperatures. They loose
significant strength upon bending, and they are sensitive to stress-rupture
effects. Moreover, their cost, whether considered per unit weight or on the
basis of force carrying capacity, is high in comparison to conventional steel
reinforcing bars or prestressing tendons.
From a structural engineering viewpoint, the most serious problems with
FRP reinforcements are the lack of plastic behavior and the very low shear
strength in the transverse direction. Such characteristics may lead to
premature tendon rupture, particularly when combined effects are present,
'-*,
STRUCTURAL DUCTILITY
Structural ductility is of main concern in concrete beams reinforced or
prestressed with FRP reinforcements due to FRP materials linear elastic
behavior up to rupture without yielding. Unless ductility requirements are
satisfied, FRP materials cannot be used reliably in structural engineering
applications.
Extensive experimental and analytical studies were carried out on
structural ductility of concrete beams prestressed or partially prestressed
with FRP tendons. Their main objective was to evaluate the ductility of
RFC
WCa- 1
RFCa-2
TS12
TS9
TS6
0.0
1.0
2.0
Ductility Index
3.0
4.0
5.0
Figure 1 Comparison of ductility index for beams with FRP and steel tendons
l6
where Elotalis the total energy consumed to failure and Eelaslrris the elastic
energy recovered at failure. For an elastic perfectly plastic material, Eq. (1)
leads to a ductility index equal to the ratio of ultimate deflection to the
BEHAVIOR IN SHEAR
The majority of research on coricrete structures using FRP reinforcements
has been on members that are not shear critical. Unlike flexural behavior,
shear resisting behavior is quite complex by itself even in ordinary
reinforced or prestressed concrete members. Furthermore, the
experimentally derived prediction equations for the shear capacity of
prestressed concrete members using steel tendons has not yet been proven
applicable when FRP tendons are used. This is because the mechanical
characteristics of FRP reinforcement, such as no yielding behavior, low
shear or transverse strength, and low elastic modulus, are significantly
different from those of steel tendons.
Dowel Action
The longitudinal reinforcement, which is designed primarily to resist
flexural tension, is often required to carry a shear force by dowel action
across a diagonal tension crack. If the crack opens (rotates) slightly, a shear
displacement will result from the rotation of a beam about the crack tip and
the shear slip due to the shear force along the crack face. To resist
differential shear displacement between the crack faces, the bars or tendons
develop dowel shear forces. This counteraction of the bars or tendons to
displacement is called "dowel action" (Fig. 2).
Dowel shear
Shear displacement
with loading, bending and shear stresses initiate simultaneously in the FRP
tendon and become larger.
Under these combined tensile and shear stresses, the tendon may fail
prematurely, that is before reaching its unidirectional tensile strength.
Generally the available tensile strength of FRP reinforcements decreases as
their shear stress increases. Thus, dowel action reduces the allowable tensile
stress in the tendon beyond that already caused by the effective prestressing
force and applied load.
Park and Naaman 18,25926327328carried out an experimental investigation of
the shear behavior of concrete beams prestressed with CFRP tendons. They
observed a mode of failure, not encountered with steel reinforcements,
described as shear tendon rupture failure which is due to tendon rupture by
dowel shear at the shear-cracking plane (Fig. 3). It is attributed to the brittle
behavior and low transverse resistance of FRP tendons. This mode of failure
is unique to FRP tendons and was not previously observed when steel
tendons are used, because of the steels high transverse resistance and
yielding characteristics. Shear tendon rupture failure may result in a serious
reduction in load carrying capacity and ductility. Typical failure of a beam
prestressed with FRP tendons that failed by shear tendon rupture is shown
in Fig. 4.
I
(4
(b)
(4
(4
Figure 3 Typical failure modes observed in shear test of beams with steel or FRP
tendons: (a) shear-tendonrupture failure; (b) shear-tensionfailure; (c) shearcompression failure; (d) flexural-tensionfailure
Figure 4 Typical shear tendon rupture failure and crack pattern of beams
prestressed with CFRP tendons
70
[,
60
, ,
1;
Deflection (mm)
, :,
, ,
p,
, ,
C8 (CS)
np7
50
(STR)
:,
, ,
300
250
S5(ST) C7(STR)
(ST)
/--A10
200
za 40
.Y,
150
30
5B
bl
bl
100
20
50
10
0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Deflection (in)
0.5
0.6
0
0.7
Figure 5 Observed load-deflection curves for short beams that failed primarily in
shear. Beam S5 is prestressed with steel tendons. All other beams are prestressed
with carbon FRP tendons. Beam CS3 had no stirrups. The prestressing index varied
from 0.23 for beam C9 to 032 for beam C5. The effective prestress was about
0.42&, except for beam C6 with&, = 0 (from Park and Naaman)
F
C
Section A-A
+Tj)
Section B-B
Section C-C
Note:( ) in mm
Figure 6 Typical cross section and loading arrangement of dowel test specimen
[from Park and Naaman 26]
Displacement (mm)
2
C " " " " ' " " " " ' 1
30
6
h
v)
.-a
20
5
0 4
k!
42
2
!
ii
;
k!
42
._
...._..CFRP Tendon
$ 2
- 10
Steel Tendon
Reinforcing Bar
I
0.05
, I ,
I I , , , I
0.1
0.15
0.2
Displacement (in)
0.25
1
I
0
0.3
Figure 7 Shear force versus displacement curves of dowel tests with steel and
FRP tendons
5 ) The dowel response of specimens with shear planes inclined at 45O was
more ductile than that with vertical shear planes, due to crushing and
cracking of the concrete surrounding the tendons. However their
ultimate shear force was only about 57% of that of specimens with
vertical shear planes.
Assessment Summary on Shear
Concrete structures using FRP reinforcements can be designed for shear; a
safety factor higher that with steel reinforcement may be needed. As with
the case of ductility, this will undoubtedly increase the cost. Clearly, from a
structural design viewpoint, unbonded external tendons which are subjected
neither to shear nor to dowel effects would be best.
reinforcements.
Moreover, it is likely that future developments and
applications will make FRP meshes (grids, textile, fabrics) increasingly cost
competitive, especially when life-cycle cost analysis is considered, and
advanced reinforcing configurations such as 3D meshes and mats become
available.
Typical Results
mm
._
10
15
20
25
5000
u)
6
u)
zrn
S
30
4000
25
3000
20
m
0
F.
I
15
2000
u)
10
iil
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Figure 8 Typical bending response of hybrid composite plate with PVA meshes and
PVA fibers
10
mm
15
20
25
7500
50
L
f 6000
m
n
No Fibers
cc
40
5
.-F 4500
30
5
F
z
'-
3- 3000
V
20
w
Y
c
Kevlar Mesh
Vr = 1.15%
-,-f 1500
z-m
Y
- 10
I-
3
0.
Lu
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Deflection (in.)
mm
0
3
7500
5
I
10
, ,
15
20
,,
30
25
, , , ,
, ,
HYBRID COMPOSITE
v1
VI
6000
50
--
40
.-F
4500
30
=3
3000
20
1500
10
w
Y
.-f
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
Deflection (in.)
Figure 9 Typical stress deflection curves of LCC plates: a) reinforced with two
layers of FRP mesh (no fibers), and b) same with 1% PVA fibers by volume
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The research work of the author has been funded in the past by several
grants from the US National Science Foundation and by the University of
Michigan. Their support is gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
Hundreds of references are available for information on the topics discussed
in this paper. Given space availability, the author lists below only a very
small number of references, among which the proceedings of previous
FRPRC symposia and the main research studies used to formulate the above
opinion assessment.
13. Naaman, A.E., Tan, K.H., Jeong, S.M., and Alkhairi, F., "Partially
Prestressed Beams with Carbon Fiber Composite Strands: Preliminary
Tests Evaluation," Proceedings of ACI International Symposium on
FRP Reinforcements in Concrete Structures, American Concrete
Institute, ACI SP-138, 1993, pp. 441-464.
14. Naaman, A.E, "Ductility Implications of Prestressed and Partially
Prestressed Concrete Structures Using Fiber Reinforced Plastic
Reinforcements," FIP Symposium 93, Modern Prestressing Techniques
and their Applications, Kyoto, Japan, October 1993, pp. 757-766.
15. Naaman, A.E., and Al-Shannag, J. "Ferrocement with Fiber Reinforced
Plastic Meshes: Preliminary Investigation" Proceedings of the Fifth
International Symposium on Ferrocement, Manchester, England,
September 1994. P. Nedwell and N.R. Swamy, Editors, E. and FN
Spon, London.
16. Naaman, A.E. and Jeong, S.M., "Structural Ductility of Beams
Prestressed with FRP Tendons." Proceedings 2nd International
Symposium on Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement f o r Concrete
Structures, L. Taerwe, Editor, Ghent, Belgium, August 1995; RILEM
Proceedings 29, E & FN Spon, London, pp. 379-386.
17. Naaman, A.E., and Guerrero, P., "Bending Behavior of Thin Cement
Composites Reinforced with FRP Meshes," Proceedings of First
International Conference on Fiber Composites in Infrastructures, ICCI
96, Edited by H. Saadatmanesh and M. Ehsani, University of Arizona,
Tucson, January 1996, pp. 178-189.
18. Naaman, A.E., and Park, S.Y., "Shear behavior of concrete beams
prestressed with CFRP tendons: Preliminary test evaluation,"
Proceedings of International Conference, FRPRCS-3, Sapporo, Japan,
October 1997.
19. Naaman, A.E., "High performance fiber reinforced cement composites:
distinctive attributes for repair and rehabilitation," Proceedings of
International Conference on Structural Failure ICSF-5, National
University of Singapore, Nov. 1997; 11 pages.
20. Naaman, A.E., "Ferrocement: a High Performance Cementitious
Third International
Composite Laminate," Proceedings of the
Conference on Analytical Models and New Concepts in Mechanics of
Concrete Structures, Wroclaw, Poland, June 1999, pp. 199-206.
21. Naaman, A.E., "FRP Reinforcements in Concrete Structures: Design
Issues, Potential Solutions, Realistic Applicability," Proceedings of the
Second Middle East Symposium on Structural Composites for
Infrastructure Applications, A.H. Hosni, I. Mahfouz and S. Sarkarni,
Editors, April 1999, pp. 99-118.
32. Sen, R., Shahawy, M., Mullins, G., and Spain, J. (1999). Durability of
CFRPKoncrete Epoxy Bond in a Marine Environment, ACZ Structural
Journal, Vol. 96, No. 6, pp. 906-914.
33. Taerwe, L., (Editor), Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures, 2nd International Symposium, Ghent, Belgium, RILEM
Proceedings 29, E & FN Spon, 1995, London.
34. Tanano, H., et al., Tensile Properties at High Temperatures of
Continuous Fiber Bars and Deflections of Continuous Fiber Reinforced
Concrete Beams under High Temperature Loading, in Non-Metallic
(FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, Japan Concrete Institute,
Vol. 2, 1997, pp. 43-50.
35. Zureick, A. and L. Kahn (2001) Rehabilitation of Reinforced Concrete
Structures Using, Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Composites, ASM
Handbook, Volume 21: Composites, pp. 906-913.
INTRODUCTION
The author carried out a limited survey of opinions on the use of FRP
reinforcements in structural concrete, reinforced and/or prestressed.
Specifically the survey excluded the use of externally bonded sheets for
repair and strengthening; it addressed only the use of FRP reinforcements as
replacement of steel reinforcing bars or prestressing tendons in new
structures. The opinion of a number of international experts was sought.
Their responses are summarized below.
It is important to realize that each bullet represents an opinion from a
different person or group of persons. Some editing was used for uniformity.
Very similar opinions were not repeated. However, care was taken to keep
the information as clear and as close as possible to its original form. Not all
persons contacted responded to the survey. Those who responded are listed
in acknowledgments. The experts in the survey were selected to represent
different continents and viewpoints. Special effort was made to preserve
anonymity of the respondants.
The opinions received cover the entire spectrum, from what could be
described as optimistic to rather conservative, careful, risk averse, and
pessimistic. It is hoped that the reader will have the opportunity to examine
the information gathered and use it to better formulate hisher own opinion.
SURVEY RESULTS
Question 1: Given the past 15 years of research, evaluation and
applications, what is your assessment of the current state of progress?
Are we in an impasse?
Current State of Progress
Examples of opinions received include:
Since ACI 440.1R-01 came out one year ago, the number of commercial
application is increased in the RC arena, while some work - especially
in R&D - needs to be undertaken in PC type of applications. Major
areas of interest regard bridge decks reinforcement, slabs on ground,
and tunnel boring machine applications.
Considerable progress has been made in developing FRP rebars (glass
and carbon fiber) for reinforcing slabs (considering no viable bar
existed in the mid 80s). Less progress has been made on beams where
shear capacity and FRP stirrup design remain a problem. No progress
on FRP reinforced axial members (columns) was made. Perhaps there
is no need for that. ACI design guide exists.
Since the application of performance-based design is not ripe in
structural engineering, the use of FRP reinforcements did not progress
significantly. Moreover, a number of research issues on FRP
applications need to be resolved to meet various technical and societal
requirements.
Some progress has been made in improving the durability of FRP rebars
(particularly with glass fiber reinforcement). More work is needed on
development of higher temperature and moisture resistant resin
systems. Progress has been made on developing material specifications
for FRP rebars. The use of FRP grids as reinforcement has been
unfortunately neglected in the US - - and perhaps has the greatest
potential for success.
Considerable progress has been made in developing FRP tendons with
carbon fibers. While there are some applications in beams, the use of
FRF' post-tensioning in slabs appears to have the best potential,
especially in bridge decks where craclung is a perennial problem.
The state of the work is quite good and getting better. It is primarily
economic limits that keep the technology in check. FRP repair is going
great even with incomplete science because the economics work.
There has been significant progress at the research level. During the
past decade, we have witnessed exponential growth in research and field
demonstrations of FRP composites in civil engineering applications. In
the United States, the growth was fueled by financial support from the
National Science Foundation, the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, the Federal Highway Administration, the National
Cooperative Highway Research Program, the Department of Defense
Advanced Research Projects Administration-Technology Reinvestment
Project (DARPA-TRP), and state funding agencies. Since the late
199Os, deployment of FRP composites in highway bridges has increased
considerably due to funding through the Transportation Equity Act-21 /
Innovative Bridge Construction Program.
0
To some degree, there has been progress. I think that the introduction of
design guides will help in the short-term, but I also feel that the design
guides will need to be substantially rewritten in coming years to ensure
that efficient use is made of FRP materials, rather then mere use, to
offset the undoubtedly higher short-term costs. FRP should not be seen
as a direct replacement for steel, but rather as a material in its own right.
Demonstration projects are still required, but there needs to be one BIG
one. An analogy here could be Ironbridge, built in 1779 in Shropshire,
UK, as a demonstration by the local iron mill that iron could be used to
build bridges. Had they built a mere 20 ft span, no-one would have
flinched, but they built an impressively large bridge, and the use of iron
started. Equally, in the construction of the Millennium Dome in London
in 1999, site welding was used on the main towers, something that
academics would (at the time) usually discourage from attempting. This
large-scale demonstration has helped to bring site welding back into the
limelight. Therefore, the use of FRF reinforcements for concrete
requires one large bridge or building, which could be seen as a focal
point for its more widespread use. How such a project would arise is a
much more difficult question.
There have been literally hundreds of research studies, many practical
guidelines (JCI, ACI, FIB, etc ...) accompanied by a lot of fanfare to
encourage the use of FRP reinforcements, but the main issues remain
same: ductility, shear resistance, bend-ability, fire resistance and most
importantly cost. As long as the alternative steel provides better
competitive solution in each of the above, it is not clear when and where
FRP reinforcements will become equally competitive, except perhaps in
structures built in space where weight is paramount.
materials are not fully utilized. Hence there is benefit in using them in
prestressed concrete. However, here arises the problem of reliable, cost
effective anchorages. For pre-tensioning, requirements are less severe
than for post-tensioning. In the first case individual wires, strands or
strips need to be anchored temporarily at a smaller capacity than for big
cables. Some of the special anchorages developed so far are
complicated to use and not applicable to efficient day-to-day practice.
This is true for pretensioning as well as post-tensioning, where in
comparison, large steel cables are commonly tensioned. Another
problem with CFRP tendons is the inherent brittleness which requires
severe precautions during handling and tensioning. Regarding AFRP,
problems arise with high relaxation (up to 20% in wet conditions),
sensitivity to moisture, and high transverse thermal expansion.
Relatively limited progress has been made.
Yes indeed we are at an impasse. Given the tremendous effort
(technical and promotional) that introduced FRP reinforcements to the
professional community (through research and research centers,
symposia, educational materials, practical guidelines, technical journals
and newsletters) today's applications of the technology should be
widespread; but it is not. While we understand better the technical
issues, the solutions so far provided are not sufficiently attractive to
make FRP reinforcements competitive in both the short and long-term.
Unless the cost of the most promising FRP materials (that are carbon
based composites) diminishes significantly, we can practically do with
stainless steel reinforcements all that can be done with FRP
reinforcements, except for making them as lightweight. And with steel,
we have a long-term proven experience.
Many technical issues related to the use of Flip composites have been
addressed in the ACI 440 guidelines. Still, more needs to be learned,
and more experience in the field is needed before unresolved concerns
can be treated with the familiarity used in steel reinforcement design.
In prestressed concrete, the issue is much more that of economics. The
cost of carbon FRP strand is still 3 to 6 times that of steel strand, and
steel works very well with little problems. The few bridges built with
FRP reinforcements (for demonstration or trial) were so inefficient that
they did not make a breakthrough.
There was significant progress. In prestressed concrete (including
external prestressing) the use of FRP reinforcements enhances
durability under severe environmental conditions. New hardware for
prestressing was developed.
Research in the area of FRP reinforcement has been extensive over the
past 15 years and has advanced the state of the art considerably. A
testament to that are the codes and/or proposed guidelines that have
been published in Japan, Canada, Europe, and the US. However, we
still have a long way to go. The primary impediment to the deployment
of FRP reinforcements is "cost". FRP reinforcements have been used in
a number of bridges, and the main reason was because these were either
experimental, or demonstration, or showcase projects. It would have
been very difficult, even impossible, to justify their use based on cost.
With the exception of limited special applications, such as in nonmagnetic or highly corrosive environments, the use of FRP
reinforcements has been limited.
0
Progress has been made over the years on the issues mentioned, but it is
not clear if they could be considered "leap-frog progress." Some of the
durability tests, for example, may not be useful for design purposes.
Many engineers are still unfamiliar with FRP rods and tendons. Further
education of the industry and the profession on FRP materials is
definitely needed.
CONCLUSIONS
It is clear from the above questions and answers that in spite of the
extensive research so far carried out worldwide on the use of FRP
reinforcements in concrete structures, there is a relative malaise about
their use and future success. It is also clear that at time of this writing, a
number of international experts do not see leap-frog advances and
exponential progress in applications.
Similarly to many physical
phenomena described by an inverted S curve, there has been a rapid initial
development in FRP reinforcements, followed by a slow steady progress
and, at time of this writing, we seem to be in that steady progress phase;
however, it is not clear if what lies ahead is going to be continuing slow
steady progress, or exponentially increasing progress, or fall in disgrace and
forgetfulness phase. The curves of Fig. 1 illustrates our current position.
Predicting the future at this time is more challenging than a wait and see
approach.
v)
8a
v1
.
2
a
v)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A number of experts were asked to respond to the questions of the survey
described in this paper. Those who responded on time are listed next. The
author is grateful for their cooperation and their candid answers. They are:
Lawrence Bank, University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA; Charles Dolan,
University of Wyoming, Laramie, USA; Hiroshi Fukuyama, Building
Research Institute, Tsukuba, Japan; Issam E. Harik, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, USA; Tim bell, University of Bath, UK; Ayman Mosallam,
California State University, Fullerton, USA; firoshi Mutsuyoshi, Saitama
University, Japan; Antoine E. Naaman, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
USA; Antonio Nanni, University of Missouri, Rolla, USA; Ferdinand.
Rostazy, Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany; Luc Taerwe,
University of Ghent, Belgium; Kiang Hwee Tan, National University of
Singapore, Singapore; Thanasis Triantafilou, University of Patras, Greece.
To deal with the corrosion of reinforcing steel in concrete, FRP has been
used throughout the world. They do not corrode even in chloride
environments by sea water and deicing salt. Considering the durability of
the material, FRP will become a major reinforcing material for concrete in
highly corrosive environment. One of the problems of FRP is that some of
the FRP rods and sheets deteriorate due to other causes such as alkali attack,
acid attack, ultraviolet ray attack, etc. Among them, alkali attack to glass
fibers and GFRP is the largest problem. It is difficult to apply the material
as internal reinforcement of concrete. To deal with the problem, many
attempts are performed. This paper explains how to deal with the problem
to produce high alkali resistant GFRP using durability design.
INTRODUCTION
Concrete structures are normally used for more than 50 to 100 years, and the
reinforcements must be also durable enough to reinforce the concrete for the
same period of time. Although FRP does not corrode in chloride
environment, we have already clarified that FRP deteriorates in other
environments such as high concentration of alkali and acid, ultra-violet rays
from sunlight, etc.
To deal with the problem, care must be taken how to use FRP materials
as reinforcements for concrete structures4). One method is to use high
durable material such as CFRP as concrete reinforcement. Another method
is to change the properties of the existing FRP so that it may not deteriorate
easily in these environments.
Considering these conditions, this paper is written to explain briefly
through our works in IIS, the cause of FRP deterioration and basic concept
to deal with these problems. In this paper, explanation is given on FRP rods
using carbon fibers, Aramid fibers and glass fibers.
MAIN CAUSES OF FRP DETERIORATION
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble
ble 11 Properties
Properties oo
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
I
Tensile
Strength
Type
Average
S.D.
I
I
I
Ripoxy-RSO2
84.9
1.15
Ripoxy-H6001
67.00
4.96
Table Table
1 Properties
1 Properties
of fibers
of fibers
(monofilament
(monofilament
)f
)f
.
Elastic
Modulus
(MPa)
Maximum
Strain
(%)
Notes
Average
S.D.
c . of v.
Average
S.D.
c . of v.
3110
37
0.0 1
5.22
0.1 1
0.02
AFRP,GFRP
4000
39
0.01
1.95
0.27
0.14
CFRP
Table
Static Fatigue
Cyclic Fatigue
Alkali Resistance
95%
Acidic Resistance
100%
Ultra-Violet Ray
lesistance
Freeze-Thaw
kesistance
100%
92%
60-85?0*
45%
~~
15%
NaOH, 40 OC,
1OOOhr
100% HCI, 40 OC, 120
days
81% 0.2MJ/m2/hr,
1 OOOhr
~
:RP Rod
CFRP
91%
AFRP
46%
GFRP
30%
Cyclic Fatigue
85%
70%
23%
Alkali Resistance
100%
98%
29%
Static Fatigue
Notes
20C, 100 years
(Cal.)
lOOMpa Amp., 2
million cycles
NaOH, 120days,
40 OC
Acidic Resistance
69%
77%
90% 3 years exposure
Ultra-Violet Ray
Lesistance
100%
Freeze-Thaw Table 1100%
Properties
of fibers (monofilament ) f
Lesistance
Table 1 Properties of fibers (monofilament ) f
(Note) * In case of Technola is 85% and Kevlar 49 is 60%.
3) Glass fiber and GFRP have poor durability except acidic resistance and
freeze-thaw resistance. GFRP is not recommendable for internal
reinforcements. When glass fiber or GFRP is used as external
reinforcements, care must be taken of the deterioration due to
sustained load, fatigue load, alkali resistance and ultra-violet rays.
DEVELOPMENT OF NEW GFRP TO INCREASE DURABILITY
As explained above, it is difficult to use glass fibers of GFRP as internal
reinforcement of concrete structures. To deal with the problem the
following ideas may be used:
1) Develop new alkali-resistant glass fibers to reduce the effect of alkali
attack from concrete.
2) Develop new GFRP to reduce the attack of alkali from surface of FRP.
In the case of l), I hope the producers of glass fibers would challenge
the work. Up till now I do not hear any good news on success in producing
these fibers. In the case of 2), several attempts have been made in Japan,
obtaining some good results. Here in this paper, two cases on development
of new GFRP are explained.
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties
oI
I
ble 1 Properties
I
I
I oI
Ta
Ta
Vf (%)
Ta
ITensile strength of rod
(mm)
(Nlmm')
36.3
66.8
Vf (%)
0.79
14.18
I
1
I
42.4
65.8
0.59
13.83
I
I
I
48.4
67.5
0.46
13.49
0. 3
50
100
Immersion time (days)
150
12
1
02
0
0
50
100
I n m ersbn tin e (days)
150
0.4
0.3
0
60
30
90
120
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions can be drawn:
(1) Tensile strength of FRF' rods can be used to evaluate the durability of
FRP rods in different conditions.
(2) Durability of carbon fibers and CFRP used as internal andor external
reinforcement is good, except the deterioration of resins caused by ultraviolet rays.
(3) In the case of Aramid fiber and AFRP, they have good durability
properties except static fatigue, ultra-violet rays and acidic attack.
When used as internal reinforcement, care has to be taken of the static
fatigue properties. Limitation of tensile stress is needed according to the
duration time. When used as external reinforcement, not only the
sustained load but also deterioration due to ultra-violet rays and acidic
environment must be considered.
(4) Commercially available glass fiber and GFRP have poor durability
except acidic resistance and freeze-thaw resistance. They are not
recommendable for internal reinforcements. When glass fiber or
GFRP is used as external reinforcements, care must be taken to the
deterioration due to sustained load, fatigue load, alkali resistance
and ultra-violet rays.
(5) Durable GFRP against alkali solution can be obtained by changing their
composition, such as to combine glass fibers with Aramid fibers when
producing FRP. A new AGFRP has improved the durability to a very
high extent.
(6) Interface between glass fiber and resin governs the resistance of GFRP
against alkali. The improvement of the interface is effective to increase
the alkali resistance of GFRP to high extent.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author would like to thank Mr. Tsugio Nishimura (IIS, University of
Tokyo), Dr. Futoshi Katsuki (Shibaura Institute of Technology) and Mr.
Matoyoshi Sugiyama (Nippon Electric Glass Co. Ltd) for granting the
permission to use their data in this paper.
REFERENCES
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Uomoto, T., Nishimura , T., Kato, Y.: Development of new AGFRP
tendon with high alkali resistance, Seisan Kenkyu, Vo1.48, No.9,
pp.457-460. 1996
11. Yamaguchi, T. (1998), Study on deterioration of FRP Rods for
Concrete Reinforcement on Ultra-Violet Rays and Creep Rupture (in
Japanese), Doctoral Thesis, University of Tokyo
12. Uomoto, T., et al. (1998), Strength and Durability of FRP Rods for
Prestressed Concrete Tendons (in Japanese), Report of the Institute of
Industrial Science, University of Tokyo, Vo1.39, No.2, No.244
13. Nishimura T., et a1 (1999), Temperature Effect on Fiber Strength in
Different solutions, JCI General Meeting, V0.2 1, No.2, pp.288-293
16. Sugiyama, M and Uomoto T.: Development of new GFRP rods with
high alkali resistance, Seisan Kenkyu, 2003 (in press)
INTRODUCTION
Continuous fiber reinforcement (CFR) provides us with a new option of
internal and external concrete reinforcements. Unlike steel long dominated
as the only concrete reinforcement in the past, CFR is non-corrosive. It has
a very high strength to weight ratio hence reduces the amount of
reinforcement. It is easy to handle during construction as cutting CFR
requires only a simple cutter.
CFR, however, shows some vulnerability such as low fracturing strain
and no plastic deformation. Easy to cut is a good feature but at the same
time a weak point. In order to utilize concrete strength and deformability
fully its reinforcement should have a fracturing strain greater than 6 %
(preferably 10 %). This is especially true for concrete members requiring
high deformability which can be found in highly aseismic members. Elastic
deformation without plastic deformation (or yielding) is not necessarily a
weak point if the material has a high fracturing strain. The yielding,
however, shows warning much clearly before failure.
1
J
st
ln
a
0
m
\c
0
4-
II
U
S
P
0
44-
.
m
5l
(D
k
rv)
L
m
E
E
v)
(v
CCFFR was passed through a steel pipe and fixed to the pipe with an
expansive material. It was then allowed to set for 24 hours. The steel pipes
were anchored with washers and nuts at the column top surface after the
concrete was placed.
The observed performance of each specimen is presented in the form of
applied force versus column tip deformation in Figures 3 through 5 . The
cyclic and reversed-cyclic hysteretic load-deformation relationship of the
Reinforcement
type
Ultimate
strength
(MPa)
551
357
69.8 kN
s5
35.4
&?
300
10
I1
s2
200
300
s4
-sz
-300
-11
-9
-7
-5
-3
-1
1
3
5
Effective Lsteral Drift (%)
11
other CFR bar reinforcement, the bent portion strength decreases as the bent
radius decreases (which means here the decrease in diameter of main
reinforcement around which CCFFR was wound).
Numerical analysis with nonlinear finite element method is one of the
methods to predict mechanical behaviors such as strain development in
reinforcement. The authors group at Hokkaido University recently
developed a three-dimensional nonlinear finite element program for both
concrete and steel-concrete composite members. In order to apply this
program for analysis of members with CCFFR, the constitutive model for
force transfer versus slip relationship at the bent portion should be
implemented. It is considered that the force transfer mechanism is
characterized by the plastic tube compressive deformation and the resin
s2
s5
1 -300
-11
-9
-7
-5
-3 - I
1
3
5
EffectiveLateraI Drift ( I % )
11
4
a End Clamp Tube for CCFFR
b Continuous Arrangement of
CCFFR
c Main Bar 25 mm diameter
d Steel Stirrup 10 mm diameter
e Prestressing rod to fix Base
Plate to the Strong Floor.
300
Specimen
350
Base Plate
600x600~25
e
l
I
1
Laboratory Strong Floor
I
Main Bar
1.2
.-0
c,
p:
0.8
c
c,
MI
C
!!
;j
0.6
0.4
c,
0.2
-5
15
25
35
45
Angle Deg.
Fiber
Carbon
(PAN)
Carbon
(Pitch)
Aramid
High strength
type
High elasticity
type
Ordinary type
High strength
and elasticity
type
High strength
type
High elasticity
type
E-glass
Glass
Tensile
strength
(MPa)
Youngs
modulus
(GPa)
Fracturing
strain
Density
PA)
(g/mm3)
2600-4500
200-240
1.3-1.8
1.7-1.9
2000-2800
350-450
0.4-0.8
1.8-1.9
780-1000
38-40
2.1-2.5
1.6-1.7
3000-3500
400-800
0.4-1.5
1.9-2.1
2800
130
2.3
1.45
3110
77
4.4
1.39
35003600
74-75
4.8
2.6
was conducted under reversed cyclic loading. Figure 9 and Photo 1 show
the arrangement of PCFFR, which was wound around the longitudinal
reinforcement. The details and test results of each specimen are given in
Table 4. The test results indicate that PCFFR increases the ultimate
deformation. Comparison of the load-deformation curve between specimen
P2-2 with PAF and steel tie reinforcement and specimen P2-1 with only
steel tie reinforcement is shown in Figure 10. The tie reinforcement ratios
of both specimens are similar as shown in Table 4. Figure 10 clearly
indicates that the ultimate deformation of the specimen with PCFFR is
significantly greater than that of the specimen with only steel tie
reinforcement. The reason may be that PCFFR was placed within the core
concrete. It should be mentioned that the greater deformation was possible
because of the absence of PAF fracture even at the ultimate deformation,
which was observed in a comparable specimen S4 with CCFFR (see Table
4).
Outer PAF
Strain gage
Inner PAF
Back
Front
View from
front face
Front
Back
View from
back face
early strain development in PCFFR indicates better efficiency than steel tie
reinforcement and is caused by direct contact between PCFFR and the
longitudinal reinforcement.
Gap likely to exist between steel tie
reinforcement and longitudinal reinforcement cannot make the steel tie as
efficient as PCFFR. Based on the experimental observation a simple
formula to predict the PCFFR strain as a function of maximum deformation
was proposed by assuming a constant ratio 0.61 of average steel tie
reinforcement strain to PCFFR one4.
Table 4. Details and Test Results of Reinforced Columns with PCFFR and
CCFFR
fc
PY
P m
all
iu
(MPa) @N) (mm) @N) (mm) (SJS,)
P1-1
2.7 0.51
23.7
176.6
P1-2
185.5 10.28 211.2 33.8
3.4
2.7 0.51 0.52 29.3
4.2
P1-3
2.7 0.51 0.79 32.3 174.9 10.28 196.3 43.7
P2-1
2.04 0.68
27.4
139.2 8.02 158.2 30.4
3.8
P2-2
2.04 0.17 0.58) 29.8
128.1 7.96 159.8 65.2
8.2
s4
2.0 0.21 0.10 35.1 213.4 13.54 255.0 57.3
4.2
1) PCFFR for specimens P1-2, P1-3 and P2-2 and CCFFR for specimen S4
2) ps: longitudinal reinforcement ratio, pw:steel tie reinforcement ratio, pcf:
continuous fiber reinforcement ratio as tie reinforcement,f,: concrete
compressive strength, Py: yielding load, 8,: yielding deformation, Pmm:
maximum load, dU: ultimate deformation, and p: ductility ratio
Specimen
Ps
Pw
PA) PA)
Pcf
(%)
Deformation (mm)
~
Figure 10. Load-Deformation Curves of Columns with PCFFR and Steel Tie
Reinforcement
Deformation (mm)
fracturing strain. The only solution is to use material with a high fracturing
strain.
Enhancement of Ultimate Deformation
The fracturing strain of Polyacetal Fiber is 6 to 9 %, which are 2 to 6 times
of those in carbon, aramid and glass fibers as shown in Table 3. PAF can
be used as both external and internal reinforcement to utilize its high
fracturing strain. The internal reinforcement of PAF was already
introduced as PCFFR in the previous section. PAF a s external
reinforcement is in a sheet form for jacketing and bonding. A series of tests
on reinforced columns with and without PAF sheet was conducted7. Three
specimens PJ1, PJ2 and PJ3 that were identical except for PAF sheet ratio
were prepared. PAF sheet ratios were 0, 0.146 and 0.291 % for PJ1, PJ2
and PJ3 respectively, while ratio of steel tie reinforcement was 0.151 %.
Photo 2. PAF Sheet for Jacketing at Ultimate Deformation without its Fracture
250
200
3 150
TI
-I
100
50
0
0
20
40
60
80
I00
Deformation(mm)
Bond Behavior
Bond properties of CFR, such as average bond strength and local bond-slip
relationship, were investigated by pullout test as shown in Figure 13. It is
known that a higher stiffness of CFR gives a higher pullout force of the
CFR externally bonded to concrete when delamination happens. Recent
experimental results indicate another interesting fact that using adhesives
with low shear stiffness, which is introduced by either increasing the
thickness or decreasing of the elasticity of adhesives, can also improve the
ultimate load transfer ability of CFR-concrete interfaces as shown in Figure
14. Decreasing the shear stiffness of adhesives reduces the interfacial strain
distribution gradient as well as increases the effective bond length
Hinges
Vinylon tape
Enhancing
anchorage bolts
CFR
Prestressed bolts
K
ig floor
+C F R P - 5 0
CFRP-759GPamm
+AFRP-63lGPamm
20 -10 --
.+---FPR
6GPamm
GFRP-262GPamm
fracture
Ea Pa)
&CEXP-25
,--.60
50
3GPamm
-.
z 4 030- :
20
+i
_--
-1
I
*FRP
10 -
0 -
+C F R P - 7 5 9 G P a m m
fki-
+ CFRP-253GPamm
,/ G F R P - 8
7GPamm
+ AFRP-18 5GPamm
!i
CFRP-50 6GPamm
CFRP-756GPamm
GFRP-262GPamm 0 GFRP-436GPamm
AFRP-319GPamm
AFRP-63 7GPamm
'Et/taGPa/mm8
)
Member Behavior
In beams with externally bonded CFR sheet or plate as flexure
reinforcement, failure mode caused by delamination of CFR is often
observed. Provision of better bonding characteristics of the interface can
improve the performance of a strengthened member. In a previous
experiment", a new adhesive resin with low Young's modulus and high
deformability was applied between primer and FRP reinforcement.
The CFR is carbon fiber sheet (CFS) with impregnating resin whose
stiffness is 2.0 GPa. CFS used in this study is unidirectional strengthening
I<
900
>I
Specimen
material with Youngs modulus of 236 GPa, tensile strength of 4120 MPa
and thickness of 0.167 mm. The soft resin is a kind of epoxy resin with a
Youngs modulus of 1 MPa and a tensile strength of 1.7 MPa (hereafter
referred to as extremely soft adhesive resin or ESAR). Seven beam
specimens were prepared (see Figure 16 and Table 5). Specimen SP-0 is a
reference specimen without CFS. Specimens SP-Cl, SP-C2 and SP-C3
contain 1 layer, 2 layers and 3 layers of CFS, respectively. The specimens
with CFS attached by ESAR are SP-CIS, S P - C ~ and
S SP-C~S.The number
of CFS layers of those specimens is identical to specimens SP-C1, SP-C2
and SP-C3 respectively. ESAR is applied between CFS and the primer with
the thickness of 0.5 mm.
The ultimate load and failure mode are shown in Table 5. Typical
flexural failure that is crushing of concrete after yielding of tension
reinforcement was observed in specimen SP-0. Specimens SP-C 1s
containing ESAR failed due to breakage of CFS. Specimens SP-C 1 and SPC2 without ESAR failed due to delamination of CFS at the area between
about 150 mm from the loading point and the end of CFS (see Photo 3(a)).
Specimens SP-C~S,SP-C3 and S P - C ~ Sfailed by concrete cover failure (see
Photo 3(b)).
Figure 17 shows relationships between load and deformation of all
specimens. Black and white circles in Figure 17 indicate the load when the
tension reinforcement starts to yield. When ESAR is used, the crack width
increases causing the tensile stress in the reinforcing bar to reach the
yielding stress earlier, the load at yielding decreases to about 90% of that
without ESAR. However, the ultimate load increases in specimens SP-C 1s
and S P - C ~ because
S
ESAR delays and halts the propagation of delamination.
On the other hand, no difference in the ultimate load is observed in either
specimen SP-C3 or S P - C ~ Swhere concrete cover failure along the
longitudinal reinforcement happened. It can be considered that with higher
amount of CFS the capacity of concrete cover failure becomes less than
those of the breakage of CFS and delamination of CFS.
Another study was conducted to see the effectiveness of ESAR under
the effects of fatigue loading12. After the application of fatigue loading,
members with ESAR show the remaining delamination strengths equal to or
better than those without ESAR. Decrease in member stiffness during
fatigue loading is less in members with ESAR.
Deformation (mm)
CONCLUSIONS
(a) Continuous fiber flexible reinforcement (CFFR) can be an option to
ease the difficulty in arrangement of congested reinforcement.
(b) Both Carbon and Polyacetal continuous fiber flexible reinforcements
(CCFFR and PCFFR) show the efficiency to enhance both shear
strength and ultimate deformation.
(c) CCFFR usually fractures at ultimate, while PCFFR does not. In order
to estimate the ultimate deformation and shear strength, the strain
development in CFFR should be predicted. For this purpose the
methods were proposed.
(d) A high fracturing strain of Polyacetal fiber does not only counteract its
low stiffness in terms of enhancement of shear strength and ultimate
deformation but also shows the possibility of greater enhancement for
both in comparison with the typical continuous fiber reinforcement
(CFR) such as carbon, aramid and glass fiber reinforcement.
(e) Soft adhesive resins for externally bonded CFR improve the load
transfer capacity at interface between CFR and concrete and the
ductility in delamination, but increase the effective bond length.
(f) The extremely soft adhesive resin with the elastic modulus of 1 MPa
shows the enhancement of delamination strength of tension CFR in
beams under both static and fatigue loadings.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
INTRODUCTION
Owing to their high strength and excellent resistance to corrosion, Fiber
Reinforced Polymer (FRP) rods and rebars have introduced a viable
alternative to steel reinforcement for concrete members. Properties,
applications, advantages and limitations of FRP rods have been studied by
several investigators.',* The behavior of concrete members using FRP rods
have also been investigated by many and design relationships have been
proposed for formulation of their structural b e h a ~ i o r . ~ , ~These
investigations have resulted in the recent publication of ACI 440.1R-01 .5
Among all characteristics of FRP rods as reinforcement bars, the bond
performance with concrete is perhaps the most in~estigated.~,','
Extensive efforts are being directed to application and development
regarding the use of FRP products in civil engineering structures. In one of
the most recent efforts, using a new technology, thermoplastic polymer has
been used as resin for glass fiber reinforced composite rods. This new
technology promises overcoming the traditional manufacturing problems for
continuous fiber thermoplastic matrix composites. Using unique resin
technology in combination with special fabrication techniques, this
technology promises to produce pultruded composites with exceptional
performance.' Fiber loadings as high as 70 percent by volume have been
achieved, demonstrating mechanical properties comparable to highperformance thermoset composites. An advantage of thermoplastic polymer
resins is their ability to be formed after initial manufacturing of a straight
profile similar to traditional steel rebar. Thermoset resins cannot be bent
after the product is cured, and bends must be made during initial production.
This has limited the use of FRP rods for some applications and has been
seen as a major disadvantage when comparing with steel reinforcing bars.
Thermoplastics are in general tougher, more impact resistant, and more
ductile than thermosets.
An experimental program is being carried out to investigate the
mechanical properties of the thermoplastic composite rods. The goal of the
study is to optimize the product for use as a replacement of steel in
reinforced concrete applications. In this endeavor, achieving an acceptable
bond between concrete and FRP rods is critical. Several series of tests were
conducted using various mechanical, geometrical, and surface treatment
parameters to optimize the surface and cross-sectional shapes. To this end,
the test program consisted of tensile strength and modulus of elasticity tests
and bond to concrete tests using procedures similar to those utilized in
previous FRP research.' Preliminary tensile testing indicated a tensile
strength ranging from 120 to 140 ksi [830 to 965 MPa] and a modulus of
elasticity ranging from 5500 to 6500 ksi [38,000 to 44,800 MPa], depending
upon bar configuration and design. The tensile ultimate strain ranged from
2 to 2.2 percent.
Bond strength was obtained through pull-out testing, using several
specimens with different bond lengths. At the end of each test series,
representative samples were dissected to observe the failure mode. For bond
testing, results varied with different surface treatment and different surface
deformation. The bond strength to concrete for the specimens with surface
deformation of various material types ranged between 1100 to 2500 psi
[8.3 to 15.2 MPa].
Development of the optimum rebar product is now completed. A new
test procedure was specifically developed to address concerns about longterm bond performance of the rods with new material. A series of bondcreep tests were completed and showed no significant time dependent creep
for the thermoplastic GFRP rods.
Recommended future work includes a series of structural testing, e.g.,
bending and shear testing, on concrete structural members to demonstrate
the actual performance of the thermoplastic GFRP rods as reinforcing bars
and to verify the applicability of existing design formulation for GFRP.
TENSILE TESTS
Two series of tensile tests were conducted using one-half-inch [ 12.7 mm]
nominal diameter FRF' rods. The first series included rods with twisted star
shape cross section of various pitches, and the second series included rods
with surface deformation similar to deformed steel bars using various
surface materials. The latter represents the rods optimized for their bond
performance in concrete. An essential requirement for conducting tensile
test is a suitable anchorage system to grip the specimen without causing
slippage or premature local failure during the test. In the tests reported
herein, a steel pipe was used at each end to anchor the specimen. The bars
were aligned and centered inside the pipes using a special jig. The space
between the steel pipe and the rod was filled with expansive cement. A
picture of one of the test specimens is shown in Fig. 1. Table 1 summarizes
the test results as an average of three tests. The behavior of the specimens
in tension was linear all the way to near rupture. The brittle failure of
specimens was initiated by longitudinal splitting of the rod and partial
rupture along the free length. The calculation of the tensile strength,
modulus of elasticity, and ultimate strength as well as the test procedure
followed the recommended provisions of ACI committee 440.5 However,
due to short length of specimens provided, the free length requirement could
not be complied with.
Modulus, E
WPaJ
Ultimate Strain,
Star I PitcWm
127.3 [878]
6335 [43,670]
0.0201
Star 2 PitcWm
129.7 [894]
6067 [41,830]
0.0214
Star 3 PitcWm
125.3 [892]
5851 [40,340]
0.0214
Rib-Formed Brown
127.1 [876]
6384 [44,010]
0.0200
Rib-Formed Black
134.8 [929]
6538 [45,070]
0.0206
Rib-Formed White
136.7 [942]
65 13 [44,900]
0.0210
Specimen
mi)
mi)
Ell
BOND TESTS
Several series of tests were conducted on one-half-inch [13 mm] nominal
diameter FRP rods with various mechanical, geometrical, and surface
treatment parameters to optimize the surface and cross-sectional shapes.
Figure 2 shows a variety of specimens tested for their bond performance.
For comparison, tests were also conducted using standard grade 60 #4 [#13]
steel reinforcing bars conforming to ASTM A6151, with a minimum
ultimate strength of 11.8 kips [52.5 kN]. The bond pull-out tests were
performed using only vertically cast single block specimen^.^ Two different
bond lengths were used, 5 times and 8 times the nominal diameter of the
rods resulting in 2.5 and 4 in. [64 and 102 mm] bond lengths. The concrete
used for casting the cubes had a cylindrical compressive strength between 4
and 5 ksi [28 and 35 MPa]. To reduce the turn around time for testing, a
concrete mix was designed to reach the desired strength within one week
from casting. To obtain the desired bond lengths, debonding sleeves were
used at the exit points of the rods from the concrete block.
A standard 22-kip testing machine was used to carry out the pullout
tests under displacement control. The slip of the rod was measured at the
free end using an electronic displacement transducer. Depending on the
type of surface treatment and deformation shape and bond length, the failure
length of 2.5 in. [64 mm] as an average of three tests. Figure 3 shows a
typical load-slip curve from bond test.
Table 2. Bond test results for 2.5-in. [64 mm] bond length
Material
Cross
Section
Surface
FRP
Round
Smooth
172 [1,186]
FRP
Square
Smooth
214 [1,475]
FRP
Star
Smooth
221 11,5241
FRP
Round
Epoxy Sanded
1950 [13,440]
FRP
Square
Epoxy Sanded
2080 [14,340]
FRP
Round
Rib-Formed-Black
1709 [ 1 1,7801
FRP
Round
Rib-Formed-Brown
2530 ri7.4401
FRP
Round
Rib-Formed- White
1096 [7,556]
Round
Rib-Formed
2603 [I 7,9503
FRP
Round
Rib-Formed
2058' [14,190]
Steel
Round
Standard Deformation
3020 [20,820]
FRP
~~~
Steel
Round
Standard Deformation
2326' r16,040i
5F
[60
t
3 C] prior to test.
1 . Specimens were conditioned for 24 hours at 140
500.0
0.0
0.00
0.10
0.05
0.15
0.20
Slip (in.)
The test specimen was designed to obtain data relevant to incremental bond
creep over a discrete and short length of reinforcing rod. FRP rods were
embedded in 6-in. [ 150mml concrete cubes, using de-bonding sleeves to
achieve the desired bond length. A total of 3 sets of three specimens were
prepared for the test program according to the details shown in Table 3 .
Table 3 . Test matrix
Specimen
Set
1
2
3
Bond
Length
(in.) [mm]
4 [lo21
4 [ 1021
4 [I021
Test
Temp
(OF)
[C]
70 f 5 [21 f 31
140 f 5 [60 f 31
140 k 5 [60 k 31
Test Load
Dead + 20% Live
Dead + 20% Live
Dead + Live
The concrete used to fabricate the test specimens was designed with a
28-day compressive strength between 4000 and 5000 psi [28 and 35 MPa].
The FRP rods protruded approximately 1 in. [25 mm] from the bottom of
the block to allow slip measurements to be made at free end of the
specimens. The concrete cubes for testing at elevated temperature
contained thermocouples to measure the internal temperature of the block.
Test Procedure
Bond strength tests conducted and presented earlier were used to establish
the baseline bond strength of the FRP rods at ambient and elevated
temperatures.
A typical creep test setup is shown in Figure 4. Load was applied using
a small calibrated hydraulic ram. Displacements were measured at the back
of the block using a digital depth gage. The full test load was applied and
locked into the specimen using spacer shims and the load spring. The initial
elastic displacement was measured at the back of the specimen within 3
minutes of load application. Creep displacements were measured at least
every hour for the first six hours of testing and then approximately daily for
the first 20 days. Measurements were made less frequently over the final
40 days of the test period.
Elevated temperature tests were conducted in a hot room. Specimens
were pre-conditioned prior to loading for a minimum of 48 hours, or until
the internal temperature readings in the specimens stabilized for a minimum
of 24 hours.
Because the creep displacements were known to be small, elastic
springs were considered adequate to maintain load over the duration of the
creep test.
Prestressihg Cboik
Bar / R o d Anchor (P#e with
expansive grout for fRF rod
Mech. coupler for Steel Bod
Shim Plate(s)
Load Spring
The total load in the rod is carried over the entire development length of
the rod. The basic development length can be estimated as?
d b f f i - 1/ 2 x 84,000
1
= 15.5 in. [394 mm]
(1)
bf - 2700
2700
To obtain the shortest possible development length, modification factors
for development length will not be considered, resulting in the highest bond
stress and most conservative test load. The bond stresses are not evenly
distributed over the development length, so it is reasonable to assume that
the first four in. [lo0 mm] (approximately 114 of the total development
length) will carry a bond force larger than that calculated proportional to
length, e.g., one half the load rather than one quarter. This results in test
loads of 1.68 kips [7.47 kN] at D + 20% L and 2.29 kips [10.2 kN] at D + L.
Test Results
The average total displacement at the end of the test, including both initial
elastic displacement and creep displacement, for both ambient and elevated
temperature tests was compared to the average displacement observed in the
corresponding ultimate strength test. This approach has been utilized for
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, ACI Special Publication, SP138, American Concrete Institute, 1993.
2. Erki, M.A., and Rizkala, S.H., FRP reinforcement for concrete
structures, ACI Compilation 28, Synthetic and Other Non-Metallic
T. HARADA
Department of Structural Engineering, Nagasaki University
1-14, Bunkyou Ku, Nagasaki, Japan
K. VENKATARAMANA
Civil Engineering Department, National Institute of Technology
Srinivasnagar 574157, Karnataka State, India
This experimental research investigates the Poissons ratio of the Fiber
Reinforced Polymers (FRP). The FRP used for this experiment are Aramid
and Carbon fiber types. To determine the transfer bond for the FRP,
parameters that are not clearly defined are friction factor and Poissons
ratio. Unlike the steel for construction, the FRPs have various surface
texture and patterns. The conventional method of using micro-strain
gauges to determine the Poissons ratio cannot be applied to the FRP
tendons. Therefore, the authors carried out the experiments by tension test
of FRP tendon placed inside the acrylic tube, filled with colored water and
using the universal testing machine (UTM). Under the cyclic tension test,
the gradual changes of water level inside the tube gives the equivalent
volume of the slandering of the FRP, and with the axial change in length,
the Poissons ratio is determined respectively.
INTRODUCTION
In Japan, for the past twenty years, many fundamental research projects
have been conducted on the application of Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
in the field of construction. In order to use the material with reliability and
safety, some basic characteristics of FRP tendons must be clarified. At
present, FRP tendons are still quite expensive, so the application in
prestressed concrete structures becomes significant, compared to the
ordinary reinforced concrete applications.
In pretensioned type prestressed concrete structures, the bonding
between the tendons and concrete is a key requirement for transferring
bond. A theoretical approach on transfer length made for steel tendons is
used in lieu of the one for FRP22.Among the factors affecting the transfer
length of FRP, Poissons ratio of FRP tendons and the friction factor
between FRP and the ambient concrete are still not clearly established.
Experimental studies on the friction coefficient of FRP tendons in
concrete have started a few years ago and reported previously. This present
paper will focus on the Poissons ratio of FRP. Also in the analytical
approach, the transfer lengths of FRP tendons are determined using the
established existing relationships for the prestressing steel tendons.
Unlike the steel for construction, FRPs have various surface texture and
patterns. The conventional method of fixing micro-strain gauges on the
surface of the steel tendon to measure the Poissons ratio cannot be applied
directly to the FRP tendons.
Therefore, the authors carried out the experiments by tension test of
FRP inside the acrylic tube filled with colored water, on the universal
testing machine (UTM). Under the cyclic tension test, the gradual changes
of water levels inside the tube for the corresponding pull-out loads give the
equivalent volume of the slandering of the FRP, and with the axial change
in length, the Poissons ratio is determined respectively. The experimental
results are reported and complemented with the previous results.
PREVIOUS RELATED RESEARCH
In the past, the analytical approach for transfer length of FRP tendons was
made using the relationship for the prestressing steel tendon. Watanabes
equation for initial transfer length of steel tendon in pretension type
prestressed concrete is as follows:
radius of
dr:
OUTLINE OF EXPERIMENTS
Materials
Table 1 shows some of the physical properties of the FRP tendons used for
this experiment. Aramid and carbon FRP tendons with an epoxy resin
matrix are used. The surface texture of aramid is cross-wound and the
carbon is stranded.
The diameters for the FRP tendons are determined from volumetric
measurement using cylinder filled with water and then diameters are
calculated from the predetermined length of FRP samples. The tensile
strength and the modulus of elasticity are also determined in the laboratory.
The fiber contents are taken from the makers data.
SYm
Bol
Dia'($ Fiber
(mm) Type
Matrix
Fiber
Matl.
(%)
AFR
P
9.70
Epoxy
65
AraInid
________________________
CFRP 7.52
Ten.
str
(kW
152
(GPa)
60
CrossWound
129
Strand
---------.----..-_________
Carbon
Epoxy
64
208
Surface
Texture
Test Specimens
As shown in Fig. 1, the FRP tendon is placed at the center of a steel
sleeve and held vertically with a bracket against the wall. The lower parts of
the steel sleeves are sealed with silicon. The highly expansive material
(HEM) slurry is poured into the small opening between the FRP tendon and
the steel sleeve. When the expansive pressure took place the FRP tendon is
firmly gripped inside the steel sleeve, hence forming the HEM anchorage
system. The micro-strain gauges fixed on the surface of the steel sleeve are
used to monitor the pressure development inside the sleeve. The application
of this kind of anchor system is to protect the tendon from the grip of the
jaw-chuck of the UTM. Unlike steel, the FRPs are strong in the axial
direction only. These HEM anchors can also be used for tensile test of FRP
tendons.
Steel sleeve
Test Procedure
As shown in Fig. 3, the specimen is placed on the UTM and cyclic pull-out
test are carried out. Dial gauges as well as digital slide caliper having
precision of hundredth of a millimeter are used to measure the displacement
and change in water levels.
The relationship between load and extension for aramid and carbon FW
tendons during the tension tests are shown in Figs. 4 (a) and (b).
/,
.oad (kN)
iI
Aramid FR
20
10
](
Load (kN)
58.5
58
20
10
0
42
42.5
43
Length of specimen (cm)
(b) Carbon F W
Small metal frames are attached to the FRP portions to monitor and the
actual elongation of the FRP only. The pull-out loads ranged from 5kN to
45kN with 5kN intervals. For each specimen, ten sets of loading cycles for
every step of load and the respective readings from gauges are recorded
simultaneously. The maximum load is taken as the 60% of the ultimate
tensile capacity of the FRP tendon.
Before tension
Under tension
Figure 5 shows the enlarged portion of the water level difference and the
state of FRP tendon, before and under tension. A simple relation can be
obtained from the volumetric equivalency of the water before and during the
tensioning, which gives the diameter of the FRP under tension 02as:
(L, - Lz)d,2 - L, * @;
(4)
@ 2 = / - - y -
= @I - @ z
@I
AL
=-
Specimen
AFRP
CFRP
Poissons ratio
0.38
0.45
Table 2 shows the average values of Poissons ratio obtained from this
experiment. The values are in agreement with those obtained by other^^,^,^.
Prior to this investigation, the authors have carried out two preliminary
experiments on FRP tendons; the one without steel sleeve anchors and the
other one without the additional frame for dial gauges at the FRP tendons.
The results obtained from these past experiments showed higher Poissons
ratios, ranging from 0.7 to 0.9. This reason is considered to be the larger
elongation at higher load levels, due to the HEM protruding from the steel
tube. When the jaw-chuck was directly applied to the FRP, the end portions
were crushed, causing further elongations in the axial direction. The UTM
used for this study have a chuck clearance of only 120cm. Therefore, more
refined data can be expected if the UTM have a larger clearance to
accommodate a longer specimen.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to thank Professor A.E. Naaman of Michigan
University who kindly suggested this idea of pulling the FRP tendon in a
fluid to determine the Poisson's ratio.
REFERENCES
1. Watanabe: Studies in Transmission Length of Pretensioned Prestressed
Concrete., Memoirs of Faculty of Engineering, Kyushu University,
Japan. 1965.
2. Myo Khin, Takashi Idemitsu, Kohji Takewaka and Susumu Matsumoto:
Fundamental Study on Bond Behavior of Various FRP Rods in
Pretensioned PC Members.. JSCE Journal, No.526N-29 1995
3. Myo Khin, Kohji Takewaka, Susumu Matsumoto and Takashi Idemitsu:
Experimental Study on Friction Factor for FRP Tendons in Pretensioned
Prestressed Concrete Members.. Third International Symposium on
Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcements for Concrete Structures. Sapporo,
Oct. 1997.
4. Gerritse. and H.J. Schurhoff Prestressing with Aramid Tendons, 10'
FIP Congress, New Delhi, 1986
5. H. Mikami: Study on Application of Braided FRP Rods for
Reinforcement of Concrete Members. Special Report of Technical
Research Institute of Mitsui Construction Co. Ltd. No.3, 1992
6 . S. Sano, Takashi Idemitsu, Takehiro Yamasaki and Myo Khin:
A Study on End Anchorage of CFRP Reinforcements on Pre-tensioned
PC Thin Slabs. Proceedings of JCI, June 1994.
INTRODUCTION
characterized by its slope E2 and its intercept with the stress axis. Another
salient feature of this model is that the stress-strain curve is represented by a
single equation, with the transition from the first portion to the second
portion being controlled by a shape parameter n. The use of a single
equation, however, necessarily leads to an equation of a more complex form.
Toutanji4 and Saafi et aZ.5 proposed an alternative form for the stress-strain
curve, in which the two portions of a bilinear curve are approximated using
two separate equations, with both equations producing a curved shape. A
smooth transition between the two portions is also provided. Based on the
same general equations, two models were proposed by them separately for
FRP-wrapped concrete and concrete-filled FRP tubes by calibrating the
model parameters with corresponding test data. The models of Samaan et
al.3,Toutanji4 and Saafi et al. can predict the shape of a bilinear stressstrain curve reasonably closely, provided their predictions of the
compressive strength and ultimate strain are accurate. However, the relative
complexity of these three models in form means inconvenience or difficulty
in section analysis for the determination of section capacity or ductility,
where integration of the stress over the section is required.
Miyauchi et aL6used Hognestads l 3 parabola followed by a straight line
to describe both the increasing and decreasing types of stress-strain curves
of FRP-confined concrete. A stress-strain curve with a decreasing post-peak
branch is exhibited only by concrete with rather weak FRP confinement.
This parabola, given by the following equation, is commonly adopted in
codes of practice such as BS 8110 l4 and Eurocode 215 to describe the
ascending part of the stress-strain curve of unconfined concrete for design
use:
where oc and sC are the axial stress and strain respectively, f;, is the
compressive strength of unconfined concrete and E,, is the axial strain at
fLo
of the FRP tube, while the second portion is a straight line. This additional
term used to account for the effect of confinement (not the contribution of
the longitudinal stiffness) is equal to l.282E,tsc / R , with Er, and t being
the elastic modulus and thickness of the confining FRP jacket and R the
radius of the concrete core. This means that the initial slope of the predicted
stress-strain curve can be significantly greater than that of unconfined
concrete, which is obviously not supported by test results.
Definition of Ultimate Condition
Central to any stress-strain model for FRP-confined concrete is the
determination of the ultimate condition of FRP-confined concrete which is
reached when the FRP ruptures. This ultimate condition is characterized by
two parameters: the ultimate axial strain and the corresponding stress level
which is generally but not always the compressive strength of FRP-confined
concrete. There are three major deficiencies in existing design-oriented
stress-strain models in predicting the ultimate condition of FRP-confined
concrete.
Firstly, it is commonly assumed that rupture of FRP occurs when the
hoop strain in the FRP jacket reaches the ultimate tensile strain determined
from material tests, with the only exception being Xiao and Wus model2 for
which the hoop rupture strain was assumed to be 50% of the FRP material
ultimate tensile strain based on their own test observations. This assumption
is however not valid, and leads to difficulty in producing a unified stressstrain model for FRP-confined concrete as the ratio of hoop rupture strain to
FRP material tensile strain varies with the type of FRP*.
Secondly, the effect of the stiffness of the FRP jacket on the ultimate
condition has not been well established and explicitly accounted for,
although it is implied to some degree in the ultimate strain equations of
Samman et d 3 Toutanji4
,
and Saafi et al. The stiffness of the FRP jacket in
fact has an important effect on the stress-strain response of FRP-confined
concrete, particularly the ultimate axial strain as shown later in the paper.
Thirdly, as a result of the above two deficiencies and due to the use of a
limited database, there is room for improvement to the accuracy of the
predictive equations for the compressive strength and ultimate strain of
FRP-confined concrete in existing design-oriented models through the use
of a larger test database.
I
I
%o
(Eurocode2)
11
11
I -FRP-confined
88
0.0035
I
I
=."
Axial strain E~
A,,=
where
&h,rup
EfrptEh,rup
and
(3b)
The parabolic first portion meets the linear second portion with a
smooth transition at E, which is given by
E, I
E, IE,,
2fco
tE, -4)
where E, is the slope of the linear second portion, given by
El
E,
-.Lo
(4)
This model allows the use of test values or values suggested by design codes
for the elastic modulus of unconfined concrete. In addition, it reduces to
Hognestads parabola for unconfined concrete.
80
60
40
20
0
001
002
003
004
005
h a 1 strain E,
ble
ble
ble
11Properties
1Properties
Properties
oo o
Elastic
modulus
(MPa)
Confining
TaTa
Ta material
Steel
CFRP
CFRP (actual rupture
strain)
GFRP
where E,,,
Rupture or
yield strain
Thickness of
confining
jacket (mm)
300
3530
(%)
0.15
1.5
2.35 x 10
2115
0.9
0.567
23 100
462
2.0
2.6
2 x 10
2.35 x 10
Rupture or
yield stress
(MPa)
4
0.34
fco
fco
fLo
fci
condition. For the case of FRP-confined concrete with h,u/ < 0.07, no
strength enhancement should be assumed when using the proposed model.
8
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
00
05
10
15
20
25
rud%)'45
Figure 3. Ultimate axial strain: test data, trend line and prop(osed equation
(EfipUE,.R)(%
-Trend
line
. . . Proposed
I
0
00
02
0.4
0.6
0.8
Figure 4. Compressive strength: test data, trend line and proposed equation
In the above section, the definitions of the ultimate strain and compressive
strength of confined concrete and the minimum amount of FRP for
sufficient confinement are all in terms of the actual confinement ratio, so
the actual hoop rupture strain of the FRP is required. To facilitate the
application of the model, an FRP efficiency factor has been defined as the
,
~
~
~ concrete
ratio of the actual FRP hoop rupture strain E ~ in FRP-confined
to the FRP rupture strain from flat coupon tests
~ This
~
factor
~
. is found to
Making use of this factor, Eq. (7) is then consistent with an equation
previously proposed by the authorsI7 for the compressive strength of FWconfined concrete, which is given by
f"=1+2fco
f,
(8)
fco
where f i is the nominal confining pressure that is calculated from Eq. (2)
with E ~ ,replaced
~ ~ , ~ by E~~~ . The authors suggest that for a given FRP
material, if this efficiency factor is not available, it should be determined by
a small number of confined cylinder tests.
COMPARISON WITH TEST DATA
Figure 5 shows a comparison between test stress-strain curves and
predictions of the proposed model. The test stress-strain curves were
recently obtained by the authors from the tests of concrete cylinders of 152
mm in diameter and 305 mm in height, which were wrapped with 2 layers of
CFRP (Figure 5a) and GFRP (Figure 5b) respectively. The FRP efficiency
factors were found to be 0.583 and 0.669 for the CFRP and the GFRP
respectively from tests. These test results are not part of the database used
for calibrating the parameters of the proposed model, so the close agreement
between the test and predicted stress-strain curves provide an independent
check of the accuracy of the model. Further details of the tests can be found
elsewhere".
CONCLUSIONS
This paper has presented a new stress-strain model for concrete confined by
wrapped FRP with the fibres being present only or predominantly in the
hoop direction as is commonly the case in retrofit applications. This model
has been based on the actual hoop rupture strain of FRP in confined cylinder
tests and accounts for the effect of jacket stiffness on the ultimate axial
strain. As a result, a unified model has been achieved for different types of
FRP, overcoming the deficiency of the authors' previous modelI6 for which
separate ultimate strain equations were proposed for CFRP and GFRP.
Compared to other existing design-oriented models, it offers several
additional advantages including its simplicity and accuracy.
..-. 70
a
60
5g
50
40
5
-
30
8
e
ti
-
s ;;
80
70
60
50
40
30
s ;;
0
0
0005
001
0015
Axial strain E~
002
0025
0005
001
0015
002
0025
003
Axial strain zC
(a)
(b)
Figure 5 . Comparison between test and predicted stress-strain curves: (a) wrapped
with 2 layers of CFRP and (b) wrapped with 2 layers of GFRP
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The work presented in this paper forms part of a research project (Project
No: PolyU 5064/01E) funded by the Research Grants Council of Hong
Kong SAR. The first author has been financially supported by The Hong
Kong Polytechnic University through a postdoctoral fellowship and through
the Area of Strategic Development (ASD) Scheme. The authors are grateful
to both organizations for their financial support.
REFERENCES
1. Karbhari, V.M., and Gao, Y., Composite jacketed concrete under
uniaxial compression-verification of simple design equations, Journal
of Materials in Civil Engineering, ASCE, 9(4), 1997, pp. 185-193.
2. Xiao, Y. and Wu, H.., Compressive behavior of concrete confined by
carbon fiber composite jackets, Journal of Materials in Civil
Engineering, ASCE, 12(2), 2000, pp. 139-146.
3. Samaan, M., Mirmiran, A., and Shahawy, M.,Model of concrete
confined by fiber composite, Journal of Structural Engineering,
ASCE, 124(9), 1998, pp.1025-1031.
4. Toutanji, H.A., Stress-strain characteristics of concrete columns
externally confined with advanced fiber composite sheets, ACI
Materials Journal, 96(3), 1999, pp.397-404.
5 . Saafi, M., Toutanji, H.A. and Li, Z, Behavior of concrete columns
confined with fiber reinforced polymer tubes, ACI Materials Journal,
96(4), 1999, pp.500-509.
6. Miyauchi, K., Inoue, S., Kuroda, T., and Kobayashi, A., Strengthening
effects of concrete columns with carbon fiber sheet, Transactions of
the Japan Concrete Institute, 21, 1999, pp.143-150.
7. Lillistone, D. and Jolly, C.K., An innovative form of reinforcement for
concrete columns using advanced composites, The Structural Engineer,
78(23/24), 2000, pp.20-28.
8. Mirmiran, A., and Shahawy, M., A new concrete-filled hollow FRP
composite column, Composites Part B: Engineering, 27B(3-4), 1996,
pp.263-268.
9. Spoelstra, M.R. and Monti, G., FRP-confined concrete model,
Journal of Composites for Construction, ASCE, 3(3), 1999, pp. 143-150.
10. Fam, A.Z. and Rizkalla, S.H., Confinement model for axially loaded
concrete confined by circular fiber-reinforced polymer tubes, ACI
Structural Journal, 98(4), 200 1, pp.45 1-461.
1 1. Mander, J.B., Priestley, M.J.N. and Park, R., Theoretical stress-strain
model for confined concrete, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
114(8), 1988, pp.1804-1826.
12. Lam, L. and Teng, J.G., Design-oriented stress-strain model for FRPconfined concrete, to be published.
13. Hognestad, E., A Study of Combined Bending and Axial Load in
Reinforced Concrete Members, Bulletin Series No. 399, Engineering
Experiment Station, University of Illinois, Urbana, U.S.A., 1951.
14. BS 81 10, Structural Use of Concrete, Part 1, Code of Practice for
Design and Construction, British Standards Institution, London, UK,
1997.
15. ENV 1992-1-1, Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures - Part I :
General Rules and Rules for Buildings, European Committee for
Standardization, Brussels, 1991.
16. Lam, L. and Teng, J.G., A new stress-strain model for FRP-confined
concrete, PRF Composites in Civil Engineering, Proceedings of the
International Conference, edited by J.G. Teng, Elsevier, Oxford, UK,
200 1, pp.283-292.
17. Lam, L. and Teng, J.G., Strength models for fiber-reinforced plasticconfined concrete, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, 128(5),
2002, pp.612-623.17.
18. Lam, L. and Teng, J.G., Hoop rupture strains of FRP jackets in FRPconfined concrete, Proceedings, Sixth International Symposium on
Fibre-reinforced Polymer (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures
(FRPRCS-6), Singapore, 2003, submitted.
INTRODUCTION
Many models have been suggested over the past decades to predict the
long-term stress-rupture behaviour of aramid fibres but they were based on
data obtained at high stress levels; extrapolation techniques have been used
to predict the behaviour at low stress levels'x2.Thus, the validity of these
methods is an open issue.
As an alternative, two accelerated testing methods have been suggested
to predict the stress-rupture behaviour at low stress levels: the time
temperature superposition principle and the stepped isothermal method.
These methods offer many advantages when compared to conventional
creep tests as testing requires shorter time scales to obtain long-term data.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ACCELERATED METHODS
Time Temperature Superposition Principle (TTSP)
It is assumed that raising the temperature will increase the creep rate but not
alter the mechanism. Several individual creep tests are performed at
different temperature levels, to obtain strain versus logarithmic time curves.
These curves can then be time shifted, parallel to the logarithmic time axis,
by an amount a, to give a single reference curve, on which all the separate
test results are superposed. This master curve applies for a certain
temperature and a fixed stress level. A comprehensive literature review on
In the sample tests described here, Kevlar-49 yarns were used. The average
breaking strength load (ABL) of the yarns was 445 N, obtained from 12
short-term tests. The cross sectional area of the yarn was 0.1685 X
m2.
The tensile tests were carried out in a conventional testing machine,
using round bar clamps that have also been used for long-term dead-weight
testing of yarns. The load was applied by moving the cross-head of the
machine at a specific rate; the cross-head movement and the load level were
recorded.
One of the difficult tasks is to determine the absolute zero of the
stress-strain curve, due to initial slack and slippage of the yarn around the
jaws. It is essential to know accurately the strain of the specimen just after
the initial loading in order to compare the creep curves at different
temperatures. A small error of this value would result in displacing the
creep curves on the creep strain axis which then makes it impossible to
obtain valid, smooth master curves only by making time shifts.
The testing set-up is shown in Figure 1. The oven is set up within the
test machine, with the two clamps mounted on extension pieces so that the
complete test specimen lies inside the oven. Figure 2 shows accurate stressstrain curves, determined at different temperatures. This figure was used to
determine the initial strains for a given stress level at different
temperatures. For example, points at which the line AB crosses the stressstrain curves are the initial strain values at 70% ABL. This process is
described in detail elsewhere6.
A series of creep tests were carried out at 70% ABL on Kevlar-49 at
different temperatures (25, 40, 60, 80, 100 OC). The initial loading rate was
5 m d m i n and the specimen length was 350 mm (centre to centre distance
of the jaws). In each test, load was applied only after the temperature had
reached the desired value. Thus, by adjusting the initial strains for each test
as described above, only time shifts were needed to obtain the master curve.
Results and discussion
80
v1v1
40
- 25
+
30
OC
6OoC
20
,
0.5
1.5
Strain (YO)
Figure 2. Stress vs. Strain curves at different temperatures6
2.5
1.7 -
o*
All creep curves (after one hour) were shifted to a reference curve as
described earlier until they generate a sufficiently smooth curve. Initially, a
graphical method was used to find approximate shift factors, which were
then varied in an iterative manner to produce a smooth master curve (Figure
4).
1.94
d r
Master curve
1.92
I .9
1.88
h
.2
1.84
rA
1.82
18
1.78
176
1.74
1
Time, log,,,(hours)
I
6
One of the problems was to decide how the creep response of Kevlar-49
yarns should be parameterised. In past models, the creep response of
Kevlar-49 was plotted against the loglo (time) and linear variations were
predicted2. Alternatively, a power low variation was also used7. Tamuzs'
has done similar testing on Kevlar assuming a series of Kelvin
viscoelasticity models to predict the creep behaviour. However, his data can
also be fitted with a polynomial of order three. The problem is to select the
correct degree of polynomial to describe the data. A higher degree
polynomial will give a better fit but there is risk of over-fitting the
variables. There are many statistical checks available to decide the
appropriate degree of polynomial9. In this analysis, a 6th order polynomial
was used to describe the creep data of the master curve.
A series of conventional creep tests has also been performed to check
the validity of this method. These tests have been carried out in a controlled
temperature (25 'C) and a specified humidity (65% RH). These are the two
nominal parameters of the master curve. Figure 5 shows the conventional
creep curve plotted with the master curve. The initial part of the
conventional curve clearly follows the master curve.
The double curvature of the master curve over log,, (hours) = 2 to 3 of
Figure 5 is notable. This may be attributed to re-arrangement of the internal
fibers and further microscopic investigations are necessary. However, the
reverse curvature of the master curve might imply that the mechanism had
changed, which would invalidate the model. To check this, all shift factors
were plotted on an Arrhenius plot which gave a straight line. This implies
that there is no change in the underlying process, despite the reversal of the
master curve. The creep activation energy was found to be 116.3 kJ/mole
(27.78 kcal/mole).
-
s
e
.-C
?i
1 0'
T i m e , loglo(hours)
Figure 5. Master curve at 25 OC and 70% ABL with conventional creep data
This approach was first applied to polyester yarns to predict the stress
rupture behaviour at moderate tensile loads. The results appeared to be
similar to the results obtained from the conventional TTSP tests. In a SIM
test, a single specimen is tested at various temperature levels under a
constant load, whereas in TTSP testing different specimens are tested at
each temperature level. SIM testing thus lends itself to automated testing
once the specimen has been loaded into the machine. The SIM procedure
can be summarised as:
(a) The test method is similar to that for TTSP. A single specimen is used
and the temperature is increased in a series of well-defined steps.
(b) Individual strain versus time curve segments corresponding to different
temperatures are shifted in the strain direction to account for thermal
contractiodexpansion,
(c) Re-scaling in the linear time direction is carried out to account for the
thermal history of the specimen,
(d) All curves are shifted parallel to the logarithmic time axis to obtain a
reference curve as described in TTSP.
The additional steps needed for SIM interpretation are described below.
Adjustment of strain
Figure 6 shows a schematic picture of a temperature step. The temperature
is raised from TI to T2 over the time, t,. Point B represents the creep strain
just after the temperature step; B is the creep strain that would have been
observed due to thermal contraction (aramid fibres have a negative
coefficient of thermal expansion). However, the final creep strain, B is
observed due to continuing creep over time, t, ( BB ). The adjusted strain
just after the temperature step ( B) can be found:(a) by adding the thermal contraction, so = B + BB , or
(b) by adding the creep over t,, so B = B + BB
To calculate the distanceBB , an accurate value of the coefficient of
thermal expansion is needed, but in the literature different values are stated,
so method (a) is not reliable.
After adjustment.
Time
Figure 6. Change of creep behaviour at a temperature step
t* from the TTSP curve. The selection of t for each temperature step has a
great influence when obtaining smooth master curves.
Time
t-
1.9 -
-s
1.85-
.3
rd
&
1.8-
1.75 -
1.7-
-1
Time, loglO(hours)
CONCLUSION
Bond Behaviour
+t
TIP
Force
components
on epoxy
Figure 1. Forces between NSM
FRP bar and adhesive
4-
4
TIP
Major
crack
Force
components on
bar
Radial pressure was applied at the bar location to simulate the bond
stresses transferred from the bar to the surrounding epoxy. Typical principal
tensile stress distribution is shown in Figure 3. It should be noted that the
elastic modulus of the adhesive is generally less than that of the concrete.
Such a phenomenon results in a stress discontinuity at the concrete-epoxy
interface as shown in Figure 3 .
30
-
20
-10
10
10
>
adhesives of high tensile strength delays epoxy split failure. This type of
debonding failure forms with longitudinal cracking through the epoxy
cover. The second mode of failure is due to cracking of the concrete
surrounding the epoxy adhesive and is termed concrete split failure. This
mode of failure will take place when the tensile stresses at the concreteepoxy interface reach the tensile strength of the concrete. Widening the
groove minimizes the induced tensile stresses at the concrete-epoxy
interface and increases the debonding loads of NSM bars. Concrete split
failure was the governing mode of failure for the bond specimens tested by
the authors. Large epoxy cover and high tensile strength of the epoxy
adhesive provided high resistance to epoxy split failure and shifted the
failure to occur at the concrete-epoxy interface. The tangential bond stress,
z, can be expressed as:
d*FRP
=4 L .
d
where d is the diameter of the bar, and Ld is the embedment length needed to
develop a stress offFRp in the NSM bar. If the coefficient of friction between
the bar and the epoxy is p, the radial stresses, Prad,a/, can be expressed as:
. ~at ~the~
The tensile stresses at the concrete-epoxy interface, c ~ , ~ and
FRP-epoxy interface, o ~ R can
~ be. expressed
~ ~ ~ in~terms
~ ,of the radial stress
as follows:
c7
FRP - epoxy
(4)
where GI, G2 and G ; are coefficients determined from the finite element
analysis based on a unit radial pressure applied at the bar location and using
specified groove dimensions, concrete and adhesive properties. The
maximum tensile stress at the FRP-epoxy interface, o - ~ ~depends
. ~ ~ on
~
the coefficients G2 and G, , whichever is greater as shown in Figure 3.
Equating the tensile strength of concrete to Eq. (3), the minimum
embedment length needed for NSM FRP bars to prevent concrete split
failure can be expressed as:
Equating the tensile strength of the adhesive to Eq. (4), the minimum
embedment length needed for NSM FRP bars to avoid epoxy split failure
shall not be less than:
r
3.5
2.5
1.5
0.5
1.4
1.6
1.2
1.4
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.4
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
To simulate the most critical conditions for design purposes, the coefficient
G, was evaluated for a modular ratio of 40. The coefficients, Gz and G;
were evaluated for a modular ratio of 5 and the greater value was plotted in
Figure 4. The chart covers a wide range of possible epoxy covers and
accounts for three different groove sizes. Using the proposed design chart,
the coefficients GI and the greater value of either Gz or G; could be
evaluated for a given groove width, w, and using a specified clear cover to
bar diameter ratio (C/d). The governing development length for NSM FRP
bars could be predicted using the greater of Eqs. ( 5 ) and (6). The proposed
approach compared very well with the test results and overestimated the
development length of NSM CFRP bars by less than 5 percent'.
+-dafdx
ac
-t
daC
-dx
dx
I dx
I
L'
Lr,
u
300
The model is modified to account for the double bonded area of NSM strips.
The model accounts also for the continuous reduction in flexural stiffness
due to cracking of the concrete. Debonding of NSM strips is assumed to
where, u 2 =
Ef
2Ga ; n = ; Ef is elastic modulus of the FRF' strip,
tatf E f
Ec
'c
fct
f 'c + fct
(a) Use the proposed Eqs. (7) and (8) to determine the debonding load of the
strip for different embedment lengths as shown in Figure 6. The resulting
curve represents a failure envelope due to debonding of the strip at cutoff
point.
(b) Use a cracked section analysis at sections of maximum induced normal
stresses and determine the ultimate load required to rupture the strip as
shown in Figure 6.
(c) Determine the development length at the intersection of the line
corresponding to flexural failure of the strip with the curve representing
debonding failure at cutoff point. The calculated development length will
preclude brittle failure due to debonding of the strips and will ensure full
composite action between the strip and concrete up to failure. The proposed
approach compared very well with the experimental results. The predicted
debonding loads underestimated the measured values by less than 6%'.
rgaeqoqaipg , , , , igth
, , +
Embedment length
~
the normal stress, on, at the ends of the externally bonded FRP
reinforcement can be expressed by:
where
and t, is the thickness of the FRP sheets; t, is the thickness of the adhesive; n
is ratio of the elastic modulus of the FRP to that of the concrete; P is the
applied concentrated load; I, is the unbonded length of the FRP sheets; yeflis
the effective distance from the sheet to the neutral axis of the section; Iefis
the effective moment of inertia of the transformed section; If is the moment
of inertia of the FRP sheets; Ea, Ec, Efand are the modulus of elasticity of
the adhesive, concrete and FRP, respectively; G, is the shear modulus of the
adhesive; by is the width of the FRP reinforcement; Mu is the applied
moment on the concrete section at cutoff points; and V, is the shear force in
the concrete beam at the sheet cutoff point.
Delamination of externally bonded FRP reinforcement can be
determined using a critical combination of both normal and shear stresses at
cutoff points. The critical combination of these two stresses was established
by using a delamination circle'. The delamination circle provides a
, , ,z
and the normal strength, on,,.
relationship between the shear strength,
This relationship can be expressed in terms of the concrete compressive
strength,f .: and the concrete tensile strength,&, as follows:
max =
fcf ct
fcf ct
ct I n max
c
J
Vfc+f
ct )
(11)
fcf. ct
_2
n max
The maximum normal and shear stresses are evaluated for the bond
specimens tested by the authors using the proposed approach4. Interfacial
debonding loads are predicted using Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion. The
analysis is extended further to include specimens Fl, C2 and Gl as well as
specimens Sl.O, SI.2 and SI.4 tested by other researchers to examine the
validity of the proposed approach5'6. All the selected specimens experienced
concrete cracking with various intensities at the sheets' cutoff points prior
to delamination. Figure 7 shows the predicted delamination loads using the
proposed approach compared with the experimental results. The predicted
delamination loads using Malek's model, as well as those predicted using
Brosens model, are also shown for comparison. The figure clearly indicates
that delamination loads can be predicted with a sufficient accuracy using the
proposed approach. Assuming uncracked concrete sections at the sheets'
cutoff points overestimated the strength of the beams considerably and led
to huge errors. Furthermore, using fully cracked concrete sections at cutoff
points provided very conservative delamination loads.
300-
* Proposed Approach
250
T3
cd
C
O
Experimental Results
ZOO-
+ Malek's Model
ISO
A Brosens Model
100
50
ID
Cl C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 Fl C2 Gl SI S1.2 S1.4
Hassan 2002
CONCLUSIONS
(a) The efficiency of using CFRP bars as NSM reinforcement is controlled
primarily by the bond characteristics of the bars as well as by the bond
between the adhesive material and the concrete.
(b) Two different types of interfacial debonding failures can occur for NSM
FRP bars: (i) Epoxy split failure; and (ii) Concrete split failure.
(c) Increasing the groove width and/or using high strength concrete,
increases the resistance to concrete split failure. Using high strength
adhesives and/or increasing the epoxy cover layer delays epoxy split
failure for NSM FRP bars.
(d) The proposed analytical models and failure criteria for NSM FRP strips
as well as for externally bonded FRP sheets are capable of predicting
the interfacial shear stress distribution, ultimate load carrying capacity
and mode of failure.
REFERENCES
1. Rizkalla, S., and Hassan T., Effectiveness of FRP techniques for
strengthening concrete bridges Journal of the Znternational
Associationfor Bridge and Structure Engineering, 12(l), 2002.
2. Hassan, T., and Rizkalla, S., Investigation of bond in concrete
structures strengthened with near surface mounted CFRP strips. ASCE,
Journal of Composites for Construction, 2002, in press.
3. Malek, A., Saadatmanesh, H., and Ehsani, M., Prediction of failure
load of R/C beams strengthened with FRP plate due to stress
concentration at the plate end, ACI Structural Journul, 95(1), 1998,
pp.142-152.
4. Hassan, T., Flexural behavior and bond characteristics of FRP
strengthening techniques for concrete structures, Ph.D. Thesis,
University of Manitoba, Canada, 2002,304 pp.
5. Brosens, K., Anchorage of externally bonded steel plates and CFRP
laminates for the strengthening of concrete elements, Ph.D. Thesis, K.
U. Leuven, Belg., 2001,225 pp.
6. Hearing, B. and Buyukozturk, O., Delamination in reinforced concrete
retrofitted with fibre reinforced plastics, Ph.D. Thesis, MIT, 2000,
287pp.
This research presents the bond strength between FRP laminates and
concrete. To develop a simple prediction formula for bond strength, the
bond stress - slippage model proposed by the authors (Popovics model) is
considered and equivalent bond stress block (EBSB) is newly defined. The
bond stress is assumed as a constant value throughout the bonded region,
for which the strain and slippage of FRP laminates are easily obtained by
solving a simple second differential equation. A new prediction formula is
proposed for two cases: one for bond length longer than the effective bond
length and another for shorter bond length. The predicted values show very
good agreement with experimental results reported previously.
INTRODUCTION
In many studies related to bond behavior between FRP laminates and
concrete, bond stress (shear stress), T, - slippage (relativity displacement),s,
the relationships at the local region is examined. The first two authors have
also investigated local T - s relationships' and proposed that the relationship
be represented by the Popovics formula which has been applied to
compression stress - strain relationship of concrete. This model was used in
the numerical analysis for bond behavior of FRP laminates. The analytical
results of bond strength, strain distributions of FRP and the effective bond
length show a good agreement with experimental results.
On the other hand, one of the most important characteristics related to
bond behavior is the bond strength in actual design of FRP laminates. Some
The authors have proposed Popovics model' to express bond stress, T, slippage, s, relationships in local region of bond between FRP laminates and
concrete, as follows:
.sc
= Smex
= 30mm
/b
= 60mm
/b
= 120mm
m 8
a
E. 6
h
.-4
v)
g!
v)
'0
0
Distance from the end (mm)
20
40 60 80 100 120
Distance from the end (mrn)
0 102030
40 60 80 100 120
Distance from the end (mm)
20
0.5
0.5
2
0.2
CL
0 102030
20
40
60
20 40 60 80 T O
Distance from the end (mm)
120
Figure 2. Analytical results of bond stress, FRP strain and slippage distributions
becomes longer, even if any other variables are not changed. For a specified
effective bond length, a lower limit of bond stress of EBSB could be
defined.
PREDICTING FORMULA FOR BOND STRENGTH
Basic Equations
The following second differential equation expresses the bond between FRP
laminate and concrete:
d 2s -
k b
mox
dx
tf
.Ef
Defining a bond length index, A,-, as shown in Eq. (7), Eq.(6) can be
expressed as Eq.(8).
d2s- k
dx2 Af
Integration of Eq.(8) gives Eq.(9), from which Eq.(lO) can be obtained, with
Cl, Cz as integration constants. Eq.(9) gives the FRP strain, E?
ds
dx
-= ( k / A f ) x+
. c, =El.
When the origin in the axial direction is defined at the loaded end of
specimens, applying the boundary condition that FRP strain q = 0 at x = 0
leads to Cl = 0, hence
= 0.004, 0.354
(17)
(mm)
(18)
0.151410.354 = 0.428
(19)
(20)
When bond length of specimen, lb, is equal to effective bond length l,,
slippage at the loaded end of specimen s,- and at the central position of the
specimen, SI,,become equal to 0 and s, respectively. Therefore, Eq.( 12) can
be written as Eq.(2 l), and Eq.(22) gives the effective bond length.
S, = (1 2). (k,/ a,-).ze2
(21)
In the case of shorter bond length, the actual bond stress is distributed in
whole bonded region, and the magnitude of the constant bond stress of
EBSB changes with bond length. The constant stress is derived by taking
into account that the bond stress distribution curve of Popovics model
analysis shows a symmetrical form with a maximum bond stress. Hence,
slippage at the central position of bonded region, s,, can be stated as Eq.(23).
From Eq.(14) and Eq.(12), slippage at the loaded end, sJc, and slippage at
the central position of specimen, s/,=, are obtained as Eq.(24) and Eq.(25),
respectively.
s, = s m m
(23)
Sf,, = s,
- (1 / 8). (k / af)'Ib*
(24)
sl,c =,,s
+(3/8).(k/a,-).lb2
(25)
where As, is already given by Eq.( 13). Eq.(27) represents the equation to
solve for the bond length, l b . However, Eq.(27) cannot be solved
mathematically. Figure 3 shows Eq. (27) using numerical analysis, for
which an approximate formula expressed as Eq.(28) could be defined :
Predicting Pma,(kN)
The following formulas for the prediction of bond strength between FRP
laminates and concrete are obtained based on the discussion in the earlier
sections:
[:: )
1-k
= L .cos --n
2
+-1 + k,
where, I, = effective bond length, Af= bond length index (Af= tf'Eflzb,,m),
= slippage in effective bond length (= 0.354mm), ke = bond stress ratio in
effective bond length (= 0.428), l b = bond length, P,, = bond strength (in
tensile force), rb,max = maximum local bond stress ( r b , m a x = 3.50gO.~~),
bf =
width of laminate, k = bond stress ratio, += thickness of fiber, E f = elastic
modulus of fiber, and oB= concrete compressive strength (in MPa)
Figure 4 shows the comparison between experimental bond strength and
predicted values calculated by Eq.(29) - (32). The experimental values are
obtained by bond test done in References 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 . The ratio of
experimental values to calculated values is 0.99 in average. The lower
limited ratio of 95 percentiles is 0.74.
s,
The following equations are proposed for actual design procedures. Some
constant values are substituted and the ratio of 95 percentiles is multiplied
to equations (30) and (3 1).
Pb ~1.1.0, 0.2 . b f . l e
CONCLUSIONS
New formulas predicting the bond strength between FRP laminates and
concrete is proposed by solving second differential equation of bond
problem using EBSB, which is defined as the area of EBSB has same area
of the Popovics model. The predicted values show a very good agreement
with experimental results reported previously.
REFERENCES
1. K. Nakaba, T. Kanakubo, T. Furuta and H. Yoshizawa, Bond Behavior
between Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Laminates and Concrete, ACI
Structural Journal, Vol. 98, No. 3, pp. 359-367, May-June 2001
2. Y. Satoh, Y. Asano and T. Ueda, Fundamental Study on Bond
Mechanism of Carbon Fiber Sheet, JSCE Journal of Materials, Concrete
Structures and Pavements, No.648, pp.71-87, May 2000. (in Japanese)
3. M. Iso, Y. Matsuzaki, Y. Sonobe and H. Nakamura, Experimental Study
on Bond Behavior between Continuous Fiber Sheets and Concrete,
Proceedings of the Japan Concrete Institute, V01.22, No.3, pp.295-300,
June 2000. (in Japanese)
4. A. Kamiharako, T. Shimomura, K. Maruyama and H. Nishida, Analysis
of Bond and Debonding Behavior of Continuous Fiber Sheet Bonded on
Concrete, JSCE Journal of Materials, Concrete Structures and
Pavements, No.634, pp. 197-208, November 1999. (in Japanese)
5 . K. Takeo, H. Matsushita, T. Yahara and Y. Sagawa, Experiment of
Carbon Fiber Sheet on CFRP Adhesive Method, Proceedings of the
Japan Concrete Institute, V01.20, No. 1, pp.43 1-436, June 2000. (in
Japanese)
6. T. Kanakubo, T. Furuta and H. Fukuyama, Bond Strength between FRP
Laminates and Concrete Led by the Equivalent Bond Stress Block
Method, JCI Concrete Research and Technology, Vol. 12, No.3, pp.2737, September 200 1. (in Japanese)
Both increasing FRP stiffness and decreasing adhesives shear stiffness can
enhance the interfacial performance of FFW sheets bonded to concrete.
However, in comparison with the former way, the latter one can improve
the interfacial fracture energy due to the good toughness and nonlinearity
of low shear stiffness adhesives. As a result, the high strength of FRP
material can be utilized more efficiently. Depending on the fracture energy
and the experimentally obtained strain distributions of FRP, this paper
applied an optimum back-calculation method to propose a nonlinear
interfacial bond stress-slip model, in which the effects of all interfacial
components can be included. All the necessary parameters serving for the
model are the fracture energy and two other empirical constants a and p,
which govern the ascending and descending parts of the interfacial
bond-stress slip curves respectively. Analytical results based on the
proposed model show good agreement with the experimental ones.
INTRODUCTION
The interfacial bond between FRP and concrete plays a critical role in
maintaining the mechanical performance and durability of FRP
strengthened concrete structures. Epoxy adhesive bonding system has
proven to be an efficient way to transfer the stresses between FRP and
concrete. However, unexpected premature interfacial fracture always
happen inevitably due to the local shear stress concentration. In addition,
many past studies (see Ref.1) indicate that the existence of effective bond
length renders the interfacial load be transferred only in a limited distance.
All these factors lead to the wasteful way of utilizing FRP materials in
consideration of their advantages but high cost. In particular, when the
amount of FRP material is increased in use, the strength of FRP materials
available for design decreases significantly.
Therefore, the improvement of bond performance between FRP and
concrete is an important task facing the FRP strengthening technology.
Many research works had been carried out to evaluate the interfacial
performance, which is affected by concrete strength, concrete surface
processing, FRP stiffness, bond length, freezing and thawing and so on.
Comparatively, the optimal use of adhesives was seldom studied. In
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES
A common single-lap pullout test setup as described in previous studies'
was applied in this study. Three types of FRF' materials (CFRP, AFRP and
GFRP) and four types of epoxy adhesives (FR-E3P, SX-325, CN-100 and
primer FP-NS) were used. The mechanical properties of FRP are shown in
Table 1. To evaluate the properties of adhesives and get the detailed
geometrical information of all adhesive components, tensile coupon tests for
adhesives were carried out according to the test specification JIS
K7113-1995 (the section area of adhesive specimens is 20x60 mm and the
marked distance for measuring the deformation is 80 mm). Meanwhile, the
FRP sheets attached with a thin layer of failed concrete were processed after
the pullout tests. From their photos taken under microscope as shown in Fig.
1, the thickness of each bonding layer (primer layer, adhesive layer and first
resin matrix layer) can be measured.
10
15
20
Carbon
Aramid
Glass
Ppe
Density of
Fiber
FTS-CI-20
AT-40
AT-90
FTS-GE-30
(dm)
1.80
1.39
1.39
2.55
Tensile
strength
(MPa)
3550
2520
3030
1550
Elasticity
modulus
(GPa)
230
83.6
83.6
74.0
Design
thichness
Elongation
(%)
(mm)
0.11
0.175
0.381
0.118
1.5
4.6
2.4
2.1
CN-I00
1 ;1
0.24
13.0
3.7
SX-325
2: 1
1.46
22.5
29.6
FR-E3P
2:l
2.45
29
39
FP-NS (Primer)
2: 1
2.45
29
39
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
All observed maximum loads and maximum slips at loading points of FRP
sheets-concrete interfaces are shown in Table.3. The slips at the loading
points of bond areas are obtained through integrating the strains measured
continuously along the FRP sheets. The shear stiffness of adhesive (shear
modulusithickness) is related to the shear force and deformation in
adhesive and can be calculated as follows3:
where: Ep, E,; $, tr and yp, yr are the elasticity modulus, thickness and Poisson
ratio of primer and resin layer respectively.
Fig.3 and Fig.4 show the experimental load versus loaded end slip
relations. The circled points are considered to correspond to initial peeling,
because after that the overall interfacial stiffness changes significantly. But
for specimen CR3L2 with the softest adhesive (in Fig.4), no obvious change
to overall stiffness was observed. The reason will be explained later.
Table3 Details of specimens and test results
Codes of
Failure
EP tP G a ' t a E f t , sm,
G f type'
specimens Er tr
(GPa) (mm) (GPa) (mm) (GPdmm) (GPa-mm) (mm)
(kN) @/mm)
CRlLl 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
25.0
1.962 24.50 1.20
CF
CRlLl 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
25.0
0.322 24.00 1.15
CF
CRlLl 2.45 0.55 2.45 0.22 1.17
25.0
0.185 24.90 1.24
CF
CR2Ll 1.46 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.68
25.0
4.07
29.30 1.72
CF
CR3Ll 0.24 0.62 2.45 0.28 0.14
25.0
0.976 >30
>1.8 FF
CRlL2 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
50.0
1.169 33.54 1.12
CF
CRlL2 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
50.0
1.574 40.20 1.62
CF
CRlL2 2.45 0.61 2.45 0.22 1.09
50.0
0.71 1 39.30 1.52
CF
1.427 51 .oo 2.60
CR2L2 1.46 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.68
50.0
CF
CR2L2 1.46 0.50 2.45 0.23 0.84
50.0
0.537 48.00 2.30
CF
CR3L2 0.24 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.13
50.0
1.685 50.10 2.51
FF
0.759 55.50 3.08
CR3L2 0.24 0.62 2.45 0.21 0.14
50.0
FF
0.532 35.40 0.83
CRlL3 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
75.0
CF
0.724 38.40 0.98
CRlL3 2.45 0.55 2.45 0.22 1.17
75.0
CF
1.528 42.60 1.21
CRlL3 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
75.0
CF
1.461 47.40 1.5
CR2L3 1.46 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.68
75.0
CF
CR3L3 0.24 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.13
75.0
1.994 64.80 2.8
CF
CRlLS 2.45 0.55 2.45 0.22 1.17
0.44
58.50 1.25
137.0
CF
0.123
GRlLl 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
8.70
13.54 1.05
FF
1.988 21 .oo 1.27
GRlL2 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
17.4
CF
GRlL3 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
1.813 28.60 1.56
26.2
CF
1.352 33.00 1.25
GR 1L5 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
43.7
CF
GR2L3 1.46 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.68
3.04
26.2
41 .oo 3.21
CF
GR3L3 0.24 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.13
0.51
26.2
>32.4 >2.00 FF
ARlLl 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.26 1.01
2.003 24.60 1.63
18.6
CF
ARlL2 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
0.866 33.60 1.77
31.9
CF
0.388 39.00 1.19
63.7
ARIL3 2.45 0.63 2.45 0.27 1.0
CF
1.713 46.20 1.67
63.7
AR2L3 1.46 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.68
CF
AR3L3 0.24 0.63 2.45 0.27 0.13
63.7
1.36
60.90 2.91
CF
fRtL-The
number of the FRP sheets' ulies
-Adhesive
type; 1,2 and 3 mean FR-EiP, SX-325 and CN-100 respectively
I F R P type, C, G and A mean carbon, glass and aramid respectively.
Failure type: CF: Concrete failure; FF: FRP fracture
Pu
FRP fracture
-.
- CRlLl
dm
CRlLz
CRlW
40
60
40
30
30
20
20
CRlL2
CR2L2
10
0
0.0 0 1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 5 0.6 0.7 0 8
S M W
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Slinlmm)
peeling and ultimate interfacial loads increase with the FRP stiffness
(elasticity modulusxthickness). The initial peeling happened at almost the
same slip values (see Fig.3). This fact can be understood as follows: higher
FRP stiffness leads to lower local strain level but longer load transfer length
at initial peeling. Comparatively, lower FRP stiffness leads to higher local
strain but shorter load transfer length4. So the overall slip value, which is the
integration of the FRP strains along the load transfer length, may be similar
in both cases. From the initial peeling off to the macro interfacial crack
propagation or the maximum interfacial load (marked with ellipses), the
overall interfacial stiffness decreases more slowly when the stiffness of FRP
stiffness is lower. Many experimental studies show that the maximum local
bond stress increases but the strain of FRP sheets at peeling decreases with
increasing the FRP stiffness 2,395. In other words, concrete prefers fracture at
higher stress but lower strain level when the high stiffness FRP is used in
the interfaces. This higher bond stress is accompanied by less interfacial
softening ductility, and vice versa. The whole interfacial fracture energy
hardly changes irrespective of FRP stiffness, as shown later.
The effects of adhesive layers on the load-slip curves are shown in Fig.4.
It can be seen that low shear stiffness adhesives can lead to higher initial
peeling and ultimate interfacial loads. The overall interfacial stiffness is
greater if the adhesive is stiffer before the initial peeling off. After that, the
overall interfacial stiffness decreases significantly in the case of stiffer
adhesive. However, it does not decrease obviously when the softer adhesive
is used. And finally, the progressive interfacial softening is interrupted by
the FRP fracture (see CR3L2 in Fig.4). As the authors reported previously2,
the lower shear stiffness adhesives increase the effective bond length
significantly. As a result, the local peeling does not affect the overall
interfacial stiffness obviously in comparison with the cases where higher
shear stiffness adhesives are used. These different interfacial fracture
mechanisms affected by different adhesive shear stiffness indicate that the
overall structural performances of FRP strengthened RC elements can be
optimized through appropriate adhesives. Meanwhile, these differences
necessitate the development of a reasonable interfacial constitutive model,
upon which the observed different bond mechanisms can be clarified
precisely.
pu (W
t
experin entaldata
ke
--regressng
20
y4.924~0514
10
x=l
x=o
a
20
40
60
80
Ertf (GPa-mm)
G,
= I E , ~ , ( E , ( x ) - E , ( x ) ) ~ (Ex ~) = J E , t , (l+-)E,(x)d&,
E , A,
=
0
ECAC
(x)
or P,,= b
d'4"
(4)
2Eftf
interfacial slip can be separated into two parts: the adhesive's shear
displacement s, and slippage sacbetween adhesive and concrete. Therefore,
m
G , = jrds = j r d ( s , + s o , ) =
0
jrds.
0
J T ~ S , =G,,
+G,,
(5)
G/(N/mm)
experh e n t a l d a t a
1.5
0
0
0.5
1.5
G ,,/fa ( G P a/m m )
However, when the shear stress in the soft adhesive layer reaches the
interfacial peeling stress zmaX2,
the adhesive lies in nonlinear period. If the
interfacial crack surface propagates a unit area, an extra interfacial Gfl is
consumed (see Fig.8). It can be seen as well that the thickness of bond layer
affects the interfacial performance more in soft adhesive cases due to its
larger plastic shear deformation capacity. When stiff adhesive is used, the
thickness almost has no affect as reported previously'.
.z
2
In
g9
m exp
-4-s=0.012m
0
I
7000
6000
5000
-8
;7
- _ .R-1L3
36
---RZLl
-R3L1
w5
4000
3000
2000
1000
c4
8 3
2
1
0
++F-~~C3~NLC
N
N
0.2
0.4
0.6
Locatbn 6m )
0.8
Sbhm)
Fig. 10 Proposed z
- s relations
Corresponding to each step of load (PI) or slip (sJ, the experimental strain
of FRP sheets at every interfacial location E(ij)exp(j=l,n;n is the number of
continuously arranged gages) can be obtained. On the other hand, if a local
bond stress-slip model is given, the interfacial strain distribution E(ij)na
U=l,n) can be obtained analytically as well. The criterion, upon which the
most suitable T-s relation is determined, is to find an optimum solutions to
minimize the differences between E(i,j)expand
for every specimen. In
this study a multi-dimensional nonlinear optimum program is made to
calibrate the unknown parameters needed for a nonlinear T-s relation, which
is assumed as follows:
7
= Tmax
(-1
s , 7
S
(7a)
Smax
Smax
e x ~ ( - P ( s- Smax 1)
ma,
(7b)
s > smaY
=Min
I=]
1C
( E , , , ~ ~
E,,,
f(r(s),E f t ,
T m m max
E(SI,S*);
which are
- 1.575aK + J 2 . 4 8 1 a K
in, =
+ 6.3aP 2 K G ,
(8)
28
/(a)
= 0.028 ( E f t f ) 0 . 2 5 4
(9)
(10)
/3 = 0.0035 K ( E , t , ) 0 - 4
(1 1)
smax
~1
= rmax
A = 0.575
(12)
where K=Ga/ta (MPdmm) and Eftf (GPa-mm) are the stiffness o adhesive
and FRP respectively.
Based on the prksent study and with the consideration of the effects of
concrete strength f,(MPa) 3,9, Gf(N/mm) can be obtained as follows:
G/ -- 7.554 K-0.449. (fc)0.343
(13)
According to Eqs.(7) to 13, Fig.10 gives different bond stress-slip
curves of FRP sheets-concrete interfaces with different adhesives and
number of FRP layers. The experimentally observed maximum bond stress
and interfacial d u ~ t i l i t y ~ , which
~ , ~ , ~ ,are affected by FRP stiffness and
adhesives, can be predicted by these models appropriately. Through these
bond stress slip curves, the above load-slip relations can be predicted as
well (see Fig. 11 and Fig. 12).
540
50
3 30
--CRlLl
-0-CRILI
Ew
40
ANA
30
20
0.0
20
--.-CRlW EXP
CRlW ANA
10
0.1
- CRlL2 EXP
-0-CRIL2ANA
--CWLZEXP
-ACWL2 ANA
- - CR3L2 EXP
10
0
CONCLUDING REMARKS
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Chen. J.F., and Teng. J.G., Anchorage Strength Model for FRP and Steel Plates
Bonded to Concrete, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 127, No.7,
July, pp.784-791
T. Ueda et al., New Approach for Usage of Continuous Fiber as Non-Metallic
Reinforcement of Concrete, Structural Engineering International, 2002.2,
pp.111-116.
Laura De Lorenzis et al, Bond of Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Laminates to
Concrete, ACI Material Journal, V.98, No.3,2001, pp.256-264.
L.Bizindavyi and K.W.Neale, Transfer Length and Bond Strength for Sheets
Bonded to Concrete, Journal of Sheets for Construction, Vol. 3., No. 4,1999,
pp 153-160
Yasuhiko Sat0 et al., Fundamental Study on Bond Mechanism of Carbon Fiber
Sheet, Translationfrom Proceedings of JSCE, No.648N-47,2000
Bjorn Taljsten, Strengthening of Concrete Prisms Using the Plate-bonding
Technique, International Journal of Fracture, V01.82; 1996, pp.253-266.
Hong YUAN et al., Theoretical Solutions on Interfacial Stress Transfer of
Externally Bonded SteelKomposite Plates, J. Structural. Mech. Earthquake
Eng. JSCE, Vo1.18, No.1, 2001, pp. 27-39.
Swamy, R.N. et al., Shear Adhesion Properties of Epoxy Resin Adhesives,
Proceedings of an International Symposium on Adhesion between Polymer
and Concrete, Sept. 1986, pp.741-755
K,, Nakaba et al., Bond Behavior between Fiber-Reinforced Polymer
Laminates and Concrete, ACI Structural Journal, V.98, No.3, 2001,
pp.359- 167.
INTRODUCTION
The application of externally bonded steel plates for the strengthening of
reinforced concrete structures was already widespread in the 1970s. In the
80s and 90s, research projects aimed at establishing the use of carbon fibrereinforced plastic plates for the same purpose. Since then, this strengthening
method has been used even more often and today many applications can be
found.
The interaction between the components, concrete and plate
reinforcement, requires the presence of a sufficient bond which enables the
transfer of forces. In many practical cases, the existence of this property is
considered as given and no further investigations are performed. In fact,
there are only few scientifically established but applicable approaches
which help to treat this question'.
BOND ANALYSIS
"Bond at low load"
Basics
Figure I(a) displays a CFRP plate-concrete bond situation "at low load". A
slip displacement, sI, of the two elements is possible due to shear
deformations in the adhesive layer.
Y8
--c
Nl
adhesive
N,+ dN,
laminate'
-8
Y
YP
failure criterion
Assumptions
The shear deformations are considered to be concentrated in the adhesive
layer only. The corresponding shear stress-shear strain relationship is given
in Figure l(b). A continuous increase of the load will cause the sudden
development of a crack in the weakest element, that is, in the concrete body.
When this occurs, the bond situation turns into that of "bond at high load".
Modelling
With the diagram in Figure l(b) the slip, s~,can be determined according to
Eq. (1). A crack in the concrete body will start to grow when the shear
stress q0 is achieved. This stress is related to the concrete shear strength,f,,,
which can be estimated with the modified Coulomb failure criterion2
[Figure I(c)]. With Eq. (2), it is possible to consider the fact that zIo is
focused on one particular location and therefore generally will be slightly
higher thanf,, orf,,, respectively.
Basics
according to Eq. (3) and the distribution of the diameters is described by the
Fuller function in Eq. (4).
p =-v a
a
(3)
vc
The abrasion of the matrix causes normal and shear stresses, om,and
z~,, in the cement-aggregate contact zone [Figure 2(b)]. These stresses are
related according to Eq. ( 5 ) and can be estimated corresponding to
experimental results found by Walraven [Eq. (6)].
'mu
= P'Omu
(5)
L . d o 2. K
4
In the second step, the geometry and the stresses of the contact zone of
an intersection circle with a diameter do2 is studied [Figure 2(b)]. When the
length and the angle of an opening vector, v and a, are given and the
embedment depth of the intersection circle, c, is known, the contact angle,
cp, can be determined from Eq. (8). The most probable contact angle, $,
follows from Eq. (9). Integration of the stresses in the contact zone will
provide the interlock forces of the considered intersection circle [Eq. (10)
and ( 1 l)].
......
The third step aims at combining the single aspects that were treated
before. The global aggregate interlock stresses according to Figure 2(c), o,,
and T~,,can be determined by multiplication of p n and F, or F,,,
respectively, and integration over the entire aggregate diameter range,
Eq. (12).
Parameters
f,= 43 MPa
" 0
s/ [mml
0.3
s/[mml
0.3
Model Parameters
Gg= 10 GPa, tg = 1 mm, a = 4/3
"at low load":
"at high load":
Characteristic parameters
zI0= a . f,,= 0.4. f2'3
G
s - 8 . 5
in
in
t,
s,, = sIn
+ 0.225 [mm]
SIGNIFICANCE
Theory
In Figure 4(a), a differential element of a tension chord reinforced with
CFRP plates on two opposite faces is given. When concrete and plate
display linear behaviour according to Figure 4(b), equilibrium and
compatibility requirements result in the differential Eq. (14) '. The function
zI(sl) represents an arbitrary stress-slip relationship [Figure 4(c)]. It can be
replaced by the bilinear stress-strain relationship in Figure 3(b) and the
differential equation can be transformed into Eqs. (15) and (16) which
correspond to mathematical models for the hardening branch (index I ) and
the softening branch (index I . , respectively. The integration of these
equations provides the general solutions, Eq. (1 7) and (1 8). In the case of a
particular bond problem, the boundary conditions can be formulated in
order to determine the coefficientsA , B, C and D.With further calculations,
the stresses and strains can be derived easily.
Anchorage capacityformulas
In Figure 4(d), a model of an anchorage situation is displayed. For practical
dimensioning tasks, it is important to know the capacity of such a detail.
The basics that were given above can be applied to find very useful
formulas. The admissible simplification according to Eq. (19) enables one
to find the most efficient bond length, ZbO, Eq. (20). When the length of the
bond zone is shorter, Eq. (21) indicates the bond capacity, Fb. When it is
longer, the capacity remains constant according to Eq. (22), that is, any
lengthening beyond Zbo will bring no benefit. The specific bond fracture
energy, GFb,corresponds to the area underneath the bilinear stress-slip curve
and can be determined according to Eq. (23).
S/"
=0
in Figure 4(d) was used. In general, a good agreement between theory and
experiment can be observed.
Further potential
& = 52 Mpa
/-
uO
'b0
Fb/ b, [Nlmm]
f,
1000
Imml
uo
'b0
Fb / b, [N/mm]
1.27 mm; E, = 175 GPa
f,
CONCLUSIONS
NOTATION
Roman and Greek letters
A
E
F
G
N
V
a
6
c
d
f
I
n
s
r
u
Subscripts
area
modulus of elasticity
force
fracture energy, shear modulus
internal force
volume
coefficient; distribution
width
embedment depth
diameter
strength
length
modular ratio
slip; length
thickness; depth
displacement
v vector length
w crack width
x coordinate
y coordinate
z coordinate
a angle
y shear strain
E
strain
q substitute
p coefficient of friction
p ratio
(T
normal stress
T
shear stress
cp angle
m substitute
Fuller; fracture 0
1
aggregate
2
bond
concrete; cube 3
I
g
adhesive
II
i
interlock
I
plate
m
matrix
max maximum
min minimum
n
number
r
crack
t
tension
u
ultimate
r
shear
F
a
b
c
index
index
index
index
index
index
REFERENCES
1. Ulaga, T., Vogel, T., Meier, U.: The premature Failure of CFRP laminateStrengthened Concrete Structures. Proceedings of the IABMAS'02 Conference,
Barcelona, 2002, pp. 271 - 272.
2. Marti, P., Alvarez, M., Kaufmann, W., Sigrist, V.: Tragverhalten von
Stahlbeton. IBK, ETH Zurich, Publikation SP-008, Sept. 1999, 301 pp.
3. Walraven, J. C.: Aggregate Interlock: A Theoretical and Experimental Analysis.
PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, Delft University Press, 1980, 197
PP.
4. Holzenkampfer, P.: Ingenieurmodelle des Verbunds geklebter Bewehrung fur
Betonbauteile. DABtb, Heft 473, Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin, 1997, pp. 109 209.
5. Hankers, Ch.: Zum Verbundtragverhalten laschenverstarkter Betonbauteile
unter nicht vorwiegend ruhender Beanspruchung. DAfStb, Heft 473, Beuth
Verlag GmbH, Berlin, 1997, pp. 7 - 107.
6. Neubauer, U., Rostasy, F. S.: Bond Failure of Fiber Reinforced Polymer Plates
at Inclined Cracks Experiments and Fracture Mechanics Model. Proceedings
of the FRPRCS-4 Symposium, Baltimore, 1999, pp. 369 - 381.
7. Ranisch, E.-H.: Zur Trugfihigkeit von Verklebungen -vischen Buustuhl und
Beton. Dissertation, TU Braunschweig, Heft 54, 1982, 173 pp.
8. Taljsten, B.: Plate Bonding. Strengthening of Existing Concrete Structures with
Epoxy Bonded Plates of Steel or Fibre Reinforced Plastics. Division of
Structural Engineering. Lulea University, 190 pp.
~
In FRP-platelsheet strengthening problems, mechanical and physical properties of concrete, composite and adhesive play an important role in the bonding and effectiveness of the reinforcement, since they strongly influence
both strength and stiffness. A correct interface law is required to predict
behavior under both service loading and ultimate failure load.' Nevertheless,
the definition of a non-linear constitutive law for the FRP-concrete interface
is still an unsolved problem.
In the present paper, a non linear constitutive law for FRP - concrete interface is proposed. Starting from a set of experimental results reported in
the literature 2, 3, where strains on FRP plates are measured at different loading levels, shear stress - slip couples are calculated and used to define a local bond-slip law for the FW-concrete interface. A small statistic variation
in data is obtained at low stress levels, so that the stiffness of the initial
branch is well predicted. Interface behavior can be considered linear for
shear stresses lower than one half of maximum stress. The corresponding
stiffness estimated from experimental data is compared with theoretical previsions. It is shown that compliances of both adhesive and concrete cover
must be considered. The thickness of concrete cover contributing to overall
h, [mml
1.6
1.37
with Ap, Ep being cross section and elastic modulus of the composite.
Moreover, assuming for the sake of simplicity that perfect bonding (no
slip) occurs at the end of bonded plate and concrete strain is negligible with
respect to FRP counterpart, integration of strain profile gives the following
expression for the slip at x, with x, I
x < xi+l:
k-
- -
S,+l
(4
(b)
(c)
Figure 2: (a) Experimental data on strains in FRP-composites, (b) average shear
stresses and (c) FRP-concrete slips.
previous case) or it represents a statistical deviation. Moreover, slips significantly higher than in the previous case are reached in the softening branch.
5.034 KN
7.707 KN
10.291 KN
12.813 KN
___.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.1
Slip (mm)
0.2
0.3
Slip (mm)
4.624 KN
7.001 KN
9.198 KN
11.57 KN
4.561 KN
7.203 KN
W
m
$ 6
i3
\\
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.3
Slip (mm)
Slip (mm)
Figure 3: Shear stress - slip data obtained from CFJT-Plate2 tests, for different values of bond length (50.8, 101.6, 152.4, 203.2 mm).
--
+8.900
KN
11.12 KN
13.350 KN
15.57 KN
16.46 KN
Figure 4: Shear stress - slip data obtained from experimental data MND-Sheet3,
for 304.8 mm bond length.
where, ,z is the peak shear stress, S a reference slip (close to the slip corresponding to zmax),and n is a free parameter.
results
Curvefitting parameters
- proposed
interice law
=,,,z
.
.
1
0,l
0,2
Slip (mm)
0,3
S= 0.051 m m
0,4
n = 2.860
Figure 5: Bond - slip curve for FRP - concrete interface obtained from CFJTPlate experimental data.
Table 1: Stiffness of initial branch of interface law: mean value and correlation
index; thickness of concrete cover contributing to interface compliance.
CFJT-Plate2
Interface stiffness
Mean value
Correlation index
184.1 MPdmm
0.9355
hc
Mean value
26 mm
169
In order to estimate the stiffness of the initial branch, that is for low
value of FRP - concrete slips, a statistical analysis of experimental data has
been performed, whose results are reported in Table 1. According to reference~~,~,
the thickness of concrete cover hc contributing to interface compliance has
been evaluated by assuming a linear interface behavior, i.e., z = k, s, where
stiffness coefficient k, is given by:
k, =
(4)
ha IGa + hc IGc
where h, G stand for thickness and shear modulus, and subscripts a,c for
adhesive and concrete, respectively. The data show that a concrete cover of
26 mm thickness contributes to interface compliance (see Table 1). It is also
worth noting that compliance of concrete cover is comparable with adhesive
compliance. Moreover, in real applications, adhesive thickness is even much
smaller (usually about 0.1 - 0.2 mm), and concrete compliance contribution
may be even more than 5 times greater than adhesive counterpart in this
case. This result confirms the experimental evidence that adhesive thickness
usually has no significant influence on interface stiffness.
The value of fracture energy of the proposed interface law has been also
computed, resulting in:
G, = Iz(s) d s =1.537MPa.mm.
(5)
It is worth noting that the softening branch of the curve has a strong influence on fracture energy. Moreover, maximum transmissible load is
strictly related to interface fracture energy. Considering a Mode I1 fracture
mechanism for the concrete, fracture energy can be estimated as4 Gf=ahrrn
= 1.723 MPa.mm (with a=0.658), 12% higher than given by the present interface law.
Finally, adopting the bond-slip interface law reported in Figure 5, experimental tests have been simulated making use of the model recently proposed by the authors for FRP-plates RC members. The model adopts axial displacements and axial forces of different materials as unknown variables. Interface laws between different materials are defined, and the governing equations are solved by Finite Difference Method.
In Figure 6, strains in FRP-plates along the bonded length are reported,
for different values of applied force. Results obtained by numerical simulations agree well with experimental results (considering the unavoidable scattering of experimental results), so assessing the proposed interface law.
Moreover, Figure 7 shows the corresponding profiles of shear stresses along
the bonded surface, obtained from numerical simulation. Note the softening
interface behavior, at the beginning of bonded length, when the maximum
5000-li
50007
L=50.80 mm
L-101.6 rnrn
40004
2 3000
w
1/3
2000
1000
20
x (rnrn) 40
00
5000 -
60
120
5000 -
L= 152.4mm
40
80
120
160
L=203.2rnrn
50
x (mm)
100
x (mm)
Figure 6: Strains in FRP plate (CFJT-Plate' tests): experimental results and numerical simulations adopting the proposed non linear interface law.
8-
L=101.6 mrn
L=203.2mrn
11.57 kN
12.813 kN
2.109 kN
$0
'
40
x (mm)
80
120
50
100
x (mm)
Figure 7: Shear stresses along the FRP - concrete interface for different loadings.
33
8000
4000
0
0
50
100
150 200
250
BL (mm)
Figure 8: Maximum transmissible force vs. bond length (CFJT-Plate2tests): experimental results and numerical results adopting the non linear interface law.
slip is greater than 0.05 mm, i.e. for axial forces about 60 percent of failure
loads. Softening interface behavior corresponds to a change of curvature in
FRP strain diagrams (see Figure 6).
Finally, maximum transmissible load as a function of bond length is reported in Figure 8. Good agreement between numerical and experimental results is found.
Comparison with experimental results by Miller, Nanni and De Lorenzis
Analogous study has been performed with reference to experimental results
by Miller, Nanni and De Lorenzis. As already stated, the higher scattering
of experimental results is probably due to the fact that single-layer FRP
sheets (0.165 mm) were adopted in This case. The bond slip curve obtained
10000-
7-
8000-
6 -
L=304.8 m m
'i$
6000
-proposed
interface law
2000\
0.5
Slip (mm)
(a)
1.5
100
200
300
x (mm)
(b)
Figure 9: MND-Sheet3tests: (a) proposed non linear interface law, (b) strains in
FRP sheets, experimental results and numerical simulations.
from shear stress - slip data is reported in Figure 9(a). The authors stated
that anchorage failure occurred by FRP peeling at the adhesive level. Maximum shear stress has been then evaluated, as proposed by the authors, as
~,,,,=0.01 84(tpEp)0,5=3.6MPa. This corresponds to neglecting the high values of shear stresses obtained for low-to-medium values of axial force (see
Figure 4). The remaining parameters have been set as n= 1.98 and S =0.068
mm. Softening branch is very pronounced, with significant values of transmissible shear stress for slips up to about 1.5 mm. Hence, the resulting fracture energy is greater than in the previous case (2.214 MPa.mm). Finally,
Figure 9(b) shows FRP-strains obtained from numerical simulations and
compared with experimental results.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The financial support of MIUR (Ministry of Education, University and Research), PRTN 200 1 Grant, Project "Theoretical and Experimental Analysis
on Composite-Concrete Bonding for RC Members Reinforced by Composites", and ex 60% Grant are gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
INTRODUCTION
Today a great number of new materials and techniques are available for the
retrofit and reinforcement of damaged structures. Among these, the use of
fiber reinforced polymers (FRP) is becoming one of the most common.
However, such a technique still presents uncertainties with respect to the
load transfer capability of the interface between the substrate and the
composite, for ultimate and service load conditions. The load transferred
through the interface between the reinforcing material (FRP) and the
substrate (concrete) is a key issue to ensure the effectiveness of the
reinforcement. One of the most important collapse mechanisms observed in
theses cases is the loss of adherence and consequent sliding of the FRP with
respect to concrete structure, characterizing a mode I1 fracture condition.
Therefore, a test methodology capable of correctly reproducing the
mode I1 fracture of the interface is important to evaluate its maximum load
transfer capacity. Cylindrical specimens can be used for this purpose. This
type of specimen is widely used in the civil construction industry and has
the advantage of being employed in cast and extracted forms. In the present
study, a test configuration is proposed for the evaluation of the shear failure
of the interface between FW sheets and concrete under static, cyclic and
long term loadings, although here only the static loading results are
discussed.
TEST PROCEDURE
Three strips of the fiber composite are glued on a set of two 150mm x
30mm cylindrical specimens placed end-to-end. This set is subjected to
uniaxial tension and the load is transferred through the strips of FRP from
one specimen to the other. (Figure 1). A small zone is left unbounded over
one specimen to serve as a defect where the shear failure is supposed to
initiate. A concrete with average compressive strength of 48 MPa and sheets
of CFRP have been employed is this investigation.
The definition of the minimum lengths of strips, so that reproductability
can be achieved, is the main objective of this work. Three distinct zones can
be identified: zone of adhesion above, flaw and zone of adhesion belcw.
The length of the last is always 1.5 times as the first, with the purpose of
inducing the failure in the zone above.
E
E
0
is
Lrn
Ls \upenor 4dhesion
E
E
ti
Lni Flaw
LI Inferior Adhesion
0
(1
150rnm
Numerical simuIation
A numerical study (2D and 3D) of the stress distribution along the interface
has been carried out in order to evaluate the most appropriate positions of
The distributions of the shear stress (T) a long the length over three
distinct vertical axes (Vl, V2 and V3) and along the width over three
distinct horizontal axes (Hl, H2 and H3) have been obtained. These
distributions agree with the ones found in the literature (Volbersen, (1938);
ACI 440F, (2001); fibl4, (2001); Machado, (2002));(Figure 3a). The results
also show that the shear stresses are practically constant along the width of
the strip, indicating that the curvature of the interface plays no key role in
the overall behavior of the test (Figure 3b).
10
AmOman)
0 1
0
I
8
ma(m)
Preparation of Specimens.
The end plane faces of the specimens should be polished, while the surface
where the FRP is applied should be treated in a way that the coarse
In this study the tests have been organized in groups with a varying strip
width (Table 1) and with a varying adhesion length (Table 2).
ble 1 Properties o
Grw
1
2
7
3
Ta
W(i)
20
40
60
80
rs(i)
100
h(i)
40
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Group
W(i)
4
6
2
40
rs(m)
25
50
75
Lm (
i )
40
100
The plots of the tensile load and the separation displacement (sliding of
the interface) of the specimens show a region of linear behavior. In this
region no residual displacements are observed when the specimens are
unloaded. Following the load trajectory, one may observe a decrease of the
stiffness and also the presence of residual displacements until the ultimate
load is reached.
The LVDT readings showed no major exccentricity in the load
application in each strip, because the determined sliding displacements for
each strip are similar in all the tests carried out (Figure 5). With respect to
the validity of the results of ultimate loads, one may verify that the values
obtained for each each strip are very close. This is in fact one of the
advantages of this test setup. In experiments with prismatic specimens the
Once the validity of the test has been verified, an exponential expression to
represent the results can be proposed:
O m U X ) 6 0 0 B W r m l m
SIP (rm)
Figure 7: (P,,/W)
x slip
(Ls). This adhesion length (Ls) is found to be 100 mm (Figure 8). This
value has been adopted for the other group tests.
Fracture energy
Fracture energy values (Gf) can also be obtained in the tests. Some results
are listed in Table 3. One may observe a trend for the value of Gf to
converge to a value as the width of the strip reaches a certain minimum
value. However, this trend should be investigated more carefully in future
tests and analyses.
Test
Group01
Groupm
Grour,07
Group 03
Gflh)
125
030
0.68
050
CONCLUSIONS
1. The simplicity of the test, the inexistence of large excentricities and
good reproductibility can be listed as the major advantages of the test
methodology presented here. The use of cylindrical specimens is very
common in the civil engineering activities. The test also allows the
2.
3.
4.
6.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work has been funded by CAPES and CNPq, brazilian research
agencies. The authors would like to express their gratitude to the Universitat
Politicnica of Catalunya (UPC) for the laboratorial support for this research.
REFERENCES
1. American Concrete
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
INTRODUCTION
Many studies, both theoretical and experimental, have been carried out on
FRP-concrete adhesion (for a list see, e.g., reference 1). A clear distinction
between two different cases exists; (a) in un-cracked zone and (b) in
cracked zones. In both cases, beyond a certain applied force, a crack could
form and propagate parallel to the bonded FRP platehheet near or along any
weak interface in the plate/adhesive/concrete packet. This has been
observed to be the most common anchorage failure mode for: (a)
platedsheets bonded on the beam sides for shear strengthening; or, (b) for
beams and slabs flexurally strengthened with FRP strips bonded along the
soffit, with debonding developing at a major crack and propagating towards
the plate end. This failure mode is referred to as debonding in concrete2.
Various predictive equations are available in the literature for
determining the anchorage strength associated to a given anchorage length,
mostly for uncracked concrete zones, while for cracked zones still some
aspects need to be clarified. To the authors knowledge, no finite element
(FE) has been developed to stepwise model the nonlinear response.
The FE here developed allows one to analyze the response of an FRP
sheet, both in the un-cracked end zones of a RC beam, and at midspan,
where the presence of cracks considerably modifies the resisting
mechanism.
FRP ANCHORAGE ZONE : FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION
The differential equation underlying the phenomenon is expressed
incrementally, due to the nonlinear nature of the bond-slip constitutive law3:
(2)
-1
= FRP
thickness):
Also, AS = {ASI M,} is the load vector and B(<) = dN(<)/dk is the
shape function vector for the strain field along the FRP sheet. This
formulation does not depend on the law used to describe the local bond-slip.
Any law can be adopted. Here, a simple yet accurate law4 was chosen. This
very simple law depends on three parameters: (1) the peak bond strength:
T~~~
= kb
1.8.fCt,
with: kb =
1.5 . (2 - by /bc)
1 +bf/lOOmm
(5)
where fCtm = concrete mean tensile strength, and kb , which accounts for
scale effects, depends on b f = width of the FRP platelsheet, and b, = width
of the concrete surface; (2) the slip at peak bond strength, corresponding to
local interface cracking in the FRP/concrete interface:
y =l.l.kb.Cf
with: C f = 0 . 3 m m
(7)
Figure 1 shows the applied force vs. end displacement diagram at the pulled
end of a FE model of an FRP anchorage zone under increasing applied
force. Three characteristic points, denoted by squares, are noted: (1)
separating the linear from the non-linear response, corresponds to the
initiation of interface cracking at the pulled end; (2) corresponding to the
attainment of the ultimate slip y at the pulled end and to the initiation of
debonding; here the maximum anchorage force Fmaxis achieved and the
current bond length is termed effective and denoted by L,; and, (3)
corresponding to the debonding penetration into the anchored length. The
associated bond distributions are depicted in the boxes within Figure 1.
00
01
02
03
04
0.5
End Displacement(mm)
Figure 2: Beam slices in constant (left) and variable (right) bending moment zones.
Case: ,s,
Figure 3 shows the bond stresses and the force along the FRP sheet at the
~
onset of debonding. The bond stress is normalized with respect to T
The force is normalized with respect to the anchorage strength in Eq.(8). No
interaction takes place between the two ends of the sheet (at midpoint both
the bond stress and the force are zero), because the available bonded length
is sufficient to equilibrate the applied force. The two parts of the sheet
behave in the same way as shown in Figure 1, therefore the anchorage
strength (i.e., the applied force at the onset of debonding, which is equal to
the area under the bond stress curve) is given by Equation (8). Note that
interface cracking (i. e., where the normalized bond stress reaches f 1 )
progresses from the two ends towards the slice midpoint.
805
$07
$04
b03
E
02
01
05
0
05
NolrnallzedFRP lenqht U2Le
Figure 3. (a) Bond stress along the FRP; (b) Force along the FRP for srm 2 2L,
85
Normalized FRP lenght UZLe
Figure 4. (a) Bond stress along the FRP; (b) Force along the FRP for , s
< 2Le
c
-0 6
01
-0 8
'
'
L
-
-1
4 5
O
05
Normalad FRP lsoght W L e
05
05
.Q6
i05
*
fo4
go3
02
01
-8s
NormaIliadFRP lenoht W L e
41
41
01
01
N~mallz(KIFRP Isnght m e
Note how the available bond length is divided between the two sheet
parts in proportion to the applied force: that subjected to a higher force
requires a longer bond length. Note also that interface cracking progresses
only from the pulled end on the right.
A parametric study for the determination of the anchorage strength of
FRP anchorages in cracked concrete zones has been carried out. The results
Concrete
ble 1 Properties o
ble
1
Properties
o
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Ta
Ta
I5
10
0
0
0
20
40
60
FRP lenght (mm)
80
10
20
30
40
Applied Force (KN)
50
60
I00
Figure 8. Short specimen 1-T10-80. Left: FRP force fields at various levels of
applied force. Comparison between experiment (continuous) and model (broken).
Right: Variation of FRP force at mid-slice. Comparison between measurements of
Right and Left Strain Gauges and model.
16
16
-14
g12
$0
118
2 6
4
0
0
50
100
150
200
10
15
20
Applled FOI-
25
30
35
40
45
(KN)
CONCLUSIONS
REFERENCES
1 . Chen, J.F., and Teng, J.G. (2001). Anchorage strength models for FRP and steel
plates bonded to concrete. Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, 127(7).
2. fib (2001). Design and Use of Externally Bonded FRP Reinforcement (FRP
EBR) for Reinforced Concrete Structures. Bulletin no. 14, f l b Task Group 9.3
FRP Reinforcement for Concrete Structures.
3. Monti, G., Filippou, F.C., Spacone, E. (1997). Finite element for anchored bars
under cyclic load reversals. J. of Structural Engineering, ASCE, 129(5).
4. Holzenkampfer, P. (1994). Ingenieurmodelle des Verburides geklebter
Bewehrung fur Betonbauteile. Dissertation, TUB, Germany (in German).
5 . Brosens, K., and Van Gemert, D. (1999). Anchorage design for externally
bonded carbon fiber reinforced polymer laminates. Proc. 4Ih Int. Symposium on
FRP Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, Baltimore, USA, pp. 635-645.
6. Monti, G., and Renzelli, M. (2003). Anchorage of FRP to uncracked concrete.
Journal of Compositesfor Construction, ASCE, in press.
INTRODUCTION
initiates near a plate end is referred to as plate end debonding and this
includes the failure modes of concrete cover separation and plate end
interfacial debonding as shown schematically in Figures l a and lb.
Debonding that initiates at an intermediate flexural or flexural-shear crack in
the beam and then continues to one of the plate ends is referred to as
intermediate crack induced debonding. This paper is only concerned with
plate end debonding, in particular, concrete cover separation.
Crack propagation
Input
Symbol
bC
h
PC
E,
h
9
10
11
As
AS,
12
13
14
15
16
17
fct
As,
fYS
fYC
fYV
Es
EX
Definition (units)
Width of RC beam (mm)
Overall depth of RC beam (mm)
Concrete cylinder compressive strength (MPa)
Concrete cylinder splitting tensile strength (MPa)
Modulus of elasticity of concrete (MPa)
Distance from base of steel tension reinforcement to base of
RC beam (mm)
Distance from top of steel compression reinforcement to top
of RC beam (mm)
Centre-to-centre spacing of steel shear reinforcement
(stirrups) (mm)
Diameter of steel tension reinforcing bar (mm)
Cross-sectional area of steel tension reinforcement (mm2>
Cross-sectional area of
steel compression reinforcement (mm2)
Cross-sectional area of steel shear reinforcement (mm2)
Yield strength of steel tension reinforcement (MPa)
Yield strength of steel compression reinforcement (MPa)
Yield strength of steel shear reinforcement (MPa)
Modulus of elasticity of steel tension reinforcement (MPa)
Modulus of elasticity of
steel compression reinforcement (MPa)
Modulus of elasticity of steel shear reinforcement (MPa)
Thickness of adhesive layer (mm)
Modulus of elasticity of adhesive (MPa)
Width of FRP plate (mm)
Thickness of FRk plate (mm)
Tensile strength of FRP in the main fibre direction (MPa)
Modulus of elasticity of FRP
in the main fibre direction (MPa)
Method of formation of plate (pultruded, P, or wet lay-up, W)
Distance from support to nearer end of FRP (mm)
Distance from support to nearer concentrated load
(shear span) (mm)
Clear span of the beam (mm)
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Efrp
25
26
27
P/W
a
B
28
output
No.
1
output
Symbol
Definition (unit)
vex,
ESY
t,
E,
bfr,
tf,,
ffrp
,ut&%f
Node
Hidden Layer
Output Layer
Processing Element
BiasNode
samples had the same geometric and material properties. No work has been
found in the published literature so far which addresses the application of
NNs to the prediction of plate end debonding failures in FRP-strengthened
RC beams.
NN MODEL FOR PLATE END DEBONDING IN FRPSTRENGTHENED RC BEAMS
2z
-2
l4
l2
10
3<
s
$
!>
-Training
6 4 -
-Control
Assessment
bleble
1 Properties
o o
1 Properties
Ta
Ta
are shown in Figures 4 to 6 respectively. The average absolute error for the
training data (Figure 4) is 1.82 kN (a relative error of 2.21 % over the output
range of 16.0 kN to 98.2 kN), the control data (Figure 5) is 4.86 kN (a
relative error of 9.03 % over the range 18.3 kN to 72.1 kN), and assessment
data (Figure 6) is 2.82 kN (a relative error of 5.67 % over the range 18.3 kN
to 68.0 kN). The relative error of the control data is higher as two of the five
results in Figure 5 are not predicted by the NN very well. Close inspection
of the control input data for these poorly modelled points revealed that only
one or two input variables have a considerable impact on the debonding load.
The NN model is clearly not able to detect dramatic changes in the
debonding load due to the variation of one or two input variables in this case.
The NN has, however, been trained to fit the training data satisfactorily as
well as the assessment data. Note that the assessment data did not consist of
dramatic changes in output due to the effect of one or two input variables.
.?
-0
40
20
0
Figure 4
20 40 60 80 100
Actual Result, Vexp(kN)
2
3
4
5
Control Record Number
60
50
40
.O 30
0
3 20
Y
l;
2
3
4
5
Assessment Record Number
PARAMETRIC STUDY
The trained NN model was next employed to conduct a parametric studyI3
on a fictitious FRP-plated beam subjected to four-point bending. The
geometric and material properties of the RC beam, FRP plate, and adhesive
layer are given in the final column of Table 2 and were so chosen that they
are all contained by the lower and upper bounds of the training data. Figure
7 shows the effect of varying the thickness of the plate, while other results of
the parametric study are available elswhereI3. As the plate thickness is
increased, the debonding load is also increased. This trend was reported by
Beber et al.I4 and David et al." where the plate thickness was the only
parameter varied in their tests. Some debonding strength models'6217
predict
the debonding load to reduce as the plate thickness is increased but this is in
contrast to the NN results and experimental observations. It should be noted
that the NN model is based purely on the test data it is trained with, and as
the data of Beber et al.14 and David et al? was used to train it, the NN
predictions can be expected to follow the same trends as the training data.
These results show that the present NN model has accurately captured the
experimental trends of the training data. Of course, a larger test database
will enhance the reliability and power of the trained NN. The ultimate
moment capacities of the unplated and plated sample beam (with dimensions
given in Table 2) are 40 kNm and 98 kNm respectively. The NN predictions
in Figure 7 show that debonding will occur well before the ultimate capacity
of the plated section is reached.
Range
Average
bC
h
100-154
100-305
25.7-51.7
2.44-4.20
22,754-39,900
13.0-47.7
13.0-40.0
50-250
6-20
85-792
57- 157
14-157
350-586
350-738
350-738
185,000-23 1,000
195,000-23 1,000
195,000-231,000
0.37-2.00
2,000-12,800
45- 152
0.50-5.30
161-3,140
10,343- 181,000
pultruded I wet
lay-up
0-3 75
300- 1,065
900-2.800
pc
fCt
EC
h
h"
S
AS
As,
AS,
fYS
fYC
fP
ES
ESC
Esv
t,
E,
bfrn
tfrp
ffrp
Efr,
Piw
a
B
L
130
218
41.1
3.40
29,939
30.4
27.6
93
10
214
84
77
469
499
482
204,765
207,487
206,039
1.08
7,76 1
106
1.86
1,204
82,526
Standard
Deviation
20
74
6.7
0.43
4,768
11.5
10.3
38
3
173
44
51
85
131
119
11,546
10,374
9,368
0.72
3,354
36
1.27
774
47,089
Sample
Beam
150
280
40
4.0
30000
35
35
120
16
402
157
157
460
460
460
200,000
200,000
200,000
1.o
10,000
150
1.5
2,500
150,000
P
101
602
1.702
96
248
619
150
1,000
2.500
Sample
Std
Deviation
Beam
16.0-98.2
50.5
21.8
vex,
Twelve beams did not contain compression reinforcement and ese beams have
been omitted from the statistical analyses of the input parameters h , A,,, f,,, and Esc.
output
'
Range
Average
CONCLUSIONS
This paper has presented the results of a study exploring the use of NNs for
the prediction of plate end debonding failures in FRP-plated RC beams. The
prediction of such debonding failures is a complex problem involving many
parameters, but the NN trained using existing data has been shown to
provide accurate predictions. The authors believe that a trained NN has two
important applications, one is to use it to gain new insights as demonstrated
by the results from the parametric study and another is to use it directly in
structural design as a predictive tool when sufficient test data is available.
An advantage of the NN approach is that its power and reliability can evolve
with the expansion of the available database. For the same reason, its
limitation also rests with the scope, distribution and quality of the available
database. A similar study should be undertaken again in the future when a
larger test database can be assembled. It will be interesting to see whether
the NN trained with the limited test database used in this study will give
comparable results to a NN trained with a larger database. This will have
important implications as to the size of the training database required to
adequately train a NN for the plate end debonding problem.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This research was commenced while the first author was under the
employment of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. The authors wish to
thank The Hong Kong Polytechnic University for the financial support
provided through the Area of Strategic Development Scheme.
REFERENCES
Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T. and Lam, L., FRP-Strengthened RC
Structures, John Wiley & Sons, UK, 2002,245 pp.
Smith, S.T. and Teng, J.G., FRP-strengthened RC structures. I: Review
of debonding strength models, Engineering Structures, 24(4), 2002, pp.
385-395.
Smith, S.T. and Teng, J.G., FRP-strengthened RC structures. 11:
Assessment of debonding strength models, Engineering Structures, 24(4),
2002, pp. 397-417.
Adeli, H., Neural networks in civil engineering: 1989-2000, ComputerAided Civil and Infiastructure Engineering, 16,2001, pp. 126-142.
INTRODUCTION
I
I.
I
I
...
/-7inner reinforcement
&
I
I
I
I
I
I
than the thickness of the strip. Therefore the adhesive layer is about 1 to 2
mm in thickness.
A large program on experimental and theoretical investigations was
carried out to find the design parameters needed to use CFRP strips glued
into slits in practice [2]. This paper focuses on the bond behaviour between
the CFRP material and the concrete member.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
Tests
About 100 pull-off tests were carried out on concrete specimens of 300 mm
by 300 mm in cross-section (Figure 2). The bond length, dimensions and
material properties of the strip, the concrete strength, the treatment of the
concrete surface, the type of loading and the distance a, between the
concrete edge and the strip were varied. The distribution of the axial tensile
force in the CFRP strip, the slip between the strip and the concrete member
and deformations of the concrete block were measured.
bondless area
bond length Iv
The parameter a,, which is defined as the distance between the concrete
edge and the longitudinal axis of the strip, was introduced into the tests to
simulate the behaviour of a strengthened beam (Figure 3). But during the
tests it was seen that this parameter is very useful to simulate the stiffness of
the concrete surrounding the strip.
distance from
the edge
Results
Different failure modes were observed. If the bond length increased in
length by about 150 mm and the strip was far away from the concrete edge
(e. g. a, > 100 mm), the strip failed in tension.
Bond stress zv M P J
30
25
20
15
10
0
0
25
50
75
100
Figure 4: Bond-stress-distribution along the bond length for different load levels
(bond length 1" = 100 mm, distance a, = 150 mm)
If the strip was applied very close to the concrete edge (e. g. a, <
20mm), the concrete comer was split off. In all other cases the bond failed
inside the adhesive layer. That means that a cohesive failure in the adhesive
occurred. But even after a bond failure had occurred, the strip had to be
pulled completely out of the concrete member with a certain force.
A typical distribution of the bond stresses along the bond length is
shown in Figure 4 for a test with a bond length of 1" = 100 mm. It can be
seen that the highest bond stresses are located at the loaded end of the strip
for low load levels. The more the load is increased, the further they move to
the unloaded end of the strip.
The shear-slip-relationships can be calculated from the distribution of
the axial force in the CFRP strip and the strain of the strip. The result is
shown in Figure 5. It can be seen that there is not one typical relationship.
In detail there are different relationships, each valid at a certain section of
the bond length. It can be concluded that there must be an important second
influence on the bond stress distribution beside the slip.
bond shear stress TV [Nlmm']
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 00
0 20
0 40
0 60
0 80
1 00
slip s [mm]
40
: :
80
:
: : ' : : : ' : :
: : :
240
: : :
+FL=20kN
Figure 6. Deformations at the edge of the concrete member for different load levels
(bond length lv = 200 mm, a, = 20 mm)
BOND MODEL
The experimental observations can be explained by the deformations of
the concrete perpendicular to the strip.
The bond stresses create deformations in the surrounding concrete and
the deformations themselves influence the bond-slip-behaviour of the
adhesive (see Figure 7). Near the loaded end of the strip the concrete moves
away from the strip and therefore creates tension in the adhesive layer
perpendicular to the shear stresses. Because of this tension the maximum
shear capacity of the adhesive is reduced. The load transfer is reduced in
this area. On the other hand, the concrete is pressed against the adhesive at
the unloaded end of the strip. Therefore the load transfer increases here.
I/
lv
,half
of CFRP-strip
. - symmetric line
F.12 f-
FJ2
EA, + EA,
EA, EA,
*
where s = slip between CFRP strip and concrete, bL = width of the strip, zv
= bond (shear) stress, EAL = stiffness of the strip and EA, = stiffness of the
concrete.
The behaviour of the concrete is modelled using the differential
equation of the elastic supported girder:
where rKmax
= maximum transferable bond stress, g,= shear capacity of
the adhesive, v, = deformation at which the normal stress in the adhesive
reaches the tension capacity of the adhesive.
In Figure 8, the measured distribution of the tensile force in the CFRP
strip along the bond length is compared with the results of the model. It can
be seen that there is a very good correlation for all load levels.
Tensile force in the strip FL(x) [kN]
40
30
20
10
25
50
75
100
Figure 8: Measured and calculated distribution of the tensile force in the CFRP strip
along the bond length for different load levels
DESIGN APPROACH
On the basis of the results of the experimental data and the bond model a
design approach, which can easily be used in practice, is proposed for
calculating the bond capacity.
If the slip between the strip and the concrete exceeds a certain value, the
transferable bond stress is limited to the friction between the strip and the
concrete. Therefore two equations have to be used to calculate the bond
capacity according to the bond length. The first equation is valid until the
adhesive still behaves elastic-plastic and the second equation takes the
friction stresses into account. For simplification the border between both
equations is fixed to a constant value of the bond length.
for I , 51 15mm :
K.[
. (1,
(;o)
- 1 15)
(4b)
10
20
30
Fv,sikuhted
40
50
60
70
[kNl
Figure 9: Comparison between calculated and measured values for the bond capacity
In both equations (4a and 4b) the value a, has to be limited to 150 mm if
a, > 150 mm, because then the stiffness of the concrete around the strip is
not influenced any more by the free edge of the concrete specimen. The
shear strength TK,k of highly filled, two-component epoxy resins is within
the range of 20 to 25 N/mmz.
Figure 9 compares the measured bond capacity from the tests with the
results of the proposed design approach. It can be seen that there is a good
correlation.
Bond capacity Fv,r [ky
80
++-* = 100 m m
60
+a=
50 m m
40
00
200
100
300
Figure 10: Bond capacity of a CFRP strip glued into a slit according to the bond
length lv and the distance from the edge a,
The very strong and stiff bond behaviour of CFRP strips glued into
slits can be explained by the three dimensional distribution of the bond
stresses in the concrete (Figure 11). In the system of strips glued into slits
all bond stresses and tensile forces are kept more or less within the plane of
the concrete, because the strips are thin compared to their width. There are
no tensile stresses perpendicular to the surface of the concrete member.
On the other hand in the system of an embedded bar, the radial
distribution of the bond stresses create forces which push the bar out of the
concrete surface. Therefore this system can fail by spalling of the concrete
cover.
distribution of
bond stresses
Figure 11: Bond stress distribution in the cross-section of a CFRP strip glued into a
slit and of an embedded reinforcing bar
REFERENCES
1. Blaschko, M. and Zilch, K., Rehabilitation of concrete structures with
CFRP strips glued into slits, Proceedings of the 12th International
Conference on Composite Materials, Paris, July 5 - 9, 1999.
2. Blaschko, M., On the mechanical behaviour of concrete structures with
CFRP strips glued into slits, PhD thesis, Technische Universitat
Munchen, 200 1 (in German).
3. Schneider, W. and Bardenheier, R., Versagenskriterien fur
Kunststoffe. Zeitschrift fiir Werkstofftechnik, Vol. 8, 1975, pp. 269280 (in German).
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
INTRODUCTION
demonstrate the effect of the FPZ on the loading capacity quantitatively are
shown graphically.
.......... .............................
._.................................
sheet
Fig. 1 Three-point bending FRP reinforced concrete beam with rectangular cross
section.
(E
2 E , ,tensilesoftening)
(0 I E I E , ,tensile)
(1)
the front of the crack (Fig.2). Many studies have shown that the softening
behaviour of plain concrete should be described by using stress (4)displacement (w),relation which is considered as a property of materials,
rather than a stress-stain relation. In current research, an arbitrary q(w) is
assumed in theoretical analysis. The numerical calculations are for two
extreme cases, that is, the upper and lower limit analyses, to show the
influences of the choice of q(w).
The FRP sheets in reinforced concrete structures are normally used to
carry tensile stresses. The stress-strain laws of the FRP sheets (glass fibre
or carbon fibre reinforced plastic ones) used in civil engineering are almost
linearly elastic up to its ultimate strength. The tensile loads carried by the
FRP sheets are transferred from the concrete through the bond at the
interface of the FRP sheets and concrete. To facilitate the investigation on
the loading capacity of the reinforced beam, a perfect bond between FRP
sheets and concrete is assumed (no slip effect is considered).
h-b
Undamaged
wne
Fig.2 Sketch of FRP reinforced concrete crack and fracture process zone.
where
and xI is the depth of the neutral axis from the bottom of the concrete beam
where the origin of x lies.
The resultant tensile force on the cross-section consists of contributions
from three parts: the tensile stress in concrete following the linear elastic
law given by CT = EE from zero tof; ,the assumed stress distribution in the
vicinity of the crack tip, that is the FPZ, and the tensile force due to
extension of the FRP sheets. From Fig. 3(c), the resultant, T, can be
expressed by
where Ef and Af are, respectively, the longitudinal modulus and total area of
the reinforced FRP sheets. The corresponding strain q is given by
Y
Ef =-
"I
x, - a
E,
(7)
The equilibrium of the beam requires that Eq.(3) must be equal to Eq.(5),
that is,
A E - XI
'x,-a
in which F, =
+-J;(x,-a).b+F,
I
= b L (d-xl)2
2
x1- a
':
:3'
(8)
xl -a
7 = x, / d - a ,
+4L ( L
+ -)v2
AP
+3[(1- a)'((l+-)2.L ---4J
4L Afn
J; bd J;
bd
J;
J; bd
from which 7 and hence the location of neutral axis can be determined if
F, is known and where n is the ratio of the modulus of the FRP sheets to
that of concrete. ( E , / E ).
Following the similar procedure used to derive Eq.(9), the bending
moment due to the internal stresses on the symmetric cracked cross section
is given by
The bending moment M is equal to the moment on the cross section due to
external loads and is PS/4 for the three-point bend beam (Fig.1). Hence, the
applied load P can be expressed by
(12)
, = S 1 d is the span-depth ratio of the beam. From the solutions of
where O
Eqs.(9) and (12), the loading capacity of the beam can be calculated once lp
and q(w) are known.
....
Fig.3 Strain and stress distributions across beam section at cracked plane.
NUMERICAL RESULTS
In this section the new model is used to show the influence of a set of
material and geometric parameters on the loading capacity of a carbon FRP
reinforced concrete three-point bend beam. The material properties of the
(MPa),
plain concrete are as follows6: f,=23(MPa), E=4730
J; = 0 . 6 G ( M P a ) . Hence,
E,
parameters of. the beams are shown in Table 1. The beams are lightly
reinforced with a FRP sheet. The modulus of elasticity of the reinforcement
FRF sheets, Eh is taken as 90GPa.
Depth
d(mm)
3 80
Initial notch
b (mm)
102
78.5
38
Width
a0
(mm)
100
200
300
!.
g 20
U
-J
lo
0 -
Fig. 5. Load capacity ofthe beam with different sheet thickness when lD/d=O.O1
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
Rehabilitation by fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) improves the bending
strength and stiffness of existing reinforced concrete members. Carbon fiber
(CF), aramid fiber (AF) and glass fiber (GF) have been used as practical
materials. Since CF has a high stiffness but a low ultimate strain, it can be
used to strengthen RC members but not to improve the ductility of RC
members. On the contrary, since AF and GF have relatively large ultimate
strain but small stiffness, these materials can improve the ductility of RC
members to a great degree','. However, these members are subject to large
deformation and severe cracking before demonstrating the desired ductility.
Therefore, the mechanical behaviors of RC members repaired by CF and AF
sheets must be clarified in order to develop a rational improvement method
for bending performance.
In the present study, experimental tests were performed on reinforced
concrete beam specimens strengthened by commercially available CF and
AF sheets, and the test results examined with respect to flexural strength,
flexural stiffness, crack width and ductility factor. This study is part of a
research and development on hybrid FRP sheets3.
EXPERIMENTAL WORKS
Design of Specimens
ble 1 Properties o
kN/mmz
390
78.5
2.33
N/mm2
3840
3430
46.5
0.985
4.37
___
Yield
Yield
strength strain
N/mm2
%
SD295-Dl9
352
0.21
SD295-Dl6
332
0.19
SHD685-DlO
723
0.40
Steel bar
Tensile
bars & as
bm2)
Bending
span
(mm)
Type
Of
FRp
depth(mm)
width(mm)
x layers
C.S.
sera
Stiffen. Strg.
ratio ralio
"f2
(mm)
Tr
7zr
(?A)
(%)
2-D19:570 700
non
Non
non
non
non
BM4
BMI-CF 2-D19:571 1000
CF 0 . 1 1 0 ~ 7 0 ~ 215.4
5.1
29.7
BM2-AF 2-D19:572
1000
AF 0 . 1 6 9 ~ 8 0 ~ 2 27
2.8
46.6
Note: C.s.urea = cross-sectional area of FRP, Strg. ratio = strengthening ratio
FRP sheets
2400
on both sides of the specimens. The central deflection of the beams bb6,i;
was defined as the average of relative deflections measured at both sides,
and the relative deflection was calculated as the average difference in
deflection measured from the central point to the loading points.
RESULTS OF BENDING TESTS
160
120
120
& 8o
80
2 4
E:
40
0
0
BM2-AF
160
- 160 1
20
40
60
BM1-CF
20
40
60
: Flexural moment in
bending span
-120
&id
80
40
0
0
20
40
60
0.80
BM1-CF
~l
Loadingpoint
--3C-M=101.3kNm (Just
before FRP breaking)
-0-M=98.3kNm (Before
FRP breaking)
+M=91.8kNm
(Just
after yielding)
+M=84. lkNm (Just
before yielding)
-+- M=53.9kNm
0.60
h
5 0.40
w'
0.20
0.00
-1
-800 -400
0
400
800
Distance from beam center (mm)
1200
A Support
3.00
*M=142.1kNm
(Just
before FRP breaking)
2.50
-0-M=142. lkNm
2.00
(Before FRP
breakin
t-M=llO!?kNrn
5 1.50
&
(Just
+M=23.7kNm
after cracking)
1 .oo
after yielding)
0.50
0.00
-1200
A
-800 -400
0
400
800 1200
Distance from beam center (mm)
+M=84.0kNm
(Just
before yielding)
A Support
and deflection increased, and the strain approached the breaking strain of the
AF sheets running the entire distance between both supporting points (see
the strain distribution of BM2-AF at M=141.2), because the bond stress
between the sheet and the concrete reached the bond strength and the bond
resistance was lost, particularly in the shear spans. Consequently, the strain
of the sheets did not concentrate in a small portion of the beam and the beam
resisted large deflection.
In the case of BM1-CF, the strain in the bending span reached the
breaking strain of the CF sheets, which is lower than that of the AF sheets,
before the bond stress in the shear spans was lost. Therefore, the beam
exhibited an exceedingly small ductility. This means that if a beam is
strengthened using twice the number of CF sheets (qy is approximately equal
to that of BM2-AF), the beam would show a slight increase in maximum
moment but not ductility.
ble 1 Properties o
Specimen
BM4
BMI-CF
BM2-AF
Mcr
6m;d
Kcr
My
6mid
Ky
(mm)
4.04
3.30
3.36
(GN)
20.1
27.3
27.7
~ ~ I M Y caI/
(kNm) exp
80.6
0.99
86.2
0.95
82.6
0.89
bleble
1 Properties
oo
1 Properties
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
ble
ble11Properties
Propertiesoo
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Ta
at initial cracking
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta Ta
Ta
Strengthening Effect
The yield moments of the specimens having CF and AF sheets increased by
11% and 14%, respectively, compared to that of the non-FRP specimen
,,,My
= a,&
0.9d + af ( E / E s ) h0.9D
(2)
where d is the effective depth of the RC beam and D is the beam depth.
These calculated results are presented, along with experimental results for
comparison, in Table 3 and Figure 5. The calculated moments of BM1-CF
were in relatively good agreement with the experimental moments, whereas
those of BM2-AF were underestimated. In particular, as a result of
disregarding the stress hardening of the beam bars and using a catalogue
value presented by the fiber manufacturer as the breaking strength of the AF
sheets, the calculated ultimate moment was extremely small. Hereafter,
calculated yield moment of the beam unreinforced by FRP sheets ,,/Msy was
defined as the first term in Eq.2, that is a value of a,& 0.9d..
f.
2;
15
1
0%
100% 200%
ca/Mu 'ca/Msy
1.8
% 1.6
\"
CFRP sheet
1.4
1.2
1
0%
20%
40%
60%
Our tests
Stiffening Effect
Based on the results shown in Table 3, the stiffening effect of FRP sheets at
initial flexural cracking was not as large as the average rate of increase (=
stiffness ratio of FRP beam Kfi to non-FRP beam Ks,,), which was 13%.
However, the stiffening effect of FRP sheets became larger at yielding as the
rate was 37%. Figure 6 shows the relationship of the rate of increase in
stiffness and the FRP stiffening ratio <p The rate of increase in stiffness
slightly depended on a <fin the range of <f less than 20%, but the deviation
between these values was so great that the relation could not be clarified.
One reason may be that the stiffness depends on the bond condition between
the sheets and concrete, and future investigation is necessary.
mid-depth
bottom of beam
Figure 7
Ductility
The ductility factor of specimen BM2 strengthened by AF sheets (here, the
factor was defined as a ratio of beam deflection at maximum moment to that
at yielding), was six times larger than that of specimen BM1 strengthened by
CF sheets. The effect of CF sheets on increase of resistant moment at
yielding was higher than the effect of AF sheets, whereas the effect of CF
sheets on increase of ductility was not expected.
CONCLUSIONS
The load versus deflection relationship, the strain distributions of steel bars
and fiber sheets and the processes of cracking and failure were discussed
and an estimation of resistance was carried out, based on the results of
approximately 30 tests performed by the authors and other researchers. As a
result, the following conclusions are derived:
(a) The rate of increase of flexural strength of RC beams was approximately
proportional to the FRP strengthening ratio, which was defined as the
ratio of (fiber tensile strength) (fiber cross-sectional area)/(beam bar
yield stress) (cross-sectional area of tensile beam bars).
(b) The ductility factor of the beam strengthened by CF sheets was approximately two at maximum resistance, accompanied by sheet breaking,
whereas that of the beam strengthened by AF sheets was no less than
approximately 12 which implied large energy absorption before the
sheets broke.
(c) Maximum crack widths for all specimens, witWwithout fiber sheets, were
approximately 0.2 mm at yielding of the beam bars, whereas those for
specimens having CF and AF sheets were 0.5 mm and 1.4 mm,
respectively, at maximum resistance. Therefore, sufficient consideration
is needed to design serviceability for RC members strengthened by AF
sheets, because the remaining crack width after yielding becomes large
and may not be within allowable limits.
Since these results show that it is difficult to improve both initial
stiffness and ductility of RC beams by using independent FRP, the
development of hybrid FRP sheets which show not only high initial stiffness
but also large breaking elongation are in need of further study3.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This study was subsidized by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Science
and Technology (Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research (B)(2), Subject No. 11450201).
The FRP sheets used for the experiment were provided from Nittetsu
Composite Co., Ltd. We would like to express our deepest gratitude for this
support.
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
A continuous fiber reinforced sheet is considered to be an effective material
for strengthening and rehabilitation of existing RC structures, and the
number of existing concrete structures in which these reinforcing sheets are
used has been increasing. The purpose of reinforcing existing concrete
structures with continuous fiber sheets is mainly to increase flexural and
shear strength of members. A large deflection capacity is also required for
strengthening a bridge pier.
A continuous fiber sheet, especially a CFRP sheet, is excellent in terms
of tensile strength, lightness, and resistance to corrosion and chemical
attack. In addition, a CFRP sheet can be handled easily because of its
flexibility. Many studies have been carried out to try to establish a rational
retrofit design method. However, the strength and deflection of a structure
member reinforced with a CFRP sheet are often governed by the peeling of
the sheet unless the CFRP sheet is wrapped around the member on its web
side. In this case, the tensile strength of the CFRP sheet cannot be well
exhibited'32.
To try to resolve these problems, the static bending tests were carried
out using specimens with strip type CFRP sheet wrapped up to entire web
height. A large deformability soft adhesive layer (layer thickness: 0.5 mm)
was placed between the concrete and CFRP sheet interface before bonding
the vertical CFRP strips.
The flexural behavior of a RC beam with CFRP sheets on the bottom
surface and the strain behaviors of CFRP sheets and tension steel rebars
were examined. The epoxy generally used for CFRP sheets was used as an
impregnating adhesive resin.
OUTLINE OF EXPERIMENT
one, two and three CFRP sheets in specimens F1, F2 and F3, respectively.
Specimens in group C (F4,F5 and F6) were reinforced with CFRP sheet as
in group B as well as a soft adhesive layer (hereafter called "buffer layer")
applied between the CFRP sheet and bottom concrete face, as shown in
Fig.2. Specimens in group D (F7, F8 and F9) were reinforced by the same
procedure as those in group C but with an additional 5 cm wide strip of
CFRP sheet (hereafter called "U-jacket") in some places, wrapped up to 30
cm in height (full height of the web), as shown in Fig. 3.
CFRP sheet
using an airjet. The resin and hardener were mixed and applied to both the
CFRP sheet and concrete surface. CFRP sheets were bonded to the beam
soffit in the longitudinal direction. The concrete was composed of high
early-strength Portland cement, sea sand and river gravel. The water-cement
ratio and fine-coarse aggregate ratio were maintained at 45% and 38%,
respectively.
The experimental results are shown in Table 1, and the mechanical
properties of the materials used for these test specimens are shown in Table
2. In this study, the failure modes of test specimens were examined, and the
strains in a tension steel rebar and CFRP sheets, and the deflection at
midspan of the specimen and that just under the loading point were recorded
at each load increment. For comparison with experimental results, the
beams were also analyzed by the section analysis method.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Ultimate Strength and Failure Modes
As shown in Table 1, reinforcing with CFRP sheets increased the ultimate
strengths of the specimens. The failure mode of the specimen with only
CFRP sheets attached to the beam soffit was delamination of CFRP sheets
from the concrete.
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
bleble
1 Properties
o o
1 Properties
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
AMOUNT OF FIBER
CFRP sheet
Thickness
Elastic modulus
Tensile strength
Strain of breakape
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Yield strength
Tensile strength
Tensile strenpth
Elon Pation
7
Rebar
:LA)
Buffer material
I
I
0.167mm
230Gpa
3480MPa
15130~
371MPa
570MPa
3 77MPa
537MPa
1MPa
123%
On the other hand, specimen F4, in which a buffer layer and one layer
of CFRP sheet, and specimen F7, in which U-jackets were used in addition
to the reinforcement used in the specimen F4, failed due to the breaking of
the CFRP sheet in the center of the span length (Photo 1). Specimens F5 and
F6, in which two layers and three layers of CFRP sheets were used,
respectively, as well as a buffer layer, failed through the concrete cover near
the intermediate point between the supporting point and the loading point
(Photo 2).
Photo 2 Specimen F5
Photo 1 Specimen F4
Specimens F8 and F9, in which buffer layers, CFRP sheets and Ujackets were used, failed due to horizontal breakage of the U-jacket at points
15 cm and 25 cm from midspan section in the corner of the wrapping after
peeling of the CFRP sheets. The failure mode changed from breakage of the
CFRP sheets to failure through the concrete cover when the number of
CFRP sheet layers were increased and a buffer layer was used.
Compared to the maximum load of the beam without a CFRP sheet, the
maximum load of RC beams with CFRP sheets increased 32% on average
and that of RC beams with CFRP sheets and U-jackets increased 36% on
average.
350
350
300
300
250
250
3 200
150
200
150
100
100
50
50
0
0
10
15
D E F L E C T I0
(a)
N In m
20
25
10
15
DEFLECTIONlnm)
(b)
20
25
FO
I0000
20000
30000
40000
Strain ( x 10")
350 I
350
300
300
250
250
5 200
-a
m
150
100
100
50
50
0
0
4000
8000
12000 16000
Strain ( x 10")
(4
4000
8000
12000 16000
Strain ( x 10"
(b)
250
200
150
100
50
0
4000
8000
12000
16000
Strain ( x 10")
(C)
CONCLUSIONS
ACKNOWLEGEMENTS
The authors would like to express their gratitude to Nippon Steel Composite
and Shin Nippon Oil Co., Ltd. for providing the CFRP sheets and epoxyglue material, respectively, and to former students who contributed to the
experimental project work at Hokkai Gakuen University. This project was
financially supported by a research grant from the Academic Frontier
Promoting Center at Hokkai Gakuen University, which is gratefully
acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Takahashi, Y., Hata, C., and Maeda, T., Experimental Study on
Flexural Behavior of Aramid Rods Reinforced Concrete Beam
Strengthened with an Externally Bonded Carbon Fiber Sheet,
Transactions of JCI, V01.20, 1998, pp.97-104.
2. Takahashi, Y., Sato, Y., Ueda, T., Maeda, T., and Kobayashi, A.,
Flexural Behavior of RC Beams with Externally Bonded Carbon Fiber
Sheets, Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on NonMetallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, Vol. 1, 1997,
pp.327-334.
3. Japan Society of Civil Engineering (JSCE), Standard Specification for
Design and Construction of Concrete Structures (Design)@ Japanese),
1996, pp.24.
4. Okamura, H. and Maekawa, K., Nonlinear Analysis and Constitutive
Models of Reinforced Concrete, Giho-do Inc., 1991, pp.36-38.
INTRODUCTION
Background
Today, the post strengthening of reinforced concrete structures using
externally bonded FRP has become a common practice. The relative
simplicity in the application combined with the FRP's superior corrosion
resistance and weight to strength ratio have replaced conventional
construction materials such as steel as the preferred medium for
strengthening. Its light weight meant easier handing and application, which
eliminates the need for mechanical lifting o r anchoring devices. This in turn
minimizes disruption to services for the duration of the strengthening and
maintenance process. Several shear-strengthening arrangements exist for
the post strengthening of T-beams. Prefabricated L-shaped CFRP laminate
strips were used in the current study. The external reinforcement was
bonded to the soffit and web of the beam extending into the flange. Testing
carried out by EMPA, the Swiss Federal Laboratories for Materials Testing
and Research, using L-shaped CFRP plates, has shown that the
120
720
i
c225_1
s2 ::
1
s4b.x
qnnn
1-
1
I
c3 '
c2r
rl
clc:
C 6 R C8:
c5
c7
c 4 h
c9
C12'
C11'
i
I
~'
I
I
Load
Load
975
1265
1520
1265
975
Material Properties
The shear and flexural reinforcement used were lOmm diameter round bars
and 28mm diameter deformed bars with average yield stresses of 351MPa
and 445MPa respectively. The average concrete strength of the T-beams
was 3 1.9MPa. The CFRP L-shaped plates consist of layers of carbon fibres
aligned longitudinally and held together in a durable epoxy-based thermoset
matrix. The nominal width of the plates is 40mm with a thickness of
1.2mm. The plates have a 90' bend with an internal radius of 25mm. The
tensile elastic modulus is approximately 137,00OMPa, which has been
determined from tensile tests carried out on CFRP coupons. The leg lengths
of the CFRP are 200mm and 5000 mm respectively. Figure 5 illustrates the
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Load Displacement Response
The load versus displacement response of each T-beam is illustrated and
compared in Figure 7. The load shown in the diagram corresponds to the
measured support loads at the span where failure occurred.
!z
400
300
200
L.
s 100
C
E
0
0
5
10
15
20
Midspan displacement (mm)
25
Beam
Control
'0.750'
'0.600'
'0.SOD'
Shear capacity
247.1
381.0
398.3
446.2
V,,,cfijRu,con,rol
1.54
1.61
1.81
At the early stages of loading, the stiffness of all the beams was almost
similar to each other. The presence of the external shear reinforcement did
not affect significantly the initial stiffness of the strengthened beams
compared to the control beam at first loading. For the control beam, as the
load level increased further, shear cracks began to propagate and widen
causing significant deflection. For the strengthened beams, the CFRP
reinforcement impeded shear crack propagation and growth hence the stiffer
response. Table 1 summarises the shear capacities of the four T-beams.
Main Flexural Reinforcement Response
The main flexural reinforcement in the different T-beams exhibited almost
identical load strain responses, straining linearly with load until structural
failure as shown in Figure 8. The main reinforcement did not yield in any
of the beams indicating that flexural failure did not occur. The use of the
external shear reinforcement did not increase the flexural stiffness of the
beams but had increased the utilisation of the beams' flexural capacity.
Fo0
3300
:
200
m
0
2 100
0
0
500
1000 15pO
Strain ( ~ 1 0)-
2500
2000
3 300
0
200
eI
2 100
0
'
1000
' ' I
1718 I
2000
3000
Strain (x10-'j
n
' ' I
'
'
4000
300
d
5m 200
2 100
Lo
-1500
1500
4500
Strain (x1O6)
7500
Failure mechanism
The control beam failed due to formation of two large diagonal shear cracks
at the west span (see Figure 11). For beams 0.75D and 0.60D, the abrupt
ripping of the concrete portion at the CFRP bend zone caused failure. For
beam 0.50D, shear cracks extended to the web-flange junction and
propagated into the flange. This caused concrete around the flange
anchorage zone of the CFRP reinforcement to pull out from the flange
resulting in a sudden transfer of shear force to neighbouring CFRP
reinforcement. The reinforcement then failed at the bend zone in a similar
manner to beams 0.75D and 0.60D. Prior to failure, photogrammetry
measurements indicated that significant portions of the CFRP reinforcement
had debonded from the concrete on the web. The control beam failed in a
ductile and gradual manner whereas the strengthened beams failed in an
abrupt manner with a significant drop in load level almost immediately after
reaching the peak load. Failure occurred in the west span of all the beams
except for Beam '0.50D.
Beam Deformation
The displacements of the targets hence beam deformations at the failure
span are illustrated in Figure 12. Each line shows the displacement of the
targets from zero loading to the load level of the photogrammetry survey
taken prior to failure. The lengths of the lines simply indicate the relative
magnitude of the displacements. The illustrations show the displacements
of the targets on the beams with respect to the targets on the concrete
overhang at the support, which are held stationary. All targets on the
concrete overhang were held fixed as they displaced almost like a rigid
block. Unlike the shear span, the concrete overhang at the support was a
non-critical section.
In the Control Beam, the paths of the shear cracks in the web are clearly
identified by the sudden change in length of the lines. At the midspan, the
targets displace mainly in the vertical direction. At the shear span, targets
on the lower side of the shear cracks displaced fairly vertically with respect
to the targets on the concrete overhang. Significant portions of the targets
on the web and flange in the shear span on the upper side of the shear crack
can be observed to have remained stationary with the concrete overhang. In
the web, it can be observed clearly that the shear deformation mechanism
were simply the separation of two rigid blocks of concrete at the location of
the shear crack.
Control
'0.75D'
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. I. I. I.I .I I 1I I1 I1 I 1I 1I 1I II I1 I1 11 11 1I I1 I 1I 1I I1I 1I
.............
..................... I , I I I IIIIIIII
'0.60D '
. . .. ..
1
I
Ill
l l ~ l ' " " " " " " " " " " " " " " ".
ll I l I l l l l l l I o . . . . . . . .
. . . .. .. ... .. .. . . . . .
............ .
'0.50D'
n
Figure 12. Deformation of T-beams
control beam. This shows that the external CFRP reinforcement have
reduced the shear crack width. The general deformation mechanisms of the
strengthened beams do not differ significantly from the control beam.
Similar to the control beam, the concrete overhang and a portion of the web
and flange in the shear span remained quite stationary. Near the lower side
of the shear crack closest to the support, targets on both the concrete and
CFRP plates at the shear span displaced almost vertically with respect to the
concrete overhang. The rigid blocks displaced almost vertically with
respect to each other at the location of the shear crack. This implies that the
CFRP plates were loaded mainly along the longitudinal direction.
CONCLUSIONS
In the study, a maximum increase in shear capacity of 81% was achieved in
one of the T-beams strengthened with the external CFRP reinforcement. All
of the beams had failed in shear. The presence of the CFRP external
reinforcement did not delay the initial formation of shear cracks but
impeded its propagation and growth. The deformation mechanisms in the
strengthened beams were similar to the beam that has not been strengthened.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to thank the Australian Research Council,
DEETYA, Sika Australia Pty. Ltd. and Sika AG, Switzerland for providing
partial funding and the materials required for this research.
REFERENCES
1. EMPA, Testing of CFRP Shear Strips on Reinforced Concrete TBeams TI and T2, Report No. 169219E/l, Swiss Federal Laboratories
for Materials Testing and Research, 1998,39 pp.
2. EMPA, Testing of CFRP Shear Strips on Flexural Beam T3, Report
No. 169219E/2, Swiss Federal Laboratories for Materials Testing and
Research, 1998, 17 pp.
INTRODUCTION
objective of this study is, therefore, to investigate the interfacial shear stress
concentration at the CFRP cut-off regions as well as the failure mode of
CFRP-strengthened beams as a function of beam size and FRP thickness
and compare the test results with theoretical and numerical predictions.
Because most structures tested in the laboratory are often scaled-down
versions of actual structures (for practical handling), it would be interesting
to know whether the results obtained in the laboratory are influenced by the
difference in scale.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
Seventeen simply-supported, under-reinforced, normal strength concrete
beams were tested in flexure under third-point loading. The variables were
the size of beam and the FRP thickness. For each variable, two specimens
were cast. The beams were geometrically scaled in all aspect except for
aggregate size and stirrups spacing. The stirrups were placed in order to
avoid shear failure.
Specimen Reinforcing Details
Three sizes of beams (breadth x depth x length = 115x146x1500mm,
23Ox292x3000mm and 368~467~4800mm)
were considered in this study.
The beams were designated as Series A, B and C and had size ratios of
1:2:3.2. For the size-effect investigation, two groups of beams were
considered. The first group consisted of Beams A3-A4; B3-B4 and C3-C4
and had a CFRP reinforcement ratio (pp=AJAc) equal to 0.106% of the
gross concrete cross-sectional area (i.e. A, = 107.8xO.l65mm,
2 15.6x0.330mm and 368x0.495mm, respectively). The second group
consisted of Beams A5-A6; B5-B6 and C5 and had a CFRP reinforcement
ratio equal to 0.212% of the gross concrete cross sectional area. Beams in
each group were geometrically similar beams but of different sizes. Results
for Beam C5, which required six layers of CFRP are not presented in this
paper as these were not available yet at the time of the writing. Further
details on the specimens are provided in Table 1 and Figure 1.
The CFRP cut-off points for Series A, B and C were 25, 50 and 80 mm,
respectively. Ready-mix concrete with 9mm maximum coarse aggregate
size was used to fabricate all the specimens. A clear concrete cover of 15,
30 and 51.2 mm was used for specimens in Series A, B and C, respectively.
The concrete fracture energy and the tensile splitting strength at test-day for
both Series A and B were 133 N/m and 3.41 MPa, respectively, while those
for Series C were 128 N/m and 3.24 MPa, respectively. A summary of
other related material properties is given in Table 2.
Series
Beam
D
A
A I , A2
A3, A4
A5, A6
BI, B2
B3, B4
B5, B6
CI, C2
C3, C4
c5
120
120
120
240
240
240
384
384
384
1500
1500
1500
3000
3000
3000
4800
4800
4800
A,/bd
A,/bd
(%)
(%)
(%)
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
2T20
R12-120
A./b.s
Exfernal
reinforcements
(CFRp sheet)
Sheet
No. of
layers
(mm)
0
1
2
0
2
4
0
3
6
$1D'/:ly
133
3T32
3T20
SERIES B
SERIES A
0
0.165
0.330
0
0.330
0.660
0
0.495
0.990
SERIES C
Property/Materials
Yield stress (MPa)
Yieldstrain (%)
Ultimate stress
547
324 544
324
0.35
- 0.17 0.35 - 0.20
584 39.8" 488 644 39.ga 492
@fp4
42.8b
42.8b
Modulus (GPa)
237 180 27
199 183 27
188
28-Day cylinder strength Test-Day cylinder strength
552
0.45
650 41.0~
181
42Ab
25
G , ('Pa)
1084
E,,,
(mm/mm)
0.015
Instrumentation
Four and Five strain gauges were installed on the transverse and
longitudinal reinforcements, respectively, and one strain gauge was
installed on the top middle of the concrete specimen. To measure the
interfacial shear stress distribution following the method proposed by
Maalej and Bian', the CFRP sheets were instrumented with 27, 29 and 31
electrical strain gauges distributed along the length of the sheet for Series
A, B and C, respectively.
Test Procedure
The beams were tested in third-point bending using an MTS universal
testing machine with a maximum capacity of 1000-kN for Series A and
2000-kN for both Series B and C. The beams were simply-supported on a
pivot bearing on one side and a roller bearing on the other. A total of four
LVDTs (Series A) and three LVDTs (Series B and C ) were used to measure
the displacements of the beams at the supporting points, the loading points
and at midspan during testing.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Load-deflection curves for all specimens are plotted and summarized in
Table 4 and Figure 2. It can be seen that all CFRP-strengthened beams
performed significantly better than the control beams with respect to loadcarrying capacity. However, the observed strength increases were
associated with reductions in the deflection capacity of the respective
beams. The CFRP-strengthened beams failed prematurely with no concrete
crushing occurring at ultimate load and only one type of failure modeintermediate crack-induced interfacial debonding-was observed.
series
A1 (ctrl)
A2 (ctrl)
A3
A4
A5
A6
BI (ctrl)
B2 (ctrl)
B3
B4
B5
B6
CI (ctr()
C2 (ctrl)
c3
c4
CC
Deflection atfailure
concrete crushing; I U D
A,,, / L
(%)
' p
2.57
3.09
1.47
1.45
1.40
1.39
1.98
1.69
1.17
1.16
1.07
1.01
1.59
1.55
1.09
1.17
f~r,
9910
8213
6745
6273
7463
7995
5761
4691
5824
7731
Failure
mode
CC
CC
ICID
ICID
ICID
ICID
CC
CC
ICID
ICID
ICID
ICID
CC
CC
ICID
ICID
Effects of Strengthening
Figure 2 shows the load-deflection curves for beam Series A, B and C . The
average strengthened capacity for beams strengthened with 0.106% CFRP
(Group 1) was 27.0%, 29.0% and 27.5% higher than the control for Series
A, B and C, respectively. For beams strengthened with 0.212% CFRP
(Group 2) the average strengthened capacity was 43.0% and 43.5% higher
than the control for Series A and B, respectively.
Figure 2 also shows that beams with higher CFRP reinforcement ratio
have lower deflection capacities but higher stiffnesses based on the
measured load-deflection curves. The average midspan deflection capacity'
for Group 1 beams (pp = 0.106%) was 51.5%, 63.5% and 72% lower than
the control for Series A, B and C, respectively. For Group 2 beams (pp =
0.212%) the average midspan deflection capacity was 49%, and 57.0%
lower than the control for Series A and B, respectively. It can also be seen
that up to a load of approximately 60kN, 200kN and 400kN for Series A, B,
and C , respectively, a linear load-deflection response is exhibited by all the
beams. As the strengthened beams approached yielding, the strain in the
CFRP sheets was still larger than that in the reinforcing bars, suggesting
satisfactory bond transfer between the CFRP sheets and the beams.
The results shown in Table 4 indicate that the strengthening ratios SR
(defined as the strength of beams with CFRP reinforcement divided by the
strength of control beams) for beams with same CFRP reinforcement ratios
pp but different sizes are similar, suggesting that the beam size does not
significantly influence the extent to which a RC beam can be strengthened
(provided that the beams are not shear-critical). However, the deflection
capacity, expressed as a fraction of total span length seems to be different
for the different Series of beams, with larger beams showing smaller
(relative) deflection capacity.
100
350
J
p-
80
A4 ,Al(ctrl)
y'A3
zi
'45
A6
300
5'
250
40
20
0
0
10
20
30
40
Midspan displacement (mm)
800
50
20
40
60
600
f...
200
20
40
60
80
On the other hand, if one looks at the deflection ductility index of the
CFRP-strengthened beams, defined as the deflection at failure divided by
the deflection at which the longitudinal bars yield2, there seems to be no
significant difference among the values for the different Series of beams.
The calculated ductility indices for beams A3-A4, B3-B4 and C3-C4 were
1.34, 1.35 and 1.30, respectively, and those for beams A5-A6 and B5-B6,
were 1.18 and 1.16, respectively as shown in Figure 3. The data suggest
that geometry scaling the beams does not affect the deflection ductility of
the beams significantly.
1.2
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.6
g0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.0
00
00
05
15
10
00
05
10
15
s/s,
Failure Modes
All control beams failed in the conventional mode of steel yielding followed
by concrete crushing. The failure mode for all CFRP-strengthened beams
was intermediate crack-induced interfacial debonding. Upon debonding, a
very thin layer of concrete and aggregate generally remained attached to the
CFRP sheet. A comparison was made between the experimental results and
the analytical results using the model proposed by Smith and Teng3 for the
ultimate strain in the CFRP for intermediate crack-induced interfacial
debonding. An average value of 1.1 for a was used in the model and the
results are shown in Figure 4.
.z 14000
Exp. values
Avg. exp. values
\ -Predicted (Smith and Teng)
5e 12000 0
.-
t;
10000 8000-
.9 6000
.-C
4000-
Group 2
100
200
300
Beam depth (mm)
Estimated
point
400
500
It can be seen that Smith and Teng's model predicted fairly well the CFRP
strain at failure with the experimental results being within 15% of the
predicted results. From Figure 4, it can be seen that when the beam size
increases, the CFRP failure strain decreases. Although the CFRP failure
strain decreased with increasing beam size, the strengthening ratio did not
seem to be affected. It seems that the reduced contribution of the CFRP (in
terms of the maximum CFRP tensile strain that was able to develop) to the
strength increase in large-size beams is offset by the reduced nominal load
capacity of the unstrengthened beam4 (see Figure 5), leading to almost
similar strengthening ratios among the different beams. To further illustrate
this, the nominal bending moment (M,) corresponding to the peak load
(plotted as a function of the beam depth) for the control specimens is shown
in Figure 5a. The bending moment is normalized to My, the lowest possible
bending (yielding) moment calculated according to My = f#,(0.9h), where
0.9h = effective beam depth. It can be seen that Series A generally have
higher nominal bending moment capacity compare to Series B and C. A
similar pattern can also be observed from the plot of nominal stress at
ultimate load (defined as o,=PJbd) versus beam depth shown in Figure 5b.
12
1.0
0.8
'
$0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Strength limit
My = f y A s (0 9 4
AI-A-
B1-B2
4.0
5'0
Cl-C2
J-
c)
-eCtrl.
specimen
(average)
200
00
Beam depth tmm)
600
1.0
{
0
-3-
Ctrl. specimen
(average)
200
400
Beam depth (mm)
600
2.4
3
a 2.0
z2.0
81.6
z1.6
D
2 1.2
0.8
E 1.2
0.8
-5
5 0.4
Group 1,&=0.106%
0.0
100
200
300
400
bw(m
0.4
0.0
500
Group 2,4=0.212%
...........
/
/
t
Num,
---c-.
+
-
++
Smith,Tenz
EXp.(nominal)
100
200
300
400
Beam depth (mm)
500
CONCLUSIONS
Tests in this study showed that increasing the size of the beam leads to
increased interfacial shear stress concentration in CFRP-strengthened beams
as well as reduced CFRP failure strain. The work has also led to the
following conclusions:
(a) The beam size does not significantly influence the strengthening ratio,
nor does it significantly affect the deflection ductility of CFRPstrengthened beams.
(b) The models proposed by Smith and Teng3,5to predict intermediate
crack-induced debonding and interfacial shear stresses at FRP cut-off
points were found to agree fairly well with observed test data.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to acknowledge the assistance of Mr. Michael Chen,
a third year MIT student, with the laboratory work during his three-month
attachment with National University of Singapore. Part of this research was
supported by a research grant (R-264-000- 105-1 12) from the National
University of Singapore.
REFERENCES
1. Maalej, M. and Bian Y., Interfacial Shear Stress Concentration in FRPStrengthened Beams, Composite Structures, 54,2002, pp. 4 17-426.
2. Bencardino, F., Spadea G. and Swamy, R.N., Strength and Ductility of
Reinforced Concrete Beams Externally Reinforced with Carbon Fiber
Fabric, ACI Structural Journal, 99(2), 2002, pp. 163-169.
3. Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T. and Lam, L., FRP-strengthened RC
structures, John Wiley & Sons, LTD, England, 245 pp.
4. Ozbolt J. and Bruckner M., Minimum Reinforcement Requirement for
RC Beams, in Minimum Reinforcement in Concrete Members, Ed., A.
Carpinteri, ESIS Publication 24, Elsevier, Oxford 1999, pp. 181-201.
5. Smith, S.T. and Teng, J.G., Interfacial Stresses in Plated Beams,
Engineering Structures, 23,200 1, pp. 857-871.
INTRODUCTION
Advanced composites materials, initially developed by the military and
aerospace industries and more recently introduced in the repair and
construction of the civil infrastructure, offer unique mechanical and
chemical characteristics in terms of stiffness, strength-to-weight ratio and
durability when compared to conventional structural materials, with great
potential for a wide variety of applications to aging structures. The
necessity to increase the load carrying capacity of existing structures, the
need to repair older, deteriorated constructions, and the need to reduce the
maintenance costs of new structures encourage engineers to consider Fiber
Reinforced Polymers (FRPs) as alternative construction materials.
A number of researchers reported that the failure mode of an FRPstrengthened RC beam changes due to Externally Bonded Fiber Reinforced
Polymers (EB-FRP) reinforcement. This change depends on several
Deptht
(h)
Beam
Slab
300
120
mm
The analyses were carried out using Merlin (MERLIN Users Manual,
2001), a FEA program developed at the University of Colorado, Boulder. A
combination of smeared and discrete crack approach was used.
The smeared crack model implemented in the program (Cervenka,
1994) couples the Rankine smeared crack model in tension with the three invariant plasticity model of Menetrey and Willam (1995) in compression.
In compression, the model uses nonlinear hardening up to the peak strength
and linear softening in the post-peak regime.
The discrete crack model used is a generalization of the classical
Hillerborg et al. (1976) Fictious Crack Model, modified to account for the
shear effects along both the fracture process zone and the true crack. In this
model the crack is decomposed into a true crack and a Fracture Process
Zone (FPZ) along which cohesive stresses are present but a strain
discontinuity exists. The interface strength is described by the following
failure function (Cervenka, 1994):
F = (r: + ~ f
- 2cTan(bf)(o,
)
- o)- Tan2( 4 f ) ( 0 2- 0 ; ) = 0
(1)
where: c is the cohesion, @is the angle of friction, a, is the interface tensile
strength. zj and z2 are the two tangential components of the interface
traction vector and o i s the normal traction component.
Bilinear softening laws describe the cohesive stresses in the FPZ. The
critical opening and sliding corresponding to zero cohesion and tensile
strength are denoted by w, and wc, respectively, and they are determined
from the condition that the area under the linear or bilinear softening law
must be equal to mode I fracture energy GIF and mode I1 fracture energy
GilaF as shown in Figure 1. GilaF is not the pure mode I1 fracture energy, but
is the energy dissipated during a shear test with high confining normal
stress. Bruhwiler and Wittman (1990) used experimental data to determine
the shape of the softening diagram for structural concrete and found that the
optimal values for concrete with 25 mm maximum size aggregate are: c10
=
0.4 oto,w = 0.8 GIF / otO,clc = 0.4 c, wlc = 0.8 GIIaF/ c. The stiffness
degradation is modeled through a damage parameter, which is a relative
measure of the fractured surface.
ANALYSES
The investigations are performed through a two-dimensional analysis and
using plane stress elements. The specimen is discretized using 3-node
elements for the concrete continuum, the FRP and the resin; line-to-line 4-
node interface element for the interface elements and 2-node truss elements
for the steel reinforcement. Concrete is modeled using non linear fracture
mechanics. FRP and epoxy glue are characterized by a linear elastic model
and for steel J2 Plasticity is used. The material parameters used in the
anlyses were those given by Zarnic et al. (1999) or were induced from the
experimental Load-Displacement curves. Other non-specified paramenters
were computed based on ACI 318-95 and CEN (1995). The shape of the
softening curve of the discrete crack intererface is defined following
BruhwiIer and Wittman (1990). The symmetry of the problem is exploited
by modeling only half of the beam. Figure 2 illustrates the boundary
conditions and crack configurations used to model the specimen. One
vertical crack is inserted under the load and one along the interface
concrete/epoxy glue.
Steel relnforcemcnr
Figure 2. Boundary conditions and cracks configuration (Beam A, Zamic et al. 1999)
The mesh is refined close to the plate end and under the load, which are
the points where the strains present large discontinuities.
Modulus of elasticity E
Poisson's ratio v
Tensile Strength f
Specific mode I fracture energy GIF
Compressive strength f,
Compressive critical displacement wd
Return direction in Haig-Westergaard space p
Factor for shape of MCnetrey-Willam surface e
Onset of nonlinearity in compression f,,,
Plastic strain at compressive strength E,,
Interface parameters
Shear Stifhess Kt
Normal Stifmess K,
Tensile Strength otO
Cohesion c
Friction Angle 4t
Dilatancy Angle
Specific mode 1 fracture energy GIF
Specific mode I1 fracture energy GilaF
Ratio of irreversible displacement y
Maximum dilatant displacement urn,
Stress at break point of bilinear softening law ol0
Crack opening at break point of bilinear softening law
Wl.3
0.880 MPa
0.00040 m
EXPERIMENTAL PREDICTION
Beam
The numerical prediction follows very closely the experimental results as
shown in Figure 4. Three loading stages are highlighted in Figure 4. At
point c, the beam starts cracking. The FE model does not consider the slip
between the steel reinforcement and the concrete and this probably explains
why, after cracking, the experimental and numerical responses differ. This
is due to the slip. At pointy, the bottom reinforcing steel yields, leading to
a drop in the response stiffness. Finally, at point d the CFRP strip debonds
at mid span.
s 80
--
k
d
e
U
10
20
Midspan Deflection, A [mm]
30
..........
.**
0.
Figure 5 also clearly shows that at failure the plate end is still glued to
the beam (Figure 5, Detail A). The plate debonds under the load (Figure 5,
Detail B) and traces accurately the experimental behavior reported by
Zarnic et al. (1999).
Slab
.................
............
,.:
Figure 6. Deformed mesh, boundary conditions and details on the debonding failure
1
'
'
Strenshtened Slab
30
60
PARAMETRIC STUDIES
Using the geometric configuration and the material properties of the beam
discussed in the previous sections, a series of parametric studies are
performed to elucidate the influence of the plate length on the peak load and
on the failure mode.
To differentiate between different plate lengths, a normalized plate
length L, = LFR& is defined, where L is the beam span and L F R p is the plate
length, as shown in Figure 8.
:-: 80
g
40
9
0
0
10
20
Midopan Deflection, A[mml
30
Figure 8 reveals the influence of the plate length on the failure load.
The graph shows that decreasing the plate length decreases the load
carrying capacity of the strengthened beam. Figure 5 illustrates that the
original experiment by Zamic et al. (1999) in which L, = 0.93 (the plate
ends 100 mm from the support) failed because of mid span debonding.
With decreasing L,, the location of debonding changes from mid span to the
plate end. The value of L, = 0.83 (the plate ends 250 mm from the support)
correspond to the length at which the failure changes from mid span
debonding to end peeling. For L, = 0.79 (the plate ends 300 mm from the
support) the failure is plate end peeling. These results indicate that there
exists a certain anchorage length, beyond which an increase in plate length
does not lead to an increase in failure load.
DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
This study applies nonlinear fracture mechanics to the analysis of the failure
mechanisms of RC beams strengthened in flexure with externally bonded
FRPs. The analyses focus on the change from ductile to brittle failure
modes that occur because of the externally bonded FRPs. The influence of
various parameters on the failure mechanisms, are investigated. The
following conclusions can be drawn from the studies performed:
(a) the model applied accurately describes the failure modes analyzed
(shear failure at the end of the plate, plate end peeling and mid span
debonding).
(b) A series of parametric studies point out that there is a certain plate
length that marks the limit between debonding under the point load and
plate-end peeling. For the geometric configuration and material
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
htt~://civil.colorado.edu/-saoumdmerlin
11. Seim, W., Hormann, M., Karbhari, V, and Seible, F. (2001). External FRP
Poststrengthening of Scaled Concrete Slabs. ASCE Journal of Composites f o r
Construction, 5(2), 67-75.
12. Spacone, E. and Limkatanyu, S. (2000). Response of Reinforced Concrete
Members Including Bond Slip Effect. ACI Structural Journal, 97(6),
November-December, 83 1-839.
13. Zarnic, R., Gostic, S., Bosiljkov, V., Bokan Bosiljkov, V. (1999).
Improvement of Bending Load-Bearing Capacity by Externally Bonded
Plates. Proc. Creating with Concrete, R.K. Dhir and N.A. Henderson, eds.,
Thomas Telford, London, 433-442.
INTRODUCTION
Strengthening of existing reinforced concrete members using fiberreinforced composites has been shown to significantly increase the loading
capacity of the member. However, the full flexural capacity of a
strengthened member is not always achieved due to the premature peeling
(separation) of FRP from the concrete member. Arduini and Nanni4
described two common types of peeling failure, that is, end peeling and
shear-flexural peeling as shown in Figure 1. The end peeling results from
the combination of shear and normal tensile stress localized in the vicinity
of the plate end. When the principal tensile stress reaches the tensile
strength of concrete, a crack initiates and propagates horizontally at the
level of tension steel, ripping off the concrete cover. The shear-flexural
Material Properties
The average tested compressive strength of concrete at 28 days was 44
MPa. The tested yield strength of RB6, DB12 and DB16 were 398.8, 479.7
and 553.8 MPa, respectively. The tested tensile strength of RB6, DB12 and
DB16 were 512.3, 639.9 and 630.7 MPa, respectively. The FRP used in the
experiment was carbon fiber reinforced polymer (CFRP). The thickness of
the plate and sheet was 1.2 and 0.1 1 1 mm, respectively. The width of the
plate was 100 mm. The nominal tensile strength of the plate and sheet was
2200 and 3482 MPa, respectively. The nominal tensile modulus of the plate
and sheet was 150000 and 230535 MPa, respectively.
A total of eight beams were cast. The beams were divided into two series,
namely series A and B, according to the loading method. Each series
consisted of four beams. In series-A, the beams were tested under threepoint bending (Figure 3(a)) with shear span-to-effective depth ratio (dd) of
6.28. In series-R, the beams were tested under four-point bending (Figure
3(b)) with shear span-to-effective depth ratio (dd) of 4.40.
LA
se
Bottom View
Top View
U-wrap
X-wrap
.)
'
Series-A
Series-B
6.28
4.40
33.2
33.2
70.3
70.3
103.5
103.5
44.15
44.15
88.29
126.55
Loading
Loading
capacity
Ultimate
moment
( niv.rn)
Percentage
of load
increasea
Failure mode
cze
(kn.m)
PA)
89.45
44.72
0.0
CC after yielding
105.66
95.68
149.41
117.79
52.83
47.83
74.70
41.23
18.13
6.96
67.03
-7.82
B-200-U
147.12
5 1.49
15.13
SFP
EP
CCfollowing EP
EP
Premature CC and
SFP
B-200-L
165.79
58.03
29.74
A
(Control beam)
A-200-P
A-420-P
A-420-U
B-200-P
cc
cc
176.44
61.76
38.08
B-200-X
Note: aThe percentage of load increase is computed relative to the control beam. The
negative value indicates the reduction in loading capaciv.
CC: Concrete crushing, SFP: Shear-flexuralpeeling, EP: End-peeling
200 1
10
15
20
Series-A Beams
Beam A was the control beam with neither FRP plates nor sheets attached.
It failed by concrete crushing after yielding of main steels. Beams A-200-P
and A-420-P were strengthened with a ply of FRP plate without sheet
wrapping at the ends. The number 200 and 420 indicates the distance in mm
from the plate end to the support. These beams were tested to examine the
effect of bonded length on the peeling behavior. The load versus mid-span
deflection curves of these two beams are compared in Figure 7. Both beams
failed in a brittle manner due to FRP peeling. However, the peeling
character was different. FRP plate of A-200-P peeled at the base of a shearflexural crack formed at the section 400 mm from the support (see Figure
9(b) and Figure l(b)). On the other hand, FRP plate of A-420-P peeled at
the end of the plate (see Figure 9(c)and Figure l(a)).
(4
(h)
Beam A-420-U was tested to study the end peeling behavior under
vertical restraint. The beam was provided with U-wrapping at the FRP plate
end. The loading capacity was 68.5% higher than the control beam and 56%
higher than A-420-P (see Figure 7). The end peeling took place but the
growth was restrained by the U-wrapping as shown in Figure lO(a). A close
observation around the wrapping (Figure 1O(b)) revealed that the restraint
condition varied along the FRP width, that is, the fiber plate was most
strongly restrained vertically near the side faces of the beam and less
strongly restrained near the central zone. This should be particularly taken
into account when designing the end wrapping for wide structural members.
Series-B Beams
All beams in series-B were tested under four-point bending. The
comparison of load versus mid-span deflection is shown in Figure 8. The
graph also shows a horizontal line indicating the loading capacity of the
control beam under four-point bending. In the experiment, the control beam
was tested under three-point bending (series-A) only. However, since all
beams have identical cross sectional dimension and reinforcing details, the
loading capacity under four-point bending could be calculated from the
tested bending capacity of the beam under three-point bending.
Zone
Restraint zone
Beam B-200-P was provided with a ply of FRP plate without end
wrapping (Figure 4). The fiber plate peeled off at the end (Figure 9(e)) at
the load lower than that of the control beam (Figure 8). Beam B-200-U was
provided with a ply of FRP plate and U-wrapping. Instead of the end
peeling failure, a diagonal shear crack appeared at the inner edge of the
fiber sheet, propagated toward the compression zone and caused concrete
crushing suddenly. Similar to the effect of terminating the FRP end close to
the support, the U-wrapping had the tendency to block the end peeling by
providing vertical restraint, but on the other hand, motivated shear-flexural
peeling followed by premature concrete crushing.
Beam B-200-L and B-200-X were provided with a ply of FRP plate for
each beam with end wrapping in L and X patterns, respectively. The loaddisplacement relations of these beams are compared with other beams of Bseries in Figure 8. Both failed by concrete crushing without any sign of end
peeling or shear-flexural peeling.
CONCLUSIONS
This paper presented an experimental program to investigate the effect of
end wrapping on peeling behavior of FRP strengthened beams under
different bonded lengths and end restraint conditions. It was found that the
peeling character of FRP depended on the bonded length and the end
restraint condition. When trying to prevent end-peeling failure by using
vertical wrapping or running the FRP plate close to the support, the shearflexural peeling might result instead. The shear-flexural peeling is very
undesirable because it is hard to predict not only the load when it occurs but
also the location. The L- and X-wrappings were used to provide both
horizontal and vertical restraints. With these wrappings, there was no sign
of end peeling or shear-flexural peeling. The beams could fail in flexural
concrete crushing failure mode.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to thank Mr. Thammachat Kulprapa, Nontri Ltd. Co.
for providing the FRP materials for the experimental works.
REFERENCES
1. Sharif, A. et al., Strengthening of Initially Loaded Reinforced Concrete
Beams Using FRP Plates, ACI Structural Journal, 91(2), 1994, pp.
160-168.
2. Saadatmanesh, H. and Ehsani, M.R., Fiber Composite Plates Can
Strengthen Beams, Concrete International, 12(3), 1990, pp. 65-7 1.
3. Ritchie, P.A., Thomas, D.A., Lu, L.W. and Connelly, G.M., External
Reinforcement of Concrete Beams Using Fiber Reinforced Plastics,
ACI Structural Journal, 88(4), 1991, pp.490-500.
4. Arduini, M. and Nanni, A., Parametric Study of Beams with Externally
Bonded FRP Reinforcement, ACI Structural Journal, 94(5), 1997,
pp.493-501.
5 . El-Mihilmy, M.T. and Tedesco, J.W., Prediction of Anchorage Failure
for Reinforced Concrete Beams Strengthened with Fiber-Reinforced
Polymer plates, ACI Structural Journal, 98(3), 200 1, pp.30 1-3 13.
6. Hollaway, L.C. and Leeming, M.B., (Eds.) Strengthening of Reinforced
Concrete Structures, CRC press.
Okamura,
H. and Higai, T., Proposed Design Equation for Shear
7.
Strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams Without Web Reinforcement,
Proceeding of JSCE, 300, 1980, pp.131-141.
H. MIKAMI
Technical Research Inst. of Mitsui Const., Co. Ltd,
Nagareyama 270-0132, Japan
Y. KURIHASHI
Material Division, Civil Engineering Research Inst. of Hokkaido,
Hiragishi, Toyohira, Sapporo 062-8602, Japan
In this paper, in order to establish a rational sheet debond-controling
method for RC beams, which fail by debonding, static four-point loading
tests were conducted on RC beams with strengthened Aramid FRPs
(AFRPs) using the u-shaped jacketing method, with jacketing area (height
x width) and volume of AFRPs as variables. Results obtained from this
study were as follows: (1) by jacketing with AFRPs over half the lower
height to the neutral axis and over rebar yield area in the shear span, the RC
beams can be strengthened to the desired point of analytical flexural
ultimate state; and (2) without jacketing in U-shape but bonding FRPs only
on the side-surface in the rebar yield area in the shear span, debonding of
flexural strengthening FRPs can be also controlled.
INTRODUCTION
In recent years, many experimental and analytical studies on RC beams
strengthened with FRPs have been conducted all over the world. From the
experimental results of flexurally strengthened RC beams with FRPs, it has
been clarified that two types of failure mode can be expected: one is
Flexural Compression Failure (FCF) which is the case where RC beams
failed due to sheet debonding after reaching the analytical ultimate flexural
limit state; and another type is Debonding Failure (DF) which is the case
where RC beams failed due to sheet debonding before reaching the
analytical ultimate state*. Therefore, FCF-type RC beams can be designed
and applied in practice without any need to control FRPs debonding.
However, in the case of DF-type RC beams, practically, a rational method
n
2600
3000
Specimen
Table 1. RC beams
Flex. St. FRPs
U-shape FRPs
mass
mass
length
g/m2
g/m
mm
UG
UI-L
UI -M
height
mm
95
140
415
550
190
250
280
550
800
95
550
190
250
side
face
.^
side
face
bottom
face
hottom
face
side
face
,o
hottom
face
Mass
g/m2
140
280
415
0.0965
0.193
0.286
2.52
115
2.19
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Relationship between Load and Displacement
Figure 3 compares the non-dimensional load-displacement curves among
the beams with the same jacketing volume of FRPs, in which the
experimental results for Beam UO and numerical analysis results were also
included. The analytical results were obtained by means of multi-section
method mentioned previously. Each load and displacement were normalized
by these values (Py,4) at rebar yielding to investigate the flexural
strengthening effects of FRPs after rebar yielding.
2.0
Analytical
Analytical
1.5
Ul-H
'
"
'
'
s/sy
s/sy
U1-type
(b) U2-type
Figure 3. Comparisons of load-displacement curves among Ul/U2-type RC bepms
(a)
2.0
2.5
,..,
Analytical
Analytical
, ,
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
Q?
0.5
0.5
.......
U1-M-SD
0.0
0.0
3 4
6/Sy
3 4
6/6Y
(b) U2-L-EX
Figure 4. Comparisons of load-displacementcurves between experimental and
analytical results
(a) U1-M-SD
From the results of Figure 4(b), it is observed that by extending the Ushape jacketing area to the height of cross section of beam, both load
carrying capacity and displacement were slightly increased. However, the
flexural FRP reinforcement was broken at the pure bending region, thus
demonstrating anchoring performance of U-shape jacketing. Then, it is
suggested that by U-shape jacketing in the rebar yield area LYuin the shear
span, debonding of flexural FRP reinforcement may be rationally controlled.
Strain Distribution of Flexural FRP Reinforcement
Figure 5 compares the strain distribution of flexural FRP reinforcement at
two non-dimensional displacement points among U 1/U2 type beams
including UO beam. These points correspond to sheet debonding in UO
beam ($4 = 3.19) and the analytical ultimate point (a4= 4.17). From the
results at 274 = 3.19, it is observed that the strains in the pure bending
region of both types of beams were around 1% and were similar to those
from analytical results.
Analytical
uo
____ UlIU2-H
at sheet debonding
of UO beam
-3
20000
10000
5000
-U1-M-SD, UZ-L-EX
----- UlIU2-L
S/Sy = 3.19
- UlIUZ-M
SfSy= 3.19
15000
' 38 '
38
'
L1
On the other hand, in the shear span, larger strains over 2% were locally
distributed in Beam UO. This may be due to FRPs being peeled-off at the tip
of diagonal cracks. However, in the cases of U-shape jacketed and/or sidesurface bonded RC beams, the strains were distributed similarly to those
from analytical results except near the loading points. From these results, it
is seen that by U-shape jacketing and/or side-surface bonding, peeled-off of
flexural FRP sheets can be controlled.
From the results at analytical ultimate state (a/& = 4.17), it is seen that
experimental strains in the pure bending region were close to the analytical
values except for large strains at the flexural crack opening, despite the size
of U-shape jacketing area. On the other hand, in the jacketing area of the
shear span, extremely large strains were occurred and some strains were
over 2%. These may be due to the following reasons: (1) diagonal cracks
occurred in the area of lower cover concrete near loading points in the shear
span corresponding to an increase in load; even though the rebar yield area
in shear span was jacketed in a U-shape; and (2) flexural FRP reinforcement
was peeled off at the tip of the diagonal cracks and was locally broken.
However, flexural FRP reinforcement was not debonded in the whole area
and the applied load remained almost the same level as the analytical load
carrying capacity.
From these results, it is clear that: (1) by U-shape jacketing in the rebar
yield area of the shear span, development of diagonal cracks in the area of
lower cover concrete near loading points in equi-shear span can be
restrained; (2) progressing of sheet debonding from the local area can be
controlled; ( 3 ) the strain distributions in flexural FRP reinforcement may
not be significantly affected by the amount of mass and area of U-shape
jacketing FRPs; (4) bonding the side-surface results in ultimate state being
reached earlier than U-shape jacketing, but it can achieve the analytical load
carrying capacity; ( 5 ) load carrying capacity can be increased by enlarging
jacketing area, but the beams may reach the ultimate state with flexural FRP
reinforcement breaking; and (6) it is good enough to jacket the beam using
U-jackets in the rebar yield area Lyu in the shear span to control debonding
of flexural FRP reinforcement.
Vertical Strain Distribution of U-shape Jacketing A FRPs
Figure 6 shows the fiber strain distributions in the vertical direction in the
U-shape jacketing FRPs for U1-type beams. These were considered at four
loading stages: (1) at rebar yield point; (2) at the same non-dimensional
displacement corresponding to sheet debonding in Beam UO; ( 3 ) at the point
of analytical ultimate state; and (4) at the point of maximum surcharged
load. From this figure, it is seen that: (1) strains at rebar yielding were
small for all beams; and at the point corresponding to debonding in Beam
UO the strains in the area from the lower edge to 10 cm high were in the
region of 0.3%, Thus, the U-shape jacketing FRP sheet shared the tensile
force in vertical direction of the beam. This means that U-shape jaketing
FRPs has restrained the peel-off action of flexural FRP reinforcement,
which would occur due to the concrete blocks generated in the lower cover
concrete being pushed down. After that, the strains kept increasing, and at
the maximum loading point, the strain was over 0.6%.
A
at rebar
+at sheet
-0- at analytical
yield point
debonding of UO beam
ultimate point
25
-t at maximum
loading point
to supporting point
to loading point
20
15
Ul-L
10
5
0
25
20
15
Ul-M
zE
10
25
0
20
15
U1-H
10
5
n
"
0.0
0.6 0.0
0.6 0.0
0.6 0.0
0.6 0.0
Strain (YO)
0.6 0.0
0.6
It is thus clear that: (1) U-shape jacketing FRPs may control debonding of
flexural FRP reinforcement due to peel-off action of the lower cover
concrete; and (2) the peel-off action of the FRP reinforcement can be
sufficiently controlled by U-shape jacketing with 140 g/m' mass FRPs.
CONCLUSIONS
with jacketing area and volume of AFRPs as variables. The results obtained
from this study were as follows:
1) By U-shape jacketing in the rebar yield area of shear span, the loadcarrying capacity of debonding failure type of flexural strengthened RC
beams can be strengthened to the desired analytical ultimate state.
2) It is experimentally confirmed that debonding of flexural strengthening
FRPs due to peel-off action can be controlled by U-shape jacketing in
the rebar yield area of shear span with FRPs.
3) Debonding of the FRPs can be rationally controlled by U-shape
jacketing up to the half height of neutral axis at analytical ultimate state
using FRPs with 15 % mass of the flexural FRP reinforcement.
4) By bonding the FRPs on only side-surface of the U-shape jacketed area,
debonding of flexural FRP reinforcement can be controlled upto the
analytical ultimate state.
REFERENCES
1. Kishi N., Mikami H., Matsuoka K. G., and Kurihashi Y., Failure
Behavior of Flexural Strengthened RC Beams with AFRP Sheet,
Proceedings of FRPRCS-5, pp.87-95,2001.
2. Kishi N., Mikami H., Kurihashi Y., An Experimental Study on LoadCarrying Behavior of Flexural Strengthened RC Beams with AFRPs
Sheet, Journal of Japan Society of Civil Engineers, No.683IV-52, pp.
47-64,200 1 (in Japanese)
3. Kishi N., Mikami H., Kurihashi Y., Sawada S., Experimental Study
on Estimation of Required Bonding Length of Sheet for Flexural
Strengthened RC Beams with AFRPs Sheet, Journal of Structural
Engineering, JSCE, Vol.48A, pp.987-997,2000 (in Japanese)
4. Kurihashi Y., Kishi N., Mikami H., Sat0 M. and Matsuoka K. G.,
Experimental Study on Flexural Bonding Property of AFRPs Sheet
Glued on RC Beams, Proceedings of the 7th EASEC, pp.1271-1276,
1999.
5 . JSCE: Standard Specifications for Concrete Structures, 2002. (in
Japanese)
J. JANSSENS
ETEC / TRADECC / ECC NV
Terbekhofdreef 50-52, B-2610 Wilrijk, Belgium
The use of externally bonded FRP reinforcement for strengthening or
rehabilitation purposes is becoming a well documented technique worldwide. Often it appears in the design that the full capacity of the FRP can not
be achieved: premature failure due to debonding mechanisms may occur at
fairly limited stress levels. Newly developed FRP laminates, with fibres in
different directions, are suitable to be used in combination with extra
mechanical anchorage (e.g. bolts). Tests on RC T-beams performed at the
Magnel Laboratory for Concrete Research demonstrate that the use of bolts
in the most critical zones can prevent or postpone premature debonding
failure and significantly increase the strengthening factor. Furthermore an
appropriate design of the anchorage can improve the post-peak behaviour
of the beam with high residual strength after debonding of the laminate and
with less brittle failure modes.
INTRODUCTION
In recent years the interest in Fibre Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
reinforcement in construction has considerably increased. Especially its use
as Externally Bonded Reinforcement (EBR) has been developed world-wide
as a very efficient technique for structural strengthening and rehabilitation.
When using FRP laminates to provide flexural strengthening to RC
members, the resisting moment of the strengthened element is normally
evaluated assuming perfect bond between FRP and concrete (full
composite action) followed by verifying debonding mechanisms. Often it
appears that failure may occur at limited FRP strain levels, due to activation
of premature debonding mechanisms such as concrete rip-off, peeling, etc.*
It is therefore of interest to improve the anchorage capacity of the external
FRP reinforcement.
Beam
1
2
3
4
5
FRP plate
230 x 100 mm'
'L
1 wo
Beam 4
_-
1
FRP plate
230 x 100 mm'
\K
Beam 5
-strengthened
FRP end
steel plate
230x 1OOx 1 5
steel bolts M i 2 (cI 4 6 )
M I 6 (d 6 8)
In Beam 5 a special laminate was used, with the same properties as for
the previous beams along the span, but with improved strength (thickness of
2.75 mm and higher amount of carbon fibres) on a length of about 350 mm
at both ends. Furthermore, steel end plates and bolts with increased diameter
and strength were used to realise the end anchorage. These bolts were
pretensioned prior to testing with a force of approximately 20 kN. The
configuration and prestressing force of the 4 bolts along the shear span was
the same as for Beam 4. More details on the layout of the bolts for Beams 3,
4 and 5 are given in Figure 2.
The concrete used for the beams had a mean cylinder strength of 38
MPa at 28 days. The mechanical properties of the concrete were determined
by testing (at the same age of testing the T-beams) and are reported in Table
2. The mean tensile properties of the internal and external reinforcement
determined by testing, are given in Table 3.
Beam
1
2
3
4
5
E-modulus
[MPa]
38850
45970
43110
38530
39010
E
WPaI
210000
190000'
TEST RESULTS
An overview of the cracking load, yielding load, maximum load,
strengthening ratio and failure aspect of the tested beams is given in Table
4. The load vs. midspan deflection curves are given in Figure 3.
Table 4: Main test results
Beam
test
[days]
34
63
94
141
204
fc
[MPa]
Qcr
[kN]
Qy
[kN]
Qmax
[kN]
Qmax
/Qref
At
Qmax
At
ultimate
1
35.9
10
53
68
1.00
YS/CC
38.7
2
10
72
85
YS/CR
1.25
46.4
10
75
3
92
1.35
YS/PV
AF
4
44.4
10
79
102
1.50
YS/PV
AF
5
46.7
YS/PV
AF/CC
118
1.74
15
75
YS:yielding of steel, CC: concrete crushing, CR: concrete rip-oft PV: peeling due to vertical
crack displacement, AF: anchorage failure
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Deflection [mm]
All the tested beams show the same behaviour in the uncracked state,
where the reinforcement has negligible influence. Cracking occurred at
about 10 kN per point load (in case of Beam 5 the cracking load was
somewhat higher, 15 kN). At about 53 kN the steel reinforcement in the
reference beam yields, leading to a large increase of the deformation (that
is, deflection). Failure occurred by concrete crushing at 68 kN.
The strengthened beams, due to the presence of the external
reinforcement, are significantly stiffer than the reference beam after
cracking. Furthermore, yielding of the internal steel occurs at a much higher
6,5
-50
kN
-8OkN
I 4
3.5
-92
3 2.5
kN
.o - 5 9 K N - u
2
1.5
----8OkN-u
~-
0.5
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
BEAM4
/-c----Lix---'---."-"-
2-
55
-I
E
4.5
kN
-80
kN
-90
kN
L 3.5
B
-50
3
2.5
102 kN
2
1.5
90.6kN-u
I
0.5
0
200
400
6W
8w
IWO
12W
1400
1600
1800
20W
CONCLUSIONS
Based on this test programme, the following may be observed:
(a) By means of bolts at the laminate ends, anchorage failure such as
concrete rip-off can be prevented.
(b) The use of bolts over the shear span significantly postponed debonding
of the laminate due to vertical crack displacement.
(c) Due to the bolt anchorage, after debonding the laminate acts as an
external tension member. This results in increased deflections at
ultimate and less brittle failure modes.
(d) If the end anchorage is designed sufficiently strong, the bearing
capacity of the strengthened beam after debonding (external
reinforcement acting as an unbonded tension member) equals at least
the initial bearing capacity of the beam with bonded external
reinforcement. In this way a pseudo-ductile behaviour is obtained with
large deformation capacity of the beam at ultimate load.
REFERENCES
fib Task Group 9.3, Externally bonded FRP reinforcement for RC
structures, Federation Internationale du Beton, 200 1.
2. Matthys S., Structural behaviour and design of concrete members
strengthened with externally bonded FRP reinforcement, Doctoral
thesis, Ghent University, Belgium, 2000.
3. Matthys, S., Taerwe, L., Blontrock, H., Janssens, J. and De Neef, D.,
Tripling the bearing capacity of a concrete floor at the zoological
garden of Antwerp: research and application, Composites in
Constructions (CCC 2001), Porto, October 10-12,2001, pp. 695-700.
4. Matthys, S., Taerwe, L., Nurchi, A., Scarpa, M. and Janssens, J., Tests
on multi-directional CFRP reinforcement for strengthening of concrete
beams, International Conference on Performance of Construction
Materials in the New Millennium, Cairo, February 18-20,2003.
1.
INTRODUCTION
In the use of FRP sheets or strips to enhance the flexural strength of RC
beams, it is crucial to understand the effects of the FRP reinforcement on
the beam failure mode, particularly for the development of the rational
design criteria under ultimate loads. The literature review of test results of
RC beams strengthened with externally bonded FRP indicates that several
failure modes, from ductile to brittle, were observed. The list of failure
modes is categorized here into two types. Type 1 encompasses modes
maintaining composite action up to failure of strengthened beams and Type
2 includes failure modes due to the loss of composite action. The failure
modes due to loss of composite action, however, are the most commonly
encountered. Consequently, this paper focuses only on the results of
analytical studies affecting the failure modes due to loss of composite
action. The parametric investigations presented hereafter emphasize on the
effects of plate length and of plate width on the failure mechanism of a
reference under-reinforced RC beam.
PARAMETRIC INVESTIGATIONS ON FRP-STRENGTHENED
RC BEAMS LOADED IN FOUR POINT BENDING
All the parametric investigations presented in this study use the same
reference under-reinforced beam shown in Figure 1. A similar beam was
tested up to failure under four-point bending condition by Zarnic et all. The
analytical model uses a 2-node displacement-based beam element with
bond-interface between the concrete and the strengthening plate (
Figure 2). The element formulation is presented in Limkatanyu and
Spacone2 and the element is implemented in the general-purpose finite
element program FEAP3. The material properties used in this study are
summarized in Table 1. For the bond-interface between the concrete and the
reinforcing plate, a linear elastic bond law up to failure is used. A bond
elastic stiffness of 2.38 GPa is used in the numerical simulations, while a
value of 3.1 MPa is used for the bond strength. This value of bond elastic
stiffness is computed based on shear deformation of epoxy layer using the
material properties reported in Table 1. The bond strength, which is similar
to the shear strength of concrete, correlates well with test results of Zarnic
et all. Plate debonding is not due to epoxy failure, but to concrete shear
failure at the concrete-epoxy interface, where a state of almost pure shear
exists4.
~,.
980 rnm
960mm
_I_
-7-
r
A
LFRP
L = 2900 mm
L*=LFR&L
0.879
0.914
0.948
0.966
L'=0.5*(L - LFRp)
175
125
75
50
CROSS SECTION
4 = 384 rnm2
r.
800 rnm
. . .
I
:
11120rnrn
strengthening plates
Material
Concrete
Steel Bars
Epoxy Resin
CFRP
Elastic Modulus
(GPa)
27
210
12.8
140
Compressive
Strength (GPa)
25
460
Tensile
Strength (GPa)
1
460
4
1800
30
Failure, L
' = 0.914
/\
25
15
1 - Control RCBeam I
LI
10
'I/ A
0
10
20
30
CFWRCBeams
50
40
60
1.8
@ Concrete Cover Delamination at Plate End
1.6
>8
1.4
ci
1.2
1
0.80
0.85
0.90
L*
0.95
1.oo
Figure 4 Ultimate-load increase for beams with CFRP plates of different length
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
400
800
1200
Figure 5 Bond force distribution at failure for beams strengthened with CFRP
plates of different lengths
Displacement (A)
I
AY
AU
Force
A
EU
Displacement (A)
~ ._ . _ ._ _
. _ . . _ .Control
. _Beam
_ .~ u_m t_y2 .2 _
2.00 -
D.
::::://-0.50
0.00
Figure 7 Energy ducility for beams strengthened with CFRP plates of different
the bond forces are distributed over a larger area, thus allowing a higher
bond stress to take place prior to failure as shown in Figure 10.
0
120
40
80
Midspan Displacement.A [mml
50
100
150
200
Plate wdth [mm]
250
300
Figure 9 Increase in ultimate load for beams reinforced with CFRP plates
of different width
600
-E
400
200
0
0
400
1200
800
Figure 10 Bond force distribution at failure for beams strengthened with CFRP
plates of different width
5 -
4 DE
3 -
-._-.-1-
Control Beam O w i l d y = 2 21
04
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
CONCLUSIONS
inducing larger bond stresses under the loading point. The energy
ductility increases with the plate length until the failure mode shifts to
midspan debonding, with no increase in ductility for longer plates.
(b) The FRP plate width has important effects on the failure mode of
strengthened beams. Wider plates of equal cross-section seem to reduce
the bond-stress at the interface between the concrete and the FRP plate,
hence allowing a more effective use of the FRP strength and resulting in
larger beam flexural capacity. For the plate length studied in this paper,
very wide plates show a shift in failure mode from midspan debonding
to FRP rupture because the wider plate causes higher stresses in FRP
plates. The energy ductility increases with wider plates and can be
higher than that of the non-strengthened beam.
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
Fiber Reinforced Polymeric (FRP) laminates, which have been used in the
aerospace industry for several decades, are becoming increasingly popular
in the construction industry for strengthening purposes. These laminates,
particularly carbon fiber reinforced (CFRP), offer the advantages of
composite materials such as immunity to corrosion, a low volume to weight
ratio, a high strength to weight ratio, and unlimited delivery length (in sheet
form), thus eliminating the need for joints'.
Among the different types of failure modes observed in RC beams
strengthened in flexure using externally bonded FRP laminates, failure of
the concrete cover has not being fully understood. This is however an
As it was mentioned previously, when the FRP debonds, the entire beam
loses the strengthening level it gained and the impact of the energy released
from the stretched FRP plate can tear out the concrete cover up to the level
of the longitudinal steel at the beam portion where the FRP has not yet
debonded, as was observed in eight beams out of fourteen tested in bending.
If the concrete that surrounds the longitudinal rebars cannot withstand this
impact energy originated by the release of the stretched FRP, the concrete
will break at the rebar level. From observation of the experimental tests, this
type of failure occurs mostly in the region of constant moment or close to it.
As stated before, even if this is a secondary type of failure, it is an important
one for the stability of the system and should therefore be addressed.
Debonding Process
During the monotonic loading of the strengthened beam, the FRP laminate
deforms, following the shape of the RC beam. The elongation of the
laminate at every load step is used to calculate the strain energy available.
Two methodologies are presented:
First, assuming no debonding of the FRP has occurred yet, the FRP
laminate is fully bonded to the concrete surface, except at the crack tips.
Following the methodology described by Lopez3 in her doctoral
dissertation, section analysis is performed at every cracked section along the
span. The deformation of the FRP laminate between two crack tips can be
calculated using Eq. (1):
where Q I I
1 - v12v21
where X, is the point along the span where the elongation of the FRP is
calculated, j = i corresponds to the section (i) located at X, j = n corresponds
to the location of a section at the edge of the FRP laminate, and x = 0 and x
= S are the local limits of the integration of an element of beam between
two cracks spaced a distance S.
A simplified methodology to calculate the elongation (6) of the FRP
laminate is to assume that it deforms as an elastic spring with an equivalent
stiffness (Ke). By using the material constitutive relations of the laminate
( Q I I )and assuming that the change of deformation of the FRP laminate is
proportional to its bonded length, the following relationship can be defined:
(3)
where
Ke =
QllX
h/X B/
Lbonded
(4)
and
where N 2 (X) is the force on the FRP from a section analysis at the location
X, (Figure 2b) and Lbonded is the bonded length of the FRP laminate prior to
interfacial failure.
Once the elongation of the FRF laminate is known at every load step,
the strain energy Ubonded can be evaluated as fol~ows:
s
Ubondrd =
IN2(x)dd
(6)
Ubonded =
1 N2(X)
2
Ke
- ___
(7)
---T-1
U
yb
Bf
X
Load. FRP
U strain
U deb0 ding process
nergy 1,oad FRP
a) Method 1:
-+
N~(x) from ~ o p e z j
Elongation, 6
Elongation, 6
U unbonded FRP
c) Strain Energy
remaining
after debonding
process
section analysis
JN2(x)aa
(9)
1 1
I
I
n
1I I
TFRP=
-t
FRP
released
Impact
Energy
S, crack
Bf,width
FRP laminate
Figure 4 shows the location where the FRP was initially glued to the
bottom of the concrete (left side of the beam). The interfacial failure not
only pulls the longitudinal FRP, but it also tears the U-shaped anchorage
sheet wrapped around the vertical sides of the beam. Figure 5a. shows the
region of the concrete cover to the left of the first concrete tooth that
failed. Observe the large vertical displacement on the left side of each
remaining tooth and the direction of the splitting crack that runs at the
rebar level. Figure 5b. shows a detail of the constant moment region. Note
that the only remaining concrete tooth at the cover level has rotated
toward the right side of the beam (where the FRP was still bonded).
Assuming that the concrete remains elastic during the impact load (F),
the strain energy per tooth u l o o l h is calculated using a fracture mechanics
approach. Consider G,, the critical strain energy release rate, as the energy
necessary per unit width to open a crack one unit of length. The energy
necessary to break the concrete tooth at the upper base will be G, multiplied
by the cracked surface (Acrack,Figure 3c).
uooih-rap = Gc
XAcmck
(10)
A value of Gc = 10 J/m2 is considered a reasonable value for concrete.
Fukuzawa et al evaluated the critical mode I1 strain energy release rate
(G,) for the interface between concrete and the FRP strengthening system.
It was found that the values of Gllc increased with an increase of crack
length. Values found ranged from 5 to 9 J/m2, which is very close to the
value considered for concrete only.
Another surface of failure can also be considered: the interface between
the concrete and the epoxy (bottom base of the concrete tooth, Figure 3c).
The energy necessary to fail this interface can be calculated using GI,, and
the bonded area of the FRP in one tooth.
Uloorh-boriorn =
Gllc X Abonded
(1 1)
Three beams (from a total of 14) were selected from the experimental
program: beam 3, beam 4 and beam 8. Only beam 8 (system B) did not
exhibit concrete cover failure. Failure at beam 3 was particularly clear of
the path followed by the released energy (see Figure 1). A summary of the
experimental test parameters is presented in Table 1.
In the case of beam 8 strengthened with the plate system, the bonded
width of the CFRP plate (40 mm) was smaller than the width of the concrete
beam (1 00 mm). From the experimental test of this beam, it was observed
that debonding of the plate occurred almost simultaneously at both sides of
point loads, therefore the CFRP plate was released at both ends, resulting in
no failure at the level of the concrete cover. When beam 8 was tested again
with a CFRP plate of the same width as the concrete beam, the failure of the
concrete cover was at the level of the reinforcement and it was very
extensive.
Table 1. Summary of the test parameters of selected bending specimens
Beam
Steel reinj
No. CFRP
Initial failure
ratio
layers
mode
3
0 . 2 7 ~ ~ ~ ~
Interfacea
0 . 2 7 ~ ~ ~ ~
Interface
0.54~max
40mm (system B)
Interface
0.54pmax
lOOmm (system B)
Concrete cover
8
8-1
For each beam numerical calculations were carried out following the
methodology proposed. Results are presented in Table 2.
Table 2. Results from numerical analysis of bending tests
Beam
3
4
8
8-I
Uunbonded
(N-m)
62.7
100.79
13.21
13.21
Uloolh- lop
Uloorh-bottom
(N-m)
(N-m)
6.07E-02
6.07E-02
6.07E-02
7.38E-02
7.38E-02
2.95E-02
6.07E-02
7.38E-02
The numerical analysis of the proposed model show that the energy
supplied by the release of the FRP laminate is much larger (by three orders
of magnitude) than the energy necessary to break a concrete tooth at the top
base, therefore several concrete teeth can be broken, as was observed in the
experimental tests (Figures 5 a & b). The energy released also leads to
debonding between the concrete tooth and the FRP sheet and dissipates in
several forms including noise, microcracking, permanent deformation,
crushing of concrete, as experienced in the experimental tests.
a Failure at the interface between the concrete surface and the adhesive epoxy
resulting in debonding of the CFRP laminate
For the case of a beam with an FRP of width smaller than the concrete
beam (beam S), the energy necessary to peel the bottom was smaller (by
half) than the energy necessary to break the top of the tooth. When the
width of the FRP was increased, the situation reversed (beam 8-1).
CONCLUSIONS
This paper analyzes the tearing of the concrete cover due to the release of
energy of the stretched FRP laminate. A failure criteria is developed based
on the calculation of the energy available and the energy necessary to break
an element of concrete between two cracks at the level of the longitudinal
reinforcement. The following conclusions were drawn:
(a) The methodology proposed can accurately predict the occurrence of the
concrete cover failure. The energy accumulated by the stretching of the
FRP laminate was up to 3 orders of magnitude higher than the energy
necessary to break the concrete cover at the level of the steel
reinforcement.
(b) Fracture energy and bonded area of the FRP laminate determine the
likelihood of the concrete cover failure. The fracture energy approach
used in this methodology shows that the layer with the smallest fracture
energy determines the plane of the crack propagation.
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 440, Guide for the Design and Construction of
Externally Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening Concrete Structures,
INTRODUCTION
Fiber Reinforced Plastic sheet (FRPs) is often bonded onto the tension
surface of the existing Reinforced Concrete (RC) members to upgrade the
flexural load-carrying capacity and to improve their serviceability. Due to
the high strength of FRPs, load-carrying capacity of RC members can be
increased dramatically. However, strengthened RC members may reach the
ultimate state under the following conditions: (1) FRPs breaking when the
strain exceeds its ultimate point; (2) FRPs being peeled-off near the edges in
its axial direction due to failure of cover concrete; and (3) FRPs being
peeled-off due to diagonal crack occurred in the lower cover concrete at
loading-point besides in the equi-shear span. Therefore, the ultimate loadcarrying capacity and failure behavior of the strengthened RC members may
be dependent on the strengthening conditions.
So far, many experimental and analytical studies on load-carrying
capacity and failure behavior of the flexural strengthened RC beams with
FRPs have been reported. These results have clearly indicated that the
ultimate load-carrying capacity of the RC beams may be influenced by the
EXPEFUMENTAL OVERVIEW
In this paper, a total of seven RC beams as listed in Table l 4 were
considered. These RC beams were grouped into two types according to the
size of cross section: A-type (150 x 250 mm) and B-type (1 50 x 400 mm).
Three kinds and four kinds of FRPs were used for A-type and B-type beams,
respectively. Each beam was designated using two variables: beam type (A:
A-type, B: B-type); and type of FWs (AT, AK: a family of Aramid FRPs,
C1, C2: a family of Carbon FRPs). Based on each material property
described later, axial stiffness (= EJX tf> of FRPs for each type beam was set
to be similar to each other as much as possible. For example, the amount for
A-type beams was distributed in the region from 29.7 through 38.4 kN/mm.
Material properties of each FRPs are listed in Table 2. From this table, it is
seen that the Young's-moduli of C1 and C2 are almost twice and four times
that of AK, but the breaking strain of C2 is less than one third and one fifth
of that of AK and AT, respectively.
Table 1. List of specimens
Specimen
A-AT
A-AK
A-CI
B-AT
B-AK
B-CI
B- C2
Section VPe
Width x Height
(mm)
Fiber
Type
Ply of
Sheet
AT
AK
150 X 250
c1
B type
150 x 400
AT
AK
c1
c2
1
2
2
2
1
A type
Width of
sheet
br (mm)
130
130
E~x
(kN/mm)
29.7
33.7
38.4
59.3
67.5
76.8
81.4
(dd)
AT (AramidAT-90)
AK (Aramid AK-60)
CI (Carbon UT70-30)
C2 (Carbon FTS-EA82-2)
Anchor plate 9mm
200 100
525
415
300
340
i)(mm)
0.378
0.286
0.167
0.1 85
of(Gpa) Ef (GPa)
2.35
78.5
118.0
2.06
3.40
230.0
2.40
440.0
&ji
PA)
2.99
1.75
1.48
0.55
2400
3000
100 200
(mm)
Load-Deflection Curves
Figure 2 compares the load-deflection curves obtained experimentally with
analytical results. In this figure, numerical analyses for B-C1/C2 beams
were terminated due to sheet breaking. From this figure, it can be seen that:
(1)load carrying capacities of A-type and B-type strengthened RC beams
estimated by numerical analysis were increased more than 25 % and twice
the values before strengthening, respectively, except for the case of B-C2
beam; (2) analytical maximum load and deflection were almost the same
among same type RC beams and they were 80 kN and 32 mm for A-type
beams and 210 kN and 28 mm for B-type ones except B-C2 beam,
respectively. In the case of B-C2 beam, analytical maximum load and
deflection were smaller than those of the other beams because this beam
250
AT sheet
Sheet debonded
A-AT
'0
E p f/ = 29.7 k N / m
40
60
Deflection 6 (mm)
20
80
"0
20
30
Deflection 6 (mm)
10
40
AK sheet
-2
50
debonded
Sheet
debonded
A-AK E p t f = 33.7k N / m
25
20
40
60
Deflection 6 (mm)
B-AK
80
10
20
30
Deflection 6 (mm)
debonded
C1 sheet
E,xr/= 67.5k N / m
40
,Sheet
50
debonded
P
3
25
'0
A-CI
B-CI E p y = 76.8k N I m
E f x ' f = 38.4k N l m
20
40
60
Deflection 6 (mm)
80
10
20
30
Deflection 6 (mm)
250 r
C2 sheet
40
- Ana.
0
20
30
Deflection6 (mm)
10
40
(b) Btype
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
15000
10000
5000
A-AK
'I
' '
I'
'
'
B-AT
0-AK
' ' I
10000
5000
0,
*
10000 5000 0,
A Loading point
&Loading point
e,
4
Concreie
Rebar
FRPs
I
...............
.
..
n L
..............
/
,'
Suppoifing point
:..xi "
Debondinrof FRPs
'
v 7
with increasing surcharged load 6; (2) as a result, normal and shear stresses,
o, and z, occurred in the bonding interface between FRPs and concrete will
be increased; and (3) FRPs may be debonded due to the resultant of
interfacial normal and shear stresses reaching an ultimate value. This
phenomenon is well known as peeled-off of FRPs.
Following the debonding mechanism of FRPs mentioned above, it is
seen that debonding of FRPs depends on the magnitude of normal stresses o,
and shear stress 5 occurred in the interface. Furthermore, it can be
considered that, at the same deflection of the RC beam, the higher the axial
stiffness Efx t,of FRPs, the larger will be the interfacial shear stress z, . This
is because the value z, increases correspondingly with the increment of the
A-AT
A-AK
B-AT
B-AK
B-CI
94.2
88.9
153.2
147.6
0.6 1
0.60
From Table 3, it is seen that the effectiveness factor Re for AT-type beam
was the smallest among the beams with the same cross section. This implies
that AT-type beams reach the ultimate state with sheet debonding before
FRPs effectively reach its tensile strength. Comparing Re of AT-type beams
with that of AK-type beams, it is seen that the value of AK-types beams
tended to be larger. The effectiveness factor Re for AK-type beam was the
largest one among all RC beams considered here; and the value was 0.79
and 0.61 for FCF type (A-type) beam and DF type (B-type) beam,
respectively.
On the other hand, in the case of B-type beam, it can be seen that the
effectiveness factor Re of B-C1 beam was smaller than that of B-AK beam.
CONCLUSIONS
In order to investigate the influence of material properties of FRP sheet on
the load-carrying capacity and failure behavior of flexurally strengthened
RC beams, four-point loading tests were conducted on seven RC beams
strengthened with FRPs. Two kinds of FRPs, AFRPs and CFRPs, were used
for this investigation by setting the axial stiffness of FRPs to be almost the
same for the beams with same cross section type.
(1)
(2)
In the case where FRPs with higher axial stiffness are used, FRPs will
be peeled-off more rapidly due to diagonal crack occurring near the
loading-points in the pure shear region, and deflection tends to be
smaller.
Effectiveness factor Re of the FRPs with low Youngs modulus is
smaller than that with high Youngs modulus. The AK-type Aramid
FRPs gives the highest value of the Re among the four kinds of FRPs;
and the value is 0.79 and 0.61 for beams failing by flexural
compression type and debonding, respectively.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Chajes, M. J., Finch, W. W., Januszka T. F., and Thomson T. A., Bond
and Force Transfer of Composite Material Plates Bonded to Concrete,
ACI Structural Journal, V.93, No.2, 1996, pp. 208-2 17.
Volnyy, V. A., and Pantelides, C. P., Bond Length of CFRP Composites
Attached to Precast Concrete Walls, Journal of Composites for
Construction, Vo1.3, No.4, 1999, pp. 168-176.
De Lorenzis, L., Miller, B., and Nanni, A., Bond of FRP Laminates to
Concrete,ACI Materials Journal, V01.98, NO.3,2001, pp. 256-264.
Kurihashi, Y . , Kishi, N, Mikami, H, and Zhang, G.F., Effects of Emodulus of Sheet on Load Carrying Capacity of RC Beam Flexural
Strengthened with FRFs, Proceedings of the Japan Concrete Institute,
JCI, Vol. 24, No. 2,2002, pp. 1429-1434 (in Japanese).
Standard Specijications for Concrete Structures-2002, Structural
Performance VerlJication,JSCE, 2002 (in Japanese).
Triantafillou, T. C., and Plevris, N., Strengthening of RC Beams with
Epoxy-bonded Fibre-composite Materials, Materials and Structures,
Vol. 25, 1992, pp.201-2 11.
INTRODUCTION
The use of composite materials to strengthen concrete reinforced structures
(specially polymers reinforced with carbon fibers) tend to replace other
traditional methods for repairing, such as bonded steel plate. This is due to
several reasons: advantageous mechanical properties (better relationships
between strengtwweight and stiffnesdweight), good behaviour against
corrosion, and easiness and rate of placing. Since the late ~ O ' S ,numerous
researches''6 have been performed concerning these new materials,
generally obtaining important strength improvements when fiber carbon
materials are employed to strengthen concrete structures.
The aim in this research work is to study the structural behaviour of the
reinforced concrete beams strengthened with carbon fiber reinforced
polymer strips when the anchorage end is improved by means of carbon
fiber fabric.
Eight simply supported beams with two types of flexural reinforcement
(types A and B) with a yield strength of 500 MPa were cast for the program.
All the beams were tested to failure (Figure 1).
Beam Type A
+ 100
Beam Type B
+ 100-
150
150
+300+
Fabric
x
x
+200+
PI24
4P/2
1.000
1.200
300Fabric
&
Strip
2.600
Tensile strength MPa)
Young's modulus (MPa) 165.000
Failure strain (96)
127
Dimensions (mm)
50 x 1,2
Fabric
3.500
230.000
195
305 x 0,13
-----
-----
Beam type
Beam designation
R
Y
A-C
AS1
A-S2
A-SF
B-C
B-Sl
B-S2
B-SF
Compressive strength
of concrete (MPa)
38.24
39,45
39,45
38,24
37,3 1
41,56
41,56
37,3 1
Strengthening
material
No
Strip
Strip
Strip and fabric
No
Strip
Strip
Strip and fabric
Load Capacity
The failure load in all the beams tested was higher than the failure load of
the control beams. All the beams showed similar load capacity and no
difference was found between the beams strengthened with strips and the
beams strengthened with strips and fabrics (Table 3). These increases in
load capacity ranged between 35,55 % and 45,41 % in type A beams (A-S1,
A-S2, A-SF) and between 16,93 % and 26,56 % in type B beams (B-SI, BS2, B-SF).
8
h
4
2
0
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
16
18
20
Deflection (mm)
0
0
10
12
14
Deflection (mm)
Failure
Failure mode
load fig)
Ductility indexes
Defection
Energy
Ductility ratios
Defection
Energy
A-C
5.904
Flexure
1,97
2,68
1 ,oo
1,oo
A-SI
8.003
Peeling-off
1,05
1,09
0,54
0,41
A-S2
8.585
Peeling-off
1,00
1,oo
0,5 1
0,37
A-SF
8.303
Peeling-off and
fabric rupture
2,94
4,78
1,49
1,78
B-C
6.126
Flexure
2,32
3,41
1,oo
1,oo
B-S1
7.163
Peeling-off
1,Ol
1,Ol
0,43
0,30
1,05
0,44
0,3 1
3,36
1,02
0,98
B-S2
7.710
Peeling-of
1,03
B-SF
7.753
Peeling-off and
fabric rupture
2,36
The same structural performance has been observed in the tests for all
beams strengthened with carbon fiber strips (A-S1, A-S2, B-S1, B-S2).
Almost a linear behaviour until rupture with a sudden brittle failure by
debonding of the strip at the end anchorage was observed. All these beams
showed shear cracks due to an insufficient quantity of stirrups (Figure 5).
the definitive collapse of the beams did not take place until the fabric
ruptured.
Ductility
There is no experimental data available to evaluate the curvature of the
beam at the maximum moment section. Thus, as carried out by some
authors in other research works4, to analyse the ductility, some ductility
indexes have been defined in terms of structural characteristics such as
midspan deflection and area under the load-deflection diagram (as a
measure of energy absorption). These indexes are defined as:
Deflection ductility, p A= Au / A,
Energy ductility,
pE = EUI E,
(2)
where A, = Midspan deflection at ultimate load; Ay = Midspan deflection at
tension steel yielding; E, = Area under the load-deflection diagram at
ultimate load; and Ey = Area under the load-deflection diagram up to
yielding of tension steel (elastic energy).
The calculated ductility indexes and the ductility ratios of the
strengthened beams to those of the control beams without external
strengthening are shown in Table 3. The calculation of steel yielding
moment is quite simple in the beams without carbon fiber strengthening,
and just approximate in the strengthened beams, due to the quasi-elastic
behaviour of carbon fiber until rupture.
It can be concluded from data summarized in Table 3, that all beams
strengthened with carbon fiber strip have experienced a significant loss of
ductility. Depending on how it is quantified (deflection or energy), the
values that are obtained are of the range of a third or half of the values
obtained in the control beams, agreeing fully with those obtained by other
researchers4. However, the behaviour of the beams with additional
anchorage (A-SF and B-SF) has been very different, with similar values of
the ductility index in one case, or higher in the other case, compared to that
of the control beams. Thus, although the modification of the anchorage
conditions failed to increase the beam strength, a much more ductile
behaviour is obtained, and this must be kept in mind when the strengthening
is designed.
With regard to these last results, certain discrepancies can be found in
the literature, since some works show an increment of ductility when the
anchorage conditions of the strips are improved, and others do not. This is
probably due to the difference in the quality of concrete, the quantity of
external strengthening, the available surface of contact among fabric and
concrete or the order in which the two strengthening materials (strip and
fabric) are applied on the beam. As a result, more tests need to be carried
out so that the influence of these factors could be quantified more
accurately.
CONCLUSIONS
The major conclusions derived from this experimental study are given as
follows:
(a) The beams strengthened with carbon fiber strip and the beams
strengthened with carbon fiber strip and fabric show a similar increment
in stiffness and load capacity.
(b) The improvement of the strip end anchorage notably influence beam
ductility. Thus, the beams strengthened with strip and fabric show a
ductile behaviour, similar or possibly better than un-strengthened
beams, while the beams strengthened with strips only, exhibited
reduced ductility.
(c) The order of placement of the two strengthening materials, strips and
fabric, can influence the structural behaviour of the beams. In fact,
depending on the adopted solution, higher strength could be reached
with lower ductility.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge and would like express their
appreciation to Sika Valencia (Spain) and to Dominguis s.1. for providing
the composite materials and wrapping them around the specimens. The
contributions of M. Calabuig, R. Calabuig and J. Martinez are greatly
appreciated.
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
General Comments
The consideration of structural ductility is of predominant importance to all
structural designers, as all appropriately designed structures must attain
sufficient ductility, under ultimate loads, to provide adequate warning of
failure and prevent sudden and brittle collapse.
The concept is particularly applicable to RC beams and slabs and to
prestressed concrete elements. During many experiments in RC beam
strengthening by steel plate bonding, it became apparent that sudden peeling
of the plates was one of the main causes of failure. This unpredictable
characteristic has many similarities with RC beam strengthening using other
materials such as Fibre Reinforced Polymers (FRPs).
From a practical and commercial viewpoint, there are ample cases where
it may become necessary to strengthen a reinforced concrete member.
Historically, this has been achieved using section enlargement or, more
recently, by attaching steel plates to the tension surface. Over the past
decade, FRPs have increasingly been used in place of steel plates but
engineers have been hesitant in deploying this method of strengthening,
mainly due to the uncertainty of sudden failure. It is recognised that FRP
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Curvature ductility:
,u0= @tl
(2)
@Y
where Qu is the curvature in the constant moment region at ultimate load and
Qy is the curvature in the constant moment region at the steel reinforcement
yield point.
Eu
pE, = -
(3)
EY
where E, is the area under the LoadDeflection curve at failure and Ey is the
area under the Load/Deflection curve at the steel reinforcement yield point.
ii)
where E,,, is the total energy, calculated as the area under the load-deflection
curve up to the failure load and E,, is the elastic energy.
This method was first published by Naaman and Jeong (1 995) but there
are . practical difficulties in identifying the elastic stored energy.
Consequently, Naaman and Jeong suggested that the elastic energy could be
estimated using an equivalent triangle area under the load-deflection curve,
with the slope of the estimated unloading line determined using the
following equation (see also Fig. 2):
10
Ay?
15
A"
20
Deflection (mm)
10
15
20
Deflection (mm)
lnt'l
m 0
$2
FRP
m E flexural
GE
rejnf't
Type* % Of
Concrete
Strength
X-S&.
End Failure
load
(N/mm2)
fkW
E
Q
Int'l
$2
FRP
m E flexural
6.g
rejnft
Concrete
Strength
End
Failure
load
IkN)
. .
~~
0.05
42.0
N 121.10
35.4
N
101.26
C, F
0.41
0
1A
08mm
3
x
c,
s
0.09
42.0
N
121.70
133.09
36.7
Y
1B
2x
C, F
0.82
C.
S
0.18
40.5
N
90.03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126.70
21.0
N
1C
q 016mm C,F
0.41
....
34.3
N
86.80
C, P
0.23
9A
1D_ _ . _ _ _ _
C,_
F __
0.82
-102.29
- -_
---_
- _
_
_ _ _ . . _ _ _ _-_
________________--.
9B
C, P
0.23
29.0
Y
98.00
70.40
2A
G, P
1.52
9c
8
C, P
0.23
29.0
Y
96.70
82.40
37.5
N
28
G,P
3.03
3x
2X
C, P
0.23
37.8
Y
75.00
N 105.90 9D *
37.5
6.07
2C
_x
0lOmm G.P
9E
016mm C, P
0.23
33.2
Y
77.70
81.90
37.5
N
C, P
0.23
35.6
N
74.80
9F
-----_37.5
_ _ _ _ _ _ -N- _ --_-103.10
ih"
9G
C, P
0.23
29.6
Y 98.80
70.0
N
47.20
9H
C,
P
0.23
30.5
Y
98.30
36.70
42.0
N
G,P
1.76
3
x
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
--------g
g
3B
C, P
0.14
38.5
N
21.80
24.60
58.0
N
G. P
2.56
No.R6
3C 0
loA
Icw
41.9
Y
21.80
5'
10B 2
xNo.3 C, P
0.46
0.61 _ _ _ _ _ _ 47.6---_---Y- - - - - 34.40
_ 1_ oc
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - C, P
-----C, P
0.05
51.71
N
146.35
11A
c, P
0.11
51.71
N
169.03
11B
8A
88
8C
C. S
'E.
9
2
________________
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
7c
.-.-
2T10
C, P
C, P
C, P
C, F
C. F
C;F
0.80
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.70
1.60
42.54
35.92
42.61
27.10
29.52
37.8
N
N
N
N
N
90.00
70.00
68.30
76.00
61.18
14.49
11c
11D
11E
11F
11G
11H
111
11J
11K
11L
11M
UI
4 x No,5
C,
C.
C,
C.
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
c, P
0.16
0.79
0.79
0.03
0.06
0.16
0.05
0.03
0.06
0.05
0.11
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
51.71
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
171.70
195.72
211.29
143.23
170.28
195.99
81.76
61.74
74.78
154.35
153.91
24
31
2
*,
c*,
2
Table 2. Calculated Indices and Modes of Failure
Beam Defleciion Curvature Enerpv
- 11)
. , Enerpv Deflection
NO.
PA]
Po
pEi
( 2 ) ~ ; ~ i2)pA2
1A 2.99 (2.93)
(5.13)
5.78 (5.84)
1.80
2.74
(2.89)
5.91 (6.00)
1.75
2.3 1
1B 2.94 (2.87)
(3.56)
5.92 (6.42)
1.72
2.72
1C 2.99 (3.02)
2.10
1D 2.02 (1.99)
(2.3i)
3.43 (3.42)
1.35
7.81
2.75
3.09
2A
3.940
2B
2.67
4.90
2.26
1.83
4.02
1.97
1.48
2C
2.25
5.19
2.29
2D
2.78
2.48
3.78
2.17
1.90
2E
2.22
5.42
2.54
1.44
3A
2.77
2.80
2.22
3B
1.80
0.85
3.33
5.07
1.45
3C
2.73
3D
2.00
3.38
2.27
1.24
4A
2.13
4.94
2.46
2.02
3.34
2.04
1.68
4B
1.72
4.71
2.43
1.90
4C
2.15
4.63
5A
2.10
5B
4.63
1.86
1.38
6A
2.43
1.83
1.84
6B
1.42
1.31
2.10
3.19
2.37
2.02
6C
2.11
1.54
6D
1.51
2.04
1.97
1.32
2.17
3.47
2.39
1.79
6E
2.17
2.40
2.10
6F
2.10
3.28
1.79
3.30
2.69
2.13
6G
2.17
2.10
5.13
3.44
7A
2.96
2.48
7B
2.11
3.35
1.64
2.56
3.33
2.70
7C
2.14
1.89
ir,,
Failure
Mode
SYICC
FR
SYICC
CCED
SYICC
SYICC
SYICC
SYICC
SYICC
FD
TO
TO
TO
TO
TO
TO
cc
CCIFD
TO
TO
SF
cc
cc
FD
cc
FRICC
FR
FR
*rl
KEY: SY-Steel yiel4 FR-Fibre rupture; TO-Tearing-off of concrete cover; FD-Fibre delamination;
CC-Concrete crushing; SF-Concrete shearfailure
Note thatfigures in parentheses and italics are@om the associatedpublishedpaper, all other values are calculated
~~
PA2
=-
As
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Beam No.
PA 1
Method
AU 1 A y
Mean
High
Low
Std. dev. IS
2.45
4.32
1.42
0.65
PA2
All 1 As
2.55
4.24
1.84
0.52
PEl
Eu/q
4.22
6.56
1.83
1.28
CONCLUSIONS
A study has been conducted in order to evaluate the failure characteristics of
FRP strengthened RC elements. The method is focussed in having ductility
indices in order to assign numerical values to various states of failure. Of
the published methods, those that are exposed to maximum citation and
potential engineering use were considered.
It can be seen from the data discussed earlier, that the serviceabilitybased method produced the most consistent results as judged by the index
PA2 in Table 3 . It is found that, for practical design purposes it would be
easier to use this method with a clear reference point, i.e. deformation at
serviceability load.
The authors recommend that further analysis be carried out on the
deformability index, Eq. (6), and the introduction of A0.95 in place of A, to
determine the validity of this method.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to acknowledge the University of Glamorgan and the
Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council for the funding which
enabled this work and further research to be carried out.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Grace, N.F., Sayed, G.A., Soliman, A.K. and Saleh, K.R., Strengthening
Reinforced Concrete Beams Using Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
Laminates, ACZ Structural Journal, 96(5), p. 865-874, 1999.
Razaqpur, GA. and Ali, M.M., Ductility and strength of concrete
beams externally reinforced with CFRP sheets, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Advanced Composite Materials in Bridges
and Structures, Canadian Society for Civil Engineers, Montreal, Canada,
1996.
Aridome, Y., Kanakubo, T., Furuta, T. and Matsui, M., Ductility of Tshape RC beams strengthened by CFRP sheet, Transaction of Japan
Concrete Institute, 20, p.117-124, 1998.
Pisanty, A. and Regan, P.E., Ductility requirements for redistribution of
moments in reinforced concrete elements and a possible size effect,
Materials and Structures, 3 1,p.530-535, 1998.
Burgoyne, C.J., Ductility and Deformability in Beams Prestressed with
FRP Tendons, Proceedings of the International Conference on FRP
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
INTRODUCTION
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMME
Four reinforced concrete solid one-way spanning slabs were cast at the
University of Glamorgan Concrete Laboratory. The dimensions of the slabs
are 3000 mm total length, 500 mm width and 100 mm overall depth. All
were identically reinforced with four high-yield T8 main bars (A, =
0.402%) and T6 secondary distribution bars at 200 mm centres. The
material properties of concrete and reinforcement were evaluated in the
laboratory and are listed in Table 1.
One slab (SC) was used as a control sample and tested to ultimate
failure. The other three slabs were strengthened with carbon fibre reinforced
polymer (CFRP) fabric sheets. The average thickness of the CFRP sheets
were evaluated to be 0.16 mm. Tensile tests were performed on 15 number
of single layer CFRP strips (250 mm length by 15 mm width), which were
also prepared at the time of lamination, to evaluate the salient elastic
properties, The salient results are shown in Table 2.
Concrete
fy(N/mm)
E, (kN/mm2)
49.5
31.2
f,, (N/mm2)
E, (kN/mm2)
Steel Reinforcement
599.0
198.5
1. Compression tests were performed on twent four 100 mm cubes 28 days after the slabs
were cast. The average strength is given above &andard deviation 0.dl). 2.Average strength
based on tensile tests were carried out on four samples (standard deviation 3.4).
Standard
deviation
Mean value
1991.6
236.2
71.2
11.5
0.04
0.84
All CFRP sheets were cut to be 2800 mm long (100 mm shorter of the
slab effective span). The first slab (SI) was strengthened with a single layer
of CFRP sheet, covering the full width, thus given a cross sectional area
ratio of 0.16%. Slab 2 (S2) was bonded with 3 layers of the same CFRP
sheets, giving a cross sectional area of 0.48%, while slab 3 (S3) was
strengthened with three 100 mm wide CFRP strips, equivalent to an area
ratio of 0.096%.
All slabs were load tested to ultimate failure through displacement
control and using a four point loading configuration as shown in Figure 1.
The loading speed was kept at a constant rate of 3.0 mm per minute. The
section strains, and vertical deflections along the slab were recorded at
every 0.5 mm of maximum span deflection for the first 5 m m and then at 1.O
mm interval thereafter.
4
I
950 mm
2900 mm
Figure 1. Load configuration
950mm
I,
I
I
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
sc
s1
s2
s3
Failure load
% change
Deflection
at failure
YOchange
(W
(+I
(mm)
(-1
14.40
38.20
80.40
3 1.60
nla
165.3
458.3
119.4
120.0
77.10
99.80
77.05
nla
35.7
16.8
35.8
s-c
s1
s2
s3
Failure mode
(all failure occurred in the constant moment zone)
The graphs of load versus maximum span deflection for all four slabs
are shown in Figure 2. At an ultimate load of 14.4 kN, the control slab was
deemed to have failed as the mid span deflection reached 120 mm and the
maximum cracks widths were noted to have exceed 3.0 mm. This was a
typically under reinforced slab, the internal steel reinforcement had yielded
before failure, while the concrete in compression remained relatively lightly
stressed.
90
80
70
60
50
U
40
-I
30
20
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
For the lightly strengthened slab S3, the ultimate failure occurred at a
load of 3 1.6 kN, when the CFRP strips within the constant moment zone
ruptured. Slab S1 failed in a similar manner at 38.2 kN, although only part
of the carbon fibres were seen to have ruptured. Lateral shear failure of
concrete also took place rapidly in the pure bending zone after the CFRP
rupture.
The over-strengthened slab S2 appeared to be most effective, with a
significant increase in ultimate load carrying capacity of 458% over the
control slab, and only a small reduction in its final deflection. However, this
small reduction in deflection relative to the control slab should not be
interpreted as the slab having a similar decrease in ductility, which was in
fact more dramatically reduced.
The deflection profiles of all slabs have been recorded up to a
maximum value of around 50 mm due to the effective range of the
displacement transducers. Shown in Figure 3 are the typical deflection
curves along the span of slab S2 for up to a load of 52.5 kN. Each line
represents a deflection profile under a given load. Based on these deflection
profiles, the moment-curvature relationship of the slab can be determined,
from which a semi-empirical expression of slab deflection can then be
derived as illustrated in the next section.
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
-10
-20
E
v
c
0
-30
%
-40
-50
-60
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
0.01A,
I =(-
Jp
P,&
+ -)Io
2P
6max
Pa
(31' - 4a2)
24EI
1
-
(3)
where a is the distance from the support to the nearest point load (950 mm
in current case); and I is the effective span (2.9 m in current case).
Substitute equations (1) and (2) into equation (3), the final expression of the
deflections at mid span is therefore:
This is a generic expression for all four slabs in the current study. The
influence of CFRP sheets on the slab deflection behaviour is taken into
account by considering the increase in the second moment of area.
NUMERlCAL EXAMPLES
Equation (4) is used to determine the deflections for all four slabs which
shows good match with the experimental results. The comparison of the
predicted and actual deflection for all slabs are as illustrated by the four
pairs of graphs in Figure 5.
As can be seen, the predicted deflections match the actual values very
well for the three CFRP strengthened slabs. This is an indication that the
enhanced second moment of area in these slabs has been properly taken into
account by Equation (2). For the control slab however, the predicted
deflection values are generally greater than the experimental readings,
especially when approaching the final failure. This is due to the
characteristic behaviour of under reinforced conventional RC members
which is usually very ductile after the steel reinforcement yielded, while
CFRP strengthened slabs still exhibit a pseudo linear-behaviour.
The successful modelling in the current study suggests that the flexural
rigidity of FRP strengthened elements can be predicted reasonably well, the
designers can estimate deflections at any given load level.
*S
..., ..
-b
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Maximum gin delleftion (mm)
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
10 20
30 40 50 60 70 60
CONCLUSIONS
It has been shown that the flexural rigidity of FRP strengthened RC slabs
can be reasonably well modelled, and hence the deflection at any loading
stage can be predicted. This is largely due to the fact that FRP strengthened
elements often exhibit an overall pseudo-linear behaviour even though the
concrete material and internal steel reach the non-linear stage.
Using the current approach, the full load-deflection curve can be
established for a given element up to ultimate limit state. This then enables
the engineer to determine the deformability/ductility characteristics of the
element at the design stage, and optimise the design if necessary to achieve
desired structural behaviour.
The current model is based on a small number of experiments. The
approach is fully valid and can be conveniently implemented into the design
process. It is logical to link the flexural rigidity of FRP strengthened RC
members with the applied load. The neutral axis depth, below which the
concrete cracks, is influenced by the applied load. Consequently, the load
affects the second moment of area of the section. Further analytical and
experimental work are being undertaken at the University of Glamorgan,
with the intention of establishing a definitive method for predicting
deflections of FW strengthened flexural members.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
INTRODUCTION
Crack width is one of main parameters that determine the serviceability of
structures. The application of proper crack-width-control criteria to the
design can minimize and in most cases eliminate problems, such as surface
deterioration and corrosion of steel reinforcement. In the case of traditional
steel reinforced concrete beams, it is clear that the cracking behavior
depends on the stress-strain relationship of the concrete as a significant
factor.' Reliable and effective models are universally adopted for evaluating
crack widths and deflections under serviceability conditions.2 Some recent
studies, both theoretical and experimental, have given various approaches
or formulation to investigate the post-cracking serviceability of RC beams
reinforced with FRP re bar^.^ In contrast, the cases of RC beams reinforced
with FRP sheets are much more complicated than those of concrete beams
reinforced with only steel or F W rebars for following reasons:
EXPERIMENT PROCEDURES
Two batches of normal-weight concrete were used to cast eight beams, each
with dimensions of 160mmx 108mmx 1800mm. The 28-day compressive
strength of the concrete ranged from 46.9 MPa to 53.8 MPa, with
coefficients of variation of 2.5% and 2.1% for the two batches, respectively.
Three and four layers of CFRP sheets were applied to the roughened
tension surface of each concrete beam. Wet-laid-up method was used for
bonding the FRP sheets. The CFRP sheets used in this study are
commercially available with unidirectional plain weave, a tensile strength
of 3,838 MPa, and the maximum strain 1.7%. To create diverse interface
conditions, the surfaces of some beams were primed with MABRAN primer
and cured for 24 hours, while the other beams were bonded without a
primer. Due to FRP strengthening and increasing strength capacity of the
beams, the shear reinforcement was not enough to insure flexural failure;
thus, extra shear strengthening was necessary to prevent shear failure of
2#2 bars
(or 2#5
bars)
26p-E+j
26
1 Properties
bleble
1 Properties
o o
bleble
1 Properties
1 Properties
o o
bleble
1 Properties
o o
1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
25
20
n
-L;
24
515
3 10
-It IN-3L-A
+OR-3L-A
.3
3
U IN-3L-B
--t OR-3L-B
-x- IN4L
+OR-4L
5 1
O I
0.05
0.1
0.3
0.35
0.4
E,
(1)
where L is half of the crack spacing; E , and E , ~are strains of CFRP and
concrete (at the extreme tension fiber of concrete), respectively, and they
are assumed as functions depending on geometry argument (x) due to strain
distribution among all materials.
Based on an element selected from the critical section between two
adjacent cracks of a CFRP RC beam, equilibrium equations are established
as below (refer to detailed illustration and denotation shown in Figure 4):
(2)
= C,A C
(31
Shear stress acts on the adhesive layer can be expressed by the following
equation
Gyp(x)
z(x)b,Ax = ATp,or say z ( x ) = t, d.
(4)
where z(x) is shear stress, bp and tp are the width and thickness of the
CFRP, respectively. Integrating Equation (4), the function of tension stress
in CFRP can be obtained
Applying the boundary conditions, the tension stress in CFRP at the crack is
Hence,
6'
Crack width = 2
E,
6'
f P (4 f,,
(4,
(x) - E,, (x)& = 2 EP
E,
(9)
2
After f p(x) and f,,(x) are substituted in Equation (9), the simplified result
is:
' p max
Crack width = 2-
tanh(wL)
,Compression
Crack Spacing-
/
Bond stress$---/
0,
,
Tensile stress in
concrete&, (x)
X
hP
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
16
h
9 12
8
B
." 8
g:
c
__ Experimental (IN-3L-A)
-_
Experimental (IN-3L-B)
-Analytical (IN-3L)
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
Figure 5. Comparisons between Experimental and Analytical Results of MomentCrack Width Relations
Table 3. Comparisons between Experimental' and Analytical Results of Average
Crack Width
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
ble 1 Properties o
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions can be drawn from this study:
(a) Organic and inorganic epoxy matrices exhibited approximately the
same effects on the cracking behavior of CFRP RC beams.
(b) Beams with primer at concrete/CFRP interface exhibited bigger crack
width than those using only organic or inorganic adhesive matrix at the
interface.
(c) Analysis method for prediction of moment-crack width was developed.
Through the developed method, given the necessary parameters and any
.applied moment, one can predict the average flexural crack width. The
experimental results obtained from this study and by others compared
well with the analytical results.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors would like to acknowledge the financial support of the National
Science Foundation Grant CMS-990043 1.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INTRODUCTION
In the past decades, many efforts have been made to use fiber-reinforced
plastics (FRPs) as promising reinforcement in new buildings and especially
in strengthening damaged concrete structures. FRPs usually consist of glass,
aramid, or carbon fibers in a polymer matrix and possess light weight, high
strength, high resistance to corrosion and ease in handling as compared to
those of steel. However, unlike the cold worked steel, FRPs stay elastic
until failure, which occurs in a noticeably brittle way. Correspondingly,
FRP-strengthened concrete structures can fail momentarily without any
foreboding. Moreover, the gains in stiffness and yield load are also limited
in the strengthening effect of aramid or glass fiber composites. To improve
the performance of strengthened structures and efficiently utilize the
strengthening effect of FRPs, one idea to incorporate the ductility and the
stiffness is to use hybrid composites consisting of different types of glass,
aramid, vinylon and carbon fibers with different strengths and stiffnesses,
which fail at different strains during loading, thereby allowing a gradual
failure of the composites. Many attempts have been reported in the
~iteraturel-~.
Many experimental studies have shown that hybrid FRP rods or sheets
exhibit load drops due to the progressive rupture of fibers with lower
ultimate strains and such damage inside the hybrid FRP reinforcements is
very difficult to detect. An effective control over the damage processes
cannot be achieved without a good understanding of both the material and
structural damage processes. The objective of this study is to numerically
investigate the hybrid effect of external FRP sheets in tension and bending
tests. A macro-mechanical damage constitutive model is developed to
simulate the stress transfer mechanism caused by progressive rupture of
higher modulus type in the hybrid fiber sheets and the factors influencing
the load drops in the hybrid effect were also discussed.
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
G l a s s . f i b e r tab
41t
250mm
12.5mm
-g 4
6
2
0
0.4
0.8
Seam (%)
1.2
1.6
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
strain (h)
<FRP sheets
(unit: mm)
80
40
+l
20
+2c1
-2CllC7
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Deflection (mm)
Concrete
In the present study, a rotating crack concept based on smeared crack model
is used to simulate initiation and propagation of crack in concrete6. Linear
tension softening and linear elastic-perfectly plastic curves are assumed to
simulate respectively tensile and compressive behaviors of concrete, as
shown in Figure 5, where E,, J;, fc are elastic modulus, tensile and
compressive strength of concrete, respectively, G/ is the mode-I fracture
energy of concrete, h is the crack band width related to the area of element.
After cracking a reduced constant shear stiffness is considered to model the
shear behavior of concrete.
fc
Unloadheloading path
Crack strain, E/
&,c'
\ Compressive stress, u
p7*
---__ _ _ _ _ _
0
Compressive strain, E
(b) Perfectly plastic compressive model
Reinforcing Bar
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1 0
80
Interfacial Behavior
Unlike steel, FRP sheets are anisotropic and cannot resist compression and
bending but only tension stress along their longitudinal direction. FRP
sheets of single type generally behave in linear elastic fashion until rupture.
However, when hybrid fiber sheets are subjected to loading, some
progressive damages such as matrix cracking, fiber-matrix debonding, fiberrupture and delamination may lead to a different mechanical behavior, as
shown in the experimental observation.
Considering that the shocks from such damages may rupture a portion
of unimpaired fibers, it is very important to evaluate the stress transfer
capacity upon the partial rupture of some fibers. Herein, from a
macroscopic point of view, a damage mechanical behavior shown in Figure
7(a) is used for simulating the stress transfer from C7 to C1 sheet during
progressive rupture of C7 sheet, where C7 and C1 sheets are expected to
achieve initial high modulus and final high strength respectively. As for C1
sheet, it is regarded to follow a linear elastic behavior till brittle rupture
[Figure 7(b)].
Tensile stress, 0
Initial ruoture
f,c7
Tensile stress, CJ
-----
Unloadingheloading
c7
Full rupture
Tensile strain, E
0
Tensile strain, E
u,c7
&Cl
9
g
16
h
g 12
3500
3000
:
2500
*
3 8
2000
1500
I000
500
0
4
0
0 0.20.40.60.8
Strain (%)
Sh;lin(%)
Strain(%)
To further investigate the effect of mixture ratios and the stress transfer
behavior (softening behavior governed by rupture strain of C7) on hybrid
behavior, the area ratios of C1 to C7 sheet are varied from 0.5 to 2.0 by
fixing one layer of C7 sheet, and different rupture strains of C7 are used.
From Figure 9(a), it is easy to conclude that load drop can be significantly
reduced with an increase of the volume of C1 sheet, but there is no doubt a
certain limit in the hybrid design over which no expected or efficient hybrid
effect can be achieved. This is also in agreement with the experimental
observations of Apinis et al.3 who mixed a small amount of carbon fibers
which is first to rupture in the hybrid design with aramid or glass fibers.
Figure 9(b) demonstrates that the amount of load drop or the expected
hybrid effect also depends on the stress transfer behavior caused by
progressive rupture of C7. The slower rupture process or the better effect
can be achieved.
Figure 10. Finite element discretization model for FRP-strengthened R.C beams
5i
71
90
90
75
75
60
60
45
45
a 30
15
15
lo
l5
2o
Deflection (mm)
25
30
10
15
20
Deflection (mm)
25
30
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the experimental observation, a macroscopic damage constitutive
model is proposed for modeling the stress transfer behavior upon
progressive rupture of higher modulus fiber sheets in the hybrid sheets. This
model can be used to interpret the experimental phenomena and investigate
the hybrid behavior in the structural design. The application of this model to
tension and RC beam tests is also demonstrated. It is found that hybrid ratio
and stress transfer behavior may be used to control the load drop due to
rupture of higher modulus sheets. However, some further work is still
needed to calibrate the parameters of the model from the experiments.
REFERENCES
1. Razaqpur, A.G. and Ali, Mir Mazher, A New Concept for Achieving
Ductility in FRP-Reinforced Concrete, Proceedings of the First
International Conference on Composites in Infiastructure (ICCI96),
Tucson, Arizona, USA, January 15-17, 1996, pp. 401-413.
2. Harris, H.G., Somboonsong, W., KO, F.K. and Huesgen, R., A Second
Generation Ductile Hybrid Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) for Concrete
Structures, Proceedings of the Second International Conference on
Composites in Infiastructure (ICCI 98), Tucson, Arizona, USA, January 57, 1998, Vol. 2, pp. 66-79.
3. Apinis, R., Modniks, J., Tamuzs, V. and Tepfers, R., Ductility of Hybrid
Fiber Composite Reinforcement FRP for Concrete, Chalmers University of
Technology, Goteborg, Division of Building Technology, Publication No
98:2, Work No 21, 1998, 8 pp.
4. Wu, Z.S., Sakamoto, K., Niu, H.D. and Kurokawa, T., Retrofitting RC
Beams with Innovative Hybrid Fiber Sheets, Proceedings of The Seventh
Japan International SAMPE Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, November 13-16,
200 1, pp.383-386.
5 . Wu, Z.S., Sakamoto, K., Niu, H.D., Shimada, M. and Murakami, S.,
Strengthening Effects of Concrete Flexural Members Retrofitted with
Hybrid FRP Composites, Proceedings of The Third International
Conference on Composites in Infrastructure (lCClO2), San Francisco,
California, USA, June 10-12,2002, CD-ROM.
6. DIANA-7 Users Manual, TNO Building and Construction Research,
Lakerveld b.v., The Hague, 1998.
7. Niu, H.D. and Wu, Z.S., Strengthening Effects of RC Flexural Members
with FRP Sheets Affected by Adhesive Layers, Journal of Applied
Mechanics, Japan Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 5,2002, pp.887-898.
M. BARBATO
Structural Engineering Department,
UCSD, 9500 Gilman Dr. - 92095-0085 La Jolla, CA, USA
A fiber-section Finite Element (FE) for Reinforced Concrete (RC) beamcolumns is developed that includes three types of FRP-strengthening: 1) in
flexure, 2 ) in shear and 3) in confinement for ductility increase. Flexural
strengthening is modeled by adding layers of the material FRP to the RC
section. The FRP constitutive law is elastic in tension with the failure stress
accounting for possible debonding, as a function of the adhesion properties
of the platekheet to the concrete surface. The FRP contribution to the
element strength and stiffness is accounted for under the hypothesis of
plane sections. Shear strengthening is computed by adding the FRP
contribution to the ultimate sectional shear resistance. The acting shear is
computed through equilibrium of the nodal generalized forces after
convergence in every load step. The sectional shear strength is given by
three additive terms: the concrete mechanisms resistance ( Vc), which
decreases as the section curvature demand increases, the transverse steel
contribution (Vy) and the FRP contribution (5).A new equation is
proposed to evaluate the contribution of the FRP sheet crossing the crack.
The confinement exerted by FRP wraps on RC elements is accounted for
through a cyclic model of FRP-confined concrete, on the basis of an
existing monotonic model12. Such a model has been validated against
purposely performed experimental cyclic tests on concrete cylinders.
Comparisons between experimental tests and numerical simulations are
presented. The so-developed FE is fully cyclic and force-based. This latter
property allows the modelling of each structural member with a single FE
and thus reducing the computational effort in case of large frame analyses.
This renders the FE suitable for use in non-linear dynamic analyses of FRPstrengthened RC frames.
INTRODUCTION
In the research fields that study the response and the performance of FRPstrengthened RC elements, many experimental results are nowadays
available in large number in the literature. Currently, there is a strong need
of reliable and robust formulations of finite elements (FE) that could help
researchers model FRP-strengthened RC elements and predict their
response under different strengthening configurations, e.g., in parametric
studies for design.
In the present work, such a model is presented. It consists of a forcebased frame FE that allows an affordable modelization of FRP-strengthened
RC frames, even under dynamic conditions, through a considerable
reduction of the computational effort for large systems. In fact, coarse
meshes can be obtained with only one finite element per column or beam,
thus drastically reducing the degrees of freedoms (dofs) of the structural
model' .
The FE response is obtained through fiber-based sections. The sectional
response is obtained through the well-known fiber discretization, which
automatically couples axial and flexural response.
In this work, an additional feature is implemented in the FE: the
stepwise check of possible shear failure. The applied sectional shear is
computed through equilibrium of the nodal generalized forces after
convergence at every load step, with a procedure that is a natural extension
of the formulation and without any additional computational cost. The shear
resistance is evaluated as a sectional property, depending on geometry and
material properties, and is updated at each load step after convergence in
order to account for the degradation of the concrete contribution when the
section curvature demand increases'.
Typical FRP-strengthening techniques - in flexure, shear and
confinement - have been incorporated in the FE. The model is non-linear in
concrete and steel and is able to represent possible debonding phenomena
occurring at the interface between FRP and concrete. New equations for
debonding and shear are here proposed.
The proposed FE serves as a valuable tool for performing non-linear,
either static or dynamic, analyses of RC frames before and after FRPstrengthening. The accuracy of the developed FE is validated through
correlations to experimental tests for both flexural and shear strengthening.
The developed FE has been implemented under the framework of the
general purpose FE program FedeasLab developed by F.C. Filippou at UC
Berkeley.
'
Modeling of Reinforcement
The effective modeling of RC frames, that are FRP-strengthened for flexure
requires the consideration of three aspects:
(a) the representation of FRP debonding;
(b) the FRP constitutive law including debonding;
(c) the FRP contribution to both strength and stiffness.
Modeling of FRP debonding
Debonding is a possible failure mode in FRP plateshheets strengthening RC
elements in flexure. In the literature, there are many semi-empirical models
that describe and evaluate debonding stresses of FRP platedsheets
externally bonded to a concrete surface. In this work, two predictive
equations are adopted6 which yield the maximum stress ffdd that the FRP
sheet can carry on uncracked concrete (anchorage zones) before debonding,
and the corresponding effective bonded length L, . The term effective
refers to the widely adopted definition: the anchorage length beyond which
no increase in the carried FRP stress is obtained. The adopted formulae
are:
where L is the actual FRP anchorage length, and p=1 for L 2 Le and
7C.L
with: kb =
1 +bf/lOOmm
In Eq.( l), the suggested value for the yfd factor is 1.3.
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
0.011
0.107
variance
standard dev.
flexure
FRP failure
debonding
shear
10 20
30
40
50
60
70 80
90
100
The sectional shear strength is given by three additive terms: the concrete
contribution (VJ, the transverse steel contribution (5)and the FRP
contribution (q).
The first two terms have been evaluated according to
reference 3 . As for the FRP contribution, a new equation is presented that
also considers for the case of side plating. Experimental t e d 4 show that
this contribution is mainly dependent on the strengthening geometry (strips
or continuous plates, side bonding or u-jacketing or complete wrapping) and
it is practically always due to debonding phenomena.
The following simplifying hypotheses are formulated:
(a) uniform distribution of shear cracks;
(b) the shear cracks are straight, inclined at a constant angle 8 and with a
linearly increasing width from the upper edge to the bottom one;
(c) FRP has only axial stiffness and fibers are inclined at an angle p ;
(d) the resisting mechanism is obtained from the Moersch truss analogy.
The following equation is thus obtained:
with b,
tf
wf
beam width, p f = 2 t f / b ,
FRP thickness), f f d d , e
and pfr, p p
The effective strength f f d d , e of the FRP sheet along the crack, for the
case of side bonding, is given as*:
ffdd,e = f f d d
/Tr
.[ 1- k -
(3)
Zrid,eq
= debonding strain.
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
mean
variance
standarddev.
I
1
1.08
~~
0.057
0.238
250
200
! 150
cp
>
*B
100
50
.M
bl
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
-eqierimental
---model
10
Axial strain
15
20
25
%o
Figure 3. Cyclic stress-strain relationship for FRP-confined concrete: model vs. test
CONCLUSIONS
The FE presented in this paper has shown remarkable features of simplicity
of use and accuracy in modeling the mechanical behaviour of RC structures,
FRP-strengthened for flexure, shear and confinement (see also reference
19). A new equation for FRP-strengthening in shear has also been proposed.
REFERENCES
1. Almusallam, T.H., and Al-Salloum, Y.A., (2001). Ultimate strength prediction
for RC beams externally strengthened by composite materials. Composites: Part
B, 32,609-619.
2. Al-Soulaimani G.J., Sharif A., Basunbul LA., Baluch M.H. and Ghaleb B.N.,
(1994). Shear Repair for Reinforced Concrete by Fiberglass Plate Bonding,
Structural Journal, ACI, 91(3), 458-464.
3. ASCE-ACI Committee 445 on Shear and Torsion (1998). Recent Approaches
to Shear Design of Structural Concrete. J of Struct. Engrg, ASCE, 124(12).
4. Brosens, K., and Van Gemert, D. (1997). Anchoring stresses between concrete
and carbon fibre reinforced laminates. Proc. Third Int. Symposium on Non
Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for concrete structures, JCI, Vol. 1, pp. 271-278.
5. Khalifa, A., and Nanni, A., (2000). Improving shear capacity of existing RC Tsection beams using CFRP composites. Cement & Concr. Comp., 22, 165-174.
6. Monti, G., Renzelli, M., and Luciani P. (2003). FRP Adhesion to Uncracked
and Cracked Concrete Zones. Proc. 6th International Symposium on FRP
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures (FRPRCS-6), Singapore.
7. Priestley, M.J.N., Seible, F., Xiao, Y. and Verma, R. (1994). Steel jacket
retrofitting of reinforced concrete bridge columns for enhanced shear strength.
Structural Journal, ACI, 91(4), 394-405.
8. Ritchie A., Thomas D.A., Lu L.W, and Connelly G.M., (1991). External
Reinforcement of Concrete Beams Using Fiber Reinforced Plastics. Structural
Journal, ACI, 88(4), 490-500.
9. Saadatmanesh H., and Ehsani M.R., (1991b). RC Beams Strengthened with
GFRP Plates. I: Experimental Study. J. of Struct. Engrg, ASCE, 117(11).
10. Sharif A., Al-Sulaimani G.J., Basunbul I.A., Baluch M.H. and Ghaleb B.N.,
(1994). Strengthening of Initially Loaded Reinforced Concrete Beams Using
FRF Plates. Structural Journal, ACI, 91(2), 160-168.
11. Spacone, E., Filippou, F.C., and Taucer, F.F. (1991). Fiber beam-column
element for seismic response analysis of reinforced concrete structures.
UCWEERC Rep. 91/17, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Richmond, California.
12. Spoelstra, M. R., and Monti, G. (1999). FRP-confined concrete model.
Journal of Composite for Construction, ASCE, 3(3), 143-150.
13. Triantafillou T.C. and Plevris N., (1992). Strengthening of RC Beams with
Epoxy Bonded Fiber Composite Materials. Materials and Structures, 25.
14. Triantafillou T.C., (1998). Shear Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Beams
Using Epoxy-Bonded FRP Composites. Structural Journal, ACI, 95(2).
15. Taljsten, B., and Elfgren, L., (2000). Strengthening concrete beams for shear
using CFRP-materials: evaluation of different application methods. Composites:
Part B, 3 1, 87-96.
16. Benedetti, A., Aprile, A. (2003). Personal communication.
17. Collins M.P., (1978), Towards a rational theory for R/C Members in Shear,
ASCE Proc. of the Struct. Div., 104, no.4, 649-666.
18. Monti, G. (2003). A mechanical model for FRP-strengthening in shear, ASCE
J. of Composites in Construction, (submitted).
19.Barbat0, M., Monti, G., Santinelli, F. (2003). Fiber-section FE of FRPstrengthened RC beam for seismic analysis. Proc. Jib Symposium Concrete
Structures in Seismic Regions, Athens, 6-9 May.
INTRODUCTION
Due to the increasing importance of retrofit of existing RC structures,
strengthening with externally bonded reinforcement (EBR) has received
growing attention. Steel plates or carbon fiber reinforced polymers (CFRP)
bonded with epoxy-adhesives to the external surface of concrete structures
provide both an effective and an economical alternative to other
strengthening methods. In the case of strengthening existing RC members
with externally bonded reinforcement, two types of reinforcement with
totally different bond characteristics are combined. Notably, the brittle
bond behavior of the externally bonded CFRP strips compared to the more
ductile behavior of embedded reinforcing bars influences the distribution of
tensile forces in the cracked section. However, present state-of-the-art
design guidelines neglect the effects of the different bond behavior.
In Figure 1, two different approaches concerning the distribution of
sectional forces are shown. The fib-guidelines' suggest a distribution
according to the Bernoulli-constraint (cross sections remain plane)
(Figure la) for SLS and ULS, but in RC design the Bernoulli-hypothesis is
only accurate if the reinforcement layers show identical bond behavior. In
contrast to the fib-regulations, other technical literature2 suggests that only
the difference (Ff = Ftotal- FSy)acts on the externally bonded reinforcement
(Figure 1b).
The interaction of embedded and externally bonded
reinforcement has not yet been subject to detailed experimental or analytical
research. Only few results from tests related to different objectives are
available. However, a significant influence of the bond characteristics is
evident. To investigate these interactions between embedded and externally
bonded CRFP reinforcement, a considerable experimental program
accompanied by theoretical research was performed3.
I :
I :
t
Fs,=Asfs,
Fsy=&fsy:
'
Mh
"subscript "f' refers to externally bonded reinforcement; "s" refers to the embedded
reinforcement
Figure 1. Distribution of tensile forces in flexural members (grey: tensile forces
acting on the externally bonded reinforcement); (a) fib-guidelines
Bernoulli-constraint);(b)technical approvals'
BOND BEHAVIOR
epoxy-bonded to concrete. All bond test specimens had the same properties
such as concrete cover, concrete mix design or thickness of the adhesive,
that were identical to the main tests described in the next section.
Tr
1 f.,
CYl
-1
TL/fcmcyl[-l
0 35
0 30
+
+
experimental results
CFRP EBR - bond model
ribbed bars -bond model
smooth bars. bond modell
0 25
0 20
0 15
0 10
0 05
0 00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
1F
Figure 2 . Bond stress vs. slip between reinforcement and concrete at the loaded end;
bilinear bond stress - slip relationship for CFRP-strips; test setup for bond tests
(concrete C20/25; embedded reinforcement: poor bond conditions)
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
The interactions between embedded reinforcing bars and externally bonded
reinforcement were examined in two test series. In the first series, 28
reinforced concrete prisms strengthened with prefabricated CFRP strips
were loaded with an axial tensile force. In addition, 27 tests with steel plate
strengthened RC prisms were carried out to compare the performance of
CFRP strengthened members with conventional steel plate - bonded RC
structures. The second series consisted of 12 strengthened flexural
members. With regard to the wide range of applications of externally
bonded in combination with embedded reinforcement, the following
parameters were varied: type and diameter of the embedded reinforcement,
concrete grade, ratio of the axial stiffness of the embedded and externally
bonded reinforcement and initial stage of cracking (single crack, stabilized
cracking).
2.::
L B
Ed
{j
--" i
30
loo
zoo
loo
e%
?E
5
m
--
gE!
5
Embedded
EBR
Reinforcement
V1
v2
v3
E&No
of
E,A, Tests
d s = 16 mm
CFRP
747
ribbed
d,= 12 mm
CFRP
(5011 2mm7
431
smooth
0 54
(50/1 2mm3
(5011 2 mm')
d.=8mm
CFRP
187
nbbed
initial stage
of cracking
single crack
._
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2300
3000
3500
strain Iro-9
In the second series, 12 flexural members representing slabs with low shear
forces were tested (Figure 5). The crack spacing was predefined by means
of small metal sheets. As in the first test series, for comparison reasons,
6 flexural members were conventionally strengthened with steel plates
cross section
d.= 12 m m
&?,
EBR
Embedded
-x- --*-
.Reinforcement
..............
...
'150
~~
ds=12mm
smooth
ds-12mm
NO.of
cmrk
_,_.__._
-?acing
E.b.TOCtC
CFRP (5C"-'
steel plate (BUD mm-,
CFRP (5C'" ^--*
u.34
CI
'"' "
EBR
L
i t
150 mm
2000 mm
250mm 250mm
2000mm
150mm
-=-
b)
Bernoulli-hypothesis
~ ~ . ~ ~
[ 1~ l ~ r , ~ ~ t ~
CFRPEBR
2.00
1.50
1,oo
0,50
-o-
-b
0.00
0
2000
4000
strain 10.7
6000
8000
10
15
20
25
b)
c20/25
strain 6 %[ L ]
strain E, [ L ]
3.50
3,w
3.00.
.:.'
&v
2,5%
2.50
bond-parameter:
sfI = 0,035 mm
sP = 0,195 mm
5/r = 3.2 M a
1501
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
steel plate
0.0
'/=5mm
= 200.000 MPa
bond length:
I, = I,,, = 495 mm
E/
0.2
0.1
slip 6. [mm]
0.3
0,4
0.5
0.6
slips, [mm]
b)
---~
Tn
bond model
k
for I, 2 I,,,!82, :
1W
200
511
=m
3w
Figure 8. Minimum Value of ( 6 a) bond stresses, strain and slip of the externally
bonded CFW-strip along the bonded length (parameters acc. to Fig. 7);
b) bond model and equations to calculate the minimum value of tf
2.30
2.00
t,30
cm1251ert results
- c40150 calculated
...
C20125 ~ a l ~ u l a t e d
1,oo
x
. ..
0.30
0.30
series V1 - CFRP
0.00
0.00
0.05
0.1
0.13
0.1
0.03
slip [mml
0.13
slip [mml
--
3.00
C40150 test r e i ~ l t s
- C40150 caIculnted
2.00
__
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.00
2.30
2.00
0.30
0.30
series V3 - CFRP
0.00
0.03
0.1
0.15
i l l p [mml
0.2
0.00
OZI
0.a
0.06
0.1
0.13
sllp Imm]
0.2
0.23
0.3
Figure 10. Results of series V3 (d, = 8 mm), experimental bond coefficients &and
calculated values versus the slip at the single crack; a) CFRP strips; b) steel plates
INTRODUCTION
The use of externally bonded FRP (Fibre Reinforced Plastics) for
strengthening bridges and other reinforced concrete structures has received
considerable attention in recent years. Several analytical and numerical
methods are available to describe and predict the behaviour of externally
bonded CFRP beams2. Experimental investigation conducted by Garden, et
al.3 on RC beams strengthened with composite material shows that two
cases can take place; the first called peeling-off failure where the whole
thickness of the cover concrete is removed. This failure mode leaves the
internal steel exposed and the cover thickness still bonded to the plate. In
the second case, the composite plate is left exposed with no concrete
bonded to it, after failure. Failure can thus occur in two interfaces. When
applied to multi-layered plates, classical Kirchhoff model fails to take into
account the shear stress at the interfaces. A high-order theory for plates has
been proposed to describe RC slabs strengthened with composite patches4.
Failure of multilayered structures often occurs by delamination. As a
consequence, analysis of separation between layers becomes essential for
these structures. The plastic method of limit analysis based on the yield line
theory, remains a robust and powerful tool for the analysis of RC slab
problem?, and limit analysis approach has been applied to RC beams
strengthened with composite material6.
In this paper, the strengthened RC slab with composite materialis
treated as a three layer plate. The upper bound theorem of limit analysis is
applied with a simplified plate model for multi-layered plate (M4)7. It is
used to describe the different collapse mechanisms with failure modes in
layers and interfaces. An estimation of the ultimate load then follows from
the upper bound theorem of limit analysis by equating the rate of internal
energy dissipation in the velocity discontinuities sets to the rate of work
done by the applied loading as the slab deforms in this mechanism.
--enon
strengthed s l a b )
strengthed slab
Interface shear
stress: 2 MPa
Interface shear
stress: 2,5 MPa
Deflction (cm)
MECHANICAL MODEL
!
I
Concrete
Composite
/
I
I
I
Ql
-L
eY
,
3
2
1
I
\
Steel
Yo
Ql
Ak
Ql'
u'
N ( N & ( x , y ) with a,P E (1,2}) is the membrane stress tensor in layer i; and
z:+l
ij+l .
The
=I
generalised
strain
velocities
are
1 au
au
( E & ( x , Y )= -(>+A)
with a,P E {1,2}) being
2 h p h a
given
the
by
in-surface
K'
where
Pd =
the
EG:I+I
internal
J[7rT(6"+')]dw+
,=I
(i'.'+'.y) (1)
nN(y)= sup=,
2
1=I
energy
dissipation
is
(2)
by:
given
for
x=-L,
(3)
Collapse Mechanisms
Consider collapse mechanisms which result in a velocity discontinuity in
layers and interfaces. As indicated in Figure 4, the field o is divided into 4
open sets: ol, 02,wl' and 02'. In the case of layer mechanisms, they are
rigid regions intersections. An infinity of collapse mechanisms are
considered by varying the angle a .The velocity q(u)= W,(O) is related to
the load Q.
Layers Mechanisms
In the case of layers mechanisms, suppose that the velocity generalised
= 0, with i E {1,2}. The
shearing strain rates in interfaces are null: ,'+'
collapse mechanism concerning layer 1 and layer 2 is explored. It is noted
that A and B respectively in layer 1 and layer 2 represent the velocity
discontinuities between w1 and wl' in the x-direction, and A' and B'
respectively in layer 1 and 2 represent the velocity discontinuities between
o2and w2' in the y-direction. The KA velocity fields are given by:
-3
U = O in ol,
02,w1'andw2'.
lQ12-L--
sin,
-2
+-2N12 cosa + NU
sina-
I-YO
cosa
e'+e2
+ N{I f sina( 1+-)+NU
-I
e2+e3
el+,*
+ Ni2,cosa-
L
]-Yo
e1+e2 -I
el+e2 L
cosa(1 + -)
+ N Usina(1 + -)
e +e
e2+e3 I-yo
+2Yo":,,
(5)
el +e2
+Nfl,(l +->I>
e +e
Interface Mechanism
In the case of interface mechanism, velocity discontinuities is considered in
interfaces.
-3
U = 0 , t 2 = 0 and c l = O i n a .
IQI 2 ?[41Lr;;'
e' +e2
e Z f e 3 2 2.3
+2 L 72c 1
(6)
e' +e2
Mixed Mechanisms
In the case of mixed mechanisms, the velocity discontinuities are
considered in one layer and one interface. The mixed mechanism case
concerning layer 1 and interface (2,3) are explored. It is assumed that the
rate of generalised shearing strain between layers 1 and 2 is null.
e ' + e 2 2~
IQI'T-cosa
+ 2Yo"I
It
1+
e2 +e3
--I
-I
s i n a + N 1 2cosa+N12sina-
+ N:2t cosa 1-
*-yo
I-Yo
e2 +e3
el +e2
2.3
72c
(7)
2,3
It was noted that z,c = zZc is the concrete shear stress strength, and
is about 2.5 MPa. Also,
1,2
T , ~ = r,zmis
1.2
interface 1,2 in the x-direction, and zZc = r2z, is the shear stress strength
at the interface 1,2 in the y-direction. The value r, is the section strength
rate with CFRP strips in the x-direction and r2is the section strength rate
with CFRP strips in the y-direction. For the present RC strengthened slabs,
5 = r2 = 25%, and z, is the shear stress strength at the bonding interface
between concrete and CFRP strips, and is about 2.5 MPa. The calculated
results of maximum capacity at each mechanism are given in table 1.
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Layer mechanisms
Mixed mechanisms
Interface mechanism
Mechanisms
I and 2
2 and 3
I and3
I and (2,3)
3 and (1.2)
2 and (1,2)
2 and (2,3)
(1,2) and (2,3)
538
255
344
439
I86
123
341
3 74
According to the tests, failure occurs with strips debonding and the
ultimate load capacity is about 120 kN. The present model predicts failure
with a mixed mechanism with CFRP strips debonding and steel yielding,
and gives ultimate load capacity as equal to about 123 kN. A good
agreement between theoretical and experimental results is therefore found.
CONCLUSION
Results of the experimental study indicate that externally bonded CFRP
plates can be efficiently used to strengthen two-way RC slabs. Limit
analysis approach can predict correctly the ultimate load capacity of CFRP
bonded RC slabs. This analysis is validated by comparison with test results.
REFERENCES
1.
2. Teng J.G., Lam L., Chan W., Wang J., Retrofitting of deficient RC
cantilever slabs using GFRP strips., J. Comp. Constr. L 2000; 4(2): p.
75-84
3. Garden H.N., Quantrill R.J., Hollaway L.C., Thorne A.M., Parke
G.A.R., An experimental study of the anchorage length of carbon
fibre composite plate used to strengthen reinforced concrete beams ,
Construction and building materials, 12(1998), pp 203-219.
4. Rabinovitch O., Forstig, Y., (( Strengtheneing of RC slabs with circular
composite patches a high-order approach D, composite structures, p225238, ~ 0 1 5 5 , 2 0 0 2
5. Famiyesin, O.O.R., Hossain K.M.A., Chia Y.H., Slade P.A.,
(( Numerical and analytical predictions of the limit load of rectangular
two way slabs D, 2001, Computes and Structures
6. Limam O., For&t G., Ehrlacher A., RC beams strengthened with
composite material: a limit analysis Approach and Experimental
Study, composite structures, 59 (2003) 467-472.
7. Philippe M., Naciri T. Ehrlacher A., A tri-particle model of sandwich
panels, Composite Science and Technology, 1999, p. 1 195-1206.
8. Johansen, K.W., Yield Line Theory, Cement and concrete
Association, London, 1962
9. Salengon J., (( Calcul a la rupture et analyse limite D, Presses de
1E.N.P. C.
INTRODUCTION
The wide acceptance and attractiveness of the externally bonded
reinforcement (EBR) technique using epoxy-bonded plates can be attributed
to the development of strong structural adhesives. The development of high
strength-to-weight ratio, ease of fabrication and bonding and excellent
resistance to electrochemical corrosion of fiber reinforced polymer (FRP)
composites has given this technique even more acceptance worldwide. Over
the last years, various types of FRP systems and EBR techniques have been
developed and extended the possibilities of FRP EBR.
In this experimental program, three different commercial products,
which include pultruded laminate plates, fiber laminate sheets and pultruded
laminate bars, were used to strengthen the RC slabs by four installation
techniques. The techniques used were cold cured adhesive bonding,
prestressing, wet lay-up and near surface mounted (NSM).
All the strengthened slabs were tested to failure under simply supported
conditions, subjected to a 6-point concentrated static loading system. A
control slab was used as a baseline to compare the strengthened slabs.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Slab Details
A total of five slabs (1000 x 220 x 6300 mm) (39.4 x 8.6 x 248 in.) were
fabricated and cured under normal laboratory conditions. All the slabs were
reinforced in the longitudinal direction with two $10 mm (#3) and four $13
mm (#4) deformed steel bars, and in the transverse direction with $10 mm
(#3) steel bars, spaced at 200 mm (7.9 in.) center-to-center. The minimum
clear cover for the slabs was 30 mm (1.2 in.). (See Fig. 1.)
'
'
L
m
/
I
6.30
0.22
-1
''0
T-.LD.I-2m,.nj
0.03
022
Three different CFRP systems and four different EBR techniques were
used for the strengthening of the RC slabs. Table 1 summarizes the test
matrix. The procedures for the installation of each system are described in
the following section. All the strengthened slabs were tested after a curing
period, under normal laboratory conditions, of 7 days after applying the
adhesive.
Table 1: Test Matrix
~
Slab
EBR Techniaues
CFRP Systems
Control
N/A
N/A
B
C
D
Prestressing
Material Properties
a)
b)
Steel reinforcement. An average yield stress of 413.7 MPa (60 ksi) and
Control
30.2 (4380)
A, B
33.8 (4900)
C, D
42.4 (6140)
Cross
section, Af
mm2 (in)
Ef
kN/mm2
(Mi)
Pultruted laminate
120 (0.186)
164 (23)
plate
Fiber laminate
240 (34.8)
117 (0.181)
sheet*
Pultruded laminate
112 (0.174)
164 (23)
bar
* Based on dryfiber cross-sectional area.
Tensile
strength,
N/mm2 (Ksi)
Ultimate
strain, %
2500 (360)
1.6
3800 (550)
1.55
2900 (420)
1.8
&
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Epoxy gel
Saturant
69 (10 )
69 (10)
96.5 (14)
82.8 (12)
4.1 (600)
3.4 (500)
2
2
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
All the concrete surfaces were sandblasted and cleaned to ensure good
bonding before strengthening. The adhesive was mixed in the specified ratio
until a uniform and complete mixture was observed.
Eight grooves approximately 3 mm (1/8 in.) wide and 15 mm (5/8 in.) deep,
12.6 cm (5.0 in.) center-to-center, were cut into the substrate of slab. The
grooves were vacuum cleaned and then filled with saturant. The laminate
bars were cut to design lengths and lightly pressed into the grooves. The
grooves were refilled after part of the saturant was absorbed by the microcavities of the concrete. (See Fig. 2d)
l-l
150
120
PI
PI
+ ++
1 50
I 50
1 50
TESTRESULTS
Mode of Failure
A measure of the efficiency of the different CFRP EBR can be obtained by
considering the modes of failure and the failure loads of the slabs. Fig. 4
illustrates the failure modes of the strengthened slabs and Table 5
summarizes the experimental results. The Control Slab exhibited a typical
under-reinforced flexural failure. The test was discontinued after the steel
yielded before the concrete crushed at a load of 5.60 kN (1.26 kips) due to
excessively large cracks at the tension zone. This slab was used as a
baseline to compare the remaining slabs.
Slab A had a failure caused by delamination at a load of 13.7 kN
(3.08 kips). As a reference, the theoretical failure load based on laminate
rupture for Slab A was computed as 20.3 kN (4.56 kips), which is 48%
larger than the experimental load.
The introduction of initial prestressing provided Slab B with the ability
to resist high loads prior to cracking. The cracks that developed in Slab B
were fewer and finer as compared to Slab A. At a load of 20.7 kN (4.67
kips), sudden slippage took place at the fixed anchorage. The failure load
for Slab B was close to the theoretical ultimate load, 22.7 kN (5.10 kips).
In Slab C, a portion of the CFRP laminate sheet ruptured at a load of
21.3 kN (4.78 kips). After a brief time, the slab failed completely. No sign
of debonding was observed at both ends of the slab. The experiment failure
load was 37% lower that the theoretical ultimate load, 29.2 kN (6.57 kips).
This difference led to the conclusion that FRP rupture may have been
caused by stresses concentration at the crack edges.
Slab D reached the expected flexural capacity. The NSM laminate bars
at the constant moment region ruptured at a load of 24.1 kN (5.43 kips). The
test results positively proved that a good and uniform bond existed between
the NSM laminate bars and the concrete.
(a) Slab A
(b) Slab B
(c) Slab C
(d) Slab D
The load vs. deflection curves for all the slabs are shown in Fig.5. The
Control Slab started to yield after a load of 4.4 kN (1 .O kips) and continued
to deform thereafter. All strengthened slabs responsed approximately linear
before the concrete crack and with stiffnesses of about 84% greater than the
Control Slab. At a load of 13.7 kN (3.08 kips), Slab A failed suddenly and
exhibited low ductility.
Due to the prestressing in Slab B, lower deflections were observed at
the same level of loads as compared to Slab A. The plateau formation after
17.8 kN (4.0 kips) was interpreted as the beginning of delamination and
slippage at the fixed anchorages.
Max. applied
load, P
kN (Kip)
E//EJ,
(%)
Failure
Increment,
moment *,
(%)
kN-m (lc-ji)
Normalized
Increment * *
(1)
Control
(2)
(3)
5.6 (1.26)
(4)
46.8 (34.5)
(5)
__
(6)
--
A
B
15.3
15.3
13.7 (3.08)
20.8 (4.65)
76.3 (56.3)
102.2 (75.4)
63
118
4.1
7.7
--
C
21.8
21.3 (4.78)
104.0 (76.6)
122
D
14.2
24.1 (5.43)
114.6 (84.5)
145
*Include slab self-weight. ** Column 5 divided by column 2
4
I
25
//
5.6
10.2
!I finnn
----
15000
4000
10
e)
Control Slab
SlabA
SlabB
SIabC
2000
+
5
-.--&--
10
l5 20
Midspan Deflection (crn)
o,o
-ii
25
~looo
30
The load vs. strain curves of Slab A, B, C and D are presented in Fig. 6.
The following is observed:
a) The concrete strains for all the specimens were less than 0.003.
b) The CFRP laminate plate at Slab A delaminated when the strain at the
mid span reached 0.56%, which was 35 % of the ultimate strain.
c) The strains along the prestressed CFRP plate at Slab B started with an
initial elongation of 0.5%. Strain gages close to the anchorage showed a
dramatic increase at 18.5 kN (4.15 kips), indicating that delamination
had reached the edge of the fixed anchorages.
d) Slab C had strains patterns similar to Slab A.
c) The CFRP bars in Slab D were uniformly stressed along the slab until
they reached the ultimate strain.
Smm(l0.6)
(d) Slab D
CONCLUSIONS
b) During the test, it was observed that the CFRP EBR delayed the
presence of the first visible cracks and reduced the deflection.
c) The slab strengthened with CFRP plates failed due to delamination
starting from the constant moment region and propagated towards the
cutoff points.
d) Prestressing of the CFRP laminate plate had a positive influence on the
behavior of strengthened RC slab. The load capacity was substantially
increased and the deflection and crack formations were substantially
reduced.
e) Premature failure at fiber laminate sheet was due to high stresses
concentration at crack locations .
f ) The slab strengthened with NSM bars exhibited a behavior such that
CFRP reinforcement was fully utilized.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to acknowledge the support of the S&P Clever
Reinforcement Company.
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
Increasing attention has been placed to the applications of advanced
composite materials especially glass fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP)
laminates and carbon fiber reinforced polymer (CFRP) strips in the
structural engineering field. There is a wide range of recent, current, and
potential applications of these materials that cover both new and existing
structures. The flexural capacity of concrete beams can be increased by
bonding FRP sheets, strips or laminates to the tension side.,* In addition,
shear resistance of beams can be increased by using GFRP laminates
The tested simply supported specimens were square with 1900-mm side
length and 150-mm thickness as shown in Figure 1. Column stubs were
square of 250-mm side dimension and were located at the slab center. Two
un-strengthened specimens were used as reference specimens, Ref-P-0.35%
and Ref-P-0.5% of reinforcement ratios of 0.35% and 0.5%, respectively.
Specimens CFRP-F-0.35% and CFRP-F-0.5% and Specimens GFRP-F0.35% and GFRP-F-0.5% were strengthened using GFRP laminates and
CFRP strips, respectively. A hydraulic actuator of 700 kN capacity facing
the specimen was used to apply a uniform central load through the column
stub. A load cell was used to measure the load using four calibrated
electrical resistance strain gages fixed to the inner cylinder of the load cell.
Linear Variable Displacement Transformers (LVDTs) were built in the
actuator to measure the central deflection of the slabs. The central loads
'x
Strengthening increases the load capacity of the slabs. Specimens CFRP-F0.35% and GFRP-F-0.35% showed an increase of 44.4% and 38%,
respectively in the load capacity over that of the reference specimen, Ref-P-
Cracking
load, KN
73
84
70
68
80
83
Ref-0.35%
Ref-0.5%
CFRP-F-0.35%
GFRP-F-0.35YO
CFRP-F-0.5%
GFRP-F-0.5%
Defl. at cracking
load, mm
7.00
6.25
7.25
7.69
6.03
6.35
Ultimate
load, KN
250
330
361
345
450
415
~
~~
Defl. at ultimate
load, mm
42.0 1
35.57
18.08
27.72
21.03
26.71
Deformational Characteristics
The average deflection at the ultimate load of the strengthened specimens
was about 0.63 that of the corresponding reference specimens. In general,
the strengthened specimens experienced smaller deformation compared to
the corresponding reference specimens due to the impact of the brittleness
of FRP materials on the overall behaviour of the slabs. Table 1 summarizes
the deflection values at first crack load (at the un-strengthened stage) and at
the ultimate load for the tested specimens. Figure 2 shows the loaddeflection relationship for the tested specimens.
f"oO
--C
10
15
25
30
Deflectionh r n l
20
YI
CFRP F 05%
10
45
Failure characteristics
The failure mode of the reference specimens was classified as flexuralductile. Flexural reinforcement yielded and the specimens showed relatively
large deflection values before reaching the ultimate load. Figure 3 shows a
typical failure mode for a specimen strengthened using CFRP for flexural
Gf = Jo,du
Compression frulure
envelope (surface)
w,f:
(1)
-Bt-axial
c6mpresslon
Uni-axial
tension
ension
surface
The concrete crl - E , relationship, and hence the fracture energy density are
calibrated. The calibration is based on the agreement of the FEA results and
the available experimental results. The agreement is achieved after several
FEA implementations for different values of the fracture energy density.
This calibration is conducted with respect to the ultimate load carrying
capacity of the slabs. For each implementation, the fracture energy density
of concrete strengthened with FRP materials is calculated as follows:
&l,mSX
Wr=
(2)
0
For the assumed tension stiffening model, the fracture energy density
can be calculated as follows:
Wf=3El,may
0,"
(3)
Material Properties
The modulus of elasticity of concrete, E,, is calculated as 26600 MPa. The
equal biaxial strength of concrete is assumed 1.16 times that of the uniaxial
strength of concrete.l 1 The yield stress of concrete is assumed 20 MPa. The
tensile strength of concrete, or , is assumed 0.08 times the uniaxial strength
of concrete that is equal to 2.8 MPa." The post-peak o,- E, relationship of
strengthened or un-strengthened concrete is assumed linear descending to
. 'The steel reinforcement is
zero tensile stress at maximum strain
assumed to have a yield stress of 440 MPa and a modulus of elasticity of
210 GPa. The assumption of the full bond between FRP materials and
concrete is inherited by the definition of these materials as smeared
reinforcing layers located at the tension side of the concrete slabs.
Geometric Modelling
One quarter of the slab is modelled due to the geometrical and loading
symmetry using a 5 x 5 mesh. The general layout of the finite element
model is shown in Figure 6 . Degenerated 8-node quadrilateral shear-flexible
shell elements with six degrees of freedom at each node are used for
modelling the slab. The degrees of freedom are three translations and three
rotations. This permits the transverse shear deformation to be accounted for.
Nine Simpson-type integration points are used along the thickness of each
shell element. In addition, a reduced 2 x 2 Gaussian integration rule is used
over the X - Y plane of the elements. Eight-node brick elements are used to
represent the column stub through which the load is applied. The brick
element has three translational degrees of freedom per node in the X, Y , and
Z directions. The discrepancy between the degrees of freedom of the
column stub brick element and the panel shell elements is overcome using
the Multi Point Constraints (MPC) technique. The MPC technique allows
constraints to be imposed between different degrees of freedom in the
model. Non-linear spring elements define the simply supported with corners
free-to-lift boundary condition as in Figure 6 .
CFRP-0.5%
GFRP-O.S?'o
Pexw
PtheoAW
450
415
424
416
.P e x d Ptheo
1.06
1 .oo
The use of strengthening CFRP strips and GFRP laminates with the
suggested dimensions were sufficient to achieve positive results for
flexural-strengthening of slabs. The strengthened specimens using FRP
strips or laminates showed an average gain in the load capacity of about
36% over that of the reference (un-strengthened) specimens. In addition,
the strengthened specimens showed a stiffer behaviour than that of the
reference specimens. However, a decrease in ductility and energy
absorption was recorded due to the brittle nature of the strengthening of the
FRP materials. For the suggested strengthening technique, de-bonding
between FRP materials and concrete was the main cause of failure. Slabs
failed soon after de-bonding occurred due to exceeding flexural capacity.
None of the strengthening material type experienced rupture or failure.
A finite element model was used to analyze strengthened two-way
slabs. The finite element results are calibrated so that a good agreement
with the experimental results is achieved. The full bond between the steel
reinforcement or FRP materials and concrete can be assumed in the analysis
and lead to reasonably accurate results with low computational cost.
REFERENCES
1. Chaallal, O., Nollet, M. and Perraton, D. Strengthening of Reinforced
Concrete Beams with Externally Bonded Reinforced Plastic Plates:
Design Guidelines for Shear and Flexure, Canadian Journal for Civil
Engineering, 25, 1998, pp. 692-704.
2. Ritchie, P., Thomas, D., Lu, L. and Connelly, G., External
Reinforcement of Concrete Beams Using Fiber Reinforced Plastics,
ACI Structural Journal, 88(6), 1991, pp. 490-500.
3. Triantafillou, T. C., Shear Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete
Beams Using Epoxy-Bonded FRP Composites, ACI Structural
Journal, 95 (2), 1998, pp. 107-1 15.
4. Meier, U., Deuring, M., Meier, H. and Schwegler, G., CFRP Bonded
Sheets, In Proceedings, Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic (FRP) Reinforcement
for Concrete Structures: Properties and Applications, Duebendof,
Switzerland, 1993, pp. 423-434.
5 . Nitereka, C. and Neale, K., Analysis of Reinforced Concrete Beams
Strengthened in Flexure with Composite Laminates, Canadian Journal
for Civil Engineering, 26, 1999, pp. 646-654.
6. Malek, M. A., Saadatmanesh, H. and Ehsani, M. R., Prediction of
Failure Load of R/C Beams Strengthened with FRP Plate Due to Stress
Concentration at The Plate End, ACI Structural Journal, 95 (l), 1998,
pp. 142-152.
7. Kikukawa, K, Mutoh, K., Ohya, H., Ohyama, Y . and Tanaka, H.,
Flexural Reinforcement of Concrete Floor Slabs by Carbon Fiber
Textiles, Composite Interfaces, 5 (5), 1998, pp. 469-478.
8. Hibbitt, K. and Sorensen., ABAQUS Users Manual (Version 6.2.),
Providence, R. I.: Hibbitt, Kalrsson and Sorensen Inc., 2001.
9. Hillerborg, A., Numerical Methods to Simulate Softening and Fracture
of Concrete, Fracture Mechanics of Concrete, 1985, pp. 141- 170.
10. Marzouk, H. and Chen, Z., Finite Element Analysis of High Strength
Concrete Slabs, ACI Structural Journal, 90(5), 1993, pp. 505-5 13.
11. Hussein, A. and Marzouk, H., Behavior of High Strength Concrete
under Biaxial Stresses. ACI Structural Journal, 1998,97( l), pp. 27-36.
INTRODUCTION
8-1Omm
12-lOmm
300
1830
1830
I
4
function between the tensile stress, cr,, and the crack width or
displacement, uI, for the post-peak zone of the
0 ,-
Gr = 10,dU
In finite element simulations that adopt the smeared crack approach like
the one in this study, the tensile stress-strain relationship rather than stressdisplacement relationship is referred to when describing the concrete tensile
behaviour.
Some expressions have been developed to correlate the post-peak stress
and strain for concrete in tension. Based on some experimental evidence on
high strength concrete4, it was found that the post-peak relationship is
referred to may be defined according to the following relationship:
For E , & , ~
where:
a =c30,"
where E, is the concrete tensile strain and E
(3)
, is
~ the concrete tensile strain at
and modified to 0.28 for high strength concrete4. Also, p is equal to 1.70
for normal strength concrete and 1.67 for high strength concrete.
In this analysis, the effect of the reinforcement ratio as well as whether
the concrete is strengthened or not is considered. The post-peak zone can be
defined using line segments rather than a continuous relation~hip.~.~
A
tabulated form for the values of the tensile stress,o, ,and the tensile
strain, E , , can be used to define the tension-stiffening model. It has been
decided to define the tension-stiffening of concrete by considering only two
points on the post-peak zone of the 0,- E , relationship as shown in Figure
2.
The numerical integration of the concrete tensile stress-strain ( 0, - E, )
relationship represents the fracture energy density, Wr , and can be
calculated as follows:6
6,IIl.X
W f =J o , ~ E ,
(4)
where
E,,,,
210 GPa. The assumption of the full bond between FRP materials and
concrete is implicit by defining these materials as smeared reinforcing
layers located at the tension side of the concrete slabs. Details of this stage
of the finite element analysis can be found in reference 1 including the
geometric modeling and steel and FRP materials representation.
Attempt 5
Tensile strain, E t
Figure 2: Tension-stiffening model
0,
E,
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
r_
2
+GFRP-F-0.35%
1.5
c
I!?!
0.5
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
Tensile strain
Figure 3: Tensile behaviour for GFRP strengthened slabs at the slab center
2.5
-
z3 1.5
5
.-s 1
Lo
I-
0.5
0
0
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
Tensile strain
Figure 4: Tensile behaviour for CFRP strengthened slabs at the slab center
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
ExternallyBo
Bonded Reinforcement for Shear
Externally
INTRODUCTION
be fully understood. The key parameters are the level of prestress, the
number of straps required, the strap spacing and the number of tape layers in
the strap. An additional factor is that, in previous studies, the straps have
been installed before any external loading was applied. This is not
necessarily representative of existing beams which might have sustained
some damage prior to being strengthened or repaired.
This paper reports on experimental work where the strap locations and
the number of layers in the straps were varied. The purpose was to determine
how these factors influence RC beams failing in shear and the resulting
modes of failure. Work on pre-cracked or damaged beams will also be
discussed.
EXPERIMENTS
Rectangular cantilever beams of dimensions 1200 mm x 105 mm x 280 mm
were designed for this series of experiments. The support block had
dimensions of 600 mm x 105 mm x 300 mm as shown in Figure 1. The
cantilever shape was chosen in preference to a conventional simply
supported beam because it presented a single shear span that furnishes less
voluminous data while enabling the detailed monitoring of cracks and beam
behaviour. In addition, the fabrication and testing procedures were greatly
simplified.
100.0
applied load
Steel pad
General layout
Figure 1. Beam layout with 2 straps
c105.0
Section
Reinforcement details
Dia. (mm)
Bar
4
6
Location
Area of
Steel(mm2)
Yield Stress
(N/mm2)
25.12 @, 200c/c
6 1.56@,75c/c
395
400
226.22
500
402.17
500
Concrete
Max aggregate size 10 mm
Concrete mix: 1:2:2
The experiments were arranged in three major stages. The first stage
involved testing un-strengthened beams to establish the minimum and
maximum beam capacities and failure modes. In the second stage,
strengthened beams were tested. The key parameters under investigation
were the number of layers of tape, the number of straps and the strap
spacing. The final stage considered damaged beams where the beams were
cracked before the straps were installed. A summary of the experimental
programme, results and failure modes can be found in Table 2. For
comparison purposes, the strap strengthening increment predicted using the
45" truss analogy* is also shown (*the approach assumes the use of passive
ductile materials and may be inappropriate for prestressed CFRP straps).
Table 2. Summary of test results
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Beam
number
B 1-NS-NL
B2-NS-NL
B3-2s-10L
B4-1S-5L
B5-1s-5L-P
B6-2s-10L-F
B7-1 S-1 OL
B8-2S-5L
-5
m
80
60
0
J
40
20
0
0
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Displacement (m m)
DISCUSSION
The strengthened beams were significantly stronger (55 to 100%) than the
unstrengthened beam.
The straps are not bonded to the concrete and act like a tie inducing
transverse compression through the web of a beam. The strain in a strap leg
is thus uniform but the prestress force and the stiffness of the straps will
differ depending on the number of layers of tape used. Since all the straps
were prestressed to 50% of their ultimate capacity, straps made of 5 layers
of tape had an initial prestress of 12.5 kN whilst the 10 layer straps had an
initial prestress of 25 kN. In addition, the stiffness of the 10 layer straps was
twice that of the 5 layer straps.
(el
I '
"
The prestress force applied to the concrete and the stiffness of the straps
thus control the rate of crack growth and also influence the mode of failure.
However, when a particular strap retards crack progress, other cracks in
unstrengthened regions remain free to grow and can lead to beam failure.
The influence of the strap spacing will be discussed in the next section.
As beam 3 failed in flexure it can also be concluded that the straps can
effectively enhance the shear capacity and change the mode of failure.
6
8
10 12 14
Displacement (m m)
16
18
20
10
0
Beam 4 had a single strap a distance 1.5d from the support and a crack
developed between the support and the strap. The strap was also not able to
stop the outer crack from developing and crossing through the strap. As a
result, these two cracks lead to failure of the beam.
On the other hand, beam 8 had two straps. The location of the first strap
was such that it stopped the first crack from developing. The second strap
also limited the propagation of the outer crack. However, the section in
between the straps was unstrengthened and the crack that developed in this
region easily then passed through the first strap to fail the beam.
The result suggests that the importance of the strap spacing is connected
to the stiffness of the straps. For the beams with the lower stiffness 5 layer
straps, the final crack pattern and ultimate shear capacity were similar
regardless of the strap spacing.
Beams with I0 layer straps
Beams 3 and 7 both had 10-layer straps but the number of straps differed.
The load deflection curves show beam 3 failing in flexure whilst beam 7
failed in shear (see Figure 6). The 2 straps of beam 3 managed to control the
crack growth whilst the single strap of beam 7 did not restrain the
propagation of the inner shear crack leading to the failure of the beam in
shear.
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
10
15
20
25
Displacement (m m )
30
35
40
From the load displacement curves (see Figure 3 ) the peak loads did not
change significantly for the pre-cracked beams but the stiffnesses of these
beams were lower than those of beams with straps applied at the beginning
of the test. This was expected as the pre-cracking induced some permanent
damage before strapping. The ability of the pre-cracked beam to attain the
same peak load could be a function of the load to which the beam was
initially subjected. From strain readings taken from the internal steel links,
the links were not carrying much load in the preloading stage and thus the
beam had not sustained significant damage. The prestressed straps will also
help close any existing cracks and thus it could be that the influence of
existing damage is mitigated, The influence of existing cracks in a passive
system may well be different. Tests are continuing where the pre-crack load
will be higher than that used in the earlier tests.
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the experiments carried out to date, all of the beams tested with
straps, whether single or double and irrespective of the number of strap
layers, had a shear capacity enhancement at least 55% higher than that of an
equivalent unstrengthened beam. All of the beams with a single strap failed
in shear whilst some of the beams with two straps attained their full flexural
capacity. The pre-cracking of the beams before installing the straps seems to
have no significant influence on the shear capacity gain. The crack path
does not appear be influenced significantly by the straps however the crack
growth and widths are reduced due to the presence of the straps. The mode
of failure depends on the strap stiffness, the strap location and the crack
path.
Further tests are being carried out to separate the effect of the prestress
force and the stiffness of the straps.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to EMPA for their support with this project.
REFERENCES
1. Lees, J.M., WinistBrfer A.U. and Meier U., External Prestressed CFRP
Straps for the Shear Enhancement of Concrete , ASCE, Journal of
Compositesfor Construction, 6(4), Nov 2002. pp. 249-256
2. Chan, K.M.C., Prestressed Non-laminated Carbon Fibre Reinforced
Plastic Straps, Fourth Year Project Report, Dept. of Engineering,
University of Cambridge, UK, 1999/2000.
INTRODUCTION
From the past studies conducted by Chaallal et al., Chajes et a1.*, Sat0 et
aL3, and Uji 4, it has been shown that externally bonded FRP can be used to
enhance the shear capacity of RC beams. Bond of FRP sheets to concrete is
of critical importance for the effectiveness of externally bonded FRP sheets.
If this interfacial bond is compromised before rupture of the FRP sheets,
sheet-debonding failure occurs. This study presents the shear behavior of RC
beams strengthened with FRP sheets. Special focus is given for the
prevention of sheet debonding to get effective utilization of FRPs
mechanical properties. Anchorage of FRP sheets at the top surface of the
beam was provided in order to delay or prevent sheet debonding. Three
models available in the literature by the JSCE, Khalifa et aL6, and
Triantafillou and Antonopoulos7 for computing the contribution of FRP
sheet to the shear capacity of strengthened beams (5)
are presented and
compared with the experimental results. Two separate equations to calculate
V,are presented in this paper; when failure is likely to occur due to sheet
debonding and when bonded anchorage of FRP sheet is provided to the
beams.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
a. Cross section
b. Longitudinal section
(Dimensions are in mm)
A total of nine beams were tested. Figure 1 shows the typical dimensions
and reinforcement layout for RC beams. No stirrups were provided in the
potential shear failure zone. Longitudinal bars had an average yield strength
of 395 MPa and elastic modulus of 196 GPa. The cross sections of beams
were chamfered at 30-mm for AFRP strengthened beams, and the chamfered
edges were further smoothened in round shape at 100-mm diameter for
CFRP strengthened beams. Beam B-1 was kept as a control beam. Eight
beams were categorized into two series as CFRP series and AFRP series.
The beams were strengthened with epoxy bonded unidirectional FRP sheets
applied only to the shear spans, where principal fibers were kept
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the beams. Mechanical properties
of FRP sheets are shown in Table 1. Test variables were FRP type,
wrapping layout and anchorage length. Anchorage was provided by bonding
a length of sheet at top of the beam. Figure 2 shows the different wrapping
schemes used.
Table 1. Mechanical properties of FRP sheets
Sheet
CFRP
AFRP
Thickness
(mm)
0.167
0.286
Tensile strength
WPa)
3400
2000
Elastic modulus
(GPa)
230
120
Ultimate
elongation (%)
1.5
1.8
AFRP-SERIES
1
A - I (AFRP1
(U.W r a p )
7
A 2
(80
AFRP
&ixdgs)
rl
0
A-3 (AFRP)
( I 1 0 mm anchorage)
100
%
%
i%
,!F(
Control beam B-1 failed in shear at a load of 224 kN. All other beams,
except C-4 and A-4 failed also in shear at considerably higher loads than
that of control beam B-1. The ultimate failure loads, contribution of FRP
fc
'Shear
b ~ f
Increase
Failure mode
(MPa) strength (kN)
(kN)
(%)
B-1
38.0
224
diagonal shear
C-1
37.2
330
53
47.3
shear + debonding
C-2
41.0
457
116.5
104.0
shear + splitting
C-3
41.1
475
125.5
112.0
shear f splitting
C-4
42.4
500
138
123.2'
flexure
A-I
39.6
3 10
43
38.4
shear + debonding
A-2
41.8
400
88
78.6
shear + splitting
A-3
43.9
490
133
118.8
shear + splitting
A-4
43.5
488
132
117.9'
flexure
' Shear strength of beam is equal to half the failure load; bVfisFRP contribution to
the shear capacity of RC beam; is the percentage increase in failure load.
f
Figure 5 Load displacement (CFRP)
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show the load displacement relationships for CFRP
and AFRP strengthened beams, respectively. Each superior strengthening
scheme showed better load-displacement characteristics than the previous
one. Figure 7 and Figure 8 show the relationship of load and vertical strain
in FRP sheet for CFRP and AFRP strengthened beams. Maximum FRP
strain parallel to the fibers was measured as 6825 and 8225 microstrain for
beams C-4 and A-4, which is about 45% of the ultimate strain of the sheets.
Moreover, maximum FRP strain in beam C-1 is 3550 microstrain, which is
only 23.7% of the ultimate FRP strain, while for beam C-2, a strain of 6045
microstrain was attained, which is 70.28% increase as compared to the
control beam C-1 . This substantial increase in FRP strain in beam C-2 is due
to the provision of bonded anchorage. Table 3 shows FRP strain and
percentage increase in FRP strain for beams with provision of bonded
anchorage as compared to U-wrapped beams.
.>ooo
>om
>om
1000
aom
I ~ O
.?om
,o(
iooo
2mo
iom
moo
om
$om moo
moo
9000
Figure 7 Load-FRP strain (CFRP series) Figure 8 Load-FRP strain (AFRP series)
I
600
-Trend
AFRP-Series
line (CFRP-series)
- - - -Trend
100
110
200
210
,000
4000
I000
6000
line(AFRP-series)
7000
moo
'1000
MaximmFRPsIrain (micron)
For beams C-1 and A-1 failure was governed by to sheet debonding,
therefore measured bond stress for beams C-1 and A-1 may be taken as
bond strength. This was found to be 4.05 MPa. Beams with bonded
anchorage did not show sheet debonding at ultimate failure due to reduction
in bond stress at the interface. Influence of bonded anchorage on interface
bond stresses is shown in Figure 9.
V, = pf Ef qedfbw(sin p +COS
p)
(2)
Khalifa et
al.
60.4 (1.14)
67.1 (1.56)
JSCE
Triantafllou and
Antonopoulos
72.3 (1.36)
Experiment
53.0
43 .O
137.6 (1.00)
154.8 (1.12)
138.0
85.3 (0.65)
156.0 (1.18)
132.0
Number in parenthesis is ratio of values from formula to that of experiment.
1.2
0.6
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
P/Ed (0.2f:)
Eq. (3) is derived using most of the data for CFRP sheetslstrips, which
is a function of axial rigidity of FRP and tensile strength of concrete.
Therefore, the same equation is used for AFRP sheetdstrips using a factor
of 0.9.
1
&/el
- 0.034f
EfU
JZ
(4)
<- JX
Efr -
0'03sf
ICJ
O.O34f',j
<- &&-
For 1, = 0, Eqs. (3) and (4) should be used. Proposed equations are based on
data for p@f between 0.025 and 1.O. Since, qdq,depends on p&> proposed
equations are valid only for 0.025<pfEf<:1.O range. Proposed equations are
verified using the experimental results from the present study. It is found
that the proposed equation could estimate qi in a reasonably good
160
140
8WO
120
00
6000.
-a
4000
2WO
100
Y 80
60
40
20
mm
-
CONCLUSIONS
(a) Effectiveness of externally bonded CFRP and AFRP sheets for shear
strengthening of RC beams was confirmed. A maximum of 123%
increase for CFRP and 118% increase for AFRP strengthened beams in
their shear capacities were observed compared to that of control beam.
(b) FRP sheet with bonded anchorage is much more effective than U-wrap
scheme and is an effective way to delay or evade sheet debonding.
(c) Bonded anchorage of sheet resulted in a decrease of interface bond
stress and an increase in effective strain of FRP sheet at failure.
(d) The proposed equations can be used to estimate the contribution of FRP
sheets (Vj) to the shear capacity of RC beams with satisfactory accuracy.
REFERENCES
1. Chaallal, O., Nollet, M.J. and Perraton, D., Shear Strengthening of
RC Beams by Externally Bonded Side CFRP Strips, Journal of
Composites for Construction, ASCE, 2( l), 1998, pp. 1 1 1- 113.
2.
Chajes, M.J., Januska, T.F., Mertz, D.R., Thomson, T.A. Jr. and
Finch, W.W. Jr., Shear Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete
Beams using Externally Applied Composite Fabrics, ACI Structural.
Journal, 92(3), 1995, pp. 295-303.
3. Sato, Y., Tanaka, T., Ueda, T. and Ono, S., Shear Behavior of RC
Beams Reinforced with Carbon Fiber Sheets, Transactions of the
Japan Concrete Institute, Vol. 18, 1996, pp. 137-142.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
APPENDIX I: Notation
of FRP shear reinforcement = 2+wf
of the beam cross section
= effective depth of the FRP reinforcement
= elastic modulus of FRP in GPa
= compressive strength of concrete in MPa
= bonded anchorage length of FRP sheet
= reduction factor
= thickness of FRP sheet or strip
= shear capacity contributed by concrete
= contribution of FRP sheet to the shear capacity
= nominal shear capacity of the beam
= contribution of stirrups to the shear capacity
= angle between principal fiber and longitudinal axis of beam
= effective FRP strain
= ultimate tensile elongation of FRP material
= FRP shear reinforcement ratio
= area
= width
B. TALJSTEN
Luled University of Technology, SE-971 87 LuleB, Sweden
and Skanska AB, 169 83 Soha, Sweden
The need for concrete strengthening and retrofitting is well known and a lot
of research is in progress in this field. In recent years the use of CFRP plate
bonding has been shown to be a competitive method both regarding
structural performance and economical aspects. However, most of the
laboratory tests have been undertaken on flexural strengthening. Although
not the only problem facing structures today, shear deficiencies are
becoming more and more prevalent. The topic of this paper is
strengthening for increased shear capacity of concrete structures.
Limitations of the widely used truss model are studied and presented. The
model especially shows limitations and needs when continuous T-beams
are strengthened. The model also addresses issues regarding behaviour in
Service Limit State.
INTRODUCTION
All over the world there are structures intended for living and
transportation. The structures are of varying quality and function, but they
are all ageing and deteriorating with time. Some of these structures will
need to be replaced since they are in such bad condition. With
environmental and economical aspects in mind it is untenable to replace all
structures. Instead the structures should be strengthened or retrofitted as
much as possible. It is not only deterioration that concerns strengthening,
since many of the structures are unable to sustain the increased demands
placed on them by the development of society. For instance, the design load
on bridges increases with our increased need for transportation. Other
reasons for repair or upgrading are: widening of bridges, design and
construction errors, problems initiated by temporary overload, and so on.
Strengthening methods are well developed when it concerns flexural
strengthening and they have therefore been used quite widely. When
THEORIES
The two most well known models, for predicting the shear capacity of
reinforced concrete beams, are the truss model and the modified
compression field theory, MCFT. The focus in this paper will be on the
truss model because of the ease of use, wide acceptance and the fact that
many researchers are using it for predicting the contribution from externally
bonded reinforcement. Finite element models can also be utilized to
describe the behaviour of strengthened structures. However they will not be
investigated here since they are still rather time-consuming to use, the
results depend largely on the users understanding of finite element theories,
and they are not very suitable for application in codes.
Truss Model
The truss model is also known as the strut and tie model and was derived in
the end of the 19 century by Ritter7. Many researchers considered the truss
model to give conservative but good results and the model has therefore
become the basis for many codes such as Eurocode and the code by AC19.
This model assumes that after cracking of the concrete, the behaviour of a
reinforced concrete beam becomes analogous to that of a truss with a top
longitudinal compression chord, a bottom longitudinal tension chord,
vertical steel ties (stirrups) and diagonal concrete struts (Figure 1).
The original truss model assumes that only the steel stirrups carry the
shear forces. When the model is used in many codes an empirical term is
added to the shear capacity to consider what has been called the concrete
contribution. This is a traditional addition model where other terms to
involve axial forces, for instance, can be added. The total shear capacity,
V, , can be calculated as the sum of all the terms as shown in Equation (1).
Equation (2) is one way to calculate the contribution from vertical steel
stirrups by using the truss theory.
v,=- ASdfY
S
where As is the total area of the cross-section of one stirrup (two shears), d
is the effective depth of the beam, f y is the yield stress of the steel, and s
is vertical spacing between the stirrups. Equation (2) is derived for 45
degrees crack inclination and is conservative for smaller angles. The oftenassumed crack angle of 45 degrees has been discussed and there exist other
assumptions and derivations, especially for pre-stressed concrete. The truss
model does not consider any interaction among torsion, bending and shear.
Sometimes the conditions in the serviceability limit state indicate a need for
more reinforcement than in the ultimate limit state. In the truss model it is
assumed that all steel stirrups are yielding. This is only valid after a certain
deformation and is explained by the non-uniform distribution of shear
forces that act on a cross-section. For a rectangular uniform cross-section
the shear stresses can be described as Equation (3)5:
Figure 2: Shear strains over a rectangular cross-section and projected and converted
to maximum principal strains on a crack'.
"t
-I
1 "
.
b
E
I"
Figure 4: Stresses and strains over the height of the cro~s-section~.
problem due to the anchorage occurring near the slab-web interface where
shear strains are high. This is illustrated in Figure 5 where the dashed line
indicates a slab-web interface.
Figure 5: Schematic strain profile over a crack with shear forces and sagging (left)
and hogging (right) moments
However, the truss model can still be used for describing the
contribution from externally bonded fibres which are anisotropic and linear
elastic. It is necessary to use a reduction factor on the effective fibre strain.
This reduction factor must consider fibre alignment, structural system,
shear-moment relation, and maximum allowed strain for concrete
contribution. The factor should be 0.45-0.67 depending on these parameters.
In the case of insufficient anchorage, the factor needs to account for this
too. Local debonding close to the crack can reduce the influence from the
non-uniform distribution. Except for the reduction factor and by the
simplification that the fibres only carry stresses in its direction, the equation
becomes similar to the equation for steel. The contribution calculated by the
truss model can also include all effects from anisotropic behaviour of the
composite. Further description and the derivation can be found in the
literature3.
THEORY IN COMPARISON WITH TESTS
occurs in the middle of the beam. Since the fibres are sufficient anchored,
that is, wrapped around corners, a more uniform distribution can take place.
However, the fibres might first debond and this should not be allowed in
design. With sufficient anchorage, the rupture starts in the area of highest
strains, i.e. mid-section of the height, without debonding. By integration of
the strains in Figure 6, it is found that the fibre contribution at failure is 1.64
times the contribution at debonding. However, the load is only 15 % higher
and is explained by a decrease in concrete contribution when the strains are
increasing.
2
E
P
.g
s:
400
300
85 X of debonding load
200
n
0
I000
2000
3000 4000
5000
j
6000 7000 8000 9000
Strain [prnlrn]
Figure 6: Measured strain profile over shear span for fibres in 45 degrees and
completely wrapped.
The truss model for predicting contribution from a FRP shear strengthening
cannot be used without a reduction factor. A model with non-uniform strain
profile, anchorage limitations, and local debonding close to the crack should
be developed. More tests need to be done on large-scale specimens. The
behaviour in the Service Limit State should also be further analysed. Nonsymmetrical strengthening could be an issue in some cases and should be
investigated and be considered when writing a code. The combinations of
shear and bending ought to be treated in a more correct way than is done
today.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The shear resistance of eight simply supported reinforced concrete Tbeams, subjected to two top point loads were investigated. Six of the beams
were strengthened in shear with CFRP unidirectional laminates after they
were loaded previously up to service load and then unloaded before being
strengthened. The remaining beams were used as references, without being
strengthened. The main variables investigated were the way in which the
CFRP sheets were anchored. The beams were divided in two groups, the
first with the CFRP sheets enveloping only the web of the beams and
anchored at the bottom of the slab with horizontal strips (Group l), and the
second with the CFRP sheets wrapping the web and the flange of the beams
through drilled holes at the flange of the slabs (Group 2). The beams
measured 4400 mm (overall length) x 400 mm (overall height) x 150 mm
(web width), and 550 mm in flange width. Wrapping the web and flange of
the beams with CFRP laminates strips through drilled holes (Group 2) were
much more efficient than enveloping only the web of the beams and
anchoring them at the bottom of the flange of the slab with horizontal strips
(Group l), despite being much more laborious and messy. Ultimate loads
of the strengthened beams of Groups 1 and 2 were on average 16.6% and
83.7% higher than the reference beams. The strengthened beams reached
ultimate loads that were on average 10% lower (Group 1) and 23% higher
(Group 2) than the estimated loads by the ACI-440, indicating that the
expressions of the this code could be revised, specially when enveloping
only the web of the beams and anchoring at the bottom of the slab (Group 1
beams).
INTRODUCTION
TEST PROGRAMME
Tests were made on eight simply supported reinforced concrete T-beams, ,
with an overall length of 4400 mm; clear span of 4000 mm; 150 mm; overall
height of 400 mm; flange width of 550 mm and flange thickness 100 mm.
The shear span was 1070 mm and the shear span / effective depth ratio of
3.01. Details of the beams are given in Table 1 and in Figures 1 and 2. The
flexural reinforcement of the beams of Group 1 was 3 bars of 20mm
diameter (f, = 765 MPa; f, = 820 MPa; E, = 5.32 %), at the first layer and 3
bars of 16mm diameter (f, = 656 MPa; f, = 820 MPa; E, = 4.73 "/,) at the
second. For the beams of Group 2, six 22 mm diameter bars (f, = 712 MPa;
f, = 841 MPa; E, = 5.16 o/oo) in two layers were used as main flexural
reinforcement. Shear reinforcement for all beams was 26 rectangular 120 x
370mm (Figure 2) stirrups (f, = 77 1 MPa; f,= 8 10 MPa; E, = 4.34 o/oo). of 4.2
mm diameter positioned at 170 mm spacing. The anchorage of the
longitudinal bars were assured by 12.5 mm thick welded steel plates,
positioned outside the beam.
Table 1 Test Programme
Beam
Group
Laminates
Anchorage
Strengthening
Web enveloped
plus horizontal
strips
---
5
6
7
8
--- ---
p
I
(a/d=3.01)
I
4400
4 05.0- 1'lawr
SECTION A-A
ESC 1 25
5 F 7 0
26 N605 0-1280
*A
*A
370
120
26 N104.2-1080
Table 2 - Strengtheningarrangements
Beam
Strengthening arrangements
213
I4
200
200
W,=~~OIII~;S%=~~OIIIIII;
Beam 2 - Vertical (1 layer); 50 m m (width) horizontal strip (Fh);
Beam 3 - Vertical (1 layer); 100 mm (width) horizontal strip (Fh);
Beam 4 - Vertical (2 layers); 100 mm (width) horizontal strip (2 layers)
horizontal
strip
Group 1
Group 2
TEST RESULTS
Table 3 presents, for each beam, the strength of the concrete, the estimated
flexural ultimate load (Pnex), the ultimate shear ultimate capacity (Pshear)
according to Z ~ u t t yfor
~ , beams
~
1 and 5, the ultimate shear capacity (Pshear)
according to the ACI 440' design method for the strengthened beams
(beams 2 to 4 and 6 to S), the experimental ultimate load (PJ, and the
rupture type obtained. Beams 1 and 5 (without strengthening) failed in
shear at loads of respectively 11% and 28% higher than those estimated by
ZSUtty5X6.
All strengthened beams failed in shear. Beams of Group 1 (2 to 4) failed
in shear by debonding of the vertical strengthening strips and rupture of the
horizontal additional strips, for loads respectively 9%, 3% and 18% below
what was expected according to ACI 4401. It should be noted that beam 3
with one layer of laminate reached an ultimate load (3 15.0 kN) higher than
beam 4 (300.0 kN) with two layers of laminates, probably due to a more
likely debonding of the strips at beam 4 because of the more rigid patch
(two layers).
The results of Group 1 beams have shown that the expressions of ACI
440' estimate higher loads (about 10% more) for beams with CFRP strips
anchored at the web of the beams, even with the additional horizontal strips
adopted in the tests reported herein.
Figure 5 shows debonding of the vertical strengthened strips and
rupture of the horizontal strip for beam 4 after being tested. A shear crack
can also be seen at the back under the strips.
The beams of Group 2 (6 to 8) failed in shear by rupture of the
strengthened strips after an initial debonding of these strips, for loads which
were respectively 30%, 17% and 22% higher than those according to ACI
440'.
Beam
A'
(MPa)
(MPa)
Pflex Pshear
(estim) (estim)
(kN)
(kN)
pu,
Pu
(test)
(kN)
pflex
p u , Rupture
Pshear
Type
Group I
~
~~
23.3
2.2
623
235.0*
260.0
0.42
1.10
Shear
22.5
2.0
610
324.0
295.0
0.48
0.91
22.5
2.0
610
324.0
315.0
0.52
0.97
Debond
vertical
strips**
22.5
2.0
610
368.0
300.0
0.49
0.82
(Shear)
Group 2
5
46.1
3.1
946
290.6
372.0
0.39
1.28
Shear
45.7
4.0
945
502.0
650.0
0.69
1.30
45.8
3.1
945
672.0
788.0
0.83
1.17
Rupture
of
Strips
46.6
3.6
947
502.4
612.0
0.65
1.22
(Shear)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Authors are grateful to CAPES & CNPq, to WRJ, SECOEN and Paula
Machado Engineering, and to Masters Builders Technology for the support.
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 440, Guide for the Design and Construction of
Concrete Reinforced with FRP Bars, American Concrete Institute,
200 1.
2 . ARAUJO, A. S., "T" beams strengthened in shear with CFRP
laminates", M.Sc. Thesis, Dept Civil & Environ. Eng., University of
Brasilia, 2002.
3. Salles Neto, M., "Behaviour of "T" beams strengthened in shear with
carbon sheet laminates (CFRP)", M.Sc. Thesis, Department of Civil
Environmental Engineering, University of Brasilia, 2000 (in Portuguese)
4. Silva Filho J. N., "Additional tests in "T" beams strengthened in shear
with CFRP laminates", M.Sc. Thesis, Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering, University of Brasilia, 200 1 (in Portuguese)
5. Zsutty, T. C., "Beam shear strength prediction by analysis of existing
data". ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 65 No 8, November 1968.
6. Zsutty, T. C., "Shear strength prediction for separate categories of
simple beam tests". ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 68 No 2, Feb., 1971.
INTRODUCTION
Various retrofitting materials and techniques were carried out around the
world in the last two decades, which are based on a great need of repair and
retrofitting of existing structures that has become a major part of the
construction activity in many countries, such as the United States, China
and Australia.
It is no doubt that the Steel Plates and Fibre Reinforced Polymers (FRP)
are the two most commonly used external reinforcement materials.
Traditional retrofitting techniques that use steel and cementitious materials
do not always offer the most appropriate solutions. Whereas, retrofitting
with fibre reinforced polymers (FRE') may provide a more economical and
technically superior alternative to the traditional techniques in many
situations. FRPs are lighter, more durable and have higher strength-toweight ratios than traditional reinforcing materials such as steel, and can
result in less labour-intensive and less equipment-intensive retrofitting
work.
Tremendous amount of studies have been undertaken in the area of
structural flexural strengthening. Such strengthening of concrete members is
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
A total of sixteen reinforced concrete beam specimens were initially
constructed in a previous study3. All the test beams were designed in
accordance with AS 36004. The specimens were designed into four distinct
groups, depending on the reinforcement arrangement. Group 1 consisted of
beams reinforced with 2N16 longitudinal bars. Group 2 consisted of beams
reinforced with 2N16 bars and helices within the compressive zone, while
Groups 3 and 4 consisted of 2N20 and 2N24 longitudinal bars each with
helical reinforcement within the compressive region, respectively. The
helical reinforcement were provided in the test beams with a fixed pitch of
30 mm and an internal diameter of 50 mm, and the overall length of each
helix was 400 mm to allow the helix to encase the compressive region of
each beam. A summary of test beam details3 together with the loading is
shown in Table 1, and Figure 1 shows details of the helical reinforcement
which are of 250 MPa tensile strength, diameter of 50 mm and a pitch of 30
mm.
Each test beam was incorporated with four strain gauges. The four
gauges were divided into two groups that were applied on the longitudinal
tensile reinforcing bars, two in the beam centre and two at one-third of its
span. The gauges at each location were set at either side of the bar allowing
for the strains on both sides to be well monitored during the course of test.
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Group
No.
Ta
One
Ta
Two
Three
Ta
Four
Ta
16
Over-reinforced
Over-reinforced
I
I
2N24
2N24
Yes
Cyclic
Cyclic
Strengthening Configurations
In the tests which were conducted by Murray3, the test beams were deficient
in shear strength and did not achieve their ultimate flexural strength under
loading. To fulfil one of the objectives of the study, which is to retrofit the
beams in shear strength, the strengthening materials were only applied on
the pure shear span, which is shown in Figure 2.
In the FRP material wrapping practices, each of the shear retrofitting
zone is extended 50 mm from each side of the shear span, which is shown in
Figure 3.
Tensile Reinforcemnt
Conpressive Reinforcemnt
Longitudinalcompressive
,
,
,
- reinforcement
Helix
Longitudinal tensile
reinforcement
A,,
,,A
AL
Shear Span
Shear Span
4
fi
--
1000
1200
P/2
Coacr
ble 1 Properties
ble
1
Properties
ble 1 Properties
Group
Beam No.
(2 /batch)
Ta
Ta
Three
Ta
Experimental Procedure
All test specimens were subjected to four-point loading. The loading rate
for this series of tests was 0.05 m d s e c . Figure 4 shows a testing beam set
up under four-point loading arrangement.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Test variables included the helix confinement reinforcement, and the
retrofitting materials both in different types and different wrapping layers.
The beam crack pattern and failure modes were compared between various
specimens.
specimen tested. These ultimate loads are from reference 3. Table 3 also
presents the ultimate loads of the retrofitted beams. For the purpose of
comparison, relative load values herein are computed and presented in a
separate column.
Table 3. Ultimate load of each beam specimen, originally and after retrofitting
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Beam No.
Helix
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
ble
1
Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
ble 1 Properties
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
CONCLUSIONS
The results of testing the sixteen beam specimens proved that all the
examined test parameters contribute to the strength of the beams, and the
results confirmed that the strengtheningtechniques using FRP sheets can be
used to increase the shear capacity considerably, with efficiency that
depends on the test variables.
Conclusions that emerged from this study may be summarised as:
(a) The inclusion of the helical reinforcement was shown to increase the
performance of the beam in both load carrying capacity and flexural
strength; a 3 percent increase in strength was observed for beams that
failed in bending. Obviously, helical reinforcement did not have any
effect on beams that failed in shear.
(b) In consideration of the FRP materials contributing to the load carrying
capacity and flexural strength, it is indicated that retrofitting with FRP
provides a feasible rehabilitation technique for repair as well as
strengthening. The more layers of FRP materials applied, the higher
flexural strength would be achieved. Furthermore, the beams
strengthened with CFRP display an increase in the ultimate flexural
strength of up to 31 percent higher compared to that of beams
strengthened with E-Glass.
(c) The evaluation of the shear capacity enhancement focuses on beams
retrofitted with E-Glass. Effect of varied wrapping layers on beam shear
capacity achievement indicates that the increase in the external
wrapping layers leads to a proportional increment in the shear capacity.
Comparison between the results of E-Glass wrapped beams and that of
the original beams from reference 3, indicates that the retrofitted beams
achieve a shear capacity enhancement up to 17 percent compared to the
original ones.
(d) For the beams strengthened with CFRP, which is balanced or overreinforced, and failed in bending generally, it is shown that the CFRP
material out performs the E-Glass material in terms of external shear
reinforcing.
(e) The beams wrapped with E-Glass failed in shear with the angle of a
critical inclined crack with respect to the horizontal axis of about 45
degree. The failure was with the rupture of the E-Glass sheets. In
comparison, the beams wrapped with CFRP failed in bending with a
much more ductile failure mode, and the flexural cracks propagated
from the bottom at mid-span towards the compressive zone. The failure
was not with the rupture on debonding of the CFRP sheets. The results
confirmed that, under the same amount and configuration, the CFRP
material out performs the E-Glass material in structural externally
strengthening.
REFERENCES
B. GEDALIA
Freyssinet lnternational & Cie, Ibis, rue du Petit Clamart, BPI3.5, 78148 Vdizy
Cedex, France
INTRODUCTION
The studies carried out by researchers on the repair and strengthening of
structural reinforced concrete members show that the more strength increase
in flexure, the more likely shear failure occurs. The strengthening
techniques have been widely used in recent years in civil infrastructures
such as columns, beams or slabs since their first application in 1960s'. Many
studies2" have been conducted to investigate the flexural behaviour of
strengthening reinforced concrete structures by bonded externally steel
plates or fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) sheets. However, it is more
difficult to study the behaviour of shear strengthened reinforced concrete
(RC) beams, because the behaviour and ultimate strength of shear upgraded
reinforced concrete structures depends on many factors such as: concrete
compressive strength, composite material strength, steel yield stress,
longitudinal steel bar cross-section in flexural region, internal vertical steel
cross-section, stirrup spacing, strengthening area, shear span to effective
MATERIALS
In this experimental program, a concrete mix consisting of Portland cement
and maximum aggregate size of 15 mm in diameter is used. The average
compressive strength for all beams tested is 3 8 +2 MPa. The elastic modulus
obtained by the test was 35 GPa. The yield strengths of the steel bars and
internal steel stirrups are 550 MPa and 240 MPa, respectively. The elastic
modulus of steel is 210 GPa. The epoxy resin used consists of two
components : an epoxy resin and a hardener. The mechanical properties of
the epoxy resin are an ultimate tensile strength 29.3 MPa and an elastic
modulus 2.3 GPa.
Carbon fibre fabric used consists of carbon fibres set at 90" in the warp
and in the weft so as to obtain a flexible weave that can match various
shapes of backings.
IIW
48-
Spacing of
Angle of
of
ble 1 Properties
Ta
PU,
pu2
P U?
pu4
PCI
pc2
pc3
200
250
300
350
200
250
300
90
90
45
45
90
90
45
285
260
309
300
355
310
29 1
65
40
89
80
135
90
71
ble 1 Properties
Ta
It can be seen from Table 1 that the ultimate loads for the two control
specimens are 220 kN. It is interesting to show that they are identical. This
result allows analysing the strengthening effectiveness correctly.
The obtained experimental results show that:
a) The contribution of the carbon fibre fabrics to the ultimate load
capacity of beam varies with the spacing of CFF strips and the plating
pattern.
b) The gain in ultimate load in strengthening RC beam is considerable in
comparison with the control specimen. The ultimate capacity gain
increases with the reduction of the strips spacing; in the case of vertical
strips, the ultimate load increases by more than 50% for a spacing of
200 mm (PU,) compared with a spacing of 250 mm (PU,).
c)
d)
e)
7
R e i n f o r c e m e n t in t h e form o f ring
where V, is the shear strength of the concrete, V, the shear strength of the
steel reinforcement, and V, is the shear contribution of the composite
reinforcement.
The expression used to estimate shear contribution of CFF
reinforcement is similar to that for shear contribution of steel stirrups. The
shear contribution of carbon fibre fabric strips is calculated by equation (2)
as following:
p) (d&)
(2)
v,
vfr
(Vfi-Vd
/v,*I00
*
QC:
CONCLUSIONS
The test results indicate that the effectiveness of shear strengthening with
carbon fibre fabric strips on the shear capacity of RC beams varies with the
spacing of CFF strips, CFF plating pattern and CFF strip orientation. The
test results confirm that the strengthening technique using external bonding
CFF strips can be used to increase significantly the shear capacity of the RC
beams with shear deficiencies. Among the eight RC beams with different
strengthening manners, the best effectiveness is in the case of the RC beam
strengthened by vertical CFF strips in the form of U-wrap (PC,).
For the RC beams strengthened with vertical CFF strips, the shear
reinforcement in the form of closed ring is more interesting than that in the
form of U-shape. The contribution of CFF strips in the form of ring to the
shear ultimate capacity of RC beam is two times greater than that in form of
U-wrap. The importance of anchorage length of the reinforcing material is
obvious.
However, in the case of reinforcement with CFF strips inclined at 45",
the strengthening effectiveness in form of ring is less important than that in
form of U-wrap. This result can be explained by the fact that in the case of
the reinforcement with inclined CFF strips in the form of ring, there is a
local parasite flexure. This parasite flexure provokes a local overload of
border fibres of the CFF strips situated at the compressive region of the
beam.
The comparison between the experimental results and calculated values
indicates that the used expression to estimate the contribution of CFF strip
to the shear capacity of RC beam is acceptable. It must be noted that the
expression used in this work is only valuable in the case of the RC beam
strengthened by the CFF strips in form of U-wrap or in form of ring. The
results indicate that the difference between calculated value and tested value
is less than 14%. However, the used expression should be further developed
in order to satisfy the other case of the RC beam strengthened by composite
material.
REFERENCES
LHermite R, Bresson J. Concrete reinforced with glued plates. RILEM
International Symposium, Synthetic Resins in Building Construction,
Paris, 1967; p. 175-203.
2. Meier U. Carbon fiber-reinforced polymers: modern materials in bridge
engineering. Structural Engineering International 1992.2: p.7- 12.
3. Ziraba YN, Baluch MH, Basunbul IA, Sharif AM, Azad AK, and AlSuleimani GJ. Guidelines toward the design of RC beams with external
plates. ACI Structural Journal 1994. 91 (6): p. 639-646.
4. Triantafillou, T.C. Shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams
using epoxy-bonded FRP composites. ACI Structural Journal, 1998.
95(2), March-April, p.107-115.
5. LI A, ASSIH J, DELMAS Y, Shear strengthening of RC beam with
externally bonded CFRP sheets. ASCE Journal of Structural
Engineering 2001. Vo1.127 (4), p. 374-380.
6. LI A., DIAGANA C, BUYLE-BODIN F, DELMAS Y , Shear
strengthening of reinforced concrete beams. Concrete Science and
Engineering 2001. Vo1.3 ;NO12 ; pp.250-256.
7. Nanni A, Guides and specifications for the use of composites in
concrete and masonry construction in north America. Composites in
construction, proceedings of the international workshop; July 200 1.
p.36-45. Capri, Italy. Edited by E. Cosenza, C. Manfredi and A. Nanni
8. Khalifa A, qnd Nanni A., Rehabilitation of rectangular simply
supported RC beams with shear deficiencies using CFRP composites.
Construction and building materials 2002. 16, p.135-146.
9. Chen J.F. and Teng J.G., A shear strength model for FRP-strengthened
RC beams. Edited by C.J. Burgoyne, Proceeding of FRPRCS-5,
Combridge, UK, July 200 1, p205-2 14.
10. Gendron G., Picard A., GuQin M.C., A theorical study on shear
strengthening of reinforced concrete beams using composite plates.
Composite Structures 1999.45, p.303-309.
1.
INTRODUCTION
15
ly
10
21
k
OAram rl
C arbon
@Pa)
&
OAram kl
10
W C ahon
Ehstis rnoduLs o f f b e r E h .
GPa)
1
BAram kl
4-l
10
HC arbon
F h e r r e n f o r c e m e n t r a t b pwr &)
Fiber reinforcements such as sheet, tape or strand type were used for
wrapping the column specimens uniformly over the surfaces as shown in
section
Loading
direction
2 splices
Sheet type
1 splice
Sheet or tape
No splice
Tape or strand
BRI type
6
h
s2
3
-2 4
Lu
z 2
01
0.2
P,/(/)
0.3
02
PIV/(/.)
0.1
0.3
PW/W)
onVf
= ,/I 1.8x I 0-3 .Efm,1pwf
Using the fiber stress calculated by Eqs. (7), (8) and (lo), the relations of
the shear strength calculated by Eq.( 1) with observed maximum loads are
shown in Figure 6. Eq. (7) tends to overestimate the calculated value for
aramid fibers. For Eqs. (8) and (lo), there is no significant difference in
accuracy of prediction between the types of fibers. These formulas consider
the elastic modulus of fibers. The average ratio of experimental to
calculated values is 0.92 and 1.16 in the case of Eqs. (8) and (lo),
respectively. A smaller dispersion is found in using Eqs. (lo), as the
coefficient of variation is 11%.
z
c500
z
c500
400
400
Q 300
2 200
aJ
Q 300
2 200
,$ 100
g 100
p.
p.
400
E
3 300
j 200
.g
100
p.
rr,
I.,
2
c 500
t3
emu.
1.5
G 1
0.5
0.5
Q,.
1.5
1 Qn,.
0.5
Qsu
1.5
1 Qmu
CONCLUSIONS
REFERENCES
1. T. Kataoka et al., Experimental Study on Ductility of RC Pier Models Winded by Aramid Tape,
JCI, 18-2, pp.1463-1468, 1996.6 2. N. Araki et al., Experimental Study on Ductility of Reinforced
Concrete Beams using Sheet Type Fiber, JCI, 19-2, pp.207-212, 1997.6 3. K. Suzuki et al., An
Experimental Study on Shear Capacity of Existing R/C Columns Strengthened with Continuous
Fiber Tape, AIJ, C-2, pp.287-288, 1996.9 4. R. Figuero et al., An Experimental Study on Shear
Capacity of Existing Reinforced Concrete Columns strengthened with Continuous Fiber Tapes, AIJ,
C-2, pp.673-674, 1997.9 5. A. Asakura et al., Shear Strengthening of Existing Reinforced
Concrete Column by Winding with High Strength Fiber, JCI, 16-1, pp.1061-1066, 1994.6 6. N.
Hayashida et al., A Study on Seismic Retrofitting Existing RC Columns with Carbon Fiber Sheets,
AIJ, C-2, pp. 159-160, 1996.9 7. K. Imai et al., Structural Performance of RC Columns Reinforced
with Carbon Fiber Sheet, AIJ, C-2, pp.681-682, 1997.9 8. H. Katsumata et al., Study on Seismic
Retrofitting of Existing RC Columns with New Materials, Obayashi Co., 33, pp.67-71, 1986 9. H.
Katsumata et al., Seismic Retrofitting Method of Existing RC Columns with Wrapping of Carbon
Fiber, Cement and Concrete, 497, pp.20-29, 1988.7 10. F. Katahira et al., Retrofit Method of
Existing Reinforced Concrete Members by Carbon Fiber Spiral Hoops, JCI, 11-1, pp.861-866,
1989.6 11. K. Mori et al., Experiment about Shear Strength of RC Columns Reinforced with
Carbon Fiber Sheet of Steel Jacketing, AIJ, C-2, pp.661-664, 1997.9 12. Architectural Institute of
Japan, Design Guidelines for Earthquake Resistant Reinforced Concrete Buildings Based on
Ultimate Strength Concept, pp.104-120, 1990.11 13. T. Kataoka et al., Experimental Study on
Ductility of Reinforced Concrete Column using Sheet Type Fiber, JCI, 19-2, pp213-218, 1997.6
14. T. Yanase et al., An Experimental Study on Damaged RC Column with Sheet Type Carbon
Fiber Reinforcement, AIJ, C-2, pp297-298, 1996.9 15. T. Yanase et al., An Experimental Study
on Existing Reinforced Concrete Columns Jacketing with Carbon Fiber Sheets, Proceedings of
FWRCS-3, Vol.1, pp.427-434, 1997.10 16. S. Watanabe et al., An Experimental Study on Shear
and Flexural Resistance of RC Columns with Continuous Fiber Sheets, AIJ, C-2, pp.223-224,
1998.9 17. K. Suzuki et al., An Experimental Study on Ductility Capacity Improvement of
Existing RC Columns Wrapped with Continuous Fiber Tape, AIJ, C-2, pp.675-676, 1997.9 18. Y.
Jinno et a]., Shear Strengthening of Existing RC Columns, Shimizu Co., 65, pp.23-30, 1997.4 19.
H. Asai et al., Structural Properties of RC Columns Strengthened by Means of Acrylic Resin /
Carbon Fiber Sheets, AIJ, C-2, pp.693-694, 1997.9 20. M. Is0 et al., Experimental Study on
Seismic Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Columns with Wing Walls Retrofitted by Carbon Fiber
Sheets, JCI, 19-2, pp.225-230, 1997.6 21. Y. Katsukura et al., Atrucural Performance of RC
Columns Reinforced with Carbon Fiber Sheet, AIJ, C-2, pp.295-296, 1996.9 22. K. Masuo et al.,
Experimental Study on Shear Strengthening of RC Rectangular Columns with Wing Walls
Retrofitted by Carbon Fiber Sheets, GBRC, 84, pp.30-51, 1996.10 23. K. Masuo et al., Structural
Performance of RC Columns strengthened with Carbon Fiber Sheets, GBRC, 88, 1997.9 24. H.
Katsumata et al., A Study on Seismic Retrofitting of Existing RC Columns with Carbon Fiber,
Obayashi Co., 34, pp.114-118, 1987 25. H. Katsumata et al., Seismic Retrofitting of Existing
Reinforced Concrete Columns with Carbon Fibers, AIJ, C-2, pp243-244, 1995.8 26. K. Yagishita
et al., Experimental Study on Aseismic Strengthening of Existing Reinforced Concrete Columns,
AIJ, (2-2, pp657-660, 1997.9 27. M. Oda et al., Shear Strengthening of Existing Concrete
Columns by Wrapping Aramid Fibers, JCI, 15-2, pp755-760, 1993.6
INTRODUCTION
The way that shear is carried by a RC beam is still not well understood and
the exact contribution of the various mechanisms (truss, strut-and-tie or arch
mechanism) cannot be determined in an appropriate manner. To compensate
for this lack of knowledge, empirical equations are generally used to
determine the shear resistance offered by the concrete whilst the
contribution of the shear reinforcement is calculated according to the truss
analogy theory. The underlying philosophy for RC shear design relies on
plasticity theory, which allows redistribution of stresses once the capacity of
a mechanism is exhausted.
The use of FRP reinforcement with its distinctive mechanical properties
may affect significantly the way in which the various contributing
mechanisms act together.
To facilitate the use of FRP reinforcement in the construction industry,
design recommendations, which are based on modifications of equations
that were originally derived for steel reinforced concrete, have been
are based
proposed by various c ~ m m i t t e e s ' All
~ ~ of
~ ~these
~ ~ ~modifications
~.
on the implementation of a strain approach and introduce the cmcepts of an
equivalent area of flexural reinforcement and the maximum allowable strain
that can be developed in the shear reinforcement6. The limiting values of
strain that are imposed by the strain approach are equivalent to the yielding
strain of steel.
The adoption of this approach for FRP, however, implies that the load
carrying mechanisms are the same as for steel RC and that the plasticity
theory assumptions remain valid. No evidence of this, however, has been
presented as of yet.
The work presented here investigated the shear behaviour of FRP RC
beams and addressed the above issue. Findings of the experimental
programme are presented and discussed along with design recommendations
on all aspects of shear design.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMME
Twelve tests were conducted in two successive phases on six beams. Half of
the beams were reinforced in flexure with four 12mm steel bars, while the
flexural reinforcement of the other three beams comprised three GFRP bars
with a nominal diameter of 13.5 mm. Young's modulus ( E ) and ultimate
strength CfJ of the GFRP bars were 45 GPa and 750 MPa, respectively.
Each of the beams was subjected to a four-point-bending load with the shear
span to total depth ratio ranging from 1.1 to 3.3. The different shear span to
depth ratios were tested in order to study differences in the development of
shear transfer mechanisms. No shear reinforcement was provided in the first
phase of testing, while in the second phase, just enough glass (E=65GPa;
fu=1700MPa) and carbon (E=234GPa; f,=4500MPa) fibre shear
reinforcement was applied externally to the undamaged ends of the same
beams to enable failure to occur due to shear.
The findings of the two phases of testing are discussed e l s e ~ h e r e ' ~ ~ , ~ , ' ~
and only the behaviour of the beams with a shear span to depth ratio of 3.3
is reported and commented herein. Details of the test arrangement and
external instrumentation used for the first and second phase tests are shown
in Figure 1 and Figure 2, respectively. The properties of the test specimens
are summarized in Table 1.
m t u l strupping provided
to uvoidJailure on lhk side \
T
SB40
'150.
750
800
750-
-~ 2300
Figure 1. 1" phase - Test set up and arrangement of the external instrumentation
/1507
L=L
'I
'I
7
I'
I'
~
1800
Figure 2. 2"d phase - Test set up and arrangement of the external instrumentation
fcu
(MPa)
Shear reinforcement
(Ydphase)
Area
Spacing
(mm2)
(mm)
Type
Area
d
Type
(mm')
(mm)
SB4O(R)
54.3
452.4
224
S
2.81
100
G
GB43(R)
50.4
429.4
223
G
3.99
100/200+
c
spacing was increased by unloading the specimen and cutting alternate links before reloading.
d-ffective depth, S = steel, G = GFRP, C = CFRP
'
DISCUSSION OF RESULTS
A summary of the results of the two phases of the experiment is reported in
Table 2. Due to the lower stiffness of the reinforcement, the beams
reinforced with longitudinal FRP reinforcement exhibited much greater
deflections than those with steel reinforcement. Furthermore, shear crack
widths, measured at the same load levels, were generally larger for the FRP
RC beams than those observed in the equivalent steel RC beams.
Table 2 : Experimental results
Wma
flex.
?ma
shear
&\mar
T Y P ~of
Beam
Fmax
PN)
(mm)
(mm) rlment (p) r/ment
(,)
failure
SB40
90.1
8.8
0.3
S
yield
N/A
Shear
54.3
17.4
GB43
0.3
G
>5,000
N/A
Shear
SB4OR
116.5
7.8
2.4
S
yield
G
>19,000
Shear
GB43R 114.2'
29.7+
1.8+
G
N/A
C
>10,000
Shear
F,, = failure/max load; 6,, = failure/max deflection; w, = max. crack width; ~rn,
=
max. measured strain in flexural reinforcement; E~~~ = max. measured strain in shear
reinforcement; S = steel; G = glass FRP; C = carbon FRF'
values shown correspond to failure obtained with the large spacing of shear links
as specified in Table 1
smcm
3 50
c
v)
40
00 pstrain (shear rlment)
30
20
10
0
0
8
10
Displacement (mm)
After initial loading of beam GB43R (see Figure 4) it became clear from
strain readings that the desired shear failure might not develop. The beam
was therefore unloaded and alternate shear links were cut to halve the
amount of shear reinforcement, as reported in Table 1. The c.ontribution of
concrete and shear reinforcement to the total shear resistance of GB43R in
this latter stage of loading is represented by the shaded (dark) and un-shaded
area below the dashed curves, respectively.
60
9 50
.c
c/)
40
30
- 1"'+2"* cycle
20
10
Figure 4.
Estimate of the shear resisting components for GB43R during the lstand
2"d cycles (solid lines) and the 3rd cycle (dashed lines)
From the analysis of the results, it appears that the shear carrying
mechanisms are mobilised in a comparable manner in GFRP and steel RC
beams, and that the failure modes develop in a similar way (Figures 5 and
6). Therefore it can be concluded that the additive nature of shear resisting
mechanisms can be assumed to be valid.
Current recommendations
(allowable strain of 2,000-2,500 p)
120
100
"1
80
60
40
20
SA - Sdcycle
Y
6C
07
0.0
-0-
w.
SL - 3" cycle
40
Zd phase - l"+Zd cycle
WSL
0.5
1.0
1.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Crack width (mm)
Figure 7. Shear crack width growth for beams SB40 and SB40R
(left) andbeams GB43 and GB43R (right)
Figure 7 illustrates the shear crack width growth for beams SB40(R)
and GB43(R). Based on the results presented in this figure and Figures 3
and 4, it can be observed that for levels of strain up to 4,500 p~ (developed
both in the shear and flexural FRP reinforcement) as proposed in the
Sheffield approach, shear cracks were effectively controlled and the individual
shear resistance of concrete and shear reinforcementwere effectivelymobilised.
DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the above results, the following recommendations are made for the
shear design of FRP RC beams.
Concrete shear resistance
c
0
2 1
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.o
.2
Figure 8. Ratio of shear reinforcement calculated according to the strain approach and the
Sheffield approach plotted against normalised stifmess of the flexural reinforcement
CONCLUSIONS
The authors wish to acknowledge the European Commission for funding the
TMR Network "ConFibreCrete".
REFERENCES
STRENGTHENING OF CORROSION-DAMAGED RC
COLUMNS WITH FRP
S. N. BOUSIAS, T. C. TRIANTAFILLOU, M. N. FARDIS, L. A. SPATHIS AND
B. OREGAN
Department of Civil Engineering, University of Patras
GR-26500, Greece
INTRODUCTION
Structures in seismic regions often suffer both from deficiencies in member
strength and deformation capacity and from the effects of reinforcement
corrosion due to aggressive environmental conditions. Past experience has
shown that reinforcement corrosion not only reduces member strength due
to steel area loss, but it also affects adversely bond and anchorage, and
makes bars more susceptible to buckling and reduces steel ductility.
Moreover, transverse reinforcement (for shear and confinement), being of
smaller diameter and closer to the concrete surface, is more vulnerable to
corrosion. Thus its contribution to the effective confinement and the
resulting deformation capacity of the member decreases. For these reasons
the seismic behaviour of RC members, especially of columns, is affected by
steel corrosion, the problem being aggravated by the use of the more
corrosion-prone tempcore S500 steel.
two without corrosion) were tested without any retrofit measures as control
specimens.
Table 1 . Specimen geometry and material properties
Concrete FRP for retrofitting
Normalised Peak
Drift at
axial load
force failure (%)
strength, f,
Material
Layers
v=N/A,f,
(m)
Specimen
u-0s
18.3
18.3
18.1
18.1
20.4
18.7
17.9
18.6
18.7
18.3
18.6
20.4
c-0s
C-C2 Sin
c-c2s
c-c5s
C G5S
u-ow
c-ow
C-C2Win
c-c2w
c-c5w
C-G5 W
___
_-_
-__
___
Carbon
Carbon
Carbon
Glass
2
2
5
5
-__
___
Carbon
Carbon
Carbon
Glass
____2
2
5
5
0.38
0.38
0.37
0.38
0.34
0.37
0.38
0.35
0.35
0.37
0.37
0.34
190
182
167
190
182
182
72
65
67
70
67
69
2.5
2.8
4.1
5.1
3.7
4.1
4.1
4.4
7.2
7.2
7.5
7.5
0
10
two sections 250-mm and 500-mm above the base, was also measured
through displacement transducers.
Figure 2. Force-deflection loops for control specimens: (a) U-0s (uncorroded), (b)
C-0s (corroded)
250
250
200
200
150
151)
1w
2
e o
9 -so
100
50
8 ,
50
-100
-100
-150
-150
-200
-260
-100
-200
-50
Displacement (mml
50
Iw
-250-lw
50
Dlrplacernsnl (mm) 5o
Figure 4. Failure of (a) unretrofitted specimen C-OS, and (b) retrofitted specimen
c-c2s
In specimen C-C2Sin the two layers of FRP were applied to the column
after it had gone through cycles of increasing amplitude of up to 25 mm.
The initially damaged specimen exhibits faster strength degradation with
cycling (Figure 3a) and lower ultimate deformation capacity than the
companion initially damaged column (65 mm, i.e. 4.1%, vs. 80 mm or 5%).
Failure was again by CFRP rupture followed by buckling and failure of a
longitudinal bar. The difference in ultimate deformation, which has been
consistently found in four pairs of undamaged or initially damaged
specimens, may be explained by the fact that in the initially damaged
specimen activation of the CFRP starts after the concrete has undergone
some damage and lateral expansion; so it reaches earlier its (confined)
crushing strain, triggering uncontrolled expansion and CFRP fracture.
Increasing the number of layers of CFRP to 5 (specimen C-C5S)
contributes marginally to member strength (Figure 5a), although it enhanced
concrete confinement. Despite the increased jacket stiffness over that of
specimen C-C2S, member deformability did not improve: the specimen
sustained cyclic displacements of 55 mm, but at a displacement of 60 mm
(drift ratio 3.75%) suffered fracture of one bar and a drop in resistance of
25% of the previous maximum value. The test was continued for two more
cycles, in which neither the (reduced) lateral load capacity in the positive
direction changed, nor the (unaltered after-peak) corresponding capacity in
the negative direction, until another bar fractured on the positive. Fracture
of the corroded steel bar preceded fracture of the CFRP and became the
limiting factor.
2%,
-2%
-100
-50
Displasomant(mml
50
a
100
Figure 5. Force- deflection loops of: (a) C-CSS (5 CFRP layers), (b) C-GSS (5
GFRP layers)
With glass FRP for the retrofitting (specimen C-GSS), the 5-layer
jacket applied has a stiffness equal to that of the 2-layer carbon FRP jacket.
The increased energy dissipation over the unretrofitted specimen
demonstrated when retrofitting with CFRP, was also exhibited by this
specimen (Figure 5b). Again, the behaviour was purely flexural due to the
contribution of the GFRP to the shear capacity of the member. Failure
occurred at a displacement of 65 mm (drift ratio 4.1%) by fracture of one
longitudinal bar, as compared to 100 mm (drift ratio 6.25%) in the
companion uncorroded specimen (not included here). Compared to
specimen C-C2S, which had the same jacket stiffness, this specimen had a
slightly inferior performance. What is most interesting is that specimen
C-CSS, with 5 layers of CFRP, did not perform better than either of these
two specimens. It seems that there is no benefit in increasing the number of
CFRP layers beyond a certain limit, which, for this particular specimen, is
quite low.
Figure 6. Force- deflection loops for specimens (a) U-OW (uncorroded), (b) C O W
(corroded)
, ~ "
Deflection (mm)
Figure 7 . Force- deflection loops for specimens retrofitted with 2 CFRP layers:
(a) C-C2Win, (b) C-C2W
Figure 8. Failure of (a) unretrofitted specimen C-OW, and (b) retrofitted specimen
c-c2w
CFRP or GFRP layers. In that respect, the addition of 3 more FRP layers
did not prove to be very beneficial. Nonetheless, at a drift ratio of 8.45%
specimen C-C2W suffered CFRP fracture, whereas the test of specimens
C-CSW and C-GSW stopped at post-conventional ultimate drift ratios of
8.75% and 8.1%, respectively, without fracture of the FRP or the
reinforcement.
XI
5 .
XI
XI
150
Deflort,on imm,
100
XI
I0
1w
150
o.nestlOn imm)
Figure 9. Force- deflection loops for specimens: (a) C-C5W (5 CFRP layers),
(b) C-G5W (5 GFRP layers)
CONCLUSIONS
The General Secretariat for Research and Technology (GSRT) of the Greek
Ministry of Development provided partial financial support to this research.
SIKA provided the FRP materials.
REFERENCES
1. Federation International du Beton, Externally bonded FRP
reinforcement for RC structures,fib Bulletin 14, Lausanne, 2001.
2. Matthys, S., Taerwe, L. and Audenaert, K., Tests on axially loaded
concrete columns confined by FRP sheet wrapping, 4th International
3.
4.
5.
6.
T. J. IBELL
Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath.
Bath, BA2 7AY, United Kingdom
The shear capacity of existing concrete bridge beams is often inadequate
and unable to meet current code requirements. This paper deals with a new
type of shear strengthening for existing concrete bridges. It is proposed that
vertical FRP bars be inserted into pre-drilled holes and fastened in place
using epoxy resin. This method has the advantage that only the soffit of the
concrete bridge beam (or slab) is required for access, allowing the top
surface to remain undamaged during strengthening. This could allow the
bridge to be used during strengthening works, with traffic relatively
unhindered by work being carried out below. Ten laboratory tests are
presented here to demonstrate the system, and comparisons are made
against current code predictions for the strength of such concrete beams
with and without transverse reinforcement. The results of this work show
that the proposed strengthening scheme is effective and provides significant
improvement in the shear-carrying load capacity.
INTRODUCTION
Many concrete bridge elements are deteriorating, leading to a reduction in
their flexural and shear strength. This deterioration may be due to poor
initial design or construction (including poor material selection or poor
workmanship), increased traffic loads and aggressive environments.
If a concrete bridge is found to have inadequate shear strength and
individual webs are inaccessible (for example in the case of many parallel
closely-laid beams), one option to strengthen the bridge in shear is to insert
threaded vertical steel bars through the deck and bolt on end-plates.
However, this method requires access to both the soffit and top surface of
the bridge. This is problematic in terms of disruption in the use of the bridge
and maintenance might also be a problem, so stainless steel is often used.
This adds expense and means that the stainless steel bars must be isolated
TEST PROGRAMME
In order to verify the practicality and feasibility of the proposed verticallyembedded-bar shear strengthening scheme, the following test programme
was conducted. The FRF' reinforcement used was Arapree' bar whose main
properties, in accordance with manufacturer's data, are a tensile strength of
1.5 GPa, Young's Modulus of 60GPa, ultimate strain of 2.4% and density of
12.5 kN/m3.
Ten beams were tested under four-point loading to provide constant
shear within the shear spans. Each beam had a similar cross-section and
contained the same quantity of bottom steel reinforcement (2 T12 high yield
bars). Figure 1 shows the typical dimensions and longitudinal reinforcement
in the specimens. The first specimen contained no transverse reinforcement.
The second specimen contained five manually-drilled, unfilled 12mmdiameter vertical holes in each shear span (see Figure 2). The third and
fourth specimens contained respectively five similar manually-drilled
vertical holes in each shear span, but this time each filled with epoxyresined Arapree (10mm diameter) or steel bars (T10 deformed bar). The
fifth specimen contained three Arapree bars angled at 60" to the horizontal.
The sixth and seventh specimens contained respectively three vertical
Arapree or steel bars spread out over the shear span. The eighth specimen
contained two vertical Arapree bars in each shear span, each of diameter
lOmm as before. The ninth specimen was similar to the eighth, but
contained 7.5mm diameter Arapree bars this time. The tenth specimen
contained just a single l0mm-diameter Arapree bar inserted in the centre of
each shear span. Table 1 summarises the reinforcement in each specimen.
& PJ2
Il-
PJ2
1
1
Trans. reinforcement
2 T12 steel
none
2 T12 steel
2 T12 steel
2 T12 steel
2 TI2 steel
2 T12 steel
2 T12 steel
2 TI2 steel
2 T12 steel
10
2 T12 steel
500
Figure 2. Positioning of vertical hole
The required concrete cube compressive strength was about 50 MPa and
Figure 3 shows the typical test set-up for each of the specimens.
Table 2 shows a summary of the results of all tests. All beams cracked in
flexure around 15kN.Those beams strengthened in shear with three or five
FRP bars in each shear span (Beams 3 to 7) attained full ductile flexural
response. The beams which were either not strengthened or strengthened
with only one or two bars in each shear span (beams 1, 2, 8, 9 and 10) all
failed in brittle shear. Figure 4 shows the shear failure for specimen 10,
containing just one bar in each shear span. Note how the shear discontinuity
was constrained to occur between the single bar and the load point. This
increased the shear capacity considerably compared with Beam 1, as seen in
Table 2.
Table 2. Test results
Beam
No.
Average f,,
W a )
Failure
mode
Peak failure
load (kN)
(mm\
51
Shear
45
12
53
Shear
42
60
Flexural
83
> 40
51
Flexural
80
> 40
55
Flexural
83
> 40
50
Flexural
83
> 40
60
Flexural
76
> 40
59
Shear
64
13
59
Shear
64
13
10
59
Shear
60
12
Figure 5 shows the midspan load-deflection plots for all specimens, clearly
demonstrating the flexural ductility that was exhibited by those specimens
containing sufficient shear strengthening.
---
Beam 2
Beam 3
Beam 4
- _ _ _ _Beam 5
Beam 6
- - .-Beam
Beam 8
Beam 9
Beam 10
10
20
30
40
50
Displacement (mm)
FLEXURAL ANALYSIS
In the uncracked phase, it may easily be shown that the depth to the neutral
axis is x = 120 mm and the effective second moment of area I = 116x lo6
mm4. The theoretical first cracking moment M,, is given by M, = f c , (I/h-x),
wheref,, = 3.9 MPa is the average measured concrete tensile strength and h
is the overall depth of the beam (220 mm), so that M,, = 4.5 kNm.
Therefore, it may easily be shown that the theoretical total applied load at
first flexural cracking is P,, = 15.1 kN. This value matches well with that
observed in all tests.
At the ultimate limit state, assuming the concrete compressive cube
strengthsf,, for each test and the steel yield strength&, = 635 MPa, we find
that the ultimate moment of resistance of each beam turns out to be in the
range of Mu, = 24.1 to 24.6 kNm (forfc, = 5OMPa to 60MPa). Therefore, the
theoretical total applied ultimate load ranges from P, = 80 to 82 kN. This
range too is very close to that observed in the specimens which failed in
flexure (tests 3 to 7).
Comparisons between the ultimate load observed and code predictions are
now made for all beams. The predicted ultimate load capacity for beams 1
and 2, each of which contains no transverse reinforcement, is P,,= 2V,,
where V, is the concrete contribution term with all the safety factors put
equal to unity. For beams 3 to 10, with transverse reinforcement, P,, = 2 V,,,
where V,, = V, + 5.The assumptions made in determining p a r e explained
below. Codes-of-practice BS8 1 102, Bridge Assessment Guide BD44/953,
ACI-3 184 and Eurocode EC25 are used here for comparison purposes.
For the V, term from ACI-3 18, it is assumed that the equivalent cylinder
compressive strengthf', = 0.80f,,. For the V , term, it is assumed that the
vertically-embedded FRP bars will strain to 0.004 at the ultimate shear
capacity of the beams617.As the bars contain no hooked corners, no further
strain checks are made which would relate to bent portions of FRP stirrups.
With a Young's Modulus of the F W bars of 60GPa, the stress in the FRP
bars at shear collapse is 240MPa.
Thus, the term for V, based on a 45" truss analogy, becomes, for steel
and FRP transversally reinforced beams respectively:
V f=
635 .Ar.z
sv
v/= 240.Af.z
sv
where Af is the cross-sectional area of each bar, z is the effective lever arm
of the truss and sv is the spacing between vertical bars. Note that although
the codes-of-practice adopted here limit the spacing between stirrups to
various fractions of the effective depth, d, the calculations conducted here
ignore this limitation. Naturally, the design of an adequate shearstrengthening scheme would require closely-spaced vertical bars in reality.
The value of z is taken to be the fully-anchored length of each embedded
bar, which is the overall length of each bar minus the anchorage length at
each end. For purposes of analysis here, it is assumed that the average bond
strength between epoxy-resined bar and concrete is of the order of 12MPa'.
This translates to an anchorage length, Zb, of 50mm for the lOmm diameter
bars, so that in all cases, it is assumed that
z = h-2.1, = 220-2x
50 = 120mm
(3 1
Actual
Capacity
(kN)
45
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(Shear)
42
(Shear)
83
(Flexure)
80
(FI exure)
83
BS8110
Pred.
(kN)
48
(Shear)
49
BD44/95
Pred.
(kN)
47
(Shear)
47
ACI-318
Pred.
(kN)
41
(Shear)
42
EC2
Pred.
(kN)
41
(Shear)
42
(shear) (shear)
(Shear) (Shear)
(Shear) (Shear)
(Shear) (Shear)
(Shear) (Shear)
83
80
80
77
77
76
(F1exure)
64
(Shear)
64
(Shear)
60
(Shear)
82
(FI exure)
78
(Shear)
66
(Shear)
69
(Shear)
82
(F1exure)
76
(Shear)
64
(Shear)
67
(Shear)
82
(Flexure)
72
(Shear)
60
(Shear)
63
(Shear)
82
(F1exure)
73
(Shear)
61
(Shear)
64
(Shear)
(shear)(Shear)
(Shear)(Shear)
(Shear)(Shear)
(Shear) (Shear)
(shear) (Shear)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge the help of the laboratory staff and the
financial support from the Department of Architecture and Civil engineering
at the University of Bath, and Sireg, who supplied generous discounts on the
Arapree materials.
REFERENCES
INTRODUCTION
In recent years, external confinement of concrete with fiber reinforced
polymer (FRP) has emerged as a popular method for the retrofitting of
existing concrete columns for enhanced strength and ductility. Numerous
tests on FRP-confined concrete cylinders have thus been conducted'-''. '*, ",
and a number of theoretical stress-strain models have been proposed for
FRP-confined concrete'"' '-16 . It is hard to accurately predict the stress-strain
response of FRP-confined concrete, because parameters affecting the
performance of FRP-confined are numerous, in particular, the types of FRP
are diversified and the property of FRP is scattered. Based on the analysis of
a large number of test databases, this paper puts forward a new method to
predict the ultimate strength and strain of FRP-confined concrete cylinders
and suggests a stress-strain model.
(1) Concrete strength between 23.0 N/mm2 and 75.4 N/mm2 were tested.
(2) The majority of results were obtained from tests on the cylinders
with a dimension of 0100 mmx200mm or 0 150 mmx305mm.
(3) CFRP, GFRP, AFRP were used to confine the concrete, the CFRP
includes common CFRP (with a modulus less than 250 GPa) and high
modulus CFRP (with a modulus greater than 250 GPa). The FRP was
applied in the form of a tube or sheet.
(4) The tensile strength of FRP varied between 330 N/mm2 and 4433
N/mm2 , the modulus of FRP between 19100 N/mm2 and 640000 N/mm2 ,
and the thickness of FRP varied between 0.1 lmm and 3.Omm.
( 5 ) In order to eliminate the influence of steel, all the specimens were
without internal longitudinal or transverse reinforcement.
(6) This paper focuses on the test specimens without a descending
stress-strain response, that is, where a sufficient confinement from FRP has
been provided.
ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF CONFINED CONCRETE
Many researchers 1, 6, 8-10, 15-16 have suggested some methods to predict the
strength of FRP-confined concrete cylinders with reference to the
well-known equation proposed by Richart et al. Other researchers", 13* l4 also
presented some equations to predict the strength of FRP-confined concrete.
There are two significant parameters, confinement modulus (El) and
confinement strength (f;>, that will significantly influence the performance of
According to previous studies, the effectiveness coefficient is related
not only to the ratio of confinement strength to the strength of unconfined
concrete, namely fdco,
but also to the type of FRP, and it depends on the
method used to determine the strength of FRP. The ultimate strength of
FRP-confined cylinders can be predicted by following equations.
(1) For FRP sheet-confined concrete cylinders, where the strength of
FRP is determined by tensile coupon tests (Fig. 1a), the expression is:
Lc
-- 1+2.0- .A
Lo
L o
--- 1+ 3.0- J;
A
LC-- 1+ 2.5- J;
L
(3 1
L O
r ................................................................................
4 r
e 3 2 -
1 0 '
0
0 '
0
0. 5
1. 5
0. 5
fdco
fdco
0 '
0
0. 5
fdco
For concrete confined with GFRP or CFRP tubes, the ultimate Possion's
ratio can be approximated by [Fig 2(b)]:
The confinement is more effective for high modulus FRP, but as the
number of test databases of cylinders confined with high modulus FRP is
small, the ultimate Possion's ratio of high modulus FRP-confined concrete is
approximately suggested as:
r::)"""
v,, =0.56kf -
=-E f i
(7)
CC
vu
where E,, is the ultimate axial strain of FRP-confined concrete, and cfiis
the ultimate strain of FRP.
3 r
0 '
0
1 1
0. 5
1. 5
-0
0
fdco
0. 5
fdco
(2) The models proposed by Lam and Teng (2001), and Xiao and Wu (2001)
can favorably estimate the ultimate stress and strain of FRP
sheet-confined concrete, but it is not favorable for FRP tube-confined
concrete.
(3) The models proposed by Samaan and Mirmiran (1997), and Spoelstra
and Monti (1999) can favorably estimate the ultimate stress and strain
of FRP tube-confined concrete, but it is not favorable for FRP
sheet-confined concrete.
(4) It seems that all the existing models cannot favorably predict the
ultimate stress and strain of concrete confined by high modulus FRP.
( 5 ) The model proposed by this paper can favorably predict the ultimate
stress and strain of concrete confined by any type of FRP.
Researchers
Strain
Stress
Strain
Strain
~~~
Mean St.dev. Mean St.dev. Mean St.dev. Mean St.dev. Mean St.dev. Mean St.dev.
[I1
1.35 0.41
0.88
0.38
1.20
0.27
[21
1.32 0.38
1.11
0.37
1.23
0.28
[61
1.11 0.20
2.03
1.30
1.09
181
1.15 0.22
1.17
0.40
1.06
191
1.35 0.39
1.53
0.71
1.22
0.27
[lo]
1.08 0.17
1.58
0.76
1.03
0.11
[I11
1.06 0.16
1.87
1.05
0.94
0.17
[I41
1.09 0.39
0.94
0.33
1.17
0.27
0.97 0.14
1.02
0.32
0.93
0.12
1.00
0.31
0.96
0.10
[I51
Best
This paper
Third
[I11
7his paper
This paper
~ 4 1
~ 3 1
This paper
[6]
2% paper
Thispaper
[I11
STRESS-STRAIN RELATIONSHIP
Tri-linear Stress-strain Model
This paper suggests a tri-linear model can be used to predict the stress-strain
response of cylinders confined with a sufficient amount of FRP (Fig.3), each
point in Fig.3 can be determined respectively as following:
Point 1( E , ~ ocl
, ):
Point 2( E , ~ oc2
,
):
oc2
=(1+0.0002E,)~,
E , ~= (I
(10)
+ 0.0004E,) E,,
(1 1)
where E,, is the peak strain of unconfined concrete, and can be approximated
by 0.002.
point 3
fco
A,
( E,,
E,,
):
--c
EC
Figure 3. Tri-linear stress-strain model
Q.
v
100
80
2 80
60
92 60
v1
E40
,$ 40
v)
20
20
0.02
0.01
0.03
Strain
0.04
0.05
0.005
120 r
100
100
0.015
0.02
80
80
v
60
;60
5 40
f: 40
v)
20
20
O.O!
Strain
0.005
0.01 0.015
Strain
0.02
0.025
O.O1 Strain
0. 02
0. 03
(d) Toutanji
120
100
80
100
h
LC3
80
v
;60
al
2 40
v)
20
0
n
"
0.03
(QXiao et aI.
0.03
CONCLUSIONS
(1) The effectiveness coefficient of FRP is related to the value of f#Lo, the
form of FRP, and the method determining the strength of FRP. The
ultimate strength of FRP-confined concrete can be approximated by
Eqs.( 1) to (3).
(2) Methods to predict the ultimate Possions ratio of FRP-confined
concrete are proposed, from which the ultimate strain of FRP-confined
concrete can be easily calculated. The method is simply and suitable for
concrete confined by normal or high modulus CFRP sheet, GFRP sheet,
AFRP sheet and FRP tube.
(3) The stress-strain response of FRP confined-concrete can be predicted by
a tri-linear stress-strain model. The model is simply, and compares
favorably with many existing test results by other researches.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Financial support of partial work of this paper from the National High
Technology Research and Development Program of China (863 Program)
under grant 200 1AA336010 is gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Michael, N.F., Khalili, H., Concrete Encased in Fiberglass-Reinforced
Plastic, ACI Structural Journal, November-December, 1981,
pp.440-446.
2. Ahmad, H., Khaloo, A.R. and Irshaid, A., Behavior of Concrete Spirally
Confined by Fiberglass Filaments, Magazine of Concrete Research,
N0.156, 1991, ~ ~ 1 4 3 - 1 4 8 .
3. Mirmiran, A. and Shahawy, M., Behavior of Concrete Columns
Confined by Fiber Composite, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
V01.123, No5, 1997, ~ ~ 5 8 3 - 5 9 0 .
4. Hosotani, M., Kawashima, K. and Hoshikuma, J. A Stress-Strain Model
for Concrete Cylinders Concrete by Carbon Fiber Sheets, Concrete
Structures and Pavements, JSCE, No.592, V-39, 1998-5, pp37-pp52.
5 . Nakatsuka, T., Komure , K. and Tagaki, K., Stress-strain Characteristics
of Confined Concrete with Carbon Fiber Sheet, Concrete Research
and Technology, Vo1.9, July 1998, pp65-78.
6. Samaan, M., and Mirmiran, A. and Shahawy, M., Model of Concrete
Confined Fiber Composite, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
Based on the analysis of more than one hundred concrete prisms confined
with FRP, an analytical method for predicting the initial peak stress and
strain values of FRP-confined concrete prisms is presented. The ultimate
stress and strain of FRP-confined concrete prisms can be calculatedthrough
modifying the corresponding ultimate stress and strain of equivalent
cylinder concrete confined with equivalent FRP. Two models which can be
applied under different conditions are suggested to predict the stress-strain
relation of FRP-confined concrete prisms.
INTRODUCTION
In recent years, several studies of concrete square or rectangular columns
confined by FRP were reported in literature,2273 83 12, l 3 but the stress-strain
models of FRP-confined concrete prisms are still not conducted well.
Existing ones were mostly proposed based on the models of steel-confined
concrete. It is realized that directly applying the models of steel-confined
concrete to the case of FRP-confined concrete may result in overestimating
the strength because the steel-confined concrete behaves very differently
from FRP-confined concrete. This paper puts forward a new method to
predict the initial peak stress, initial peak strain, ultimate stress and ultimate
strain of FRP-confined concrete based on the analysis of results of more than
one hundred specimens. In addition, two stress-strain models are also
suggested to predict the stress-strain relation of FRP-confined concrete
prisms.
EXPERIMENTAL OBSERVATIONS
More than one hundred experimental results from existing investigations are
used in this paper. The available experimental data covers a wide range of
values for several parameters including concrete strength and type of FRP.
A typical stress-strain curve of FRP-confined concrete prisms is shown
in Fig. 1. After point A, the curve of stress-strain relationship may be either
descending or ascending due to the reinforcement level. In this paper, the
FJ
Point A is defined as an initial peak point, and the ultimate Point B or Point C
corresponds to the fracture of FRP reinforcement.
Ultimate point
0
&
Figure 1. Typical stress-strain curve of FRP-confined concrete prism
/&
Ef
and a factor A can be introduced to predict the initial peak stress and strain of
FRP-confined concrete prisms, as
2= 1+ 0.0008a1k1A
L
where
(2)
"1
30
=--L o
L o
d
w (unit
2r
0 '
0
2 0 0 a , ~ 400
800
600
Fig.3 shows the comparison between different test data from existing
studies3-5, 7-10, 13, 14 . A good agreement is observed.
100 P
5 6 0
= Rochette
Mirmiran
Nakade
0 HoE(ltm1(96)
*Hasotm1(98) .Wakatarka
I. +
2 8 0
thao
svter
+I5%
-15%
-15%
e40
3W 20
P
t;o
20
40
60
80
100
5 = 1+ 0.0034a,k2/Z
(4)
4 j
0 '
0
400
200
600
a?
Figure 4. Regression equation for initial peak stress
0.012
0.008
0.004
0
0
0.004
0.008
0.012
=k3Lc
(5)
Lc
where r is the ratio of the radius comer and h is the length of the longer side of a
section (Fig. 6).
Equi val ent cyl i nder
7
+15%
20
40
60
80
100
Ultimate Strain
(7)
= k4Ecc
Er I 2 5 0
(unit GPa) (8)
250
Er >250
STRESS-STRAIN RELATIONSHIP
concrete in the first region before the initial peak point, a curvilinear equation
is used to predict the stress-strain relationship in the second region, the
curvilinear equation being first proposed for steel-confined concrete by other
researcher^'^, but some coefficients are simplified here. The following
expressions are obtained for Model I (Fig. 8).
"1
0'
CP
oc= o c p ( 2 x - x 2 )
xll
A l-xA
x>l
o,=x
(9)
wherex=Ec/EcP, A=-5130B2+44B-0.778, B = o , / ( 1 0 6 ~ c p ) .
The ultimate stress can be calculated by Eq. (5). It will result in determination
of the whole stress-strain curve of the confined concrete.
Model I is valid only when the confinement effectiveness is relatively low
and the post peak behavior shows a descending response. The applicable
range of
< 0.14 is suggested, in which J; is the lateral confinement
J/Ao
50
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
Strain
(a) Hosotani3 and Nakatsuka'
0.01
0.005
0.01
0.015
0.02
0.025
Strain
(b) Nakadeg and ZhaoI3
Model II
J;/xo
50 I
0.005
0.01
0.015
0.02
Strain
(a) Rochette and Pavin
0.025
0.002
0,004
0,006
0,008
Strain
(b) Hosotani ( 199q4and LiI4
CONCLUSIONS
(1) A factor A is introduced to predict the initial peak stress and strain of
FRP-confined concrete prisms. The model shows a satisfactory
agreement with the experimental results.
(2) The ultimate stress and strain of FRP-confined concrete prisms can be
predicted by reducing the ultimate stress and strain of equivalent
cylinders confined with equivalent FRP reinforcement using two
different factors k3 and k4.
(3) Two different models are suggested for the stress-strain response of
FRP-confined prisms with both post strain hardening and strain softening
behavior. Both models were found to agree with existing test results..
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Financial support for partial work of this paper from the National High
Technology Research and Development Program of China (863 Program) under
grant 2001AA336010 is gratefully acknowledge.
REFERENCE
1. Xing, Q.S., Weng, Y.J. and Shen, J.M, Experimental Study on the Complete
Stress-strain Curve of Confined Concrete, Proceeding of National
'
INTRODUCTION
EXPERIMENTS
Two concrete mixtures were used, with low and high concrete target
strengths respectively for the construction of cylinders with 150 mm
diameter and 300 mm height. The concrete composition, strength and
modulus of elasticity of the plain cylindrical specimens are presented in
Table 1.
Table 1. Concrete mixtures.
Average
proportion ofthe concrete mixture ( /m3)
(w+w,)/
Strength
c
silica
k0
w Air d i t i v e s (c+silica)
W a
fid powder scmd
GraVel
(liters) % (liters))*
(kd dO-8m d:8-12 ~m d : l l - l 6 ~ n
(cylidical)
20.5
201.4 1205.3
364.4
364.4
189.5 2.4
0.94
500 16.5
934.5
382.3
382.3
178 2.4 9.45
0.35
49.2
The FRP wrapping material was BPE Composite 300S, made of Grafil
carbon fibers and epoxy resin. Data provided by the supplier are cited in
table 2. Moreover split-disk tests according to ASTM D 2290 were
performed to estimate the hoop properties (effective ultimate lateral strain)
of the FRP sheet. Results are presented in Figure 1.
Table 2. Carbon fiber properties.
GraJil Inc. unidirectional 340-700 carbon
BPE Composite 300s carbon sheet
Tensile
Tensile
Tensile
Thickness, Mdth, Weight,
Strength2 Modulus, Elongation, Density,
(dcm')
~ype
mm
(@a)
mm (dm')
%
(Ma)
300
300
1.9
1.8 Unidkctional
0.17
4500
234
C F R P - S h e e t R i n g Test
-1
0000
0004
0008
Layerr (n)
0 012
Strain
'.
specimen was tested under monotonic load and the other under repeated
load with the same loading-unloading rate.
The load, axial displacement, axial strain and lateral strain were
measured as shown in Figure 3.
1 layer (a)
1 layer (b)
2 layer (a)
2 layer (b)
3 layer (a)
3 layer (b)
LVDT #3
All specimens were conditioned at 20C and 50% relative humidity and
tested after twelve and a half months. The loading machine capacity was
5000 I&.
The rate was 10 MPa I minute at monotonic and cyclic loading,
similar to that of ASTM C 39/C 39M - 99 standards. The repeated loadunload cycles were related to the unconfined concrete strengthf, and the
ultimate strength of confined concrete fco The load of each cycle was
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Plain concrete exhibited a brittle behavior with rather columnar type of
concrete fracture due to elimination of base friction (use of teflon caps),
Figure 4a. The curves of plain concrete stress-strain response are presented
in Figures 5 and 6.
L batch
H batch
2
I
D
bl
i
-0.0015
-0.W
Lateral smn I1
0 . W
0.0015
0.W25
0.0035
0.W45
Ilx,Lstra,nra
-0.001 -0.wO5
0,003 0.w35
-0.02
-0.01
Lateral S t m n E l
0.02
0,01
&la
0.03
Stmn La
- -,-.I
.-
--........-
0.0'
lateral strsn L I
Axm St,a,n ra
-0,015
-0.01
-0.W5
Volumetric Stla," 6"
UltitmIe
Lnbels
stress
L-2
L-3t
L
W-lt
LIC-H
Lz-lt
L2C-H
17.1
23.0
20.5
41.3
48.7
57.2
63.8
63.1
73.9
50.0
50.5
47.1
49.2
79.0
75.2
83.9
79.2
100.6
108.6
w-lf
wc-2
H - It
H-2
H-3t
H
HI-If
HlC-H
H2-lf
HZC-2
H3-lf
H3C-2t
Ultime
(ntime
W u s
h i d s t r a n Lateralstran 4Ehtieiity
0.0014
0.0033
0.0026
0.00%
0.0170
0.0142
0.0191
0.0142
0.0210
0.0017
0.0019
0.0016
0.0017
0.0039
0.0050
0.0035
0.0033
0.0062
0.0076
-0.cco2
-0.ooo4
-0.0003
-0.0080
-0,0102
25.4
23.9
24.4
-0.0064
-0.M)90
-0.0058
-0.0082
-0.0003
-0.0007
-0.0012
-0.ooo7
-0.0044
-0.0074
-0.0026
-0,0022
-0.0048
-0.0062
N d i z t d Nonmliztd Nonmliztd
Laad
hid&ain Lateralstmin
2.02
2.38
2.80
3.12
3.08
3.62
3.69
6.54
5.46
1.35
5.46
8.08
2667
34.00
21.33
30.00
19.33
27.33
1.61
1.53
2.29
2.94
2.06
1.94
3.65
4.47
6.29
10.57
3.71
3.14
6.86
8.86
40.4
35.5
34.0
36.7
1.70
1.61
2.04
2.21
normalized lateral strain had similar reducing tendency for higher strength
concrete.
In cyclic loading of confined specimens, the variation of strength and
ductility was similar to that of the monotonic mode of load. In fact the
failure values were higher. From the stress - volumetric response diagrams
it could be noted that the carbon jacket tends to control concrete expansion.
(Figures 8 and 10). For the same confinement volumetric ratio, the lower
concrete strength results in better control of concrete expansion. The lateral
strain is better restricted in lower strength concrete. For specimens
subjected to cyclic loading, the same remarks are valid.
Increasing the volumetric ratio of carbon jacket (more sheet layers), led
to increase in the rigidity in fiber direction of the jacket. For plain concrete
strength (20.5 MPa), the normalized values of ultimate load in Table 3
revealed an increase from 2.02 for one layer ofjacket, to 3.62 times the load
of plain concrete for three layers. The increase in ductility varied from 3.69
to 8.08 correspondingly. From the normalized values in Table 3, it could be
noted that the increase in both strength and ductility of the confined
concrete (for every additional layer of jacket) was lower when the plain
concrete strength was higher. However, high strength concrete specimens
wrapped with only three layers of carbon sheet reached the strength of 108.6
MPa. No difference was noted for specimens under cyclic mode of loading.
During loading, the jacket was under a tri-axial state of stress. The
ultimate strain at failure of the carbon FRP jacket for the 20.5 MPa concrete
strength ranged from 0.008 for one layer to 0.0058 for three layers. For the
49.2 concrete strength specimen with three layers of CFRP the strain at
failure reached 0.0048. It is obvious that the strain at failure of the jacket
was lower than the half of the tensile elongation at failure of the carbon
fibers, (Table 2). Specimens subjected to cyclic load showed a relatively
higher ultimate lateral strain.
CONCLUSIONS
INTORODUCTION
Most R&D and field application projects were concentrated on concrete
column repair and strengthening using fiber composite materials. FRPmaterials can be used to upgrade civil engineering structures and this could
be the most effective way of introducing fiber composites into widespread
civil engineering use
'. Experimental studies have shown that concrete
cylinders confined by CFRP sheets, when loaded in uniaxial compression,
display a distinct bilinear stress-strain response with a transition zone
around the ultimate strength of unconfined concrete. The slope of the
branch after the transition zone depends on the volumetric ratio and the
mechanical properties of the confining device and is always lower than that
of the initial branch 2, 5, . The use of wrapped concrete columns above the
transition zone is questionable because of internal damage of concrete and
23
42
Material
Carbon yarn
(Zoltek PANEX33)
(Producer k data)
Epoxy resin
(NMBPE 41 7)
Fiber properties in
composite (Tensile
test on split disk)
Tensile
Modulus
(GPO)
Elongation
?A)
3800
228
1.6
50
1807
218
0.85
Cross-sectional Area
1.86 nunz
(Fiber Diameter: 7.2 pm)
Specimen Preparation
Five different concrete mixtures were designed to cover compressive
strength (measured on cubes with 150-mm side length) ranging from 20
MPa to 100 MPa. For the fabrication of C80 and ClOO batches
(corresponding to concrete with 80-MPa and 100-MPa compressive
strength, respectively), silica fume and additives were used. The additives
were Sikament-56 super-plasticizer and Sika retarder and both were added
as a percent of binder (cement and silica fume). Table 2 shows the
mechanical properties of concrete.
Table 2. Mechanical properties of concrete from experiments
Ultimate Stress (MPa)
Batch
Cylinder
c20
C 40
C 60
C 80
c 100
20.5
40.0
44.
49.2
61.6
Cube
(I50mm)
34.2
60.5
76.2
81.4
104.1
Elastic Modulus
Eb
Poisson's Ratio
(GPO)
24.40
34.03
37.83
36.65
39.09
0.14
0.17
0.19
0.18
0.19
After taking the concrete specimens out of their molds and curing them,
a primer resin was applied on the concrete surface so that the proper
underlay for high performance of confinement could be provided. Another
type of epoxy resin was applied to fill some cavities and pores on the
concrete surfaces. After finishing the treatment of the concrete surface, the
confining process with prestressed carbon filaments was performed. The
filament fed from the creel was received by the forcing device, where the
weight of designed prestress level was suspended from the yarn. The
applied forces were 300, 600 and 800 N, resulting in prestress levels of 80,
160 and 210 MPa (indicated in the following as prestress levels 1, 2 and 3,
respectively) and then the winding process was conducted around the
rotating concrete cylinder. The main resin was applied on the concrete
cylinder surface and filament before winding. Figure 1 shows the schematic
diagram of the filament winding process and a concrete cylinder confined
by filament winding. The carbon fiber ratio for specimen sections was
2.48%.
Winding
Tension
Specimen
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
The test results, compressive strength, ultimate axial and lateral strains are
presented in Table 3 and the normalized values of ultimate strength are
presented in Figure 2. The normalized effect of confinement on
compressive strength decrease when concrete strength increases. The same
tendency is observed for normalized ultimate axial strain but it is not so
clear. The normalized lateral strain decreases and then seems to increase
with concrete strength.
Batch
Compressive
Strength, (r Tc
(MW
*
20PIC
40PlC
60PlC
8OPIC
l0OPlC
20P2C
40P2C
60P2C
80P2C
lOOP2C
20P3C
40P3C
60P3C
80P3C
100P3C
(r I c
/ (r zp
Jltimate Axial
Ultimate Lateral
Strain,
.zZcc/E,e
Strain,
&I c&l
&I cc
61 cc
105.08
5.14
0.0293
11.28
-0.0080
26.53
147.12
163.91
187.78
160.77
3.67
3.70
3.82
2.61
0.0212
0.0184
0.0215
0.0112
12.47
10.81
12.63
6.24
-0.0085
-0.0079
-0.0 103
-0.0080
12.15
13.23
14.66
19.93
109.10
5.33
0.0272
10.44
-0.0074
24.72
162.73
159.30
168.12
171.91
4.06
3.59
3.42
2.79
0.0270
0.0140
0.0184
0.0131
15.85
8.25
10.85
7.28
-0.0106
-0.0064
-0.0076
-0.0082
15.18
10.71
10.88
20.61
100.15
4.90
0.0300
11.53
-0.0068
22.68
139.14
155.90
180.94
154.53
3.48
3.52
3.68
2.51
0.0196
0.0133
0.0192
0.0086
11.53
7.80
11.27
4.76
-0.0067
-0.0076
-0.0090
-0.0065
9.58
12.66
12.89
16.15
'.
Strain
iZ,I
Strain
Strain
Strain
Shin
Strain
specimens from the same concrete batch with different prestress level
showed similar ultimate compressive behavior.
Another comparison was done according to the stress of transition zone
0; or the knee point (Figure 3). It is difficult in the transition zone to
exactly determine where the knee point really is. The knee point was
estimated as the point in the transition zone where an elastic performance
ends. The normalized measured stresses are presented in Table 4. It can be
noted that the high strength concretes of C80 and ClOO batches showed a
more prolonged transition zone in a way improving the elastic behavior of
concrete by the prestressed confinement.
Table 4. Experimental effect of confinement to the transition zone
Concrete Batch Values
c20
C40
C60
C80
CIOO
1.41
1.32
1.40
1.38
1.30
1.61
1.37
1.44
1.48
1.43
1.41
1.32
1.13
1.42
1.45
0iP
0iP
where E, is the elastic modulus of the confining device and h and R are the
thickness of confining device and radius of concrete cylinder, respectively.
From Hookes Law and elementary transformations, the stress-strain
relation of confined concrete specimen in axial direction in the initial elastic
region can be expressed as follows:
( 31
k = (E,h)/(E,R)
(4)
and
o:/o;p= l + ( l - v ) k ,
oco
DZP
ozp
(:1
(1 - v)k + 1} ---1
(6)
The first term on right hand side reflects the influence of confinement
without prestress and the second term corresponds to prestress. The
efficiency of confinement is characterized by parameter k, [Eq. (4)] ( k + 00
for completely stiff confinement, and k +- 0 in the absence of
confinement).
In Table 5, the main characteristics of confined concretes in the elastic
region are calculated using the above equations. For a given value of k ,the
initial modulus of confined concrete E,,,/ [Eq. ( 3 ) ] is negligibly larger than
the unconfined value, and the axial stress at the elastic limit for the confined
Em,
Eb
Calculated 0: / oip
c20
C40
C60
C80
ClOO
0.112
0.080
0.072
0.075
0.070
1.004
1.004
1.005
1.005
1.005
1.100
1.067
1.059
1.061
1.057
1.409
1.190
1.155
1.154
1.126
1.721
1.313
1.251
1.247
1.195
1.930
1.396
1.316
1.310
1.242
without prestress
Calculated a: / o:,
prestress level 1 (80
MPa)
.
Calculated 0: / ozp
prestress level 2 (160
MPa)
Calculated 0: / o:,
prestress level 3 (210
MPa)
CONCLUSIONS
In this paper, it is shown that the confining action of carbon filaments with
prestress is more effective than confinement without prestress. Prestressing
rises and prolongs the transition zone significantly with factor up to 1.4.
This fact has importance for the stability of confined concrete columns,
because for stresses above the transition zone, the modulus is considerably
reduced. The confined cylinder ultimate compressive failure stress is not
influenced by the prestress.
For accurate theoretical prediction of
INTRODUCTION
rapid and full penetration into the fabric, and (3) remove the impregnated
fabric from the slurry tank and place in molds.
Some preliminary work has been carried out to make thin plates. Plate
as thin as 2 mm can be made with two layers of unidirectional fiber tapes.
Both carbon and glass fibers have been used in the investigation although
we are aware of potential durability problem of glass fibers in cement
alkaline environment.
Selected plates have been tested according to ASTM C78-75, Standard
Test Method of Flexural Strength of Concrete (using simple beam with
third-point loading). A picture of a 4-mm thick plate sample is shown in
Figure 1 during a 3-point bending test. Figure 2 depicts the flexural load vs
displacement curve showing very high flexural strength (1 00 MPa) and
excellent ductility (also see Fig.1). Such high strength and high ductility
are not the norm of cement materials, but it should not be too surprising
since the high strength comes from the carbon fibers and the high ductility
is attributed to multiple cracking phenomenon of brittle cement matrix'o"'.
The current work has demonstrated that thin cement sheets having excellent
strengtldductility can be produced within minutes. This fast process is a
must for in-situ processibility on job sites and for achieving low cost.
=4
120 r
-m.
100
E
d
0)
80
p!
60
40
G
-
a,
20
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Deflection (mrn)
Figure 2: Flexural stress vs. mid-point deflection curve of a carbon fiber reinforced
cement plate
Test Results
The axial stress versus axial strain relationships of the unconfined and
confined concrete are shown in Figure 5. As shown in Figure 5, the initial
portions of the stress-strain responses of the confined specimens essentially
followed the curves of the unconfined concrete. The average compressive
strength of the unconfined concrete is 54 MPa. The CFRC group shows a
compressive strength two times higher than that of the control from 54 MPa
to 100 MPa. In addition, the ductility is increased by 3 times from 2 mm to
6 mm. The CFRP sample has the highest compressive strength (105 MPa)
and ductility. Nevertheless, the differences between CFRC and CFRP are
insignificant. The CFRP jacketed samples showed explosive failure that
was triggered by the complete rupture of the CFRP jacket. The remnants of
the CFRP sample after failure are shown in Figure 6. The CFRC samples
also show fiber rupture failure similar to the CFRP sample. The CFRC
samples have a much less violent global failure than the CFRP (see Figure
7). Concrete inside the CFRC jacket was crushed completely (Figure 8).
120
10
Deflection (mm)
Figure 7: Global failure of the CFRC sample due to rupture of the CFRC jacket.
CONCLUSIONS
It is confirmed that the compressive strength of concrete can be
significantly improved using external CFRP wraps. In addition, the
ductility of the confined concrete is significantly increased. The final
failure of the confined concrete is provoked by the onset of the composite
rupture. The CFRC confined concrete show similar improvements in both
ultimate compressive strength and ductility with the CFRP concrete.
Because of the use of high strength concrete in this study, the final failure
of the plain concrete is explosive. The final failure of the CFRP confined
concrete shows even more violent. The CFRC concrete has a much less
violent global failure than the CFRP.
REFERENCES
1. McConnell, V.P. Bridge Column Retrofit, Hybrid Woven Unifabric.
High Performance Composites, September/October, 1993,62-64 pp.
2. Seible, F. and Priestley, M.J.N. Strengthening of Rectangular Bridge
Columns for Increased Ductility. Practical Solutions for Bridge
Strengthening and Rehabilitation, Des Moines, Iowa, 1993.
3. Karbhari, V.M., Eckel, D.A., and Tunis, G.C. Strengthening of
Concrete Column Stubs Through Resin Infused Composite Wraps. J
of Thermoplastic Composite Materials, V.6, 1993,92-107 pp.
INTRODUCTION
One important application of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites is
as a confining material for concrete in the retrofit of existing concrete
columns by the provision of FRP jackets. Such jackets are commonly
formed in a wet lay-up process, with the fibres being only or predominantly
in the hoop direction. Concrete-filled FRP tubes are another important
application, in which the FRP tubes have a substantial axial stiffness. This
paper is explicitly concerned with the behaviour of unidirectional FRP
jackets interacting with concrete only, although the conclusions are believed
to be relevant to concrete-filled FRP tubes as well. The issue examined in
this paper is the ultimate tensile straidstrength of FRP jackets in the hoop
direction in FRP-confined concrete, versus that obtained from a material
In the present study, two types of FRP were employed: carbon FRP (CFRP)
and glass FRP (GFRP). The CFRP was formed from unidirectional carbon
fibre tow sheets and epoxy resin. The carbon fibre sheets had a nominal
thickness of 0.165 mm. The GFRP was formed from a woven fabric
consisting of E-glass fibres in the longitudinal direction as the main fibres
and sparsely distributed aramid fibres in the transverse direction. The woven
fabric had a nominal thickness of 1.27 mm. The nominal thicknesses were
used for the calculation of material proprieties as is commonly done for wet
lay-up FRP. The two FRP systems were proprietary products supplied by
separate companies.
Two types of material tensile tests were conducted to determine the
material properties: flat coupon tensile tests and ring splitting tests6. The
purpose of these tests was mainly to determine the material ultimate tensile
straidstrength and elastic modulus, and to examine the effect of curvature
on tensile properties.
Flat Coupon Tensile Tests
The flat coupon tests were conducted following the ASTM standard5.
Dimensions of the test specimens are shown in Figure 1. The strains were
average values from two strain gauges at mid-length on the two sides of the
test coupon. The results of the tensile tests calculated using the normal
thicknesses and the actual widths12 (about 25 mm) are shown in Table 1,
where each result is the average of at least five specimens. Typical stressstrain curves of the FRPs from flat coupon tests are shown in Figure 2.
Strain gauge
w
4
One-layer FRP
(shear) (Shear)
(Shear)
(Shear)
Table 1 . Results
of material
tensile(Shear)
tests
Type of test
1.2
..... .............
I...........
. ....................
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
Strain gauge
The ring splitting tests were also conducted following an ASTM standard6.
Dimensions of the test specimens are shown in Figure 3. The GFRP rings
had a nominal width of 23 mm to correspond to 10 yarns of the woven
fabric instead of 25 mm which was used for the CFRP ring. For the CFRP
rings, the nominal thickness and the actual widths were used in determining
the tensile properties. For the GFRP, the nominal thickness and the nominal
width were used as the actual widths were more difficult to measure due to
the size of yarns and the presence of transverse fibres. The tensile test
coupons were formed in a different way so there was no such problem'*.
FW jacket
over the whole circumference and then of the strain gauges outside the
overlapping zone. All 18 FRP-wrapped cylinders showed eventual failure by
the rupture of FRP outside the overlapping zone and bilinear stress-strain
behaviour ending at a point defined by the compressive strength fc:and the
ultimate strain E,, .
COMPARISON OF TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The average hoop rupture strains of FRP obtained in the compression tests
(Table 2) are seen to be much smaller than the material ultimate tensile
strains obtained from flat coupon tests as given in Table 1. The ratio of the
FRP hoop rupture strain to the material ultimate tensile strain obtained from
flat coupon tensile tests has been termed the efficiency
Type of test
Type of test
Type of test
Type of test
Type of test
(shear) (Shear) (Shear) (Shear) (Shear)
For the FRP-confined cylinders with an overlap length of 150 mm, this
efficiency factor is only 0.583 for the nine CFRP-wrapped cylinders and
0.669 for the six GFRP-wrapped cylinders if the FRP hoop rupture strain is
taken as the average value from the eight strain gauges. These two values
are very close to those found by Lam and Teng" from test results reported
in the open literature, which are 0.586 for 52 CFRP-wrapped concrete
cylinders and 0.624 for nine GFRP-wrapped specimens.
Figures 5a and 5b show the distributions of the FRP hoop strains around
the wrapped cylinder at rupture. These figures show clearly that the strains
are non-uniform around the circumference, with substantially lower values
within the overlapping zone. Indeed, the smallest hoop strain is always
found within the overlapping zone and on average is only about 38% and
45% of the ultimate tensile strain from flat coupon tests for CFRP-wrapped
cylinders and GFRP-wrapped cylinders, respectively. It is easy to
understand that these lower FRP hoop strains arose because the FRP jacket
was thicker in this zone. For the same confinement pressure, the strain in
jacket is inversely proportional to the thickness of the jacket. Figure 6
further illustrates the effect of overlap length, where the strain distributions
in confined cylinders with three different overlap lengths are compared. For
the two cylinders with longer overlap lengths, the average hoop rupture
strains are thus reduced (Table 2). In this connection, it is worth noting that
a longer overlap length has the same effect as a reduced strain capacity of
the FRP.
Figures 5 and 6 also show that the strain distributions outside the
overlapping zone are also non-uniform, although the variation is smaller.
This non-uniformity can be attributed to the non-uniform deformation of
cracked concrete which is an inhomogeneous material. The maximum hoop
strain on the FRP jacket was generally observed outside the overlapping
zone, except three cases in which this maximum strain was found at (Cl-3
and C2-1) or near (Cl-400) the starting end of the fibre sheet. For these
three cases, the high strains measured may be partly attributable to jacket
bending as a shell as a result of a thickness change. Indeed, the strains
measured elsewhere on the jacket may also contain a significant bending
component in the final stage as a result of non-uniform deformation of
concrete.
(a)
E2
1.4
1.2
!I
ICFRP
I
._ 0.8
0.6
(0
0.4
.s
0.2
E o0
60
120
180
240
300
360
60
120
180
240
300
360
a
0
0.5
o
0
.-K
*Q
0.5
0
L
E o
0
60
120
180
240
300
360
In an attempt to explain why FRP hoop rupture strains measured in FRPconfined concrete cylinder tests fall substantially below those from flat
coupon tensile tests, this paper has presented and compared tensile strengths
for two types of FRP (CFRP and GFRP) obtained from three types of tests:
flat coupon tensile tests, ring splitting tests and FRP-confined concrete
cylinder tests. Based on comparisons of these test results, it can be
concluded that the hoop rupture strains measured in FRP-confined concrete
cylinders are affected by three factors: (a) the curvature of the FRP jacket;
(b) the non-uniform deformation of concrete leading to a non-uniform
distribution of the strains in the FRP jacket; and (c) the effect of the
overlapping zone in which the measured strains are much lower than strains
measured elsewhere.
These three factors combine to produce an average FRP hoop rupture
strain which is much lower than that from flat coupon tests. The present
study has therefore confirmed two of the causes suggested in the
and listed in the introductory section of the paper. The third
one mentioned there, namely the effect of misalignment and waviness of
fibres, is not believed to be an important factor as these defects, if present,
affect results from both material tensile tests and confined concrete cylinder
tests. The third factor identified here means that a significant scatter in test
results can arise as a result of strain gauge locations. It is important to note
that all three factors are size related: the effect of curvature and overlap
zone may be reduced, while the effect of non-uniform concrete deformation
may become more important in large columns. Large concrete columns
should be tested in the future to examine how these factors affect the hoop
rupture strength of FRP jackets.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The work presented in this paper forms part of a research project (Project
No: PolyU 5059/02E) funded by the Research Grants Council of the Hong
Kong SAR with additional support from The Hong Kong Polytechnic
University provided through its Area of Strategic Development (ASD)
Scheme. The authors are grateful to both organizations for their financial
support. The authors also wish to thank Mr. Y.N. Tse and Miss P.Y. Fung
for their valuable contributions to the experimental work.
REFERENCES
1. De Lorenzis, L. and Tepfers, R., Performance assessment of FRPconfinement models - Part I: Review of experiments and models,
Advanced Polymer Composites for Structural Applications in
Construction, Proceedings of the First International Conference, Edited
by R.A. Shenoi, S.S.J. Moy, and L.C. Hollaway, Thomas Telford,
London, UK, 2002, pp. 25 1-260.
2. De Lorenzis, L. and Tepfers, R., Performance assessment of FRPconfinement models - Part 11: Comparison of experiments and
predictions, Advanced Polymer Compositesfor Structural Applications
in Construction; Proceedings of the First International Conference,
Edited by R.A.Shenoi, S.S.J. Moy, and L.C. Hollaway, Thomas Telford,
London, UK, 2002, pp. 261-269.
3. Monti, G., Confining reinforced concrete with FRP: behavior and
modeling, Composites in Construction: A Realip, Proceedings of the
International Workshop, Edited by E. Cosenza, G. Manfredi, and A.
Nanni, ASCE, Virginia, U.S.A.,2002, pp. 213-222.
4. Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T. and Lam, L., FRP-Strengthened RC
sfructures, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., UK, 2 0 0 2 , 2 4 5 ~ ~ .
5. ASTM D3039/D3039M-95, Standard test method for tensile
properties of polymer matrix composite materials, Annual Book of
ASTMStandards, Vol. 14.02, 1995.
6. ASTM D 2290 - 92, Standard test method for apparent tensile strength
of ring or tubular plastics and reinforced plastics by split disk method ,
Annual Book OfASTMStandards, Vol. 15.03, 1992.
7. Xiao, Y . and Wu, H., Compressive behavior of concrete confined by
carbon fiber composite jackets, Journal of Materials in Civil
Engineering, ASCE, 12(2), 2000, pp. 139-146.
Previous studies proved that the application of FRP can eliminate some
unwanted properties of high strength concrete, such as the brittle behavior
of high strength concrete. However, research studies conducted so far on
external confinement of concrete columns have mainly concentrated on
concentric loading. This paper investigates the performance of externally
confined high strength concrete columns subjected to eccentric loading and
evaluates the effectiveness of two confinement materials-Carbon fibre and
E-glass. The contribution of external confinement with FRP to the increase
of the strength of concrete columns depends on few factors, for example,
the number of layers; the type of confining materials and the bond between
the fibres and the concrete. The layout of fibres is another variable, which
contributes much to the behaviour of confinement effectiveness when
bending action is introduced. The enhancement of the strength of the plain
column specimens under eccentric loading is not so pronounced as for the
reinforced concrete specimens under concentric loading.
INTRODUCTION
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Seven high strength concrete columns were designed for testing. Each
column was designed to have a diameter, D, of 235 mm for both the
haunched ends and 150 mm in the test region, and an overall length, H, of
1400 mm. The clear distance between the ends was 620 mm. The
dimensions were selected to be compatible with the capacity of the testing
machine. There are two major amounts of reinforcement designed for the
two internally reinforced specimens. Six RWlO bars were equally spaced
around the inside circumference of 41 10 helix with a pitch of 60 mm
through the entire length of specimens and three RW8 bars confined by
circular ties are spaced in equal distances at both ends. The geometry and
dimension and internal reinforcement details of column are shown in
Figure 1.
Five specimens wrapped continually with FRP had the following
configurations: one-layered and three-layered Carbon fibres and onelayered, three-layered and five-layered E-glass. The other two specimens
were internally reinforced. The only difference between these two columns
was that one specimen was continually wrapped with three-layer E-glass
fibres. The testing matrix is summarized in Table 1 .
haunched end
EF-
R W 8 Circular Tie
A-A
test region
A-A
-
0
6-8
-
_81
6RW10
8-B
-
haunched end
AJ
Diameter (mm)
Ends Middle
235
150
235
150
235
150
235
150
235
150
235
150
150
235
Length
Internal
(mm) Reinforcement
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Configurations
3-layered Carbon (ends only)
3-layered E-glass
3-lavered E-glass
5-lavered E-glass
3-lavered Carbon
1-layered E-glass
I -layered Carbon
Eccentric Loading
In this study, all the seven columns were tested under eccentric loading,
which was achieved by the introduction of haunched ends to each column.
This can be seen clearly in Figure 1. When the concentric loading was
applied to the top haunched ends of the column specimen, an eccentricity, e,
of 42.5 mm, was achieved in the test region of each column. The large
haunched ends were introduced in the configuration of the column
This process was repeated until the desired layers of FRP were wrapped.
Finally, the final layer of epoxy resin was applied on the surface of the
wrapped specimens. The wrapped column specimens were left at room
temperature for about 2 weeks for epoxy system to harden adequately
before the testing.
Test Specimens
Seven columns were tested to failure using 900 kN Strong Floor testing
machine of the Engineering Laboratory at the University of Wollongong.
The load eccentricity is 42.5 mm, which resulted in a large e/r
(eccentricity/column radius) ratio of 0.57.
47.33
29.74
34.01
41.69
44.79
37.86
36.48
0.753
1.983
2.4
1.45
1.405
1.771
--
-154.67
-97.14
-111.10
-136.20
-146.31
-123.67
-119.16
60.00
37.66
43.08
52.82
56.73
47.95
46.20
~~
Figure 3 shows how the eccentric loading was achieved and produced
an axial load combined with the bending moment. From the bending
moment diagram shown in Figure 3, it can be seen the maximum moment
occurred right at the joint between the haunched ends and the test region,
which was exactly the same as occurred in the experiment as shown in
Figure 41; all columns failed at the upper part of the test region except C1-2
due to the significant defects in it.
m
= PP
layered and single layered Carbon columns exhibited 7.4% and 7.2%
increase in ultimate load over the five-layered and three-layered E-glass
columns, respectively. This proves that Carbon fibres are more effective
than E-glass for external confinement. However, the single layered E-glass
column achieved higher ultimate load than the single layered Carbon
column due to the better bond effect and possibly smaller eccentricity.
A comparison in terms of the maximum compressive stress and
maximum tensile stress among columns C1-3, C1-4 and C2-6 show that
increasing the number of layers leads to higher load carrying capacity of
wrapped column generally. The five-layered E-glass column achieved 22%
increase compared to the three-layered E-glass column. However, this is not
the case for the single layered E-glass specimen due to the possible better
bond effect and smaller eccentricity. As the steel plate and knife edge on the
top surface of column could not easily be centred accurately, which could
introduce smaller eccentricity, a higher ultimate load could be reached.
The comparison between the two Carbon wrapped columns shows that
increasing the number of layers from 1 to 3 increased the ultimate load by
23%. This again indicates that higher ultimate load could be achieved by
increasing the number of layers.
In order to evaluate the effectiveness of external confinement under
eccentric loading as opposed to the internal reinforcement, comparison
among Cl-1, C1-3, C1-4, C1-5 and C2-7 was made as well. Although C1-2
is one of the internally reinforced columns, it was not used here for
comparison due to the significant defects that existed in this column. The
three-layer Carbon wrapped column achieved the ultimate load of 79 1.5kN,
which is just 5% lower than the high strength concrete column internally
reinforced with high strength steel. This confirms that the external
confinement with three-layer Carbon is as effective as the internal
reinforcement with high strength steel. While for the E-glass wrapped
columns under eccentric loading, the compressive stress and tensile stress of
three-layered and five-layered columns were decreased by approximately
28% and 12% respectively. The ultimate load achieved by the column with
a single layered Carbon fibre was decreased by 23% compared to the
internally reinforced column.
CONCLUSION
high strength concrete columns under eccentric loading. Based on the test
results of seven column specimens, it can be concluded that:
(a) The experimental results clearly demonstrate that composite wrapping
can enhance the structural performance of concrete columns under
eccentric loading to some extent. However, the enhancement is not as
significant as that of columns under concentric loading as suggested by
previous studies. This was attributed to the fact that an eccentric
loading once engaged, induced in the columns not only axial
compression, but bending action too;
(b) For the circular specimens under concentric or eccentric loading, the
number of layers of FRF materials is one of the major parameters
having a significant influence on the behaviour of specimens. However,
the influence of the number of layers of FRP on the specimens under
eccentric loading is not so pronounced as that of the specimens under
concentric loading;
(c) The fibre layout is one of major factors that affect the effectiveness of
confinement especially when eccentricity is introduced. Plain weave
fibres are effective both for flexural and compressive reinforcements.
The behaviour of structural members can be markedly improved by
using unidirectional fibres applied in right direction, which means the
fibres are orientated in the direction where the higher tensile strength of
FRP can be utilised;
(d) Taking the expensive costs involved into consideration, external
confinement with Carbon fibres is not suggested for strengthening of
columns under eccentric loading at a larger eccentricity ratio.
REFERENCES
1. Razvi, S. R. and Saatcioglu, M., Strength and Deformability of
Confined High-Strength Concrete Columns, ACI Structural Journal,
Vol. 9 1, November-December, 1994, pp. 678-687.
2. Demer, M. and Neale, K. W., Confinement of Reinforced Concrete
Columns with Fibre-reinforced Composite Sheets - an Experimental
Study, Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, Vol. 26, iss.2, 1999, pp.
226-24 1.
3. Houssam, A. T. and Balauru, P., Effects of Freeze-Thaw Exposure on
Performance of Concrete Columns Strengthened with Advanced
Composites,ACI Materials Journal, Vo1.96, 1999, pp. 605-6 10.
4. Autar, K. K., Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press, Boca
Raton, New York, 1997
INTRODUCTION
Creep is defined as a strain increase in time of a material submitted to a
constant stress. Creep in concrete is a time-dependent phenomenon which
can be influenced by numerous factors, such as the type of cement, the
waterkement ratio, the use of admixture and the changes in humidity and/or
temperature. Hence, the use of FRP-wrapped concrete columns exhibits a
complex creep phenomenon, since other parameters must also be considered
including the type and degree of confinement and the thickness of the resin
between the FRP layers.
According to the ISIS Canada Design Guidelines and with the proper
FRP confinement upgrading, the ultimate load that can be applied on a
column may be doubled'. This increase in capacity, while theoretically
acceptable, brings forth new considerations as to the mechanical durability
of the system. In fact, for creep failure protection, the dead load applied on
an unconfined concrete column should not exceed 80% of the concrete
compressive strength. This value, once subjected to modification factors, is
finally limited to 0.35 f,. In the CSA reinforced concrete design manual,
the actual maximum applied load on a concrete column should not exceed
35% of its ultimate strength if all the design requirements are met; the risk
of a creep failure at such stress level is therefore overlooked. However, the
same cannot be said for FRP-confined columns, where the total factorized
load can be as high as the unconfined concrete compressive strength3. At
such high stress IeveI, the load-carrying capacity of the confined concrete
columns depends on the effectiveness of the FRP wrap to restrain crack
propagation, and thus prevent fragile failure.
Further investigation on the durability aspects of this new technique is
essential to investigate the long and safe use of this strengthening scheme.
This study aims at the identification of the maximum dead load that can be
sustained by an FKP-confined concrete column as a function of the applied
confinement pressure.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Specimen Preparation
The concrete was prepared with coarse aggregates with 14 mm nominal
size. Ready-mix concrete with a 65 mm slump and a 3.8% air content was
used. Test cylinders were removed from mold one day after casting, cured
in water for 7 days and then stored at room temperature until the time of
testing.
The mean compressive strength values at 28 days and 7 months were
24.5 and 29.1 MPa, respectively. The sample ends were ground with a
diamond blade to perfectly smooth surfaces perpendicular to the cylinder
axis for the secure creep testing.
Unidirectional carbon fibers sheets were used for the confinement. The
fiber properties are presented in Table 1. The design thickness provided by
the manufacturer for a single ply is 0.165 mm. After 28 days of curing, the
composite was wrapped around the cylinders in one, two or three layers
corresponding to a confinement pressure of 7.4 to 22.2 MPa. A problem of
insufficient anchorage length was observed during the preliminary static
testing. This problem was solved by applying at the lapped joint an
additional fiber sheet that had a length that did not exceed 65% of the
Tensile strength
(N/m&plY)
Manufacturer
Lab oratory
575
533
Tensile modulus of
elasticity
oV/mdplv)
37.5
42.5
Poissons
Coefficient
0.22
Before any creep test took place, a number of confined and unconfined
concrete cylinders of 150 mm in diameter and 300 mm in height were
subjected to axial compressive tests in order to obtain their ultimate strength
and their stress-strain behavior. Testing procedures followed Standard CSA
A23.2-9C.
Short-term creep tests
The long-term creep testing was carried out according to ASTM Standard
C512 using 80-ton frames (see Figure 1). Lab-built frames were mounted
using upper and lower triangular trays, three huge steel bars threaded at
both ends, ball-and-socket joint fixed under the upper tray and a flat jack
connected to a pressurized air tank accumulator, and a manometer. Because
of the ongoing danger of a fragile failure, the frames were built with two
security units: Plexiglas windows installed in front of each of the triangular
faces and, three large bolts and sockets systems attached at the bottom to
the lower tray and at the top to a plate above the jack. This last security
device can block the jack expansion in the case of unexpected large
deformations or of a cylinder failure.
.;
cr-
ALUMINIUM CYLINDER
0150nn x 89nn
068nn
:i
3 CONCRETE CYLINDERS OF
0150nn x 300nn
OAD GENERATOR
ALUMlNIUM CYLINDER
0150"" x lOOnn
FLAT JACK
LOWER TRAY
fi & fiC
Target
Short-term
Long-term
1.2fi;0.9fic
Long-term
0.65
fi
1.2fi; 0.9fdc
0.8 fi ;0.4 fiC
fi ;0.4 f i C
c2
0.8
c2
1.2fi;0.6fic
c3
Short-term
0.8 $
U
CI
Measured
fi ;0.5 fiC
1.7 f i ; 0.85 fiC
Experimental
Theoretical
scheme
(mm/mm)
Minimum
Maximum
(MPa)
(MPa)
0.00225
0.00420
29
CI
0.01438
0.01605
38
43
c2
0.02076
0.02598
57
59
c3
0.02396
0.03048
58
73
Creep Tests
When studying creep, several strain readings must be accounted for and
subtracted from the recorded values. These readings include the elastic
strain coming from the loading of the specimens, the dilatation or
contraction of concrete due to changes in temperature or humidity and the
volume variation due to the shrinkage of the concrete. In the present study,
the temperature was kept in a relatively constant laboratory environment
(1 S-23C). As for humidity changes within the specimen, they were also of
no concern since all specimens, including the unconfined cylinders, were
covered with waterproof polymers. Shrinkage was not a relevant issue,
since the testing did not start until at least one year of air drying. Therefore,
only the elastic strain was subtracted from the total deformation readings.
According to ASTM C512, elastic strains are obtained right after the
loading for short-term creep testing and between 2 to 3 hours after loading
for the long-term creep testing.
Short-term creep curves
-$
0,0001
8.64 sec
0
-200
-400
S -600
0
*
-800
-1000
% -1200
.!
-1400
l
d
5; -1600
-1800
0,001
1.44 min
14.4 min
2.4 h
10
1 day
120% f ,-90% f cc
C3 (failure at 77h)
Given the above results, the major factor effecting creep seems to
correspond to the level of sustained loading, expressed as % of fit. The
lower is this level, the higher is the creep resistance (85% fit, as compared
to 90%/Oc). The loading level characterized by fi does not yield any
apparent relation. However, for the same loading level in terms of fiC, the
specimen with the greatest load level in terms of fi ,which corresponds to a
higher confinement, showed the highest creep resistance (1 80% fi ;
90%, fiC, as compared to 170% f i ; 90% fiC).
Figure 3 shows the on-going results of the evolution of the axial strain with
time obtained for the four experiments. The axial strain readings are
deducted from the mean of three dial gauges positioned around the loading
frame, which is also the average reading of three specimens (three
specimens/frame). The strain gauge readings on concrete and FRP became
inaccurate after a few days for all the loading levels above 80% 5 . This
could be due to creep and/or relaxation of gauge and of the gauge bonding
polymer under high strain. Creep deformation obtained from the strain
gauges also had higher standard deviations than the readings obtained from
the dials. A possible explanation would be the highly localized measure
obtained from the strain gauges. Locally, a concrete may present defects
and different creep behavior depending on the material immediately beneath
the gauge. For comparison purposes, a creep curve obtained by Neville4 for
a normal concrete at a load level equal to 70% fc' is presented in Figure 3.
Time (days)
0
50
100
150
200
0
n
33.
W
-500
-1000
Neville 70% f,
0
c,
gu
ru
0
.-5
-1500
-2000
-2500
-3000
-3500
1J
C3 100% f,-50%fcc
C2 100% fC-50%f,
When comparing the different curves, it can be seen that the 65%&
loading curve of the unconfined concrete was quite similar to the 7 0 % 5
loading curve given by Neville, with corresponding lower strains given by a
lower relative loading. As expected, higher loading resulted in higher creep
strain, while similar loading led to similar creep behavior.
Creep strains
Expected
Failure
Failure
(days)
(Range in days)
Actual Strain
@ age
W / m @ days)
Strain Rate
(pm/m/day)
1330@100
2.049
449-1400
CI-1.2J;?;0.95c
15840@0.1208
29260
0.0859-0.1280
C2- .8fd;0.4fic
25980100
5.530
3 160-4228
6 3 0 3 0 149
5.883
2457-3345
4331050
14.55
1349-1797
C3-1.7fC;0.85 fir
36693@2.95
0.4240
0.0023-0.1 15
3479003.22
393.5
0.0027-0.34
Test
Designation
U-0.65
C2-
C3-I 8
;0.5 J?c
5 ;0.9 fir
0.1208
3.22
Using the ultimate static strain as a failure criterion, combined with the
hypothesis of a regular strain rate, the time of failure of the long-term creep
tests were roughly estimated in Table 4. Considering that higher strains
were obtained for the short-term creep tests, and considering that strain rate
decreases with time and that the U- 0 . 6 5 5 specimens should not fail, a
longer lifetime can be expected for all the long-term creep tests.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMENDATIONS
At a sustained load equal to the ultimate strength of concrete, the FRP
confinement was found effective to limit crack propagation for several
months without showing any signs of upcoming failure. With regards to the
limited results of this study, two hypotheses can be drawn: (1) In FRP
confined concrete cylinders, creep resistance is inversely proportional to the
loading level as a fraction of fd.; and (2) for the same type of concrete and
identical loading level as a function of fit, the system with the highest
confinement might show the greatest creep resistance. Further
investigations are however needed to confirm the results of this study and to
clearly identify the creep limit of confined reinforced concrete columns.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to acknowledge the financial support of the Natural
Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERC), the
Network of Centres of Excellence on Intelligent Sensing for Innovative
Structures (ISIS Canada), le Centre de Recherche Interuniversitaire sur le
Beton (CRIB), and le Fonds pour la Formation de Chercheurs et 1Aide Ci la
Recherche (FCAR). We also gratefully acknowledged the support of Master
Builders Inc. for the donation of the FRP materials.
REFERENCES
1. Neale, K., Strengthening Reinforced Concrete Structures with
Externally-Bonded Fibre Reinforced Polymers - Design Manual No. 4,
ISIS Canada Corporation, Winnipeg, Canada, 2001,210 p.
2. CSA, Standard 23.3-94, Design of Concrete Structures, Canadian
Standards Association, Rexdale, Canada.
3. ThCriault, M. and Neale, K.W., Design Equations for Axially-Loaded
Reinforced Concrete Columns Strengthened with Fibre Reinforced
Polymer Wraps, Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, 27(5), 2000,
pp. 1011-1020.
4. Neville, A.M., Propriitis des bktons, Eyrolles, Paris, France, 2000,
806 p.
The aspect of bond between reinforcing steel bars in tension and concrete
confined with flexible carbon fiber-reinforced polymer (CFRP) sheets is
analytically investigated. The bond analysis incorporates an experimentally
derived local bond stress-slip model, applicable for both plain unconfined
concrete and concrete confined with CFRP flexible sheets. It is found that
confining the concrete with CFRP reinforcement increases considerably the
bond strength and leads to significant improvement in the ductility of bond
failure. Based on the analysis results, supported with experimental data, a
design expression is proposed to evaluate the development length of
reinforcing bars embedded in concrete confined with CFRP flexible sheets.
INTRODUCTION
Bond strength between reinforcing bars and concrete is one of the most
important aspects' that influence the structural performance and
serviceability of reinforced concrete members under both static and dynamic
earthquake loading. Bond strength can be improved by providing adequate
bar developmentlsplice length, increasing the concrete covers, and confining
the concrete at the critical locations where plastic hinges are most likely to
develop.
Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites are used to repair and
strengthen reinforced concrete structural members, especially beams and
columns. Many reinforced concrete beams have been tested, demonstrating
the feasibility and efficiency of this technology to improve flexural stiffness
and strength as well as seismic response.'. On the other hand, studies of the
effectiveness of FRP in increasing the bond strength capacity of reinforcing
bars in tension are very limited.
OBJECTIVES
The main objectives of this investigation are to evaluate the bond
performance of reinforcing bars embedded in concrete confined with carbon
u1 (MPa) = 2 . 5 7 f i
; and sI =
0.15c0, s2 = 0.35 co and s3 = co, where co is the clear distance between the
ribs of the reinforcing bar; or equal to 1.5, 3.5, and 10 mm, respectively, if
no information is available about the bar rib geometry; u f = 0 . 3 5 ~ ~ .
(c/dh)2/3I ul
urnox
=
in which c is the minimum concrete cover and dh is the diameter of the steel
bar, K = 0.78 for plain concrete and 0.92 for concrete confined with either
one or two layers of CFRP flexible sheets. The terms a = 0.7; p = 0.65; and
ufi = 0 . 3 0 ~ The
~ ~ .slip s,,, at which urn,, is mobilized, is calculated as
follows:
(1/ Q.3)Ln(+)
Smax
= '1'
+ s,Ln(-) UI
(3)
Umax
where so = 0.15 mm for plain concrete and 0.20 mrn for concrete confined
with CFRP sheets.
For plain concrete, the descent in the bond stress u with increase in slip
s follows the following expression:
u=@
,,
(s / s,,)-0.5
(4)
For concrete confined with CFRP sheets along the full splice length:
r
In which k/-and k2 are equal to 0.8 and 0.13 for the beams confined with one
CFRP layer, and 0.9 and 0.13, for beams confined with two layers,
respectively.
DISCUSSION OF RESULTS
Analytical evaluation of the bond strength of plain unconfined concrete
using the bond law for plain concrete in Fig. 1 was already undertaken in
Ref. 3, where the results showed excellent agreement with experimental
data.
NIax
S3
Slip (s)
4.0
3.5
3.0
z
4
2.5
2.0
bU
1.5
1.o
0.5
0.0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Ld/db
CFRP fabric. Since for the thickness of the CFRP fabric used in deriving the
experimentally based local bond law (tJ = 0.13 mm), the number of CFRP
layers, or total thickness, did not influence much the results, the parameter
w ft f /d, can be reduced to wf /d,. Typical variation of analytical
predictions with w f / d bis shown in Fig. 4. Shown also in Fig. 4 is the
trend of experimental data obtained in Ref. 4 for L, / db = 5.0,upon which
Eq. (2) is based, and the experimental results reported recently728for NSC
and HSC corresponding to L, /d, = 15.0, in which CFRP sheets, similar
to the one used in this analytical study, were applied in one or two layers
with ratios w f / L, of 1/3,2/3 and 1.O, respectively.
It is clear from the results depicted in Fig. 4 that expressing the bond
results as proposed (bond ratio) leads a consistent trend in both the
experimental and analytical results. Note that for concrete confined with
ordinary transverse steel, the effect of the transverse reinforcement on bond
strength is expressed as bond increment (above that for plain unconfined
concrete) that increases linearly with parameter A,r /nsd, (Ref. 6), where
A,r is the area per one stirrup that crosses the potential plain of splitting, s is
the spacing of stirrups, and n is the number of splices or bars being
developed. If an analogy were to be used with ordinary transverse
reinforcement, a more appropriate parameter to reflect the influence of
CFRP sheets on bond strength (assumed to be applied along the full
splice/development length) would be to use 2NAf / w,nd, = 2Nt, / nd, ,
where N is the number of CFRP applications (or layers). However, because
the presence of CFRP sheets altered the mode of splitting failure from sidesplitting to predominantly bottom-splitting4.7, s and also since doubling the
number of layers did not lead to a noticeable increase in bond strength (see
Figs. 2-4), it is believed that the mechanism by which CFRP sheets
influence the bond strength is different from that when ordinary transverse
reinforcement is used. This difference in the mechanism of bond resistance
may justify the use of bond ratio instead of bond increment and,
accordingly, a CFRP parameter w f /d, instead of 2Ntf /nd,that would
have been used if analogy with ordinary transverse reinforcement were
made.
Based on the results of this study, the following equation is proposed to
calculate the bond strength of concrete confined with CFRP flexible sheets,
regardless of the number of layers used (see Fig. 4), provided the thickness
of the layers is not less than 0.13 mm:
.d
120000
E
E-
zn
-3
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
100000
1.3
1.2
XExperiment (NSC)
1.1
1
80000
60000
10
20
30
40
50
60
$
5
$
t
w/db
40000
20000
1.9
1.8
1.7
$P
;;i 1.6
& 1.5
s$
1.4
.CI
1 0 1 2 1 4
5
%
1.3
1.2
1.1
10
20
30
40
50
60
wddb
Figure 4. Comparison of predicted and experimental results
s2
ta
2
\o
-=
Abfs
f y4
[59.8L,(cm+0.5db)+2350A,]
fY4
+ 0.017 -)[59.8L,
w/
(cm+ 0 . 5 4 ) + 2 3 5 0 A , ]
db
/
, (8)
0 . 1 2+ 0.9
[ e m
_fy_ -
fY4
Ld =
db
2100
(9)
68 1+0.017--
:)(b)
wheref, is the yield stress of the steel bar in psi. In analogy with the effect
of confinement using ordinary transverse reinforcement, and in order to safe
guard against pull-out bond failure as currently the philosophy of the ACI
Building code, it is recommended to limit the maximum value of
(1+ 0 . 0 1 7 /~d~b ) ( c / d b )to 4.0 as suggested by Zuo and Darwin6
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of this study, the following conclusions are drawn:
(a) Confining the concrete with CFRP flexible sheets leads to significant
improvement in bond strength and ductility of bond failure.
(b) While using two CFRP layers may increase the ductility of bond
failure, it does not lead to significant increases in bond strength.
(c) Based on the analytical results, supported with experimental data,
general design expressions were proposed to evaluate the
development/splice strength and developmentlsplice length of
reinforcing bars embedded in concrete confined with CFRP flexible
sheets.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work is supported by the Lebanese National Council for Scientific
Research (NCSR). The authors are grateful for that support, and to the
Faculty of Engineering and Architecture at the American University of
Beirut (AUB) for providing the computer facilities.
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 440, State-of-the-Art Report on Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (FRP) Reinforcement for Structural Applications, ACI 440R-96,
1996, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, MI.
LATERAL PRESTRESSIP G OF RC CO
FRP JACKETS
JMNS WITH
INTRODUCTION
RC columns can be very vulnerable to seismic actions, especially when they
are deficient in lateral reinforcement. This can lead to shear failure, lap
splice failure, buckling of the longitudinal reinforcement and premature
concrete compressive failure at low displacements. All these failure modes
reduce the ductility and energy dissipation potential of columns.
Since the 1995 Kobe earthquake, composites have been used for the
repair and strengthening of columns against seismic actions and seismic codes
need to be updated to account for these new materials and techniques.
One of the problems with FRP confinement of concrete is that the
strength of the FRP jacket is not mobilised until the lateral strain in the
confined concrete is very high. In some cases, the concrete will crush before
the FRP jacket is fully ~ t i l i s e d ' ~The
* ~ ~existing
.
designs equations for steel
confined concrete, such as for Eurocode S4, assume that the confining steel
is fully utilised. These equations should not be used for FRP confined concrete,
since the predicted properties of the confined concrete are not necessarily
achieved. Hence, several researchers have adopted concrete constitutive models
developed for steel reinforced concrete for use with FRP jackets.
It is possible to overcome this problem of strength utilisation by
PRETENSIONING METHOD
In practice, the expansion of the jacket can take place through the injection of
the expansion grout (EG) in preformed cavities at specific locations, such as
the corners of rectangular columns. The method as applied in the laboratory
differs and depends on gap size or the other parameters.
In this method, a pre-formed confining tube (jacket) is placed around an
existing czncrete cylinder and then the EG, comprising cement, sand and EA,
is inserted between the concrete cylinder and the jacket. The jacket confines
the expansion of the grout during the hardening period (3-4 days) and pressure
builds-up due to the reaction of the EG against the concrete core.
Once the EG sets, the jacket and grout become an integral part of the
column. The expansive pressure of the grout has been shown to be a
function of the allowable lateral displacement. If a large displacement can
take place, such as when confining with very low stiffness materials, then
the pressure can reduce to zero. Hence, special experiments were
undertaken, to develop the understanding of the mechanical properties of
the EG so as to enable accurate prediction of the lateral pre-tensioning
pressure. Figure 1 shows the maximum expansive pressure (MEP)
calculated by E ,
30
25
20
10
15
0
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
CS (MPa)
EXPENMENTAL PROGRAMME
The experimental programme comprised of testing concrete cylinders with
different confinement configurations. This section gives details of material
properties, specimen preparation, instrumentation and test procedure.
The properties of the materials used in this study are shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Fibre properties
Fibre type
CFRP
GFRP
t (mm)
0.1 17
0.135
(MPa)
240000
65000
EFRp
f,,,
(MPa)
3900
1700
EFM,
(%I
1.55
2.80
where f
,,, and cFRPu
are the ultimate tensile strength and ultimate
elongation in the FRP jacket.
The concrete used was made with Ordinary Portland Cement, maximum
aggregate size 10 mm and cylinder strength &) of 32 MPa.
Specimen Details
Since the chemical pre-tensioning pressure (expansive pressure) is caused
by the EG reacting against the confining jacket, this means that the
magnitude of this pre-tension depends on the degree of stiffness of the
jacket and percentage of EA. These two parameters were investigated in an
extensive series of experimental work.
A total of twenty seven lOOmm x 200mm concrete specimens were
prepared without any pre-tensioning, 54 specimens were prepared with
different levels of confinement pre-stressing and 18 unconfined specimens
were tested under compression to determine the plain concrete strength.
Four different confining materials were used (steel, glass, aramid and
carbon) with different number of layers and ratios of EA. In this paper, only
some results from Carbon and Glass FRF'jackets will be presented.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Due to the large amount of experimental data produced by each test, only a
limited amount can be presented in this paper. Two pairs of specimen
confined with Glass and Carbon FRP were selected. Each pair shows the
effect of direct wrapping and pre-tensioning of the jacket. The properties of
the fibres used as shown in Table 1.
The glass fibre sheet was bi-directional (90"), hence the effective
thickness of confinement is 0.0675 mm. For the selected specimens 4 layers
of glass fibre were applied with an overlap of 110 mm. In the first specimen
(WG4) the glass fibre sheet was applied directly onto the appropriately
prepared concrete core. The second specimen of this pair (PG4-30) had the
same amount of glass fibre, but the jacket was pre-tensioned with a 6 mm
thick EG having 30% EA.
The pair of CFRP confined specimens had only one layer of fibres with
the same overlap as for the GFRP specimens. However, the pre-tensioning
grout only had 20% EA (specimen PCI-20). The total confinement strength
was the same for all specimens (around 460 N/mm width), but the carbon
layer was 55% stiffer in the radial direction than the 4 layers of glass fibre.
Failure mode
Failure was always explosive due to the high strain energy stored by the
FRP material and it took place around the middle of the cylinder height.
Figures 4(a) and 4(b) show the failure of PG4-30 and PC1-20 respectively.
the case of carbon, the failure of the fibres at one location lead to the rapid
debonding of the filaments near that location only.
Stress-strain results
Figures 5 and 6 show the stress-strain relationships for all specimens.
16
c.4
-25000
-20000
-15000
-10000
-5000
5000
10000
Microstrain
-20000
-14000
-8000
-2000
4000
10000
16000
22000
Microstrain
GFRP confinement
The lateral pre-tensioning strain developed in PG4-30 is around 7300 p&
and this also led to a modest expansion in the axial direction. This
expansion was restrained by the glass fibres in the axial direction.
A strength of 2.23 Loand 1.88Lowas achieved by PG4-30 and WG4,
respectively. The failure of WG4 took place when the average lateral strain
was around 18000 pe whilst for PG4-30 the average lateral strain at failure
exceeded 25000 p, which means that the strength of the glass was fully
utilised. It is worth noting that in WG4 the lateral confinement was only
mobilised at around 80% of Lo,whilst for PG4-30 a different behaviour can
be noticed all together.
CFRP confinement
The CFRP confined specimens had a similar behaviour to the GFRP
confined specimens. The lateral pre-tensioning strain developed in PC 1-20
is around 5300 pe and this again led to a modest expansion in the axial
direction. A strength enhancement of 2.10L0 and 1.7Of,, was achieved by
PC1-20 and WC1, respectively. The failure of both specimens took place
when the average lateral strain in the carbon sheet was in excess of the
1.55% specified by the supplier. Again, there is a substantial difference in
the level at which the confinement is mobilised. Hence, it is worth
examining the volumetric strains of these specimens.
Volumetric strain
Figures 7 and 8 show the normalised axial stress against the volumetric
strain for all specimens.
In both pairs, the volume decreases at the initial stages of loading until a
critical level is reached just below Lo. At this stage, volumetric dilation
begins, which means that concrete cracking is developing rapidly. In the
pre-tensioned specimens, PG4-30 and PC 1-20, the volumetric dilation is
delayed by almost 50% offco.This has advantages in seismic loading, since
the damage in the concrete will be delayed and the reinforced concrete
element will have a chance to dissipate more energy. In addition, concrete is
actively confined even at service loads.
1- 1
PG4-30
-WG4
le
-0.0015
0.0035
0.0085
0.0135
0.0185
0.0235
0.0285
r--
-0.0025
2.5
0.0005
0.0035
0.0065
0.0095
Discussion
Even though all specimens had the same strength in the confinement jacket,
they behaved differently and achieved different strengths at different lateral
and axial strains.
The pre-tensioning has led in both cases to higher strengths, and full
utilisation of the confinement material. Though it appears that the GFRP
confined specimens developed higher stresses, this may be partly due to the
fact that the GFRP jacket is carrying some of the axial load.
What is of interest in these two pairs is that the ultimate axial strain, E,,
appears to be significantly higher in the CFRP confined specimens. The
authors attribute this partly to the fact that the GFRP jackets slipped during
testing. As a result the true strain on the concrete core is higher than
recorded on the jacket. In this particular case, for PG4-30 at failure, the
axial concrete core strains recorded were 15000 ye.
CONCLUSIONS
The results from the four specimens confined with Glass and Carbon of
equal strength show different behaviour and strength enhancement. Pretensioning of the jacket led to higher strengths and a significant delay in the
initiation of the fracturing process of the concrete through cracking. This is
expected to lead to a better behaviour both at service loads and under cyclic
loading, such as experienced during earthquakes.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors acknowledge the financial support of the Ministry of Energy of the
Islamic Republic of Iran, the financial support of the EU for TMR Network
ConFibreCrete and the Marie Curie Fellowship Grant HPMF-CT-2001-01279.
REFERENCES
CONFINEMENT OF RC RECTANGULAR
COLUMNS USING GFRP
A. PROTA, G. MANFRED1 AND E. COSENZA
Department of Structural Analysis and Design, University of Naples Federico I/
via Claudio 21, 80125 Naples, Itah
The confinement of Reinforced Concrete (RC) columns represents one of
the most promising applications of Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) to civil
structures. The reasons for such upgrade could be generally related to
durability issues, design or construction mistakes, increase of live loads or
need for seismic retrofit. In all these cases, FRP laminates provide an
effective and competitive strengthening technique and offers advantages
such as easy and fast application, high durability, low impact on the use of
the structure, negligible increase of structural mass as well as of member
dimensions. The majority of studies have been performed on the
confinement with FRP of circular columns, where the contribution of
composites is fully exploited. A loss of effectiveness occurs in the case of
square cross-sections where the presence of the corners reduces the
confining action of the FRP jacket. Such problem becomes particularly
critical for rectangular columns; despite that, very few studies have been
conducted on them. The present paper deals with rectangular columns with
high ratio between the sides of the cross-section. The experimental program
concerning members subjected to axial load is herein presented and the
upgrade technique using Glass FRP (GFRP) laminates is described. The
effectiveness of such confining system is investigated also with respect to
different fiber orientations (unidirectional, bidirectional and quadriaxial).
Some preliminary experimental results are discussed in terms of column
strength, failure mode and strains of the FRP jacket.
INTRODUCTION
Within the applications of composites in construction, the confinement of
RC columns is one of the most common. For both building columns and
bridge piers, strengthening using FRP ensures an easy and fast installation,
strength and/or ductility increase, high durability, low impact on the use of
the structure, and almost no increase of mass and geometrical dimensions of
the cross-sections.
The confining action of FRP jackets gives the best performance on
circular columns, whose geometrical configuration allows the fibers to be
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
The specimens had rectangular cross-section with sides of 420 mm and 115
mm, respectively, and were 1.5 m high as shown in Figure 1. The forms
were shaped so that the rectangular cross-section had a rounded corner with
radius equal to 20 mm. This allowed reduction in time needed to prepare
each specimen prior to FRP installation. In order to ensure a proper
application of the axial load to such 1/3 scale columns, two bulbs with
dimensions 700 mm x 350 mm x 250 mm were placed at top and bottom of
each specimen.
The longitudinal steel reinforcement was realized by 8 bars, half having
diameter equal to 14 mm and the remaining with diameter of 12 mm (Figure
l), yielding a percentage equal to 2.2% of the gross cross-section. Two
stirrups having diameter of 6 mm were used and spaced at 100 mm on
center along the height. A specific reinforcement layout was selected for the
enlargements. The concrete cover was equal to 25 mm. Concerning material
properties, for all columns concrete had a compressive strength, fc, equal to
12 MPa and steel was characterized by a yield strength, fy,equal to 420
MPa.
Front view
Side view
I1
700
Section A-A
441175 I I J 1175
700
and extended for 75 mm on each long side (Step 1 in Figure 2). Then, the
other three steps followed: they aimed at obtaining a 3-ply jacket with fibers
perpendicular to the member axis and avoid overlapping of laminate at the
same column height. Each ply had a fiber density equal to 900 g/m and was
characterized by modulus of elasticity, Et equal to 73,000 MPa and ultimate
tensile strength, P,,,
equal to 3,400 MPa.
The second part of the experimental program, which is currently in
progress, deals with strengthening the specimens by using bidirectional and
quadriaxial laminates. Apart from the type of fiber, the upgrade has been
performed by the same steps described above and summarized in Figure 2.
In total, twelve columns will be tested. The repetition of experimental
results for each type of column will be checked on three equal specimens.
Four types of column will be analyzed: bare, strengthened with
unidirectional, bidirectional and quadriaxial GFRP laminates, respectively.
STEP 2
STEP 1
2 plies
STEP 3
STEP 4
- /
First ply
Second ply
side 2
Figure 3 . Test setup and LVDT positions
side 1
and S-3). They are discussed in the following sections in terms of strength,
stiffness, axial deformation, failure mode, and jacket strains.
Strength, Stgfness and Axial Deformation
The failure of the virgin specimens occurred under a very similar ultimate
axial force, as reported in Table 1. The GFRP strengthening provided a
significant strength increase; a comparison with the average ultimate
capacity of the bare columns (i.e., 1068 kN) underlines that such gain
ranges between 26.2% (i.e., specimens S-3) and 30.9% (i.e., specimen S-1).
::
I
I
L
Side? -
Side 1
Side 2
value in Table 1 as well as its curve in Figure 5. Along with the discussed
strength increase, the curves of Figure 5 allow the stiffness of strengthened
members due to the presence of the GFRP jacket to be evaluated. Based on
the initial slope of the curves (up to 300 kN), the average stiffening has
increased by about 55%.
(%!
(mdmm)
----------------+ 30.9 Yo
+ 30.0 Yo
---------
+ 26.2 Yo
0.00417
0.00618
0.00517
0.00522
The failure mode of both virgin specimens (i.e., B-1 and B-2) was due to
concrete crushing occurring at mid-height of the columns (Figure 6-a). This
is also consistent with the ultimate axial strain which is slightly higher than
0.004. The GFRP upgrade moved the failure of strengthened specimens
from concrete to the composite jacket, as depicted in Figure 6-b. Since this
crisis involved fiber breakage, the failure of strengthened columns was
brittle.
0,WI
0.002
0.W3
0.WS
0.W
0.W7
Figure 5. Axial load vs. axial average strain for bare and strengthened columns
(a>
(b)
Figure 6. Failure mode of control (a) and strengthened (b) columns
Laminate strains
Interesting information were provided by strain gage measurements. While
data processing is still in progress, some preliminary results are herein
presented with respect to strain gages located at mid-height of strengthened
columns (Figure 4). Figure 7 shows strain profiles on the two sides of the
rectangular cross-section for load levels of 300 kN and 600 kN, representing
about 20% and 40% of the ultimate axial force.
For the lower load level, the strain diagrams of columns S- 1, S-2 and S3 are very similar; strain values are not very different and range between
0.005% and 0.01%. For load equal to 600 kN, the confining action of the
fibers becomes more significant with strain values up to 0.025%. The trends
depicted in Figure 7 appear to be consistent with the formation of parabolic
areas that are theoretically expected and are due to the presence of section
corners and longitudinal steel rebars. This aspect will be further investigated
in next steps of the research toward a comprehensive assessment of the
effectiveness of FRP jackets on rectangular cross-sections.
ier
: : 1I .
s-3
Figure 7. Laminate strains at mid-height at 20% and 40% of ultimate axial load
CONCLUSIONS
Preliminary results of an experimental program confirmed that the
confinement with GFRP laminates could represent an effective technique
for the strengthening of RC rectangular columns. Significant increase in
both strength and ultimate axial strain was achieved by using unidirectional
laminates. Tests now in progress will allow assessing the effectiveness of
GFRP also with respect to bidirectional and quadriaxial fiber textures.
The development of the experimental campaign will also provide
important information about the effectiveness of the confinement of
rectangular cross-sections with composites. A preliminary assessment of the
strain distribution along the sides underlined very similar strains of the
jacket for low load levels (i.e., about 20%). As the load increases, peaks in
the strain trends were observed; this could be due to the formation of
parabolic areas which is theoretically expected. Further analysis will be
performed on this aspect in the next steps of the research; the authors
believe that the outcomes will be a useful reference for the modeling of
rectangular cross-sections confined with FRP.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors wish to acknowledge MAPEI S.p.a., Milano, Italy, for
supporting both construction and strengthening of the specimens. Thanks is
extended to Messrs. Balsam0 and Zaffaroni for their contribution.
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 440, Guide for the Design and Construction of
Externally Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening Concrete Structures,
American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI, 2001.
2. fib Task Group 9.3, Externally Bonded FRP Reinforcement for RC
Structures, International Federation for Structural Concrete, printed by
Sprint-Digital-Druck, Stuttgart, 200 1.
3. Parretti, R. and Nanni, A., Axial Testing of Concrete Columns
Confined with Carbon FRP: Effect of Fiber Orientation, Proceedings
CD-ROM of the Third International Conference on Composites in
Infrastructure, San Francisco, California, US, 10-12 June, 2002, Paper
N. 8.
4. Pessiki, S., Harries, K.A., Kestner, J.T., Sause, R. and Rides, J.M.,
Axial Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Columns Confined with FRP
Jackets, ASCE Journal of Composites for Construction, 5(4), 2001, pp.
237-245.
5 . Realfonzo, R., Prota, A., Manfredi, G. and Pecce, M., Flexural
Strength of FRP-Confined RC Columns, Proceedings CD-ROM of the
first j b Congress Concrete Structures in the 21st century, Osaka,
Japan, 13-19 October, 2002, Disk B, pp. 41-50.
6. Tan, K.H., Strength Enhancement of Rectangular Reinforced Concrete
Columns using Fiber-Reinforced Polymer, ASCE Journal of
Compositesfor Construction, 6(3), 2002, pp. 175- 183.
INTRODUCTION
During the last three decades, considerable changes in seismic design codes
were introduced. In Egypt, many existing RC structures do not comply with
any of the recent seismic code provisions. Deficiencies, often found in
typical moment-resisting frames, are inadequate shear strength, flexural
strength and ductility of columns. During earthquake loading and at high
level of compressive or shear stresses, sudden collapse may occur and there
may not be enough warning signs. As a result, retrofitting of RC columns is
needed for buildings located in seismic regions.
Recently, attention has been focused on the use of FRP materials for
structural rehabilitation. If correctly used, FRP can result in significant
enhancement to both ductility and strength of RC members. Previous work
was undertaken on strengthening circular and square columns'. Rectangular
TEST PROGRAM
The test program includes eleven specimens of which five of them have
been tested. The columns have a rectangular cross section of 150x450 mm
and a height of 2300 mm. The columns were tested horizontally under
constant axial load combined with cyclic lateral load. It consisted of a right
part of 1300 mm long and a left part 700 mm long with a beam stub in the
middle as shown in Fig. 1. The right part of each specimen constituted the
test portion. It represents a column extending from the beam-column
connection to the point of inflection. The beam stub provided a point of
application for the lateral load. The dimensions of the beam stub were
chosen so that the failure occurs in the column rather than at the joint. The
left portion was heavily reinforced and provided with two 6 mm thickness
steel plates in order to force hinging into the right part. The longitudinal
reinforcement ratio of the columns was 1%. Stirrups were 6 mm diameter
bars spaced at 150 mm with a volumetric ratio of 0.3%. Extra stirrups were
placed at the ends of each specimen where the axial load was applied to
prevent crushing of concrete. CFRP laminates were applied to strengthen
the columns C2 through C5 with different schemes. The thickness of CFRP
laminates was 0.1 1 mm, while its tensile strength and modulus were 2400
MPa and 240 GPa, respectively. The characteristic compressive cube
strength of the concrete was 25 MPa while the yield stress of the steel was
420 MPa for the longitudinal reinforcement and 3 10 MPa for stirrups.
Test Specimens
The overall test program consists of eleven specimens. This paper
represents the results of only five columns. The properties of the tested
specimens are given in Fig. 1 and summarized as follows:
Two independent reaction frames were used in the testing setup, as shown
in Fig.2. The first frame was a 2000 kN capacity, large-scale testing double
portal frame, while the second frame was a 3000 kN capacity, closed,
horizontal, reaction frame. The closed horizontal frame was located under
the cross girder of the double portal frame such that the centerline of the
closed frame was oriented parallel to the line of support of the cross girder.
The lateral reversed cyclic displacement was applied at the stub of the
beam-column joint using a double acting hydraulic cylinder of 600 kN
compression capacity and tension capacity of 400 kN. The cylinder was
equipped with a tensionlcompression load cell of +/- 680 kN capacity to
measure lateral load. The axial compression load was applied by a manual
hydraulic cylinder of 900 kN capacity. The specimens were supported on
two concrete blocks, spaced 2.10 m apart. Each block was equipped with a
hinged support at its top. The upward reaction was transmitted to the cross
girder of the frame through two 500 kN hydraulic cylinders, each cylinder
was equipped with a threaded adjustment and an end ball bearing. At the
beginning of each test, the required axial load was applied and kept constant
throughout the test. The lateral load was applied in stroke control as shown
in Fig. 3.
two layers of CFRP for C2
one layer of CFRP for C3
2 steel plates
200
450
1 5 0
200
700
1300
11x100
700
Steel plates
700
11x100
one layer
of =Rp
11x100
700
Fig. 2Test
Test set-up
Set-up
Fig.2
Fig. 3 Load
Load History
History
Fig.3
OBSERVED BEHAVIOR
The lateral load-displacement hysteresis loops of the control specimen are
shown in Fig.4. The ultimate lateral load was 237.1 kN. The loaddisplacement relationship was linear until the ultimate load was achieved.
Progressive drop in the strength occurred at a lateral displacement of 4 mm.
Failure load was reached at a lateral displacement of 6.75 mm. A major
diagonal tension crack appeared at a lateral load of 114.0 kN and extended
up to failure as shown in Fig. 5. The specimen failed in a brittle shear mode.
The lateral load-displacement hysteresis loops of specimens strengthed
by CFRP are shown in Figs. 6 to 9. For all the strengthed specimens, a
major flexural crack initially appeared at the critical section adjacent to the
beam stub and extended up to failure. Gradual decrease in the lateral load
occurred after the ultimate load was reached. No shear cracks were
observed as the CFRP wraps prevented diagonal tension cracks even at high
lateral displacement. At onset of flexure failure, crushing of concrete,
buckling of the longitudinal bars and rupture of CFRP sheets at the corners
of the specimens were observed. The ultimate lateral load of the wrapped
specimens ranged from 1.2 to 1.46 times the strength of the control column
C 1. It should be noted that crushing of concrete was observed for the entire
full depth of all specimens at the critical section adjacent to the beam stub,
however, for specimen C5, crushing of concrete was limited to 100 mm of
the top and bottom of the cross section. The concrete core of C5 did not
crush due to the confinement provided by the steel plates anchorage. Also,
it was noted that the concrete crushing for all wrapped specimens was
concentrated in the first lOOmm adjacent to the stub except for specimen
C2, the concrete crushing occurred at the second lOOmm adjacent to the
stub, i.e. at the clear spacing between CFRP laminates. Figs. 10 and 11
show typical failure of specimens retrofitted with CFRP.
'
" I(.
,
I
.. .
"
"
"(.
.,
'
,,_
,
'
Displacement Ductilityfactor
No.
CI
c2
c3
c4
c5
= Af/Ay
(1)
P,, (kiv)
114.0
275.0
200
230
215
A,, (mm)
3.5
8.5
4.8
6.4
5.5
P,, (kiv)
23 7.I
348.5
284.8
329.8
319.1
A, (mm)
4.04
27.80
16.09
12.10
11.85
61)
I
1.46
1.20
1.39
1.34
Failure
cycle
4
I1
8
9
9
The control column failed in a brittle shear mode at a low ductility factor of
2.3 as shown in Table 2. All the strengthed columns failed in a ductile mode
with ductility factors more than 4.5. It should be noted that the satisfactory
level of ductility is achieved by a minimum of ductility factor of three4.
Specimen (C2) with double layer produced the highest value of ductility
factor (3 times that of Cl). This result highlights the role of increasing the
volumetric ratio of CFRP in enhancing both the ductility and lateral
Failure
Displacement
specimenDisplacement
Ductility
Factor
Energy
Index
A, (mm)
A, (mm)
CI
2.85
6.75
2.36
8.9
c2
4.40
31.91
7.25
204.7
c3
3.94
18.91
4.78
66.5
c4
4.10
26.42
6.44
122.9
c5
4.85
25.80
5.31
114.7
-40
+C1
-30
-20
-10
0
10
Lateral displacement (mm)
Control
C5 one sheet with steel plates
c2 double wrraping
AfAY
-A-
20
30
40
Energy Dissipation
The dissipated energy was computed for each cycle as the area enclosed by
the lateral load-displacement hysteresis loop for the given cycle. The
(2)
where Ei is the dissipated energy at cycle (i); Ki, K, are the stiffness at
cycle (i) and at yield, respectively; Ai is the average of maximum
compression and tension displacements at cycle (i); and Ay, P, are the yield
displacement and load, respectively. Specimen C2 possessed significantly
larger energy dissipation than other columns as it had the largest index of
204. Column C3 had the lowest index of 66. The energy index of C4 and C5
were 123 and 1 14.
Stiffness Analysis
The cracked stiffness of each tested specimen, Kj, is calculated for every
loading cycle. The cracked cycle stiffness is computed as the ratio of the
sum of the peak tension and compression loads to the sum of the
corresponding tension and compression displacements. The cracked cycle
stiffness is plotted against the lateral displacement to represent the stiffness
degradation due to cyclic loading in Fig. 14.
10
20
Meral d i s p l m (m)
30
10
20
30
Lateral d i s p l m (m)
It can be seen that the initial stiffness of all columns including the control
one was approximately the same. This suggests that the strengthened
columns will not attract more horizontal force due to seismic loading. At
high load levels, the retrofitted columns showed higher stiffness than that of
the control column. The rate of stiffness deterioration of the retrofitted
columns under large reversed cyclic loading was less than that of the
control column.
CONCLUSION
CFRP wraps showed an excellent enhancement to the overall behavior of
the strengthed columns. Conclusions are summarized as follows:
1. All the wrapped specimens failed in a ductile flexural mode instead of
the brittle shear mode of the original column.
2. Increasing the CFRP volumetric ratio improved the overall behavior of
the column. However, it is recommended to increase the number of
CFRP layers instead of reducing the spacing between the layers.
3. A proper choice of the anchorage system may be more feasible than
reducing the spacing between sheets. However, savings allowed by the
anchorages should be assessed considering that the installation
diminishes the ease and speed of application.
4. Unlike the conventional techniques for strengthening, the initial
stiffness of the retrofitted columns was similar to that of the original
one.
REFERENCES
1. ACI 440.2R-02, Emerging Technology Series, Guide for the Design
and Construction of Externally Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening
Concrete Structures, October 2002,45p.
2. Hosny A., Shaheen H., Abdelrahman A., and El-Afandy T.
Strengthening of Rectangular RC Columns Using CFRP, MESC-3,
Aswan, Egypt, December 2002.
3. Park R., and Paulay T. Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiely
and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1975.
4. Priestly M., and Park R. Strength and Ductility of Bridge Columns
under Seismic Loading, ACI Structural Journal, V84, No. 1, 1986.
5. Ehsani M., and Wieght J. Confinement Steel Requirements for
Connections in Frames, ASCE Structural Journal, V116, No.3, 1990.
INTRODUCTION
Karbhari and Gao3, Toutanji4, Xiao and Wu5, and Ilki and Kumbasar6
developed experimental data for cylinder specimens, based on a variety of
fiber types, orientations and jacket thicknesses. Rochette and Labossiere7,
Wang and Restrepo8 , and Ilki and Kumbasarconducted axial loading tests
on FRP jacketed specimens with square and rectangular cross-section.
All of the experimental work was carried out on normal or high
strength FRP jacketed concrete specimens. However, there are many
existing structures, those were not built considering the up-to-date codes
and recommendations. Consequently, these structures may experience
severe damages due to insufficient ductility and low concrete compressive
strength during earthquakes. Therefore, there is a need of research on the
behavior of low strength concrete jacketed by FRP.
In this study, 8 specimens of low strength concrete with square crosssection were tested under concentric compression. The standard concrete
cylinder compressive strength was 6.2 MPa for all specimens. The
specimens were either unconfined or jacketed by 1, 3 or 5 plies of CFRP in
sets of two. Experimental results showed that the efficiency of the CFRP
jackets on strength and ductility enhancement of low strength concrete is
higher than that of normal or high strength concrete. Consequently,
equivalent ductility or strength enhancement can be obtained with relatively
smaller jacket thicknesses resulting with more economical solutions. The
experimental results on similar specimens that have higher concrete
compressive strength can be found elsewhere.
Photogrammetric deformation measurements were carried out as well
as conventional deformation and displacement measurements done by using
strain gages and displacement transducers. With the help of the
photogrammetric measurements, deformation characteristics of the
specimens could be analysed in more detail. When compared to deformation
measurements with strain gages, photogrammetric deformation
measurements have further advantages like;
(a) availability of all surface deformations in three dimensions,
(b) comparable precision,
(c) lower cost,
(d) convenience of test setup installation in a short time,
(e) practically no deformation limit.
The deformation patterns obtained by photogrammetric measurements are
generally in good agreement with the deformations determined by the
conventional techniques. Consequently, the photogrammetric measurement
technique seems to be promising as an alternative or additional way of
deformation measurements.
TEST DETAILS
Specimen Characteristics,Mmaterials,Jacketing
Eight specimens were tested under compression. The cross-section of all of
the specimens were square (250x250 mm). The height of the specimens was
500 mm. General characteristics of the specimens are presented in Table 1.
Concrete compressive strength was aimed to be less than 10 MPa to
represent many existing structures with low strength concrete. Specially
produced ready mixed concrete is used to obtain homogenous distribution
of concrete in all of the specimens. The mix-proportion of ready mixed
concrete is given in Table 2. As seen in this table, waterkement ratio of the
mixture is 1.27.
Table 1. Specimen characteristics
Specimen
LS-S-0-1 and LS-S-0-2
LS-S-1-1 and LS-S-1-2
LS-S-3-1 and LS-S-3-2
LS-S-5-1 and LS-S-5-2
fc (MPa)
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
Dimensions (mm)
250x250~500
250x250~500
250 x 250 x 500
250x250~500
CFRP plies
0
1
3
5
Water
191
Sand
932
Gravel
1074
Total
2347
After waiting for about 28 days and rounding the corners of the specimens
to radius of 40 mm, the specimens were jacketed by 1, 3 and 5 plies of
CFRP in sets of two, except two specimens which were tested without
external confinement (Figure 1).
Compressive strength
(MPa)
80
Tensile strength
(MPa)
50
Unit weight
@g/m?
1820
Photogrammetric Measurements
Digital photogrammetric systems have been used to solve various
measurement problems in industrial applications for many years, since highresolution Charge Couple Devices (CCD) cameras and powerful computer
technologies have been available. In this study, close range
photogrammetric applications were carried out, where deformation
measurement, analysis, and camera calibration are the most important steps.
Twin Industrial Basler A302fs cameras with IEEE 1394 standard were
calibrated with 16 mm fix focused Cosmicar Pentax lenses on the test setup.
Then, the experimental data capturing system was designed in order to
capture the images during tests in which about 20 stereo images were
captured periodically. The first image pairs were captured before loading
and the exterior orientation parameters were calculated. For deformation
analysis, camera stations were fixed all through the test duration in order to
use the same orientation parameters for other image pairs. The
configuration of the signal points on the specimens was designed so that
deformations could be determined by the coordinate differences recorded
during loading. The derived exterior orientation parameters were obtained
with 0.01 mm and the rotations were obtained with 0.001 radian accuracy.
Loading and conventional data acquisition system
A schematical representation of loading and conventional data acquisition
system are shown in Figure 2. For loading, a 5000 kN capacity Amsler
250
*------.,
0.00
0.04
0.08
Deformation
0.12
0.16
0.00
0.04
0.08
0.12
0.16
Deformation
Figure 5. Axial strains determined by photogrammetric measurements, between A F (450 mm) and B - E (200 mm), (LS-S-3-2)
10
4
c
+Between
A - F, 450 mm
Between 6 - E, 200 mm
Between C - D,60 mm
t-
0.04
0.00
0.08
0.12
0.16
0.00
Deformation
0.06
The stress-strain relationships obtained for mid 450, 200 and 60 mm for
the Specimen LS-S-5-2 and the appearance of the damaged specimen are
presented in Figure 7. The stress-strain curves indicate that, the
photogrammetrically determined average axial deformations are highest in
mid 60 mm height and lowest in mid 450 mm height, which is also in
consensus with the damage pattern of the specimen. However, it should be
noted that all three curves are quite close to each other until failure.
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
Deformation
0.00
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.18
Dsfonnation
I
,
-Conventional.
.,.
0.M
0.08
Deformation
0.12
0.18
I
I
GL-500 mm
-Photoprammetrk.
-Phopnmmalric.
Between B . E.200 mm
. . . : . . . : . . . : . . ,
0.00
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
Betwaan E .
0.08
E.200 mm
0.10
0.12
0.14
Deformstion
25
20
15
10
1
5
0
0000
0005
0010
0015
0020
0025
OOM)
0010
Deformation
0020
0030
Deformation
0040
0050
. . . . . . . . . . . .~
~ .~
. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
-Strain
gagcmid-height
Photogrammeldomid-height
+PhotcgrammBtriotoprection
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
Transverse Deformation
CONCLUSIONS
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The financial support of Turkish Earthquake Foundation (Project : 0 I-AP1 IS), Research Fund of Istanbul Technical University (Project : 1607), and
Yapkim Construction Chemicals Company, and the assistance of our
students Mr. C. Demir and A. Karadeniz are acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Fukuyama, H. and Sugano, S., Japanese Seismic Rehabilitation of
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
INTRODUCTION
The application of fiber reinforced polymers (FRP) in new concrete
structures started with replacement of steel bars with FRP bars. Although
this direct replacement philosophy was suitable at early stages, it does
not necessarily utilize the full potential of FRP materials. It is, therefore,
believed that FRP could be combined with concrete through more
efficient structural concepts. The proposed system in this paper consists
of concrete-filled rectangular filament-wound glass-FRP tube with
several layers including fibers oriented at f 45 and 90 degrees for shear
resistance. The upper and lower flanges of the tube include additional
uniaxial roving for flexural rigidity. The tube, which could be totally or
partially filled with concrete, acts as lightweight permanent formwork
and reinforcement, simultaneously. The concrete provides stability for
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
The objective of the experimental program is to determine the interaction
of axial load and flexure behavior for rectangular GFRP concrete-filled
tubes as well as to optimize the section by providing a central hole to
reduce the self-weight of the beam. In this case, the concrete was cast
with a void offset towards the tension side of the shell such that the
concrete is optimally used for compression, shear and stability of the
webs.
Composite Tubes
The GFRP composite shells used in this study were fabricated using a
combined filament-winding and hand lay-up technique, where bidirectional glass fiber sheets were inserted into the top and bottom
flanges, resulting in two longitudinal (zero degree) layers in both the
tension and compression flanges of the rectangular shell. The remaining,
non-zero degree laminate, were produced through conventional filament
winding techniques. The final stacking sequences for the webs and
flanges were [90, 45, -45, 90,45, -45, 901 and [90,45, -45,0, 90, 0,45, 45, 901 respectively. E-glass fibers used for the filament winding process
have tensile strength between 1380 and 2070 MPa, and modulus of
elasticity of 72.5 GPa. The E-glass fiber sheets used in the hand lay up
process have a tensile strength of 798 N/mm in the warp direction and
183 N/mm in the weft direction.
,89 rnm
(a) Setup used for casting the concrete into the tubes
(b) Optimized beam
Figure 2 Fabrication of test specimens
Figure 3 Test setup and instrumentation Figure 4 Test setup and instrumentation
of test beams
of short columns
6500
(Totally-fio
400
200
p
9
Small
beam
a0
(Totally-filled)
400
Large
beam
300
~z
u
:Fl
200
x)
20 30 40
50
urge beam
(Optimized)
300
mall beam
(Totally-filled)
0.0
-x).O
60
a.0
20.0 30.0
Deflection (mn)
Figure 5 Load-deflection
behavior
700
600
500
500
g 400
g400
g 3w
m 300
200
200
100
0
-3.0 0.0
3.0 6.0
9.0
P.0
0
30
00
30
60
90
120
the cross-section with the loading plates, although with much less
ductility than the pin ended condition. This is attributed to a localized
premature failure in the pin-ended specimen. For the three compression
specimens that were loaded eccentrically, the longitudinal strains at the
extreme fibers were measured and shown in Figure 9. Towards the
loaded side, strains were compressive. On other side of the specimen,
strains were either compressive or tensile depending on the level of
loading and the amount of eccentricity.
Hoop strains were measured in more details for the pin-ended
concentrically loaded column. One quarter of the circumference of the
specimen was instrumented with strain gauges at mid-height as shown in
Figure 10. The behavior can be categorized into three phases. Very
little hoop strain, less than 0.0005, is recorded until about 1200 kN.
From 1250 kN to 1550 kN, the highest strains are near the middle of the
longer side and at the corner. Strains are highest near the middle of the
longer side due to the outward bulging of the initially straight side due to
expansion of the concrete core, resulting in bending in the plate. The
strain is also high at the corner due to stress concentration. In the third
1800
2000
1600
1600
1400
,-.
1200
g I000
1200
'0
800
800
-1
600
400
400
200
0
-12.0
4.0
a.o
Axial and Hoop Strain (mS)
-8.0
-4.0
0.0
12.0
-15.0
-12.0 -9.0
-6.0
-3.0
0.0
3.0
phase, from 1550 kN until failure the highest strains are at the center of
the long and short sides due to the flexural strains induced by the internal
expansion of the concrete and corresponding bulging of the sides of the
rectangular tube.
Based on the beam and column tests of the small concrete-filled
tubes, a number of points on the axial load - bending moment interaction
diagram have been established as shown in Figure 11.
Failure Modes
Figure 10 Variation of hoop strains on one quarter of the concentrically loaded specimer
2000
e = 0 (pinned)
800
*.i
400
0
i
0
50
100
I50
e=m
-c-200
250
300
Moment (kNm)
The short column with complete surface contact with the loading plates
and zero eccentricity as well as the one loaded with 64 mm eccentricity
failed by rupture of the fibers along the corner of the tube, initiated at
one end of the specimen and progressed towards the other end as shown
in Figure 12(b). The pin-ended specimen with zero eccentricity and the
one with 50 mm eccentricity failed by local shearing of one corner as
shown in Figure 12(c). The specimen with 25 mm eccentricity failed by
crushing of the tube at midheight, accompanied by fracture of the fibers
in the hoop direction as shown in Figure 12(d).
CONCLUSIONS
(a)
Large totally-filled
(b) e = 0 (Fixed)
(c) e = 0 (Pinned)
(d) e = 25 mm
REFERENCES
1. Fam, A. Z. and Rizkalla, S. H., Flexural Behavior of Concrete-Filled
Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Circular Tubes, ASCE Journal of
Compositesfor Construction, Vol. 6, May 2002, pp.123-132.
2. Triantafillou, T. C. and Meier, U. Innovative Design of FRP
Combined with Concrete, Proceeding of the Is International
Conference on Advanced Composite Materials for Bridges and
Structures (ACMBS), Sherbrooke, Quebec, 1992. pp. 49 1-499.
INTRODUCTION
* .
Numerical Modelling
Past studies showed that cracking, deflection and ultimate load behaviour of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams could be predicted with the same degree of
accuracy as the behaviour of regular steel reinforced concrete beams, and
Component Materials
Low viscosity epoxy resin, and foundry sand with a very uniform and fine
grain (d5,, of 342 microns) were used for the polymer concrete mixture.
Resin content, without charge, was 20% in weight. This formulation
corresponds to an optimized result from previous research 14, and its
mechanical properties are already known. Compressive strength and
compressive elasticity modulus are 82 MPa and 1 1.5 GPa, respectively;
with ultimate strain defined to be equal to 0.01. Compression properties
were obtained from uniaxial testing according to RILEM TC-113 standards.
Three types of standard U-shaped GFRP pultruded profiles were used.
The pultrusion profiles consisted of continuous strand mat and roving of
glass fibers, impregnated with unsaturated polyester resin and having an
external veil pulled through a die. Volume content of glass fibers was
between 50% to d55%, and roving occupied the most part of it. The GFRP
profiles cross-section dimensions and mechanical properties, obtained from
52
GFRP
Tensile Strength
(MP4
Profile A
395
Profile B
3 10
Profile C
350
Tensile Elasticity
Modulus (GPa)
25.1
25.3
25.6
Cross Section
(mm)
55 * 60 * 5
30 * 40 * 4
50 * 40 * 5
Among the four models of hybrid beams initially designed, only three
models, - those that showed better flexural performance in first test series-,
were chosen for this experimental program. Cross-sections of the three
models, hereinafter referred as HB I, HI3 I1 and HB 111, are illustrated in
Figure 1, All the small-scale models were 600 mm in length.
HB I and HB I11 beams have all the section full of concrete, with the
profiles behaving, simultaneously, as reinforcement and as permanent
formwork. HB I1 type beam is lighter, with only a thin layer of concrete
positioned in the upper part of the profile. Cross-section of concrete layer,
in this model, was designed in order to support only compressive stresses in
the elastic range. Neutral axis was determined through the homogenization
of the hybrid cross-section on GFRP material.
In order to prevent premature failure due to interface debonding,
adherence between GFRP profiles and polymer concrete was improved
PC
Zone 3
1 GFRP
In Zone 2, FRP walls are taken in account. Due to the shell formulation,
an equivalent material in stiffness and strength is considered.
In Zone 3, a combination of FRP and polymer concrete occurs. In this
case, it is assumed that no contribution is given by FRP walls to support
compressive solicitations. Therefore, compressive strength of the assembly
layer is the compressive strength of the concrete, while tensile strength and
elasticity modulus follows a law of mixtures:
Hybrid
Max. Capacity Load (kN)
Beam T Y P ~ I" Series
T dSeries
38.07
46.30
HBI
43.09
HB II
26.96
32.96
HB 111
32.06
Load deflection curves, obtained from both lst and 2"d test series of
composite beams and correspondent components, are illustrated in Figure 3.
Numerical results obtained by finite element modeling are also plotted.
50
E3
40
30
20
10
0
0
10
15
20
25
20
25
20
25
Deflection (mm)
10
15
Deflection (mm)
50
HB 111
10
15
Deflection (mm)
Figure 4. Typical failure modes of GFRP-polymer concrete hybrid beams: lst and
Ydtest series.
Type I11 beams, in the same way that occurred for the first series, failed
due to tensile failure of lower surface of GFRP profile, followed by rupture
of concrete. Cross-section of profile C is slightly narrower at the top, which
made the slip of concrete more difficult. This fact explains why the
improvement of bond, between concrete and GFRP profile on 2ndspecimen
series, had no significant effect on its flexural performance.
INTRODUCTION
The goal of the project was to identify emergency shelters that utilize a
house in a box concept in which all unassembled components can be
packaged in a crate and conveyed to the site for erection by relief workers
with minimal skills. The emergency shelter was to be designed to withstand
hurricane force winds. Hurricane winds create pockets of wind pressure that
can cause individual components to failure or the building to fail at the
foundation connections, wall connections and roof connections. Further, the
design is subject not only to extreme load conditions, but also non-structural
parameters such as erection speed, construction simplicity and cost,
R m f CwnerZone
Trapezoid shape
reduces the stress
concentration that
would occur at this
point in a triangle
shaped rib
\
k
h-
attribute allows the user to transfer forces between adjacent panels while
ensuring that building envelop integrity is maintained.
PANEL SYSTEM - SYSTEMIC CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
Triangle shaped
connector - 6 length
CONCLUSIONS
This work was supported by the Center for Disaster Management and
Humanitarian Assistance, University of South Florida under contract from
the Office of Naval Research. Further, we wish to thank Dr. Ayman
Mosallam for his expertise in the areas of FRP composite materials and
structural performance.
REFERENCES
1. ASCE 7-98, (1998). Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, NY.
2. Bradford, N., Sen, R. and Mosallam, A. (2001). Development of New
Modular Composite Panel. Proceedings of the 46h International
SAMPE Symposium and Exhibition-Science of Advanced Materials
and Process Engineering Series, Vol. 46, Long Beach, CA, May 6-10.
Society for the Advancement of Material and Process Engineering, pp
93 1-942.
3. Bradford, N., Sen, R., Cooke, S. and Crespi, R. (2000). Rapid
Deployment Emergency Shelter, Final Report submitted to Center for
Disaster Management and Humanitarian Assistance/OfJice of Naval
Research, December, pp. 169.
INTRODUCTION
The use of FRP composites as structural materials to replace the more
traditional steel and concrete materials has gradually increased in the
construction industry. Properties such as high corrosion resistance, low
densities, high durability, high strength, good stiffness to weight ratios and
ease of handling and installation make composites far more desirable.
Test Specimens
Three large scale specimens were tested. The overall length of the
specimens was 2.25 m. Specimen SPl, the control specimen, is a pultruded
FRP wide-flange I-beam with flange dimensions of 150 x 6 mm and web
dimensions of 150 x 6 mm. Specimen SP2 consists of a pultruded FRP
wide-flange I-beam similar to that of SP1 but with a top concrete slab of
thickness 60 mm and width of 600 mm. The slab reinforcement consists of
6 mm diameter steel bars at 200 mm in both directions. The slab was
connected to the FRP section using two rows of 16 mm diameter double nut
bolts at a uniform spacing of 150 mm throughout the span of the FRP beam.
The height of the bolts above the FRP flange is 40 mm. A total of four FRP
stiffeners (6 mm thick) were mounted on the FRP beam using polyester
resin; two stiffeners at each support point. The third specimen SP3 consists
of a pultruded FRP wide-flange I-beam similar to that of SPl fully encased
in a concrete T-beam of beam dimensions 210 x 210 mm and top slab of
dimensions 60 x 600 mm. The slab reinforcement consists of 6 mm
diameter steel bars at 200 mm in both directions. A concrete slab similar to
that used in specimen SP2 but without the FRP beam was tested to study the
effect of the composite action on it. Figures 2 and 3 show the dimensions,
loading and support system for Specimens SP2 and SP3, respectively.
Figure 4 shows the test setup for specimens SPl and SP2. The specimens
were tested in four-point bending over a 2.05 m simply supported span.
Load control was employed and the loading was applied in increments of
approximately 7% of the expected failure load. The loading was continued
up to failure of the specimen. In all specimens, electrical strain gauges were
mounted on the top and bottom surfaces of the FRP beam at mid-span
section while in specimens SP2 and SP3, extra strain gauges were mounted
on the concrete top surface. The deflection was measured by means of
LVDT placed at the mid-span section.
Section x-x
100
1
683mm
684
683
JQ
114
I
,
195 c 210
195
1%'
Sectionx-x
683 mm
684
687
JW
4 4
Material Properties
The reinforcing bars used as longitudinal and transverse reinforcement in
the slab are of yield strength of 275 MPa. The concrete cylinder
compressive strength is 28 MPa. The pultruded GFRP structural shape is a
wide-flange 150 x 6 mm beam. The mechanical properties of the FRP
structural shapes are given in Table I ,
Table 1. Mechanical and Physical properties of FRP structural shapes
Mechanical
properties
Physical
properties
207
31
207
17200
11000
17200
0.33
0.002
8x
Ultimate Specimen
Specimen ultimate
deflection weight
designation load (IN)
(mm)
(kN/m)
SPl
42.1
36.8
0.06
SP2
98.3
33.6
0.92
SP3
111.3
63.4
1.68
Figure 5.
Local bucking of the
compression flange of specimen SPI
Modes of failure
local bucking of the
comuression flanpe
web-flangejunction
delamination and local web
buckling due to shear
concrete crushing
(a) In the case of Specimen SP1, the FRP beam was loaded until the
(b)
(c)
(d)
(c)
Load-Deflection Behaviour
The applied load versus central-deflection of the test specimens is presented
in Figure 7 from which the following remarks could be concluded:
(a) The total applied load in Specimen SP1 increased linearly with
deflection till a load level of 27 kN where the compression flange
started to buckle. A linear behaviour is observed even after local
compression flange buckling occurred.
(b) The stiffness of the composite beam Specimen SP2 is higher than that
of the control Specimen SP1 at all loading stages. This is attributed to
the composite action between the concrete slab and the FRP beam
which improved the strength and the stiffness of the beam. The
addition of shear connectors does not only serve to improve the
strength of the FRP beam but also leads to a stiffer specimen.
10
20
30
40
50
60
-8
v
-a
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
so
40
30
20
10
0
4.006
4.004
4.002
0.002
O.OM
0.006
4.006
4.004
4.002
0.002
0.004
0.006
210
210
180
180
g I50
E
;
120
E
;
120
154
290
>
60
60
30
30
0
-4000
90
-2000
2000
4000
6000
0
4000
-2000
2000
4000
6000
8000
Longitudinalstrain (microstrain)
CONCLUSIONS
In this study, FRP-to-slab hybrid system is considered as an outstanding
alternative to conventional slab systems. The system exhibited many
advantages such as lightweight, easy and fast assembly without heavy
lifting equipment, corrosion resistance and significant over-strength in the
assembled system. However, the performance characteristics of the system
need further investigation and development. The following conclusions can
be deduced:
(a) The tests revealed noticeable difference in flexural stiffness between
the FRP beam and the FRP-to-slab hybrid systems. The difference is
attributed to the composite action between the FRP beam and the
concrete slab.
(b) The overall response of the FRP-to-slab hybrid specimen was
essentially elastic all way till reaching failure. The local web buckling
failure mode indicated the possibility of further capacity increases
when adding more web stiffeners to the FRP beam.
(c) Despite the longitudinal debonding between the FRP beam and
concrete in the FRP encased beam, the system capacity increased, thus,
demonstrating the effectiveness of FRP encasement in concrete. The
concrete surrounding the FRP beam prevents local buckling of its
compression flange and web.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This research was funded by the scientific research council (grant No. 7-711/02), United Arab Emirates University and was conducted in the
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering laboratories. The
efficient cooperation of Eng. Tarek Shaikhoun, Laboratory Engineer, in
conducting the tests, is acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Qiao P., Davalos J.F. and Wang J., "Local buckling of composite FRP
shapes by discrete plate analysis," Journal of Structural Engineering,
ASCE, Vol. 127, No. 3, March 2001, pp. 245-255.
2. C. Waldron, M. Hayes, E. Restrepo, T. Cousins and J. Lesko,
"Determining the design parameters for an FRP girder bridge in
Virginia," Proceedings of the 6* International Conference on short and
medium span bridges, Vancouver, Canada, August 2002, pp. 1361-1368.
Author Index
Abdelrahman, A. 663
Adhikary, B.B. 457
Agyei, B.B. 935
fit-Mokhtar, A. 833
AlChami,G. 623
Alhozaimy, A.M. 823
Al-Mahaidi, R. 247
Almusallam, T.H. 823
Al-Saidy, A.H. 1269
Al-Salloum, Y .A. 823
Alsayed, S.H. 823
Altan,M.O. 673
Alwis, K.G.N.C. 111
An,L. 995
Anderson, A.H. 1301
Araujo, A.F. 1003
Ara~jo,A.S. 477
Arora,D. 1067
Asakura, T. 1157
Ashraf,M. 457
Bakht, B. 923,945
Balafas, I. 1391
Balaguru, P. 367
Balendra, T. 1127
Balendran, R.V. 1047
Bank, L.C. 1067,1301
Banthia,V. 945
Barbato, M. 387
Benlloch, J. 337
Benmokrane, B. 737, 1291,1311,
1341
Biddah,A. 715
Bittencourt, T.N. 173
Blaschko, M. 205
Boulay, C. 913
Bousias, S.N. 527
Bradford, N.M. 705
Brikre, F. 1341
Burgoyne, C.J. 111,1013, 1391
Camata, G. 267,307
Carolin, A. 467, 1371
Carter, J.W. 1301
Casadei, P. 1097
Choi, M.C. 955
Chu,W. 759
Ciupala, M.A. 643, 1117
Clement, J.L. 913
Codato, D. 1239
Cosenza, E. 653,1361
Crawford, J.E. 1199
Dai, J.G. 143
Davies, J.M. 217
Davies, P. 347
De Lorenzis, L. 57 1,581,795,
975, 1351,1455
Dejke,V. 833
Delmas, Y. 497
Delpak,R. 347
Deng,Y. 875
Denton, S.R. 1147
DesgagnC, G. 1311, 1341
Desiderio, P. 843
Diagana, C.497
Dieter, D.A. 1301
Dietsche, J.S. 1301
Dos Santos, A.C. 173
Kojima, Y. 1157
Kong, K.H. 1127
Kubo,Y. 815
Kumbasar, N. 673
Kurihashi, Y. 287
La Tegola, A. 749,795,975, 1351
Labossikre, P. 779
Lackey, T. 1311
Lam, L. 99,601
Laoubi, K. 737
Lee,K. 247
Lees, J.M. 447,935
Leong, K.S. 257
Leung, H.Y. 1047
Li,A. 497
Li, J. 613
Liew, Y.S. 769
Ligozio, C.A. 79
Limam,O. 407
Limkatanyu, S . 307
Lin,L. 1401
Lopez, M.M. 317
Lu,M. 193
Lu, Z. 551,561
Luciani, P. 183
Maalej, M. 257
Manfredi, G. 653, 1209
Maqsood, T. 1047
Marcari,G. 1209
Marques, A.T. 695
Marzouk, H. 427,437
Masmoudi, R. 1341
Masuo, K. 1445
Matsui, S . 865
Matsuzaki., Y. 1445
Matthys, S. 297
Mazzoti, C. 163
McMonigal, D. 1067
Mehrabi, A.B. 79
Meier, U. 153, 1321
Pigeon, M. 737
Pilakoutas, K. 5 17,643, 1117
Pimanmas, A. 277
Pornpongsaroj, P. 277
Porter, A.D. 1147
Poupard, 0. 833
Prota, A. 653
Qian, Z.Z. 1107
Rakib,T. 663
Renzelli, M. 183
Ribeiro, M.C.S. 695
Rizkalla, S.H. 123,685
Rousakis, T. 571,581
Russell, J.S. 1301
Russo, S. 1239
Sakai,H. 785
Santini, S. 1057
Saouma, V. 267
Sato, Y. 237,965
Savoia, M. 163
Sawada, S. 287
Sayed, G.A. 1281
Scarpa,M. 297
Schnerch, D.A. 685
Sen,R. 705
Shaaban, I. 663
Shaheen, H. 663
Sherping, R. 1137
Sim, J. 905
Smith, S.T. 193, 1023
Soudki, K. 855,1137
Spacone, E. 267,307
Spathis, L.A. 527
Stoecklin, I. 1321
Sugiyama, M. 727
Svecova, D. 945
Taerwe, L. 297
Tailhan, J.-L. 913
Takahashi, Y. 237
Takeda, T. 885
Wu, G. 551,561
Wu,H.C. 591
Wu, Z. 377,551,561,885,1157
Wu, Z.J. 217
Wu,Z.Y. 913
Xiong, Z.H. 487
Yamada, K. 1037
Yamamoto, S. 815
Yamamoto, T. 995
Yang,T. 1401
Ye, F.F. 1259
Ye, L.P. 1401
Yin, J. 1157
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
VOLUME 2
Proceedings of the
Sixth International
Symposium on FRP
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
(FRPRCS-6)
^FRPRCS
1003 Singapore
World Scientific
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
VOLUME 2
Singapore
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
Proceedings of the
Sixth International
Symposium on F1P
Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures
VOLUME 2
(FRPRG-6)
Ilillii
2#PJ Si^^pum
World Scientific
New Jersey London
Singapore
Hong
Kong
Published by
World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd.
Toh Tuck Link, Singapore 596224
USA office: Suite 202, 1060 Main Street, River Edge, NJ 07661
UK office:
All rights reserved. This book, parts thereof, may not reproduced any form
any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording any information storage and retrieval
system now known
invented, without written permission from the Publisher.
For photocopying
material
this volume, please pay copying fee through the Copyright
Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA. this case permission
photocopy not required from the publisher.
Preface
Research on the application of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) as
reinforcement for concrete structures appeared m as early as the 1960s.
However, was not until the late 1980s that such research has escalated,
leading to field applications. The interest in non-metallic reinforcement
was fuelled by the corrosion problem associated with steel reinforcement
that surfaced around the world at that time, and the downturn of the
aerospace industry where fibre-reinforced polymers have been widely
used due to its high specific strength and modulus, and other superior
characteristics.
I was fortunate to spend my sabbatical with Professor Naaman at the
University of Michigan, USA, during the Fall and Winter of 1991 and
with Professor Okamura at the University of Tokyo, Japan, during Spring
and Summer of 1992. The former introduced to me this new material that
has since fascinated many in the research community and construction
industry In okyo, in particular, was overwhelmed by the mountains of
research that were embarked by universities, public institutions and
private companies on the development and application of FRP rods as
reinforcement for concrete structures. There were round bars, flat bars,
square bars, braided bars, sanded bars, strands, grids and links, and even
three-dimensional reinforcement. Several applications m footbridges,
foundation beams, tunnel linings, and floating structures suddenly
mushroomed all over Japan and the rest of the world. That probably
constituted the first era in the application of FRP reinforcement in
concrete structures.
The FRPRCS Symposia Series was initiated in 1993, and subsequently
held every two years in the continents of America, Europe and Asia, on
rotational basis. The previous symposia were held in Vancouver, Canada
(1993), Ghent, Belgium (1995), Sapporo, Japan (1997), Baltimore, USA
(1999), and Cambridge, UK (2001). This year marks the 10th anniversary
of the FRPRCS Symposia Series, and the Department of Civil Engineering
the National University of Singapore
honored to host the 6th
International Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete Structures
(FRPRCS-6) in Singapore.
VII
K.H. Tan
T. Balendra, M.A. Mansur, M. Maalej
C.S. Tan, Siti Rohani, Sarimah
CJ. Burgoyne, UK
C.W. Dolan, USA
A. Nanni, USA
H. Okamura, Japan
VIM
Contents
VOLUME 1
KEYNOTE PAPERS
FRP Reinforcements in Structural Concrete: Assessment,
Progress, and Prospects
A.E. Naaman
25
37
51
79
89
99
IX
111
BOND BEHAVIOUR
Bond Characteristics of Various FRP Strengthening Techniques
S.H. Rizkalla and T. Hassan
123
133
143
153
163
173
183
193
205
XI
217
227
237
247
257
267
277
287
297
XII
307
317
327
337
347
357
367
377
387
397
XIII
407
417
427
437
447
457
467
477
487
497
XIV
507
517
527
539
551
561
571
581
591
XV
601
613
623
633
643
653
663
673
685
695
XVI
705
715
VOLUME TWO
DURABILITY AND MAINTENANCE
Research on Strength and Durability of GFRP Rods for
Prestressed Concrete Tendons
M. Sugiyama and T. Uomoto
727
737
749
759
769
779
XVII
785
795
805
815
823
833
843
855
865
XVIII
875
885
895
905
913
923
935
945
955
XIX
965
975
985
995
1003
1013
1023
STRUCTURAL STRENGTHENING
Multiscale Reinforcement Concept for Employment of Carbon
Fiber Woven Mesh
K. Yamada, S. Ishiyama, H. Mihashi and K. Kirikoshi
1037
1047
XX
1057
1067
1077
1087
1097
1107
1117
1127
1137
1147
XXI
1157
1167
1177
1189
1199
1209
1219
1229
1239
1249
1259
1269
1281
1291
1301
1311
1321
1331
1341
XXIII
1351
1361
1371
1381
1391
1401
1415
1425
1435
XXIV
1445
1455
Al203
MgO
CaO
BaO
Ti02
Zr02
others
T type
65
24
10
New type
44
16
10
12
Average
Tensile Strength
(MPa)
83.2
Elastic Modulus
(MPa)
3048
Maximum Strain
(%)
5.22
S.D.
1.13
36.3
0.11
C.ofV.
0.014
0.012
0.021
T type
New type
Tensile Strength
Average
1735
1192
(MPa)
S.D.
119.6
73.1
C.ofV.
0.069
0.061
Elastic Modulus
Average
59035
58839
(MPa)
S.D.
992
462
C.ofV.
0.017
0.008
compared with that of T type. It is because the New type has low Si content
in glass composition compared with T type.
Table 4. Properties of glass fibers(monofilament)
Type
T type
New type
Tensile Strength
Average
2460
2044
(MPa)
S.D.
853
497
C.ofV.
0.347
0.243
Elastic Modulus
Average
83780
86091
(MPa)
S.D.
15964
21063
C.ofV.
0.191
0.245
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Table 5 shows the experimental values and the calculated values for
GFRP rods and their ratios. The experimental values are 0.88 to 1.07 that of
calculated values; hence, the tensile strength and elastic modulus of GFRP
rods can be obtained using the law of mixtures.
T type
New type
Tensile Strength
Experimental (1)
1735
1192
(MPa)
Calculated (2)
1624
1349
(l)/(2)
1.07
0.88
Elastic Modulus
Experimental (1)
59035
58839
(MPa)
Calculated (2)
55295
56820
(l)/(2)
1.07
1.04
rf
H. LXJT"
60
2 50
hti K
^V-S-lJ
1 40
H 30
on
,\iJ&iiii
20
10
i I i iiii
L_L
i i .111-i ill.
i ! i;.,!
0
l.E+01 l.E+02 l.E+03 l.E+04 l.E+05 l.E+06
Number of cycles at fatigue failure
Figure 1. Result of cyclic fatigue test (New type, stress amplitude: lOOMPa)
Figure 2 shows the relation between the stress amplitude and the
number of cycles at fatigue failure of GFRP rods. The maximum stress was
set 30%, 50%, 70% of static tensile strength and the stress amplitude varied
from 50 MPa to 500 MPa for each condition. The tests were performed up
to 4 million cycles. In Figure 2, N30%, N50%, N70% represent 30%, 50%,
70% stress ratio using GFRP rods made of New type respectively, T30%,
T50%, T70% represent 30%, 50%, 70% stress ratio using GFRP rods made
of T type respectively.
As the maximum stress or stress amplitude increases, the number of
cycles at fatigue failure reduces. In the case of 30% stress ratio, the number
of cycles at fatigue failure is almost same in both rods. However, in the case
of 50% and 70% stress ratio, the number of cycles at fatigue failure of
GFRP rods made of New type increases compared with that of T type. In
particular, in the case of 70% stress ratio, there is a difference of 1 order or
more.
N30% N 5 0 % * N 7 0 %
- - O - - T30% - - a - -T50% - - -A - -T70%
1000
PL,
T3
S 100
D-
B
a
in
in
<D
-t-
C/3
10
l.E+01 l.E+02 l.E+03 l.E+04 l.E+05 l.E+06 l.E+07
Figure 3 shows the relation between the stress ratio and the number of
cycles at fatigue failure of GFRP rods at each stress amplitude. As the stress
V}
<D
i-H
-t
^fti^fPr^liU--
<tEii<
80
W::::::M-)':Wj|iv
.
60
"
40
.
20
:
0
l.E-03 l.E-02 l.E-01 1.E+00 l.E+01 l.E+02 l.E+03
Duration time(hr)
Figure 4. Result of static fatigue test (New type)
GFRP(T)
GFRP(N)
AAFRP
BCFRP
120
100
C? 80
2
: ::::::
+rr.
60
T!t?i
1 :; i
CO
<U
40
- ! i ii
20
', !!!!!!
0
0.01
0.1
1
10
Duration time(hr)
100
1000
:
:
:
:
8.29
4.14
5.67
1.91
X
X
X
X
hgT
hgT
logT
hgT
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Matrix
Polyester resin
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions can be drawn:
(1) Tensile strength of GFRP rods made of New type is low compared with
that of T type, and is related to the tensile strength of glass fibers.
Tensile strength and elastic modulus of GFRP rods can be obtained
using the law of mixtures.
(2) Number of cycles at fatigue failure of GFRP rods is affected by mean
stress and stress amplitude. Number of cycles at fatigue failure reduces
in proportion to the increase in mean stress and stress amplitude. In the
case of 70% stress ratio, the number of cycles at fatigue failure of GFRP
rods made of New type fibers increases 1 order or more compared with
that of T type.
(3) Stress ratio is proportional to duration time in logarithm scale under
static fatigue tests; however, the gradient varies with the kind of fibers.
The gradient of GFRP rods made of New type is small compared with
that of T type and New type has good the static fatigue properties. One
of the reasons, is due to the formation of effective glass/matrix interface.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors thank Mr. Tsugio Nishimura (Tokyo University) for his
cooperation in performing this study, and Mr Toshinobu Yamaguchi
(Kagoshima University) for his cooperation in performing the tensile tests
of fiber.
REFERENCES
1. K.Kobayashi, "Anchors for fiber reinforced plastic tendons for
prestressed concrete", Seiken leaflet, no. 158, 1987
2. T. Nishimura and T. Uomoto, "The fundamental, research on static
fatigue fracture of FRP rods", Annual meeting ofJCI, Japan, Vol.17, pp.
547-550, 1995
Test Specimens
The beams are 1800 mm long, 130-mm wide, and 180-mm deep as shown
in Fig. 1. The test parameters are the type of GFRP reinforcing bars,
freeze/thaw cycles, and sustained load. The specimens were divided into
two series. Series I included 7 beams reinforced with GFRP sand-coated
bars9. Series II included 7 beams reinforced with GFRP ribbed-deformed 10
bars. For each series, two identical beams were subjected to freeze/thaw
cycles, sustained loads or the combined effect of both freeze/thaw cycles
and sustained loads. One concrete beam was used as control for each series.
The bottom reinforcement of the beams consists of two No. 10 GFRP bars
(db = 9.5 and 9.0 mm for sand-coated and ribbed-deformed rods,
respectively). This gives an actual reinforcement ratio of 0.73% and 0.65%
for beams of Series I and Series II, respectively. For all beams, 10-mm
diameter smooth steel bars (db = 10 mm - A = 78.5 mm2) were used as top
reinforcement and stirrups (Fig. 1).
Steel bars
0 1 0 mm
O 10 mm @ 75 mm
z1
\l 1
1 1
y \
11
201
2J^_
*.
20^
>
130
GFRP
bars
Fig. 1. Concrete dimension and reinforcing details for the tested beams
Table 1 shows the details of the test specimens. The designation of the
specimens can be explained as follows. BG refers to beam reinforced with
glass FRP bars, IS or CB refers to sand-coated or ribbed-deformed, S refers
to sustained load, FT refers to freeze/thaw and the 0 refers to the control
beams.
Material Properties
The beams were constructed using normal-weight concrete with an average
28-day concrete compressive strength of 40 MPa. The properties of the two
different types of GFRP bars (sand-coated and ribbed-deformed) used in
reinforcing the beams are listed in Table 2.
GFRP
Bars*
BG-IS-01
BG-IS-S1
BG-IS-S2
BG-IS-FTl
BG-IS-FT2
BG-IS-SFT1
BG-IS-SFT2
Sandcoated
(2x71mm2
No load
Sustained load
Ribbeddeformed
(2 x 64mm2
1-44
Environmental condition
Number of
Temp.
cycles
Room
0
Temperature
Room
0
Temperature
No load
Freeze/Thaw
100
Sustained load
Freeze/Thaw
100
No load
BG-CB-01
BG-CB-Sl
BG-CB-S2
BG-CB-FT1
BG-CB-FT2
BG-CBSFT1
BG-CBSFT2
p/h
Loading
condition
Sustained load
Room
Temperature
Room
Temperature
0
0
No load
Freeze/Thaw
100
Sustained load
Freeze/Thaw
100
pfb)
GFRP Bar
Sand-coated
Ribbeddeformed
l0
Ultimate
strain
(%)
9.5
627 22
35 2
1.8
9.0
846 48
39 1
2.1
Instrumentation
For each beam, a total of 2 (5-mm long) and 5 (80-mm long) electrical
resistance strain gauges were used to measure strains in GFRP reinforcing
bars and in concrete, respectively. For GFRP bars, strains were measured at
the mid-span of the two bottom bars, while for concrete the strains were
measured in two locations: at mid-span and at 200 mm from mid-span as
shown in Fig. 2a. During conditioning of the specimens (under individual
and coupled effect of sustained load and freeze/thaw cycles), dial gauges
and 0.005-mm accuracy microscope were used to measure changes in midspan deflections and crack widths, if there were any, respectively. During
flexural tests, the dial gauges and the microscope were replaced with
LVDTs at mid-span and at the location of the first two cracks (Fig. 2b).
j~^l p
vj
0
r~
12 18 24
Time (hours)
Fig. 4. Ramp rate for temperature change
P/2
500
P/2
500
500
I Strain gauges
Deflection LVDT
1500
^50
Fig. 6. Schematic drawing for the test set-up
^
|
~
|
~ 5400
c
12 5
12.3
12.1
11.9
11.7
11.5
0.00
E 5200
5000
4800
E
~ 4600
8.00 COT44000.00
M -
2.00
4.00
6.00
Time (weeks)
8.00
744
M
(kN.m)
Change
(%)
Max Deflection at
service
S
(mm)
Change
(%)
BG-IS01
12.68
13.94
BG-IS12.71
13.55
-2.8
Sl
BG-IS12.72
S2
13.20
-5.3
Series BG-IS12.09
I
FT1
14.70
5.5
BG-IS12.59
FT2
14.66
5.2
BG-IS12.67
SFT2
13.56
-2.7
BG-IS12.29
SFT1
13.79
-1.1
BG11.14
CB01
14.83
BGCB10.54
SI
13.99
-5.7
BGCB10.65
S2
14.58
-1.7
Series BGCB10.70
FT1
15.08
1.7
BGCB10.38
FT2
14.88
0.3
BGCB11.76
SFT1
14.08
-5.1
BGCB11.31
SFT2
14.10
-4.9
* T = Tension failure. C = Compression failure
0.2
0.3
-4.7
-0.1
-0.1
-3.1
Max strain in
FRP (%)
Ser-
Failure
0.67
1.71
0.7
1.67
0.69
1.71
0.65
1.62
0.73
1.63
0.72
1.71
0.64
1.70
0.66
1.47
0.52
1.53
0.50
1.39
0.54
1.31
0.51
1.28
0.52
1.32
0.51
1.42
-5.4
-^A
-3.9
-j>
5.6
1.5
Mode of
Failure
10 15 20 25 30 35
Deflection (mm)
10
15
20
25
30
35
Deflection (mm)
the cracking load, the stressed beams showed very similar stiffness to those
of their control. The average decrease in ultimate capacity was 1.9% and
5.0% for beams reinforced with sand-coated and ribbed-deformed bars,
respectively. While, at service load limit, the mid-span deflection decreased
by 1.6% and increased by 3.5%, respectively.
REFERENCES
1. Benmokrane, B. and El-Salakawy, E. (Editors), "Durability of Fibre
Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Composites for Construction", Proceedings of
the Second International Conference (CDCC 02), Montreal, Quebec,
Canada, May 29-31, 2002, 715 p.
2. Benmokrane, B. and Rahman, H. (Editors), "Durability of Fibre
Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Composites for Construction." Proceedings of
the First International Conference (CDCC 98), Sherbrooke, Quebec,
Canada, August 5-7, 1998, 692 p.
3. Neale, K. W. and Labossiere, P. (Editors), "Advanced Composite
Materials in Bridges and Structures," Proceeding of the First International
Conference, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada, 1992.
4. GangaRao, H. V. and Vijay, P. V., "Design of Concrete Members
Reinforced with GFRP bars", Proceedings of the 3 rd International
Symposium on the Use of Non-Metalic FRP Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures, Vol. 1, 1997, pp. 143-150.
5. Saadatmanesh, H. and Tannous, F. E., "Durability of FRP and Tendons",
the 3 rd International Sym. on Non-Metallic Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures, Japan, Vol. 2, 1997, pp. 147-154.
6. Porter, M. L., Mehus, J., Young, K. A., Barnes, B. A., and O'Neil, E. F.,
"Aging Degradation of Fiber Composite Reinforcements for Structural
Concrete", 2nd International Conference on Composites in Infrastructure,
ICCI'96, Tucson, AZ, 1996, pp. 641-647.
7. GangaRao, H., and Kumar, S., "Design and Fatigue Response of Concrete
Bridge decks Reinforced with FRP Rebars", Proceedings of the 2nd
D = 6mm
Stirrups
D = 6mm
Dimensions in mm
NSM FRP
Rod
D = 6mm
FRP Coupons
Tensile tests, according to provisions of ACI 4406, and short beam test
(SBT), according to ASTM D44757, were used to study the changes in
longitudinal and transverse mechanical properties of FRP bars, respectively
after environmental conditioning.
Tensile test specimens were prepared using grouted steel anchors , in
which the pressure developed by an expansive grout was used to grip the
rod. PVC caps and steel washers were used to assure the alignment of the
rod during anchor installation. The total length of CFRP specimens was 152
cm; GFRP specimens had a total length of 122 cm. An electronic
extensometer with 51 mm gage length and 0.025 mm accuracy was mounted
on the center of the test section to measure rod displacement. In total, six
CFRP and nine GFRP tensile specimens were tested.
Even if longitudinal properties are usually used for design, transverse
properties would furnish a measure of potential resin degradation. It must be
noted that the apparent horizontal shear strength measured with the SBT do
not furnish values that can be used for design, but only for comparative
purposes. ASTM D4475 specimens were cut with lengths resulting in a
span/diameter ratio of 3.0 for both types of rods. Ten CFRP and eleven
GFRP SBT specimens were tested. Properties of FRP bars used are detailed
in Table 2.
LVDT
152 mm
Anchors
Beam
Designation
C-0
C-4-1
C-4-2
G-0
G-4-1
G-4-2
Rod
Fibers
CFRP
GFRP
Carbon
Glass E
Surface
Smooth
Sand coated
Accelerated aging
The beams were conditioned in an environmental chamber for a total period
of 72 days. Four combined cycles were used for accelerated conditioning;
one combined environmental cycle consisted of 50 freeze-thaw cycles
followed by 3 sets of alternate 40 relative humidity cycles and 50 high
temperature cycles. The specimens were exposed totally to 200 freeze-thaw
cycles, 480 humidity cycles and 600 high temperature cycles totally. UV
lamps were switched on during high temperature and relative humidity
cycles. Each freeze-thaw cycle consisted of freezing at -18C for 50 minutes
and thawing at 4 C for 50 minutes. The transition period between freezing
and thawing was 30 minutes. High temperature cycles consisted of
temperature variation between 27 C and 49 C. Relative humidity cycles
were carried out between 80% and 100% at constant temperatures of 16 C
and 27 C. A complete cycle is represented in Figure 3.
TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
All tensile specimens showed elastic behavior and tensile failure by fiber
rupture. This result highlighted the pressure developed by the grout, rod
alignment and anchorage length required to conduct a valid test. A
comparison between the results of unconditioned and conditioned coupons is
reported in Tables 3 and 4. The findings showed that environmental
conditioning did not affect the longitudinal properties and transverse
properties of the FRP bars. A minimal decrease of 7% was observed in the
ultimate strength of GFRP bars; that may be considered in the range of
experimental error. Seven concrete cylinders were tested together with the
beams, four coupons were subjected to the same environmental conditioning
of the beams, while three remained in a laboratory environment. The
compression strength did not show a decrease with an average test value of
29.73 MPa (standard deviation was 1.04 MPa).
Flexural tests of NSMR beams showed different modes of failure;
failure of CFRP beams was due to splitting of epoxy resin at the tension
side, accompanied by imminent concrete crushing at the compression side.
The premature debonding that caused the splitting of epoxy resin cannot
easily be predicted by analytical considerations, therefore the ultimate load
was less than the computed values. A typical sound of resin fracture was
heard for loads that were close to the ultimate. For values of applied load
higher than serviceability range, diagonal cracks were observed in the lower
region of the cross section due to the splitting stresses developed in the
concrete through the epoxy filled region; these stresses caused the failure of
40 cycles
40 cycles
40 cycles
Rod
GFRP
Mean Values
Control
Standard deviation
COV
GFRP
4 Environmental
Mean Values
Cycles
Standard deviation
COV
CFRP
Mean Values
Control
Standard deviation
COV
CFRP
4 Environmental
Mean Values
Cycles
Standard deviation
COV
362
29.9
0.0124
44
6.9
0.0023
12%
23%
18%
338
27.4
0.0124
55
16%
2.1
8%
0.0021
17%
1943
129.0
0.0151
129
7%
1.5
1%
0.0008
5%
2060
116.8
0,0177
126
6%
5.0
4%
0,0019
11%
(a)
(b)
Figure 4. Splitting of epoxy In CFRP NSMR (a) aed fiber rapture In GFRP
NSMR(b)
126
C-4-1
125
C-4-2
Ptkeo (kN)
d^ (mm)
Maacp(kNx m) Mu Am(kNxm)
6.27
23
3.12
23
130
3.93
24
G~0
112
9.32
21
G-4-1
110
4.45
20
G-4-2
109
3.58
20
107
35
20
1 exp ~~~
Oexp ~ u
189
1/2 span
Deflection (mm)
Figure 5. Load vs deflection curves for C-0 and G-0 NSMR RC beams
REFERENCES
1. De Lorenzis, L., Nanni, A., La Tegola, A. (2000), "Strengthening of
Reinforced Concrete Structures with Near Surface Mounted FRP Rods",
Proceedings of Advancing with Composites Int. Conf., 2000, Milan,
Italy, May 9-11, pp. 419-426.
2. Khalifa, A., De Lorenzis, L., Nanni, A. (2000), "FRP Composites for
Shear Strengthening of RC Beams", Proceedings ACMBS III, Ottawa,
Canada, August 15-18, pp. 137-144.
3. De Lorenzis, L., Nanni, A., La Tegola, A. (2000), "Flexural and Shear
Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Structures with Near Surface
Mounted FRP Rods", Proceedings ACMBS III, Ottawa, Canada, August
15-18, pp. 521-528.
4. Nordin H., Taljsten B. and Carolin A., (2001), "Concrete beams
strengthened with pre-stressed near surface mounted reinforcement
(NSMR)", Proceed. CICE 2001, International Conference on FRP
Composites in Civil Engineering, 12-15 December 2001, Hong Kong.
5. American Concrete Institute (1999), "Building Code Requirements for
Structural Concrete (ACI 318-99) and Commentary (ACI 318R-99)".
ACI Committee 318, Detroit, MI.
6. ASTM, (1996 B), American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM
D 4475 "Standard Test Method for Apparent Horizontal Shear Strength
of Pultruted Reinforced Plastic Rods By The Short Beam Method",
November 1996.
7. American Concrete Institute (2002), "ACI 440K - DRAFT - Guide Test
Methods for Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Rods and Sheets", ACI
440 committee.
8. Micelli, F., and Nanni, A., (2001), "Mechanical Properties and
Durability of FRP Rods", CIES Technical Report 00-22, March 2001,
127 pp.
frame through three ongoing reactions between the vinylester (VE) and
styrene (ST) monomers, namely
VE+VE*^ (VE-VE) *
ST + ST* -> (ST-ST) *
(VE* + ST) + (ST* + VE) - (VEST)*
1 (a)
1 (b)
1(c)
width through the pultrusion process. Fiber volume fraction was estimated
to be 62% through burn-off.
In order to adequately assess changes in the mechanical characteristics
of the composite and mechanisms of degradation the material was subjected
to mechanical testing through tension and short-beam-shear modes and
dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) techniques. In addition
moisture uptake was assessed through gravimetric means. The specimens
were exposed to 10 different environments over a period of 1 year as listed
below:
a) Storage at 23C and 46% RH
b) Immersion in deionized water at 23 C
c) Immersion in deionized water at 40C
d) Immersion in deionized water at 60C
e) Immersion in deionized water at 80C
f) Immersion in deionized water with CaC03 and Ca(OH)2 at 23 C
g) Immersion in deionized water with CaC03 and Ca(OH)2 at 40C
h) Immersion in deionized water with CaC03 and Ca(OH)2 at 60C
i) Immersion in deionized water with CaC03 and Ca(OH)2 at 80C
j) Immersion in concrete leachate at 23C
The pH value of the CaC03 and Ca(OH)2 and that of the concrete leachate,
formed by immersing 6 concrete disks of 15.24 mem diameter and 2.54 cm
thickness in deionized water at 23C was 11.5.
MOISTURE UPTAKE
Moisture uptake was measured on multiple specimens immersed in each
environment using gravimetric means. Overall results for moisture uptake
kinetics are given in Table 1.
Temperature
CQ
23
40
60
80
i.v
V
i'
-23 C
\
'
* 60
OS
" ~"-^
60 C
r- 80 C"
10
20
30
40
50
60
10
20
Time (weeks)
30
40
50
60
Time (weeks)
v-.\N
V.
i
V.
:.--..- r.^.^.,
-23 C
-40 C"
\
..--..
>,,;,
80 C
20
30
40
Time (weeks)
20
30
40
Time (weeks)
which are significantly affected by changes in the resin state and the
interface.
V\
w>-
\\
~23C
" - .
so
"~~- - - - .
\ .
20
70
30
\
v
-60C
10
40C
-23 C
40C
\,
-80C
'"""-...
40
20
30
40
-80C
Time (Weeks)
Time (Weeks)
weeks
weeks
weeks
weeks
Deionized
Water
95.91
92.00
90.05
87.12
Simulated
Alkali
94.02
91.78
89.22
85.56
Concrete
Leachate
96.15
95.35
90.64
88.96
DMTA CHARACTERIZATION
As noted previously for long-term response, in ambient temperature cured
vinylester composites, there are often simultaneous effects of post-cure and
leaching/degradation.
Whereas the former causes an increase in
performance attributes the latter results in a decrease. However, this clarity
in differentiation is not seen in reality due to competition between the two.
Further, it is known that glass transition temperature can decrease due to
moisture uptake and hydrolysis2, whereas it can increase due to both
residual cure and the leaching of low molecular weight species. Figure 4
provides a record of the change in glass transition temperature with time
under deionized water exposure. Through additional tests such as ICP and
FTIR it was determined that the fluctuations are due to competing effects
especially of post cure due to elevated temperatures and that the apparent
higher levels of Tg attained after immersion in 60C and 80C deionized
95
c
e
w\ '
r ''
V
. N.
v.
>
90
'
s"
80 C
^y^
;!5*;
60 C
&
3
85
u
ft.
80
^S,40C
23 C
20
30
40
Time (Weeks)
50
60
10
20
30
40
50
60
Time (Weeks)
This points to the fact that the alkaline salts in the solution have a
greater effect on the fiber and the local fiber-matrix interphasial region
rather than the matrix itself indicating that degradation is more fiber
dominated than resin dominated. While this points out a weakness in the
composite in its primary load bearing constituent it also indicates a potential
means of increasing durability through the use of resins that can serve as
greater diffusion barriers for the salts causing fiber and fiber-matrix
interphase level degradation.
CONCLUSIONS
Mechanisms of degradation are seen to differ substantially based on
aqueous solution and although acceleration can be conducted through the
use of higher temperature levels this must be conducted with caution since
changes in temperature can result in dramatic changes in modes and
mechanisms of failure thereby nullifying the primary principles of timetemperature superposition for acceleration. The use of time-temperature
superposition on the deionized water exposure data provides a conservative
estimate of 42% retention of tensile strength after 10 years and 35%
retention after 30 years.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The support by the California Department of Transportation, the California
Department of Water Resources, and the National Science Foundation
through a CAREER award to the second author is gratefully acknowledged
REFERENCES
1. Burrell, P.P., Herzog, D.J. and MacCabe, R.T., "A Study of Permeation
Barriers to Prevent in Marine Composites and a Novel Technique for
Evaluating Blister Formation," Proceedings of the 42nd Annual SPI
Conference, Session 15E, 1987, pp. 15.E: 1-13.
2. Ghorbel, I. and Valentin, D., "Hydrothermal Effects on the PhysicoChemical Properties of Pure and Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester and
Vinylester Resins," Polymer Composites, Vol. 14[4], 1993, pp. 324334.
3. Karbhari, V.M., Murphy, K. and Zhang, S., "Effect of Concrete Based
Alkali Solutins on Short-Term Durability of E-Glass/Vinylester
Composites," Journal of Composite Materials, 36[17], 2002, pp. 21012121.
4. Silvergleit, M., Macander, A.B., and Cardamone, J.A., "Effect of LongTerm Water Immersion on Properties of Graphite/Epoxy Composites,"
Report MAT-76-16, DTNSRDC, June 1976.
M = ApspEp(dp -x)+A,e,E,{d,
-x)-A,'e,'E,'(d,'-x)
(1)
where Ap, As and As' = area of GFRP, tensile and compressive steel
reinforcement, respectively; Ep, Es and Es' = modulus of GFRP, tensile
steel reinforcement and compressive steel reinforcement, respectively; ep, es
and ss' = strains in GFRP, tensile steel reinforcement and compressive steel
reinforcement, respectively; ds and d/ = distance from the top concrete
fiber to the centroid of the tensile steel and compressive steel reinforcement,
respectively; x = neutral axis depth, b = beam width, h = beam depth (=
distance from the top concrete fiber to the centroid of GFRP). For tensile
and compressive steel reinforcement, esEs and ss'Es' are taken to be
A,'
JpK:T-7'
h ds
N.Ar "
less than fy and fy', that is, the yield stress of tensile and compressive
reinforcement, respectively.
The beam moment capacity corresponding to concrete crushing and
GFRP rupture can be found by substituting values for sc or sp, that is,
EC = ecu for concrete crushing
(2)
or
ep=0.iepu for GFRP rupture
(3)
where scu and epu are the ultimate compressive strain of concrete and
ultimate tensile strain of GFRP laminates respectively, and solving other
terms by iteration until the following equilibrium condition is achieved
b jfjxjdx
(4)
The coefficient of 0.8 in Eq. (3) accounts for the average lower strains of
FRP rupturing when bonded to beams compared to strains measured from
material tensile test.3 To predict the flexural crack induced debonding, the
associated strain in GFRP laminates can be taken as4
P
~e-db- Ep ~ Ep i
tp
(5)
i n\ = I^L
(7a)
fpU
Pit.)
where P(t) is the regressed material property function, from either outdoor
or accelerated weathering tests, and t0 is the time where no weathering
effects have taken place on the material properties. If regression is obtained
from accelerated test data with a factor of ka, then Eq. (7a) becomes
*P(/k)
A(f) =
LLL.
(7b)
p
*P(0
where *P is the regressed material property function based on accelerated
weathering tests. With the above considerations, the beam capacity and
failure mode after a period of weathering can be estimated from Eq. (1) by
incorporating Eq. (7), with Eq. (2), (3) and (5) taking the form
concrete crushing (at age t): sc (t) = scu
(8a)
GFRP rupture (at age t): ep(t) = (j)e _ (t) epu
(8b)
GFRP debonding (at age t): ep(t) = 0e
(t) spdb
(8c)
(9)
TEST PROGRAM
Tropical Climate and Accelerated Weathering Chamber
Table 1 shows summarizes the past 11 years (1987-1997) of meteorological
data of Singapore. Based on this, an accelerated test chamber was designed
by intensify the UV-A irradiance to six times that of outdoor, while
maintaining the proportion of light/dark, wet/dry period, as well as relative
humidity (RH) level.
GFRP Tensile Coupon
Two E-Glass composite systems, denoted as Gl and G2, with
different fiber weaving configurations and resin systems, were studied.
Their properties are shown in Table 2. Tensile coupons, as shown in
Fig. 2(a), were fabricated in accordance with JSCE-E-541-2000.5 The
Relative Humidity
(%)
Sunshine
Rainfall
Yearly
Monthly
Daily
Mean
13875.90
462.53
Mean
2044.80
170.40
Average
Max
Min
Average
Max
Min
Total hours
%
Total days
%
27.47
33.50
23.40
83.11
98.70
54.10
223.54
61
5.6
23
Type
Tow sheet form
G2
E~Glass
Bidirectional
woven roving
130
11
1.25
Orthophthalic
unsaturated
polyester
30
0.67
4.4
coupons were allowed to cure in the laboratory for at least 2 weeks before
being subjected to both outdoor and accelerated weathering. All the
coupons were tested after 0, 1, 3, 6, 9, 12 months for outdoor weathering
and after 5, 15, 30, 45, 60 days in the case of accelerated weathering.
GFRP-Concrete Plates
The bond strength of GFRP reinforcement was evaluated by using pullapart concrete plates bonded with GFRP laminates, as shown in Fig. 2(b).
The average compressive cube strength of the hosting plates was around 40
MPa. All the bonded plates were cast, bonded and cured at least 2 weeks in
laboratory and subjected to accelerated weathering and tested at 0, 1 week,
and 1, 3 and 6 months.
GFRPstrengthened Beams
Small-scale reinforced concrete beams bonded with Gl and G2 (as shown
in. Fig. 2(c)) were fabricated and exposed outdoor and in the weathering
chamber, and tested after 0, 1, 3, 6, 9, and 12 months of exposure.
Lateral View
Section A-A
(c) Schematic view of GFRP-strengthened RC beam
Figure 2. Types of specimen for weathering tests
16 hrs
21Jul'02
12:00pm
24 hrs
23Jul'02
12:00pm
3.
2.72
7.39
20.09
20
W 15
Outdoor
Chamber
1.00
2.72
strain
modulus
strain
modulus
7.39
a
A-
test
test
test
test -~.o
""I ' '
20.09
54.60
148.41
(b) Properties of Gl
Figure 3. Comparison of outdoors and accelerated effects on specimens
derived from the regressed material property functions (spu(t), *t(t), Ep(t))
using Eqs. 7(a) or (b). The failure modes and moment capacities of beams
were predicted using the above approach and compared with test results in
Table 3. The Hognestad concrete stress-strain model was used for concrete
stress in the calculation. The ratio of flexural capacity of weathered to
control beams, as well as failure modes, were predicted reasonably well.
J Outdoor
0
e
t ) = 21426.66148-1128.71689 In t
5'
o j
- J
s ( t ) = 18624.80911-86.95418 I n t
0
G1
G2
I H
1.00
test
0 test
2.72
^ ^ regressed
regressed
7.39
20.09
54.60
148.41
2.72
.E too
G1 test
G2 o test
)
regressed
regressed
60
90
X epIi,(t) E 0|(t)
+ e M(t) E 0!(t)
120
Age, t (day)
7.39
20.09
54.60
148.41
O 0.25
m
60
90
120
Age, t (day)
Table 3. Comparison of predicted and test results for GFRP strengthened beam
Type
Outdoor
Age, t
(day)
Predicted
Test
Failure
Failure
MAO
Mode
Mode
Mu{t0)
MAO
1.00
CC
30
0.99
cc
CC/FR
CC
Gl
0.95
90
0.99
FR
FR/DB
1.01
180
0.96
CC
CC
1.00
30
0.95
CC
CC
1.02
G2
0.93
90
CC
CC
1.09
180
0.93
b
CC: concrete crushing; FR: GFRP rupture; DB: debonding
CONCLUSIONS
From the test results obtained in this study, it is concluded that
(a) the effects of tropical climate weather were reproduced well in
accelerated weathering test.
(b) tensile and bond strength of GFRP laminates decreased with time
when subjected to outdoor tropical climate.
(c) reduction of tensile strength of GFRP laminates could be due to either
drop of ultimate strain or modulus, and it is matrix dependent.
(d) failure mode of small scale GFRP strengthened beams changes with
weathering time in tropical climate, and can be predicted using
appropriate mechanical model with the material weathering test data.
ACKNOWLEGDEMENT
This work was financially supported by a research grant R-264-000-140112. The authors are indebted to F. L. Yap for laboratory works and
technical assistance rendered by Y. K. Koh and P. K. Choo.
REFERENCES
1. Uomoto, T., "Durability Consideration for FRP reinforcements", 5th
International Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures (FRPRCS-5), U.K., July 16-18, 2000, Vol. 1, pp. 17-32.
2. Keng, J. T. and Thong, N.G., "Solar Insolation in an Equatorial Region
(Singapore)", Solar Energy, 19,1976, pp. 101-103.
3. Bonacci, J. F. and Maalej, M , "Behavioral Trends of RC Beams
Strengthened with Externally Bonded FRP", Journal of Composite for
Construction, 5(2), 2001, pp. 102-113.
4. Teng, J. G., Chen, J. F., Smith, S. T. and Lam, L., FRP-strengthened RC
Structures, 2002, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.
5. Japanese Society of Civil Engineers, JSCE-E-541-2000: Test Method
for Tensile Properties of Continuous Fiber Sheets.
6. Al-Bastaki, N. M. S. and Al-Madani H. M. N., "Effect of Local
Atmospheric Conditions in Bahrain on the Mechanical Properties of
GRP", Polymer Testing, 14, 1995, pp. 263-272.
INTRODUCTION
The use of composite materials is becoming an increasingly popular method
of repairing and strengthening ageing civil engineering structures around the
world. In Canada1'2, most structures reinforced with fibre-reinforced
polymers (FRPs) consist of transportation-related constructions, such as
road bridges and parking garages. Despite the efficiency and attractiveness
of this technique, its market progression has been impaired by factors such
as the lack of design codes readily available to the practising civil engineer,
and by the limited knowledge on the long-term behaviour of these new
products. Although the issue of codes has been addressed in many countries
with the recent publication of standards3 and design manuals4, the need for
extensive evaluation of the durability of FRPs exposed to civil engineering
environments has yet to be satisfied. Understanding the behaviour of FRPs
in adverse climatic conditions, in particular, has become essential to
guarantee the durability of these structural repairs. An extensive research
program in this field, undertaken by the authors, combines actual long-term
Sherbrooke
HTsukuba
Q Okinawa
almost six months of the year; daily extremes can reach -35C in winter and
35C in summer. Statistics of the last 30 years indicate an annual rainfall of
1084 mm in Sherbrooke. The other end of the climatic spectrum is
represented by the Okinawa exposure site, located in a seaside and semitropical environment of the South Pacific. The average annual temperature
reaches 22.4C and does not fluctuate much during the year. The reported
average annual rainfall is 2036 mm, almost double the Canadian exposure
site. Finally, the third site located nearby Tokyo, in Tsukuba City, has a
temperate climate, with an average of 1505 mm rainfall during the year and
an average annual temperature of 15.6C. The Okinawa and Tsukuba
exposure sites are both maintained by the Public Works Research Institute
of Japan. At the initiation of the research project, it was expected that
conditions such as the significant variations of temperature in Sherbrooke
and high salinity of the air in Okinawa would produce more adverse effects
on the specimens than conditions on the Tsukuba site.
Specimens
Identical specimens are submitted to the natural conditions of the exposure
sites for periods of 1, 3, 5, 7 and 10 years, beginning in 1997. The
specimens at each exposure site include :
(a) one-ply carbon fibre sheets of products A and B, 150 mm x 380 mm,
with fibres in the longitudinal direction. Products A and B are
commercially available in Canada and Japan. After exposure, the sheets
are tested in tension.
(b) three four-ply CFRP unidirectional laminates, 250 x 300 mm, with the
fibres in the longitudinal direction. Plates are made with products A and
B; a third plate, AC, is made of product A with a protective coating.
After exposure, five specimens can be cut from the laminated plates for
tensile testing. The size of the plates allows fabrication of additional
specimens that can be used for viscoleastic testing, in bending or
torsion.
(c) four-ply (45)s CFRP laminates of products A, B and AC, 250 x 500
mm. Specimens are recovered from these plates for tensile testing.
(d) 160 x 170 mm plates of epoxy matrix, approximately 5 mm thick. These
plates are made from each of the matrices usually employed with
products A and B. The plates are large enough to cut out specimens for
tensile tests, torsion tests and bending tests.
OUTLINE OF RESULTS
The following tables provide an outline of some results obtained to date.
Table 1 indicates the evolution of the tensile strength of the specimens made
from the uniaxial CFRP plates; the results in the Sherbrooke, Tsukuba and
Okinawa columns are each the average of five tests. A global average of all
specimens after the same period is given in the last column. The general
tendency is that a significant reduction of the tensile strength generally
occurred over the 3-year period, probably due to the exposure conditions. In
some cases, the uncoated product A appears to have performed better than
its counterpart AC; longer exposure results are needed to confirm this
hypothesis. Products A and B have performed in a relatively similar way.
Table 1. Tensile tests on CFRP plates - Average of five tests (kN/m/layer)
Tsukuba
Test
Okinawa
Sherbrooke
527 (b)
535 w
Initial
527 (b)
1 year
449
558
491
472
489
537
3 years
527 (b)
535 (a)
Initial
527 (b)
Product AC
499
1 year
559
502
503
464
3 years
457
556 (c)
Initial
556 tc)
513
Product B
536
510
1 year
575
472
460
524
3 years
(a), (b), (c) Same superscript indicates same set of five specimens
Specimen
Product A
Average
531
500
499
531
520
465
534
540
485
Product AC
Product B
Test
Initial
1 year
3 years
Initial
1 year
3 years
Initial
I year
3 years
Sherbrooke
46,1 ( a )
39,7
39,4
46,1 ( a )
38,6
35,9
33,4
33,4
30,3
Tsukuba
34,9 (b)
35,2
26,7
34,9 (b)
30,4
29,2
36,8 (c)
35,3
34,0
Okinawa
34,9 (b)
31,3
29,2
34,9 (b)
28,4
28,7
36,8 (c>
25,8
25,4
Average
41,1
35,4
31,8
41,1
32,4
31,3
35,0
31,7
29,3
(a), (b), (c) Same superscript indicates same set of five specimens
series of specimens. Once again, the coating does not appear to exert a
positive effect on the properties of the specimens.
CONCLUSIONS
The outline of a long-term project aimed at measuring the long-term
properties of CFRP laminates was presented. Initial results show that
climatic conditions actually have an adverse effect on the product
properties.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This research program benefits from the long-term funding of the following
sources which are gratefully acknowledged: the Natural Sciences and
Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERC) through the ISIS
Canada Network of Centres of Excellence for the Canadian co-authors; the
Public Works Research Institute of Japan for the Japanese co-author. The
sabbatical stay of Professor Labossiere in Japan was financially supported
by the Japan Science Foundation: this invaluable contribution to the
establishment of a long-term international collaboration is gratefully
acknowledged. In addition, the authors wish to thank Mr. Marc Demers and
Mr. Iwao Sasaki for their technical advice and their support in the
maintenance of the exposure sites.
REFERENCES
1. Mufti, A.A., Labossiere, P., Neale, K.W., "Recent Bridge Applications
of FRPs in Canada," Structural Engineering Int., 12(2), 2002, 96-98.
2. Labossiere, P., Neale, K.W., Rochette, P., Demers, M., Lamothe, P.,
Lapierre, P., and Desgagne, G., "FRP Strengthening of the Ste-Emeliede-1'Energie Bridge: Design, Instrumentation and Field Testing,"
Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, 27(5), 2000, 916-927.
3. Japan Society of Civil Engineers, "Code for Repair and Strengthening
of Concrete Structures Using Continuous Fiber Sheet, Concrete Library
no. 101, July 2000 (in Japanese).
4. ISIS Canada, "Strengthening Reinforced Concrete Structures with
Externally-Bonded Fibre Reinforced Polymers (FRPs)," Design Manual
#4, Winnipeg, Manitoba, 2001.
786
Maintenance
expansion coefficient of FRP and that of concrete; and secondly, the fact
that organic fibers are hygroscopic3.
The objective of this study is to better understand the degradation over
time of pretensioned concrete beams (reinforced with FRP or steel)
subjected to repeated drying/wetting cycles and variations in temperature.
Exposure tests were carried out in two environments - (a) a natural outdoor
exposure test at two sites: one in the splash zone, and the other inland, and,
(b) accelerated test, where the beams were stored in a tank with a controlled
temperature and saturation regime. This paper reports the results after about
40 months of exposure tests, though specimens have been prepared with a
15-year test program in mind.
THE PARAMETER OF EXPOSURE
The parameters of this study are the type of tendon material, the exposure
test method and exposure time. The extent of degradation was assessed
through static testing at the end of the exposure period, fatigue tests in some
cases to study any changes in the bond between the tendon and the concrete,
observation of the FRP tendons using an electron microscope, and
observation of the onset of rusting in the case of steel reinforcement.
In the natural outdoor exposure test (N series), the exposure locations
were splash zone (I) and inland (T), the tendon materials were aramid FRP
(A), carbon FRP (C) and steel (S). A total of 24 beams were used. In the
accelerated exposure test (A series), the tendon materials were (A), (C) and
(S), with 5, 5, and 3 beams, respectively, making a total of 13 beams.
'
787
Materials
Table 2 shows the properties of the materials used as tendons. The aramid
FRP was Technora; the carbon FRP was CFCC; and the steel tendon
material was steel wire strand. Whereas the coefficient of thermal expansion
of steel is about the same as that of concrete, that of the FRPs is about zero,
or even negative in some cases. Comparing the Young's modulus of the
tendon materials reveals a ratio of 1:2:4 for aramid, carbon and steel,
respectively.
Table 3 shows the mix proportions of the concrete used - the proportions
were chosen so that the concrete has a strength of 35 N/mm2 at an age of 12
hours with steam curing, and had a W/C ratio of 0.372. Table 4 shows the
compressive strengths of concrete at the different ages. It is apparent that
the compressive strength of the concrete increases substantially over time
compared with the initial values. Creep and drying shrinkage measurements
were also carried out using the inland exposed beams in the N series. Figure
1 shows the shrinkage strain observed. At an age of 44 months after
prestressing (when the tests were carried out for the series of results
reported in this paper), a shrinkage strain of about 0.08% was observed.
Table 2. Properties of tendons and reinforcements
Material
Aramid
Nominal
cross section
(mm 2)
Nominal
capacity
Tensile Capacity
Elongation
SWPR-7A
SWM-P
<p9.3
tp6.0
32.5
45.3
79.1
51.6
28.3
6.4
7.6
10.0
9.3
6.0
56.9
57.0
104
88.8
15.3
62.5
60.0
114
103
18.6
46
104
104
197
206
3.8
1.2
1.2
7.1
-3
0.6
0.6
12
12
(kN)
(kN)
2
(%)
Thermal expansion
CFCC
ipl0.5
area
Rebar
<p7.5
diameter (mm)
Guaranteed
Steel
<p6.0
Technora
Designation
Carbon
coefficient
xio~6/x:
W/C
(%)
37.2
41.0
2.0
430
160
731
1060
S.P.
(kg)
4.73
38.2
Intro duce prestress
1 day
2 months 65.6
In tial loading
44 months 81.2
2 nd loading
Specimen Details
All specimens were cast using pretensioning and the cross-section for the
different specimens are shown in Figure 2. Prestressing the reinforcement,
pouring of the concrete, steam curing of specimens, and introduction of
prestress to the beams were completed within a day. The jacking force for
all tendons was 62% of their guaranteed tensile capacity. The transverse
stainless steel reinforcing bars were arranged at a 30-mm pitch in all beams.
The dimensions of the beams in the N series are as follows: a height of
200 mm, width of 150 mm and a length of 2,000 mm. FRP-reinforced beams
had two tendons at the top and two at the bottom as shown, while the steelreinforced beams had one steel strand each at the top and bottom. The
calculated flexural failure mode in the case of the FRP beams, is the rupture
of the FRP tendons; while, in the beams with steel strands it is failure of
concrete in compression after the yielding of the steel strand.
The dimensions of the beams in the A series are as follows: a height of
100 mm, width of 100 mm and a length of 1,500 mm. Each tendon has
almost identical capacity, and is located in the center of the beam. The
25 ,
100
, 25
4@p6.0 Technora
A@f S.5 CFCC
SUS304/ &0
Rebar / &0
75
75
25
50
25
Exposure
100 mm, width of 100 mm and a length of 1,500 mm. Each tendon has
almost Identical capacity, and is located in the center of the beam. The
calculated flexural failure mode, for all beams, is the compressive failure of
the concrete.
The exposed specimens were subjected, as shown in Figure 5, to an
initial load of approximately 60% of the ultimate flexural capacity, to
introduce 6pre-cracks5 shown in Figure 6.
Exposure Methods
Natural exposure was conducted at two sites, as shown in Figure 3. The first
was a splash zone located at the Izu Peninsula facing the Pacific Ocean,
where the average annual temperature is about 15C, and the annual
precipitation is about 2,300 mm; the second was a inland site at Chiba
prefecture, having an average annual temperature and annual precipitation
of 15C and 1300 mm, respectively. In the splash zone, shown In Photo 1,
the specimens were fixed to the rocks, with the sea level approaching to
within about 0.5 meters at high tide. At the Inland site, the specimens were
exposed, supported by 90mm wooden blocks laid on a concrete base.
In the accelerated exposure test, the specimens were placed In a
ICO
803
Saticloadng
7T
675
1fjp
f%tigue loadrg
290
400
250
8'
TS
4C0 j20O|
7T
The remaining beams were loaded up to 80% of their capacity (the initial
level of load was 60% of the capacity, as indicated earlier), unloaded and
returned to the exposure site for continued exposure.
Observation via Electron Microscope
At the end of the tests, FRP tendons were extracted (in the case of N and A
series) by removing the concrete. Samples of FRP were drawn from
locations at 20mm and 600mm from the ends, for observations using an
electron microscope to study any deterioration in the epoxy matrix or fibers.
RESULTS OF EVALUATION
Loading
Figure 6 shows the results of cracking during initial loading. About 5 and 3
cracks appeared in the specimens of N and A series respectively. The
average of the maximum crack width was about 0.5 mm in the case of the
specimens reinforced with aramid tendons, but a little under 0.3 mm in
those reinforced with carbon or steel. It may be noted that all cracks
'closed' upon removal of applied load.
Figure 7 compares the calculated and actual experimental values at
different stages. Here 'cracking load' (at the time of initial loading) has
been taken to be the load at which visually observable cracks were first seen.
At the time of reloading after the exposure, 7i gauges were used to record
the variation of the crack width with the applied load. The "crack-reopening
load" has been taken to be the load at which the gradient of crack-width vs.
-N_A
-N_series II ---N_series
-A^series I -Q- A series
1.0
r
.a
0.0
AC
- - i -A_S
.......^
Flexural
capacity
a
t
Crack
reopening
Cracking
-*
w;
-a--
0.2
A_A
-N_C
Aramid Carbon
Steel
0.8
1.0
1.2
Exp./Calc.
Carbon
30
Steel
40
Deflection (mm)
-0.1
-aEnd 2
0. 1 0.2
Slip (mm)
0.3
10'
10'
Cycle times
10
greater than the calculated ones. During the exposure period (age of 2
months to the age of 44 months), there is continued hydration of concrete,
as shown by the continued gain in strength, and self-repair of spre-cracks' is
very likely. This perhaps explains the fact that the experimental "crack reopening load' was higher than the calculated value. The experimentally
measured ultimate flexural states were consistent with the calculated values,
both in capacities and failure modes. These results lead the authors to
consider that, with the exception of AS, no mechanical degradation has
occurred to the beams as a result of 40 months' exposure.
Figure 8 shows the typical load-deflection curves for the beams tested
under static loading. In the N series, all the envelopes are consistent with
one another. In the A series, the behavior of the steel (S) curves is different.
Figure 9 shows the extent of slippage of steel strand ends in the ASC after
the ASC specimens were subjected to loading and unloading. The results
indicate that the slip at the anchoring point could be responsible for the
decrease in the strength of these specimens. The A-series steel ASC
specimens were cured and stored outside to serve as controls. Thus,
although these specimens are subjected to drier conditions than the
specimens in the accelerated tests, other external degrading factors are
believed to be less intense.
As indicated above the fatigue tests were carried out with displacement
control, and the actual load was periodically monitored. Figure 10 shows a
variation of the observed load with the number of cycles. It can be seen that
the proportion of the decline of the applied fatigue load increases in the
order of (A) < (C) < (S). The amplitudes of the stress applied to the tendon
materials were almost the same for all specimens of (A), (C) and (S). This
order of (A) < (C) < (S) is thought to be the order of the mechanical bond
degradation between the tendon material and the concrete. However, it can
be stated that the extent of deterioration in the bond is still such that it does
substantially affect the flexural failure moments after fatigue loading.
CONCLUSION
The following conclusions may be drawn from the study.
(a) There are no observable deterioration in terms of load carrying capacity,
and others, in the flexural properties of FRP pretensioned beams after
40 months of exposure, at the splash zone or inland site, or after they
were subjected to accelerated cyclic heating and wetting.
(b) The pre-cracking of the pretensioned beams at 60% of flexural capacity
does not have a negative influence on tendons in beams exposed at the
splash zone for 40 months.
(c) The bond of steel wire strands with concrete sustains some damage due
to exposure leading to a reduced flexural capacity. No such
deterioration in bind is observed in case of FRP tendon reinforced
beams.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This study was made possible through funding and personnel assistance from
the ACC Club. The authors wish to thank the ACC Club for its support.
REFERENCES
1. ACC, "ACC Club Project using new materials", October 2002
2. Fuminori TOMOSAWA, Teruyuki NAKATSUJI, Kozo KIMURA, Koji SAKA,
Hiroyasu KAWAGUCHI, "Evaluation of ACM reinforcement durability by
exposure test", ASME, 17th International Conference on Offshore Mechanics
and Arctic Engineering (OMAE98-4361), 1998
3. Raj an Sen, Mohsen Shahawy, Josas Rosas and Satya Sukumar, "Durability of
Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic Pretensioned Elements under Tidal/Thermal
Cycles", ACI Structural Journal/ January-February 1999, pp.95-104
4. Research Committee on CFRM, "Recommendation for Design and Construction
of Concrete Structures using Continuous Fiber Reinforcing Materials", JSCE,
September 1997.
u-c
Q-C
c-w
u-w
Q-W
C-NaCl
U-NaCl
Q-NaCl
C-HC1
U-HC1
Q-HC1
TU-C
TQ-C
TU-W
TQ-W
TU-NaCl
TQ-NaCl
TU-HC1
TQ-HC1
FRP system
Aging
Number of
specimens
Cylinders
Unconfmed
Unconditioned
CFRP Uniaxial
CFRP Quadriaxial
Unconfmed
Water immersion
CFRP Uniaxial
40C /2000hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
Unconfmed
NaCl immersion
CFRP Uniaxial
40C /2000hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
Unconfmed
HC1 - pH=3 immersion 40C
CFRP Uniaxial
/ 2000 hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
ASTM D3039 - CFRP tensile specimens
CFRP Uniaxial
Unconditioned
CFRP Quadriaxial
Water immersion
CFRP Uniaxial
40C / 2000 hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
NaCl immersion
CFRP Uniaxial
40C / 2000 hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
HC1 - pH=3 immersion
CFRP Uniaxial
40C / 2000 hrs
CFRP Quadriaxial
5
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
r n5
3
3
4
4
3
3
W-Wd
^--100
Wd
(1)
03
W
TO
fa
-50/
3/o
i -*
0%
250
500
750
Time (hours)
Figure 1. Weight increase in epoxy matrix after water immersion at 40C
Table 2. Tensile test results
Specimen
TU-C
TU-W
TU-NaCl
TU-HC1
TQ-C
TQ-W
TQ-NaCl
TQ-HC1
Load (kN)
10.56
(1.24)
9.51
(0.72)
9.36
(1.69)
8.75
(1.82)
3.75
(0.68)
3.60
(0.76)
3.86
(0.74)
3.73
(1.10)
Strength (MPa)
4216
(334)
3795
(288)
3736
(675)
3494
(726)
1498
(272)
1437
(304)
1542
(294)
1489
(439)
Modulus (GPa)
246
(9)
215
(6)
211
(23)
200
(31)
88
(7)
91
(14)
99
(8)
93
(16)
ultimate strain %
1.82
(0.15)
1.77
(0.15)
1.76
(0.18)
1.74
(0.21)
1.70
(0.34)
1.59
(0.27)
1.56
(0.21)
1.57
(0.23)
fc
(N/mm2)
42,66
(2,21)
u-c
Q-c
c-w
58,21
(3.87)
u-w
Q-W
C-NaCl
46,67
(5.99)
U-NaCl
Q-NaCl
C-HC1
39,31
(7.79)
U-HC1
Q-HC1
f1
cc
(N/mm2)
74,71
(5,23)
53,67
(2.52)
75,14
(6.97)
65,00
(1.63)
74,34
(1.12)
54,09
(12.19)
74,30
(4.81)
60,25
(0.38)
Sa
(%)
0,35
(0,02)
1.22
(0,13)
0,57
(0.02)
0,26
(0.01)
1,17
(0.13)
0,72
(0.01)
0,18
(0.01)
1,24
(0.27)
0,89
(0.07)
0,33
(0.00)
1,26
(0.47)
0,63
(0.06)
(%)
0,066
(0,011)
1,06
(0.26)
0,86
(0.13)
0,023
NA
1,20
(0.16)
0,61
(0.28)
0,027
(0.002)
0,86
(0.18)
1,00
(0.12)
0,043
(NA)
1,23
(0.42)
0,95
(0.05)
I cc' I c
42,66
(2,21)
1,75
(0.12)
1,26
(0.06)
tacc'^ac
3,50
(0.36)
1,61
(0.06)
1,29
(0.12)
1,12
(0.03)
4,49
(0.48)
2,77
(0.05)
1,59
(0.02)
1,16
(0.26)
6,91
(1.50)
4,93
(0.39)
1,70
(0.28)
1,41
(0.16)
3,83
(1.44)
1,89
(0.19)
c-w
70
c-c
"U-c
u-w
#e9d
twci
U-NaQ
60
50
CO
>
40
30
o
O
20
10
0
0
0,0025
0,005
0,0075
0,01
0,0125
0,015
axial strain
Figure 3. Stress vs axial strain curves for unidirectional CFRP-confined concrete
90
~m 75
Q-C
D.
LUO
^
<>
/ 60
<>
/
Q>
</) 45
01
>
to
w 30
<u
a.
15
^a~^
m-~*-
7>
i
r
0
Q-NaQ
^
/
am
W*
y
0,0015
0,003
0,0045
0,006
0,0075
0,009
axial strain
REFERENCES
1. Hosny A., Shahin H., Abdelrahman A. and T. El-Afandy (2001),
"Strengthening of rectangular RC columns using CFRP", Proceedings of
FRPRCS-5, Vol.2, Cambridge, UK, July 16-18, 2001, pp.773-782.
2. Rodrigues C.C. and Silva M.G. (2001), "Experimental investigation of
CFRP reinforced concrete columns under uniaxial cyclic compression",
Proceedings of FRPRCS-5, Vol.2, Cambridge, UK, July 16-18, 2001,
pp.783-792.
3. Saadatmanesh, H., Ehsani, M. R., and Li, M. W. (1994). "Strength and
ductility of concrete columns externally reinforced with fiber composite
straps." ACIStructural Journal, 91(July-Aug.), pp.434^147.
4. Karabinis A.I. and Rousakis T.C. (2001), "Carbon FRP confined
concrete elements under axial loads", Proceedings FRP Composites in
Civil Engineering Vol.1 , CICE Conference, December 12.15 2001,
Hong Kong, pp.309-316.
5. Amir Z. Fam and Sami H. Rizkalla (2001), "Confinement Model for
Axially Loaded Concrete Confined by Circular Fiber-Reinforced
Polymer Tubes", ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 98, N.4, July 2001.
6. De Lorenzis, L., and Tepfers, R. (2002), A comparative study of
models on confinement of concrete cylinders with FRP composites ,
ASCE Journal of Composites for Construction, accepted for publication.
7. Toutanji, H. A. (1999), "Durability characteristics of concrete columns
confined with advanced composite materials," Composite Structures, 44
(1999), pp.155-161.
8. Karbhari, V. ML, and Eckel, D. A., (1993), "Effect of cold regions
climate on composite jacketed concrete columns," Journal of Cold
Regions Engineering, 8 (3), 1993, pp. 73-86.
9. Micelli, F., Myers J.J., and Murthy S.S. (2001), "Effect of
Environmental Cycles on Concrete Cylinders Confined with FRP",
Proceed. CCC2001 Composites in Construction, International
10. ASTM, (2000), American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM
D3039/D 3039 "Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of
Polymer Matrix Composite Materials", April 2000.Conference, October
10-12 2001, Porto, Portugal, pp. 317-3 21.
11. ACI 440F DRAFT (2000), "Guide for the Design and Construction of
Externally Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening Concrete
Structures", ACI 440 Committee, Externally Bonded FRP Systems for
Strengthening Concrete Structures.
EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES
Preparation of Mortar Mix, Cylinders and Initial Storage of Cylinders
A mortar-mix, expected to be highly alkali-reactive, was prepared using a
high w/c-ratio (0,65), enhanced alkali content in the cement and externally
added NaOH (total 9,5 kg Na2Oeq./m3). The well-documented highly
reactive "Spratt" aggregates (siliceous dolomitic limestone) from Canada
were used, with a grading curve according to requirements in ASTM 1260
(1994)3.
A total of eight mortar cylinders (<))10 x 45 cm) were cast, with fixed
studs (for expansion measurements) at the ends of four cylinders. To initiate
the reaction, all cylinders were pre-stored in accelerated conditions (1 N
NaOH at 80 C) for 14 days. Subsequent to the initial storage, the cylinders
were kept at room temperature, and the mortar surfaces dried and cleaned
with sandpaper.
Two of the cylinders, one prepared with elastic tape (sample C2) and
one with CFRP fabric (sample Al), were pre-loaded up to about 10 MPa.
The purpose of this was to examine any influence on the Young's modulus
caused by the introductory accelerated exposure. Since the behaviour at the
very beginning of the loading was important in these tests, they were carried
out with deformation control. However, the tests gave no indication of any
change in the Young's modulus compared to that of the initially cast
concrete.
Preparation of Samples for Further Testing
Four of the cylinders were wrapped and restrained with single bands of
CFRP fabric embedded in epoxy resin, while four other cylinders were
wrapped with bands of an elastic non-permeable asphaltic tape with the
purpose to simulate the same surface area exposed to water (as for the
cylinders with CFRP bands), without any restraining effect. Each cylinder
was covered with seven parallel bands, each of 53-mm width, and in
between were six open areas, each of 13-mm width. Two of the CFRP fibre
wrapped cylinders (Samples Al and A2) and two taped cylinders (Samples
CI and C2) were without end-studs. These cylinders were fixed in rigs with
four 0 14 mm steel rods with 30 mm thick steel plates at both ends (see
Figure 2).
A total number of eight strain gauges (WFLA-6) were fixed in each
sample; one at each of the four rods, two parallel in the length direction of
the cylinder and two parallel in the circular direction of the cylinder. Strain
gauges in relation to the elastic tape were glued on the concrete before
placing the tape, while strain gauges related to CFRP were glued upon, the
CFRP.
Small loads were initially placed on the specimens by screwing down
bolts at the end of the four steel rods. Strain was introduced into the rigs
according to Table 1.
30 mm Siml plate
The two CFRP fibre wrapped cylinders with end-studs (Sample Bl and
B2), and the two taped cylinders with end-studs (Sample Dl and D2) were
covered with epoxy at both ends. A total of four strain gauges (WFLA-6)
were fixed on each sample; two parallel to the length direction of the
cylinder and two in the circular direction of the cylinder.
mm 11 ,
]ir am
S'::
JflfP&
-rf
fit si'
*I
raft*
*\3888^"
Figure 3. Configuration of the four different specimen set-up (each set-up with a
duplicate sample); Samples Al & A2: CFRP fibre wrapped cylinders, fixed in rigs;
Samples Bl & B2: CFRP fibre wrapped cylinders., with end-studs; Samples CI
&C2: Elastically taped cylinders, fixed in rigs; Samples Dl & D2: Elastically taped
cylinders, with end-studs.
_- 6
0.40
0.35
**"
0.30
n 0.20
a.
0.15
^ * * " ^ ^ * l
"T
.^^r^^^
.-y^}^
,.^^
D B1 (CFRP) Expansion
is
0.10
0.05
__~-0
o B2 (CFRP) Expansion
- -D - D1 (Elastic-tape) Expansion
o - D 2 (Elastic-tape) Expansion
0.00
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
Weeks of exposure in water (38C)
30
32
34
36
38
Preliminary results from the strain gauge measurements are not fully
interpreted yet. However, it appears that cylinders, which are free to expand
in longitudinal direction, i.e. cylinders with end-studs (B and D), reach a
higher longitudinal expansion, 0.15 - 0.25% after 120 days compared to
0.08 - 0.11% expansion in the cylinders fixed in rigs (A and C).
It is however difficult to depend upon the strain gauge measurements, as
it seems that they have not been durable in the water storage. At least this is
the case for strain gauges not embedded in the epoxy resin.
-..--Or-'
= - =;ss -4a
200
- 150
o
m
100
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
v * 'si
Figure 7. The picturetothe left shows cracks in cylinder with CFRP, while the
picturetothe right shows cracks in cylinder with elastic tape.
CONCLUSIONS
(a) Mortar cylinders wrapped with CFRP fabric - free to expand in
longitudinal direction - reach a volume expansion level after 21 week.
Prolonged expansion data for all relevant specimens, will in ultimately
demonstrate if this is genuine.
(b) For further evaluations of the stress-strain relationship, some of the
cylinders will be loaded under deformation control to failure at the end
of this investigation.
(c) Crack development will be studied by polished plan-section and
petrographic thin-sections prepared from the various mortar
specimens.
(d) The final conclusions will be used as a basis in assessing and
evaluating a proposal for a full-scale pilot repair test.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This study is part of the EU TMR network; Development of Guidelines for
the Design of Concrete Structures, Reinforced, Prestressed or Strengthened
with Advanced Composites. The author wishes to acknowledge the
European Commission for funding the EU TMR Network "ConFibreCrete"
and Sika in Norway for providing materials. Colleagues at SINTEF and
ERGO are acknowledged for technical assistance and discussion during the
process of the work.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
Alkali
Nonreactive
Reactive
NaN0 2
Reactive
NaN0 2
Environment
Indoor
Accelerated
* Arrangement pitch of the steel hoop: 122, 61 or 40mm / CFRP sheet: 122 or 61mm.
* py is the volumetric ratio of carbon fiber.
Concrete Mixtures
The target strength of the concrete was 30N/mm2 for all the RC beam
specimens. Concrete mixtures differed in the coarse aggregate (nonreactive
or pessimum mix of nonreactive/reactive) and added alkali (NaN02: Na20
equivalent alkali: 12.0kg/m3). It is noted that NaN02 works favorably
against steel corrosion.
Dimensions and Arrangement of Reinforcement
Dimensions of the RC beam specimens are shown in Figure 1.
Mechanical properties of the longitudinal steel bar and the steel hoop for
the internal lateral confinement, and the CFRP sheet for external wrapping
are shown in Table 2 and Table 3, respectively. As for the internal confinement and the shear reinforcement, rectangular steel hoop stirrups (<)>6mm)
with 135 degrees hook were used. The central 700mm portion including the
817
<J>6
'D10
uoti a
-diooU-
700
150
* Transverse expansion
. cBare
a r e concrete surface
CFRP sheet
\\\\\\\\\ I
-J U-
-JU-
Buried or attached
points
(Unit: mm)
Nominal
diameter
(mm)
9.53
6.0
Yield
strength
(N/mm2)
353
563
Tensile
strength
(N/mm2)
505
596
Elongation
(%)
28.2
-
* D10 is for the longitudinal reinforcement, <j>6 is for the 135 degrees hook type hoop.
* Young's modulus was assumed to be 200 000N/mm2 for both.
Table 3. Mechanical properties of CFRP sheet
Weave
Density
Mm2)
200
Design
thickness
(mm)
0.111
Young's
modulus
(N/mm2)
230 000
Tensile
strength
(N/mm2)
3 400
Elongation
1.5
Lateral Confinement
Lateral confinement consisted of two materials, that is,, internally used steel
hoops and externally wrapped CFRP sheet. Both materials are expected to
reduce ASR expansion and to improve flexural behavior. The CFRP sheet
was applied before ASR expansion. This experiment was meant for
examining the applicability of the CFRP sheet to the members with residual
expansion as well as to potentially deteriorative members.
Although the CFRP sheet is often used for strengthening, it can work as
a repair surface protection layer against ASR expansion. It is expected to
improve durability (i.e. reduce expansion) by the fiber resisting tension
force due to cracks and by the (epoxy) resin shutting out moisture ingress.
However, since the fiber is not so strong against the transverse shear (i.e.
unidirectional CFRP sheet is orthotropic) generated by the multidirectional
ASR cracks, and the resin stops moisture egress as well, applicability of the
CFRP sheet to ASR members should be carefully examined.
Since it was necessary to apply the CFRP sheets at an angle, the whole
surface of the specimen was wrapped when the pitch of wrapping centerline
was 61mm and a clearance existed (Figure 1) when the interval was 122mm.
In addition, primer, putty and resin impregnation were applied only on the
area where the CFRP sheets existed. Egress and ingress of the moisture
were made possible through the bare surface between the wrapped CFRP
sheets that were placed at a pitch of 122 mm.
Accelerated Exposure
Some specimens were exposed in an accelerated deterioration chamber
(40C, 100%RH). Transverse expansions were monitored on the concrete
surface and on the CFRP sheet by a mechanical contact deformeter
(measuring base: 100 or 150mm, resolution: 0.01mm) during the exposure
period. Strain of the steel hoop was also monitored by attached strain
gauges. Details of monitoring gauges are shown in Figure 1.
Reversed Cyclic Loading
The four-point reversed cyclic bending test was conducted on the beams
before and after deterioration. The loading test setup is shown in Figure 1.
Loading continued until the beams significantly lost their capacity in the
falling branch due to buckling of the compression bar and/or rupture of the
tension bar as well as compression failure of concrete, with unloading at
every deflection of (2n-\) 5y. By measuring the applied load and the
deflection at span center, the maximum load and ductility were examined.
-\
o 0.5
c/>
<5 0.4
&
0.3
\
\
- 0.2
>
= = =
V)
g 0.1
^o.o I
0.0
1.0
2.0
Volumetric ratio of confinement, %
1
3.0
0.15
c"
2 0.10
to
Q.
O
O
f 0.05
0.00
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
Transverse expansion, %
Figure 3. Transverse expansion and steel hoop strain (in 100 days)
1 1.0 ^1
E
x 0.8
o*
TO
0.6
0.4
0.0
0.2
0.6
0.4
Transverse expansion, %
1.0 <R1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
Transverse expansion, %
C)
~iO
o
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
Transverse expansion, %
While the CFRP sheet wrapping has little effect on maximum load, it
increased the ductility remarkably. This is a common situation in usual
confined concrete. The CFRP sheet wrapping had only similar degree of
benefit as steel hoops in the reduction of ASR expansion. However, its
ability to improve ductility is more significant than suppressing the
expansion. In specimens without the CFRP sheet wrapping, cover spall
induced by ASR cracks were the cause of significant decrease in ductility.
The CFRP sheet wrapping could improve ductility more effectively than
internally arranged steel hoops in that it can reduce spalling as well as
cracking. In this way, the CFRP sheet wrapping is expected to be applied to
increase ductility of ASR deteriorated members indirectly.
CONCLUSIONS
Some conclusions can be drawn from this study as follows:
(a) As a remedial action to reduce residual ASR expansion and to improve
flexural ductility in existing structures in which internal lateral
confinement is insufficient, it is effective to apply additional CFRP
sheets.
(b) The CFRP sheet wrapping has a similar degree of benefit as steel hoops
in the reduction of ASR expansion. Volumetric ratio of confinement of
about 1.6% by combination of the internal steel hoops and the external
CFRP sheet is expected to provide an effective reduction in ASR
expansion.
(c) The CFRP sheet improves ductility expressed by deflection ductility
factor, fj, and dissipated energy, Ed, more significantly than it suppresses
ASR expansion.
REFERENCES
1. For example, Y. Kubo, S. Yamamoto, A. Hattori and T. Miyagawa,
"Influence of Alkali-Silica Reaction on Load Carrying Behavior of
Flexural Concrete Member", Journal of the Society of Materials
Science, Japan, Vol. 50, No. 9, 2001, pp.1013-1020. (in Japanese)
2 For example, W. Koyanagi et. al., "Mechanical Behaviors of RC Beams
and Columns Deteriorated Due to ASR", Proceedings of the Japan
Concrete Institute, Vol. 18, No. 1, 1996, pp.843-848. (in Japanese)
High Alkaline
Cement Paste
40x40x700 irm
m
700rrm
l<|>10mm
GFRP Bar
. 1800mm
2000mm (a) Beam set-up
High Alkaline
Cement Paste
40 x 40 x 700 mm
1 <)| 10 mm
GFRP Bar
mm
Section A-A
(b) Beam cross-section
Fig. 1 The beam specimen details
Material Properties
Concrete
The compressive strength of concrete, / was determined by testing
standard concrete cylinders that were taken from the mix patch used for all
beams after 120 days. The average value offc was 43 MPa.
The high alkali cement paste used for the middle part of the beam (see
Fig. 1) has a 0.6 water cement ratio. In order to increase the alkalinity in the
paste Na20 was increased from 0.2% to 1% (about 3.62 kg of NaOH for 350
kg cement). The specified weight of NaOH pellets were dissolved in the
mixing water and then cement added gradually. The average compressive
strength of (50 x 50 x 50 mm) paste cubes at the day of testing was about
44.2 MPa.
GFRP bars
All beams were reinforced with (|>10 mm GFRP bars for this study. The
average ultimate tensile strength of 4 samples was determined to be 743
MPa. This value was considered as the reference value for tensile strength
of GFRP bars.
Beams and Environmental Groups
After casting and curing all the 24 beams, they were subdivided into 3
groups based on their environmental exposure. Each group consisted of 8
beams reinforced with GFRP bars and scheduled to be exposed to a certain
environment. Three tanks were fabricated for the three groups of beams and
painted with an enamel paint for protection and fitted with electrical heaters,
thermostat to control the temperature of water to about 40C. The tanks
were designated as Tl (for tap water continuous exposure at 40C), T2 (for
sea water continuous exposure at 40C), and T3 (for wet/dry cycles of sea
water exposure at 40C). Each tank contains 8 beams, in which 4 beams
were unloaded and the other 4 were loaded with sustained dead loads, which
represent about 20-25% stress level in the GFRP bars. A sketch that shows
the arrangement of the specimens in each tank is shown in Fig. 2.
TEST RESULTS
Tension Test Results
After 4 and 8 months of exposure in all environments, four beams from each
environment (2 unloaded and 2 loaded) were removed from tanks to prepare
crr
I1
B8-U
i
X
1!
1
'
\
\-
B6-L
B5-U
; i
'
-u
Steel Tank
!
]
;
U -Unloaded
L - Loaded
x - Thermostat
!!
I..:
B3-L
' '
B2-L
i 1
ShM.lined
1 .ud
i
i
i
v^
j"v
IUU
nun
^-
'
^j
Steel Plate
Loaded Beam
700 mm
mm
2000 mm
i
i
i
i
i
->j j
'
Bl-U
x
\
B4
!
i
ir: l
B7-L
samples for testing. The GFRP bars were extracted carefully from all beams
and two samples of GFRP bars were taken from each beam to be ready for
tension test. Uniaxial tension tests were performed on the stressed and
unstressed GFRP bars using 500 kN capacity universal testing machine, with
specially modified grips consisting of 10 cm split steel pipes used for
gripping the bars after sand coating at both ends. Bars were tested as
received directly from the manufacturer without simulating any
environmental or loading effects. Data obtained from these bars were
utilized as a basis (control) for evaluating the performance (reduction in
tensile strength) of conditioned and stressed bars. The tensile average
strength values for stressed and unstressed tested samples for all bars after 4
and 8 months of exposure are shown in Fig. 3.
It is clear from Fig. 3 that the maximum reductions in tensile strength for
wet/dry sea-water exposure, after 4 and 8 months for unstressed specimens
were about 10% and 17%, respectively. However, the maximum reductions
in tensile strength for unstressed specimens, continuously immersed in tapwater for 4 and 8 months exposure at 40C were about 5% and 13%,
respectively. Also, the maximum reductions in tensile strength for
unstressed specimens, continuously immersed in sea-water for 4 and 8
months exposure at 40C were about 2% and 16%, respectively. For
specimens with stressed GFRP bars (20% - 25% of their ultimate), the
maximum reduction in tensile strength after 4 months of continuous
conditioning in sea-water at 40 C was about 30%, while the maximum
reduction after 8 months exhibited for wet/dry sea-water exposure at 51%
reduction. The other reduction values can be observed clearly from Fig. 3
for 4 and 8 months exposure period. All values are compared with the
control value to quantify the reduction in the tensile strength in the GFRP
bars due to sustained load at different environmental exposure conditions.
Sample of one of the bars after testing is shown in Fig.4.
Load Deflection Behavior
Most of beams were tested for flexure before extraction of GFRP bars in
order to study the effect of environments and sustained loads on the loaddeflection behavior of conditioned beams reinforced with GFRP bars.
Figures 5 and 6 shows the load deflection curves for most of the beams
tested for flexure from two of the considered exposure conditions.
Each figure shows the reduction in load capacity, stiffness and deflection
due to exposure and loading conditions for all unstressed and stressed beams
after 4 and 8 months of exposure.
D Unconditioned (Control)
Stressed (4m)
11 Stressed (8m)
3 Unstressed (4m)
Unstressed (8m)
c
CO
Tap-Water
(Immersed)
Sea-Water
(Immersed)
Sea Water
(Wet/Dry)
Environment
Fig. 3
The average tensile strength variation for all GFRP bars tested after 4 and 8
months under all exposure conditions
Fig. 4
In most cases the maximum load capacity and deflection reductions were
exhibited for stressed beams after 8 months of exposure for all
environments. The same trend was observed for unstressed beams after 8
months of exposure. Some of unstressed samples such as T1B5 in Fig. 5
exhibited higher initial stiffness than T1B1. This is attributed to the gain in
5 -
4 -
Jy/
J/'f
3 J//
J*'/
\lf
0 -
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
90
Deflection (mm)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Deflection ( mm )
Fig. 6
is significant when the bars were subjected to sustained stress for a period of
time. Similar losses in the flexural strength of these beams were noticed.
However, further studies are required in order to come up with solid
conclusions.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support received from
Saudi Basic Industries Corporation (SABIC).
REFERENCES
1.
Wolff, R. and Miesseler, H.J. (1989), "New Materials for Prestressing and
Monitoring Heavy Structures", Concrete International, 1989,Vol. 11, No. 9,
pp. 86-89.
3.
Taerwe, L., "FRP Developments and Applications in Europe", FiberReinforced- Plastic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures: Properties
and Applications, Developments in Civil Engg., 42, A. Nanni ed., Elsevier
Science Publishers, 1993, pp. 99-114.
4.
Sultan, M., Hawkins, G. and Sheng, L.H., "CALTRANS Program for the
Evaluation of Fiber Reinforced Plastics for Seismic Retrofit and Rehabilitation
of Structures", Proceedings, FHWA National Seismic Conference, San Diego,
CA., 1995.
5.
Slattery, K., "Mechanistic Model for the Creep-Rupture Process in Filamentary
Composites", Infrastructure: New Materials and Methods of Repair,
Proceedings, Third Materials Engineering Conference, San Diego, CA, 1994,
pp. 215-222.
6.
Fujii, M., Z., Hamada, H., Kubota, T., Murakami, A. and Yoshiki, T.,
"Evaluation of Initial Damage and Stress Corrosion of GFRP", 9th Intl. Conf.
on Composite Materials (ICCM/9), Madrid, Spain, 1993,Vol. 5, pp. 562-568.
7.
Porter, M.L. Mehus, J., Young, K.A., O'Neil, E.F. and Barnes, B.A., "Aging
Degradation of Fiber Composite Reinforcements for Structural Concrete",
Technical Session: Durability of FRP Reinf in Concrete, ACI Spring
Convention, Denver, CO.,1996a.
8. Porter, M.L. Mehus, J. Young, K.A. Barnes, B.A., O'Neil, E.F., "Aging
Degradation of Fiber Composite Reinforcements for Structural Concrete", 2nd
Intl. Conf. on Composites in Infrastructure, ICCI'96, Tucson, AZ, 1996b, pp.
641-647.
9. Almusallam,T.H., Al-Salloum,Y.A. and Alsayed, S.H., "Behavior of Concrete
Cylinders Confined with GFRP Sheets in Severe Environmental Conditions",
Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Concrete Under Severe
Conditions: Environment & Loading (CONSEC'OI), Vancouver, Canada, June
18-20., 2001.
10. Al-Salloum, Y.A, Alsayed, S.H., and Almusallam, T.H., "Effect of Aggressive
Environments on Strength of RC Beams Strengthened with Composite
Laminates", Proceedings of the SAMPE 2001 Symposium, Society for the
Advancement of Material and Process Engineering, 6-10 May 2001, Long
Beach, California, pp. 485-496.
11. Alsayed S., H., Alhozaimy, A.M., Al-Salloum, Y.A., Almusallam, T.H.,
"Durability of The New Generation of GFRP Rebars Under Severe
Environments," Proceedings of The Second International Conference on
Durability of Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Composites for Construction
(CDCC2002), Montreal, Quebec, Canada, 29-31 May 2002, pp. 651-663.
12. Alsayed, S. and Alhozaimy, A., "Effect of High Temperature and Alkaline
Solutions on the Durability of FRP Bars", Proceedings of the First
International Conference on Durability of FRP Composites for Construction
(CDCC'98), Sherbrooke, Canada, August 5-7, 1998, pp. 623-634.
OBJECTIVES
In the current project the overall objective is to investigate the combined
effect of sustained stress and environmental conditioning on the durability of
GFRP bars. The ambition is to be able to determine the allowable design
strength for GFRP-reinforcement with accounts for the environmental
influence. In more detail, the objectives are as follows:
(a) to develop a test equipment suitable to subjecting GFRP specimens to
a combination of environmental exposure and different stress levels,
(b) to characterize the relationship between the stress level and the
environmental conditioning on the durability of GFRP composites in
terms of tensile properties,
(c) to suggest a service life predictive model that incorporates both
environmental and load conditions.
The aim is not to study the stress-rupture phenomena but rather the
degradation process occurring at stress levels lower than that required for
stress-rupture. This paper presents the development of the test method and
discusses the first experimental results.
LITERATURE REVIEW
Durability is an important topic when considering the use of GFRP materials
in civil engineering infrastructure applications. The influence of water
absorption, alkali attack and application of mechanical loading have been
identified as major factors that may cause the degradation of the material
through a wide range of chemical and physical processes1'2'3. Experimental
results on the degradation of GFRP composites under alkaline and moist
environments have shown that, in order to safely design concrete structures,
it is necessary to account for the long-term deterioration of the mechanical
properties1,6'7'8. Some predictive models have been suggested based on the
"Arrhenius" equation1'6'8. However these studies are limited to the case of
unstressed specimens (only environmental exposure). Nevertheless, in real
applications, the reinforcement will be subjected to a sustained load, and
more particularly for those used as primary reinforcements.
The degradation mechanism under a combination of load and
environmental influence may be quite complex due to the occurrence of
several interacting physico-chemical and mechanical processes. The
application of a mechanical stress can affect the durability of the material in
various ways by causing3'9:
Matrix
Diameter (specified)
Vinyl ester
9 mm
Diameter (measured)
10.1 mm
Furthermore, the distances between the slits/cracks were not long enough to
build up stresses in the concrete to any appreciable extent.
Experimental equipment
A new device was developed within the project, that enables the specimens
to be simultaneously subjected to environmental conditioning and sustained
load. The set-up consists of: lever arms, counter weights and concrete
support. The experimental device is shown in Figures 2 and 3. Compared to
other test methods described in the literature4,7, this one is cheap (no
expensive parts), reliable (the concrete support and the lever arm are very
robust and the "hinge" is attached on the lever arm to ensure that the stress
acting on the bar is constant). Moreover, the load level is not affected by any
relaxation process. This device requires roughly 1.2x2.5 meters of floor
space for one structure (6 specimens per structure). Two stress levels, 5%
and 25%, of the UTS, have been applied in this study. At these stress levels,
stress rupture is assumed to not take place10.
To be able to determine the time temperature relationship for the
strength deterioration, the GFRP bars are exposed to moisture saturated
concrete at two temperatures, 20C and 60C. The specimens are put in a
thermally insulated box with the bottom part consisting of a water tank. A
heater in the water and a thermostat are used to control the temperature, A
good homogenization of the environmental conditions (temperature and
humidity) is ensured with a fan inside the box. The temperature and the
relative humidity are frequently checked during exposure. The moisture
condition (100% relative humidity) has been chosen as it will represent the
"worst case condition" faced by GFRP-reinforcement when used in out-door
structures. The results obtained in this study will, hence, be on the safe side
for most normal applications.
Metallic
beam
^
Insulation]*:
GFRP bars
Concrete
Counterweight
Fixing support
. Concrete
structure
Water
Figure 2. Schematic view of the experimental set-up.
subjected to 25% of UTS, the rubber tended to "float" away through the
narrow gap present between the GFRP bars and the steel washers. Therefore
this system was only used for the specimens subjected to load of 5% of UTS
at 20C.
Relative
Load level
Temperature
humidity
(% of the UTS)
100%
20C
^
j
100%
60C
100%
20C
o<
ZJ
100%
60C
Initial tests of imaged specimens
Total number of
specimens
6
6
6
6
5
Prior to the tensile strength testing, the bars were extracted from the
concrete.
Temperature
20C
5%
60C
20C
25%
60C
Exposure
duration
#2
Average
114 days
101
90
96
172 days
83
84
83
15 days
81
73 days
72
85
79
114 days
101
92
96
172 days
90
102
96
15 days
27 days
82
74
97
.
90
74 a
73 days
88
88 a
81 a
X
D
2 80
60
J3
40
x without load
Stress level: 5%
A Stress level: 25%
2, 20
H
0
0
50
100
200
150
250
Time (days)
Figure 5. Tensile strength retention for the specimens exposed to concrete at
20C without stress1, and at 5% and 25% of UTS.
100'
a
H 80
c
B
J3
e 60
00
i
A
D
X
x without load
D Stress level: 5%
A Stress level: 25%
S 40
t-
20
ens
50
100
150
Time (days)
200
250
REFERENCES
1. Dejke V., "Durability of FRP reinforcement in concrete", Licentiate
Thesis, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden, 2001
(Can be downloaded at www.bm.chalmers.se/research/publika/doktor.htm)
2. Schutte C.L., "Environmental durability of Glass Fibre
Composites", Materials Sciences and Engineering, 7, 1994, pp. 265322.
3. Kajorncheappunngam S., "The effects of environmental Aging on
the durability of Glass/epoxy composites", Thesis Dissertation,
West Virginia University, USA, 1999.
4. Buck S.E., Lischer D.W., Nemat-Nasser S., "The durability of EGlass/Vinyl Ester composite materials subjected to environmental
conditioning and sustained loading", Journal of Composite
Materials, 32(9), 1998, pp. 874-892.
5. Rahman A.H., Lauzier C , Kingsley C , Richard J., Crimi J.
"Experimental investigation of the mechanism of deterioration of
FRP reinforcement for concrete", 2nd International Conference on
Fibre Composites in Infrastructure, Vol. 2, Tucson, 1998, pp. 501 511.
6. Porter M. L. and Barnes B. A., "Accelerated ageing degradation of
glass fibre composites", 2nd International Conference on Fibre
Composites in Infrastructure, Vol. 2, Tucson, 1998, pp. 446-459.
7. Benmokrane B., Rahman H., Ton-That M.T., Robert J.F.,
"Improvement of the Durability of FRP Reinforcements For
Concrete Structures", 1st International Conference on Durability of
FRP Composites for Construction, Sherbrooke, 1998, pp. 571-585.
8. Vijay P. V., and GangaRao V. S., "Accelerated and Natural
Weathering of Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic Bars", 4th
international Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures, Baltimore, 1999, pp. 605-614.
9. Comyn J., "Polymer permeability", Chapman and Hull, Printed in
Great Britain by Ipswich Book Co, Ipswich, Suffolk, 1985.
10. Audenaert K., Taerwe L., Gazouli D., "Stress-rupture of FRP: state
of the art", 5lh International Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures, Cambridge, 2001, vol.1, pp. 517-526.
11. Devalapura RK., Gauchel J.V., Greenwood M.E., Hankin A.,
Humphrey T. "Long-term durability of Glass-fibre reinforced
polymer composite in alkaline environment", 3rd International
Symposium on Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures, Vol. 2, Sapporo, 1997, pp. 83-90.
P. DESIDERIO
Department o f Building Engineering, University of Naples "Federico II"
P.le Tecchio, 80, 80125 Napoli - Italy
Field
1 Definition 11 Dimensioni 1 I
ngofthe
1
Monitoring j
of the
I
modifying 1
influencin
todefinelhe 1
factors W^
midmrmd 9A^ e aeents W 1
Laboratory
tests
on
FBSFRP
V
Service Life Prediction of FRP
Figure 1. Schematic description of the study program
PERFORMANCE
INTERVENTION TYPOLOGIES
State!
Level I
Monitoring /inspection
State2
Level 2
State3
Level 3
Repair/restoration
State4
Level 4
State5
Level 5
Total substitution
PP=
xIlF'
(^
in which Dpp is "the most probable" service life, Dmn is the mid-normal
duration and Ft the modifying factors expressed as a function of the groups
of the influencing agents.
All the most influential agents (with respect to component life) are
arranged in groups, with each generating a single factor.
In brief, different "scores", depending on the real condition of the
component, are assigned to each influential agent. Elaborating the "scores"
regarding any group of agents, it is possible to obtain the value of the
modifying factors (each weighted depending on its incidence) used in the
formula. The groups of homogenous agents are those in Table 3:
WEIGHT AGE
Technological
characteristics
Climatic agents
Environmental/
Chemical agents, exposure to salts, in use
operational
condition (operational environment agent)
environment agents
Configuration
Shape/lying, extension,
discontinuity / chines
presence
of
FRP-cl
FRP-c2
FRP -c3
MA-d/2/3
MASONRY
COLUMNS
IF-cl
IRON FLOORS
FRP-d/2/3
VAULTS
LXTERIKXT/OX
Repairing by cpoxy resin injections
SYNTHETIC
DESCRIPTION
CODE
FRP-i3
WORKING
PRATICES
FREQUENCY
RACCOMANDATION
S
REFERENCES
LABOUR
MATERIALS
EQUIPMENTS
SAFETY D E V I C E S
CONCLUSIONS
Despite several FRP system applications for the strengthening of existing
structures, designers do know a little about their durability. Indeed, neither
all the available specifications are well documented nor easily accessible to
civil engineers. As a consequence, the monitoring and the inspection, to
define the FRP system behaviour in service, and the implementation of a
maintenance strategy are essential to prevent the strengthened structure
from a premature or unexpected failure. From now on, the development of
research will be focused on the collection of the most important scientific
results concerning the durability of these materials and on the application of
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Cross section
8mm stirrups @ 80 mm 8mm stirrups @ 333.3mm 8mm stirrups @ 80 mm
960
1000
3200
960
i140|
Elevation
(Ail dimensions are in mm)
Material Properties
The concrete was supplied by a local ready-mix concrete producer. The 28day compressive strength was on average 40 1.7 MPa and 41 1.5 MPa
for the salted and unsalted concrete, respectively. The yield strength and the
ultimate strength of the reinforcing No. 15 rebars were 450 MPa and 570
MPa, respectively. For the CFRP laminates, the data sheets of the
manufacturer specified a typical tensile strength of 960 MPa, an ultimate
elongation of 1.33 %, and a modulus of elasticity of 73 GPa. The thickness
of the CFRP layer was estimated to be 1 mm.
Test Matrix
Table 1 summarizes the experimental program. The nine test specimens
were divided into two groups (A and B) in addition to the virgin and the
uncorroded-strengthened control beams. Group [A] (4 beams) served as
corroded-unrepaired beams. This group was used to evaluate the effects of
corrosion with and without sustained load on the flexural behaviour pf RC
beams. The specimens were exposed to two different levels of accelerated
corrosion damage (5.5% and 12% theoretical mass loss). Two beams were
exposed to corrosion under sustained load while the other two were kept
unloaded during corrosion. Group [B] was used to quantify the ability of
CFRP repair to improve the flexural performance of corroded beams at two
different levels of corrosion damage (5.5% and 12% theoretical mass loss).
It consisted of 3 specimens. Two specimens were subjected to accelerated
corrosion under sustained load until they reached 5.5% and 12% theoretical
mass loss. The third specimen was unloaded while it was corroded until it
reached a 5.5% theoretical mass loss. Following the corrosion exposure, all
specimens of this group were repaired by the use of CFRP laminates.
Table 1. Test Matrix
Group
Control
[A]
[B]
Level of corrosion
damage
5.5 %
5.5 %
12%
12%
5.5 %
5.5 %
12%
Loading condition
during corrosion
Sustained
No load
Sustained
No load
No load
Sustained
Sustained
Name"
virgin
strengthened
CUS-5.5
CUN-5.5
CUS-12
CUN-12
CRN-5.5
CRS-5.5
CRS-12
voids on the concrete surface to avoid having any air pockets between the
CFRP sheets and the concrete. Finally, the concrete surface was ground to
smoothen the surface and to round the specimen corners for the CFRP
application.
Transverse laminate
(Fibres in transverse direction)
50 200 5x100=500
,
150
Elevation
(Ail dimensions are in mm)
TEST SET-UP
The experimental set-up subjected the test specimens to sustained structural
loading in an accelerated' corrosion environment. Following the corrosion
exposure and the CFRP application all test specimens were tested in fourpoint bending with an effective span of 3000 mm and a shear span of 1000
mm. Load was applied in displacement control by means of a servohydraulic actuator at a load rate of 1.5 mm/min. The flexural behavior was
monitored with the use of a load cell and a linear variable displacement
transducer (LVDT) placed at the mid span. The sustained loading system
and the accelerated corrosion test set-up are described in the following two
sections.
Sustained Leading System
To apply the sustained load to the reinforced concrete beams while they are
exposed to an accelerated corrosion environment, a new loading system was
designed and developed by the authors based on the research work at the
University of Sherbrooke4. Load was applied by using a mechanical loading
system in which two beams were placed horizontally back-to-back in the
loading frame. The system applies four-point bending with a constant
moment in the middle third of the beam. The applied moment was
equivalent to 3 times the cracking moment of the beam and produced a
tensile stress in the rebars of about 60% of the yield strength. Figure 3
shows the sustained loading system.
Accelerated Corrosion
A constant current density of 150 (iA/cm2 was used to Induce corrosion. The
corroded specimens were connected in series in order to obtain a constant
current through the specimens. The direction of the current was adjusted so
that the tension reinforcing steel served as the anode, while the stainless
steel bar served as the cathode. To control the humidity of the environment
the specimens were encased in a polyethylene tent while a special nozzle
was used to supply oxygen and water simultaneously. Both are necessary
for corrosion reactions to occur. The corrosion process required 50 days and
110 days to induce estimated mass losses of 5.5% and 12%, respectively.
EXPERIMENTAL EESULTS AND ANALYSIS
Group [A]
Load-deflection relationships for specimens of this group along with the
virgin control specimen are shown in Figure 4. The failure mode for all of
these specimens was a ductile flexural mode of failure. From this figure,
several observations can be made. Corrosion of the steel reinforcement up to
a 5.5% theoretical mass loss while the beam is unloaded resulted in a 10%
and 9% reduction in the yield and the ultimate loads, respectively compared
to those of the virgin uncorroded beam. The reduction in the yield and the
ultimate capacity increased to 13% and 13.2%, respectively when the
corrosion occurred under sustained load. A 12% theoretical mass loss of the
steel reinforcement caused 16% and 11% reductions in the yield and the
ultimate loads, respectively when corrosion occurred without load. Loading
the beam during corrosion until a 12% theoretical mass loss resulted in
larger reductions in the yield and the ultimate load to 22% and 17%,
respectively compared to those of the virgin uncorroded specimen. The
presence of the transverse cracks due to sustained load may have facilitated
the diffusion of oxygen and moisture into the test specimens. The specimens
will be broken apart and the steel rebars will be examined to determine
whether the area reduced faster for the loaded than for the unloaded beams.
20
40
60
80
100
120
20
40
60
100
(c) CFRP laminates enhance the serviceability and the load carrying
capacity of RC beams for corrosion up to 5.5% theoretical mass loss.
At 12% mass loss, CFRP repair restores but does not improve the yield
load, although it still improves the ultimate carrying capacity.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This research is conducted with the financial assistance from ISIS Canada
Network of Centers of Excellence. The authors wish to record their thanks to R.
Sherpping from Sika Canada for his support during the execution of the work
and to the civil Engineering technicians at the University of Waterloo for their
help throughout the testing.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
continuously on the flange that faces the hinge, are mounted on each Hibeam across the centerline. By applying vertical loads to both ends of the
steel beam, the center part of the test machine is subjected to uniform
bending moment, and thus a simple tensile force can be given to the CFS at
the center part of the specimen. The tensile force in the CFS is transferred to
the concrete blocks via interfacial epoxy resin layer; as a result, bonding
shear force acts between CFS and concrete. This test machine converts the
bending moment into a tensile force so that eccentric loading does not occur
easily, peeling does not occur while de-bonding proceeds, and thus it is
possible to apply a stable bond shear force.
Test Procedure and Specimens
The test conditions and the specifications of specimens are shown in
Table 1. To study the effect of concrete strength on the fatigue bond
strength, concrete blocks which have three different strengths were prepared.
The material characteristics of the CFS and epoxy resin are shown in Table
2 and Table 3 respectively. In some test specimens, a soft layer was formed
between the concrete and CFS. The soft layer is an elastic epoxy resin
whose properties are shown in Table 4 which has a high deformability and
can be expected to prevent the concentration of bonding shear stress and to
increase the static bonding strength.
The upper limit load ratios in the fatigue test were set as 60%, 75% and
85% of the static strength. The lower limit load was set as 0.98kN for all
specimens. The upper limit loads of the specimens having soft layer were
set to the same load levels to the specimens without soft layer. In the fatigue
test, static loads were applied and strains of CFS were measured regularly
by stopping cyclic loading. Also, the bond fracture area of the CFS and
concrete was observed by tapping test.
Specimen
50-60-(1,2)
50-75-(l,2)
50-80-(1,2)
40-60-(1,2)
40-75-(l,2)
40-80-(1,2)
30-60-(1,2)
30-75-(1,2)
30-80-(l,2)
40-25-SL-(l,2)
40-31-SL-(l,2)
40-34-SL-(l,2)
Soft
layer
non
exist
Tensile Strength
(MPa)
59.5
Tensile Strength
(MPa)
1.7
Elongation
%
123
6000
5000
a.
^4000
3000
*V \
Av
^1000
0
\\v\\
2000
-a2
-6-3
-*-4
-* 5
-s6
t7
-8
De-bonding section
Effective
bonding section
*4
0
Distance
=w
200
100
150
Distance from center (mm)
Figure 4. The strain distribution of specimen 40-80-1
50
900000
1357222
1723498
- B 2050305
A2291866
2594213
e 3000000
grew,and the bond transmission section shifted outward from the specimen
center. Strain curves in the effective bond zone shifted almost in parallel
and the slope was nearly equal. Figure 5 shows the strain distribution of 4025-SL-l having a soft layer. Compared to specimens having no soft layer,
the effective bonding length was longer and nearly covered the whole
specimen length. As the number of loading cycles increased, de-bonding
proceeded and strain also increased in the entire bonding area. It was
confirmed that by applying a tensile force of 60% or more of the static
bonding capacity repeatedly, de-bonding by fatigue proceeded gradually.
Number of cycles
5000
50
100
Distance from center (mm)
150
-A1000
-X5000
-^31979
-219680
- I 272575
312211
416086
-416086
- B 434385
- A 530286
Number of cy cles
1
* - 50000
A100180
X-387740
*685394
1203817
-t 2291866
* 3000000
S 4
a
T3
1
J
a 2
i
0
0
50
100 150 200
Distance from center(mm)
Figure 6. The bond stress distribution of
specimen 40-80-1
500000
1000000
1500000 2000000
Number of cycles
2500000
3000000
873
Loading 2KlkN
.E+05
4.E+05
6.E+05
Number of cycles
Figure 9. The relation between the load and the deflection
O.E+00
2.E+05
1 .E+06
Number of cycles
(xlO3 cycles)
0
200
400
600
Distance fromcenter(mm)
Figure 11. The bond stress distribution
5.5MPa, hence the value of 0.5MPa observed in the wheel running test was
one order of magnitude smaller. Accordingly, the possibility of fatigue debonding proceeding in slabs under actual traffic loads is quite small. Also,
the specimen was checked by tapping, and no de-bonding was recognized.
CONCLUSIONS
(a)
(b)
It was found that the newly developed flexural shear tension type
fatigue bond test machine could be used to measure the bond strength
and fatigue bond strength. In the cyclic loading, de-bonding
proceeded gradually. The maximum bond stress when fatigue debonding occurred was 4 to 5.5MPa, and was almost constant even
when the numbers of cycles was increased. The de-bonding
propagated faster when a soft layer was formed.
The maximum bond stress between CFS and concrete, observed in the
wheel load running test, was 0.5MPa and was found to be one order
of magnitude smaller compared to 4 to 5.5MPa observed in the
bending test when interfacial fatigue de-bonding occured. The
possibility of interfacial fatigue de-bonding proceeding in the actual
bridge slabs is therefore considered to be quite small.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Special thanks are expressed to the students of Osaka University and carbon
fiber repair and reinforcement research association (TANPOKEN), which
cooperated with this research.
REFERENCES
1. S.Matsui, N.Mori, A.Kobayashi, M.uemura, "Study of Concrete Slab
Reinforcement With Carbon Fiber Sheet", ICCE/3, July 21-26, 1996 in
New Orleans.
2. Japan Society Concrete Engineers, "Recommendations for upgrading of
concrete structures with use of continuous fiber sheets", Concrete
engineering series 41, Mar. 2001
3. Japan Concrete Institute, "Report of the research committee on
continuous fiber reinforced concrete vol.2", 1998 (in Japanese)
P/2
P/2
1
5E
560 mm
,03 mm
~^m~
1526 mm
2#2 bars
:sr
203 mi
yk-
560 mm
B
B
\o
CN
" -a
a
B
00
o
*-t
v3
*L____3 :
26 mm
Shear
strengthening
strips
Figure 3 shows typical crack patterns and failure modes for unstrengthened
RC beam and RC beam strengthened with carbon fiber sheets under cyclic
loading. Through the experiment, it was found that the cracks were formed
during the first few cycles of loading. With Increasing number of cycles,
the depth of cracks Increases. The shorter cracks In Figure 3 (b) appeared
during the last few thousand cycles before failure. The beam failure started
with steel fatigue rapture first and then fiber failure (Figure 3 (c)), and
finally total beam failure.
Beam
Carbon
Fiber
Area (cm )
Total
Cycles at
failure
PCF-1
PCF-2
PCF-3
PCF-4
3F-5
3F-6
3F-7
3F-8
3F-9
3F-10
3F-11
3F-12
3F-13
3F-14
3F-15
3F-16
3F-17
3F-18
3F-19
0
0
0
0
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
0.5574
3167
57266
533587
2000000"
2000000a
2000000a
2000000a
2000000a
259432
314728
197954
316300
143370
74383
74579
2122
2375
4480
5047
Fatigue
Load
Level (%
of ultimate
static
load)
90%
80%
60%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
60%
60%
60%
60%
60%
70%
70%
80%
80%
80%
80%
Max.
Load
(kN)
Min.
Load
(kN)
33.6
29.7
22.3
18.7
28.9
28.9
28.9
28.9
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
43.2
43.2
46.3
46.3
46.3
46.3
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
6.23
>
u
Strengthened Beam
RC Beam
500000
1000000
1500000
2000000
Number of Cycles
Figure 4. A Comparison of RC Beam vs. Strengthened Beam
(1)
(2)
(3)
By using Equations (2) and (3), the analytical load level (5) is obtained.
A comparison of experimental S with analytical S is shown in Table 2 and
Figure 5. They showed that experimental data compare well with those of
analysis.
Table 2. A Comparison of Experimental S with Analytical S
Number of
Cycles
3506
74481
246357
2000000
Experimental S
Analytical S
1
1
0.8
0.802
0.7
0.689
0.6
0.612
0.5
0.494
Analytical
500000
1000000
1500000
2000000
Number of Cycles
Figure 5. Comparison of Experimental Load Level S vs. Analytical S
Crack Width
Crack width is one of the most important parameters for serviceability. If
crack width is too large, moisture will enter concrete and cause the steel
reinforcement to rust. So, almost every concrete code limits crack width to
an acceptable value.
Initial crack was formed during the first cyclic loading. Then, with the
increase in number of cycles, the crack width increases. The cyclic
relationship between maximum crack width and number of cycles for 3=0.5
is shown in Figure 6. The maximum crack width increases with number of
cycles less than 500,000. After 500,000 cycles, the maximum crack widths
almost keep constant, even when the number of cycles reach the limit of two
millions. For other cases of 5=0.6, 0.7 and 0.8, the results are similar, but
the beams failed before 2 million cycles.
By regression analysis, a formula between the maximum crack width
and the number of cycles is given in Equation (4).
wmax= ax ln(N)+ b
(4)
(5)
6=0.0043e5263<w
(6)
From Equations (5) and (6), the parameters a and b at different load
levels of S can be found as shown in Table 3.
"1 0.06
u 0.04
-*
0.02
500000
1000000 1500000
Number of Cycles
2000000
2500000
Figure 6. Crack Width vs. Number of Cycles for 50% Load Level (5=0.5)
5=0.5
5=0.6
5=0.7
5=0.8
0.0014
0.0033
0.0061
0.0145
0.0611
0.0985
0.1608
0.3
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions can be drawn from this study.
(a) Fatigue failure of RC beams strengthened with carbon fiber sheets
bonded with inorganic resins started with steel rupturing first, then fiber
rupture.
(b) Due to FRP strengthening, the fatigue load of RC beams increased by
55%.
(c) Cyclic crack width is a function of number of cycles. They are linearly
related to logarithm of cycles.
(d) The study showed that the modified Wholer's Equation can be used to
predict the fatigue strength of strengthened RC beams accurately.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ACI committee 440, State of the Art Report on Fiber Reinforced Plastic
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures. American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
MI, 1996.
Toutanji, H. and Gomez, W., "Durability of Concrete Beams Externally
Bonded with FRP Sheets in Aggressive Environments," Cement and Concrete
Composites Journal 19(4), 1997, pp. 351-358.
Balaguru, P. and Kurtz, S., "Use of Inorganic Polymer-fiber Composites for
Repair and Rehabilitation of Infrastructures," Proceedings of Repair and
Rehabilitation of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Maracaibo, Venezuela,
1997, pp. 155-168.
Foden, A., Lyon, R., Balaguru, P. and Davidovitz, J., "High Temperature
Inorganic Resin for Use in Fiber Reinforced Composites," Proceedings,
First International Conference on Composite in Infrastructures, ICCI'96,
University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, 1996, pp. 166-177.
Toutanji, H., Deng, Y., Zhang, Y., and Balaguru, P., "The Use of Inorganic
Matrix for Strengthening of RC Beams with Carbon Sheets," Proceedings of
FRP Composites in Civil Engineering, CICE, Hong Kong, 2001, pp. 11171126.
Shi, X. P., Fwa, T. F., and Tan, S. A., "Flexural Fatigue Strength of Plain
Concrete," ACI Materials, V.90, No.5, September- October 1993, pp. 435-440.
Aas-Jakobsen, K., "Fatigue of Concrete Beams and Columns", NTH institute
for Betonkonstruksjoner, Bulletin,~No. 70-1, Sept., 1970, P. 148.
Singh, S. P., and Kaushik, S. K., "Flexural Fatigue Analysis of Steel FiberReinforced Concrete", ACI Materials Journal, V 98, No.4, July- August 2001,
306-312.
Tepfers, R., and Kutti, T., "Fatigue Strength of Plain, Ordinary and Light
Weight Concrete", ACI Journal proceedings, V.76, No.5, May 1979, pp. 635652.
INTRODUCTION
Based on the concept of prestressing technique and FRP bonding technique,
some attempts to externally strengthen concrete structure with prestressed
carbon fiber sheets or plates were made by many researchers 1_4. Recently,
the authors have developed the PBO Prestressing Upgrading Technique
(P-PUT), in which PBO fiber sheets (PFS) are used as reinforcements. The
PFS provides equal or higher strength and stiffness in comparison with
high-strength carbon fiber sheets (CFS) and superior performance in energy
adsorption. The relaxation behavior is similar to that of CFS 5'6. This
technique was intended mainly to capitalise on the high tensile capacity of
PFS to increase the load-carrying capacity as well as to provide an effective
solution to premature PFS debonding and compression failure in concrete
structures.
This paper is mainly focused at investigating the fatigue capacity of RC
structures strengthened with the P-PUT. An experimental program is carried
out to confirm the behavior in terms of mid-span deformation, crack number,
width and distance, PFS strain and the reinforcement effects on
load-carrying capacity, stiffness characteristics, ductility, and resistance of
crack opening. The design variables including PFS prestressing level and
upper limit of fatigue load.
PRESTRESSING AND BONDING OF PBO FIBER SHEETS
The concept of the P-PUT and prestressing system have been shown in
previous literature 5'6. The prestressing procedure include: (1) pretension of
PFS; (2) bonding to the tension face of the concrete structure (including
curing of adhesive and cutting of the PFS ends); and (3) appropriate
anchorage treatment. The prestressing system is designed such that steel-PFS
lapped joint is connected to a load cell and a hydraulic jack. Both the load
cell and the hydraulic jack are mounted to a stiff steel frame. PFS, 10 meters
long and 0.3 meters wide can be prestressed to about 65% tensile strength
without resin impregnation and curing procedure, or about 100% tensile
strength with partial resin impregnation. An air bag system is used to ensure
perfect bond between PFS and concrete surface. The prestressed PFS is press
against concrete surface by air pressure. The suction pump sucks out the air
within the film package and produces a vacuum in which the prestressed
PFS is sealed tightly.
Prestressing
jr
Insertion of
unbonding sheets
^
Shear stress
(a) Stress concentration at PFS ends (c) Practical method used to relieve the
shear stress concentration at PFS ends
U shape extra bonded PFS
(2 layers to each end) tmsim fece 0f c o n c r e t e
feM^MBBBBBII^^^^W^
prestressed
(2 layers)
v
Shear stress
(b) Relieving stress concentration
AND
Prestressing of the PFS may result in a very high interfacial shear stress
around the PFS ends (Figure 1 (a)), which may cause PFS anchorage
debonding. In order to avoid a premature debonding failure, the shear stress
caused by PFS prestressing and external load should not exceed the
interfacial bond strength. One attempt to relieve the stress concentration at
the sheet end is to reduce gradually the number of the PFS layers towards the
end of the PFS as shown in Figure 1 (b). Figure 1 (c) shows a practical
method to form of PFS end treatment through inserting different lengthy of
unbonding sheets between the PFS layers. Moreover, some effective
anchorage techniques can be used to ensure the prestressing effect such as
the U shape PFS bonded to different anchorage areas, which has been
adopted in this study as shown in Figure 1 (d). Although, only the case of
two layers around the PFS ends are shown in Figure 1, a stepwise treatment
of anchorage for the prestressed PFS can' be extended into general
multi-layers.
20d
PFS
Re info re ing h a rs
Ep oxy re s in fiR~E3 P )
36.8
30.0
0.3
4000
240
0.128
400
300
210
51.9
2450
16.2
No
Specimen's
Specimens ;
no-preslressed
PFS (2 layers)
12
87
119
25%-prestressed
30
121
141
36
112
132
PFS (2 layers)
33%-prestressed
PFS (2 layers)
no-prestressed
PFS (2 layers) ;
25%-prestressed
PFS (2 layers)
25%-prestressed
PFS (2 layers)
33%-prestressed
PFS (2 layers)
33%-prestressed:
PFS (2 layers)
RCF-059.5
RCF-2564.0(1)
RCF-2576.8(1)
RCF-3355.2
RCF-3366.0
RCF-2525%-prestressed
64.0(2)
PFS (2 layers)
RCF-2576.8(2) 25%-prestressed
PFS (2 layers)
59.5
64.0
76.8
55.2
66.0
64.0
76.8
1250
[1271]
1250
[1138]
1500
[1537]
1000
[1008]
1250
[1260]
1250
....El?.?.!]....
1500
[2294]
Average
PFS
0
Strain at
failure*
Failure
mode
PFS
Debonding
PFS
Debonding
9904
[4200]
8067
[5544]
PFS
Rupture
PFS
Debonding
7957
PFS
[4200] Debonding
6445
PFS
[4200] : Debonding
6640
PFS
[5544]
Rupture
7910
PFS
[5544]
Rupture
8733
13.5
140 [211]
12
94
120
16.0
140(138]
28
141
160
16.0
140 [138]
30
152
161
15.0
140(160]
36
134
143
15.0
140 [165]
36
121
146
16.0
140(145]
28
120
134
9749
[4200]
16.0
140 [142]
30
136
146
7505
[4200]
PFS
Debonding
:
PFS
Debonding
* The values in [ ] show the measured PFS strains at the specimen's mid-point due to
upper or lower limit of fatigue loading.
** Under static loading
* * * The values in [ ] show the PFS strains due to PFS prestressing and the average PFS
strain is average value of 5 gages within the range of equal moment section.
were designed with 0%, 25% and 33% prestress levels of PFS tensile
strength. These specimens are initially tested under static loading in
four-point bending at a loading rate of 2kN/min. Seven specimens reinforced
with non-prestressed (one specimens) and, two layers of 25% (four
specimens) and 33% (two specimens) prestressed, internal PFS are tested
under fatigue loading at a frequency of 2.4Hz. An upper load is set,
assuming PFS strains at beam mid-span of about 0.0125 (in all-prestressing
level), 0.015 (in 25%-prestressing) and 0.01 (in 33%-prestressing) at the first
cycle of fatigue loading, and the lower load is set at a strain of 0.0014 in all
investigations. The measured PFS strains are shown in Table 2. Where the
beam specimens did not fail under 2 million cycles of fatigue load, they are
subsequently tested under static loading. Design valuables are displacement,
reinforcement bar strain, PFS strain, concrete strain at beam mid-span, crack
width, number and spacing of cracks as shown in Figure 2. The test
temperature is about 26-29C.
890
Initiation of crack A
2500
nHtfatioTToT crackl B
EESjuuture.
2000
1500 l< g J E J fl B7JM&>A-M
-RCS-0
RCS-25
RCS-33
60
20
40
D isplacem ent rfjm )
Figure 3 Static Performance of
PFS-strengthened Beams with
Different Prestressing Levels
5 1000
BNo.4:RCF-0-59.5
No.5:RCF-25-64.0
' No.6:RCF-25-76.8
1 No,7:RCF-33-55.2
ANO.8RCF-33-66.0
500
1000000
2000000
Number of cycles
Initiation of
30
25
20
-HNo.4:RCF-0-59.5
0 No.5:RCF-25-64.0
No.6:RCF-25-76.8
I No.7:RCF-33-55.2
-ANo.8:RCF-33-66.0
15
10
5
0&
0
ration of crack)
Initiation! rackB
1000000
Number of Cycles
2000000
0.35
0.3
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
ckB
-No.4:RCF-0-59.5
-No.5:RCF-25-64.0
-No.6:RCF-25-76.8
-No.7:RCF-33-55,2
-No.8:RCF-33-66.0
1000000
2000000
Number of Cycles
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Typical data of the experimental results are summarized in Table 2 and the
load versus mid-span deflection curves under static loading is shown in
Figure 3. Specimens RCS-0 and RCS-25 exhibited debonding failure of the
PFS, which initiated from a flexural crack within the beam mid-span region.
Only specimen RCS-33 showed a tensile rupture of the PFS at beam
mid-span. The ultimate load of the RCS-25 is about 18.5% higher than
RCS-0, and cracking load and yielding load of reinforcing bars major
increases due to prestressing of the internal PFS. However, comparing
RCS-33 with RCS-25, ultimate load does not increase although prestress of
internal of PFS is larger. It is considered to be due to a premature PFS
rupture in RCS-33. Under fatigue load, the relationships of displacement,
\\
\ /,
V\\
K\
IX
n\ \\
11 \
f
A\<
Ah
(e) No.5 RCF-25-64.0
\
/CrackB
Wtittf
1\ \
(c) No.3RCS-33
Crack A
f 1 1/ {\
(b) No.2RCS-25
Crack B Crack A
1 \
irr A#\ \
III
tTlll
tS&
PFS rupture
RCF-25-64.0(2)
RCS-25
12000
150
2)
10000
8000
100
' \.J/
PFS debonding
6000'
W"'-- AB -- RR CC FF -- 20 5- 5- 694. 5. 0
50
-RCF-33-66.0
0
0
20
40
4000
X0%-prestressedPFS
strengthened beam s
2000 -
D25%-prestressedPFS
strengthened beam s
0
Displacement (mm)
50
U p p e r Limjt of Fatigue L o a d i n g
100
(kN)
loading and were subsequently tested under static loading. The relationships
of load versus beam mid-span deflection under static load are shown in
Figure 8. Compared with result of static test in Figure 3, ultimate load and
steel yielding load of fatigue'damaged specimens are the same or higher than
no-fatigue damaged specimens. The relationship between PFS strain at
failure under static loading and the upper limit of fatigue loading is shown in
Figure 9. The average PFS strain at beam mid-span at failure appears to
decrease linearly with increasing upper limit of fatigue loading. Appearence
of the concrete surface after PFRP sheets debonding and cracking patterns
are shown in Figure 10. The cover concrete debonded with PFRP sheets, and
the depth is about 50mm in RC8-25, about 2mm by 40mm width in
RCP-25-64.0 and about 2mm in RCF-25-76.8. These depths decrease
linearly with increasing upper limit of fatigue load. It is considered that
PFS-concrete interface is damaged
150
130
110
90
70
50
30
10
-10
PES rupture
riifc^l
RCF-25-64.00
[fir
RCF-33-66.0
if
RCF-33-55.2
-*-RCS-33
1 RCF-33-55.2
-A-RCF-33-66.0
RCF-25-76.8
RCF-25-64.0
ram
RCF-0-59.5
60
20
40
D ispfecem entrfjm)
Figure 13 Fatigue Performances of
33%-Prestressing PFS Strengthened
Beams with Different Upper Limit
of Fatigue Loading
RCS-33
RCS-25
RCS-0
5
10
Numberof crack
15
Specimens
RCS-0
84
static
loading
RCS-25
84.5
static
loading
79
static
I 3
'
5
6
7
8
RCS-33
RCF-0-59.5
! RCF-25-64.0
! RCF-25-76.8
; RCF-33-55.2
RCF-33-66.0
90.0
88.9
110.0
83.8
88.0
loading
80.8
68.5
83.3
70.8
86.4
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of this experimental investigation, the following
conclusions can be obtained:
(a) It is shown that RC beam strengthened with prestressed PFS following
the P-PUT method exhibits satisfactory fatigue performance.
(b) The capacity of PFS-concrete interface generally weaker with an increase in
the upper limit of fatigue load; however, the interfacial performance of
beams strengthened with prestressed PFS is the same as those of beams
strengthened with no-prestressed PFS.
(c) The load-carrying characteristics in terms of the yield load and ultimate
load increase due to the additional cracking occurring under fatigue
loading. Moreover, it alters some other characteristics such as stiffness.
REFERENCES
1. Wight R.G., and Erki M.A., Prestressed CFRP Sheets for Strengthening
Concrete Slabs in Fatigue, International Conference on FRP Composites
in Civil Engineering, Hong Kong, pp. 1093-1100, 2001.
2. T.C. Triantafillou and Deskovic N., Innovative prestressing with FRP
sheets, Mechanics of short-term behavior, Journal of Engineering
Mechanics, ASCE, Vol. 117, No.7, pp. 1653-1672, 1991.
3. EI-Hacha R., Wight G., and Green. M.F., Strengthening Concrete Beams
with Prestressed Fiber Reinforced Polymer Sheets:Behavior at Room and
Low, Fourth International Symposium Fiber Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement
for Reinforced Concrete Structures, ACI, SP-188, pp.737-749,2000.
4. Wu Z.S., Matsuzaki T. Fukuzawa K.and Kanda T, Strengthening Effects
on RC Beams with Externally Prestressed Carbon Fiber Sheets, Journal
of Material, Concrete Structures and Pavements, JSCE, pp. 153-165, 2000.
5. Wu Z.S., Iwashita K., Hayashi K., Higuchi T, Murakami S., Koseki Y,
Strengthening PC structures with externally prestressed PBO fiber sheets,
International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering,
Hong Kong, pp. 1085-1092, 2001.
6. Wu Z.S., Iwashita K., Hayashi K., Higuchi T, Murakami S., Koseki Y.,
Strengthening Method for RC structures with externally prestressed PBO
fiber sheets, Journal of The Japan Society for Composite Materials,
Vol.28, No.4, pp.146-155, 2002.
INTRODUCTION
Non-prestressed FRP sheets bonded to the tension face of an under-strength
or structurally damaged concrete member supplement the flexural
reinforcement of the deficient member. Studies have shown that the flexural
strength under service load was improved slightly and the ultimate strength
was significantly increased. However, only a portion of the strength of the
FRP sheets is effective in non-prestressed strengthening applications. To
improve the efficiency of this strengthening technique, the sheets may be
prestressed prior to bonding. This strengthening technique offers the
benefits of both a prestressed system that contributes to load carrying
capacity even before further deformation occurs in the structure, and a
bonded system that sustains a significant portion of the load under further
deformations. Prestressed FRP sheets can improve the serviceability of the
beam by limiting deflection and providing excellent control of cracks, and
can restore prestress to a system that has suffered a loss of internal
prestressing. The benefits and advantages associated with prestressed FRP
sheets have been discussed by El-Hacha et al., (2001).
There is very little research into the use of prestressed FRP sheets for
strengthening beams and slabs. Generally, researchers found that failure
was due to fracture of the internal reinforcing steel, the fatigue life was
increased and the deflections were decreased2'3,4,5'6.
Research into the fatigue behaviour of members strengthened with
prestressed FRP sheets is also limited. A fatigue test was carried out at
EMPA with the CFRP plate prestressed to 50% of its strength. Thirty
million cycles were performed without any evidence of damage to either the
concrete or the CFRP plate7. Wight and Erki (2001) found that the
prestressed sheets were much more effective at extending the fatigue life of
the reinforced concrete slabs than non-prestressed sheets.
OBJECTIVES
This investigation is part of a large experimental/analytical project studying
the fatigue behaviour of concrete beams and slabs strengthened with bonded
non-prestressed and prestressed CFRP sheets. Only the effectiveness of
CFRP sheets when used to strengthen, in flexure, simply supported
reinforced concrete T-beams is reported in this paper and will be compared
with the results of the one-way reinforced concrete slabs. A new mechanical
anchorage system has been developed as part of this study and used to
directly prestress the CFRP sheets by jacking and reacting against anchors
mounted on the web of the strengthened beam itself.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Specimen Details, Test Set-Up and Strengthening Materials
The experimental program consisted of testing, simply supported, three 4.0
m reinforced concrete T-beams, and three 3.0 m one-way reinforced
concrete slabs (90mm x 1000mm) under four-point loading. In each group,
one specimen was unstrengthened and used as control, the second specimen
was strengthened with non-prestressed CFRP sheets, and the third specimen
was strengthened with prestressed CFRP sheets. The specimens were tested
to failure 7 days after strengthening. A summary of these specimens is given
in Table 1. The 28-day compressive strength of the concrete was 40MPa.
The test set-up of a T-beam specimen, reinforcement details and
strengthening schemes are shown in Figure 1. The total load was applied to
the specimen using a 500kN capacity actuator through an MTS controllertesting machine operating under load-control mode. The specimens were
initially loaded to 5kN to ensure stability before starting the cyclic loading.
All fatigue loads were applied at a rate of 2Hz, and data was recorded at
every 1000th cycle and 10,000th cycle. The beams were subjected to a cyclic
load from 5 to 65kN, and the slabs to a cyclic load from 5 to 55kN. All
specimens were fully instrumented.
Table 1. Experimental Program
Beam #
TBeamC
TBeamNP
TbeamP2
SF
SF-N
SF-P
Type of Strengthening
Unstrengthened Control Beam
Four layers of Non-Prestressed CFRP Sheets
Four layers of Prestressed CFRP Sheets
Unstrengthened Control Slab
Two Strips (two layers each) of Non-Prestressed CFRP Sheets
Two Strips (two layers each) of Prestressed CFRP Sheets
Strengthening System
The FRP system used for strengthening the T-beams and slabs was the wet
lay-up composite system consists of dry unidirectional high tensile carbon
fiber sheet9. According to the manufacturer the sheet had a nominal
thickness of 0.165mm/ply, and ultimate tensile strength and tensile modulus
of elasticity of the sheets were 3800MPa and 227GPa, respectively. The
design strength per unit width was 627N/mm. Details of T-beam
strengthening are given in the following sections and details of slab
strengthening are given in Wight and Erki (2001).
LVDT
-1.55m
1.55m
L<-
500
70
Section a-a
(Dimensions in mm)
15o
'5mm $
@100mm
25mm
*
I 30mm $"
120
Strips 50 r n m ^ .
6m
The four-layer set of CFRP sheets was initially tensioned against the Tbeam to 764MPa representing approximately 30% of the sheet's ultimate
tensile strength obtained from tension tests (2640MPa) before being bonded
to the bottom width (120mm) of the T-beam over a length of 3.6m. At time
of testing the T-beams, the prestress level was 676MPa. The anchorage
system was left in place after prestressing to avoid peeling failure
associated with the high shear stresses present at the ends of the CFRP
sheets (Figures 4 and 5). A similar level of prestress existed in the
prestressed CFRP sheets used for slab strengthening8.
Figure i. Prcslre^ed CI RP strengthening system for the T-Beam at the fixed end
Figure 5. Prestresscd CFRP strengihening sy>;em [\v ihe i -Beam at the jacking end
better control over both cracking and plastic straining. The deflection was
also lower due to the camber induced in the specimens by the prestressing.
The increased deflection in slab shown by the prestressed CFRP sheets near
the end of its fatigue life may be attributed to the incremental failure of the
internal steel reinforcement and the debonding of the CFRP sheet.
60
3 10
E
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
Loading Cycles
Figure 6. Displacement in T-Beams subjected to full-range loading
40
30
"Unstrengthened Control (SF)
20
10
-+0
50,000
-t-
-+-
-+-
CONCLUSION
The testing program confirmed the benefits of prestressing the CFRP
sheets and the practicality of the prestressing technique used. Nonprestressed CFRP sheets bonded to the tension face of a reinforced concrete
member can significantly increase the fatigue life. Prestressed CFRP sheets
can be much more effective at extending the fatigue life. Strains in the steel
reinforcement and plastic creep strains in the concrete are decreased by the
addition of CFRP sheets and are further decreased by prestressing the CFRP
sheets. Deflections are decreased by the addition of CFRP sheets.
Prestressed CFRP sheets further control deflections. The presence of
anchors can delay the ultimate fatigue failure of reinforced concrete
members strengthened with CFRP sheets. There was a significant difference
between the slab and the beam specimens strengthened with prestressed
CFRP sheets. For the T-beam however, the details of the anchorage were
such that a failure at the anchor location caused a premature failure of the
strengthening system and the benefits of prestressing were less significant.
Similar anchors had performed very well under static loading. It is clear that
caution must be exercised when designing prestressing anchors if the
structure will be subjected to very severe loading.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
El-Hacha, R., Wight, R.G., and Green, M.F., "Prestressed FibreReinforced Polymer Laminates for Strengthening Structures." Progress
in Structural Engineering and Materials, 3(2), pp. 111-121, 2001.
Kaiser, H., "Bewehren von Stahlbeton Mit Kholenstoffaserverstarken
Epoxidharzen." PhD Thesis, Diss ETH Nr. 8919, Zurich, 224p.
Deuring, M., "Verstarken Von Stahlbeton mit gespannten
Faserverbundwekstoffen." (Post-Strengthening of Concrete Structures
with Pretensioned Advanced Composites), ), published by the EMPA
in German as EMPA Research Report No.224, 1993, 279p.
Heffernan, P.J., "Fatigue Behaviour of Reinforced Concrete Beams
Strengthened with CFRP Laminates", Ph.D. Thesis, Royal Military
College of Canada, Kingston, Ontario, 1997, 157 pp.
Kobayashi, A., Ohori, N., and Kuroda, H., "Repair and Reinforcement
of Concrete Structure with Carbon Fiber Tow Sheet." The 2nd
International RILEM Symposium (FRPRCS-2), Ghent, Belgium,
August 1995, pp. 687-695.
6.
J.SIM
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Hanyang University
1271 Sa IdongAnsan Korea 425-791
H. S. OH
Department of Civil and Engineering Mechanics, Columbia University
605A SWMUDD 500 West 120th Street New York, NY USA 10027
Most of recent studies on strengthening material and method for concrete
members have focused only on beams but rarely on slabs. In this study, an
experiment was carried out on bridge decks strengthened with isotropic
carbon fiber sheets and grid typed carbon plastic, under fatigue loads. The
behavior was compared to the fatigue behavior of non-strengthened bridge
decks. Test results show that the strengthened bridge decks not only
improved in fatigue strength, but also in load-displacement relationship and
total released energy as opposed to the non-strengthened bridge decks. A
fundamental strengthening design procedure for the deteriorated concrete
bridge deck considering fatigue behavior is also proposed in this study.
INTRODUCTION
In a bridge structure, reinforced concrete bridge deck is a structural member
which receives vehicle loads directly and transfers them to bridge girders.
Therefore, deterioration of bridge decks, caused by direct damages from
repeated vehicle loads and the deterioration of the girder, will further
exacerbate the conditions of the bridge decks1'2. But until now, strengthening
of bridge decks mainly depended on practical techniques rather than
reasonable techniques based on test data or analyses.
In particular, when reinforced concrete bridge decks are subjected to
traffic loads, the failure mechanism of the slab is very much complicated
because the effect of fatigue damages due to the traffic loads are added to
the static responses3.
In this study, the difference in fatigue behavior with staticresponse due
to strengthening material, such as Carbon Fiber Sheet (CFS) and Grid typed
Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GCFRP), is examined through fatigue tests
with prototype deck panel specimens. Test results show that the fatigue
D18-Sg 300
,
i[ ^T7*"^~ "7~X"~7~y~,
7"T~TTT1
iiii
L.=JJ ,
010-lfl 150
.,11
1
nS
III!
Jj
_.
O jugs J3\
ri
>
}-
-i h
"[fn
zttttt
zttttt
a) Reinforcement details
b) Test setup
\'1
W'- - - -
'Mi-
flllr
'*k ~- ~- '-
4 - -W
(a) CFS
(b) GCFRP
Figure 2. Strengthening Details
The 16 mm and 10 mm diameter deformed bars (D16 and D10) were
used in the slab panels and beams, but only <|>10mm bars are used for stirrups
in the edge beam. They have an average yield strength of 350 MPa (or
3,530kgf/cm2) as obtained from tests.
Test variables and strengthening details for fatigue tests are as shown in
Table 2 and Figure 2, respectively, in which CFS and GCFRP denote
strengthened specimens with carbon fiber sheet and grid typed carbon fiber
reinforced plastic, respectively. Stress levels of non-strengthened specimens
are adopted at 40(CON40), 70(CON70), 90(CON90)%, of the yielding loads
obtained from static test results. Also strengthened specimens are loaded at
60(CFS60, GCFRP60), 70(CFS70, GCFRP70), 80(CFS80, GCFRP80) % of
yielding load obtained from static load, respectively.
Table 1. Physical Properties of Materials (unit: MPa)
Table 1. Physical Properties of Materials (unit: Mpa)
~~~~~-~-~-~^Properties Yielding
Ultimate
Modulus of
Strength
Strength
elasticity
Materials~^---~-^^
343.2
Rebar
294.2
200000.0
3,481.5
230500.0
CFS
GCFRP
1,500.0
100000.0
~~~~~~-^PropertiesCompressive
Young's
Shear Modulus
Materials~~~~~~^^^ Strength
Modulus
25900.0
Concrete
24.0
8600.0
7000.0
Epoxyfor CFS
88.3
2300.0
Mortar for
15000.0
24.0
8600.0
GCFRP
Ultimate
Strain
1.5
Poisson 's
Ratio
0.18
0.3
0.18
The test set-up is illustrated in Figure 1. The specimen was put on two
separate steel pedestals with hinge supports. To simulate the contact surface
of truck wheel for design, 250 x 500mm rectangular steel plate and rubber
pad, and the actuator with the capacity of 100 Tonf were used for test. An
automated data acquisition system was used for acquiring data from the test.
Linear variable displacement transducers (LVDTs) were used to
record the slab deflections along the central line to obtain deflection profiles
of the slab. Concrete strain gages were attached on the compressive surface
of the slabs to measure the radial and tangential variations of concrete strain,
and electrical resistance strain gages were bonded on the main reinforcement
to measure the strain profiles. Two Hz loadings rate was repeatedly applied
on the steel plate and rubber pad at the geometric center of the slab, and
rubber pad was used in order to avoid disintegration of contact surface.
Table 2. Test variables for fatigue test and number of failure
Specimen
40%(260kN)
CON
1,000,000
CFS
GCFRP
90,074
19,836
864,408
20,023
90%(580kN)
10
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Load-Displacement Relationship According to Load Cycle
A summary of test results is shown in Table 2, and the load-cumulative
displacement relationships corresponding to load cycles of slabs, are
illustrated in Figure 3. All specimens excluding the CON40, CFS60 failed
due to fatigue punching shear failure under cyclic loading, and the
GCFRP60 developed brittle failure of RC beam with simulated girder.
CON40 and CFS60 were statically loaded after 1,000,000 cycles. Deflection
and residual deflection increased greatly in initial repeated loading state.
Maximum accumulation displacement of each specimen under the fatigue
loading showed a similar displacement at peak loads due to static loading.
Also, bridge deck strengthened with CFS displayed similar behavior to nonstrengthened specimen and ductility that is comparable to GCFRP specimen.
0000
100000
500000
000000
fter 1000000
tatb test
,20
30,
40
tsp Seem en
1 urn m j
10
20
30
40
D ispbcem ent(m m )
50
(a) CON 40
(b) CON 70
3 00
800
300
600
-1000
-10000
100000
-500000
-1000000
- a f t e r 1000000
- s t a t e test
400
200
400
0000
00000
00000
000000
fter 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
ta tic t e s t
200
0
10
20
30,
40
D isp boem ent(m m )
50
10
20
30
40
0 isp lac em en t(m m )
(c) CFS 60
10
20
30
40
D isp bcem ent(m m )
50
(d) CFS 70
10
20
30
40
0 isp bcem ent(m m
(e) CFRP60
(f) CFRP70
Figure 3. Load-displacement relationships
Variation of Compliance According to Load Cycle
Compliance that is a function of crack length showed a great increase at the
initial loading state, a gradual increase after initial state that indicates a
stabilized crack state, and finally a rapid increase at the development of
fatigue failure, as shown in Figure 4.
As shown in Figure 4, the compliance of slabs after-strengthening is
smaller than that of slabs before-strengthening, and corresponding results
indicate that CFS and GCFRP have the advantage of crack control. In
addition, the magnitude and the rate of compliance for GCFRP70, which
received the same loads with CFS70, is smaller than CFS70. Therefore, it is
considered that these are caused by the superior compliance control capacity
of GCFRP, as opposed to that of CFS, which disperses the mechanical
cracks into the entire specimen.
Release of Energy According to Load Cycle
As a quasi-brittle material, concrete structure that receives an excessive
external loading develops a residual displacement and shows a different
load-displacement relationship at loading state and un-loading state from the
initial behavior in the elastic limit. Therefore, the degradation of concrete
structure can be assessed on a qualitative analysis based on the difference in
area under the load-displacement relationship during the loading and
unloading state.
Energy release rate (G) of deck specimen, which is caused by the
development of fatigue crack that is, the increase in crack length and
residual deflection, is plotted against the number of local cycle in Figure 5.
The value of G which indicates the amount of deterioration, is calculated by
the integration, from the area under load-displacement curve at each number
of cyclic loading. All specimens suddenly disperse a relatively large energy
at the initial cyclic loading state; and at the stabilized deterioration state, the
energy release rate is slowed.
0.6
0.55
-B-C0N40
0.5
-&-CFS60
--CFS70
-&-GCFRP60
~*-GCRRP70
0.45
0.4
: 0.35 V
-C0N70
0.3
0.25
0.2
0.15
\
\ \
^d E:
M- -
.E+04
N
IT
450
1 400
i 350
o
o 300
CO
'1
t
t
t
t
t
..
F-CON40
-S-CFS60
-A-GCFRP60
\\
f
|
,\ \
S 150
\ V,- {
iS ioo
^ T
50 i^
'-- - : m ^ ml m!h
g 250
tr 200
--CON70
-*-CFS70
-*-GCFRP70
'j
CD
'
S;
0
1.1
0.8
CD
>
0.6
CD
_]
CO
gO.4
"
CON
02
' CFS
F a f g u e L h i itof CFS : 67.1%
AGCFRP FatgueL'm it of GCFRP :70.5%
I
I
M M Mill
I I I IliMI
I
1.E+00
1.E+02
1.E+04
1 .E+06
ill
1 .E+08
N
Figure 6. S-N relationship
CONCLUSIONS
Generally, strengthened decks are found to be more efficient compared with
CON in fatigue crack control. At the same stress level, the specimen
strengthened by GCFRP is exhibit a remarkable structural enhancement in
resisting fatigue loads because the stress distribution of deck is more
effective under service load state. The test results show that the structural
behavior of strengthened bridge decks with GCFRP is improved more than
strengthened decks with CFS.
REFERENCES
1. Sim, J. And Oh, H.-S., "An Experimental Study on Flexural Behaviour of
RC Bridge Deck Strengthened with Carbon Fiber Sheet", Proceedings,
Korean Concrete Institute, Vol.10, No. 2, Nov., 1998, pp. 827-832.
2. Sim, J. And Oh, H. -S., "Experimental Study of Strengthening Technique
Using Carbon Fiber Sheets on Prototype Reinforced Concrete Bridge
Deck Specimens", ACI SP-193, Vol. 2, Sep. 2000, pp, 343-359.
3. Sim, J., Oh, H.- S. And Yu, J.-M., "Fatigue Behavior of the Strengthened
Bridge Deck with CFS", Proceedings, Korean Concrete Institute, Vol. 12
No.2, Nov.,2000, pp.701-704.
5x12
i1
<r
20
HA8
~ZT
HAS
60
strains were also measured in the CFRP sheet on the tensile surface, at the
positions of two cracks and at the middle of the beam.
Materials
The concrete has a Young's modulus of 34GPa, compressive strength of
43.5MPa? and a tensile strength of 3.4MPa. The reinforcing steel bar has a
Young's modulus of 200GPa5 and yield strength of 570MPa. The CFRP
sheet is a bi-directional fabric. In the primary direction, there are 70% of
fibers and in the other direction, 30% of fibers. The average thickness is
0.43 mm, and average density is 1.8 g/cm3. The mechanical characteristics
of the CFRP sheet is: Young's modulus of 105GPa, and tensile strength of
1400MPa. The epoxy resin is a composite with two components.
. Test Procedure
The static tests were carried out using deflection control. All beams were
loaded until failure. Application of the fatigue load was achieved by means
of an electro-hydraulic actuator programmed to deliver a sinusoidal loading.
The amplitude (Pmnx-Fmk) of the fatigue load was changed for different
specimens. The frequency of the fatigue load is 4 Hz.
The procedure of fatigue test is as follows: First, the load was applied up
to average of Fmax and F ^ . Then, the fatigue load was applied until the
rupture of specimens or until the end of the designated number of cycles,
for example two millions cycles. During the first cycle and the last cycle of
the fatigue loading, instrumentation were measured at 0.5 kN intervals.
During the fatigue loading, only the values at peaks and at valleys were
measured at certain interval of cycles. The fatigue test was carried out under
load control.
4L
\f r t r
(Beam 7,15,23,24)
Static Tests
Static tests were conducted on 2 non-strengthened RC beams (N06 and
N022) and on 2 strengthened RC beams (N07 and N015). The tests results are
given in Table 1 and are plotted in Figures 4 and 5. The strengthened
specimens failed explosively in shear because of the debonding of the
CFPR carbon sheet on the lateral surface. At failure, the stress in the CFRP
sheet on the tensile face, in the central zone is about 60%-70% of its tensile
strength. In Table 1, it is observed that the ultimate strength of the
strengthened beams is nearly 1.9 times that of the beam without CFRP
sheet, and that the deflection and the strain in steel rebars of strengthened
beams are nearly one half of those of beams without CFRS sheets. The
external bonding of CFRP sheet increases significantly the stiffness of
structure, but decrease their ductility. During the test, it was observed that
the two main cracks of the non-strengthened beams propagated in an
inclined direction towards the loading point; however, the cracks of the
strengthened beams propagated more vertically. The magnitude of crack
width before failure of strengthened beams is much smaller than that of nonstrengthened beams.
Fatigue Tests
Specimens without CFRP sheet
Three specimens were used as control beams in the fatigue tests. After
initial crack-damage, the specimens were subsequently subjected to fatigue
loading. The amplitude of fatigue loading for specimen N021 was between
5%F0.7 and 100%F07; for the other 2 specimens (N012 and N013), the
amplitude was between 40%F 07 and 100%F0.7. The detailed test results are
given in Table 2 and plotted in Figures 6, 7 and 8. Figure 6 and 8 show that
during fatigue tests, the deflection and the crack width develop in three
N0
ultimate
strength
(kN)
N07
167.5
5.6
1.3/2.5
6621
7497
7813
8627
N 0 15
178.8
9.5
1.4/3.8
5698
7813
9365
N06
91.3
13.9
6.7/10.1
12350
2 rebars in plasticisation
N 0 22
90.7
16.6
10.0/10.0
11480
2 rebars in striction
Deflection (mm)
3000
2500
^_
|
apeak
2000
1500
1000
500
100000
200000
300000
400000
500000
600000
Figure 6 and 7. Fatigue test results of specimen N012 (without CFRP sheet)
i...
100000
200000
300000
400000
500000
600000
Soon after the fracture of steel rebar, this beam failed. The detailed tests
results are shown in Table 2 and Figures 9, 10, 11 and 12.
It is observed from Figure 9 that during the fatigue test, the development
of the strain in steel rebars can be divided into 3 stages: a uniform increase
in the first two stages and finally failure. The change between the first 2
stages is sudden. This is different from that of beams without CFRP sheets.
Figure 10 shows that the development of the strain in CFRP sheets on the
tensile surface at the position of two cracks and at the middle of specimen
exhibits three stages as well, and the sudden change in strain happened at
the same cycles as that for steel rebar. In Figures 11 and 12, it is observed
that the deflection and crack width also develop in three stages during the
fatigue test.
The tests results show that the sudden change of crack width happened
at the same cycles as that of deflection, and of strains in steel rabars and in
carbon sheet. This indicates that the propagation of cracks is the main reason
to produce the change in the stress in steel rebars, and the main redution in
the stiffness of the beam.
For all four specimens, it is observed that during the fatigue test, the
CFRP sheet, were still in a good condition after the break of steel rebar, and
they continued to take the fatigue loading. Thus, the CFRP sheets have
good fatigue resistance and significantly improved the ultimate strength of
pre-cracked RC beams.
For all four specimens, the cracks near the CFRP sheets hardly
developed at the beginning of fatigue test, (Figure 12). This indicates that
with the epoxy resin adhesive, the CFRP sheets bridge the cracks well. In
Table 2, it is observed that under the same fatigue loading, the stress range
in strengthened beam (N08) is decreased evidently compared to the beams
without carbon cloth (from about 150 or 160 MPa to 100 Mpa). It is also
observed that there are two stress range values for beams N023 and N024.
This is different from that of beams without CFRP sheets, and that of
strengthened beams but under lower level of stress (N08 and N016).
Probably, the change in stress range of steel rabars in Beams N023 and N024
comes from the fatigue failure of the adhesion between the steel rebars and
the concrete. Table 2 shows that for the strengthened beams, the larger the
stress range in steel rebar, the smaller is the number of cycles required for
the fracture of steel rebars. However, for strengthened beam N023, although
the stress range of steel rebars (180/260 MPa) is bigger than that of beam
N012 and N013 (160 MPa and 150 MPa respectively), the number of cycles
to the fracture of steel rebar of strengthened beam N023 is more than that for
the un-strengthened beams N012 and N013. Figure 8 shows that the
maximum crack width in beam N012 propagated from 0.52 mm to 0.62 mm
920
FRPRCS-6:
Loads
before the fracture of steel rebar. However, in Figure 12, it is observed that
the maximum crack width in Beam N023 remained at about 0.3 mm in the
first stage (until 37002 cycles), and then suddenly increased to 0.54mm. In
the second stage, this value increased from 0.54mm to 0.67mm. This proves
that besides the stress range, the crack width affects the ultimate fatigue life.
vatayTFC
poaksTFC
vaBey steel bar
peak steel bar
WHUarm
100000
200000
300000
40000Q
500000
600000
700000
8O0O00
cycles
F 07
(kN)
Fmin
(kN)
Fmax
(kN)
Force
range
(kN)
Stress
range of
rebars
(Mpa)
number of
cycles for failure
54
40% F0.7
100% Fo.7
33.4
160
511000
N 0 13
52
40% Fo.7
100%Fo,7
31.2
150
528000
N 0 21
57
5% Fo.7
100% Fo.7
55.2
320
128997
N8
53
40% Fo.7
100% Fo.7
31.8
100
> 2000000
No evident
deformation
N16
54
60%F 0 7 .
150% Fo.7
49
140
266037
Concrete shear
failure
N 0 23
58
20% F0.7
112% F0.7
52
180/260
1040582 (stop)
(rebar 640002)
1 rebar fracture
N024
58
12%Fo,7
120%F0,7
63
207/274
371571 (rebar
370003)
2rebars fracture
after the fracture of the steel rebars, the specimen does not fail
completely,
(f) The stress range is the principal reason for the fatigue fracture of steel
rebars. Morever, the magnitude of crack width affects this fracture
significantly.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This study was supported by DRAST(MEMR) and the CFRP sheets were
TFC, provided by Freyssinet International.
REFERENCES
1. Clement, J.L., Dumas, C. and Belhoul, M., Numercial simulations of
RC beams strengthened by carbon cloth. Computational modelling of
concrete structures (EURO-C1998), de Brost, Bicanic, Mang and
Meschke(eds), Balkema, Rotterdam, ISBN 90 54 10 946, pp.741-748.
2. Hamelin, P. and Ferrier, E., Etude bibliographique sur les renforcements
par materiaux composite de structures du genie civil. Rapport N
LCPC/01/du 27/04/01.
3. Ferrier, E., Naseri, H. and Hamelin, P., Fatigue Behavior of Composite
Reinforcement for Concrete Structure. Fourth International Symposium
Fiber Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete
Structures. ACI special publication SP-188, pp. 535-545, 1999.
4. Shahawy, M. and Beitelman, T.E., Fatigue Performance of RC Beams
Strengthened by CFRP Laminates. CDCC 98, pp. 169-178, 1998.
5. Barnes, R.A. and Mays, G.C., Fatigue Performance of Concrete Beams
Strengthened with CFRP Plates. Journal of composite for construction
may, 1999 pp.63-72.
6. Chollaway, L. and Bleeming, M. Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete
Structure - Using Externally Bonded FRP Composites in Structure and
Civil Engineering . Woodhead publishing england and CRC press USA
2001.
7. Wu, Z.Y., Clement, J.L., Tailhan, J.L., Boulay, C. and Fakhri, P.,
Fatigue Test on Damaged reinforced Concrete Specimens Strengthened
by Carbon Cloth. Proceedings of HPSC2002, Seville Spain 2002, pp.
347-355.
loads will reach a magnitude where the tensile stresses will cause the
concrete to crack. Once the bridge deck cracks it resists traffic loads through
arching action. Such arching action is characterized by compressive
membrane action and failure by punching shear.
This paper describes a study to replace the steel reinforcement
completely from the deck slab with hybrid internal GFRP and external steel
strap as an alternative solution to increase the service life of bridges. This
study investigates the fatigue behavior of a cast in situ full-scale model of a
bridge deck slab. This full-scale model of a deck slab is divided into three
segments (A, B and C). Segment A is designed according to the Canadian
Highway Bridge Design Code Section 8, while segment B and C are
designed according to Section 16 and make use of the principle of a steelfree deck slab that is confined transversely by steel straps. In segment B,
carbon fibre reinforced polymers (CFRP) are used, while in segment C,
GFRP are used to reduce the chances of development of cracks. The test
results of segment C, GFRP panel is reported in this paper.
During its lifetime, a bridge deck slab is subjected to a very large
number of wheels of different magnitudes. By contrast, the laboratory
investigation of the fatigue resistance of a bridge deck slab is usually
conducted under wheel loads of constant magnitude. The design codes
(AASHTO 2 and CHBDC 3 ) are not explicit with respect to the design
fatigue loads on deck slabs. An analytical method was developed by Mufti
et al.4 for establishing the equivalence between fatigue test loads and a
given population of wheel loads. While the method is general enough to be
applicable to all deck slabs of concrete construction, it is developed
especially for steel-free deck slabs 1,s which are relatively new and do not
have a long track record of field performance. In this paper, fatigue behavior
of segment C, model of bridge deck slab is reported.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Details of Bridge Deck Slab
The full-scale model of bridge deck slab was tested under cyclic loading to
investigate fatigue behavior. The model of deck slab consisted of 3.0 m each
with overall dimensions of 9.0 x 3.0 mm and a thickness of 175 mm, as
shown schematically and before casting in Figures 1(a) and 1(b). The deck
slab was cast in situ compositely on two steel girders at a center-to-center
spacing of 2.0 m through the use of shear connectors and had a 500 mm
long cantilever overhanging beyond the center of the each girder. In the
Concrete Bridge Deck Slab with GFRP and Steel Strap 925
longitudinal direction, (i.e.: parallel to the girders), the deck slab was 9.0 m
long. Although cast monolithically, the slab was conceptually divided into
three segments, as shown in Figure 1(a). Segment C of the deck slab was
reinforced with hybrid GFRP internally and externally with steel strap.
GFRP bars with a modulus of elasticity 40.8 GPa and ultimate tensile
strength of 690 MPa were used. One GFRP bar with a diameter of 12.7 mm
(#4) is spaced at 150 mm in the transverse direction, providing a reinforcing
ratio of 0.48% (0.16% per m), and one 12.7 mm (#4) is spaced at 200 mm in
the longitudinal direction, providing a reinforcing ratio of 036% (0.12% per
m). The steel strap having dimensions 25.4 x 38.1 mm (1" x 1.5") is spaced
at 1000 mm in the transverse direction only, providing the reinforcing ratio
of 0.55% (0.18% per m). A steel free concrete deck slab of girder bridge
derives its strength from an arching action, which is harnessed by both
longitudinal, and transverse confinement system, the latter may comprise
transverse steel strap connected to the top flange of the girder. To control
the temperature and thermal cracking, concrete is mixed with 0.3% chopped
polypropylene fibers. The average concrete compressive strength was 57.7
MPa.
H-lfflttttlilhTiirtliTfl
_L 1 I 1
1 M
1 1
if
1 InMiHlri-J|J-1J_M^IM
00
-4rnTrTOTtr
MM
JL
N i l hj'
M1
Segment A
Segment B
00
iTtfrf
l 1
, ,., iJ
Segment C
Instrumentation
To Investigate the performance under cyclic loading, the model of the deck
slab was monitored through a number of sensors, which included linear
variable displacement transducers (LVDTs), strain gauges5 and pi-gauges.
Vertical deflection of the model was measured by LVDTs. In order to
measure deflection of the deck slab with respect to girders, the displacement
transducers (5 LVDTs) were attached to steel beams resting directly above
the center of the girders, as shown in Figure 2.
Concrete Bridge Deck Slab with GFRP and Steel Strap 927
through a hydraulic actuator. The load cell has a capacity of 1000 kN. The
load was controlled by an MTS controller. For this dynamic test, the load
control was selected at 1 Hz frequency. The data was recorded through Data
Acquisition System. The deck slab was tested under a central rectangular
patch load measuring 610 x 305 mm, with the later dimension being in the
longitudinal direction of the deck slab. The test setup is shown in Figure 2.
21.25
32.06
21.61
0.54
79.05
119.3
80.39
2.01
10
11
12
0.32
0.18
0.11
0.07
1.19
0.67
0.41
0.26
13
14
15
16
0.01
(1)
RX=P,/PS
(2)
R2=P2/PS
(3)
with
and
Pi and P2 are two different wheel loads; Ni and N2 are the corresponding
number of passes of Pi and P2 respectively; while Ps is the static failure
load.
The ultimate capacity of the deck slab can be predicted by using Punch
Program developed by Newhook and Mufti7. The reliability of this program
is discussed in Mufti and Newhook 8. Therefore according to the Punch
Program, the ultimate capacity of the segment C model deck slab is about
827 kN (84.41).
Consider that model deck slab has a static failure load (Ps) of 84.4 t;
while Pi, P2 and Ni are 11, 161 and 79.1 million, respectively. By using the
equation (1), N2 will be 0.38 million, as shown in Table 2. From this table 2,
it is clear that the maximum number of axles that a bridge deck would
experience in one lane, during its lifetime, is 372 million. This includes the
number of wheels of various magnitudes from 1 t to 161.
Concrete Bridge Deck Slab with GFRP and Steel Strap 929
Table 2. Lifetime number of cycles, equivalent to 161 wheel load
Static Load (Ps)
Load (Pi)
Load (P2)
(Tons)
(Tons)
(million)
(Tons)
(million)
84.4
79.05
16
0.38
84.4
84.4
2
3
4
119.26
80.39
46.87
16
16
16
0.82
0.79
0.66
84.4
24.11
16
0.48
84.4
12.05
16
0.34
84.4
84.4
7
8
5.37
2.01
16
16
0.22
0.12
84.4
84.4
9
10
1.19
0.67
16
16
0.10
0.08
84.4
84.4
84.4
84.4
11
12
13
14
0.41
0.26
0.15
0.07
16
16
16
16
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
84.4
15
0.04
16
0.03
84.4
16
0.01
16
84.4
0.01
4.25
2.S 2.0 -j
I,..
5
',
1.0
LVDT2@Center
0.5
200000
400000
600000
800000
No. of Cycles (Nos.)
1000000
1200000
1000
O
X
Z.
800
600
400.
.*-
-'
..- ""
200
"
"
- - - -Steel Strap
GFRP-Longitudinal
200000
400000
600000
800000
No. of Cycles (Nos.)
1000000
1200000
Concrete Bridge Deck Slab with GFRP and Steel Strap 931
0.4 -,
I"
ack
1o
PG2@Under Load
200000
400000
600000
800000
1000000
1200000
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the analysis and findings of this investigation, the following
conclusions can be drawn:
(a) The presence of GFRP bars in the deck slab reduced the chances of
development of cracks.
(b) The concrete deck slab reinforced with hybrid GFRP and steel strap
completely eliminate the corrosion of the deck slab.
(c) Test results show that GFRP bar in transverse direction reached
maximum strain under load of about 0.12%, which is 60% of the
service strain, hence area of the GFRP bar in transverse direction can
be reduced up to 40%.
(d) Experimental results show that fatigue damage induced at 25 t, are
within permissible limits.
(e) Analytical results show that during the bridge deck's lifetime, it is
subjected to 372 million cycles of different magnitudes, which are
equivalent to about 4.25 million cycles of a 161 wheel load.
(f) Experimental results show that, 1,000,000 cycles at 25 t, equivalent to
4.25 million cycles of a 20.93 t, can increase the carrying capacity to
approximately 30% more during the lifetime.
(g) The deck slab satisfied the serviceability and lifetime number of axles
that a concrete bridge deck slab would experience.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The financial assistance provided by ISIS Canada, A Network of Centres of
Excellence, and the Cement Association of Canada are gratefully
acknowledged. The authors gratefully acknowledge the GFRP bars provided
by Hughes Brothers, Inc. USA. Special thanks to Moray Mcvey, Grant
Whiteside and Liting Han for their assistance during fabrication and testing
of the deck slab and the administrative support from ISIS Canada.
REFERENCES
1. Mufti, A.A.; Jaeger, L.G.; Bakht, B.; and Wegner, L.D., "Experimental
Investigation of FRC Slabs Without Internal Steel Reinforcement,"
Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, V. 20 No.3, 1993, pp. 398-406.
2. AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, American Association
of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington, D.C., 1998.
3. CHBDC, "Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code, "Canadian
Standards Association International, Toronto, 2000.
4. Mufti, A.A., Memon, A.H., Bakht, B., and Banthia, N., "Fatigue
Investigation of the Steel-Free Bridge Deck Slabs," ACI International
SP- 206, American Concrete Institute, 2002, pp. 61-70.
5. Bakht, B. and Mufti, A.A., "Five Steel-Free Bridge Deck Slabs in
Canada," Journal of the International Association for Bridge and
Structural Engineering (IABSE), V. 8, No. 3, 1998, pp. 196-200.
6. Matsui, S. and Tei, K., "Researches and Japanese Developments on
Highway Bridge Slabs and Contribution of Wheel Running Machines,"
Proceedings, Third International Conference on Concrete under Severe
Conditions, Vancouver, June 18-20, 2001, V. 1, pp. 992-1008.
7. Newhook, J.P. and Mufti, A.A., "Punch Program User Manual ", Nova
Scotia CAD/CAM Centre Dalhousie University, Hallifax, Nova Scotia,
September, 1998.
8. Mufti, A.A. and Newhook, J.P., "Punching Shear Strength of Restrained
Concrete Bridge Deck slabs", ACI Structural Journal, 95(4), 1998, pp.
375-381.
INTRODUCTION
The first CFRP prestressed high strength concrete pylon for transmitting
electricity was produced in Switzerland, in September 2000'. The 27m pole
was manufactured using a centrifugally-cast high strength concrete
containing silica-fume-blended cement and polypropylene chopped fibre
reinforcement. The CFRP prestressed pole had a wall thickness of only
40mm and the weight was 40% less than that of a conventional steel
prestressed concrete pole design.
Having successfully used CFRP tendons in pylons, the potential of
extending this novel idea to the design of wind turbine towers was
identified. Wind turbines are very efficient in onshore and offshore
environments. However, these environments are very aggressive causing
corrosion of steel or steel-prestressed concrete towers. It is thus an ideal
application for combining concrete with a non-corrodible, lightweight and
high strength tendon material such as CFRP. Although the initial cost of the
structure is expected to be higher, lower maintenance, transportation and
installation costs are expected to make CFRP-prestressed poles cost
effective. The most severe loading condition for wind turbine towers is
fatigue in a corrosive environment. Hence, the initial focus of the research
was to study the fatigue of CFRP tendons embedded in concrete.
FATIGUE REVIEW
The goal was to carry out a series of experiments to investigate the fatigue
behaviour of high strength concrete prestressed with CFRP. In particular,
the required stress range and mean stress to be used in the experiments
needed to be determined. As a basis for the design of the experiments,
various codes of practice and relevant publications were studied. The
findings are shown in Tables 1 and 2. Table 1 summarises various fatigue
tests on bare CFRP tendons (not in concrete) undertaken by others. The
tests were conducted under varying stress ranges and frequencies but on
average for about 3000000 cycles. All the tests shown in the table survived
the specified number of cycles. However, in Saadatmanesh et al's2 tests, the
tendons failed for a stress range of 200 MPa when the minimum stress was
90% of the ultimate tendon strength and also for a stress range of
400 MPa when the minimum stress was 60% of the ultimate tendon
strength. In the case of Uomoto's3 experiments, tendons subjected to
maximum stresses greater than 87.5% failed during testing.
Table 1. Summary of CFRP fatigue tests.
Ref
Uomoto*
Saadatmanesh 2
UomotoJ
Adim?
Freq.
(Hz)
Stress
(MPa)
Range
(MPa)
Min. no.
of cycles
mean 85%
m/30-90%
min 30-60%
min 30%
max 87.5%
min/max=0.1
100
100
200
400
100-1000
98.8-988
2000000
3000000
3000000
3000000
4000000
4000000
3-5
3-5
3-5
1-10
4
Ultimate
Strength
(MPa)
1295
2000
2000
2000
1390
2600
Table 2 shows the specifications of various design codes for the fatigue
performance of bare steel tendons and also for steel embedded in concrete.
The table shows that most of the codes specify a mean stress range of about
180 MPa for 2000000 cycles. As the CFRP tendons are expected to be used
instead of steel, these results would represent a minimum baseline fatigue
performance.
Stress (MPa)
max 70%
-
Range (MPa)
170-180
80-280
80-280
180-260
50-220
100-150
10-12% of
Strength
Cycles (N)
2000000
2000000
1000000
2000000
10000000
4000000
<+H
<l
TT
(b)
Figure 1. Determination of stress range about a crack.
LogN^
EXPERIMENTS
Rectangular beams with similar tendons and concrete as used in the poles
were considered in the experiments.
Tendon and Concrete Properties
The manufacturer's mechanical properties for the CFRP tendons are shown
in Table 3. The tendons were pultruded rods consisting of 60% by volume
of fibres. The tendons had a ceramic coating on the outer surface to improve
the bond properties.
Table 3. Mean CFRP tendon properties.
Diameter
(mm)
4.2
Ultimate
Stress (MPa)
2540
Strain %
1.60
E(MPa)
161000
Breaking Force
(kN)
35.12
60mm
496mm
742mm
742mm
1980mm
60mm
_j
Beam
107mm
M.
234
23.5
Section
5/6
10/11
if
20/21
30.5
RBM1
PBM2
PBM3
PBM4
PBM5
i
if
Cracking for
reinforced beam
Beam Analysis
The beams were analysed using the principle of plane sections remain plane.
Using this principle, a Matlab programme was developed to determine the
stresses in the tendon, based on the load exerted on the beam. It was also
used to calculate the cracking load, ultimate load and the load-deflection
behaviour of the pre-tensioned simply supported beams. The behaviour of
the beam was divided into two stages: the pre-cracked stage, and the postcracked stage. In the pre-cracked stage, the beam behaved elastically. The
analysis of the beam after cracking, was based on the 2-dimensional
Newton-Raphson iterative procedure using the equilibrium of forces and
moments.
Details of Fatigue Test
The maximum and minimum loads exerted on the beam and thus the
stresses in the tendons were varied for each beam. In Table 4, the initial
prestress force, P, the total force exerted on the spreader beam and the
corresponding tendon stresses are shown for each beam. The details of the
fatigue loading regimes are shown in Table 5.
RESULTS OF BEAM TESTS
Table 5 summarises the performance of the beams after the cyclic loading.
After the targeted number of 2000000 cycles, most of the beams were
allowed to undergo further cycles. Only beam PBM5 failed during cycling.
In all other cases, the beams were tested to static failure after the number of
cycles specified in Table 5 to determine the residual moment capacity.
RBM1
PBM2
PBM3
PBM4
PBM5
Beam
RBM1
PBM1
PBM2
PBM3
PBM4
PBM5
Stress
Range
(MPa)
176
160
336
256
256
560
554
Failed
during
cyclin
g
(Y/N)
N
n/a
N
N
N
Y
initial
after 400k
after 800k
after 1200k
after 1600k
after 2000k
2
3
d e f l e c t i o n (m m )
jjmr^^^
PBM1
PBM2
PBM3
PBM4
25
f
20
15
10
l>
/ f/
i f
"
.
-
i HI
iff
/
10
12
14
deflection (mm)
Figure 6. Residual strengths after cycling.
The post-cycling stiffness of PBM2 did not change as significantly as
that of PBM3 and PBM4. This was probably because both the maximum
and minimum loads were above the cracking load. Also the change in
stiffness of beam PBM2 after decompression, which occurred at 10.71 kN,
is minimal as shown in the figure. In PBM3 and PBM4, the change in
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Cambridge Commonwealth Trust and
SACAC - Switzerland for the diverse ways in which they contributed to
funding this research project. We are also grateful to the technical staff of
the Department of Engineering, University of Cambridge for their help.
REFERENCES
1. Terrasi G. P. and Battig G. and Bronnimann R., "Pylons Made of HighStrength Spun Concrete and Prestressed with CFRP for High Power
Transmission Lines", Proceedings of the 5th International Conference
on FRP for Reinforced Concrete Structures, (FRPRCS-5), Cambridge,
UK, 16-18 July, 2001, Vol. 2, pp 1103-1112.
2. Saadatmanesh H. and Tannous F. E., "Relaxation, Creep and Fatigue
Behaviour of Carbon Fibre Reinforced Plastic Tendons.", ACI Materials
Journal, 96(2), 1999, pp. 143-153.
3. Uomoto T., Nishimura T. and Ohga T., "Static and Fatigue Strength of
FRP Rods for Concrete Reinforcement.", Proceedings of the 2nd
International Rilem Symposium, (FRPRCS-2), Ghent, Belgium, 1995,
pp. 100-107.
4. Uomoto T, "Durability Considerations of FRP Reinforcement.",
Proceedings of the 5lh International Conference on FRP for Reinforced
Concrete Structures, (FRPRCS-5), Cambridge, UK, 16-18 July, 2001,
Vol. l,pp 17-32.
5. Adimi M. R., Benmokrane B. and Rahman A. H., "Fatigue Behaviour of
FRP Reinforcements Encased in Concrete.", Advanced Composite
Materials in Bridges and Structures, 1996, pp. 691-698.
6. Comite Euro-International du Beton, CEB-flp Structural Concrete.
International Federation for Structural Concrete-fip. Bulletin 1 Vol. 1,
1999.
7. Comite Euro-International du Beton, CEB Fatigue of Concrete
Structures. State-of-the-Art. International Federation for Structural
Concrete-^. Bulletin d'Information No. 188, 1988.
8. Mallet G. P., Fatigue of Reinforced Concrete. State-of-the-Art Review 2,
1991.
9. SiA., "Structural Concrete Code.", SiA-Swiss code, 1993.
10. Collins M. P. and Mitchell D., Prestressed Concrete Basics. Canadian
Prestressed Concrete Institute, 1987.
losses. Glass FRP (GFRP) tendons are not as expensive as CFRP tendons
and are suitable in aggressive environments. Because of their low modulus
of elasticity, GFRP tendons suffer very little prestress losses.
The factored load on two closely spaced wheels of a CL-625 Truck" for
the ultimate limit state is 208 kN. Newhook and Mufti3 have measured
strains in the straps of a full scale model of a steel free deck slab; their
measured strains for a wheel load of 400 kN led to a tensile force of 50 kN
in the strap. In order to be extremely conservative, it is assumed that the
maximum tensile force in the concrete strap would be twice the
experimental force i.e. 100 kN. In order to keep the concrete of the strap
always free from any cracks, it should be prestressed with a minimum force
oflOOkN.
DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRAP
The Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code1 specifies an equation for the
cross-sectional area, A, of straps in fiber reinforced concrete (FRC) slabs
without tensile reinforcement. According to this equation, the minimum area
of cross-section, A, of the strap is given by the following equation.
A = (FsxS1xSiX
109)/(Ext)
(1)
where F = 6.0 and 5.0 MPa for external and internal panels, respectively; S
is the girder spacing in m; Si is the strap spacing in m; E is the modulus of
elasticity of the strap material in MPa; and / is the slab thickness in mm. Of
special consideration is the fact that the above equation relates to the axial
rigidity of the strap and not to its strength.
Preliminary details of a concrete strap pretensioned with GFRP tendons
are developed in the following for an external deck slab panel on girders at a
spacing of 2.0 m. The composite slab is 175 mm thick, and the straps are
proposed to be made with 35 MPa concrete. The modulus of elasticity of
concrete is given by the following equation1.
E = (3000/,5 + 6900) (yc 12300)'5
(2)
when it is assumed that yc, the mass density of concrete, is 2500 kg/m3, Eq.
(2) yields the modulus of elasticity equal to 27932 MPa.
The minimum spacing of presumably steel straps specified by the
CHBDC is 1.25 m. In order to keep the clear spacing between the straps the
same, the centre-to-centre spacing of concrete straps is initially selected as
1.5m. Using all the above parameters, Eq. (1) gives the cross-section area of
7364 mm2 for the concrete straps.
For a GFRP tendon with a diameter of 15 mm, and a cover of 40 mm,
the minimum thickness of the concrete strap is 95 mm. A thickness of
100 mm is selected. As shown in Figure 1, the minimum cover of 40 mm
forces the width of the concrete strap to be at least 150 mm, thus, providing
the area equal to 15,000 mm2, more than twice the required value of
7364 mm2.
100
15M*I4 GFR^
Bar
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
In order to optimize the design of concrete straps, various developmental
and confirmatory studies were undertaken, mostly with the help of full-scale
laboratory models.
Assessment of the Tensile Strength of the GFRP Bar
It was decided to prestress the straps with tendons of glass fibre reinforced
polymer (GFRP). C-Bar manufactured by Marshall Industries Composites
Inc. was chosen. For #15 bar, the manufacturer quoted the following
mechanical properties.
Mean Tensile Strength
Standard Deviation of Tensile Strength
Average Modulus of Elasticity
= 680 MPa
= 22 MPa
= 42 GPa
Four 2.1 m long GFRP rods were tested in tension, each with a 300.mm
long anchor at each end. The anchor sleeves were of steel with a thickness
of 3 mm9 and the inner diameter of 25 mm. The sleeve was filled with
WEST SYSTEM Brand Epoxy 105/205 in an upright position. The
specimens were allowed to cure for 24 hours before testing. The bars were
instrumented-with strain gauges, and the strains were monitored .with'the aid
of a data acquisition system. The test setup can be seen in Figure 2. It was
observed that the GFRP bars failed well away from the anchors (Fig. 3). The
stress-strain diagram for one of the bars is shown in Figure 4; it can be seen
that, as expected, the stress-strain curve is linear.
Fi
gure 3. GFRP
500 400 -
m
m
300 -
200 -
100 0
0.005
0.01
. .
0.015
0.02
0.025
Wire Mesh
100
Threaded Rod
Load was applied with the help of a hydraulic jack and a 330kN
capacity load-cell was used to monitor the load. The test setup is shown in
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.!
ELONGATION (mm)
Figure 7. Comparative axial stiffness of Reinforced Concrete Strap and steel strap
Figure 6. In each case, the strap failed in the anchorage zone after the steel
bars in the strap had yielded. The load-elongation curves for all three
reinforced concrete straps were almost identical; one of these curves is
shown in Figure 7, which also includes the calculated load-elongation curve
for a grade 300W steel strap with 50 x 25 mm cross-section as well as the
bare 2-20 mm <j) steel bars. It can be seen that the axial stiffness of a typical
steel strap is about twice as large as that of the reinforced concrete strap and
the reinforced concrete strap shows the effect of tension stiffening after
cracking.
Prestressed concrete strap
Six specimens of the prestressed concrete strap were constructed, of which
three were tested 43 days after casting. The remaining three straps are meant
to be tested two years later to study the durability of the GFRP tendons. The
GFRP bars came in 6 m lengths, permitting the serial casting of two straps
as can be seen in Figure 8. Each GFRP tendon was instrumented with three
strain gauges.
The GFRP tendons were pretensioned with a force equal to 55% of the
5th percentile tensile strength. Strains in the tendons were monitored from
initial stressing to the time when the concrete had set and the stress was
released. It was found that the loss in prestress was about 14% of the initial
force; the loss included relaxation losses and other time dependent losses.
Prior to releasing of the stress and before testing of the straps, the concrete
was tested for its compressive and direct cracking strengths. The
SteelStrap
<
//y
ELONGATION (mm)
10
12
Experimental Investigation
The model comprised a 175 mm thick steel-free deck slab on two steel
girders.. The 9000 mm long girders (W 760 X 196) were spaced at 2000 mm
and were connected at each end by diaphragms. Three prestressed concrete
straps were placed on top of the girders between the steel studs at a clear
spacing of 1000 mm. The deck details and the test set-up are shown in
Figures 10 and 11.
100000
200000
300000
400000
500000
{"!
600000
NO. OF CYCLES
Figure 12. Fatigue Investigation at 208 kN load level
It was observed that after about 0.1 million cycles, the deck slab
stabilized (Fig. 12). After the completion of the fatigue analysis, a static test
was done at the same location, and after that, another static test at the centre
of the central strap, and the two failure loads were 384 kN and 267 kN
respectively.
CONCLUSIONS
The tests have confirmed that within the expected range of tensile forces in
straps of typical FRC deck slabs, the 150x100 mm prestressed concrete
straps have about twice the stiffness as that of 50x25 mm steel straps.
Because of the early failure of pretensioned concrete straps, the ultimate
failure loads of FRC slabs with these straps is substantially smaller than that
of slabs with steel straps. It was nevertheless concluded that the fatigue
resistance of the proposed slabs was not inferior to that of the conventional
slabs.
While some experts are concerned about the durability of GFRP tendons
in the alkaline environment of concrete, the GFRP tendons of the
prestressed concrete straps have not shown signs of distress even one year
after casting.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work is made possible by the financial support through grants from the
Canadian Centers of Excellence on Intelligent Sensing for Innovative
Structures (ISIS), Canada. Also recognized is the valuable technical support
contributed in the laboratory by the research technicians and the
administrative support by ISIS Canada.
REFERENCES
1. CHBDC (2000) Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code, Canadian
Standards Association International, Toronto.
2. Mufti, A.A., Jaeger, L.G., Bakht, B., and Wegner, L.D. (1993).
Experimental Investigation of FRC deck-slabs without internal
reinforcement. Canadian Journal of Civil Eng, 20(3), pp. 398-406.
3. Newhook, J.P., and Mufti, A.A. (1996). A reinforcing steel-free
concrete deck slab for the Salmon River Bridge. Concrete International,
18(6), pp. 30-34.
4. Mufti, A.A., Memon, A.J., Bakht, B., and Banthia, N. (2002). Fatigue
investigation of steel-free bridge deck slabs, ACI SP-206, pp. 61-70.
| Primary zones
BACKGROUND
Over the past four years, research has been conducted at the University of
Bath in an attempt to produce a rational approach to the design of FRPreinforced anchorage zones. This research has resulted in the establishment
of a plasticity-based analysis procedure for both primary and secondary
post-tensioned anchorage zones6'7.
Further, specific design recommendations have been formulated and,
together with the analysis procedures, are presented here.
TEST PROGRAMMES
Two test programmes were conducted, one for primary anchorage zones and
one for secondary anchorage zones. Specific details of these tests are
available elsewhere7, but the most important aspects are presented here.
TEST RESULTS
Primary Anchorage Zones
Over 50 patch-loaded concrete prisms (circular and rectangular) were tested
to look at the feasibility of reinforcing primary anchorage zones with
Aramid FRP. Specimens were loaded vertically through various sizes of
circular bearing plate to simulate the post-tensioning action. Laboratorymade AFRP (Kevlar 49 and epoxy resin) was used in a circular helical
form, so that sharp bends were avoided to prevent stress concentrations.
1 ^"^*N^^
Combine system
Double Heiiv
Urrcinforced
i^^TT^
f\
fc7
t\
X
f ^
0 00
_JL
2 00
4 00
6.00
Cone penetration (mm)
(1)
where r and a are the shear and normal stresses respectively along the
shear-failure plane, cc is the cohesion and <j> is the internal angle of friction
for concrete, typically taken as 37 8.
\P/2
IT
II
"
2c c 4sin/? + 0.57,r
2At cos / ? - 2Aj sin/? tan ^
(2)
where At is the interfacial area of the shear failure plane, and all other
symbols are explained in Figure 4. From this, rmay be found from equation
(1), followed by the overall load capacity, P.
The term TT is the only term that accounts for the reinforcement
contribution. It is the total force exerted by the entire helix under different
levels of lateral displacement. A bond-slip relationship according to
Cosenza et al9 is used to determine the average bond stress, rR, developed
around the perimeter of the AFRP reinforcement. Any relative horizontal
displacement between rigid blocks corresponds to slippage of the
reinforcement across the relevant discontinuity (assuming no local overstress), shown as dh in Figure 4. This slippage is directly related to cone
ingression via geometry, so that full plastic load-displacement behaviour
may be predicted.
In order to additionally predict the elastic portion of the loaddisplacement behaviour, an elastic Finite Element (FE) analysis is used.
Figure 5 shows a typical final predicted load-displacement plot (for both the
elastic and plastic ranges) versus reality. It is clear that this approach
realistically models the behaviour of FRP-reinforced primary anchorage
zones.
Load-displacement plots
500 n , _
^ Predicted
Actual
\*<
\
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
d2(j>
dy
ox
d2d>
'
dxdy
z"
.*
-~
500-
n
o
-a) 400-
o 300ra
y/
\s* *
* S
l<\
t yf
*u
TJ 200
a
t>
=5 1000.
U .
n
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
16001
z
. 1400
<$ 1200
IB
1000
o
O 800
re
o
- o
S
0.
O
600
200
400
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge financial support for this research from
the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council of the U.K.,
technical assistance from the Department of Architecture and Civil
Engineering at the University of Bath, and Sireg, who supplied generous
discounts on the Arapree materials.
REFERENCES
1. Burgoyne C.J. Rational use of advanced composites in concrete,
Keynote Lecture, Procs 3rd Int. Symp. on Non-Metallic (FRP)
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, FRPRCS-3, Vol 1, Sapporo,
Japan, October 1997, pp 75-88.
2. Whitehead P. and Ibell T.J. Shear behaviour of FRP-prestressed
concrete beams. Proceedings of the 5,h International Conference on The
Use of FRPs in Reinforced Concrete Structures, Cambridge, U.K.,
August 2001, pp959-968.
3. Leung H.Y. Aramidfibre spirals to confine concrete in compression.
Cambridge University Engineering Dept, Ph.D. Thesis, 2001.
4. Ibell T.J. and Burgoyne C.J. An experimental investigation of the
behaviour of anchorage zones. Mag. Concr. Res. Dec. 1993, Vol.45,
pp.281-292.
5. Nanni A., Utsunomiya T., Yonekura H., Tanigaki M. Transmission of
prestressing force to concrete by bonded FRP tendons. ACI Structural
Journal, Vol.89, No.3, May-June, 1992, pp.335-344.
6. Choi M.C. and Ibell T.J. Anchorage zones for FRP-prestressed
concrete. Proc. of the 3rd International Conf. on Advanced Composite
Materials in Bridges and Structures, Aug. 2000, Ottawa, pp.111-118.
7. Choi M.C, Gale L. and Ibell T.J. The design of anchorage zones
containing FRP reinforcement. Proceedings of the 5th International
Conference on The Use of FRPs in Reinforced Concrete Structures,
August 2001, Cambridge, UK, pp.629-638.
8. Ibell T.J. and Burgoyne C.J. A plasticity analysis of anchorage zones.
Mag. Concr. Res. March 1994, Vol.46, pp.39-48.
9. Cosenza, Manfredi and Realfonzo. Behaviour and modelling of bond of
FRP rebars to concrete. Journal of Composites for Construction, Vol. 1,
No.2, 1997, pp.40-51.
10. Nsugbe, E. and Williams, C. The generation of bone-like forms using
analytic functions of complex variable, J. Eng. Str., Vol.23, No.l, 2000.
INTRODUCTION
FRP stirrups as new hybrid construction technology are rare both in
research and practice. Stress concentration at the bent-portions can compel
to underutilize the high strength of FRP. Conversely, aseismic design of
reinforced concrete requires congested arrangement of stirrups and
intermediate stirrups around the potential plastic hinge regions. Such a
detailing is difficult to acquire with acute angled hooks in construction
practice for steel stirrups. Poor workmanship and deprived precautions for
anchorage of lateral reinforcement has been mentioned as one of the causes
of 1995 Kobe earthquake disaster1. An efficient way of utilizing carbon
fiber as flexible continuous shear reinforcement has been demonstrated as a
substitute for steel shear reinforcement in large-scale piers2. It was reported
that terminal loss of load carrying capacity of the pier occurs due to rupture
of FRP at a bent-portion. It is very important to avoid brittle failure of the
TEST PROGRAM
Test program is divided into two types namely SI and S2. In the former,
seismic worthiness of PAF as continuous shear reinforcement is
demonstrated with repeated displacement reversals. In the S2 series, PAF
has been demonstrated as a substitute for steel shear reinforcement. Five
reinforced concrete piers of 250 X250 X 1000 mm cast monolithically with
a 1000 X600 X500 mm footing were prepared. Concrete and
reinforcement properties are shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Concrete Strength and Reinforcement Ratios
a
Pier
f'c
Sl-1
Sl-2
Sl-3
S2-1
S2-2
MPa
23.7
29.3
32.3
27.4
29.8
Main Bar
Ratio
%
M
2200 2.70
2200 2.70
2200 2.70
2050 2.04
2050 2.04
Steel Stirrup
Ratio
Sy
%
M
1785 0.51
1785 0.51
1785 0.51
1825 0.68
1825 0.17
PAFc Stirrup
Ratio
^rupture
%
%
0
0
0.52
6-9
6-9
0.79
0
0
6-9
0.58
1150 mm
Reaction Frame
Strain Gauge
* Pre-stress'
*
LVDT
discussed later. Utilizing the flexibility and very high rapture strain of PAF9
could mean the enhancement of constructional efficiency and workmanship.
- 4 - 3 - 2 - 1
0
d/dy
Figure 4 PAF Strain Displacement Relation for Sl-2, Sl-3 and S2-2
81
\
"'
--PAFS2-2
- B - Steel S2-2
-A-PAFS1-3
-A-SteelS 1-3
to
~4
-3
-2
l#J
d/dy
4^>^
Figure 5. Maximum PAF Strain Displacement Relation for SI-3 and S2-2
2000
- - A vgPAF
AvgSteel
1800
1800
1600
1600
1400
^ 1400
' 1200
~je 1200
1000
J1 800
600
600
400
400
200
200
-200
-150
-100
-50
Load(kN)
AvgPAF
-m-
AvgSteel
X "N >
X
v\
1000
800
^_
0
-150
*k
-100
-50
Load(kN)
d/dy
Figure 7. Maximum strain development in PAF with different amount of PAF
Figure 7 shows the effect of amount of PAF on the maximum strain of PAF
(of both inner and outer PAF). The strain development at the first yielding
displacement is greater in SI-2 where there is smaller amount of PAF. Also,
after the flexural yielding, the strain development is greater in the pier with
smaller amount of PAF and it is approximately linear. The strain
973
1.5
Sl-2
1.2
DCycle3
Cycle2
Sl-3
1.2
DCycle3
Cycle2
^0.9
0.9
<0.6 ,-
r1
0.3
d/dy
r.i
!, ,i i
r1
<0.6
r]
[
1II i
-2
0.3
0
-3
B]
Od/d,
CONCLUSIONS
The following are listed as main conclusions of this study:
(a) PAF can be used as hybrid continuous shear reinforcement in the
aseismic design of RC piers where severe lateral displacement occurs.
(b) The high rupture strain of PAF can be utilized in shear reinforcement
and rupture of PAF at bent portions can be avoided.
(c) When used as shear reinforcement, PAF can show strength development
with deformability.
(d) At high displacement steel stirrups can lose contact with main bar but
PAF does not due to absence of hook anchorage.
(e) Higher strain can be developed in the PAF at early state of damage in
the piers compared to that of steel stirrups, indicating existence of good
contact between PAF and main bar.
(f) The maximum strain development in PAF is higher at the first yielding
displacement of the first cycle. After that, the strain development in
PAF is approximately linear.
(g) The maximum strain development in PAF is greater when the amount of
PAF is smaller or when the amount of steel stirrup is smaller.
(h) The increment in maximum strain in PAF for repeated cyclic load is
greater when the amount of PAF is smaller. It decreases as the number
of repeated cycle increases.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The Poly Acetal Fibers had been provided by Asahi Chemicals and it is also
acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Tanabe, T., "Comparative Performances of Seismic Design Codes for
Concrete Structures Vol. land 2", concrete committee ofJSCE, 1999.
2. Tuladhar, R., Okubo, S., Sato, Y. and Kobayashi, A., "Deformational
Characteristics of RC Columns with Continuous Fiber Flexible
Reinforcement", The 8th East Asia-Pacific Conference on Struct. Engrg.
and Const. (EASEC-8), Singapore, 2001, paper no. 1298, (in CD).
3. Ueda, T. and Sato, Y., "New Approach for Usage of Continuous Fiber
as Non-Metallic Reinforcement of Concrete", Structural Engineering
International, 12(2), 2002, pp.111-116.
4. Matsumoto Y., Iihoshi C, Motohashi K., and Inukai T., Study on
strengthening of structures with Polyoxymethlylene Drawn Fibre,
Summaries of Technical Papers of Annual Meeting Architechtural
Institute of Japan, 1999, C2-2, Structures IV, pp. 71-80. (in Japanese)
5. Park, R. and Paulay, T., Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley &
Sons, 1975.
respective bond-slip curve, i.e. in particular for a given value of the groovedepth-to-bar-diameter ratio and of the concrete and groove-filling material
tensile strength. The effect of such parameters on the local bond-slip
relationship, in particular on the local bond strength, can only be studied by
analyzing the "transverse plane" (perpendicular to the axis of the
reinforcement). Such analysis is the focus of this paper. Of the possible bond
failure modes2'3, reference will be made to splitting, which is the controlling
mechanism in the majority of practical cases.
An approximate bi-dimensional analysis in the elastic range and a limit
analysis assuming plastic behavior of concrete are carried out as follows.
The value of bond stress leading to cracking of the bar cover and upper and
lower bounds to the local bond strength are thus computed as functions of
geometrical parameters and of the concrete and groove-filling material
tensile strengths, and compared to the experimental results.
Conc^tfstibsti lin
, FKPsod |
* "'> '
- '-jioov-e
Ojoov-fillsn
material i epu::y >JJ
cement mortarl
(1)
the "transverse" plane can be conducted by connecting, through eq. (1), the
bond stress at the interface between rod and groove-filling material to the
inner pressure that arises at the same interface. The original problem is then
converted into a bidimensional problem, where the state of stress in the
material surrounding the reinforcement can be evaluated by means of the
appropriate simplifying assumptions.
Modeling in the elastic range
The system "groove + surrounding concrete" subjected to the inner pressure
of the reinforcement can be thought of as the superposition of the groovefilling material alone, and of the grooved concrete, with mutual stresses per
unit thickness Xt and X2 (Fig. 2). In order to compute such stresses, two
equations are needed, ensuring compatibility of displacements along the
perimeter of the groove.
For the groove-filling material, displacements were computed by using
the superposition principle as shown in Fig. 2. A simplifying assumption
was to eliminate the "hole" in schemes (a) and (b). This is not unreasonable
as the hole depicted in Fig. 2 is actually occupied by the rod, and the inner
pressure arises from its interaction with the groove-filling material. Under
compression loading, the rod contributes to carrying the load; moreover, its
transverse modulus of elasticity (controlled by the resin properties) is
comparable with that of the groove-filling material. Scheme (b) corresponds
to a simply supported plate subjected to uniform in-plane loading on the
upper face, whose solution is well known. Scheme (c) can be simplified by
approximating the behavior of the square block subjected to inner pressure
to that of the cylinder inscribed in it (Fig. 2). Under the internal pressure, the
cylinder expands axisymmetrically. It is then assumed that the block sides
remain straight and tangent to the deformed cylinder.
Displacements in the concrete surrounding the groove can be reasonably
expected to be much smaller than those of the groove-filling material, as the
dimensions of the concrete region on which the static unknowns X: and X2
act are larger than those of the groove, and the modulus of elasticity of
concrete is one order of magnitude larger than that of either epoxy or cement
mortar. Hence, the global compatibility conditions can be expressed based
on displacements in the epoxy (or mortar) as follows:
1
d0
\ux\-2-,ycfy = 0
_dJ_
2
1 2f (
j
g j^_
2
U *-A=0
)
(2)
uiur
Xj/2
'
4 " * %* +
T1
5*
11
Tl
> T
?
Scheme (a)
Scheme (b)
Scheme (c)
Figure 2. Schematic of the computation of stresses in the groove-filling material in
the linearly-elastic range.
where dg is the size of the (square) groove, and ux and uy are displacements
along x and y, respectively. Once the system is solved for the unknowns X,
and X2, it is possible to compute the stresses in the epoxy. Based on
phenomenology, stresses whose computation is more relevant are the
"hoop" stresses on the x and y axes. Particularly important is to determine
the "hoop" tensile stress on the positive y axis, i.e., in the cover of the bar
where initiation of longitudinal cracking in the epoxy can thus be predicted.
The maximum in-plane principal stresses on the two locations are as
follows:
ai(0,y) = -kW
<TIW>) =
9y + 1 + + kjiv-) 4^
3 +
~ ~l0do
4
(3a)
/
2xl
+ 9kj(v')-
k2-\
(3b)
2x
1
, 1 2 * .
valid for -1 < < and < < 1, and for [ < < and - < < 1,
d
k
k da
respectively. In the previous equations, k is the groove-size-to-bar-diameter
ratio, vis the Poisson's coefficient of the groove-filling material, v'=v/(l-v)
(to account for plane strain conditions) and:
16 40 V 2
32 80 V 4
Stresses given by Eqs. (3) are plotted in Fig. 3 for different values of k.
As expectable, lower k values and higher v values result in higher principal
tensile stresses. It is also interesting to note that, for low k values, stresses
are maximum for y=d/2, i.e., in the external fiber of the cover, whereas for
higher k values they are maximum in the internal fiber of the cover as would
be predicted by the "thick cylinder" theory.
-/
-0,5
0
2x/d,
0,5
(a)
(b)
Figure 3. Elastic stresses in epoxy on they (a) andx (b) axis as predicted by
analytical and FEM models for different A: values, v=0.3.
Results of the model presented above were compared with predictions
of a finite element analysis in the elastic range. Different ratios of elastic
moduli of epoxy and concrete (Ee and Ec) were analyzed, whereas the
Poisson's coefficient for epoxy and concrete was taken as 0.3 and 0.2,
respectively. In Fig. 3, results of the analyses are indicated as ranges
between minimum and maximum values of the different ratios of moduli.
The predicted state of stress in the cover is in good agreement between the
two models, and especially so for higher values of k. Also the shift in
location of the maximum tensile stress with increasing k, from the external
to the internal fiber of the cover, is reproduced by the finite element model.
Less good is the agreement in the stress prediction on the x axis. However,
the maximum values are rather close.
Based on results of the finite element analyses, predictions of the
analytical model could be used with more confidence. Fig. 4 reports the
pressure producing cracking of the external and "internal" cover, nondimensionalized with respect to the epoxy tensile strength, as a function of
k. The cracking pressure increases with k, but its rate of increase becomes
lower at higher k values, the "knee" in the curve being for a k value ranging
from 1.5 to 2.0. This conclusion is consistent with test results2,3. Also, the
first to crack is generally the external cover. It should be noted that, among
the two pressures producing cracking of external and internal cover, the
highest value looses significance: once cracking starts in the controlling
location, the stress distribution changes and the elastic solution no longer
applies.
1.4
1.4
1.2
0.8
' /
0.8
1.2
&-0.6
^ 0.6
0.4
/
/
/
'.
/ '/
0.4
'
'
0.2
0.2
0
0
1.5
2.5
(a)
<^-^~~-
1.5
2
k
2.5
(b)
Figure 4. Cracking pressure as a function of A; for v=0.2 (a) and v=0.3 (b) as
predicted by the analytical model (t is the groove width-to-depth ratio).
Failure patterns
For computation of an upper and lower bound to the ultimate pressure of the
NSM system, the possible failure patterns were analyzed, as shown in Fig.
5. An approach similar to that followed by Tepfers4 was adopted, assuming
uniform distribution of stresses along the fracture lines. This implies a stress
redistribution in tension analogous to that assumed for ductile materials in
compression. Such an assumption is justified by the existence of cohesive
stresses between the crack faces: provided that the crack opening is small
enough, cracked surfaces can still carry significant tensile stresses. Besides,
test calculations performed for the analogous case of bond of steel
reinforcement in concrete showed that assuming an elastic distribution of
stresses predicts too low values of bond resistance in comparison to the
measured ones .
Pattern 2-a:
P
fpt
fc,
fpt
981
(=10)
cotgV + 1
COtg^-1
P
Jpt
fct
Jpt
fct
l + rc,cotg x
\ + rrf
l + rc(cotgy
*(! + >*)
(sen/-cosy)
Figure 5. Failure patterns and corresponding values of the ultimate pressure./,, and
fp, are tensile strength of concrete and epoxy, respectively;/^ is the concrete
compressive strength.
Pattern 1 refers to a situation where the epoxy cover has not cracked yet,
and failure is reached either in the concrete (la) or in the epoxy internal
cover (lb). The angle formed by the cracking line in the concrete with the
horizontal line, y, was assumed to be 30 based upon visual observation of
nearly all tested specimens. To be meaningful, the corresponding ultimate
pressure must be lower than that producing cracking of the epoxy cover.
This ultimate pressure can be considered a lower bound because, when the
cover is not cracked, the normal pressure between bar and epoxy has not
fully developed. A certain pressure develops already in the first stage of the
bond action as a result of the inclined rib surfaces (for ribbed bars) or bar
surfaces (for spirally wound bars). However, if these "geometric" effects are
neglected, the normal stress will develop as soon as the maximum tensile
stress generated by the bond action exceeds the epoxy tensile strength, i.e.,
when the cover starts cracking.
Pattern 2 refers to a situation where the epoxy cover has cracked, and
failure is reached by formation of inclined cracks in the concrete. Of the two
sub-patterns a and b, only the second one allows to satisfy equilibrium while
sub-patterns a and b, only the second one allows to satisfy equilibrium while
determining the ultimate pressure: with the three equilibrium equations the
three unknowns p, rc and a are computed. However, the values of ultimate
pressure obtained are always lower than the experimental ones. The same
result was found by Tepfers4 and explained as due to the simplifying
assumptions made in this type of failure analysis. This value of ultimate
pressure is not a theoretical lower bound to the experimental value,
however, it has been reported in Fig. 6 for comparison with the other curves.
It is only meaningful when higher than the pressure which cracks the cover.
Sub-pattern 2a satisfies equilibrium of forces, whereas it does not
necessarily satisfy equilibrium of moments. However, it was found to
provide a reasonable upper bound to the experimental results.
The local bond strength is related to the ultimate pressure by means of
eq. (1). On the value of angle a, limited information is available already for
bond of internal reinforcement in concrete. For simplicity, a value of 45 is
generally assumed. However, this value is expected to increase as the coverto-diameter-ratio decreases, and to decrease for FRP bars compared to steel.
As no information is available on which of these two effects prevails, the
assumption of a equal to 45 has been maintained. Fig. 6 shows the local
bond strength, non-dimensionalized with respect to the epoxy tensile
strength, as a function of the k value. The three diagrams refer to different
concrete-to-epoxy tensile strength ratios used in the bond tests. In all cases,
patterns 2-a and 1-a provide a reasonable estimate of the range in which
experimental results are situated. As the k value increases and the fc/fP, ratio
decreases, it becomes more likely that concrete tensile failure precedes
cracking of the epoxy cover, which is physically reasonable.
Effect of Groove Width-to-Depth Ratio
All test results and modeling presented thus far have been based on a groove
width-to-depth ratio equal to 1.0. Nevertheless, the influence on cracking
pressure and local bond strength of a different width-to-depth ratio is of
interest for practical applications.
Fig. 4 shows the pressure which cracks the "internal" and "external"
covers versus k, for two different values of the width-to-depth ratio t and for
Poisson's ratio equal to 0.2 and 0.3. The computation has been made by
extending the previous analytical model to the case of rectangular grooves.
It is evident that, as.t increases, the cracking pressures decrease, except that
of the internal cover for v equal to 0.2 and large k values. In any case, as the
lowest value is significant, widening the groove results in a lower cracking
pressure. This result is reasonable considering the way in which the system
} J/\
")r\ \
. GR3
CR3
\M,'0MO \
a SW
pattern 2-a
pattern 2-b
cover crackm%
;""
'|
\M'0.179
> GR4
CRI
CSS
CS4
pattern l-a
pattern 2-a
pattern 2-b
ewer cracking
SSI-
---
...l!..'..L...
0.5
J-"C' - - - - - :
1.2
1.6
2.2
2.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
(a)
3
2.5
2
!
GR3
CM
u SW
pattern l-a
pattern 2-a
pattern 2-b
cover cracking
(b)
,
\Uf^o.076
)
---pattern
\:
2.5
l-a
)
; \fct/fPt
,
=0.076 |
p a t t e r n 2-a
p a t t e r n 2-b
cover
cracking
L5
I
0.5
0.5
i
0
1.2
1.4
1.6
l.t
k
(d)
(c)
Figure 6. Lower and upper bounds to the local bond strength for t=\ andfc/fp,=0340 (a),
0.179 (b) and 0.076 (c), and for t=2 and/ c ^,=0.076 (d). Experimental results are
taken from Refs 2-3.
CONCLUSIONS
A simple analytical model was proposed to model the state of stress in the
cover of the NSM bar at the elastic stage. An approximate analysis based on
ultimate cracking patterns was then carried out to estimate upper and lower
bounds to the local bond strength of NSM bars as a function of k and of the
ratio of concrete to epoxy tensile strength.
Modeling in the "transverse" plane allowed to compute the principal
tensile stresses responsible for cracking of the cover of NSM rods, which
compared well with predictions of finite element analysis, and confirmed for
square grooves an "optimum" groove-size-to-bar-diameter ratio between
1.50 and 2.00, as found in the experiments. It also provided a reasonable
estimate of the range in which experimental local bond strengths are
situated.
The bond problem in its three-dimensional nature is treated elsewhere5
by means of finite element analysis.
REFERENCES
1. De Lorenzis, L., and Nanni, A. (2001), "Shear Strengthening of RC
Beams with Near Surface Mounted FRP Rods," ACI Structural Journal,
Vol. 98, No. 1, January 2001.
2. De Lorenzis, L., and Nanni, A. (2002), "Bond of Near-Surface Mounted
FRP Rods to Concrete in Structural Strengthening", ACI Structural
Journal, Vol. 99, No. 2, pp. 123-132.
3. De Lorenzis, L., Rizzo, A., and La Tegola, A. (2002) "A modified pullout test for bond of near-surface mounted reinforcement in concrete",
Composites PartB: Engineering, Elsevier Ed., Vol. 33, No. 8, December
2002, pp. 589-603.
4. Tepfers, R. (1973), "A Theory of Bond Applied to Overlapped Tensile
Reinforcement Splices for Deformed Bars", Publication 73:2, Chalmers
University of Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden, 328 pp.
5. De Lorenzis, L., and Lundgren, K. (2002), "Finite element modelling of
bond of near-surface mounted FRP reinforcement in concrete",
Proceedings International fib Symposium "Bond in concrete", Budapest,
november 2002.
(1)
u,o
- ^
(2a)
+1/3M \
K,s ~
(2b)
(3)
where Aps, As and As' = area of external tendons, internal tension and
compression steel reinforcement, respectively; dps, ds, ds' = corresponding
effective depths;^ = external tendon stress at ultimate limit state; fy = yield
stress of internal steel reinforcement; c = neutral axis depth; 0.5Pic = depth
to centroid of concrete compression block; and Pi = concrete compression
block reduction factor.
To evaluate Mu from Eq. (3), the tendon stress,^, at ultimate limit state
is required. The simplest approach to calculating the tendon stress is based
on:
fps=fpe + Afpi.
(4)
where fpe is the effective prestress and Afps is the stress increase due to
additional loads.
Several investigators have proposed equations for Afps.2'5 However, most
of those equations were derived from tests on beams using external or
internal unbonded steel tendons with elastic modulus of around 190-205
GPa. Therefore, their applications are limited to beams with steel or FRP
tendons having elastic modulus lying within that range.
Unlike steel, FRP tendons exhibit a large range in modulus of elasticity,
from one-tenth to more than twice that of steel.6 The modulus of elasticity
affects the stress increase in the tendons, and thus the ultimate load-carrying
capacity. Figure 1 compares the observed stress increase in external steel
and carbon FRP tendons in two otherwise similar 2-span continuous beams
under third-point loading, tested earlier by the authors.7 Due to a lower
modulus of elasticity of carbon FRP (139 GPa) compared to that of steel
(200 GPa) tendons, the carbon FRP tendons exhibited smaller increase in
stress. Clearly, the effect of a lower modulus of elasticity of FRP tendons
needs to be accounted for in the design.
iMCBC-3
1
500
MCBS-3
i//>~~'^
400
/j/..
300
L...A.J.
/ /
jf
3 200
U
100 S
'
lj
I iL
100
200
300
400
500
= //,, +70 + ^ M M P a )
WP
(5)
where
[lOOforZ/^. <35
-\ 300 for L / ^ >35
n_ = <
bd ps
(6)
(7)
in which L = beam span, dps = effective tendon depth, Aps = tendon area, b =
beam width, and 7^. should not be taken greater than (fpe+200) orfpy for Lldps
<35, and (^,e+400) or^, for L/dps>35.
Since Eq. (5) is intended for steel tendons having an almost constant
elastic modulus, it does not account for the effect of different elastic moduli.
Considering that for a given deformation, the stress is proportional to the
elastic modulus, the effect of elastic modulus is incorporated by adding a
parameter, EFRPIES, in which EFRP is the elastic modulus of the FRP tendons,
and Es is the elastic modulus of steel tendons. Using existing experimental
results of simply-supported9"12 and two-span continuous beams7 with internal
unbonded or external FRP tendons, Af
Af
pss is correlated with the
.Jc
EFRP
Umetal. (1999):
Bakisetal. (2001)
20000
10000
30000
40000
50000
/ = / + 7 1 . 2 + 0.01;
^FRP
(MPa)
(8)
The coefficient 71.2 is very close to 70 and the coefficient 0.01 is the same
as that in ACI code equation for span to depth ratio less than 35 [see Eq.
(5)]. Hence, in the case ofEFRF= Es, Eq. (8) becomes almost identical to Eq.
(5).
989
Figure 3 compares the test results with the predictions using Eq. (8).
Comparison with Afps predicted using equation proposed by Naaman et al.6
is also shown. It can be seen that Eq. (8) yields a better correlation for the
stress increase in the FRP tendons.
800
700
600
|
: .'
;..i::!i... 3-
500
d- 400
<U
X 300
< 200
>
100
0
,''
0
D D
' >*
iV "
f
;
a
a
predicted usinjg:
from 60 GPa (as for aramid FRP tendons), to 140 GPa (as for carbon FRP
tendons) and 200 GPa (steel tendons). The effective prestress, fpe, is set to
950 MPa and the beam is subjected to symmetrical third-point loads on each
span to simulate uniformly distributed load.
r r
i "\ +,
T
B*
HI
4/2
tt E T 3 W\
h dp'
JELi
A, (+ve)
4.'
Section A-A
'- , - - r | A ( - v e )
+ J
U
\-t
'
4w
Section B-B
Ppfpy
P.fy
(9)
where pp = ApJ(b dps); ps = AJ{b ds); wAfpy &n&fy are the yield strength of
the tendons and internal steel reinforcement, respectively. For FRP tendon,
fpy may be taken as 80% of its breaking strength, fpu.
For a two-span continuous beam, the ultimate load-carrying capacity,
Pus, is obtained when plastic hinges form at the interior support and under
the outer load. Hence, it is proportional to the sum of the moment capacity
of the critical section under the outer point load and 1/3 that of the interior
support section, as implied by Eq. (2b). Assuming that the moment capacity
is proportional to the prestressing index, the strengthening ratio SR may be
related to a global prestressing index, %c, taken simply as
Xc = Xm + 1/3 X*
(10)
where the subscripts m and s denote the critical sections in the positive
moment region and at the interior support, respectively.
Charts for flexural strengthening ratio of strengthened beams
Figures 5(a), (b) and (c) show the charts for continuous beams strengthened
using external tendons with elastic modulus of 200 GPa, 140 GPa, and 60
GPa, respectively.
It can be seen that in general, the strengthening ratio, SR, increases with
an increase in the global prestressing index, %c, but at a decreasing rate. The
strengthening ratio is higher when the effective tendon depth, dps, increases.
It can also be observed that the elastic modulus of the tendons, Eps, affects
the strengthening ratio. Lower elastic modulus Eps leads to lower value of
SR, and the effect is more significant at higher dpJh ratio. The effect of the
elastic modulus on the strengthening ratio is further illustrated using the
following example.
Work example
A two-span continuous T-beam had dimensions and reinforcement details as
follows: L = 10 m, b = 800 mm, bw = 350 mm, h = 800 mm, hf= 150 mm, ds
= 700 mm, A(+ve) = 4200 mm2 [p/+ve) = 0.75%], As(-\e) = 5600 mm2
[p,(-ve) = 1.00%],/c' = 30 MPa,^= 460 MPa. It is to be strengthened in
flexure by 30% (that is, SR = 1.3). The required area of external tendons is
computed as follows.
From the beam cross section, it is seen that the eccentricity of the
tendons at the interior support must be less than Qi-hj) or 650 mm. Try dps =
640 mm, giving the ratio dpJh = 0.8. If aramid FRP tendons (Eps = 60 GPa,
fpu = 1500 MPa) are to be adopted, then from Figure 5(c), for/c' = 30 MPa,
ps(+ve) = 0.75%), pj(-ve) = 1.00%, the required global prestressing index %c
is approximately 0.86 for the specified value of SR = 1.3.
The required tendon area can then be calculated from Eqs. (9) and (10).
The area of aramid FRP tendons, Aps, can be obtained as 1012 mm2. If
carbon FRP tendons (Eps = 140 GPa,^, = 1800 MPa) are to be adopted, then
the required %c may be obtained from Figure 5(b) as approximately 0.7 for
the specified value of SR = 1.3. The area of carbon FRP tendons can be
computed as 688 mm2, which is less than the required area for aramid FRP
tendons.
(a)
2.4
2.2
2
i
Eps = 200 GPa
-A#"d.T+^y=0".75%|
----
A,/bd s (:ve)=0.75% \
Balanced
\'"\"^
A,-/trd,i(.ve)-*e.-75%i
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.5
1.5
2.5
.350
640
3300
3400
640
3300
REFERENCES
1. Burgoyne, C. J. (Ed.), "Fibre-reinforced Plastics for Reinforced
Concrete Structures - Volume 2", 5th International conference on fibrereinforced plastics for reinforced concrete structures (FRPRCS-5),
Cambridge, UK, July 16-18, 2001, pp. 661-708.
The ultimate stress of external FRP cables and the flexural strength of
beams are evaluated using 3 existing equations derived for unbonded steel
cables and compared with the experimental results of 2 groups of
specimens with external FRP cables. It shows that the existing equations
can not be used effectively for the case of FRP cables without considering
the influence of the equations' limitation conditions carefully. Also, the
secondary effect along the entire tendon profile should be considered
because of the unfavorable initial failure.
INTRODUCTION
Externally prestressed cables for concrete structures is a promising system, not
only for strengthening structures by increasing the ultimate capacity and
improving the serviceability at the same time, but also for constructing slender
lightweight structures by reasonable large eccentricity arrangement. To
understand the behavior of concrete beams with externally prestressed cables,
the ultimate stress increment in the cables beyond the effective initial prestress
is an important factor to be considered but also a difficult issue for investigation,
because of its member-dependency instead of section-dependency and existence
of secondary effect.
In this paper, the ultimate stress increment in external FRP cables and the
flexural strength of beams are evaluated using existing equations for unbonded
steel cables, i.e., Naaman's Equation1, Harajli's Equation2 and Mutsuyoshi's
Equation3, and compared with the experimental results of 2 groups of 8
specimens. The primary objectives of current analysis are twofold. One is to
look at the possibility and validity of the ultimate stress in external FRP cables
and flexural strength calculated by the existing equations meant for unbonded
steel cables. The other is to investigate the influence of secondary effect on the
failure mechanism of externally prestressed members and on the evaluation of
ultimate stress increment in external cables.
pe
cps'm
where e pe is the effective strain in the prestressing steel, (As cps)m is the
maximum strain increase in the concrete at the level of an equivalent amount of
bonded prestressing steel beyond effective prestress, Z is a ratio of average
concrete stress adjacent to the steel to the maximum concrete stress adjacent to
the steel. Baker suggested a value of Z equal to 0.1 for the ultimate state.
Gifford5 defined a strain compatibility factor 1 as the ratio of the average
effective concrete strain at the level of the prestressing steel to the concrete
strain at the section of maximum moment and suggested an empirical safe
limiting value of X as 0.2. Janney6 suggested a value for 1 equal to the ratio of
neutral axis at ultimate to the prestressing steel depth.
In the past decade, three most popular existing equations for evaluating the
ultimate stress fps in unbonded steel cables are presented on basis of the above
predecessor's studies. Before using them in the case of external FRP cables, the
modeling processes and relationship for each other are firstly reviewed in the
following.
Naaman 's Equation
fP,=fpe + EpsnueJ^-l),
( / < 0.94/ )
(2)
in which
_
-BUB2-A*A*C
2A
A = 0.S5fXfi[
B = ^ ( V " . ( L > /L2)-fp,) + AX ~ AJy + - 8 5 /> " K)hf
C = -ApsEpsecuaudps{L,IL1)
where, Qu=2.6 dps/L (one-point loading) ,QU =5.4 dps/L (third-point or
uniform loading), L, is the sum of lengths of loaded spans containing cables
considered, L2 is the total length of cables between anchorages.
fP.=fP.+r.fPK(l-l*i;)Zf
(3)
Y.=(0.1 + ^ ) ( n 0 / n )
in which, n0/n is the ratio between number of loaded spans and total spans, s/dp
is span-depth ratio. The level of cu is between 0.0022 and 0.0035, the spandepth ratio range is 5-, and the effective prestress is also over 50% of the
ultimate strength.
Eq.(3) is proposed as an approximate lower bound (S/dp=) linear fit to
the predicted results of nonlinear parametric analysis and the effect of spandepth ratio is automatically included in Eq.(3) through lp, by assuming a linear
proportional relation between Afps and/^A, that is,
IJ S = 0.95/f + 0.05 + d J S
(3a)
p
where, lp is the total equivalent plastic region length, and / is a ratio of span
length to distance between loading points.
In view of the major difference between bonded and unbonded cables
being its member-dependency instead of section-dependency, Qu (<1.0) is
defined to reflect the strain reduction in Eq.(2). On the other hand, Eq.(3) shows
that the member-dependent deformation is strongly affected by the total
equivalent plastic region length lp. From whatever point of view, the total
deformation of the member is related to span-depth ratio (S/dp) in addition to the
concrete compressive depth c since both Qu and ys are functions of span-depth
ratio. So, Eq.(2) and Eq.(3) are essentially the same.
Mutsuyoshi's Equation
fps = / +Epsnuescu{dpsM/c-l)<fpy
(fps
< 0.94fpy )
(4)
dps,u = Rddps
R, =\.0-0.022*(L/dps-5)*(SJL-0.2)
0.0m*L/dps*Pm
903
1.25 X105
392
0.8X105
993
1.35X10
As-142.7mm , ^-294Mpa
/c=36.3Mpa, ecu=0.0035
^s=200mm2, ^=400Mpa
Aps= 110mm2,fpu= 1860Mpa
/c=35Mpa, ecu=0.0035
a) No.l~No.5 are from Mutsuyoshi's experiment; the others are from EL-Hacha's
experiment.
b) fpm fpe ar)d E-modulus are nominal tensile strength, introduced prestress and
elastic modulus of the external prestressing cables .
P/2
P/2
1050
400
1050
1
'
300
100
'
300
X
IF
TT saddles
100
280
T-pe
de viator
Fig.2
150
Afps
(MPa)
fps
(MPa)
M
(Kn.m)
No.l
No.2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No.l
No.2
No. 3
No. 4
NO. 5
No.l
No.2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
575
229
555
620
271
1.31 X 103
6.86 X102
1.46X103
1.52X103
6.64 X102
114
97.8
103
108
96.2
Naatnan ((?=0.42)
Eva. Value (err.) sir
638(1.11)
368(1.61)
0.47
328 (0.59)
328 (0.53)
432(1.59)
1.38X103(1.05)
8.26X102(1.20)
0.18
1.23X103(0.84)
1.23X103(0.81)
8.26X102(1.24)
97.9(0.85)
95.2(0.97)
0.19
75.8(0.74)
75.8(0.70)
95.4(0.99)
Harqjli
Eva. Value
SD
524(0.91)
381(1.67)
0.36
583(1.05)
583(0.94)
386(1.42)
1.26X103(0.96)
8.39X102(1.22)
0.13
1.49X103(1.02)
1.49X103(0.98)
7.78X 102(1 17)
91.1(0.80)
96.7(0.99)
0.14
88.4(0.86)
88.4(0.82)
90.8(0.94)
Mutsuyoshi
Rj=\.0
PUie=0A0
a) err. = Eva. Value/ Exp. Value , SD is the standard deviation of the errors.
Exp. Value"
Afp.
(MPa)
Jps
(MPa)
PPCB1-2
PPCB2-2
PPCB3-2
PPCB1-2
PPCB2-2
PPCB3-2
100
290
440
1.13X103
1.32X103
1.47 X103
Naaman 's
Eva. Value
329
203
147
1.36 X103
1.23 X103
1.17X103
Harajli 's
Eva. Value
262
194
166
1.29 X103
1.02 X103
1.20X103
CONCLUSION
It can be seen that the proposed equations in the literature for unbonded
steel cables cannot be used effectively for external FRP cables before the
limitation conditions are modified. Secondary effect along the whole tendon
profile should be considered because unfavorable premature failure could
occur before the plastic region develop fully. More experimental data are
needed to calibrate existing equations for external FRP cables.
REFERENCES
1. Naaman, A.E. and Alkhairi, F.M. "Stress at Ultimate in Unbonded PostTensioning Tendons: Part2 - Proposed Methodology", ACI Structural
Journal, 88(6), 1991, pp.683-692.
2. Harajli, M.H. and Hijazi, S.A. "Evaluation of the Ultimate Steel Stress
in Partially Prestressed Concrete Members", PCI Journal, 36(1), 1991,
pp.62-82.
3. Mutsuyoshi, H., et al. "Flexural Behavior and Proposal of Design
Equation for Flexural Strength of Externally Prestressed Concrete
Members", Concrete Library ofJSCE, No. 28, pp65-77.
4. Baker, A.L.L., "Plastic Theory of Design for Ordinary Reinforced and
Prestressed Concrete Including Moment Redistribution in Continuous
Memebers," Magazine of Concrete Research (London), 1(2), 1949,
pp.57-66.
5. Gifford, F.W., "Design of Simply Supported Prestressed Conrete Beams
for Ultimate Loads," Proceedings, Institution of Civil Engineers
(London), Part III, 3(1), 1954, pp. 125-143.
6. Janney, Jack R., ect, "Ultimate Flexural Strength of Prestressed and
Conventionally Reinforced Concrete Beams," ACI Journal, Proceedings
52(6), 1956, pp.601-620.
7. Mutsuyoshi, H., and Machida, A. "Behavior of Prestressed Concrete
Beams Using FRP as External Cable", ACI SP-138-25, 1993, pp.401417.
8. EL-Hacha, R. and Elbadry, M. "Strengthening Concrete Beams with
Externally Prestressed Carbon Fiber Composite Cables", FRPRCS-5,
Thomas Telford, London, 2001, pp.699-708.
9. Mattock, A.H. Discussion of "Rotational Capacity of Concrete Beams"
by Corley, W., Journal of the Structural Division, ASCE, V.93, No.ST2,
April, 1967, pp.519-522.
t>A
4,5 m
,,,-stirrups
<>
) 6,3 at 10 cm 30
tendon
44.6,3
tendon
stirrups
(|) 6,3 at 10 cm
4<|>6,3
Section B-B
3"
30
8
3"
3:
50
r"""^
TTH
10
~~~~i
1
10 10
Typical segment
Figure 1. General arrangement of the beams (dimensions in cm)
LVDT1
150
LVDT2
LVDT3
I 75 I 75 I
region 3
LVDT4
150
150
LVDT5
I 75 I
LVDT6
75 I
150
Segmental
beam
323,3
364,7
326,0
364,0
408,1
465,5
167,7
34,6
Region 3
Region 3
a) Monolithic beam
b) Segmental beam
Deflection (mm)
10
P/21
P/2|
P/2|
-?
E o -j
1
\\\
E
" -10 J N
c
: \
o
g - 2 0 ^ \
0 i
-10 -
\\ o - c
-20-
\ o-
"301
Vis.
166kN & /
-<f,
p/2l
P/2|
5i
\
"
p/2|
-
/
P=150kN /
|- 1
-40-50-
P/2l
10-
P/21
-40-n
i
-50
111111,1111111 n 1111111
1111111
p M 1 | I 1 I I | 1
1 1
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8
Distancefromleft support (m)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8
Distancefromleft support (m)
a) Monolithic beam
b) Segmental beam
120 -
s
60 -
.H
a.
40
<
20 -i
0
"
?100
/^
1 80^
o
B
^ -
-*\
-^ ^' ^ ^ ^
100 -
120
Yielding of
reinforcing steel
&
n
li
a
I 60 ^
Region 1
~
M
" I "
Segmental
"3.
< 20
l""l
"
10 20 30 40
Deflection (mm)
50
Region 3
Monolithic
Segmental
4 0
Monolithic
il
-10
80
i-rp-TTT-p T-rrp-TTTrTT-r-q
-10
10 20 30 40
Deflection (mm)
50
decompression load. Beyond this point, the cracks initiate or the joints open, the
stiffness of the beams decreases and a departure of the curves from linearity is
observed.
Strains
Concrete strains, measured at several sections in regions 1 to 3 of the beams
are shown in Figures 6 and 7 (In these figures, the small circles indicate the
locations where the strain values were measured). Concrete strains were
-0.50
-9-
-1 -:
"
-2 -:
?;
Joint 6
L
i
z^t=*
x>
^ / ^ ~~~-^^T
1^X
11 // P = 1 5 0 k N
-3 ~
b -3
P/2 1
Join t 5
SO
-4
-4 -:
Region 1
-5
' ' i i ' ' ' '"i ' ' ' ' i ' '
0.50
I _
-0.25
0
0.25
0.50
Distance from load point (m)
Joint 3
-5 ~\
-0.50
Region 3
1
-0.25
0
0.25
0.50
Distance from load point (m)
Joint 4
I"
P=150kN
1-3
Central support
CO
-4
Region 2
-5
-0.50
-0.25
0
0.25
0.50
Distance from load point (m)
Moment redistribution
The relationship between applied load and bending moments measured in
the span and at the central support of the beams is shown in Figures 8 and 9.
For applied loads lower than the cracking or joint opening loads, the
measured moments coincide with the theoretical moments obtained from an
elastic analysis. For increasing loads, a decrease of the measured negative
moments and an increase of the measured positive moments in relation to
the elastic moments are observed, which indicates the occurrence of
moment redistribution.
240
-120
-80
-40
20
20
40
60
80
100
120
240
240
-120
-80
-40
20
60
80
100
120
/i = 100 1-
M.
(1)
where Mu is the ultimate moment and Me is the elastic moment, the values
found for fi were 10% and 18% for the monolithic and the segmental beams
respectively.
CONCLUSIONS
The results presented in the current work have demonstrated that moment
redistribution also occurs in continuos concrete beams prestressed with aramid
tendons, in spite of the brittleness of the material of the tendons characterized by
its linear stress-strain relationship. The experimental results also showed that
the moment redistribution was 10% in the monolithic beam and 18% in the
segmental beam.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support provided by CNPq Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Cientifico e Tecnologico - Brazil and
the material support provided by Linear Composites Ltd., UK.
REFERENCES
1. Campos C, Guimaraes, G. B. & Burgoyne, C.J., "Rotation capacity of
beams prestressed with synthetic external tendons", 5th International
Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete Structures (FRPRCS5), Cambridge, UK, 16 - 18 July, 2001, Thomas Telford, Vol. 2, pp 711720.
2. Guimaraes, G.B. & Araujo, A.F. "Strain concentration at dry-joins of
segmental concrete beams prestressed with external aramid tendons",
5lh International Symposium on FRP Reinforcement for Concrete
Structures (FRPRCS-5), Cambridge, UK, 16 - 18 July, 2001, Thomas
Telford, Vol. 2, pp 681-688.
3. Formagini, S., "Influencia da resistencia do concreto sobre a resistencia
de vigas protendidas com cabos sinteticos externos", Tese de Mestrado
-PUC-Rio, 1999.
4. Araujo, A. F., "Estudo experimental da resistencia a flexao de vigas
protendidas com cabos sinteticos externos", Dissertacao de Mestrado,
PUC-RIO, 1997.
5. Guimaraes, G. B. and Burgoyne, C.J., "Creep behaviour of a parallellay aramid rope". Journal of Materials Science, Vol 27, p. 24732489,1992.
means that the structure at failure should exhibit strain hardening behaviour
and only a small amount of elastic energy can be released suddenly.
In order to improve the ductility of FRP reinforced and prestressed
beams, the following measures have been suggested:
(a) The use of partially bonded FRP;
(b) The use of hybrid FRP with a bilinear stress strain curve;
(c) The use of compression reinforcement;
(d) The step layering of the FRP's to have a progressive failure;
(e) Improvements in the strain capacity of the concrete.
This paper looks at how the improved strain capacity of concrete can be
used and how it influences the beam behaviour.
TEST PROGRAMME
The experimental programme consisted of tests on beams in flexure. Single
span beams were tested by applying a load at each of the third-span points
(Figure 1).
100
600/300
<
><
100
600/300
600/300
><
>
These beams were used to study the ductility behaviour and the
localisation effects due to the different reinforcement and concrete
properties. The beams were under-or over-reinforced and were of different
beam sizes.
By changing the percentage of reinforcement the beam can be forced to
fail in an under- or over-reinforced manner.
Two different sizes of beams were tested. The properties of the beams
are described in Table 1, in which fcu is the cube strength at the day of
testing. Figure 2 shows the beam cross section.
fa, (MPa)
57.0
50.9
52.4
50.9
56.7
48.5
51.7
49.3
Note: Each beam is identified by a series of letters. The first set of letters indicates the
concrete type, the second set represents the tendon material, the third set of letters identifies
the type of failure, and the final the size of the beam. The key is as follows:
Oc-ordinary concrete
Cc-Spirally confined concrete FRc -Fibre reinforced concrete
St - Steel tendon
Ar - AFRP tendon
UR - Under-reinforced
OR - Over-reinforced
S - Small beam
L - Large beam
106mm
106/63mm,
AFRP Spiral
o
o
V
Figure 2 Beam cross section
The tendons were made from two materials, steel and Aramid FRP.
Two types of steel tendons were used. For the small beams and for the
under reinforced large beam, 5mm prestressing wire was used. For the
over-reinforced large beam, a seven-wire 15mm strand was used (Table 2).
T-facilitate prestressing, the AFRP tendons, were connected to a
threaded mild steel bar by means of a coupler made from a mild steel tube.
The AFRP rod was placed inside the coupler tube and the gap filled with
expansive cement. The inside of the tube was threaded on one side. This
technique has successfully been used to stress FRP rods by Harada1 and
Less2,3.
Table 2 Material properties of the tendons
As (mm2)
E,(MPa)
<f>(mm)
5
19.6
200,000
15
137.4
4
12.6
54,000
AFRP
14
122.7
E,
- Modulus of elasticity of tendon
<>
t
- Tendon diameter
Pui, - Manufacturer's assured load for tendon
Material
Steel wire
Steel 7 wire strand
Pi, (kN)
34.4
245.0
22.7
227.0
All the beams behaved in essentially the same way up to failure. The
behaviour was linear elastic up to cracking, followed by elastic behaviour
with reduced stiffness.
The over-reinforced beams had a higher cracked stiffness due to the
larger area of reinforcement. The AFRP beams had a smaller cracked
stiffness as the reinforcement had a lower Young's modulus.
For the steel under-reinforced beams, the cracked behaviour was
followed by a plateau as a result of the yielding of the steel. The AFRP
under-reinforced beam did not have this plateau, as the tendon material was
elastic up to failure; the tendon snapped leading to the collapse of the beam.
Large Under-reinforced
Large Over-reinforced
Small Under-reinforced
Small Over-reinforced
20
30
40
50
Figure 4 Load-deflection for steel under-reinforced beam and for AFRP overreinforced concrete with FRC and spirally confined concrete
For the beams with FRC, there were further, more closely spaced
cracks. The number of cracks in the constant moment region and their
spacing are represented in Table 3.
Table 3 Crack behaviour
Beam Name
Oc-St-UR-L
Oc-St-UR-S
Oc-St-OR-L
Oc-St-OR-S
Oc-Ar-UR-L
Oc-Ar-OR-L
Cc-Ar-OR-L
FRc-Ar-OR-L
No. of Cracks in
constant moment
region
3
2
4
2
3
4
4
5
Average crack
spacing (mm)
Maximum crack
spacing (mm)
188
115
218
149
257
228
192
138
213
115
231
149
276
248
203
147
Ductility Measures
To measure ductility, two different indexes were be used. The first was
proposed by Mufti5 and relates to the rotation capacity of the beam. This
factor takes into account the increase in moment as well as the increase in
curvature or deflection, since unlimited increase in curvature is more
beneficial if the moment of resistance also increases. The authors assumed
that the beam behaved elastically if the concrete had a compressive strain
lower than 0.001. This J-factor can be defined as:
P
8
J- factor = 1 ^ ^ x ^
0.001
(1)
'0.001
where:
Pui, = Ultimate load capacity;
P0.001 = Load for a concrete compressive strain of 0.001;
Suit = Ultimate deflection at mid-point; and
80.001 = Mid-point deflection for a concrete comp. strain of 0.001
The second index was proposed by Naaman and Jeong6 and takes into
account the elastic and inelastic energies. They argued that large deflection
2\
(2)
elastic
where
Em
= Total energy stored in the beam; and
Eehtics = Elastic energy stored in the beam;
In Table 4, the values of these two indexes are presented.
Table 4 Ductility indexes and failure modes for the beams tested
J-factor
Beam Name P0.0001 Oo.OOI Pull
Failure
Suit
<?
Yielding/
Oc-St-UR-L 23.6 1.3 46.4 30.9
46.7 2.15
Compression
Yielding/
8.5
73.9 2.39
0.5 16.2 19.4
Oc-St-UR-S
Compression
16.2
Oc-St-OR-L 38.4 2.4 70.0 21.3
1.38 Flexural / Shear
Concrete
1.32
28.1
9.5
Oc-St-OR-S 12.7 0.7 26.3
Compression
1.49
Tendon
43.5
Oc-Ar-UR-L 13.5 1.2 23.9 29.5
Concrete
1.33
31.5
Oc-Ar-OR-L 35.3 2.1 76.4 30.6
Compression
1.66 Confining spiral
48.2
Cc-Ar-OR-L 34.0 1.8 58.7 50.3
Concrete
1.34
23.4
FRc-Ar-OR-L 36.6 2.1 73.5 23.4
Compression
DISCUSSION
The beams prestressed with AFRP had lower energy dissipation ratios, ,,
than the ones prestressed with steel. Among the AFRP prestressed beams,
the beam with spirally confined concrete had a higher energy dissipation
ratio and a higher J-factor; it is also the one with the most explosive
behaviour. The energy dissipation ratio, therefore did not measure the
explosiveness of failure.
The over-reinforced beams all have roughly the same energy dissipation
ratio, however they have quite different J-factor values and hence
]-
- " - ' -
2.2
JJLP
1.8
1.6
:
1.4
1.2
20
40
J - Factor
60
80
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1-flfl f.
(4)
3000-OJSU
LT
6000
200
200
(b)
300
150
Figure 1. Beam details: (a) elevation, (b) cross-section
Table 1. Concrete properties and prestressing force prior to transfer
Beam
Bl
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
Tendon
Type
CFRP
Steel
CFRP
CFRP
CFRP
CFRP
Jtarget
(MPa)
40
40
80
40
40
80
target
(kN)
120
120
80
80
120
120
fc
(MPa)
52.5
52.5
77.8
37.5
37.5
73.6
Ec
(GPa)
37.9
37.9
48.7
27.3
27.3
40.5
Pj
(kN)
123.1
124.5
74.9
79.3
121.9
122.3
PIF
j ' 1 nip
(%)
59
61
36
38
58
58
fiargei- nominal design concrete cylinder compressive strength, Piarge,: nominal design
pre-tensioning force, f'c: average 56 day concrete cylinder compressive strength, Ec:
average modulus of elasticity of concrete at 56 days, Pf prestressing force in tendon
before transfer, Fmp: manufacturers guaranteed tensile strength.
Zou11 experimentally measured the creep and relaxation losses of CFRP
tendons that were loaded at a sustained stress levels of up to 60% of the
manufacturer guaranteed tensile strength. It was found that both creep and
Tensile Strength
(MPa)
Manufacturer Tested
2250
2945
1860
1820
Tensile Elastic
Modulus (GPa)
Manufacturer Tested
147
172
195
200
Tensile Strain
(%)
Manufacturer Tested
1.7
1.6
>4
>4
When the concrete was nine days of age the prestressing force was
transferred to the concrete by cutting the CFRP tendons or steel strands
using a circular saw. The beams were then lifted out of the prestressing bed,
placed in their simply supported position, and subjected only to self weight
loading for the next 47 days. When the beams were 56 days old (except for
Beam B3 which was loaded at 100 days) they were loaded with two
concentrated loads symmetrically positioned about the centre of the beam
(Figures 1 and 2). The bending moment at midspan induced by the beam's
self weight, Msw, was 4.86 kNm (based on a density of concrete of 24 kN/m3
and span of 6000 mm) and the applied concentrated service loads ranged
from 84% to 146% of the theoretical cracking moment, Mcr. This sustained
service load was maintained for at least 250 days. It should be noted that
Beams Bl and B2 were subjected to two stages of loading where (1) the first
applications of concentrated loads, which was maintained for a period of
259 days, left the beams in an uncracked state, (2) an additional load was
added that caused the beams to crack and this total load was maintained for
a period of approximately 260 days (Figure 2). It should also be pointed out
that Beam B4 was quite heavily loaded (1.46 times the cracking moment)
for experimental purposes, and this level of loading may not be appropriate
in real structural applications at service load level. A summary of all applied
loads, cracking moments, and distances between the applied loads is given
in Table 3.
Crack patterns were recorded at regular time intervals as well as crack
widths at the base of the beams which were measured using a microscope
with a magnification factor of 40. In this paper the crack width and crack
pattern results will only be given but a more complete summary of beam
deflections and strains is given in Smith and Zou10. Note that the crack
widths at the base of Beam B3 were not directly measured, but were
Indirectly determined from the measured crack widths at the tendon level
and the height of each crack.
Bl
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
Mcr
(kNm)
26.4
26.6
22.0
19.0
24.7
28.1
La
(m)
1
1
1
1
1
2
MmldJ
Mmjdjl
(kNm)
18.5
18.5
23.8
22.9
24.1
18.8
(kNm)
23.4
23.4
28.7
27.8
29.0
23.7
Mcr
0.89
0.88
1.30
1.46
1.17
0.84
Second Application of
Load
M2
Mmid>2
KudJ
(kNm) (kNm)
Mcr
1.17
7.5
30.9
7.5
30.9
1.16
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mcy: flexural cracking bending moment based on the 56 day concrete strength, La:
distance between applied concentrated loads that are symmetrically positioned
about the centre of the beam (refer Figure 1),M/: midspan bending moment induced
by addition of load at 56 days of age (100 days of age for Beam B3)5 Mmldj:
addition of Mj and Msm M2: midspan bending moment induced by addition of load
at 259 days of age5 Mmi:dJ: addition of Mh M2 and Msw.
was from 0.38 mm 0.5 mm. These increases were as much as 25% and 33%
respectively over the 260 days. For Beam B5, the crack width was 0.63 mm
immediately after the application of external load and it increased to more
than 1.25 mm at 238 days, which is a two-fold increase. Since the applied
load was much greater than the cracking load for Beam B4, the number of
cracks and the size of the crack width as well as the crack height was much
greater than other beams and exceeded the serviceability range limit. A
similar situation existed for Beam B3. It should be pointed out that the load
applied to Beam B6 was less than the theoretical cracking moment but three
minor cracks appeared three weeks after the loading and another two
appeared five weeks after loading and the crack width was as small as 0.13
mm but still visible.
Beams with CFRP Tendons versus Beams with Steel Strands
Both Beams Bl (prestressed with CFRP) and B2 (prestressed with steel),
having the same concrete strengths, did not crack after the first load was
applied, because the ratios of the total applied moment to the theoretical
cracking moment were only 0.89 and 0.88. When these ratios increased to
1.17 and 1.16 respectively, after the second application of load at age 259
days, the beams did experience cracking. As shown in Figures 3a (Beam Bl)
and 3b (Beam B2), there appears to be no noticeable difference in the crack
patterns of these two beams, in that both beams had 7 cracks with a similar
height of approximately 200 mm. However, the maximum crack widths of
the beam prestressed with CFRP tendons (0.5 mm) (Figure 4a) are slightly
greater than the beam prestressed with steel strands (0.35 mm) (Figure 4b),
due to the lower elastic modulus of the CFRP tendon. The loading of both
beams ensured that they were still within the serviceability range.
Effect of Level ofPrestress
Beams B4 and B5, prestressed with CFRP tendons, had the same concrete
strength and loading arrangement, but the levels of prestress were different.
The different prestress therefore leads to a different theoretical bending
moment to cause first cracking. The ratio of the maximum bending moment
induced from the applied load to the theoretical cracking bending moment
for Beams B4 and B5 are 1.46 and 1.17 respectively. It can be seen that with
a 50% increase of prestress, the crack widths reduced from 1.75 mm to 0.6
mm, and the total number of cracks also reduced from ten to six. As
expected, cracking in a beam with less prestress is much more severe.
i
x r,.
a) B l
+
\ I / \ \)
1 \ if \ \ \
b)B2
_*
iITT / I T
c)B3
JX
d)B4
.A.
i i ( f Y ~TX^T
T ^
*
i
i
1 YV V Y \
e)B5
i
i
TV
f) B6
i
/
Figure 3.
/
i
* crack patterns
Stabilised
even reduce slightly after a long period of time. Such a decrease, which goes
against expectations, is attributed to changes in environmental conditions
(i.e. change in temperature and humidity).
259
279
307
417
Age of concrete (days)
259
519
279
307
417
519
b) Beam B2
a) Beam B1
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5 -
100
125
193
220
57
368
73
103
167
Age of concrete (days)
238
d) Beam B4
c) Beam B3
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
D test result
B ACI 318
0.6,
B ACI 440
EC 2
0.4
0.2
0
57
73
103
167
238
Age of concrete (days)
e) Beam B5
Figure 4. Comparison of theoretical and experimental maximum soffit crack widths
The predicted crack widths compare reasonably well for Beam Bl
(Figure 4a) while the correlation is not as good for Beam B2 (Figure 4b)
over time but it is still acceptable. The correlation between predicted and
actual crack widths for Beams B1 and B2 can be considered to lie within the
general range of scatter for which these models were intended for. The
REFERENCES
1. Toutanji, H. and Saafi, M., "Performance of concrete beams prestressed
with aramid fiber-reinforced polymer tendons", Composite Structures,
44, 1999, pp. 63-70.
2. Abdelrahman, A.A. and Rizkalla, S.H., "Serviceability of concrete
beams prestressed by carbon fibre plastic rods", Proceedings of the
Second International RILEM Symposium on Non-Metallic (FRP)
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, FRPRCS-2, Ghent, Belgium,
edited by L. Taerwe, 1995 pp. 403-412.
3. Stoll, F., Saliba, J.E. and Casper, L.E., "Experimental study of CFRPprestressed high-strength concrete bridge beams", Composite Structures,
49, 2000, pp. 191-200.
4. Dolan, C.W. and Swanson, D., "Development of flexural capacity of a
FRP prestressed beam with vertically distributed tendons", Composites:
Part B, 36, 2002, pp. 1-6.
5. Currier, J., Dolan, C. and O'Neil, E., "Deflection control of fiber
reinforced plastic pretensioned concrete beams", Proceedings of the
Second International RILEM Symposium on Non-Metallic (FRP)
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, FRPRCS-2, Ghent, Belgium,
edited by L. Taerwe, 1995, pp. 413-420.
6. Balazs, G. and Borosnyoi, A., "Cracking in CFRP prestressed members",
Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Fibre-Reinforced
Plastics for Reinforced Concrete Structures, FRPRCS-5, Cambridge,
UK, edited by C.J. Burgoyne, 2001, pp. 609-618.
7. ACI 440.1R-01, Guide for the Design and Construction of Concrete
Reinforced with FRP Bars, American Concrete Institute (ACI),
Committee 440, Michigan, USA, 2001, 41 pp.
8. ACI 318-95, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (31895) and Commentary (318R-95), American Concrete Institute (ACI),
Fifth Printing, Michigan, USA, 1999.
9. ENV 1992-1-1, Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures - Part 1:
General Rules and Rules for Buildings, European Committee for
Standardisation (CEN), Brussels, Belgium, 1991.
10. Smith, S.T. and Zou, P.X.W., "Time-dependent flexural cracking
behaviour of concrete beams prestressed with CFRP tendons", to be
published.
11. Zou, P.X.W., "Long-term properties and transfer length of fibre
reinforced polymers", Journal of Composites for Construction, ASCE,
7(1), 2003, pp. 10-19.
Structural Strengthening
Matrix
f^-t
Mesh
Matrix
1 2
Deflection (mm)
3
C: Propagation of macro cracks
D: Spalling
Meso level
reinforcement
Micro level
reinforcement
7.5
Carbon
fiber
Aramid
fiber
Mesh (3 layers)
N
\ ^Carbon
fiber
Stainless fiber
Figure 4. Cross section of plate type specimen
Name
Micro fiber
of
CF Length
specime n " %
mm
COOO 1 0
2
3
C100 1 3
3
2
3
6
C300 1 3
2
3
C003 1 0
2
3
6
C303 1 3
2
3
6
C333 1 3
2
3
6
C353 1 3
2
3
6
C383 1 3
2
3
Reinforcement
Meso fiber
SUS fiber
%
Dimensions
Macro
fiber
CFMesh
Layers
0
0.262
0.436
0.785
Width Depth
mm
53.2
52.8
53.5
51.3
53.5
52.8
52.7
53.0
51.3
52.8
52.5
52.3
53.2
52.9
50.7
54.5
54.0
53.9
53.6
52.5
51.5
51.0
52.8
52.0
mm
14.2
14.6
14.9
13.6
14.0
14.1
13.4
13.8
13.4
15.9
16.3
15.0
15.9
15.5
15.1
16.2
16.2
16.3
16.2
16.6
16.9
13.9
17.6
16.1
4000
55
2000
1k
hY
*-
2 4 6
8
Deflection (mm)
6000
10
12
6UUU
C3<)3
4000
4000
55
5.
.3 2000
->
2 4
6
8
Deflection (mm)
10
12
6000
6UUU
4000
4000
/
.3 2000
2 4
6
8
Deflection (mm)
10
12
12
C3! 3
5?
*-;
2 4 6
8 10
Deflection (mm)
?t
C3 53
>3 2000
1\
1
11
f
/
2000
o 1 -^
0
C3 13
o 1 -^
0
1
=K
2 4 6 8
Deflection (mm)
10
12
COOO 1
2
3
CI 00 1
2
3
C300 1
2
3
C003 1
2
3
C303 1
2
3
C333 1
2
3
C353 1
2
3
C383 1
2
3
Work of Fracture
Until 7.5mm
Each
Average
N/mm
N/mm
0.036
0.040
0.049
0.034
0.058
0.057
0.051
0.062
0.068
0.069
0.075
0.064
13.579
14 453
14 431
11 852
18.727
21 855
20 217
14 108
23.307
27 099
21 246
21 577
23.403
22 594
23 825
23 790
21.661
21 277
21 208
22 498
<ti
30
[I
i i
i3
W
M
fci: S3
c
i
C33
6Q
1
.
g.
PL,
cm
C3: 3
I..C3J )3
, c:103
ID
o
C003
coc 3
M 20
&2Q
<yy
!i
Average
Average
Data
1 .
Q Data
.
mesh in the reinforced cases by meso fiber. In the cases of C333 and C353,
some effect of spalling in the small region of cover layer was slightly
beneficial in increasing the work of fracture. The addition of 3% of micro
fiber was as beneficial as the further addition of 0.262% of meso fiber for
the enhancement of work of fracture.
CONCLUSIONS
The concept of multiscale reinforcement was proposed for employing twodimensional carbon fiber woven mesh. The specimens reinforced by mesh
with chopped carbon fiber as micro fiber and stainless steel fiber as meso
fiber were examined. The experimental result showed:
(a) The addition of micro fiber increased both flexural strength and work of
fracture by ameliorating the spalling of cover layer of the mesh.
(b) The further addition of small amount of meso fiber could also increase
both flexural strength and work of fracture by avoiding the spalling of
cover layer of the mesh.
(c) Flexural strength increase became high until the meso fiber content
reached 0.785% with a coexistence of 3% of micro fiber. But work of
fracture saturated when the meso fiber content was 0.262% and slightly
decreased when the meso fiber content was 0.785%.
REFERENCES
1. Hayashi, R, Yamada, K., Kimura, H, and Inaba, S, "Tensile strength of
mortar reinforced with several types of woven carbon fiber meshes",
Proceedings of the JCI, Vol.12-1, 1990, pp.1043-1048.
2. Machida, A. ed., "Guideline for design and construction of concrete
structure employing continuous fiber reinforcement materials", JSCE,
Sept. 1996, 361 pages.
3. Hayashi, R, Yamada, K., Kimura, H, and Inaba, S, "Flexural strength of
mortar reinforced with several types of woven carbon fiber meshes",
Proceedings of the JCI, Vol. 13-1, 1991, pp.785-788.
4. Nakagawa, H., Kobayashi, M., Suenaga, T., Ouchi, T., Watanabe, S.,
Satoyama, K., "Application of three-dimensional fabric reinforced
concrete to building panels", SP 138-14, ACI, 1993, pp.211-232 ,
5. Rossi, P., "Ultra-high-performance fiber-reinforced concretes",
Concrete international, Dec. 2001, pp.46-52
6. JIS R5201-1997, "Physical testing methods for cement".
INTRODUCTION
Corrosion of steel reinforcement in conventional reinforced concrete (RC)
structures has long been a major issue to building engineers. It may cause a
lot of problems ranging from minor unsightly cracks to major structural
collapse. In addition to corrosion, various extent of structural deficiency
may be the result of bad workmanship, material ageing and deterioration,
environmental attack, change of usage of building, and overloading of
structures. Also, old structural design accepted in the past may not comply
with current design practices, building codes and safety guidelines. All
these factors contribute to an urgent need for an easy-to-apply, non-metallic,
high strength and durable material. Recently, fibre reinforced polymer
(FRP) which consists of fibres embedded in a polymeric matrix has been
found to be of low density, non-corrosive and to possess a high strength-toweight ratio, and thus it has been widely suggested to be used in RC design
Quantity (kg/m )
Cement
Water
10 mm aggregate
Sand
350
210
1000
820
Main
reinforcement
Shear
reinforcement
Strengthening system
Bl
2T20
R6-150
Nil.
Fl
2T12
R6-150
Nil.
F2
2T12
R6-150
F3
2T12
R6-150
SI
2T20
R6-375
Nil.
S2
2T20
R6-375
S3
2T20
R6-375
FS1
2T12
R6-375
Nil.
FS2
2T12
R6-375
FS3
2T12
R6-375
Test Setup
Testing of beam specimens was conducted under four-point bending
condition. A 250 kN actuator, which was connected to a steel spreader, was
used to load all the beam specimens. To better capture the failure point, the
actuator was adjusted to displacement-controlled mode. Each specimen was
tested over a span of 2214 mm with a shear span of 707 mm at both ends,
leaving a constant bending region of 800 mm. To monitor the performance
of specimens, linear variable displacement transducers were used to
measure the transverse displacement at midspan. Electronic strain gauges
of gauge length 90 mm were installed on surfaces of concrete and FRP
plate.
the shear capacity of the beam is lower than its flexural capacity and thus
shear type of failure occurs first.
Figure 1. Failure of F2
Figure 2. Failure of S3
i itj-. i , j
-v
t.
Figure j . Failure ol FSl
All control b e a m s
B1,F1,S1,FS1
-B1
-F1
-S1
-FS1
10
20
30
40
Flexural strengthening
F1.F2, F3
10
20
30
40
In Figure 6, S2 and S3 provide a peak load and subsequent large postpeak deformation curve. This shows that beam S1 after side plates bonding
alter the beam's performance. The strengthened beams become more
deformable as they are no more governed by shear failure but concrete
crushing instead. Nevertheless, improvements in both maximum load and
ductility are again noted and it is consistent with past experimental data6.
Shear strengthening
S1,S2,S3
jjij^WW^e^^.
150 -
y*"^
_*_S2
~~*-~S3
load
3?
/
/
()
10
20
30
40
50
-FS1
-FS2
-FS3
10
20
30
40
50
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
INTRODUCTION
In this work a coherent framework is presented in which any available or
under development design equation for FRP-strengthening can be easily
included, and the relevant safety factors calibrated accordingly. The format
adopted, as described in this paper, takes advantage of this fact: all
strengthening cases consider a known unsafe state, whose current reliability
can be assessed in terms of collapse probability, and aim at a safe
(strengthened) state, which should meet a predefined target notional
reliability with respect to a predefined performance level. Knowing both the
initial (current) and the final (target) state, the equation used for designing
the strengthening measure can be cast in dimensionless form (capacity ratio
versus demand ratio), where some quantities are cancelled out and can be
discarded from the probabilistic analysis. The probability that the
strengthening measure fails to reach its objective is expressed in terms of
both the current (assessed) and the target (notional, codified) failure
probabilities. Having thus formulated the reliability problem, solution of a
series of parametrized random design problems coupled with the
optimization of a Eurocode-type design format, finally yields the pdf of the
sought partial safety factors.
DESIGN FORMAT AND TARGET RELIABILITY
The general reliability format is expressed by comparing a scalar 'capacity'
function C with its corresponding 'demand' function D as:
C(E,Y)-)(G,Q,L)<0
(1)
where C is a function of the random vector E of the material properties and
of the vector Y of the local (sectional) geometry (e.g., width, steel
reinforcement ratio, neutral axis depth); D is a function of the random
vectors G and Q, of the permanent and the applied variable loads,
respectively, and of the vector L of the global (member) geometry (e.g.,
span). The random Eq. (1) must be satisfied within a given notional target
annual probability of exceedance, whose value starts now being suggested
in the most advanced codes (see, for ex., Eurocodel').
For design purposes, Eq. (1) is expressed in a deterministic form, often
referred to as "checking equation" or "design format", where "design
values" are used that ensure that the target reliability is actually attained
within a specified probability2'3. Design values are obtained by calibrating
the partial safety factors y that appear in the deterministic equation:
yR-C(yE-Ek,Y)-D{yG-Gk,yQ-Qk,h)>0
(2)
where the distinction should be noted between 'internal' (yE, yG, Yg) and
'external' (yR) safety factors, and where subscripts d and k denote design
and characteristic value of the variable, respectively.
Calibrating design equations for new structures is generally a
formidable task, because all random variables involved in the problem
should be considered. When dealing with strengthening of existing
structures, the problem is even more complicated by the fact that both a
) - DT (G T ,QT, hT )< O} = pT
v \ _ C7-(EcEsYr)
tf(Ec,Es,Yc,ys)-
~rr
S
Cc(Ec)Yc)
\_ D(GT,QT,L)
^s^s)-D{GcQc>h)
. .
(4)
Again, yR and ys
are random due to the randomness of
\ECd,Yc,Sd,pc)The task is to select fixed (calibrated) values of yR and
ys so that, for specific values of the parameters \ECd, Y c , Sd, pc )i, each
design equation is satisfied with a predefined probability pca! of yielding
an exceedance probability higher than ps. A problem faced in this work is
in fact also to set a value for the probability pcai, and determine the
corresponding partial safety factors.
RELIABILITY OF THE STRENGTHENING MEASURE
In order to express the probability ps in terms of pc and pT, the
capacities Cc and CT are assumed as independent log-normal variates. For
the sake of notation simplicity, they will be denoted in the following as:
CC=C
CT=T
(7)
It follows that R = T/C is also log-normal distributed, with parameters:
*-R =V\nR =^T ~^C
>R=c!\nR=>T
>C
00
i % l ^ = 0>->(pc)=-pc
'n(^)-^0-V)=_pr
(9)
Xr=lnnr-J_a2nr=lnnr-iFr2
(10)
(11)
:0-'(p s ) = Vc-Vc-VT-fo
(12)
Info)-In
Mr
He
-Pr
(13)
Hr
In the next section the methodology will be applied to the case of
flexural strengthening. In this case, it should be noted that, in line with the
Eurocodes, the partial safety factor yR for the flexural capacity is taken as
1, so the calibration only involves ys. The purpose of the next section is to
illustrate the application to a simple case of the concepts hitherto exposed in
a general way, and to exemplify how the methodology specializes in the
case of flexural strengthening.
nr
He
He
mT =MT/(fcdbd )
where kc = psfsd/afcd
= akT(\ +
akc(l-vkc)
8-vkT)+pfff5
, kT = (psfsd +pfff)/afcd
target normalized neutral axis depth, respectively, with p^ being the steel
ratio, and:
e <er
3s
cc(sc) = 0.851--
>s
E.
3s CO
akT ( l + 5 - v A r ) + p / / / 5
R =
T
=
akc{l-vkc)
l-vkc
(16)
VT = Ti
=^n+2^^6-^T|v^c
~5
7- =
dT
dkr
lc =
dkc
dPs
0^(18)
V-)
8T_
(19)
Vr\
^/
\2
^2
dkr
QfsdP-J
V
\2
dn
8ff
ar +
Jsd
dkr
dfcd
c
(20)
V-J
\2
2
CT ,
Jf
V-J
\2
dn
dkr
(21)
V-J
where E s is the deterministic FRP modulus and the partial derivatives are:
dC
dT
dkc
dkf
dkc
dPs
Vful
dkC
'Pfa,
dT
(22)
dk,
-Pi,
(23)
dfcd
f*d
an fed
The above equations allow to specialize the reliability problem (13) for
the case of flexural strengthening, complemented both with the
compatibility condition in the strengthened section (section planarity):
T)
fcd
Psfsd
,, _- - afcd
Kj
Psfsd
ff/Ef
1+5
dff
V-kc f
(24)
(1 + 8)
1+5
(?c+Vff/Ef)
dkc
-\iff/Ef
(25)
and with the design equation (6), which is the design equation of (16),
where yR =1 for flexure:
R
_T\d + 2?>T]d-v{zc)kCdr)d-d> _r
l-v(Ec)kCd
(26)
(MPa)
Beta
250
0.15
180
360
Beta
0.37
0.2
0.259
0.666
Load increment
Beta
1.2
0.1
1.0
1.5
Sj
Uniform
234,402
1 ^ = 4 4 9 0 , 0 ^ = 277, / ^ = 4036
(MPa)
H / / r = 4 2 1 5 , a / / r = 348, 7 0 = 3644
0.05,0.10
Cover-to-depth ratio 8
Target (50 yrs) reliability P ^
3.72 (pT
= \0~4),4.26(pT
=10"5)
0.15 -
l!
0.1 -
- ~ -
0.05
i
1
DJID L -_.
gamma
design equation yields a 'safe' design. This brings in the discussion basic
issues regarding the safety level obtainable with a calibration procedure.
For the sake of discussion, through a set of Monte Carlo simulations of
FRP-flexural-strengthening designs, a distribution of the partial safety
coefficient for the FRP strength was obtained and the value yy=1.33
corresponding to a 50% fractile was selected. This implies that 50% of the
strengthening designs with FRP that use this value would have a lower
reliability than the target one. As always, the problem is to decide how safe
is enough6, but discussion on this debated issue would require to introduce
economic considerations. This clearly goes beyond the scope of this paper
and shall be the object of further studies.
Moreover, given that the same 'material' partial safety factor should be
used for FRP regardless of the particular strengthening measure to design,
the scope of subsequent works shall be to extend the methodology to
include other strengthening measures, such as in shear, for confinement, for
anchorage zones, etc., where the 'internal' Y/ and 'external' partial safety
factors yR , are simultaneously calibrated.
REFERENCES
1. Eurocodel: ENV 1991-1, Basis of design and actions on structures, 1996.
2. Madsen, H.O., Krenk, S., and Lind, N.C., Methods of structural safety,
Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1986.
3. Melchers, R.E., Structural reliability analysis and prediction, 2nd Ed., Wiley,
Chichester, England, 1999.
4. Melchers, R.E., "Assessment of existing structures - Approaches and research
needs", J. of Structural Engineering, ASCE, 127(4), 2001.
5. Monti, G., Santini, S., "Reliability-based calibration of partial safety
coefficients for FRP", J. of Composites for Construction, ASCE, 6(3), 2002.
6. Rackwitz, R., "Optimization - the basis of code-making and reliability
verification", Structural Safety, 22,27-60,2000.
INTRODUCTION
A total of seven beams reinforced with steel, GFRP rebars or GFRP grid
were manufactured and tested. The beams were designed according to the
current design codes: ACI 318-99' for the steel reinforced beams and ACI
440.1R-012 for the GFRP rebar reinforced beams. The design moment and
total load capacity for the beams were 750 kip-in and 50 kips, respectively.
In this paper, design and fabrication as well as comparisons of these beams
in terms of reinforcement ratio, axial stiffness and failure modes is
presented.
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
Initially, one GFRP grid reinforced (SD3-90), two identical GFRP rebar
reinforced (FRP 1 and FRP 2) and two identical conventional steel rebar
reinforced (Steel 1 and Steel 2) beams were designed and fabricated. When
the beams were tested, it was observed that the steel rebar reinforced beams
carried approximately 20 kips more load than they were actually designed
for. Therefore, two additional steel rebar reinforced beams (Steel 3 and
Steel 4) with a lower reinforcement ratio were designed, fabricated and
tested.
All the beams had an 8 in by 12 in cross-section. They were 101 in
long. SD3-90 was reinforced with four 2 in high T-bars for longitudinal
reinforcement and three 1.5 in by 0.2 in rectangular strips for vertical
reinforcement placed 6 in on-center along the length of the beam. Threepart proprietary connecting bars called crossbars with a combined diameter
of 0.5 in were used as the transverse components of the grids3'4'5. FRP 1 and
FRP 2 were reinforced with three #7 glass fiber reinforced plastic (GFRP)
rebar and #3 open stirrups spaced at 4 in on-center along the length of the
beam. Steel 1 and Steel 2 were reinforced with three #6 rebars, whereas,
Steel 3 and Steel 4 had three #5 rebars. The steel reinforced beams had #3
stirrups at 5 in on-center along the length of the beams. All the beams had
#3 top bars to tie the reinforcing cages together and to provide stability.
The properties of the FRP reinforcements used in the design calculations are
summarized in Table 1.
Design
The beams were designed for a nominal moment capacity of 750 kip-in.
The concrete design strength, fc' was 5000 psi. SD3-90 was designed as
part of a prior set of experiments on FRP grid reinforced beams. The details
Bar Diameter
(in)
Af
(in2)
ffii
(ksi)
(ksi)
MIX
2"T
N/A
0.542
85.8
#3
0.375
0.131
110
5920
#7
0.875
0.593
85
5920
of the design are reported elsewhere4'5. The FRP reinforcement ratio, pf,
and balanced reinforcement ratio, pft,, for FRP1 and FRP 2 were calculated
using equations ACI440.1R-012. The balanced reinforcement ratio, Pf, for
the steel beams was calculated using ACI 318-991. The nominal moment
capacities for the FRP beams were calculated using ACI440.1R-01. The
details of the flexural design are provided in Table 2.
Table 2. Flexural Design
p
Pf
Pfi
M
(kip-in)
10
0.022
0.007
692
(in2)
B
(in)
d
(in)
Pb
(kip-in)
Steel 1/Steel 2
1.32
10
0.017
0.034
699
(kip)
46
Steel 3/Steel 4
0.93
10
0.012
0.034
512
34
(in )
b
(in)
FRP1/FRP2
1.78
Beam Name
Beam Name
Mi
max
(kip)
46
p
1
max
The nominal shear capacity of the FRP beams was determined from,
r.=Kj + vf
(i)
where, Vn = nominal shear capacity, Vcf = shear capacity of the concrete
when FRP bars are used, and Vf = shear capacity provided by the FRP
stirrups.. The shear capacity provided by concrete, Vc>f, was obtained as 2.3
kips from,
K,f=~fVc
(2)
The strength of the bent portion of the stirrups, f^, was calculated using the
following equation from ACI440.1R-01,
f
A
r
0
.
0
5
^
+
0.3
U^U
(3)
/ ,fi>
V
where, rb is the radius of the bend (in) and db is diameter of reinforcing bar
(in). The inside radius of the bent portion of the stirrup was assumed to be
rb = 3db where db is the diameter of the stirrups. In reality, rb = 5.7db, the
design was conservative and fn, was calculated as 49.5 ksi. The
manufacturer's data stated that the strength of the bent portion of the
stirrups was generally 38% of the ultimate tensile strength of the unbent
bars, that is fa, = 41.8 ksi which was lower than the calculated value. When
the strain in the stirrups was limited to 0.002, the tensile strength of the FRP
stirrups for shear design, ffv, was calculated as 11.8 ksi, which was
approximately 10% of the actual tensile strength of the #3 bars. This value
was felt to be extremely conservative and the tensile strength of the FRP
stirrups for shear design, fjv, was taken as 41.8 ksi, according to the
manufacturer's recommendation. The shear resistance provided by the
stirrups was calculated as Vf = 27.4 kips and the shear capacity of the cross
section was calculated as Vn = 29.7 kips. This was greater than the nominal
design requirement of V = 25 kips corresponding to the desired loadcarrying capacity of P = 50 kips.
Fabrication, Casting and Test Method
The beams were cast using ready mix concrete. The measured 28 day
compressive strength of the concrete, fc', was 5880 psi. The beams were
tested in a 1000 kip servo-hydraulic testing machine in displacement control
at a rate of 0.03 in/min. They were tested under four point bending on
simply supported spans of 90 inches. The moment span was 30 in. in all
tests. Fig.l shows beam SD3-90 during testing and Fig. 2 shows the same
beam at failure. Load and the crosshead deflection data were recorded
continuously using a HP 3852 data acquisition unit and Labview software.
TEST RESULTS
The maximum total load, Pmx, carried by each beam and the deflection, 8max,
corresponding to the maximum load are presented in Table 3. Load versus
crosshead deflection graphs are shown in Figs. 3 and 4. In Fig. 3, load
deflection graphs of all FRP rebar and steel reinforced beams are provided.
In Fig. 4, the load deflection graph of SD3-90 Is compared with one FRP
and one steel beam.
Faiiure Modes
All the beams except FRP 1 and SD3-90 failed In flexure. SD3-90 failed in
shear/compression followed by splitting failure of the longitudinal
reinforcement. FRP 1 also failed in shear/compression, whereas FRP 2
failed in flexure/compression. All steel reinforced beams failed In
flexure/tension. The ultimate failure of the steel reinforced beams occurred
after the tensile reinforcement yielded.
Beam Name
(in)
H2Eh
FRP 1
FRP2
Steel 1
Steel 2
Steel 3
Steel 4
SD3-9Q
1,59
1.53
1.74
1.71
3.02
3.02
1.57
47.5
57.1
71.7
66.3
49.1
49.7
49.6
',
if
- js-Fji'^Hj^fHf^*^
60
40 "jj
TOJ"
; p?r
20
:
1 JjF
\M
iJjL
0.0
'
j.
0.5
FRP1
* steel 2
_,
#FRP2
x steel 3
,
a steel
A steel 4
1
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
Crosshead Displacement (in)
3.0
3,5
Fig. 3. Load deflection plots of steel and FRP rebar reinforced beams
Fig. 5 shows FRP 1 at failure. The failure of this beam was much like
the failure mode observed in most of the FRP grid reinforced beams5.
Uniformly distributed shear cracking was observed, followed by flexural
shear cracking in the shear spans. The load deflection behavior was almost
linear until the major shear crack that caused the failure of the beam reached
the load point and the concrete, in the vicinity of the load point started
crashing. The beam held the maximum load while deflecting an additional
0.7 in. The catastrophic drop in the load was due to the failure of the stirrup
^ * i
: I FRP 1
40
1
s
\ \
\ .-< steel 3
30
"Hi 1
]- --- JFI - -
|20
10
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
at the lower bend. This failure mode was undesirable and unexpected since
the beam was designed to ultimately fail in flexure/compression.
Fig. 6 shows FRP 2 at failure. This beam failed in flexural
compression. Major flexural and shear cracking was observed prior to the
failure of the beam. When the maximum load was attained, the concrete
under both of the load points started crushing. These local cracks lead to
horizontal cracks that propagated towards the midspan that joined together
in the middle resulting in compressive crashing in the entire moment span.
The ultimate strength of FRP 1 was 47.5 kips, whereas the ultimate
strength of FRP 2 was 57.1 kips. The 10' kip difference between the beam
capacities was due to the premature failure of FRP 1 in shear due to the
failure of the stirrup at the bend. All the steel reinforced beams failed in the
same manner. The steel reinforced beams displayed elastic-plastic load
displacement behavior. The tensile reinforcement started yielding at about
65 kips for Steel 1 and Steel 2 and at about 45 kips for Steel 3 and Steel 4.
The beams ultimately failed due to secondary concrete compression failure
after yielding.
DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
FRP 1 did not fail in flexure as expected. FRP 2, which was identical to
FRP 1, failed in this mode. As mentioned earlier, the strength of the stirrups
at the bends was determined according to the manufacturers data. The
strain in the' stirrups was not limited to 0.002 as recommended by AC1
440.1R-01. However, the strength of the stirrups at the bends is
unpredictable? as they are greatly influenced by the manufacturing process.
As observed during the testing of FRP 1 and FRP 29 the stirrups did fail in
FRP 1 causing the beam to fail in flexure, whereas they were intact
throughout the testing of FRP 2 and this beam failed in flexure/compression.
These results show that it is reasonable to limit the strain in the stirrups in
the design to 0.002 even though it appears to be a conservative value.
In Table 4 the FRP reinforced and steel reinforced beams are compared
in terms of area and axial stiffness (AE) of the reinforcement, and load
capacity at a deflection of //240 (service conditions.)
As,Af
(in2)
AE
(kip)
P @8V240
Map
(kip)
(kip-in)
FRP 1
1.780
10538
19.7
726
FRP 2
1.780
10538
20.5
857
Steel 1
1.320
38280
36.5
1076
Steel 2
1.320
38320
44.8
995
Steel 3
0.930
26970
31.1
737
Steel 4
0.930
26970
31.6
746
SD3-90
2.216
10572
18.2
744
The FRP grid reinforced beam and FRP rebar reinforced beams are
comparable in terms of axial stiffness, and the load the beams can carry
under service conditions. FRP 1 and FRP 2 had an axial stiffness of 10538
kips, whereas, SD3-90 had an axial stiffness of 10572 kips. These beams
had an average ultimate load carrying capacity of approximately 50 kips.
Steel 3 and Steel 4 also had the same ultimate capacities as these beams.
The average load carried by the FRP reinforced beams (SD3-90, FRP 1 and
FRP 2) under permissible deflections was approximately 60% of the steel
reinforced beams (Steel 3 and Steel 4). On the other hand the average axial
stiffness of the FRP reinforced beams was only 40% of steel reinforced
beams.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Support for this work was provided by the US National Science Foundation
under grant no. CMS 9896074. The donation of FRP materials by
Strongwell (manufacturers of the FRP grid), and Hughes Brothers
(manufacturers of the FRP rebar) is acknowledged. William Lang and John
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural
Concrete (318-99) and Commentary (318R-99), American Concrete
Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, 1999.
2. ACI Committee 440, Guide for the Design and Specification of
Concrete Structures Reinforced with FRP Bars, American Concrete
Institute, ACI 440.1R-01, Farmington Hills, Michigan, 2001.
3. Bank, L. C. and Ozel, M. "Shear Failure of Concrete Beams Reinforced
with 3-D FRP Grids," Fiber Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement for
Reinforced Concrete Structures, Fourth International Symposium, SP188, C. W. Dolan, S. H. Rizkalla and A. Nanni, eds., American
Concrete Institute, 1999, pp. 145-156.
4. Ozel, M., "Behavior of Concrete Beams Reinforced with 3-D Fiber
Reinforced Plastic Grids," PhD Dissertation, University of Wisconsin,
Madison, 2002, 180 pp.
5. Ozel, M. and Bank, L.C., "Behavior of Concrete Beams Reinforced
with 3-D Composite Grids", American Society for Composites, 16th
Annual Technical Conference, Virginia, September 9-12, 2001, CDROM.
H. NORDIN
Dept of Civil Engineering, Lulea University of Technology, 971 87 Lulea, SWEDEN
B. T AUSTEN
Dept of Civil Engineering, Lulea University of Technology, 971 87 Lulea, SWEDEN
Skanska TeknikAB, 169 83 Solna, SWEDEN
The need for concrete repair and rehabilitation is well known and many
countries in the world are researching in this field. New technical solutions
and methods that can effectively bring forth more economical ways of
upgrading structures are most welcome. In recent years the use of CFRP
plate bonding has shown to be such a method. This technology implies that
a thin carbon fibre laminate or fabric is bonded to the surface of the
structure and then acts as an outer reinforcement layer. Most of the
applications world-wide have been with no pre-stressing of the laminates or
sheets, even though there have been investigations presented where CFRP
laminates have been pre-stressed before they have been bonded to the
concrete surface. However, the risk of damage by for example vehicle
impact can be disastrous to such a structure. At Lulea University of
Technology, research is taking place in the field of CFRP - plate bonding.
Recently, extensive research has been undertaken to investigate the
possibilities of using CFRP laminates as Near Surface Mounted
Reinforcement (NSMR). This method may be defined as a method where
FRP rods are bonded in slots in a concrete cover. By pre-stressing the
reinforcement a compressive force is transferred into the concrete structure
at the same time as they are protected in the slot. This paper presents
laboratory tests for concrete beams strengthened with pre-stressed near
surface mounted CFRP bars.
INTRODUCTION
It is no doubt that there is a great potential for, and considerable economic
advantages in, FRP strengthening. However, if the technique is to be used
effectively, a sound understanding of both the short-term and long-term
behaviour of the bonding system is required. It also requires reliable
information concerning the adhesion to concrete and composite. The
execution of the bonding work is also of great importance in order to
n\
M= Z
(1)
Correspondingly, the stress from the compressive force at level z is:
P
Pe
crP =
z
A
(2)
+ <jM
M
IVI
Pe
(3)
where the bending moment, M, acts on a cross section together with a prestress force P. Here, e is the level arm from the centre of gravity to the prestress force, z is the distance from the centre of gravity to the NSMR, and A
and / are the cross sectional area and moment of inertia for an uncracked
section respectively.
LABORATORY TESTS
Not many tests with NSMR have been reported in the literature. However,
tests with circular and rectangular rods4'14 have been performed. In addition
even fewer tests have been made with pre-stressed NSMR bars.
The beams were subjected to a four-point bending as shown in Figure 3
with a free span of 3600 mm. The beams were 4 meters long with a cross
section of 200 x 300 mm. Three type of beams were tested, a reference
beam [RefJ, a beam strengthened without pre-stress [NP] and beams
strengthened with pre-stress [P]. The beams that were strengthened had a
slot in the soffit, which had been sawed with a cross section 15x15 mm.
The beams were reinforced for shear with 010 steel stirrups at 75 mm
spacing and with a 30 mm concrete cover. The longitudinal steel
reinforcement was 016, two at the top and two at the bottom.
F/2
Concrete
///////
Mounted
Reinforcement)-^
Beam
JZ
Stg No. x,
1
2
J
Strain gouges
[mm]
20
200
400
2000
Material data of the concrete and CFRP rods are recorded in Table 1.
The NSMR rods had a cross-section of 10 x 10 mm. For the steel
reinforcement, the characteristic value is fy(j = 500 MPa and Es = 205 GPa.
The adhesive had the following material properties: Young's modulus, Ea =
7.0 GPa, compressive strength, fca = 103 MPa and tensile strength, fct = 31
MPa with a viscosity of 28 Pas.
Table 1. Data of the CFRP materials used in test
Ref
NP
P
fee
fct
Ef
8fu
[MPa/
[MPa]
[GPa]
rQ,
61
64
68
fj
_ [MPa]
3.5""' -T"
3.6 160 17.5 2 800
3.8 160 17.5 2 800
FEE-STRESSING
The pre-stressing was made with the beams on the floor with the bottom
face up. The slots were cleaned from all contaminations such as dust and
small particles and were then filled with sufficiently amount of adhesive.
The rods were then positioned in the adhesive filled slots. Each of the rods
had 5 strain gauges bonded to its outer surface with the first just outside the
end of the beam, three at the last 400 mm at one end of the beam and one in
the middle. The placement of the strain gauges are shown in Figure 3. The
rods were then subjected to a pre-stressing force until the strain of
approximately 0.002 was achieved, this correspond approximately to a
stress of 320 MPa.
After the adhesive in the slots had cured for five days the pre-stressing
force was released. The force was then transferred to shear force in the
adhesive bond. A compressive force is then introduced to the lower part of
the beam and a tensile force to the upper part, see Figure 5.
300-i
250-
1? 200f
150-
E
<8
ioo-
50-
10 20
[fj,str]
30 40
Figure 5. Strain changed over the height of the beam when releasing the prestressing force
In Figure 5 the change in strain for three points can be studied for the
release of the pre-stressing force at the middle of the beam span. The three
points that were measured were the top of the beam, the lower steel
reinforcement and the CFRP. The theoretical strain is calculated using
Equation (3).
BENDING
The strengthened beams give an increase in ultimate load of almost 70 %
compared with the reference beam. Beams strengthened with pre-stressed
CFRP had a 37 % increase in load before the steel yielded compared with
the unstressed beam NP and an increase in the cracking load of about 80 %
compared with the reference beam but the same ultimate load as NP.
140
120 -
100
"o
ra
80
60
40 -
20
-i
10
20
30
40
50
60
300-1
Test
Theory
250-
200
*5j
I
i'r
-2000 -1000
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Compression and tension [fJ-str]
Figure 7. Strain changed over the height of the beam just before the steel
reinforcement yields
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors acknowledge the financial support that has been provided by
SKANSKA AB, BPE Systems AB and The Development Fund of the
Swedish Construction Industry. Also Hakan Johansson and Georg
Danielsson at Testlab, Lulea University of Technology shall be
acknowledged for their help and support.
REFERENCES
1. Taljsten B., (2001), "Design guidelines - a Scandinavian approach",
International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering
CICE 2001 Ed. J.G. Teng, Hong Kong, ISBN: 0-08-043945-4
Columbia, Vancouver June 18-20, 2001, Edt. Banthia N., Sakai K. and
Gjorv O.E., ISBN 0-88865-782-X, pp 1817 - 1826.
12. Wight G. and Erki M.A., (2001), "Pre-stressed CFRP for strengthening
concrete slabs in fatigue", International Conference on FRP
Composites in Civil Engineering CICE 2001 Ed. J.G. Teng, Hong Kong,
ISBN: 0-08-043945-4
13. De Lorenzis L., Nanni A. and La Tegola, A., (2000), "Flexural and
Shear Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Structures with Near
Surface Mounted FRP Rods" Advanced Composite Materials in Bridges
and Structures, Proc. of 3rd Int. Conf, Ed. Humar, J.L. and Razaqpur,
A.G. Ottawa, ISBN: 0-7709-0447-5, pp. 521-528.
14. Carolin A., Nordin H. and Taljsten B., (2001), "Concrete beams
strengthened with pre-stressed near surface mounted reinforcement
(NSMR)" International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil
Engineering CICE 2001 Ed. J.G. Teng, Hong Kong, ISBN: 0-08043945-4, pp 1059-1066
- 111
_+
-- t-o -
i>8@
-~* ~
AS2
o-I55Dtl00
4,J
100g
1
TvuiPhc
ICFRrShisl 1
yb
>
550
r * MH 180
ItKj
550
J.l
100
480 I
i!
o
<N.
CFRP Stnps
AS3
AS5
AS6
Figure 1. Specimens, CFRP Strengthening Details and Strain-Gage
Instrumentation (All Dimensions in mm)
Each slab was internally reinforced with welded steel mesh at the
bottom, with 10 mm-diameter bars spaced at 100 mm in the span direction,
and 8 mm-diameter bars at 200 mm spacing in the transverse direction. The
mesh was placed at an average depth of 135 mm. For slabs with an opening,
the net distance between the opening edge and the adjacent parallel bars
was 50 mm, while the perpendicular bars were cut along the opening edge.
Each slab thus had a uniform longitudinal reinforcement ratio, psx, of 0.58%
and a transverse reinforcement ratio, psy, of 0.20%. The 0.2 per cent yield
strength for longitudinal and transverse steel bars were 600 and 640 MPa
respectively.
The detail geometry of test slabs is presented in Table 1. Slab RAl was
a solid slab while RA2 had an opening measuring 1100 mm by 1000 mm at
1089
its center. Slabs AS 1 and AS5 were identical to RA2 except that they were
strengthened using CFRP sheets (wet lay-up laminate) and strips (procured
laminates) respectively. Slabs AS3 and AS6 also had an opening with the
same length of 1100 mm as AS1, but with different widths of 1400 mm and
600 mm, respectively. Slab AS2 had an opening measuring 700 mm by 600
mm at the center. The material properties of the CFRP systems are given in
Table 2.
Table 1.
Slabs Properties
Opening Size
Slab*
Length
cx mm
RA1
NA
RA2
1100
1100
AS1
AS2
AS3
AS5
AS6
WidthCy
mm
=cx/L0
NA
0.44
0.44
700
1100
1100
028
0.44
0.44
1100
0.44
Long.
Apx mm2
NA
NA
NA
1000
0.42
0.42
NA
0.16x1400
025
0.58
0.16x800
0.16x1000x2
0.42
025
12x200
0.16x800
1000
600
1400
1000
600
Py
Trans.
Apy mm2
NA
CFRP
System
NA
NA
NA
0.16x600
0.16x400"
0.16x400x2
Sheet
12x200
Sheet
Sheet
Ship
0.16x400
Sheet
Note: * Length Lx = 2700 mm, Width Ly = 2400 mm, Span L = 2500 mm, Slab thickness ft = 150 mm,
Effective Depth de = 135 mm; ** Diagonally Reinforced.
Type
Nominal
Thickness
(mm/ply)
Ultimate
Strength
(MPa)
Design
Strength
(MPa)
Elastic
Modulus
(MPa)
Ultimate
Elong.
(%)
0.16
4275
3790
228,000
1.7
1.2
3050
2800
165,000
1.7
Wet lay-up
laminate
Procured
laminate
Strengthening Schemes
The strengthening schemes for Slabs AS 1 to AS6 are shown in Fig. 1.
CFRP sheets were used to strengthen the slabs, except Slab AS5 for which
CFRP strips were utilized. All the strengthened slabs were designed to carry
a total load equal to the load-carrying capacity of the solid slab RA1. The
"W
LVDT
Rockei/
550
o
n
L
J.
PJL
11'00
(|)10@100
Roller
550 l
8@200_
n
Ul
j20Q[
[
2300
RA1
"a "S -
cea
imi
S it
^
3
Rei)
3
Peak
>-4
eak
AS3
AS5
AS6
106
64
66
106
46
72
104
1.89
1.86
1.76
1.75
0.91
1.39
1.58
24
375
25
227
26
419
32
393
25
342
28
282
32
391
20.05
20.04
19.98
20.02
19.99
16.48
20.02
86
89
165
120
188
111
198
3891
4255
N.A
463
N.A
250
2871
3245
3466
4315
3274
4809
3173
3108
3715
5474
452
496
27.67
22.44
28.53
29.28
106
98
178
152
5627
5480
N.A
513
N.A
307
5594
5455
5696
6494
477
558
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
371
324
537
44.83
53.68
27.71
39.48
22.68
37.94
40.81
118
121
188
170
204
127
164
>1500
0
11823
4969
9084
3805
6093
6758
CFRP(xlff )
N.A
N.A
5165
8680
5441
3350
8717
Load(kN)
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
255
359
299
28.69
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
484
65.39
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
Load(kN)
A (mm)
M. (kNm/m)
6
Rein. (xlO )
CFRPz(xl(f)
A (mm)
M. (kNm/m)
" Rein.(xl(T6)
CFRP(xl(f)
A (mm)
M. (kNm/m)
Rein.(xl(f)
6
2-
AS2
A (mm)
M. (kNm/m)
Load(kN)
a
AS1
LoadfkN)
Load(kN)
RA2
A (mm)
141
21.93
307
480
26.88
28.88
121
147
5394
3304
5651
6727
42.34
148
164
100
M. (kNm/m)
12055 8229
Rein.(xl(I6)
8670
4196
N.A
CFRP(xl06)
9876
4748
4249
* Corresponds to a deflection limit of about 20 mm as observed at 70% ultimate loads of
RA1 and RA2, except Slab AS5, for which it corresponds to a deflection at 70% of its
ultimate load.
(Note: A was measured at the mid-span of the slab; was the maximum measured value at
the mid-span section along the longitudinal direction.)
o
and manifests in the case where a larger amount and hence a higher stiffness
of FRP reinforcement is used, as in Slabs ASS and AS6.
Slab shear failure
Shear failure will control when the flexural resistance exceeds the shear
resistance. As shown in Fig. 3(c), Slab AS2 failed in shear across the slab
width near one support. The FRP system was so effective that the slab
attained the highest load-carrying capacity among all the test specimens.
Bottom View
(a) failure Mode i CAS1, ASS)
Figure 3 Failure Modes
Load-deflection Characteristics
The load-deflection characteristics of the slabs are shown in Fig. 4. Each
slab exhibited linear behavior up to the cracking load. Beyond cracking, a
rapid change in the slope in the load-deflection curve was observed. With
further loading, yielding of internal reinforcement occurred in
unstrengthened slabs, at which point a plateau in the load-deflection curve
was observed, whereas the strengthened slabs exhibited drastic drop soon
after that.
Slab RA1 exhibited a stiffer response compared to RA2 as it did not
contain an opening. In both slabs RA1 and RA2, flexural cracks first
appeared in the pure bending region. Compared to RA1, the cracking load
of RA2 was reduced by approximately the ratio of opening width to slab
width, py With further loading, the cracks developed upward quickly and
20
30
40
50
Mid-Span Deflection (mm)
Figure 4. Load vs. Mid-span Deflection Characteristics
Load-strain Characteristics
The load-strain diagrams for all slabs are similar in characteristics to the
respective load-deflection diagrams during the prior and post crack stage.
Once cracking occurred, there was a sudden strain increase in both internal
steel and external CFRP reinforcement. The increase was more obvious for
slabs strengthened with CFRP sheets concentrated near the opening (AS2,
AS6) than for slabs with FRP sheets spread over the remaining slab width
(AS1, AS3) or slabs strengthened with CFRP strips (AS5). Thereafter, the
strains increased steadily up to about 70 to 75 per cent of peak load. The
strains in the CFRP reinforcement were approximately the same as those in
the internal steel reinforcement at the same location.
After that, obvious divergence was observed due to local deformation
and stress concentration. For slabs where the internal steel reinforcement
has yielded (AS 1, AS2, AS6), a gradually ascending trend was observed for
the strains in the reinforcements. The remaining slabs, AS3 and AS5,
attained the peak load before the steel reinforcement yielded and no plateau
was observed. The maximum measured strains at peak load ranged between
0.7 to 0.9 per cent for Slabs AS2 and AS6, between 0.5 to 0.6 per cent for
Slabs AS1 and AS3, and between 0.3 and 0.4 per cent for Slab AS5.
The typical strain distributions are illustrated using the results for Slab
AS1, as shown in Fig. 5. The strains across the mid-span developed the
same pattern for both reinforcements, as shown by Figs. 5 (a) and (d). No
significant difference was observed between strains at the opening edge and
at the center of the remaining section. Comparatively, the strains in the
CFRP reinforcement increased slightly faster than the strains in the steel
reinforcement. Near failure of the slab, the strains in the CFRP
reinforcement increased rapidly, due to the yielding of steel reinforcement.
The strains along the section just ahead of opening are shown in Figs. 5
(b) and (e). Again, the strains in the steel bars were similar to those in the
CFRP reinforcement, and the values were slightly smaller than those at the
mid-span sections. The strains in the steel bars disturbed by the opening
increased much slower, while the strain at the opening corner (location Ci)
displayed an abrupt change at a load about 250 kN, and reached 0.1 per cent
at ultimate. The strains at the center of transverse edge of opening (location
di and d2) were low, being less than 0.02 per cent at failure.
The strains in the transverse reinforcement ahead of opening were
shown in Figs. 5 (c) and (f). The ultimate strain at the corner reached 0.15
to 0.2 per cent, while no significant strains were observed at the center.
500
_
z
400
&
300
100
200
4
6
Strain (xlo~ J )
600
500 5
400
I. 300
o
ro
2 200
100
2
4
6
Strain (X10"1)
4
6
Strain (x10"a)
(f) CFRP Stra in
4
P/\ A
Ell's
'
2
4
6
Strain ( x 1 0 3 )
4
Strain (x10 3 )
INTRODUCTION
Strengthening of existing reinforced concrete (RC) structures can arise for
many different reasons: upgrading the load-carrying capacity, the necessity
to make changes in the structure or the need to solve problems that have
occurred during construction. Holes in slabs are one of the most common
problems encountered. In these cases, installation of escalators, elevators or
utilities such as air conditioning, heating or wiring ducts is often required.
\ ~ T" "1
1111
m
Ym.
vil ...
mzZ^&M
mm
11
^
1
4\
4L
-ilk
(b) Slab Detail
Based on the survey, it was determined that the typical RC slab was 5.5
in (14 cm) thick, 16.8 ft (512 cm) long and 8.38 ft (255 cm) wide. The main
reinforcement consisted of one layer of #4 (12 mm) steel bars spaced 12 in
(30 cm) center-to-center at mid span, and #4 steel bars spaced 12 in (30 cm)
center-to-center at the support in the E-W direction. In the N-S direction,
#4 steel bars, spaced 18 in (45.7 cm) center-to-center were used as
temperature and shrinkage reinforcement. All steel bars tested showed an
average yield strength of fy = 60 ksi (fy = 415N/mm2). Concrete properties
were evaluated using six cores taken from different locations in the slab
prior to testing and an average concrete cylinder strength of f c = 4500 psi
(f c = 31 N/mm2) was found.
Test mmtrm
A total of six one-way square slab specimens were available to be tested
within the deck of the garage (see Figure lc), by saw-cutting the deck (Ml
depth) along carefully defined lines. Two different series of tests are
described in this paper.
In the first, three slabs (SI to S3, see Figure 2a) were tested to failure to
investigate the effectiveness of CFRP-strengthening schemes for slabs with
cutouts centered at mid span. All test slabs were of the same dimensions of
102 in x 97 in x 5.5 in (259 cm x 246 cm x 14 cm). Each slab had
approximately eight #4 bars as bottom reinforcement at mid span and the
same amount as top reinforcement at the support, spanning one third of the
span in each direction. Specimen SI served as the control specimen with
Bottom Strengthening
CFRP Laminates
S3
Steeleirder
(a) SI-S3
(b)S4-S6
Figure 2- Geometry and Detail of Strengthening of Slabs
In the second series of tests, three slabs (S4 to S6, see Figure 2b) with
openings cut in the negative moment region were tested to failure. Isolation
cuts were performed as in the first series of slabs. Slab S4 served as control
specimen and slabs S5 and S6 were prepared using the same philosophy
followed for the first series of specimens. The dimensions of the openings
were the same as for slabs SI-S3 with the only difference being that for this
series, the opening was cut very close to the support (~ 2 in (5 cm) from the
edge of the steel joist). The external reinforcement was applied in a similar
fashion to slabs S2 and S3: slab S5 was strengthened only on the top
surface, centered over the support, by applying a total of two strips with two
plies each, each of them 12 in (30 cm) wide and 70 in (178 cm) long; slab
S6 had the same amount of strengthening on the top face as slab S5, but also
had four strips on the underside, positioned as for specimen S2.
m
m
m
Section View
Top View
Figure 3-Test Set Up
The slabs SI-S3 were loaded at four concentrated points in order to
engage the entire cross section and to simulate a distributed load around the
opening. Slabs S4-S6 were loaded over eight points to achieve maximum
moment over the support where the opening had been cut. The load was
applied in cycles in both cases through hydraulic jacks connected to the
same pump, and measured using a 200-Mp (900 kN) load cell.
Displacements were measured at eleven significant points using linear
variable differential transformers (LVDTs). The strains in the external
reinforcement were measured using strain gages (see Figure 4).
L9. *
ZZ3
3ZZ3
Strain gages
LVDT's
Figure 4 - LVDTs and Strain Gage Positions
S1-S3
Slab
SI
S2
S3
N/A
20.6%
17.6%
100
130
110
Failure mode
Flexure (crash)
Flexure (delam.)
Flexure (delam.)
6
i
40000
Slab
S4
S5
S6
Failure mode
Shear
Shear
Shear
Figure 8 shows the Load vs Deflection curves for series S4-S6. All
slabs failed in shear. Clearly, the strengthening scheme adopted here could
not return the slab to its original strength prior to the hole having been cut.
In fact, the 'strengthening5 seems to have precipitated premature failure at a
load well below the unstrengthened specimen S4. Specimen S5, with only
top-surface laminates, seems to have been particularly weakened by the
presence of the FRP.
Central Deflection (em)
1
PU
-4
T
0.2
0.4
REFERENCES
1. ACI (2002) Guide for The Design and Construction of Externally
Bonded FRP Systems for Strengthening Concrete Structures, ACI
440.2R-02, Detroit, Michigan, USA.
2. Arockiasamy, M., Sowrirajan, R., Shahawy, M. and Beitelman, T.E.
(1995) "Concrete beams and slabs retrofitted with CFRP laminates."
Proc. of the 11th Conf on Eng. Meek, ASCE, New York, 776-779.
3. Casadei, P., Nanni, A., and Ibell, T. (2003). "Experiments on Two-Way
RC Slabs with Openings Strengthened with CFRP Laminates,"
Proceedings ofAdvancing with Composites 2003, on occasion of "Plast
2003, May 7-9, Milano, Italy.
4. Ichimasu, H., Maruyama, M, Watanabe, H., and Hirose, T. (1993). "RC
slabs strengthened by bonded carbon FRP plates: Part 1-Laboratory
Study." FRPRCS, ACISP-138, A. Nanni, and C. W. Dolan, 933-955.
5. Islam, S. and Park., R. (1971). "Yield-Line Analysis of Two Way RC
Slabs with Openings." J. Inst. Struct. Eng., Vol. 49, No. 6, 269-276.
6. Karbhari, V. M., Seible, F., Seim, W., and Vasquez, A. (1999). "Poststrengthening of concrete slabs." FRPRCS4, ACI SP-188, C. W. Dolan,
S. H. Rizkalla and A. Nanni, American Concrete Institute, 1163-1173.
7. Lahlouh, E.-H., and Waldron, P. (1992). "Membrane action in one-way
slab strip." Proc. ICE-Structures & Buildings, 94(4), 419-428.
8. Lash, S.D., Banerjee, A. (1967). "Strength of Simply Supported Square
Plates with Central Square Openings." Trans. Eng. Inst. Can., Vol. 10,
No.A-5,3-11.
9. Takahashi, Y., and Sato, Y. (2001). "Experimental study on the
strengthening effect of a CFRP sheet for RC slabs." FRPRCS5, Thomas
Telford, Cambridge, UK, 989-996.
10. Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T., and Lam, L. (2002) "Flexural
Strengthening of Slabs." FRP Strengthened RC Structures, John Wiley
&Sons, 135-146.
11. Zaslvasky, A. (1967). "Yield-Line Analysis of Rectangular Slabs with
Central Openings." Proceedings ACI, Vol. 64, 838-844.
12. Zhang, J. W., Teng, J. G., Wong, Y. L., and Lu, Z. T. (2001). "Behavior
of two-way RC slabs externally bonded with steel plate." Journal of
Structural Engineering, ASCE, 127(4), 390-397.
analytical method considers the actions of the concrete, the steel hoop and the
GFRP jacket.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Specimen Details
Six full-scale reinforced concrete beam-column joints were constructed. All
specimens are of identical dimension, as shown in Figure 1. The longitudinal
steel bars in beams and columns of six specimens are identical. The only
difference was the shear reinforcement in the joint, as shown in Table 1. The
GFRP jacket is shown in Figure 2. The strengthening methods and the
amounts of GFRP jacket for all of specimens are identical.
Table 1. Shear stirrups and strengthening status of joints
Specimen
Shear stirrups
Ratio of shear
reinforcement
Strengthening
status
Al-1
Al-2
A2-1
A2-2
A3-1
A3-1R
A3-2
408
408
5010
5010
5012
5012
5012
0.75%
0.75%
1.47%
1.47%
2.12%
2.12%
2.12%
Not
GFRP
Not
GFRP
Not
GFRP
GFRP
Material Properties
Table 2 presents the main mechanical properties of the reinforcing steel bar
and the GFRP jacket. The average concrete compressive strength is 23.6 MPa,
the tensile strength is 2.1 MPa, and the elastic modulus is 25500 MPa.
Table 2. Material properties of the steel bar and the GFRP jacket
/,(MPa)
E (MPa)
08
302
/.(MPa)
420
010
258
422
2.1xl0 5
012
390
548
2.1xl0 5
018
357
582
2.1xl0 5
022
363
566
2.1xl0 5
l.lxlO4
GV^P jacket
230
2.1xl0 5
1050
4*18
1
1
400
2500
11
11
*4=L
4*18
$8-100 J250|
1-1
12*22
#8-100 I
1050
' 1
400
2-2
1700
1700
1400
3800
noo
600
1400
600
HOP
3800
Test Set-up
The test set-up is shown in Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5. The specimen was
subjected to a cyclic loading pattern using two jacks in the end of the beam.
Data from load cells, displacement transducers, and strain gauges were
recorded using a computer controlled data acquisition system.
Specimen A3-1 was tested to crack in the joint area, and then
strengthened with GFRP jacket, and designated as A3-1R. Specimens Al-2,
A2-2, and A3-2 were strengthened with GFRP jacket before tests.
Jack
Load cell
Displacement
traHsSucer"
(h
tSr-=
Figure 3. Test set-up
Xtt
32=3,
lp
16
Loading
cycles
10 ESSE
0.164
0.211
0.185
0.214
Per
(kN)
40.3
43.5
(kN)
70.85
94.76
82.30
91.88
(kN)
81.8
104.5
91.9
106.3
(mm)
16.01
20.64
17.60
23.03
(mm)
45.80
57.30
38.11
55.16
88.23
90.70
109.5
108.0
25.02
19.83
62.14
55.22
44.8
0.221
0.218
1, in which
Kj=the shear force carried by the joint area, bj =the width of the joint area, b^=bc,
6c=the width of the column, Aj=the depth of the joint area, hj=hb, /zb=the depth of the
beam.
Specimens A1-2 and A2-2 showed better deforming capability (6Ay) than
non-strengthened specimens, Al-1 (5Ay) and A2-1 (4Ay). Pre-cracked
specimen A3-1R showed almost the same deforming capability as the
specimen A3-2.
During the loading cycle Ay, strengthened specimen A1-2 had the
stiffness equivalent to the non-strengthened specimen Al -1. After the loading
cycle Ay, the GFRP jacket carried the shear force in the joint, and improved
the flexural behavior of the beam by confining the concrete. So the/stiffness
-80
-40
0
40 80
Displacement / mm
(a) Al-1
(b)Al-2
-80
-40 0
40 80
Displacement / mm
(c)A2-l
(d)A2-2
-80
-40
40
80
Displacement / mm
(e)A3-lR
(f)A3-2
Z
-80
-40
0
40
80
Displacement / mm
-40
-80
40 80
Displacement / mm
-80
-40
0
40 80
Displacement / mm
I3U
3 75
^
0
S1 -75
- -150
1
-80
^r
-40
0
40 80
Displacement / mm
(g)A3-l
150
75
0
-75
150
-/=^>
-80
-.40, 0
,40
Displacement / mm
(a)Al-l andAl-2
150
75
X<^>
s
-80
80
-.40, 0
,40
Displacement / mm
80
(b)A2-landA2-2
y 2P ""~'^
B)
o -75
-150
-A3-1
-Ai-IR
~a-7
-80
-40
0
40
Displacement / mm
80
(c)A3-l,A3-lRandA3-2
Figure 8. Load-displacement envelopes
v=vc + vs + vF
(i)
in which, Kc=the shear carried by the concrete in the joint area, Ks=the shear
carried by the shear reinforcement in the joint, and KF=the shear carried by the
GFRP jacket.
Based on the Chinese Code (GBJ10-89)5, the concrete contribution, Vc,
and the shear steel contribution, Vs, can be estimated as:
Vc= 0.1(1+ -^-)fcbjhj
(2)
Ve=^{hbQ-a;)
(3)
(4)
(us)
FF
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
0.850
196.2
529.6
714.4
622.7
7430
795.5
0.898
610.1
699.5
0.872
^F.e
(kN)
(kN)
Al-1
407.6
122.0
Al-2
407.6
122.0
A2-1
407.6
202.5
A2-2
407.6
202.5
3126
82.5
692.6
809.3
0.856
A3-1R
407.6
440.7
4865
128.4
976.7
822.2
1.188
A3-2
407.6
440.7
1667
44.0
892.3
833.6
1.070
CONCLUSIONS
An experimental program was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the
reinforced beam-column joint strengthened with GFRP jacket. Results of the
test showed that GFRP jacket enhanced the reinforced concrete joint both in
the ultimate shear capacity and the deformation ability, and changed the
failure mode of a joint from shear failure in the joint to shear failure in the
joint and plastic hinge in the beam. The GFRP jacket enhanced shear ultimate
shear capacity and deformation ability of the joint in the same manner as
shear reinforcement. The effectiveness of GFRP jacket depended on the
effective strain. The GFRP jacket acted as an extremely efficient form of
lateral confinement, enhancing the ultimate concrete compressive strength
and strain, and improved the flexural bearing capacity and deformation ability
of the beam and the column. A method for calculating the shear ultimate
capacity of the joint strengthened with GFRP jacket was proposed.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
LJ
3.3 m
3.3 m
4.0 m ,
K
30 O6/200O14
d=260
f
/4.0 m
b=260
(a)
(b)
The frame is designed using old standards and has relatively poor
detailing and limited ductility, failing in a sway mechanism. Pushover
analysis of the frame was carried out to determine the failure mechanism,
shown in Figure 2, and later on to assess the effect of strengthening
interventions.
I,
Z100
80
60
40
20
0
Tp2f
"Y
collapse
First yielding
0.1
0.2
0.3
^=1+
3(Lp/L)\^-0.5Lp/L)
where L is the distance from the critical section of the plastic hinge to the
point of contraflexure and Lp is the length of the plastic hinge region1
which is calculated based on the yield stress, fy ,and the diameter of the
longitudinal rebars, dg,(L = 0.08Z + 0.022 fyd,
f.
The design procedure of the required thickness of the FRP for plastic
hinge confinement has been described by numerous authors2'3'4'5. In general,
for a target displacement ductility//, , the required curvature ductility //,
is calculated from Eq. (1). The required ultimate compressive strain of FRPconfined concrete is then given by:
cu=0u-x = Mt-0y-x
(2)
where x is the neutral axis depth. The yield curvature t/>y can be found by a
moment-curvature analysis. The required thickness of the FRP for the
plastic hinge confinement can then be calculated using an appropriate
confinement model as presented in the next section.
developed for
(3)
effective lateral confining pressure induced by the FRP jacket. For rectangular
sections the lateral confining pressure differs in the two orthogonal axes of the
column. In this case the confined concrete strength is given by9:
fee ~
a a
(4)
\ 2Jco
fly
a2 = 1.4-0.6
f 'A
fliy
yfhj
-0.8
-\.6-r--\
(5a)
'A. + 1
J co
(5b)
=k
^Ppfj
and
fi9y
=k
where
ePjyfj,
can be calculated as
ratio, pjx and pjy are confinement volumetricratiosin the * and y directions
and fj is the stress in the FRP jacket.
The effective confinement ratio ke for rectangular sections is given by
the ratio of effectively confined concrete core, Ae, to the area of concrete
enclosed by the FRP jacket, Ac, as follows (see Figure 3):
h
kg
,2
+d
ghPsc
'K)l
(6)
~Psc
v/here Ag =bd-(4-7r)r
and
pjx = 2tj lb, where t} is the thickness of the FRP jacket, Ej and ej are
the Young's modulus and the strain In the FRP jacket, respectively.
strength, fcc, can be calculated using Eq. (3) by replacing // with f\u .
The ultimate compressive strain and strength are given by:
mi
~ CC
(
Yi1" s e
Ec
^secv^c ~Esec,u)
Esec,u\Ec -^sec)
/,
^Jsec,ucu
(')
cc ' co =
\.15 + m(filfco)
(8)
and / ,
where
the
shape
factor,^,
is
defined
as
, can be
(9)
where acowci is the effective confinement index and the global confinement
effectiveness, a', has the same significance as the effective confinement ratio
ke given by Eq. (6). This equation was developed for steel confined sections
and, as a result, gives conservative predictions for FRP confinement.
All the above models are used in the last section to design the column
strengthening for the frame described in the first section.
STRENGTHENING DESIGN EXAMPLE FOR COLUMNS
The confinement of the plastic hinge region is designed using three types of
fibres (CFRP, GFRP and AFRP). The jacket thicknesses considered include
one, two and three layers of fibre sheets (1L, 2L, 3L). Table 1 gives a
description of the fibres used in the analysis.
t (mm)
Ej (MPa)
/ ; (MPa)
ju
(%)
CFRP
GFRP
0.117
0.068
240000
65000
3900
1700
1.55
2.80
AFRP
0.280
120000
2000
1.55
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
r'"
--Spoelstra&Monti
Lam&Teng
-EC8
Unconfined concrete
0.005
0.01
0.015
0.02
0.025
0.03
0.035
0.04
0.045
0.05
Axial strain
(fcc/fco)
AGRP
GFRP
IL
2L
3L
IL
2L
3L
IL
2L
3L
Mander et.al.
1.6
2.1
2.4
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.5
2.9
1.6
2.1
2.4
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.5
2.9
1.2
1.5
1.7
1.1
1.2
1.3
MCI 990
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.9
1.4
1L
CFRP
21
3L
IL
GFRP
2L
3L
IL
AGRP
2L
Mander et.al.
0.8
1.3
1.6
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.7
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.7
3.1
4.1
4.8
3.8
4.9
5.8
Lam &Teng
0.6
0.8
1.1
0.4
0.5
0.6
MCI 990
0.7
1.6
2.8
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.9
2.0
3.7
3L
GFRP
AGRP
IL
2L
3L
IL
2L
3L
IL
2L
3L
Mander et.al.
11
14
15
19
Spoelstra et.al.
28
38
45
29
39
46
36
47
56
Lam et.al.
MCI 990
14
26
18
35
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This research has been supported by a Marie Curie Fellowship of the
European Community programme Human Potential under contract number
HPMF-CT-2001-01279. The financial support of EU TMR Network
ConFibreCrete and EU Ecoleader project is also gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Park, R. and Paulay, T., Reinforced Concrete Structures, 1975, Wiley,
New York
2. Priestley, M.J.N., Seible, F. and Calvi, M., Seismic design and retrofit
of bridges, 1996, Wiley, New York
3. Mutsuyoshi, H., Ishibashi, T., Okano,M. and Katsuki, F., "New design
method for seismic retrofit of bridge columns with continuous fibre
sheet-performance-based design", Proceedings of the Fourth
International Symposium on Fibre Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement
for Reinforced Concrete Structures, Baltimore, 1999, pp. 229-241
4. Monti, G., Nistico, N. and Santini, S., "Design of FRP jackets for
upgrade of circular bridge piers", Journal of Composites for
Construction, 5(2), 2001, pp. 94-101
5. Fib CEB-FIP, Externally bonded FRP reinforcement for RC structures,
Bulletin 14, Task Group 9.3 FRP reinforcement for concrete structures,
July 2001
6. Mander, J.B., Priestley, M.J.N, and Park, R., "Theoretical stress-strain
model for confined concrete", Journal of Structural Engineering,
114(8), 1988, pp. 1804-1826
7. Saadatmanesh, H., Ehsani, M.R. and Li, M.W., "Strength and ductility
of concrete columns externally reinforced with fiber composite straps",
ACIStructural Journal, 91(4), 1994, pp. 434-447
8. Spoelsa, M.R. and Monti, G., "FRP-confined concrete model", Journal
of Composites for Construction, 3(3), 1999, pp. 143-150
9. Wang, Y.C. and Restrepo, J.I., "Investigation of concentrically loaded
reinforced concrete columns confined with glass fiber-reinforced
polymer jackets", ACI Structural Journal, 98(3), 2001, pp. 377-385
10. Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T. and Lam, L., FRP strengthened RC
structures, 2002, Wiley, New York
11. Cominte Euro-Interantional du Beton, CEB-FIB Model Code 1990,
Design Code, Lausanne, 1993
An earlier study1 has shown that a high rise RC shear wall frame building
designed according to BS 81102 and subjected to a pushover lateral load,
exhibits significant overstength and nominal ductility. The failure mode of
the building is brittle with shear failure at the base of shear wall. To enhance
the shear capacity, a retrofitting scheme using unidirectional FRP
reinforcement is proposed. Scaled models of the lower critical regions of the
shear wall of a 25 story RC shear wall frame point building with and
without FRP were tested in the laboratory and modelled analytically to
determine the behaviour under seismic load.
OVERVIEW OF SHEAR WALL
Figure 1 shows the plan view of a typical 25 story point block in Singapore
built in the 1980s with a height of 64.77 m. The plan dimension is 24.4 m by
19.81 m and each story height is 2.59 m. The wall has a concrete cube
compressive strength, fcu, of 30 MPa and is subjected to a common vertical
load (1.0 times dead load plus 0.4 times live load). In addition, it is designed
1128
FRPRCS-6:
Structural
Strengthening
for wind load only, according to BS 8110. The steel reinforcements (rebar)
have yield strength of 460 MPa (longitudinal rebars in beams, vertical rebars
in walls and columns) and 250 MPa (horizontal rebars and transverse links
in walls, shear links in beams and columns).
24.4 m
Z direction of
lateral load
19.81m
Shear
wall
testdd
Centre Wall
V
Typical portion
Typical dimensions:
TT~I
^ ^
Beam
i >
230 mm x 450 mm
Shear wall
Full height masonary wall
t ^ssv^^^
Figure 2. Shear wall (a) Control (Specimen 85) (b) FRP retrofitted (Specimen S4)
For the FRP strengthened shear wall, a layer of unidirectional glass FRP
fabric (see Table 1) was used to wrap the shear wall FRP bolts were placed
at the joint area between the side and centre walls. They were used to
connect the side wall FRP wrap through the centre wall and also used to
anchor the centre wall FRP wrap to the side wall. The average spacing of the
FRP bolts in the model was 85 mm, which correspond to a spacing of 425
mm in the prototype. Vertical FRP strips were then place over the
protruding fibre ends of all FRP bolts.
Table 1 Property of Glass FRP.
915 g/m2
Density
Thickness
0.353 mm
Fibre orientation
Uni directional
Young's modulus, E
69.65 GPa
Ultimate tensile strength
1667.7 MPa
Ultimate tensile strain
0.02
TEST RESULTS
Figure 4 compares the top lateral force versus top lateral displacement
relation of the control specimen and FRP retrofitted shear wall. The control
shear wall (Specimen S5) showed a brittle failure mode. At a load level of
90 kN load, there was a deviation of load-deformation curve of the control
wall from the FRP retrofitted wall due to initiation of inclined shear cracks.
A 5 mm wide diagonal shear tension crack was observed to originate from
the compression bottom edge of the side wall to 2nd story level at the
ultimate load of 148.4 kN, as shown in Figure 5a. First yield of steel
reinforcement occurred just before shear failure, with a ductility index of
(11.8/10.8=1.09) indicating non ductile behaviour.
For FRP retrofitted wall (Specimen S4), the failure mode was more
ductile with FRP debonding, followed by concrete crushing and FRP rupture
at the compressive base of side wall at the ultimate load of 214.7 kN, as
shown in Figure 5b. First yielding in steel reinforcement occurs at load level
of 60.6 % of the ultimate load; the ductility factor was 19.6/14 or 1.4.
Stiffness of the FRP wrapped and control shear wall was the same until a
load of 90 kN.
Shear strengthening of the wall using unidirectional GFRP did not
therefore increase the stiffness of the wall but it increased the ultimate load
capacity of the wall by 1.45 times and the ultimate lateral displacement by
1.66 times. The corresponding increase in ductility of the structure is
(1.4/1.09=1.28) times and the increase in overstrength is 1.5 times.
FINITE ELEMENT MODELLING OF SHEAR WALLS TESTED
A general purpose finite element software ABAQUS3 was used to model the
structure. Similar modelling approach (element type, grouping and aspect
ratio and material parameters) as reported by Balendra et al1 is adopted for
the shear walls. The concrete wall is modelled using 3-D, 8-node linear solid
brick elements (type C3D8R) with a Gaussian integration point. Each node
has 3 translational degrees of freedom. A total of 140 and 80 elements form
the side and center walls respectively. Steel reinforcing bars are modelled as
1-D strain theory REBAR elements (rods) and superimposed in the C3D8R
elements (with 6 vertical REBAR elements into 1 C3D8R element). To
simulate tension stiffening in RC wall, a linear reduction of concrete tensile
strength to zero after cracking is assumed to occur at 25 times the cracking
strain. This low value takes into account the bond slip between the rebar and
concrete due to cyclic load.
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
(a)
(b)
Figure 5. Failure mode of shear wall at ultimate load (a) shear failure at side wall
(control, S5) (b) FRP debonding followed by FRP rupture (FRP retrofitted, S4)
pw
- Final shear failure
210
- FRP and concrete
200
190
- 54
180
/
170
160
^
*"*
^ ^
f
150
K:
140
\
Drastic final
1st shear
130 I
shear failure in S^
120 -L failure in
m^^r
110 1 FRPinS4
*^/^
100
90
/
80
\
1st mok and
- Specimen S4 (FRP
70
4 ^ jf
j initiation drastic
w rapped)
60
j
^f
S5
50
Specimen S5
i
/
\
40
(Control)
/ /
\
30
1st crack and shear failure in con
20
10
0
0
0,5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
WS
(a)
(b)
(c)
Figure 7. Ultimate load condition in FRP retrofitted wall (S4). Biggest shaded
region (as shown by arrow) shows (a) FRP shear failure (b) RC shear failure (c)
Region with effective FRP strain > 0.0025
(a)S5
Experiment
(Expt)
70 kN
130 kN
148.4 kN
148.4/11.8 =
12.58 kN/mm
Diagonal shear failure
along side wall
90.6 kN
151 kN
151/2.99 = 50.5 kN/mm
Diagonal shear failure
along side wall
(b)S4
Experiment
(Expt)
not available
160 kN
214.7 kN
214.7/19.6=10.95
kN/mm
FRP debonding
followed by FRP
rupture
66 kN
218 kN
218/5.58 = 39.07
kN/mm
FRP debonding followed
by FRP rupture
Ratio
(FEA/Ex
pt.)
1.015
3.57
There was size effect due to micro cracking during shrinkage and curing in
this experiment due to thinness of concrete wall, which only affected the
stiffness6"9, but not the load. The actual stiffness of the model should be 4
times higher than that observed in experiment. The specimens were loaded
within the elastic range with yielding in rebar occurring only at the bottom
edges of side wall near the ultimate load. Hence, the observed displacement
can be divided by a factor of 4 to correlate to finite element analysis.
CONCLUSION
Lateral pushover load tests on a scaled model of shear wall designed
according to BS 8110 confirmed earlier finite element study1 that the RC
shear wall has significant overstrength but nominal ductility. The adopted
finite element model predicts the ultimate load and failure mode of control
and FRP retrofitted scaled shear wall model accurately. Shear strengthening
on a scaled model of shear wall using a layer of unidirectional GFRP has
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
INTRODUCTION
Flat concrete slabs are a typical form of flooring systems used in a wide
range of buildings such as offices, warehouses and parking garages.
Punching or two-way shear failure generally occurs at column-slab
connections or near a highly concentrated load on a slab. Punching strength
in slabs can become insufficient due to several reasons such as change of
building use, need of installing new services which requires openings in the
slabs, corrosion of reinforcement, and construction or design errors.
Punching shear is characterized by cracking within the slab around the
column with a truncated cone-shaped element being displaced. In general,
the predicted punching failure load is governed largely by the flexural
characteristics of the slab. Punching shear failures are very brittle in nature
and take place within small deflections.
Over the past decade, a significant amount of research has dealt with
various strengthening techniques for concrete slab-column connections in
order to prevent sudden punching shear failure. Several researchers have
investigated different methods to strengthen interior slab-column
connections against punching including use of steel plates and bolts
(Marzouk and Jiang 1997, Zhang, et al. 2001, Ebead and Marzouk 2002),
transverse prestressed reinforcement (Ghali et al., 1974) and more recently
the use of fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites externally bonded to
the slab tension face (Tan 1996, Harajli and Soudki 2001). Some of the
above strengthening methods do provide enough additional strength to the
slab, however they are elaborate, difficult to install, expensive and
aesthetically not pleasing. Strengthening slabs with FRPs is simple, does
not require excessive labour and does not change the appearance of the
slab. However, there is limited literature on the effectiveness of externally
bonded FRP strips in increasing the two-way shear capacity of interior slabcolumn connections.
This study was undertaken to investigate the effectiveness of using
Carbon FRP (CFRP) strips to strengthen reinforced concrete slabs against
punching shear failure. This paper will present the experimental results of
the study on the behaviour of CFRP strengthened slabs.
TEST PROGRAM
Table 1 summarizes the experimental program. The primary test variable
was the configuration and layout of the CFRP reinforcement.
Table 1. Test Matrix
Slab Specimen
Number of
CFRP Strips
Slabl
Description of Strengthening
Configuration
Control; no strengthening
Slab 2
Slab 3
Slab 4
Slab 5
4
4
4
4
Slab 6
Specimen Details
Six identical reinforced concrete interior slab-column connections were
constructed. Figure 1 shows the typical dimensions and steel reinforcement
layout of the test specimens. Each specimen was constructed using the
same concrete design mix and percentage of reinforcement. The overall slab
dimensions were 1220 mm by 1220 mm and 100 mm thick. Each slab was
reinforced by one layer of No. 10M bars (diameter = 11.3 mm), spaced 100
mm on-centers (o/c), in each direction. A central column stub (150 mm x
150 mm) was cast monolithically with the slab and extended from both the
compression and tension faces of the slab to simulate as close as possible
conditions and construction limitations that would exist in strengthening
actual interior slab-column connection. No. 10M vertical bars were placed
in each corner of the column stub. During the testing stage, an axial load
would be applied to the top of the column stub. Along the sides, an average
concrete cover of 40 mm was ensured. Clear concrete cover from the
bottom layer of reinforcement to the underside of the slab measured 20 mm.
4M10
1
s/
12M10
(each direction)
^
\
1
I
220
SLAB # 4
SLAB # 2
CONTROL SLAB
IU-D
m
2=2.
H S ^
w
TTT]
Tin
SLAB # 3
tnrl
-itn
l i J TT!
SLAB # 5
SLAB # 6
5/
cz
7^rt5
^
Z]
Z] 1
.LLUJ .y. I I O
-IllvJl'ioUL
Test Set-Up
Figure 3 shows the test set-up. The specimen was mounted on a steel frame
and was simply supported along all four edges. The specimen was loaded
centrally through the column stub with monotonically increasing load until
failure. The load was applied in stroke control at a rate of 15 kN/min using
a servo-controlled hydraulic actuator. Test measurements included the
magnitude of the applied load, deflection of the slab at the column location,
and strains in the CFRP strips. Deflection was measured using a Linear
Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT). The strains in the CFRP were
measured using electric resistance strain gages attached at mid width of the
strips at the maximum negative moment region of the slab. Four to eight
strain measurements were taken for each slab along two perpendicular
directions. All instrumentation measurements were recorded during testing
using a computer-based data acquisition system. At the end of each test, the
angle at which the shear cracks propagated away from the column faces was
measured and the mode of failure for each specimen were examined.
Slab 2
200
Slab-6^^
//J
^%r^
-.150
Slab 3
1100
Jr* /
Jr^*
Slabl
(Control)
*/
j ^ ^
\ Slab 5
50-
8
10
12
14
16
Central Deflection (mm)
Figure 4. Load vs. deflection behaviour
18
20
Table 2 gives a summary of critical measured values for all six slab
specimens. The increase in punching shear capacity was compared with the
control slab. The elastic stiffness values were calculated by dividing the
ultimate load by the measured deflection at ultimate load.
Slab specimen
Slab 1 Control
Slab 2
Slab 3
Slab 4
Slab 5
Slab 5
Stiffness
(kN/rnm)
11.1
17.6
20.2
19.3
19.3
21.7
slab. Strains in the strips of Slab 4 were very similar with the highest strains
measured compared to all of the other strengthened specimens. The
maximum measured strain was 0.0355% which represents 18.7% from
capacity of CFRP strip (1.9%). Although the strips overlapped, the strain
values were almost identical because the centre of all 4 strips may have
been located approximately at the same distance from the slab surface as the
strips were spaced far apart from one another. Similar to Slab 2, the top
strips in Slab 5 exhibited slightly higher strains compared to the bottom
strips. The maximum measured strain was 0.0285% which corresponds to
15% of rupture strain. The strain measurements for Slab 6 indicated that the
strain decreased in the strip away from the centre of the slab.
Slab Specimen
Slab 2
Slab 3
Slab 4
Slab 5
Slab 6
Strain (x 10-6)
(^ultimate load
3062
2615
2481
2811
2017
1945
3554
3533
2851
2773
1803
2254
2984
2866
1330
1728
1865
2268
CONCLUSIONS
CFRP strengthening leads to significant improvements in the structural
behaviour of slab-column connections. Depending on the configuration and
orientation of CFRP strips, and ignoring test slab 3, the strength increased
REFERENCES
1. Ghali, A., Sargious, M.A. and Huizer, A. (1974). "Vertical Prestressing
of Flat Plates Around Columns," Shear in Reinforced Concrete, ACI
Special Publication SP-42, Vol. 2, 1974, pp 905-920.
2. Tan, K.H. (1996). "Punching Shear Strength of RC Slabs Bonded with
FRP Systems," Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on
Advanced Composite Materials in Bridges and Structures, Montreal,
Quebec, August, pp 387-394.
3. Ebead, U., Marzouk, H. (2002). Strengthening of Two-Way Slabs Using
Steel Plates, ACI StructuralJournal, 99(1), 23-31.
4. Harajli, M.H., Soudki, K. A. (2003) Shear Strengthening of Interior
Slab-Column Connections Using CFRP Sheets. ASCE Journal of
Composites in Construction, Vol. 7, issue 2 (in press).
5. Marzouk, H., Jiang, D. (1997). Experimental Investigation on Shear
Enhancement Types for High-Strength Concrete Plates, ACI Structural
Journal, 94(1), 49-58.
6. Zhang, J. W., Teng, J. G., Wong, Y. L., Lu, Z. T. (2001). Behaviour of
Two-Way RC Slabs Externally Bonded with Steel Plate, Journal of
Structural Engineering, 127(4), 390-397.
Radius, R
Figure 2. Specification of curvature
100
H h-
2800
2800
>JW
100
200
225
Curvature
0
5mm/m
15mm/m
/? (mm)
25000
8340
X (mm)
2700
2700
Y (mm)
36
110
1
2
3
ra/ Section
(mm)
D
b
225
100
261
100
335
100
Cover
Tension
steel
Comp.
steel
20
20
20
2T10
2T10
2T10
2R3
2R3
2R3
Testing arrangements
Identical testing equipment was used for the three tests and is shown in
Figure 4. Each specimen was simply supported with a pivot at one end and
a roller at the other. Loading was applied through a single point load at
40
f 30
20
_Ll
/
_C
i
,_-1
FRP strengthened
unstrengthened capacity
shear capacity (no links)
concrete strain>0.0035
steel yield
._
0.006
FRP Strain
L
i
i
i
_,
0.008
0.012
Jcu
curvature
'"" ,
(MPa)7
0
5mm/m
15mm/m
37.5
32.5
39.8
Failure
load.
/7xn
(kN)
36.1
31.7
32.0
www
Load
sustained
/?7m
(kN)
22.5
20
20
.,
.
strain
0.0060
0.0045
0.004-1
Mid-span.
Deflection.
J
, x
(mm)
26
19
LJ!
f"
Beam 3 - 15mm/m
/*"
1000
2000
3000
4000
Micros trains
6000
7000
15
20
Deflection (mm)
30
The motivation for the experimental study was to gain further understanding
of the effect of a concave surface profile on the strengthening capacity.
Direct comparison of the results is made difficult due to the difference in
cube strengths for the three specimens. In order to make a valid
comparison, the results should be corrected to account for this variation. It
is reasonable to assume that the increase in capacity due to the FRP is a
function of the tensile capacity of the concrete, fct. The tensile strength of
concrete can be found from the following EC2 equation9
L = o.3/c:
(1)
(2)
5000
'"
-
4000
15.4% reduction in
effectiveness
=3000
strengthening
effectiveness
zero curvature
2000
5mm/m
1000
A 15mm/m
10
15
20
25
30
REFERENCES
1. Denton, S.R., Shave J. "Strengthening of Concrete Structures Using
FRP - A Review of Key Design Issues ", 2000.
2. TR55. Design Guidance for Strengthening Concrete Structures Using
Fibre Composite Materials. The Concrete Society, Crowthorn, UK,
2000
3. ACI 440-F. Guidelines for the Selection, Design, and Installation of
Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Systems for External Strengthening of
Concrete Structures. ACI committee 440, 1999.
4. Japanese Society of Civil Engineers. Recommendations for Upgrading
of Concrete Structures with Use of Continuous Fibre sheets. Concrete
Engineering Series 41, March 2001
5. fib. Design and Use of Externally Bonded FRP Reinforcement for
Reinforced Concrete Structures.
EBR sub-group, federation
internationale du beton, 2001
6. Aiello M.A. et al. Bond Analysis of Curved Structural Concrete
Elements Strengthened using FRP Materials. Presented at FRPRCS-5,
Thomas Telford, London, 2001.
7. BD85 Strengthening of Concrete Highway Structures Using Externally
Bonded Fibre Reinforced Polymer. Currently in Progress, 2002.
8. Neubauer U., Rostasy F. S.
Design Aspects of Concrete
Structures Strengthened with Externally Bonded CFRP Plates.
Presented at the 7th International Conference on Structural Faults
and Repair, 2, 109-118, 1997
9. EC2 "Design of concrete structures, Part 1: General rules and rules for
buildings", 1992.
INTRODUCTION
In Japan, there are thousands of railway and road tunnels with a total length
of more than 8000 km. Many of them have been in service for decades of
years, and suffered from the aging and severe environmental conditions. It
has been a challenging task to efficiently upgrade these existing tunnels so
as to extend their service life. Application of FRP bonding technique
provides an applicable solution.
Because of the featured arch-shape, the concrete tunnel linings exhibit
different fracturing behaviors from normal concrete members such as beams
and slabs. To pursue an effective strengthening method for those damaged
concrete tunnel linings, a series of experimental work on 1/20 and 1/30
model tunnel lining strengthened with FRP sheets has been carried by
Railway Technical Institute of Japan1. Based on the investigations, an
experimental work of 1/3 model tunnel lining specimens was extensively
conducted. It was found that the externally bonded FRP sheets on the inner
side could enhance the structural load-carrying and deformational capacity.
However, the experimental study only gave a qualitative understanding.
Some fracture mechanisms and important factors have been not yet well
understood, such as cracking propagation and debonding along bond surface.
The objective of this paper is to discuss the strengthening performance
and fracturing behaviors of concrete tunnel lining strengthened by various
types of reinforcements. First, the fracturing propagation processes in
experiment2 are reviewed. Then, based on the experimental observations, a
finite element simulation with proper models of concrete cracking3 and
interfacial debonding is carried out. By comparing the results of
experiments and numerical simulations, some valuable findings are
obtained and considered to be instructive in improving the FRP
strengthening design method of concrete tunnel linings.
REVIEW OF EXPERIMENTS
Figure 1. 1/3 scale model specimens of concrete tunnel lining strengthened with
sheets
Type of Reinforcement
Carbon fiber sheet 1L*
Aramid fiber sheet
Carbon fiber sheet 2L*
Steel plate
Young's Modulus
(Kgf/cm2)
2.35 X106
1.20 X106
2.35 X106
2.10X106
Strength
(Kgf/cm2)
35500
21000
35500
7850
Amount
(g/m2)
150
200
300
3.2mm
(a)
(c)
(b)
(d)
The strengthening effects of FRP sheets and steel plate are discussed
by comparing the load-deflection curves. Figure 3 gives the experimental
results. First, the comparison is made between cases without and with FRP
strengthening. As seen in Figure 3, the inclined angle 6 of load-deflection
curve after bonding FRP sheets or steel plate crack initiation at inner crown
enlarges. This illustrates that the bonded FRP sheet or steel plate enhances
the structural stiffness. In addition, the peak loads of FRP-strengthened
cases also increase against the non-FRP case. Second, among the cases
strengthened by FRP sheets or steel plate, the strengthening effect also
exhibits differently. In the case of Exp.3, 2 layers of carbon fiber sheets
shows higher load-carrying capacity than Exp.l. The special case of Exp.4
with 3.2mm thickness steel plate attains the highest peak load. This implies
that increasing the sheet layers or thickness improves the strengthening
performance. However, by comparing the cases Exp.2 and Exp. 1, it could
be found that even though the strengthening amount of aramid fiber sheet is
Type of
Reinforcement
Carbon fiber sheet 1L
Aramid fiber sheet
Carbon fiber sheet 2L
Steel plate
Young's Modulus
EFRP (Kgf/cm2)
2.35 X10 6
1.20 X10 6
2.35 X10 6
2.10X10 6
Strength
(Kgf/cm2)
35500
21000
35500
7850
Thickness
(cm)
0.008
0.010
0.016
0.32
P(to
10
Pfton
8
8
6
1T1<*\
I&U-*
-aFEl
Exp. 1
"
1 Ix
nr
P(ton)
Dis, (mm)
Dis, .(mm)
0i
P(ton)
A!
FE2
Exp. 2
o FE4
Exp.4
- o FE3
Exp. 3
Disp.(mm)
OCXXXKD
Eisp(mm)
From Figure 6, it can be seen that that except for the case of aramid
sheet, the simulated peak load of other three cases are generally lower than
the experimental ones, and the difference becomes more distinct when
the comprehensive stiffness of reinforcing FRP sheet is higher (see Table
3).
Table 3. Comparison of peak load between simulation and experiment
Peak load (ton)
Case No.
Peak load (ton)
Case No.
FE 1
FE2
FE3
FE4
9.9
9.1
10.8
24.7
Exp. 1
Exp. 2
Exp. 3
Exp. 4
11.2
8.8
14.8
33.2
"V* ^
*jf
,,/' h
Icii'iim sliffeniii'4
"*.hn iiiu-ri.ui.il iriiiluiieil concrete
P (ton)
P (ton)
vj\
te
x>
Disp.(mm)
E *>.i
&"
0 FE3
a FE3 (T.S. G-0.5kgf7cm)
Bqi. 3
o-^FEl
1
4
1
6
r isp.(mm)
10
REFERENCES
1. Asakura, T., Ando, T., Omata, F., Wakana, K. and Matsuura, A.: Behavior
of structurally defective tunnel lining and effectiveness of inner
reinforcement, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, JSCE, No.493,
1994.6, pp.89-98.
2. Asakura, T., Ando, T. and Kojima, Y.: Experiments of inner reinforced
tunnel linings, QR ofRTRI, 1998.
3. Yin, J., Wu, Z.S., Asakura, T. and Ota, H.: Cracking and Failure Behavior
of Concrete Tunnel Lining Predicted by Smeared Crack Model, Journal of
Struc. Meek and Earthquake Eng., JSCE, Vol.18, No. 1, 2001.1, pp. 17-27.
4. Wu, Z.S. & Yin, J.: Numerical Analysis on Interfacial Fracture Mechanism
of Externally FRP-Strengthened Structural Members, Journal of Material,
Concrete Structures and Pavements, JSCE .
5. Yin, J. & Wu, Z.S.: Simulations on Crack Distribution in FRPStrengthened Concrete Beams with Interfacial Fictitious Crack Model,
Proceedings ofFraMCos-4, Cachan, France, 2001.5, Vol.2, pp. 1079-1086.
Box girder bridges with uniform loading are one type of structure that is
subjected to torsional loading. These bridges are best suited for long spans
and are therefore not as prevalent as other bridge types. Other types of
structures that may be in need of strengthening in torsion are conventional
beams and columns. A concrete structure loaded in torsion may be
compared to a concrete structure affected by shear. One important
difference though, is that torsional crack forms a spiral pattern. The crack
opens where the principal strains exceed the tensile strength of the concrete.
This paper presents a suggestion how to design reinforcement for concrete
beams in need of strengthening using FRP materials; in addition a pilot test
on strengthening beams is presented.
BASIC DESIGN FOR TORSION
An extensive derivation of design for shear can be found in reference 5. The
design equations for RC structures loaded in torsion are based on regular
design for concrete structures. According to BBK 946 (Swedish concrete
codes) the torsion capacity of a concrete element can be written as:
Tsd=Zft=Z-0.4fcl
(1)
(2)
where Z, f,, fc, and om are the plastic resistance, formal torsion strength,
concrete tensile strength and normal stress in concrete, respectively. The
amount of required steel reinforcement in torsion is found from:
= ^-tane
s
(3)
2Aeffsv
where Asl, s, Td, Aefmdfsv are steel reinforcement, distance between stirrups,
torsional moment, effective concrete area and tensile stress in steel
reinforcement, respectively. These equations are based on St. Venant's
principle; that is the shape of the cross-section remains unchanged after the
torque is being applied. Also, the deformation perpendicular to the crosssection is zero and the only stress present in the cross-section is the shear
flow, q (see Figure 1). The shear flow is the result of the shear stress over
the thickness of the walls in the studied cross-section. If a membrane
element, ABCD in Figure 2 is cut out, this element is only exposed to shear
(4)
(5)
Note that rdt in the integral corresponds to twice the area of the triangle
formed by r and dt in Figure 1. If this is summed around the entire crosssection, the following is obtained:
jrdt = 2A0
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
>
2A,ef
-tan 9
(13)
slfsl
T
1
uef ~ 2Aef tan9
(14)
These equations are in fact equal since for the two-dimensional case, uef
= h. For the three-dimensional case, uef corresponds to 2(b+h), which is the
perimeter for the cross-section. Stresses are taken in both concrete and
longitudinal steel reinforcement and stirrups, with the inclination 6 in the
concrete struts. For a given structure, the crack-angle under load will adjust
to the capacity of the tensile reinforcement as well in the stirrups. In an
under-reinforced concrete structure where both the bending and shear
reinforcement reach the yield stress before failure, the following relation for
the crack-angle is obtained:
Ifyv^st uef
tan0= -Z
J
V s
fyiAsi
....
(15)
under
torsional
Beam
loading
Back
Top
under
shear
/
Front
Afl
loading
Bock
v^
Top
Front
Figure 4: Main alternatives for strengthening a concrete beam for torsion using fibre
composites.
The following simplification may then be made: The composite only
takes up forces in the fibre direction and, it is assumed that the crack angle
is a = 45 and that the principal tensile stresses are perpendicular to this
crack-plane. Two strengthening cases are studied; strengthening with strips
and when the beam is completely covered with fabrics (see Figure 5).
Equilibrium gives:
>F\_ =
Sj-
*.
hcota + hcotfi .
I V + qh-Ff
sin p = 0
'/
1
1
+
(cot a + cot p)sin /? h (cot a + cot 0)sin ft
(16)
1
(cot a + cot p) sin ft
f,*Af
j ,
<!-.
(17)
(18)
2bh
Substituting equation (18) into (17) yields:
a
f,eAf
V
T
1
2bh (cot a + cot 0)sin fi
(19)
2t b E
ffff
T
1
2bh (cot a + cot p)sin P
(20)
It yields further that the strain distribution is uneven over the crosssection and that the ultimate limit strain needs to be reduced by a factor of
0.65. Therefore, Equation (20) can be written as:
1.2tfbfsfuEf
j
(21)
h/sin/?
Torsional
^C.
F\
crack
l>/2
-t
T
3
hcotfi ,
h/sinfi
sf
bf +r
and s f = -J
sin P
sin P
(22)
LABORATORY TESTS
The laboratory tests conducted, which are considered as pilot tests,
consisted both of concrete beams strengthened with steel plates and with
FRP materials. In this paper only beams strengthened with FRP are reported
(see also reference 1). As shown in Figure 6, one side of the beam was
clamped, the other side was free to rotate but not to move in the vertical and
horizontal plane. The ends were heavily reinforced to avoid unwanted
failures. The dimension of the test specimens was 150 x 600 x 6000 mm.
B*xMngnk*xcnrt
)2
*r-
The average concrete quality for all test specimens was 72.1 MPa for
the compressive strength and 4.5 MPa for the tensile strength, measured
from cube tests. Both composites of glass, EG = 20 GPa, So = 2.5 %, and
carbon, Ec = 65 GPa, sc = 1.6 %, were used for strengthening. The
strengthening material was applied by hand-lay up. Normal procedure for
strengthening was followed5.
* max-)
Beam
[kNm]
T
1
RCRl
RCC4
RCC6
RCG7
RCC8
14.2
20.8
29.2
>38.4
>34.1
0.05
0.06
0.12
>0.33
>0.24
ref
1.0
1.5
2.1
>2.7
>2.4
3.5
6.8
13.0
13.5
T
* max
TC+Tref
1.2
1.4
1.4
1.2
S n
8
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
Radians
120
D
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
Radians
5 30
J 20
olllll
REFERENCES
1. Taljsten, B. (1998): "Forstarkning av betongkonstruktioner med stalplat och
avancerade kompositmaterial utsatta for vridning (Strengthening of
concrete structures with steel plates or advanced composite materials
affected by torsion)", Research Report, Lulea University of Technology,
February 1998, 1998:01, ISSN 1402-1528, p 42 (In Swedish)
2. Ghobarah A. (2001): "Torsional Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete
Beams", FRP Composites in Civil Engineering, Vol. 1, Ed J.G. Teng, Int.
Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering, 12-15 December
2001, Hong Kong, China, pp 705-712.
3. Zhang J. W., Lu Z. T. and Zhu H , (2001): "Experimental Study on the
Behaviour of RC Torsional Members Externally Bonded with CFRP", FRP
Composites in Civil Engineering, Vol. 1, Ed J.G. Teng, Int. Conference on
FRP Composites in Civil Engineering, 12-15 December 2001, Hong Kong,
China, pp 713-722.
4. FIB, 2001, Bulletin 14, Externally bonded FRP reinforcement for RC
structures, Technical Report, Task Group 9.3 FRP (Fibre Reinforced
Polymer) reinforcement for concrete structures, ISBN 2-+88394-054-1, July
2001, p 130
5. Taljsten, B. (2002): "FRP Strengthening of Existing Concrete Structures.
Design Guidelines" Division of Structural Engineering, Lulea University of
Technology, Lulea 2002, 228 pp, ISBN 91-89580-03-6.
6. BBK 94, 1994, Boverkets handbok om betongkonstruktioner, Band 1,
Konstruktion, Utgiven av Boverket, Byggavdelningen, ISBN 91-7332-6860, 1994, p i 85 (In Swedish).
(la)
(lb)
(1 c)
where 8r is the angle between a vector normal to the cracks and the global
X-axis (-7r/2<0r <7r/2); ax, ay and r are the in-plane normal and
shear stresses in the global XY-coordinate system, respectively; ocn and
<rct are the concrete stresses normal and parallel to the direction of
cracking, respectively; rcnt is the corresponding shear stress; psx and p
are the steel reinforcement ratios in the global X- and Y-directions; asx and
cr are the stresses in the X- and Y-reinforcement, respectively; pfrpx and
pr
and a frpx and a frpy are the stresses in the X- and Y- FRP reinforcement,
respectively. In the derivation of Eq. 1 the steel and FRP reinforcement can
carry tension and compression only while the concrete carries compression
and shear. At the cracks the concrete carries no tension whilst between
cracks the concrete carries tension via tension-stiffening effects.
(C)
1
OcnCOS 9 r
^ Txy
(pa)sx+(pCT)frpx
?rNX,tcntCOs6r
Ox
Ox
|oy
(D
Oct cos 6 r
l(po)sy+(pa)frpy
OcnsinGr
<?x
'xy
Efrpy
Vy
frv
sym.
0" ex
0
(2)
0 Yxy
first, the pre-strains of disengaged overlay elements are set as equal to that
of the underlying elements and, thus, the elements contribute nothing to the
strength or stiffness of the structure. Upon element activation, the element
commences to contribute structural strength starting from a zero elastic
strain condition (Vecchio and Bucci1).
The activation of the FRP elements is summarized in Figure 2. When
loading begins (point A in Fig 2d) only the reinforced concrete elements are
active. At point B, the repair elements are activated with straining of these
elements occurring only after the time of repair. The plastic offset strains
ep at this point are set equal to the total strains s and then held constant
for the remainder of the analysis or while the FRP elements remain active.
With increased loading (point C in Figure 2d) the net strains are used to
determine the secant stiffness and out of balance forces in the FRP elements
where the net strains sn are given by
NUMERICAL EXAMPLES
Analysis of FRP Composite Shear Wall
Lombard6 tested three large-scale walls to evaluate the effectiveness of
using externally bonded carbon fibre reinforced polymer (CFRP) sheets in
the repair of shear walls. The tests included one control, unstrengthened,
wall and two strengthened shear walls. The walls were tested under cyclic
loading. The geometry and reinforcement details of the walls are presented
in Figure 3. The wall contained vertical reinforced boundary elements
enclosed within the depth of the wall consisting of 10M stirrups spaced at
80-mm centres. The stirrups also provide for confinement reinforcement to
the edge strips. Wall 1 was retrofitted by applying one vertical layer of 0.11mm thick CFRP sheet to each face of the specimen. Wall 2 was
strengthened with one horizontal and two vertical layers of 0.11 mm CFRP
to each face of the specimen.
The walls were modelled with 4-node reinforced concrete elements
using the CMM-FE model of Foster and Marti2'3 with the FRP modelled
using overlay elements (see Figure 3). In all the FE analyses the in-situ
concrete compression and tension strengths were taken as 40 MPa and
2.1 MPa, respectively. For the confined boundary elements, the strength and
strain at peak strength was increased to account for the triaxial effects of the
A : Start Loading
B : Activation Point
C : Ultimate Load
Displacement^)
STRAIN
(C)
f - ..... -
(a)
... ..... n
'l
IOM
1795
?* Stirrup
"^
IOM
IOM
pj
m
I.
6-20M
-6-20M
90
.1
1730
(b)
(c)
Lsl?Haim, kwpkwtekiapk1
Figure 3. (a) Geometry and details for Lombard shear walls; FE mesh showing
displaced shape (xlO magnification) for (b) control at P=120 kN and
(c) wall 1 at P=220 kN.
In Figure 5 the results of the FE modelling of the walls are compared
with the experimental data for load versus horizontal drift with the
experimental data plotted as the envelope of the cyclic load-drift
measurements. Overall, the FE results show a reasonable correlation with
the test data. The higher level of damage in the experimental control
specimen (Figure 5a) compared to the FE model can be attributed to the
degrading stiffness due to the effects of cyclic loading. In Figure 5d, the
effect of bonding of the CFRP to specimen before loading and in the
damaged state is compared. In the simulated repair case the CFRP was
Bar
Designation *
activated when the load reached 170 kN, approximately 85% of the ultimate
load attained in the analysis of the control specimen. The results of the
numerical model indicate that the wall repaired under load would perform
almost as well as when the repair is performed with no load on the wall.
Analysis of FRP Reinforced RC Beam
Garden and Hollaway8 tested a number of 1.0 metre long CFRP plated
beams in four point bending. CFRP plates of 0.82-mm thickness were glued
to the underside of the beams using 2-mm thickness of epoxy resin. Beam
3u,i.om was selected for FE modelling as no anchorage to the CFRP was used
other than that of the glue. Failure of the specimen was by delamination of
the cover induced by the limiting tension strength of the concrete.
The geometry of beam 3Oji.0m is shown in Figure 6. The reinforced
concrete beam was modelled with 4-node reinforced concrete elements
using the CMM-FE model with the FRP plate modelled using overlay
2-node bar elements. The concrete compression strength was 43 MPa and
tension strength 2.2 MPa. The material properties are given in Tables 1
and 2.
"
confined concrete
boundary elements
MPa)
50
40
30
/*^\
20
j
10 . /
0
()
unconfined
concrete
0.002
0.004
0.006
Strain
0.008
0.C
WalM
Control Wall
x*** *^i*
5 150
o
O 100
_l
50
0
25
5
10
15
20
25
Midspan Displacement (mm)
(b)
:~*^.
V
kA
CFRP elements
activated at P 170 kN
* FEM Control
""'*
-FEM Wall 2
--Repaired Analysis
10
20
30
Midspan Displacement (mm)
5
10
15
20
25
Midspan Displacement (mm)
30
(d)
(C)
Figure 5. Load versus horizontal drift (a) control wall; (b) wall 1; (c) wall 2 and;
(d) FEM analysis of specimen repaired under load.
FRP-Repaired
P/2
P/2
220
100
50
340
1185
2R6R3@51/
bonded CFRP
3R6-
900
Section A-A
0 1
10
CONCLUSIONS
A nonlinear finite element model has been developed for the analysis of
reinforced concrete structures strengthened with externally bonded FRP.
The reinforced concrete is modelled using the cracked membrane FE
formulation of Foster and Marti2'3 with the FRP modelled using elasticbrittle overlay elements. The stiffness matrix and out of balance force
vectors for the FRP is formulated using plastic strain offsets to allow for
REFERENCES
1. Vecchio, F.J., and Bucci, F., "Analysis of Repaired Reinforced
Concrete Structures", ASCE, J. of Struct. Eng., 125(6), 1999, pp. 644652.
2. Foster, S.J., and Marti, P., "FE Modelling of RC Membranes using the
CMM Formulation", Proceedings of the Fifth World Congress on
Computational Mechanics (WCCM V), July 7-12, 2002, Vienna,
Austria, http://wccm.tuwien.ac.at
3. Foster, S.J., and Marti, P., "Cracked Membrane Model: FE
Implementation", ASCE, J. of Struct. Eng., (in review)
4. Vecchio F.J., and Collins M.P., "The Modified Compression Field
Theory for Reinforced Concrete Elements Subjected to Shear", ACI
Journal Proceedings, 83(2), 1986, 219-231.
5. Kaufmann, W., and Marti, P., "Structural Concrete: Cracked Membrane
Model", ASCE, J. of Struct. Eng., 124(12), 1998, 1467-1475.
6. Lombard, J.C., "Seismic Strengthening and Repair of Reinforced
Concrete Shear Walls using Externally Bonded Carbon Fibre Tow
Sheets", Master of Engineering in Civil and Environmental Engineering
Thesis, Carleton University, 1999.
7. Saatcioglu, M., "Strength and Ductility of Confined Concrete", ASCE,
J. of Struct. Eng, 118(6), 1992, pp. 1590-1607.
8. Garden, H.N., Hollaway, L.C., "An Experimental Study of the Influence
of Plate End Anchorage of Carbon Fibre Composite Plates used to
Strengthen Reinforced Concrete Beams", Composite Structures, 42,
1998, pp. 175-188.
Types ofFRP
Reinforcement
No. ofFRP
Layers
Details of Anchorage
Systems
MP2G
MP2C
Glass
Carbon
2
2
MP2CI
Carbon
MP2WR
Fibreglass WR
Steel Angle
Steel Angle
Steel Angle plus
intermediate stiffener
Steel Angle
Fabric
Adhesive
Fabric
Adhesive
Fabric
Adhesive
TEST RESULTS
Fig. 1 shows the load-deflection response of the specimens. Initially, the
deflection increased linearly with applied load. As the load was further
increased, the stiffness of the specimens was reduced, probably due to
cracks in the bricks.
However, the response continued to remain
approximately linear until the ultimate load was reached, at which point the
load carrying capacity of the specimens began to reduce. This was
characterized with a loud bang due to the crushing of bricks accompanied
by de-bonding of the FRP system, at the sides of the walls.
10
15
20
25
30
Deflection (mm)
Figure 1 Load-deflection responses
500
j MP2Cljr
400
WR
^MP2G
300
P2C
o 200
100
1500
3000 4500
2000 4000
6000 8000
,-6
Strain (x 10"" mm/mm)
Strain (x 10" mm/mm)
Figure 2 Load-strain responses
6000
(a).
^Ki
HC iT.imo
Wall
.i'i-.k
THEORETICAL PREDICTIONS
The flexural moment capacity of a masonry wall bonded with FRP
reinforcement is derived in a manner analogous to that for a reinforced
concrete section. Consider the wall of width b , height h and thickness t,
with the tensile face bonded with FRP laminates of an area fraction p,
defined as the total cross-sectional area of FRP reinforcement divided by
the cross sectional area of the wall. Assuming that plane sections remain
plane after bending, neglecting the tensile resistance of the masonry bricks,
and considering the stress-strain relation for masonry brick to be a seconddegree parabola with the strain at maximum stress equal to that at failure,
the flexural moment capacity per unit width of the section can be obtained
as:
m = 0.61fkb(0J5xi--0315x)
,
afif
+ AfEff\-)
A,
(1)
tX
Predicted
ultimate load (kN)
Observed
ultimate load (kN)
Observed
Predicted
MP2G
MP2C
MP2CI
MP2WR
320.0
298.4
405.6
263.8
353.9
327.3
462.9
322.8
1.11
1.10
1.14
1.22
bh'
Ki
-(l2mh+\0.05mb)
206.5EIa
(3)
(4)
/
=! 5.5^ + 0.083
bt
"
2
J
E
where Afs = ^- Af, in which
Ef
(5)
*L = 2 J * ^
L
(6)
where a> is the natural circular frequency; M is the actual mass of the
structure; KE is the equivalent elastic stiffness; and KlM is the load-mass
factor, equal to 0.63 for two-way elements.7
Dynamic Load Factor (DLF)
To obtain the response of a linear elastic system, it is convenient to use the
concept of the dynamic load factor6. This factor is defined as the ratio of
the maximum dynamic deflection to the deflection that would have resulted
from the static application of the peak load (or pressure)/ 1 , which is used in
specifying the load (pressure)-time variation. Since deflections, spring
forces, and stresses in an elastic system are all linearly related; the dynamic
load factor may be applied to any of these to determine the ratio of dynamic
to static effects. Therefore, the dynamic load factor may also be considered
as
DLF = (7)
P
where/? is the maximum resistance, and P is the peak pressure used in
specifying the pressure-time variation. The above response charts are
applicable for elastic systems. However, the charts can be applied to the
entire elasto-plastic range if the actual resistance relations are replaced by
the equivalent elastic system.7
Response Determination
The determination of the dynamic response of any systems is accomplished
using numerical techniques or available design charts, which relate the
dynamic properties of the element (natural period of vibration, resistance,
and deflection) to those of the blast overpressures.
The procedure reported by Volkman6 was adopted to determine the
blast resistance of FRP reinforced masonry walls in terms of TNT charge.
For a given charge, the reflected pressure time history was generated using
CONWEP, which is an automated version of the charts and equations of
TM5-855-1.9 The pressure-time history is then simplified to an equivalent
triangular pressure pulse with zero rise time defined by peak pressure P
and positive phase duration td . Consider a specimen with ultimate
resistance Ru, equivalent elastic stiffness KE, and the natural period Tn
calculated using the method described earlier. Knowing the ratio of td/T,
the dynamic load factor (DLF) can be read from the appropriate figure11
given for simplified triangular loads. The maximum resistance R attained
by the member is calculated from the DLF using Eq. (7) and checked
against the ultimate static resistance Ru of the specimen. The procedure is
repeated until sufficient convergence is found. The calculated blast
resistance in terms of TNT charge at a distance of 10, 20 and 30 m away
from the blast source are shown in Table 4.
Table 4 Blast resistance of FRP reinforced masonry walls
TNT Charge
(kg)
10m 20 m
38 166
32 146
46 211
30 129
30 m
460
409
597
352
CONCLUSION
FRP system, consisting of fabrics of high performance fibres externally
bonded to masonry walls, provides significant improvement in wall
response to out-of-plane loadings. Specimens without intermediate stiffener
were observed to fail explosively. Failure was due to the fibre debonding
and peeling off at the edge for walls with a high reinforcing index and by
fibre rupture for those with a low reinforcing index. By providing
intermediate stiffener, the wall failed gradually by the yielding of the
stiffener. An analytical model based on the principles of compatibility of
deformations and equilibrium of forces predicted the test results well.
Using available design formulae, the resistance properties of the FRP
reinforced masonry walls are determined for blast loading analysis
incorporating the concept of strain rate effect, dynamic load factor and
SDOF analysis. The analysis indicated that externally bonded FRP system
would contribute to the resistance of masonry walls against blast loads.
REFERENCES
1. Gilstrap, J. M. and Dolan, C. W., "Out-of-plane bending of FRP
reinforced masonry walls." Composite Science and Technology, 58,
1998, pp. 1277-1284.
2. Thanasis C. T., "Strengthening of masonry structures using epoxybonded FRP laminates." Journal of Composites for Construction,
ASCE, 2(2), 1998, pp. 96-104.
3. Michael, L. Albert., Alaa E. Elwi., and Roger Cheng, J. J.,
"Strengthening of un-reinforced masonry walls using FRPs." Journal of
Composites for Construction, ASCE, 5(2), 2001, pp. 76-84.
4. Tan, K. H. and Patoary, M. K. H., "Strengthening of masonry walls
against out-of-plane loads using FRP reinforcement." Journal of
Composites for Construction, ASCE, accepted for publication.
5. Henry, A. W., "Structural masonry." Second Edition, Macmillan Press
Ltd., London, 1998, pp. 16-50 and 181-190.
6. Volkman, D. E. "Aspects of blast resistance masonry design" Masonry:
Components to Assemblages, ASTM STP 1063, John H. Mattys, Editor,
American Society for Testing and Materials, 1990, pp. 413-422.
7. TM5-1300 "Structures to resist the effects of the accidental
explosions". US Department of Army, Picatinny Arsenal, New Jersey,
Technical Manual, 1990.
8. Biggs, J. M., "Introduction to structural dynamics" McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York, 1964, pp. 212-213.
9. TM5-855-1 "Fundamentals of protective design for conventional
weapons" Headquarters, Department of the Army, Washington, DC,
1986.
INTRODUCTION
This paper describes several innovative concepts for retrofitting walls of
conventional buildings to improve their resistance to airblast and ballistic
fragments. Two conventional in-fill wall types (i.e., metal stud and cement
masonry unit or concrete block) are considered for retrofitting, as shown in
Figure 1. None of these walls are load bearing and the metal stud wall, in
particular, is often used as a partition wall.
The work reported focuses on the capability of the concepts to resist a
moderate blast load in the 200 to 600 psi-ms range. Selection of the design
parameters for each retrofit is based on predictions made by high-fidelity
physics based finite element models. DYNA3D is used to provide the highfidelity physics based results. The material characterization and parameters
are based on previous Karagozian & Case studies1'2'3. These studies provide
validation of both the material characterization and the finite element models
used to approximate the wall responses.
3
!4" gypsum board
4", 20 gage metal
stud
Vi" plywood
sheathing
Concrete floor
slab
Concrete floor
slab
Figure 1. Wall sections defining the two wall types considered in retrofit study.
Sliding
-^^^\\i''-/^^M^
concrete
roof siSab of
test
_
r^t-v*?"*;
\.
:^N*-K' : : "'
>|i;i's-
surface #2
-'.
Rebar
?^.^ : ;? : l;.-!" ?
J$W
UK
CttU
JSKf
-^- Symmetry plan
applied to both
sides
Sliding surface #2
Concrete floor
slab (fixed)
, ' . - \ ^ : 0 / " : .
i f W: *'' - ^ ^ & / J >;;'
"'*?*& V? -/ ^ > w
A'!,
(a) Mesh.
Figure 2. DYNA3D model for the baseline configuration of Wall Type 2; symmetry
planes used to reduce size of model.
WRl
WR3
Description
A standard size panel (e.g., 4 x \0-foot) is constructed using a
sheet of rigid polyurethane foam (1/2 to 2 inches thick) with a
thin metal skin attached to one face. The other face of the foam
is bonded to the wall to be retrofitted. A ductile shoe is used at
the panel's edge to transfer panel loads into the diaphragms
and minimize the in-plane forces in the panel skin.
An aramid laminate is lightly bonded to the wall with
polyurethane (or other adhesive) and tied to the diaphragms
with an anchorage device
Polyurethane is sprayed on one or both sides of a wall; this is
particularly useful for strengthen masonry.
diliillipiini
Concrete masonry unit
iiliililliilllll /wall exterior
^pr^
Polyurethane
Foam core
Metal or
FRP skin
(a) Large anchorage block.
' (b) Anchorage block.
Figures. Wall Retrofit Concept WRl: rigid polyurethane foam panel.
Response Predictions for Retrofit Concepts
WRl. In using the WRl retrofit concept to prevent debris entry from a stud
wall, Its Inherent lack of robustnessvis-a-vis, blast loadingmust be
recognized. This Is primarily related to its lack of continuity, lack of mass,
and use of relatively weak fasteners to attach the studs to the track and the
track to the floor. This makes retrofitting these walls more challenging and
can yield retrofits that are less robust than those for masonry walls.
= 4 5 000psi
y= 10 lb/ft3
Et = 285 psi
= 400 psl
80
70
60
Stres
Typical Prouerties
Tensile Strength - 89 ksi
Initial Modulus - 0.13 Msi
Chord Modulus = 3.5 Msi
Strain to Failure - 4.7 %
Figure 6. Aramid laminate properties, two-ply; capacity 1,700 lb/in per ply.
5000
4000
3000
J_i
-Elastic
modulus
y
2000
~i Initial piasuc
1000
0
0
Specimen 1
^i
specimen l
^ '
//
<t
^
o
\ j <*
Spc,cimen^
breaks
fco
200
400
600
800
1000
Percent Strain
Figure 7. Wall Retrofit Concept WR3: properties for polyurethane spray.
Time (sec)
The WR1 retrofit has the added advantage of fitting well with standard
construction practices and requiring no special wall preparation. This
retrofit concept comes in a variety of strengths and can be constructed
without increasing the wall thickness by more than 1 to 2 inches or changing
the basic appearance of the wall.
1206
FRPRCS-6: Applications
Structures
For concepts WR2 and WR3, which were applied to the concrete
masonry unit wall, the effect of various plies of aramid laminate and
thicknesses of polyurethane spray are indicated by the results given in
Table 2. Both the aramid and polyurethane produce an acceptable result,
limiting deflection to around 2 percent of span. The responses (e.g., as
shown in Figure 9) indicate that all the retrofits have significant elastic
components, as witnessed by the magnitude of the rebound.
Unretrofitted Wall
- Wall w/1/4" polyurethane spray
- - Wall w/ 3/4" polyurethane spray
Wall w/ 2-ply aramid laminate
Wall w/ 4-ply aramid laminate
Wall w/ 6-ply aramid laminate
0.04
0.08
0.12
Time (sec)
Figure 9. Response of Wall Type 2 strengthened with Retrofit Concepts
WR2andWR3.
The added strength of the stronger retrofits provides little benefit in
reducing deflection, presumably because masonry failure is controlling.
However, in the case of the aramid, the stronger retrofits may still be
valuable by allowing the use of a less complex/ductile anchorage device.
Type
Wall Type 1
Metal stud
wall
Wall Type 2
Reinforced
concrete
masonry unit
wall
Height, ft
Retrofit Concept
10
WR\: Rigid
Polyurethane
foam panel
10
WR2: aramid
laminate
10
WR3:
Polyurethane
spray
Retrofit
Specification
1" thickfoam,
20 GA skin
2" thickfoam
12 GA plate tied
to shoes
2-ply
A-ply
6-ply
'A inch
'A inch
Maximum
Deflection to
Span Ratio, %
18
16
2.0
2.1
2.2
1.8
2.0
REFERENCES
1. Crawford, J. E., D. D. Bogosian, and J. W. Wesevich, "Evaluation of the
Effects of Explosive Loads on Masonry Walls and an Assessment of
Retrofit Techniques for Increasing Their Strength," Proceedings of the
8,h International Symposium on Interaction of the Effects of Munitions
with Structures, April 1997.
2. Bogosian, D. D., "Validation of Component Vulnerability Curves for
Unfilled Masonry Walls and Steel Joists," Karagozian & Case,
Glendale, CA, TR-96-30.1, January 1997.
3. Crawford, J. E. and B. W. Dunn, "Development of Polyurethane Panels
for Retrofitting Masonry Walls," Karagozian & Case, Glendale, CA,
TR-01 -24.1, September 2001.
4. Ferritto, J. F. and J. E. Crawford, "Users Manual for PI Plus,"
Karagozian & Case, Glendale, CA, August 1999.
265 250
The stones were tested under uniaxial compression along their minor
direction and exhibited an average compressive strength of fb= 3.71 MPa.
Ten cubes of hardened mortar, with sides of 50 mm, were also tested in
compression. The average compressive strength was fm= 2 MPa.
Panels were externally bonded with two different types of fiber: unidirectional carbon fibers and bi-directional glass fibers. Two configurations
of the reinforcing system were investigated: grid or diagonal arrangement of
strips, as shown in Figure 1. The fabrics width was always 210 mm and two
different FRP densities were considered: 300 g/m2 and 600 g/m2.
Each wall is identified by a combination of two symbols. The letters
"a" and "b" are used to identify the amount per unit area of FRP (300 g/m2
and 600 g/m2 respectively); the numbers " 1 " and "2" refer to the bonding
layouts (cross and grid layouts respectively). The composite materials were
applied with wet lay up system. The steps of application were the
following: the wall was thoroughly cleaned; a designed treatment for tuff
surfaces and an epoxy primer layer were applied to the support; epoxy
adhesive was spread on the wall, then the fibers were glued to the surface of
the specimen and pressed with a roller. Finally, a second coat of adhesive
was put on; such layer ensured also the protection of the laminates.
2070
250 265
250
520
157
520
250
49
49
250
148
(a)
(b)
The vertical actuators were used in force control mode and were
attached to the top steel beam and the bottom strong floor by cylindrical
hinges.
Linear variable displacement transducers (LVDTs) were placed on both
sides of the panel to monitor shear deformation and base slip under lateral
loads. Vertical and shear displacements were monitored by means of
transducers mounted to a fixed support to measure the absolute
displacement of the wall. Strain readings were taken at several locations
along the length of the composite, using strain gauges. The positions of
some instruments are given in Figures 1 and 2.
CYLINDRICAL HINGES
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
The tests gave many results about the behaviour of masonry panels under
vertical and horizontal loads, in terms of strength and deformability. In the
following a preliminary analysis of the meaningful ones is presented.
Compression Tests
The axial tests provided a failure load with a mean value of. 860 kN
corresponding to a net area compression stress fwc of 1.7 MPa. The average
value of the secant modulus of elasticity (calculated between the 30 % and
the 60 % of the maximum strength) is of 2585 MPa. At failure the walls
exhibited typical vertical cracks through the blocks and the mortar joints.
Shear Tests
The measured force-displacement curves are shown in Figures 3 to 6, where
the relationships between the horizontal load (H) and displacement (s) at the
top of the panel are reported for the different types of strenghtened
elements.
240
240 -r
0
Figure 3. Load-displacement response of
strengthened specimens with FRP type "a"
20
30
V14
V12
|
X
160
Chi
X
160 -
C13
V13
~--Vhl
/// Spec.3
*
C14
Ch2
jr^
40
240
80
10
80 Spec. 3
s (mm)
s (mm)
i
'
0 0
10
20
'
30
40
Specimen
[MP a]
P/o]
[mm]
Failure
mechanism
Al~lmax
**max
[MP a]
Un-Str.
91.8
82.6
10.9
Un-Str.
136.7
123.0
19.9
Un-Str.
123.0
110.7
14.8
Un-Str.
176
158.4
15.1
CHI
1-a
156.7
141.0
18.7
21.2
CL1
1-a
188.9
170.0
43.1
20.0
s
s
s
s
CH2
1-b
180.6
162.5
36.8
19.4
S+F
1-b
227.0
204.3
71.9
30.9
S+F
CL4
c
c
c
c
c
c
VH1
VH2
CL2
CH3
CL3
CH4
Bonding
layout
FRP
andfiber
type"
density
2-a
187.9
169.1
42.3
26.9
S+F
2-a
208.5
187.6
57.9
20.7
S+F
2-b
235.8
212.2
78,6
30.6
S+F
2-b
205.0
184.5
55.3
25.4
S+F
1-a
155.8
140.2
18.0
13.3
S+F (r.)
1-b
179.5
161.5
36.0
15.9
S+F
VL2
1-b
147.4
132.7
12.0
14.85
S+F (r.)
VH3
2-a
199.2
179.3
50.9
16.9
S+F (r.)
VL3
2-a
193.3
174.0
46.4
14.3
S+F
VH4
2-b
222.1
199.9
68.2
15.1
S+F (r.)
VL4
2-b
208.0
187.2
57.6
13.9
S+F (r.)
G=GFRP; C=CFRP;
Improvement percentage of shear load on the maximum shear load of the
unstrengthened panels;
c
S=Shear; F=Flexure; (r.)=FRP rupture.
b
Whereas the tensile strength of carbon fibers is about three times higher
than glass fibers, the in-plane shear capacity measured for strengthened
panels with carbon and glass overlayers were, in many cases, similar. For
both carbon and glass fabrics, the grid layout showed the highest ultimate
capacity increase, due to the larger amount of fiber reinforcement.
When diagonal strips are applied, the interaction between lamina and
masonry is concentrated along the diagonal direction and the influence on
the mortar joint is reduced by the inclination of fibers with respect to
discontinuity direction of the joints.
The overall deformation capacity of the wall is evaluated considering
the ultimate displacement su as the one corresponding to a load Hu that is
90% of the maximum Hmax on the descending branch of curves, neglecting
the residual part of the softening. The highest improvement in terms of
ultimate displacement is given by carbon fibers type "2-b" (86 %), whereas
the increase provided by glass fibers is lower.
The cracking pattern at failure of URM shows that collapse occurred
with a sudden formation and propagation of sub-vertical cracks along
diagonal direction in compression, that results in the descending branch of
the load vs displacement curves described above. Evident cracks usually
started at a stress level varying from 85 % to 100 % of the peak shear force,
and crossed blocks and mortar joints. The URM typical failure was
modified by FRP strengthening, especially by the grid configuration,
showing a higher effectiveness as compared to the diagonal configuration.
Layout type " 1 " determined a clear diagonal crack pattern running
through the units, combined with vertical cracks in the more compressed
side. Phenomena of masonry spalling happened along the edges of the
panel, due to compression effect and imperfections of the mortar joints in
this area.
When glass fibers were used, generally a wide crack distribution over
the entire surface of the wall occurred; moreover the panels were
characterized by rupture of tension fibers before masonry crushing. After
fracture of a single GFRP strip, the panels showed a brittle failure with
respect to the CFRP-strengthened panels. None of the failure modes of
strengthened panel with carbon sheets included FRP fracture; the crisis of
the interface bonding between masonry and CFRP occurred through
fracture in the stones, confirming the good bond properties attained. After
peeling, the load-strain relationship showed a descending branch. The
sheets delaminated from the masonry acted as an external unbonded
10
15
20
25
30
35
CONCLUSIONS
The preliminary analysis of the experimental results confirmed the
effectiveness of the proposed solution. For both types of fiber remarkable
increases over 50% in both shear and displacement capacity were achieved,
and a significant stress redistribution with consequent reduction of local
damage were obtained. The use of GFRP laminates provided strength
performance comparable to those of CRFP. The same trend was not
observed with respect to the displacement capacity that was lower for GFRP
laminates. This could be due to the higher stiffness of CFRP sheets that
increases the displacement capacity of strengthened panels.
Based on the presented laboratory experience, surface preparation
treatments must be developed to ensure proper bond; in addition^ anchorage
systems need to be addressed for cases in which the bonded length of fibers
is not sufficient to develop its fully capacity or where the anchorage to
adjacent members is required.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The construction and testing were supported by the Italian Ministry of
Research under a contract to the ENEL HYDRO S.p.A. The strengthening
of the specimens was supported by MAPEI S.p.A., Milano, Italy. The
contribution of Dr. Balsamo and Messrs. Balconi and Zaffaroni is
acknowledged. The authors wish also to thank Dr. Franco Ravasio from
ENEL HYDRO S.p.A. for his support in the experimental program.
REFERENCES
1. Triantafillou, T.C., "Strengthening of Historic Structures with
Composites", Proceedings of the International Conference on FRP
Composites in Civil Engineering, Hong Kong, 12-14 December, 2001,
J.-G. Teng Editor, Elsevier Science Ltd., ISBN 0-08-043945-4, Vol. II,
pp. 959-965.
2. Schwegler, G., "Masonry Construction Strengthened with Fiber
Composites in Seismically Endangered Zones", 10th European
Conference on Earthquake Engrg, Balkema, Rotterdam, 1995, The
Netherlands, pp. 2299-2303.
3. Valluzzi, M.R., Tinazzi, D. and Modena, C, "Shear Behaviour of
Masonry Strengthened by FRP laminates", Construction and Building
Materials, May 2002, in press.
4. Tumialan, J.G., Micelli, F. and Nanni, A., "Strengthening of Masonry
Structures with FRP Composites", Structures 2001, Washington D.C.
5. Benedetti, D. and Benzoni, G.M., "Esperienze a Taglio sui Pannelli in
Tufo", Ingegneria Sismica, n.3, 1985.
6. Faella, G., Manfredi, G. and Realfonzo, R., "Cyclic Behaviour of Tuff
Masonry Walls Under Horizontal Loading", 6th Canadian Masonry
Symposium, Canada, June 1992, pp. 317-328.
consists of encapsulating them into grooves cut onto the surface of the
member being strengthened (i.e. NSM). Another available FRP technology
is the use of laminates which involves the application of fiber sheets,
impregnated by an epoxy resin, to the surface of the member being
strengthened.
The main objective of this experimental program was to observe the
improved performance, mode of failure and behavior of URM panels
strengthened with FRP systems.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Test Matrix
Thirty-four masonry specimens were constructed for this experimental
program. Twenty-one walls were built with concrete blocks and the
remaining thirteen with clay bricks. Their nominal dimensions were 600
mm (24 in.) wide by 1200 mm (48 in.) high. The nominal wall thickness
was about 95 mm (3.75 in.).
NSM FRP bars:- Nine concrete masonry panels were strengthened with
6.25 mm-diameter (0.25 in.) and 9.37 mm-diameter (0.375 in.) sand-coated
twisted Glass FRP (GFRP) rods in different amounts (one, two or three
rods) with a spacing of 20, 30 and 60 cm (8, 12, 24 in.); the reinforcement
was encapsulated in a square groove by using two embedding materials
(epoxy-based paste and latex modified cementitious paste). In the case of
6.25 mm-diameter rods embedded in the modified cementitious paste, two
depths of the groove were considered: 1.5 and 2.5 times the diameter. Table
1 reports the test matrix.
Externally bonded laminates (Tumialan et al., 2002). - Two different
FRP systems, GFRP and Aramid FRP (AFRP) were installed by manual layup. A single strip was placed in different amounts along the longitudinal
axis on the tension side: the strip widths ranged from 75 mm (3 in.) to 300
mm (12 in.). Two different masonry units (concrete and clay), and two
surface preparation methods (with or without putty filler) were investigated
to account for different compressive strengths and surfaces. The putty filler
is used to fill small surface voids and to provide a leveled surface to which
the FRP can be attached. The surface preparation of all the masonry
specimens built with clay units included the use of putty. This was because
the clay brick wall surfaces exhibited more unevenness that those of the
concrete blocks. Table 2 presents the test matrix.
Embedding
material
Epoxybasedpaste
Latex
modified
cementitious paste
Diameter(d)
mm (in)
9.525 (3/8)
9.525(3/8)
9.525 (3/8)
6.35 (2/8)
6.35 (2/8)
9.525 (3/8)
9.525 (3/8)
6.35 (2/8)
6.35 (2/8)
Amount
of rods
Space
between
two rods
cm (in)
60 (24)
30(12)
20(8)
30(12)
20(8)
60 (24)
30(12)
30(12)
20(8)
Depth of
the
groove
times of
d
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
FRF
fiber
125 (5)
175 (7)
225 (9)
300(12)
CLG
GFRP
CLG3
CLG3R
CLG5
CLG5R
CLG7
CLG9
CLG12
CLA
AFRP
CLA3
CLA5
CLA7
CLA9
CLA 12
BLG
GFRP
BLG3
CLG3R
BLG5
BLG5R
BLG7
BLG7R
BLG9
BLG12
BLA
AFRP
BLA3
BLA5
BLA 7
BLA9
BLA12
Materials
Tests were performed to characterize the engineering properties of the
materials used in this investigation. The average compressive strengths of
concrete and clay masonry obtained from the testing of prisms (ASTM
C1314) were 10.5 MPa (1520 psi) and 17.1 MPa (2480 psi), respectively.
Type N mortar was used; standard mortar specimens were tested according
to ASTM CI09. An average value of 7.6 MPa (1100 psi) at an age of 28
days was found. Splitting tensile test (ASTM C496) for both the embedding
materials were performed because the most important mechanical properties
that are used in design of NSM reinforcement are the tensile properties.
The splitting tensile strength was found to be 3.58 MPa (0.518 ksi) after 7
days and 5.59 MPa (0.81 ksi) after 28 days in the case of latex modified
cementitious paste, and 16.31 MPa (2.36 ksi) after 7 days and 18.54 MPa
(2.7 ksi) after 28 days in the case of epoxy-based paste.
Tensile tests were performed on FRP laminates and rods to determine
their engineering properties, which are related to fiber content and not to
composite area. The test results showed that the tensile strength of GFRP
laminate was equal to 1690 MPa (245 ksi) and the modulus of elasticity was
92.9 GPa (13460 ksi). In the case of AFRP laminate, the tensile strength
was 1876 MPa (272 ksi) and the modulus of elasticity was equal to 115.2
GPa (16700 ksi). The 6.25 mm-diameter GFRP bars had a tensile strength
of 825 MPa (120 ksi) and a modulus of elasticity of 40.8 GPa (52900 ksi),
while the 9.37 mm-diameter GFRP bars exhibited a tensile strength of 760
MPa (110 ksi) and a modulus of elasticity of 40.8 GPa (52900 ksi).
Test Setup
The masonry panels were tested under simply supported conditions. Figure
1 shows the test setup. A 12 ton (26.4 kips) capacity hydraulic jack
activated by a manual pump was used to load the specimen. The force
generated by the hydraulic jack was transferred to the specimen by means of
a steel beam supported by two rollers, which applied a load along two lines
spaced at 200 mm (8 in). The line loads rested along the full width of the
walls.
The load was applied in cycles of loading and unloading. An initial
cycle for a low load was performed in every wall to verify that both the
mechanical and electronic equipment were working properly.
The instrumentation used consisted of one 22.3 ton (50 kips) load cells
to measure the force from the jack, four Linear Variable Differential
Transducers (LVDTs) to measure deflections at midspan and settlements at
the supports. Five strain gauges were placed on the reinforcement's surface
of specimens CLG3R, CLG5R5 BLG3R, BLG7R, BLG5R and for all the
specimen of series CRG. One strain gauge was placed at midspan, two
strain gauges were placed at 200 mm (8 in) and two at 400 mm (16 in) from
each wall end.
TEST RESULTS
Modes of Failure
The walls exhibited the following modes of failure: (1) debonding of the
FRP reinforcement, (2) flexural failure (i.e. rupture of the FRP laminate in
tension or crushing of the masonry in compression), and (3) shear failure in
the masonry near the support.
Table 3 reports the test results. In order to compare them between each
other, the amount of reinforcement has been expressed as a fraction pf
defined as AreaFRP /(Wall Width x Wall Thickness).
Table 3. Test Results
Code
pf
CRG-E31
CRG-E32
CRG-E33
CRG-E22
CRG-E23
CRGC31
CRGC32
CRGC22
CRGC23
CLG3
CLG3R
CLG5
CLG5R
CLG7
CLG9
CLG12
CLA3
0.0012
0.0024
0.0036
0.0011
0.0017
0.0012
0.0024
0.001
0.0017
0.0005
0.0005
0.0008
0.0008
0.0011
0.0014
0.0019
0.0004
Mexp
(kN-m)
1.56
3.93
5.57
1.68
2.27
0.94
1.64
2.07
2.93
2.05
3.22
3.33
5.37
3.74
5.23
6.06
2.54
Failure1
D
S
S
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
F-S
F-S
D
Code
Pf
CLA5
CLA7
CLA9
CLA12
BLG3
BLG3R
BLG5
BLG5R
BLG7
BLG7R
BLG9
BLG12
BLA3
BLA5
BLA7
BLA9
BLA12
0.0006
0.0009
0.001
0.0015
0.0005
0.0005
0.0008
0.0008
0.0011
0.0011
0.0014
0.0019
0.0004
0.0006
0.0009
0.0011
0.0015
M exp
(kN-m)
3.57
4.66
5.25
6.33
3.23
3.88
4.89
5.37
6.58
7.20
6.94
6.16
2.94
5.23
6.13
8.45
5.90
Failure
D
F-S
F-S
F-S
D
R
D
R
D
D
S-S
S-S
D
R
D
D
S-S
FRF debonding - The first flexural cracks formed in the bed joints at
the maximum bending region. When the tensile strength of the mortar is
reached, the redistribution of the tensile stresses occurred and the cracks
developed in the masonry units oriented at 45 or in the head mortar joints.
Some of these cracks followed the embedding material and masonry
interface causing their debonding and subsequent wall failure (see Figure 2a
and 2b). Since the tensile strength of masonry is lower than that of the
epoxy resins, the failure line is in the masonry. In the case of concrete
masonry walls, part of the concrete block faceshell remained attached to the
FRP rod or laminate.
Flexural failure - After developing flexural cracks primarily located at
the mortar joints, a wall failed by either rupture of the FRP laminate or
masonry crushing. FRP rupture occurred at midspan. The compression
failure was manifested by crushing of the mortar joints (Figure 2.c).
--CRG-E23
--CRG-E22
-*-CRG-E31
-B-CRG-E32
-8-CRG-E33
S
e 2
$m^ ^
*.
^^
&
0
10
15
20
25
30
Deflection (mm)
Figure 3. Moment vs. Deflection curves for Series CRG specimens
The overall shape of response can be divided into two distinct phases.
The first phase is the result of the mortar reaching the tensile capacity and
cracking. Initial cracking was delayed due to the presence of FRP
reinforcement. As the mortar lost its bond to the adjacent masonry block,
one joint separates and the load is transferred to the next joints until they
(a) Flexural strengthening with NSM GFRP rods and FRP laminates
has been proven to remarkably increase the flexural capacity (from
2 to 14 times), strength and pseudo-ductility of URM walls.
(b) Debonding is the predominant mode of failure in both FRP laminate
and NSM FRP rod strengthened walls. Shear failure has been
observed when large amount of GFRP rods were embedded in the
epoxy paste.
(c) In the case of strengthening with NSM FRP rod, latex modified
cementitious paste-GFRP rod system has a better performance when
the size of the groove is approximately 2.5 times the diameter. On
the contrary, a groove of 1.5 times the diameter is enough when
epoxy paste is used.
(d) In the case of strengthening with FRP laminates, the presence of
putty on the masonry surface allows a better bond and thus
increases the improved capacity given by the reinforcement. In this
case, the failure mode may shift from FRP debonding to FRP
rupture.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to acknowledge the support of the National Science
Foundation Industry/University Cooperative Research Center at the
University of Missouri-Rolla.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
INTRODUCTION
When an in-plane load is applied on an infill wall, the ultimate capacity can
be easily reached and the URM wall collapses. The main effect of this type
of load is the shear stress, identifiable by the cracks along the diagonals and
with the consequence of a shear failure. After the crack opens, the wall
would lose all its capacity and can easily collapse under a low out-of-plane
load, endangering human lives. For this reason, it is important to prevent
and to control this type of failure.
The use of FRP systems can be the satisfactory answer for this problem.
By the use of FRP composites, it is possible to increase the ultimate
capacity of a wall without any addition in its weight and stiffness, avoiding
dangerous consequences in case of seismic events. Moreover, there is an
aesthetic and logistic benefit from the use of FRP: there is a minimal loss of
usable space and with a plaster it is possible to hide the strengthening
material.
MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION
Experimental tests were concluded to characterize the mechanical
properties of the materials used in this investigation. The average
compressive strength'of masonry clay bricks resulting from the testing of
prisms (ASTM C1314) was 15.78 MPa. The walls were strengthened with
#2 GFRP bars having diameter of 6 mm, and GFRP laminates; their
characteristics are shown in Table 1. GFRP bars were embedded into an
epoxy-based paste which, according to the manufactures and to test results2,
possess the mechanical properties as shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Material properties
Material
#2 GFRP
bars
GFRP
laminates
Epoxy
paste
Compressive
strength
[MPa]
Tensile
strength
[MPa]
Modulus of
Elasticity
[MPa]
824
50162
1687
83129
86.18
27.58
3102
STRENGTHENING PROCEDURE
The Manual Lay-Up technique consists the following phases: (a) the
application of primer, to reduce the porosity of the masonry wall surface;
(b) a subsequent layer of putty, to level the unevenness present on the wall
surface; (c) a layer of saturant as adhesive, applied using a roller; (d) the
positioning of FRP sheets on the wall surface, pressed down using a
"bubble roller" to eliminate entrapped air between the saturant and the
fibers; and (e) a second layer of saturant was applied (see Figure 1).
The FRP Structural Repointing technique3 requires a simpler
application method: (a) by using a grinder with a diamond blade, slots were
grooved with a thickness equal to 1.5 times the size of the bar; (b) a layer of
embedding paste was placed into the slot with an adequate gun; the rod was
nested in the groove, and the slot was then completely filled with the paste
to encapsulate the FRP rod (see Figure 2).
TEST SPECIMENS
A total of five masonry clay bricks walls, with dimensions of
1220x1220x102 mm, were built with 51x102x203 mm clay bricks "'in-a
running bond pattern. All the walls were built by a qualified mason to avoid
introducing additional variables, such as workmanship and different mortar
workability that may arise from the construction of the specimens.
The test program is shown in Figure 3. An URM' wall, CO 1, was the
control specimen; wall CB 1 was strengthened with #2 GFEP rods at every
second mortar joint in the front side; wall CB 2 has the same amount of
FRP rods as CB 1 even on the rear side; wall CL 1 was prepared with 76.2
mm (3 in) wide CFRP laminates at every 152.4 mm (6 in). Therefore, a total
of 5 strips was applied on the front side. Wall CL 2 was reinforced in the
same way as CL 1, but with the same amount of laminates also on the rear
side, in the same position as the front one.
For the different configurations, the amount of strengthening
reinforcement was equivalent in term of axial stiffness E-A (Modulus of
Elasticity multiplied by Reinforcement Cross Sectional Area).
CONTROL URM
FRP RODS
FRP LAMINATES
.'__!
TT'T'''IT'~T''1 Z
T'''''''?'''"''T'"'"T'". 'Z
^~~~f~-- I " T v * Z
xzszznzzx: z
Wall CB 1
7 GFRP rods #2
WallCLl
76.2 mm (3 in) wide GFRP
Wall CO 1
2
WallCB2
7 GFRP rods #2
(both sides)
Figure 3. Test Program
Wall CL 2
76.2 mm (3 in) wide GFRP
(both sides)
TEST SETUP
The specimens were tested in a closed loop fashion. Two 30-ton-capacity
hydraulic jacks, activated by a manual pump, were used to generate the load
along the diagonal of the wall being tested. During loading, the force was
applied to the wall by steel shoes placed at the top corner, and transmitted
to similar devices at the bottom corner through high strength steel rods.
Figure 4 shows the test setup.
The load was applied in cycles of loading and unloading for every 10
tons, also to verify the stability of the system. The data were acquired by
load cells and Linear Variable Differential Transducers (LVDTs) and
collected by a DAYTRONIC data acquisition system at a frequency of 1
Hz. To collect displacements and the crack opening in the walls, two
LVDTs were placed along the diagonals on each side of the walls.
Strengthened
Side
Unstrengthened
Side
^
^~
r?
, 200 1
3 iso I I
o
1 -*eoi I!
J -*-CB1
-*-CB2
CL1
100
AH
&
50
I CL2 J
0,4
0,2
0,8
0,6
200
1
li
II
150 |
1 -*C0 1 I
j -*-CB1 \
-*-CB2
\ -CL1 [
g ioo
*
4
50 i "
I -^-CL2 j
i0
0,2
0,4
0,8
0,6
7 \
-
'
"-,
""
/ ^
'
*>4&^&<
^ \^
y . . -'
y?-:
J0^"'""'<''*'
^i^y
w -/"l
, "
v
: .
'
'. . :.
* /* / Jt%*
*
S U \ ~* ?*tf!W!&?SSf,t 9
|
-^8!$$^
(1)
r>
r = h|+ta>|
(2)
where "yu" is the ultimate shear strain and "y " is the yielding shear strain
(corresponding to the change in slope in the load vs. shear strain diagrams).
Considering the strains generated by the diagonal load as principal strains,
the maximum shear strain is expressed as the sum of these strains (" s0" and
" sgo")'. The results for y and u are given in Table 2.
Specimen
C01
CB1
CB2
CL1
CL2
Yu
0.1603
0.7129
0.296
0.106
0.944
1
5.69
5.91
7.78
16.56
Figure 10 shows the In-Plane Load vs. Shear Strain curves for all the
tested walls. From Table 2 and Fig. 10, the best behavior is detected for
wall CL 2, reinforced with a symmetrical distribution of laminates on both
sides. This increased both the ultimate capacity and the pseudo-ductility. In
particular, this wall failed with a sliding of the fifth joint, after shear failure.
Moreover, it is noted that the maximum values of ju correspond to the CL
walls; this was probably due to the larger area covered by the laminates in
comparison with the rods.
The good behavior of the clay panels, in comparison with other similar
concrete walls1, is due to the fact that the mortar can get inside the holes of
the bricks and create a solid system (see Figure 11). This creates a dowelaction effect of the mortar and increases the capacity of the wall itself. The
splitting failure (Figure 9), obtained in the central zone along the
compressed diagonal in wall CB 2, was due to a peat tangential strain,
resulting from the high bond between the clay bricks and from the
symmetrical reinforcement (#2 GFRP rods, both sides). The sliding failure
(Figure 12) obtained in wall CL 2 was due to the combination between the
increase in the ultimate load (due to the presence of the reinforcement over
both sides) and the lower strength at the interface of the unreinforced joint
of mortar. However, in this case, a larger increase in shear capacity was
recorded, as the horizontal laminates engaged the masonry layers where the
sliding occurred, and the cracks running along the head joints were bridged.
200
100
rp^^
*-*
w-/'
r^
I
0,2
-*-coi
-*-C8 1
H
-W-CB2
\-
~-GL1
J
0,4
0,6
-*-CL2
0,8
Shear Strain
Figure 10. In-Plane vs. Shear Strain curves for all the walls
Safe? *
2fi
Mortar Nails
Figure 11. Dowel action effect
CONCLUSIONS
From this research, the following conclusions can be drawn:
(a) Remarkable increases in shear capacity and pseudo-ductility, up to
200%, can be achieved. These increments can be reached mainly if the
reinforcement has a symmetrical shape.
(b) In the one-side reinforced walls, two failure phases were identified: InPlane and Out-of-Plane. The In-Plane component was the most critical
and related to the stepwise development of the crack; the Out-of-Plane
behaviour could be observed from the curvature of the wall. These
walls did not show a high increase in terms of pseudo-ductility.
(c) In the two-side reinforced walls, the symmetrical reinforcement led to
an increase in the first crack load, the ultimate load and the pseudoductility.
REFERENCES
1. Grando S. and Nanni A., "Shear Strengthening of URM Walls with FRP
Systems", Report CIES 02-##, Center for Infrastructure Engineering
Studies, University of Missouri-Rolla (under review).
2. Turco V. and Nanni A., "Embedding Materials for Strengthening of
Masonry with FRP Bars", Report CIES 02-##, CIES, University of
Missouri-Rolla (under review).
3. Tumialan J.G. and Nanni A., "In-Plane and Out-of-Plane Behavior of
Masonry Walls Strengthened with FRP Systems", Report CIES 01-24,
Center for Infrastructure Engineering Studies, University of MissouriRolla, May 2001.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This research study was sponsored by the National Science Foundation
Industry/University Cooperative Research Center at the University of
Missouri-Rolla (UMR). The authors would like to acknowledge the support
of the Rolla Technical Institute (RTI), as well as the help of Turco V., UMR
Visiting Scholar from the University of Padova, Italy and Galati N., UMR
Master Student.
INTRODUCTION
In the last decades the great interest to restore historical buildings has
resulted in improvement in the technology of reinforcement. In fact, besides
the ordinary steel reinforcement, non metallic type of reinforcement, that is,
FRP (Fiber Reinforced Polymer) materials have been used in rebars, strips or
lamina.
This study deals with a new type of reinforcement - carbon rebars applied directly to masonry using steel connections and covered by mortar
on the surface.
As it is generally known, the primary consideration in analytical
approach for reinforced masonry consisted of two aspects: (a) the presence
of eccentric load; and (b) the shear strength that is not so high in plain
masonry.
In the study, the diagonal test was employed to induce compression load
along the diagonal line1' 2| 3. Two different types of reinforcement were
used, applied in both faces of the sample and inside of the mortar. The first,
Type of
Sample
SI
$2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
Max Load
(kN)
234 1
245 4
286 3
247 3
236 9
272 7
213 0
240 1
394 2
343 6
201,5
111111! 11
1081
01,5
1I inH
! I
;
Figure 1. Dimensions (mm) of sample type land type 2, height constant = 878 mm;
position of transducers and strain gauges
Sample
Sample 1
Without
Reinforcement
One Diagonal
Crack
Sample 2
With
Steel Mesh
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 3
With
FRPMesh
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 4
Horizontal FRP
Rebars
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 5
Without
Reinforcement
One Diagonal
Crack
Sample 6
With
Steel Mesh
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 7
With
FRP Mesh
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 8
Horizontal FRP
Rebars
Several Diagonal
Cracks
Sample
Sample 9
With
Steel Mesh
Double Diagonal
Cracks
Sample 10
With
FRP Mesh
Double Diagonal
Cracks
10
15
20
25
O
J
0
-500
Longitudinal Strain
500
1000
8 X 10"
1500
Lateral Strain
2000
-8
-6
A
-2
Lateral Elongation (mm)
0
2
4
Longitudinal Elongation (mm)
Figures 5, 6 and 7 shows different samples after the collapse for three
types of sample, i.e. without reinforcement and with mesh reinforcement (in
both cases with FRP and steel). Comparing Figures 5 and 7, the influence of
presence of reinforcement on crack pattern can be seen.
^
M
-J
i -. :
i i
t, I.
1 ^ik
/A
Figure 5. Sample 5
(Without Reinft.)
Figure 6. Sample 3
(With FRP Mesh)
Figure 7. Sample 2
(With Steel Mesh)
Max Load
(kN)
234.1
245.4
286.3
247.3
236.9
272.7
213.0
240.1
394.2
343.6
P,cr(Kn)
234.1
179.5
227.2
225.3
236.9
199.0
180.4
230.2
380.3
313.5
* let4*
Wlcr
max
1.00
0.73
0.79
0.91
1.00
0.72
0.85
0.96
0.97
0.91
(mm)
0.17
0.16
0.15
0.11
0.16
0.16
0.28
0.16
0.12
0.19
Alverl
(mm)
0.31
0.50
0.32
0.34
0.55
0.36
0.56
0.64
0.57
0.59
In the same table, the ratio between the Plcr value and the maximum level
of load is shown. Obviously, for plain masonry this is equal to 1.0; in
presence of FRP, the ratio is near to 0.8 and for masonry with steel
reinforcement, it is near to 0.75.
SHEAR STRENGTH
The shear strength is useful expressed as:
r = P/(bt)
(1)
(2)
where s = axial deformation. Table 7 shows the shear strength for all
samples and Fig. 8 shows the r-s relations.
Sample
SI
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
Type of Reinforcement
Type of Collapse
Without Reinforcement
One Diag. Crack
With Steel Mesh
Several Diag. Cracks
"
With FRP Mesh
a
Horizontal FRP Rebars
One Diag. Crack
Without Reinforcement
With Steel Mesh
Several Diag. Cracks
a
With FRP Mesh
"
Horizontal FRP Rebars
With Steel Mesh
Two Diag. Cracks
With FRP Mesh
({
Tmax (N/mm2)
1.33
1.40
1.63
1.41
1.35
1.55
1.21
1.37
1.36
1.19
1,8 -J
1,6 s~*>.
1,4 -
& 1,2
J3 i , o Kn
d 0,8 <-!
(/) 0,6 =
0,4
^ a ^ N r U v.
1 sfVCH \
/
' ^ ^ H ^
s S
X
s
S2
S9
)->s
^-sio
VI
0,20,0 0
0,005
0,01
0,015
0,02
0,025
Nevertheless it is very difficult to apply such as model, [see Eq. (3), (4) and
(5)] in the case of FRP rebars, although is easier for the case of FRP lamina.
VRd =fvk t d + 0.9 dpfrpfyk
VRd =fvk t d + 0.9d
pfrp
(3)
Efrp r sfrpu
(4)
(5)
[I!
Authors
Russo
Gottardo
Codato
Thickness and
dimension of Type of specimen
specimen (mm)
Max
load
(kN)
Shear
^
^,
,
Strength
""
incr.
(N/mm2)
%)
StVBYl&trl
200- -510x510
Plain
86.0
1.19
200- -510x510
With CFRP
98.5
1.37
15.1
200- - 770x770
Plain (S5)
236.9
1.35
200- - 770x770
272.7
1.55
14.8
200- - 770x770
286.3
1.63
20.8
200- - 770x770
247.3
1.41
4.4
CONCLUSIONS
Considering all experimental results, it is important to point out the
following aspects:
(a) The increase in shear capacity of masonry walls reinforced with CFRP
is as high as 20% over that of the plain masonry walls. The position of
non-metallic reinforcement influences the shear capacity; in the presence
of horizontal CFRP rebars, the increase in shear strength is 4.4%, and in
the case of steel mesh, it is 14.8%.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Selection and Characterization of Materials
The preliminary phase consisted the selection and characterization of
materials most suitable to simulate the most diffused masonry assemblages
in Italy in the tests, and to represent the most feasible strengthening
application based on FRP.
Bricks and mortar
The characterization of the masonry units is essential to determine and to
explain the behavior of the masonry assemblages. In the present research, as
will be further explained later, it was necessary to investigate the behavior of
the interface between mortar and bricks, as well. Common clay bricks,
representing the most of the masonry assemblages, were chosen for the
experiments. The specified mechanical characteristics are summarized in
Table 1. Test used for the brick characterization complies with the standards
UNI 8942. The type of hydrated lime mortar selected for the laying of the
bed joints possesses ordinary chemical and mechanical properties. On the
other hand, to exploit the high performances of the FRP reinforcement, a
high strength hydraulic lime mortar was selected for the repointing phase,
that is for the filling of the bed joints after reinforcement is inserted into
superficial slots. Test used for the mortar characterization complies with the
standards UNI EN 1015-11 1993. The characteristics of the used mortars
are listed in Table 1.
Interfacial characteristics between mortars and bricks have been
determined through triplets tests, in which different levels of stress
orthogonal to the bed joints were applied (see Figure 3a). Bond on mortarbrick interface is influenced by the orthogonal confining stress in
accordance with the Coulomb theory, with the angle of internal friction </>
equal to 40.50 degrees and a cohesion coefficient c equal to 0.88. This type
of test can well simulate the bond behaviour between the mortar-brick
interface in a real masonry assemblage subjected to compressive load.
CFRP strips
The selected FRP reinforcement selected consisted an externally sanded
pultruded strip (5 by 1.5 mm), made of carbon fibers in an epoxy resin
matrix. The strip was a prototype tailored on the specifications provided to
the manufacturer on the basis of the previous researches carried out at the
->
insertion depth
vertical
horizontal
Figure 3a. Specimen for triplet test. Figure 3b. Different configuration and depth
of the strip into the joint.
hydraulic
jack
Figure 4. Test setup for pull-out vs. depth test.
m
Figure 5. Test setup for pull-out test.
Clay bricks
(MPa)
Laying mortar
(28 days)
Repointing
mortar (28 days)
17.24
10.32
15.61
6.09
0.63
0.83
d = 0.2 cm
Horizontal
Vertical
d = 0.5 cm
546
569(2)
(l)
591w
d=0.7cm
607
(l)
d= 1.0 cm
607 1 "
649 (l)
0.00
3.8
5.3
5.8
5.3
5.2
3.5
3.6
2.8
10.3
6.4
8.8
6.4
n.a.
n.a.
5.8
n.a.
0.75
11.2
8.2
n.a.
6.9
n.a.
5.6
n.a.
n.a.
CONCLUSIONS
Results of the pull-out tests with different depths of embedded strips
revealed that at the minimum depth of 0.7 cm, the sliding mechanism is
guaranteed for both the strip configurations (vertical or horizontal) with a
reasonable level of extracting load.
Pull-out tests revealed that the de-bond load increases with the
anchoring length and the confinement pressure, and reaches a maximum
level with 20 cm of anchorage and 0.50 MPa of confinement, which
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The present research was possible thanks to the fund "Young Researchers
Project" - University of Padova, Italy. Authors would like to thank the
engineering student N. Bianculli and the company M.A.C. s.p.a. DEGUSSA Group- of Treviso, Italy for the technical collaboration and the
special support.
REFERENCES
1. Binda L., Modena C, Saisi A., Tongini Folli R., Valluzzi M.R., "Bed
joints structural repointing of historic masonry structures" 9th Canadian
Masonry Symposium Spanning the centuries. Fredericton, New
Brunswick, Canada, 4-6/06/2001.
2. Binda L., Modena C, Valluzzi M.R., Zago R. (1999). "Mechanical effects
of bed joint steel reinforcement in historic brick masonry structures",
Structural Faults + Repair - 99, 8th International Conference and
Exhibition, London, England, July, 13-15, 1999 (CD-ROM).
3. Anzani A., Binda L. e Mirabella G. (1999). "The role of heavy persistent
actions into the behaviour of ancient masonry", Structural Faults +
Repair - 99, 8th International Conference and Exhibition, London,
England, July, 13-15, 1999 (CD-ROM).
4. Tinazzi D., Modena C, Nanni A.,(2000). "Strengthening of masonry
assemblages with fiber reinforced polymer rods and laminates"
Advancing with composites 2000, 9-11 May, 2000. Milan, Italy.
5. Valluzzi M.R., Binda L. and Modena C. (2002). "Experimental and
analytical studies for the choice of repair techniques applied to historic
buildings", RILEM Materials and Structures, June 2002, Vol. 35, pp.
285-292.
INTRODUCTION
Masonry structures are widely used in the building engineering. But the
masonry structure may be easily attacked by the earthquake because of its
brittle mechanical behavior. So, the strengthening for the masonry structure is
very important, especially for the existing masonry building structures in the
seismic zone. FRP materials are very competitive in the strengthening of
masonry structures comparing with other materials, due to their behaviors of
high strength, light weight, resistance to corrosion etc. Even though the FRP
materials are widely used in the strengthening or retrofitting of concrete
structural members1"5, the number of researchers on the strengthening
technology of masonry structures with FRP is very limited6. Actually, both of
the FRP cloth and FRP plate can be employed as the external strengthening
materials for masonry structures to improve the seismic behavior of the
structure. But the FRP plate is better because of the smaller treatment area on
the surface of the wall before gluing.
In this study, the results of an experimental program aimed at
investigating the seismic behavior of brick walls strengthened by CFRP
plates, are described. The test indicated that the CFRP plates provided the
desired bearing and deforming capability for the strengthened brick walls.
EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
Specimen Details
Six full-scale brick wall specimens were constructed (Figure 1). The CFRP
ramnnminiinniii]
fijifo
1^3
A-A
Strain gauge;'
TW01~R,TW02,TWQ4,TW05,TW06
TW03
Tensile strength
(MPa)
165000
2800
240000
3500
Ultimate
strain
(%)
1.7
1.5
Test Set-up
The test set-up is shown in Figure 4. Three jacks were used to apply a constant
compressive stress on the top of the wall in the test to simulate the action of
the dead load. The specimen was subjected to a cyclic loading pattern using
actuator at the concrete pier beam. Data from load cells, displacement
transducers, and strain gauges were acquired using a computer controlled data
acquisition system.
Jack
Displacement
transducers
Data acquisition
s stem
y
1262
FRPRCS-6: Applications
Structures
l
0.75
0
-0.75
-1
Loading
cycles
500
500
500
500
500
250
375
(kN)
238.2
332.3
429.9
443.4
416.3
313.7
395.8
(%)
reference
39.5
80.5
86.1
74.8
,
(mm)
1.87
5.59
5.48
7.49
5.98
8.97
7.74
S2
(%)
reference
198.9
193.0
300.5
219.8
(mm)
2.43
7.84
7.46
10.13
7.69
(%)
reference
222.6
207.0
340.4
216.3
8.9
Specimen TW05 is same as TW04, but the axial load is 50 percent lower.
The lower axial load of TW05 degraded the flexural capacity, the flexural
failure happened before the shearing failure or the debonding failure. The
axial load of TW06 is 375kN, lower than TW04 (500kN) but larger than
TW05 (250kN). The maximum lateral load for TW06 is 395.8kN, lower than
TW04 (416.3kN), but larger than TW05 (313.7kN). When the debonding
failure happened, two flexural cracks between the bottom mortar of the wall
and the concrete beam in TW06 were observed.
Typical Failure Mode
Figure 7 shows the failure modes for all of the testing walls. From the results
shown in Figure 7, it can be seen that all of the factors such as the axial force,
initial state of the wall, strengthening manner, and strengthening ratio may
affect the failure mode of the strengthened wall. Even though there are cracks,
the wall can still work well until the debonding happened between CFRP
plates and the strengthened wall.
Load- strain Relationship of CFRP Plate
There are five strain gages placed in the length direction on each CFRP plate.
To compare the behavior of the CFRP plate in the wall, the results of strain
measurements at the same location are presented. Figure 8 shows load-strain
relationship curves (point 5, middle position of the CFRP plate) for each wall.
For all specimens, the maximum load in each loading cycle was recorded and
plotted against the maximum strain of each point (point 1,3,5, 8, and 10) of a
CFRP plate, as shown in Figure 9.
>z 600
2
300
-300
-600
-12 -8 -4 0
8
Displacement / mm
12
Displacement / mm
(a)TW01
-12 -8 -4
(b)TW01-R
12
Displacement / mm
(c) TW02
-12 -8 -4 0
8
Displacement / mm
(e) TW04
-12 -8 -4 0
8
Displacement / mm
12
(d) TW03
12
-12 -8 -4 0 4 8
Displacement / mm
(f) TW05
-4 0 4
12
Displacement / mm
(g) TW06
Figure 6. Load-displacement responses of testing walls
12
(a)TWOl
(c) TW02
Crack
(b)TWOl-R
(d) TW03
TW04
Debonding/
(e) TW04
(f) TW05
(g) TW06
Figure 7. Failure modes of testing walls
-2000 -1000
1000 2000
-2000 -1000
Micro-strain
(b) TW02
(a) TW01-R
-2000 -1000
0
1000
Micro-strain
(c) TW03
600
300
0
-300
-600
-2000 -1000
1000
Micro-strain
(e) TW05
2000
Micro-strain
2000
-2000 -1000
1000
2000
Micro-strain
(d) TW04
2000
-600
-2000
-1000
0
1000
Micro-strain
2000
(f) TW06
CONCLUSIONS
This paper presents the test study of seismic behavior for brick walls
strengthened with CFRP plates.
For a brick wall strengthened / repaired with CFRP plates, both of the
bearing and the deforming capacity of the wall are improved significantly.
The mechanism of strengthening is that CFRP plates carry some of the shear
force, and delay the cracks appearing and extending. When CFRP plates
debond at the ends, they could not shear the force any more, and the wall
damages immediately. The failure mode is bond failure, and is brittle too. If
the axial load applied on the wall is lower, the failure mode may be flexural
failure, and the effect of the strengthening with CFRP plates is not significant.
600
300
- ^
i-300
-600
-3000
L.
-Point 1
- Point 3
-Point 5
- Point 8
-PointlO
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
(a)TW01-R
600
2 300
3000
,3-300
-600-3000
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
- Point 1
-Point 3
- Point 5
-Point 8
-PointlO
1&A
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
3000
- Point 1
- Point 3
- Point 5
- Point 8
-PointlO
i
3-300
-600
-3000
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
3000
(d) TW04
~--c^
3-300
-600-3000
600
300
3000
(c) TW03
600
300
"*WT
(b) TW02
-Point 1
- Point 3
- Point 5
- Point 8
-PointlO
600
300
^5 0
3-300
-600
-3000
- Point 1
-Point 3
- Point 5
- Point 8
-PointlO
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
(e) TW05
3000
600
300
^ 0
3-300
-600
-3000
- Point 1
-Point 3
- Point 5
- Point 8
-PointlO
-1000
1000
Micro-strain
(0 TW06
3000
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Various methods have been used in the past to strengthen steel bridges2.
One method used in the past on steel bridges is the bonding of steel plates to
the tension flange of the girders. However, steel plates are heavy and
difficult to install in the field as well as it will require heavy equipment and
scaffolding mobilized to the bridge site. Another problem is the limited
length that can be delivered to the site which requires the use of lap joints
along the strengthened beam.
Carbon fiber reinforced polymers (CFRP) plates are light weight with
high strength to weight ratio. CFRP plates have been used to strengthen
concrete beams and code design guidelines are already available for the use
of CFRP on concrete. However, very little research 3'4 has been completed
on the feasibility of using CFRP in the rehabilitation of steel composite
sections.
The research presented in this paper focused on the feasibility of
repairing damaged steel composite beams using carbon fiber reinforced
polymer (CFRP) plates. Intentional damage was induced by removing part
of the tension flange to simulate corrosion damage. Damaged beams then
repaired by attaching the CFRP plates to the tension side of the beam and
tested to failure.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
Description of Specimens
A total of 6 steel-concrete composite beams were tested in this study as
described in Table 1. The steel beams were W8xl5 grade A572 structural
steel; all beams were 11 ft (3.4 m) long. A composite concrete slab 32 in.
(813 mm) wide by 3 in. (76 mm) thick was used in all beams. Shear studs
(1/2 in. (12.7 mm) in diameter by 2 in. (50.8 mm) long) provided the shear
connection between the slab and the steel beams.
The experimental program consisted of two undamaged (control) steel
composite beams and four steel composite beams that were damaged by
removing part of their bottom flange (i.e. a percentage of the bottom flange
area) to simulate field corrosion and then repaired by adding the CFRP plate
to restore the composite beam to its original strength.
As shown in Table 1, the specimens designated by the letter "U" are the
undamaged control beams, while the rest of the specimens were damaged
and designated by the letter "D". The number that follows the letter "D"
indicates the percentage of area of the bottom flange that was removed.
CFRP
CFRP
Remarks
applied to applied to
hot. flange
web
No
C.B.
2
5.4
No
29
U
No
C.B.
1
5.4
29
No
D50
Repairl
1
5.4
29
4 in. wide No
D50R1
1
D50R2
4.5
29
2 in. wide 2 in. wide Repair2
Repairl
D75R1
1
4.5
29
4 in. wide No
fc = concrete compressive strength, Et,; = Elasticity' modulus of CFRP
C.B. = Control Beam
Note: 1 ksi =
-- 6.895 Mpa; 1in.: = 25 A mm
Specimen
Type
Total
No.
fc
(ksi)
Epi
(ksi)
"Rl" and "R2" are used to reflect the type of the repair scheme used to
repair the beam. Repair scheme 1 (Rl) consisted of applying the CFRP
plate to the web of the steel beam only, while Repair scheme 2 (R2)
consisted of applying the CFRP plates to the web and the bottom flange of
the steel beam. For example, "D50R1" refers to a beam with 50 percent of
its bottom flange was removed and repaired using repair scheme 1 (Rl).
One of the repair schemes used (R2) is shown in Fig. 1.
Table 2 summarizes the important properties of the materials used in
this study. Strengthening and repair of the beams was accomplished by
using 0.055 in. (1.4 mm) thick, and either 1.97 in. (50 mm), or 3.94 in. (100
mm) wide CFRP plates. To ensure a sound bond between the steel and the
CFRP plates, the tension flanges and the lower part of the web of the beams
were sand blasted. The surfaces of the steel beam and the CFRP laminates
were cleaned with acetone just prior to the application of the epoxy.
Test Set Up and Instrumentation
All beams were tested in four points bending static loading. As previously
noted, each beam was 11 fit (3.4 m) long with a 10 ft (3.05 m) clear span
(i.e. 6 in. (152 mm) of overhang at each support). Loading was applied
using a 120 kip (534 kN) capacity hydraulic cylinder at two load points;
these load points were 48 in. (1220 mm) from the ends of the beam and 36
in. (914 mm) apart. All loads reported here are point loads (i.e. loads at
each hydraulic cylinder). Vertical deflections of the beams were measured
at the midspan and the quarter span points. Strains along the CFRP plates
were measured at all load stages, especially at the cut off points.
32"
Concrete
slab
I*
Removed part
of flange
W8X15-
JJ
^
CFRP Plate
Material
Concrete
Structural steel
CFRP plates
Compressive
strength
(ksi)
4.5-5.4
Yield
strength
(ksi)
Elasticity
modulus
(ksi)
72
360
52.7
29000
29000
10
Epoxy
Note:
Tensile
strength
(ksi)
500
D50
"35"
(/ y
20,000
///
///
g 15,000
\l
10,000
///
5,000
0
/
0.5
1.5
2.5
Deflection (in.)
Figure 2. Load vs. mid-span deflections of Beams U, D50, and D50R1E29.
1.5
Deflection (in.)
_f/~-
^ T ~
U
S ^ \ /
25,000 -
^^
JS 20,000 -
/
/
15,000
10,000 -
5,000 -
if
0 +
/
D75
/ ^
l/
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
Deflection (in.)
Figure 4. Load vs. mid-span deflections of Beams U, D75, and D75R1E29.
of Beam D50R1E29 reached 33,000 lbs (146.8 kN), exceeding the failure
load (31,0001bs (137.8 kN)) of Beam U.
The tests results of all beams are summarized in Table 3. The measured
gains in strength were calculated with respect to the undamaged beam
(Beam U2). Measured gains ranged between 6 and 24 percent. However,
when the measured ultimate loads were compared to the damaged control
beams (Beams D50 and D75), the range was much higher. For example, in
the case of D50 specimens, the gain in strength was found to be 32 and 52
percent for Beams D50R1E29 and D50R2E29, respectively.
Table 3. Summary of tests results.
Measured ultimate
Measured gain in
Mode of failure
load (lbs)
strength (%)
U,a
30,900
0
CC
U2
31,000
0
CC
D50
25,000
-19
CC
D50R1E29
32,900
6
S
D50R2E29
38,000
24
CC&R
D75R1E29
32,850
6____
S&CC
Note: 1 lb = 4.448 N; 1 in. = 25.4 mm;
"subscript refers to the specimen number;
CC= crushing of concrete; R= CFRP plate rupture; S= slip at the concrete-steel
interface.
Beam
-P=5,260lbs
P= 10,320 lbs
- * - P=20,440 lbs
- P = 30,460 lbs
- * - P = 32,910 lbs
3,000
2
O
2,000
j
_..
1,000
20
10
30
40
50
60
a.
Longitudinal strains
250
- ^ P = 5,260 lbs
--P=10,320lbs
-*-P= 20,430 lbs
?= 25,450 lbs
20
30
40
50
60
b.
Shear stresses
Figure 5 Longitudinal strains and shear stresses in the CFRP plate in Beam
D50R1E29
where a is the longitudinal stress, and tpt is the thickness of the CFRP plate.
From Fig. 5b, one can see that at loads within the elastic limit, the shear
stresses distribution follows the classical elastic theory of adhesive bonded
joints. The joint (or plate end) will experience very high stress
concentration. That is, the shear stress is highest at the edge of the CFRP
plate and decreases away from the joint. However, as the steel starts to
yield in the maximum moment region, the shear stress distribution deviates
from the elastic theory predictions. This is due to the fact that as the steel
yields at the maximum moment region, the CFRP plate will pick up the high
stresses in this region. As the plastic stresses propagate away from the
center of the beam, the CFRP plate will resist more longitudinal stresses.
These stresses are transferred by very high shear stresses. This is observed
from the shear stresses plots, where the highest shear stresses are not at the
joint (end of the CFRP plate). As can be seen from Fig.5b, the shear
stresses are much higher at the quarter points than at the ends.
Nevertheless, the bond between the CFRP plate and the steel beam was not
a problem in this investigation as no debonding or delamination was
observed in any of the specimens.
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions may be drawn from this study:
1. Damage to the bottom flange degrades both the flexural stiffness as
well as the strength of the beam.
2. The elastic flexural stiffness of damaged beams can be partially
restored (up to 50 percent) with the use of CFRP plates.
3. Strength of damaged beams can be fully restored to the original
undamaged state with the use of CFRP plates for the system
investigated.
4. Ductility is slightly reduced with the addition of CFRP plates.
5.
Bond between steel and CFRP is not a problem for the system
investigated.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
Federal
Highway
Administration
(FHWA),
<http//www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/allbridg.htm>, Washington, D.C.,
2001.
Dorton, R. A. and Reel, R., "Methods for Increasing Live Load
Capacity of Existing Highway Bridges." NCHRP Synthesis 249, TRB,
National Research Council, Washington, D.C., 1997, 66 pp.
Sen, R., Liby, L., Spillet, K., Mullins. G., "Strengthening Steel
Composite Bridge Memebers Using CFRP Laminates." In NonMetallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete structures, proceedings of
the Second International RILEM Symposium, Taerwe, L., Ed., Ghent,
Belgium, 1995, pp. 551-558
Miller, T.C., Chajes, M.J., Mertz, D.R., Hastings, J.N., "Strengthening
of Steel Bridge Girder using CFRP Plates." Journal of Bridge
Engineering, Vol. 6, No. 6, 2001, pp. 514-522.
298mmL304mrn|.\\\\
7 5 m m ->'
BIT'
mm
Concrete topping
2120 mm
916 mm \
r XWX
1,304 mm J298 mm
^ \
=\
*_*_
195 mm
'180mm
330
...C:g,c.pf.comppsite.sect:
..S-.g.c. of.precast, seclion
9l0mm
J5*IL.
E
E
210 mm
215 mm
60 mm
&
70 mm
(TyP.)
280 mm
Pretensioning 10 ram Leadline Post-tensioning 40 mm CFCC
tendon, 10th row
strand
Non-prestressing
12.5 mm
CFCC strand,
federal, state, and private funding agencies, addressing the behavior of this
new bridge system were conducted on one-third scale bridge models in the
Structural Testing Center at Lawrence Technological University, Southfield,
Michigan. The obtained research results6"9 formulated the basis on which the
design of the Bridge Street Bridge and the DT-test girder was made.
The objective of the present investigation is to experimentally verify the
design approach and assumptions made for this project and to determine the
various response parameters for the DT-girder (identical to those planned for
use in the Bridge Street Bridge) such as strains, deflections, forces in posttensioning strands at service load, cracking load, and ultimate load
conditions10"11
uv
<+)
ud.
IJJ
<t>
uo
LIJ
HI
<p
<+i
(t>
It ife^szznlc
nil
nil -^-afr || II
max
Elevation
<!><+>
40mmCFtC
post-tensioning
strands
i.
early in the girder fabrication stage, the CFCC and CFRP mild
reinforcements, steel stirrups, CFRP prestressing Leadline tendons, and
other embedded items were installed in the formwork.
ii.
installation and stressing of the pretensioned CFRP tendons.
iii.
casting and curing of concrete.
iv.
releasing the pretensioned CFRP Leadline tendons after concrete
achieved desired strength.
v.
removing the prestressed girder from the form, and
vi.
installing the longitudinal CFCC post-tensioning strands and applying
60% of the total post-tensioning force.
Table 1. Characteristics of CFRP tendons/CFCC strands.
Characteristics
Nominal diameter,
in. (mm)
Effective crosssectional area, in.2
(mm2)
Guaranteed tensile
strength, ksi
(kN/mm2)
Specified tensile
strength, ksi
(kN/mm2)
Young's modulus
of elasticity, ksi
(kN/mm2)
Elongation, %
Guaranteed
Breaking load, kips
(kN)
Ultimate Breaking
load, kips (kN)
Leadline
CFCC 1 x
7
CFCC 1 x
37
0.39(10)
0.5(12.5)
1.57(40)
0.111(71.6)
0.118
(76.0)
1.17
(752.6)
328 (2.26)
271 (1.87)
205(1.41)
415(2.86)
305(2.10)
271 (1.87)
21,320(147)
19,865
(137)
18,419
(127)
1.9
1.5
1.5
36.4(162)
31.9(142)
240.5
(1,070)
46 (204.7)
36(160)
316.9
(1,410)
Nine of the ten Leadline tendon rows were draped prior to pretensioning
using hold-down and hold-up arrangements. The bottom most tendon was
1287
2500
._
2000
3
a
J
1500
50% of Ultimate load [1303.9 kN (293.1 kips)]
1000
Unloading
Cracking load [643.9 kN (144.7 kips)]
500
50
100
300
350 400
1289
2500
Ultimate failure
2000
2
rct
_o
-a
.22
"el
8-
"3
1500
Loadin:
1000
Unloading
-4-
o
H
500
Design service load [464 kN (104.3 kips)]
400
600
800
1000
CONCLUSIONS
The test results, design assumptions, and construction experience gained
from this investigation have been implemented in the design and construction
documents for the 12 DT-girders required for the construction of the Bridge
Street Bridge. The ultimate load and the cracking load of the DT-girder were
observed to be about 5.3 and 1.4 times the service load. The combined
internal and external prestressing induced the desired compressive strain in
the cross-section, which counteracted the tensile strain induced due to the
traffic load.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The presented investigation was supported by the Federal Highway
Administration and National Science Foundation. The test was conducted by
Construction Technology Laboratory (CTL) Inc., Illinois. Hubbel, Roth &
Clark (HRC), Consulting Engineers, Michigan provided the entire design and
construction documents.
REFERENCES
1. ACI Committee 440, "State -of-the-Art Report on Fiber Reinforced
Plastic Reinforcement for Concrete Structures," American Concrete Institute,
Farmington Hills, MI, 1996, 153 pp.
2. Rizkalla, S. H., "A New Generation of Civil Engineering Structures and
Bridges," Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Nonmetallic (FRPRC) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, Sapporo, Japan,
Vol. 1, 1997, pp. 113-128.
3. Dolan, C. W., "FRP Prestressing in the USA," ACI Concrete
International, Vol. 21, No. 10, 1999, pp. 21-24.
4. Tadros, G., "Provisions for Using FRP in the Canadian Highway Bridge
Design," ACI Concrete International, 22(7), 2000, pp. 42-47.
5. Grace, N. F., Navarre, F., Nacey, R., Bonus, W., and Collavino, L.,
"Technology Transfer of Innovative CFRP/CFCC Prestressed Concrete
Bridge "Bridge Street Bridge," PCI Journal, September-October 2002.
6. Grace, N. F. and Abdel-Sayed, G., "Behavior of Externally Draped
CFRP Tendons in Prestressed Concrete Bridges," PCI Journal, 43 (5), 1998,
pp. 88-101.
7. Grace, N. F., "Response of Continuous CFRP Prestressed Concrete
Bridges Under Static and Repeated Loadings," PCI Journal, 45 (6), 2000, pp.
84-102.
8. Grace, N. F., "Transfer Length of CFRP/CFCC Strands for Double-T
Girders," PCI Journal, 45(5), 2000, pp. 110-126.
9. Grace, N. F., Enomoto, T., and Yagi, K., "Behavior of CFCC and CFRP
Leadline Prestressing System in Bridge Construction," PCI Journal, MayJune 2002.
10. Grace, N. F. and Abdel-Sayed, G., " Evaluation of CFRP/CFCC FullScale DT Girder, part I: Experimental Study," PCI Journal, 2002,
Communicated.
11. Grace, N. F. and Abdel-Sayed, G., "Evaluation of CFRP/CFCC FullScale DT Girder, Part II: Analysis," PCI Journal, 2002, Communicated.
EfSai
(1)
Area
(mm)
9.50
15.90
11.30
(mm )
71
198
100
Bar Type
CFRP
GFRP
STEEL
Modulus of
Elasticity
(GPa)
114 4
40 + 2
200
Tensile
Strength
(MPa)
1536 61
570 + 56
/y = 400
Ultimate
Strain
(%)
1.20 + 0.0
1.55 + 0.1
sv = 0.2
Test Specimens
A total of 7 full size slabs were constructed and tested to failure. The slabs
were 3100-mm long xlOOO-mm wide x 200 mm deep. These dimensions
were chosen to represent the most common size of the concrete deck slabs
for girder-type bridges in Canada. The test parameters are the type of FRP
reinforcing bars as well as reinforcement ratio. All slabs have identical
GFRP reinforcement in all directions except the bottom reinforcement in the
main direction, where three slabs were reinforced with GFRP bars, three
were reinforced with CFRP bars, and one control slab was reinforced with
conventional steel bars as listed in Table 2. Three different reinforcement
Slab
Pac/Pb*
EjAf/
Es As
(%)
Steel
S-ST1
0.56
0.12
N/A
0.40
Carbon
S-Cl
S-C2B
S-C3B
1.21
1.0
2.0
3.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
S-Gl
S-G2B
0.82
1.0
0.3
1.64
2.0
0.6
S-G3B
2.46
3.0
0.9
Glass
0.81
Reinforcement
configuration
No.lOM @112mm
No.l0@112mm
2No.lO@112mm * |
3No.l0@112mm
No.l6@150mm
2No.l6@150mm
3No.l6@150mm
Total
No. of
bars
9
9
18
27
7
14
21
Instrumentation
Several electrical resistance strain gauges were glued on reinforcing bars and
on concrete surface, at two locations: mid-span and quarter-span. The midspan deflection is measured using two Linear Variable Differential
Transformers (LVDTs) fastened at each side of the slab. Two high-accuracy
LVDTs (0.001 mm) were installed at positions of first cracks to measure
crack widths. During loading, the formation of cracks on the sides of the
slabs were also marked and recorded.
Test Set-up and Procedure
The slabs were tested under four-point bending over a clear span of 2500
mm and a shear span of 1000 mm, as shown in Fig. 1. The load was
statically applied at a stroke-controlled rate of 2.0 mm/min to achieve failure
in 25 to 35 minutes. The loading was stopped when the first two cracks
appeared. Then the initial crack widths were measured manually using a
microscope and the two high-accuracy LVDTs were installed to measure
crack width electronically with increasing load.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Deflection (mm)
At service load level, the ratios of the measured deflection for slabs SCl, S-C2B, and S-C3B reinforced with CFRP bars to that of the control slab
reinforced with steel were 1.7, 1.07, and 0.78, respectively. These ratios for
slabs S-Gl, S-G2B, and S-G3B were 1.7, 1.3, and 1.0, respectively. It can
be seen that the flexural stiffness of the slabs reinforced with FRP bars (both
carbon and glass) increases with the increase of the reinforcement ratio. For
the two slabs, S-C2B (carbon FRP bars) and S-G3B (glass FRP bars), the
flexural stiffness was very similar to that of the control, S-ST1, before
yielding.
Crack Width
Figure 3 shows the variation of the measured crack width against the total
applied load for the tested slabs. For all slabs, the initial cracking load was
approximately 50 kN (MCI = 25 kN.m). For slab reinforced with FRP bars,
the crack width varies linearly with the load up to failure. For slabs S-C2B
(2 carbon FRP bars) and S-G3B (3 glass FRP bars), the measured crack
widths were very similar to that of the control, S-ST1, before yielding.
However, for slab S-C3B (3 carbon FRP bars) the measured crack widths
were smaller compared to the control slab.
At service load level, the ratios of the measured crack width for slabs SCl, S-C2B, and S-C3B reinforced with CFRP bars to that of the control slab
reinforced with steel were 1.53, 1.06, and 0.71, respectively. These ratios
for slabs S-Gl, S-G2B, and S-G3B were 2.06, 1.35, and 1.12, respectively.
Thus increasing the FRP reinforcement ratio by 100% and 200% for slabs
reinforced with carbon FRP bars, S-C2B and S-C3B, decreased the crack
widths by 3 1 % and 54%, respectively. For slabs reinforced with glass FRP
bars, S-G2B and S-G3B, these decreases in crack widths were 34% and
60%o, respectively.
Strains in Reinforcement and Concrete
Figure 4 shows the measured mid-span strains in reinforcement as well as in
concrete versus the total applied load. For the six slabs reinforced with FRP
bars, it can be noted that the strains vary linearly with the increased load up
to failure. The increase in FRP reinforcement ratio decreased the strains
measured in both bars and concrete. Although the carrying capacities of
these six slabs were greater than that of the control slab, the measured
strains, at failure, were less than the ultimate strains of the materials and the
failure of these slabs was by shear. While for the control slab reinforced
with steel (S-ST1), a typical steel yielding plateau was obtained, which
increased the compression strains in the concrete resulting in concrete
crushing.
.eooo -3000
For the four slabs reinforced with reinforcement ratios higher than the
balanced reinforcement ratio, 8-G2B, 8-C2B, S-G3B and S-C3B, failed by
tension-shear failure in the vicinity of the support showing an increase of the
capacity of 81%, 86%, 87%, and 111%, respectively compared to the control
slab, S-ST1. This increase in carrying capacity may be due to increasing the
M* +
1-
a J
M, y
la. < I and (3d = ab
Ma J
+ 1
(2)
in which Mcr and Ma are the cracking and the applied moments, respectively,
Es, Ef are modulus of elasticity of steel and FRP bars (GPa), respectively, Icr
and Ig are cracked and gross moments of inertia of concrete section (mm ),
respectively, and a b is a bond-dependant coefficient, which may be taken as
0.5. This value of a b was based on tests carried out on beams reinforced with
glass FRP bars. For over-reinforced section, the stress in FRP bars {fj), the
moment of resistance (M,), and the concrete contribution in shear capacity
iycJ), at failure, is given by:
(Ef ecu)2
// =
+^AlLEt
ecu
-0.5Efecu
(3)
Pi
(
Mr
Pfff
=<PjP,ff 1-0.59
bd1
(4)
I
E
Kf =
PJ I
-bd
-bd
(5)
90/U
in which d is the effective depth of the slab (mm), b is the slab width (mm),
a, is a constant (equals 0.85), pf is the FRP reinforcement ratio, Ex is the
modulus of elasticity of steel bars, scu, Pi, and /are as defined in Eq. (1).
CAN/CSA-S806-02 Code6 used the moment -area method to develop
closed-form deflection equations for several common types of loading and
support conditions. This method is based on the assumption that the
moment-curvature relation of a cracked FRP reinforced member remains
linear under increasing load with flexural rigidity of EcIa, and that tension
PL3
24EJ,.
-4
v-w
^
\Lj
-877
and 77 = 1 -
(6)
s J
in which P is the applied load, L is the span of the slab, a is the shear span,
and Lg is the distance from support to point where Ma = M in simply
supported slabs. For normal weight concrete, the ultimate moment of
resistance (M) can be calculated using equations (3) and (4) provided that scu
= 0.0035 and,
a, = 0 . 8 5 - 0 . 0 0 1 5 / c > 0 . 6 7
(7)
c _
7
d ~ 7 + 2000^
(8)
V,
0-tyc-Jfcbd<Vcf =0.035 fc'PfEflJ-d
bd<0.2tc.i]f'.bd (9)
M.
exp
-M
90
MAC,
68
MCSA
68
140
146
149
192
196
167
190
205
209
121
S-Gl
113
117
S-G2B
163
155
159
S-G3B
163
168
160
* S = shear failure, Y = steel yielding
+
VAC,
Experimental/
Theoretical
Mode of
Failure*
VCSA
KX/VACI
174
174
KX/^CSA
1.32
1.32+
24.1
48.5
72.7
18.4
36.9
55.3
141
178
198
126
159
173
5.81
3.44
2.61
6.14
4.42
3.04
0.99
0.94
0.96
0.90
1.03
0.97
s
s
s
s
s
Table 3 gives the predicted values of the ultimate capacity of the tested
slabs compared to the experimental ones. These values were calculated
considering resistance and strength factors <pt- <pc = 1.0. Based on the shear
15 20 25 30
Deflection (mm)
15
20
25
30
45
Deflection (mm)
(a) Slab S-C2B
(b) Slab S-G3B
Fig. 6 Comparison of test results and codes' predictions
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the experimental test results, the following conclusions can be
drawn:
(a) The carrying capacity of concrete slabs reinforced with composite FRP
bars (carbon and glass) was much higher than the control slab reinforced
with steel (26% to 111%). In addition, the FRP reinforced slabs failed
by shear while the control slab failed by steel yielding followed by
concrete crushing.
(b) The flexural stiffness of the slabs reinforced with FRP composite bars
increased with the increase of the reinforcement ratio. The slabs S-G3B
(glass fibres 3Nol6 @ 150 mm - 2.46%) and S-C2B (carbon fibres
2NolO @ 112 mm - 0.81%) have very similar flexural behaviour to the
control slab reinforced with steel (No.lOM @ 112 mm - 0.56%).
(c) For slabs S-C2B (carbon FRP) and S-G3B (glass FRP), the variation of
the crack width with the applied load was similar to that of the control
slab, S-ST1 (steel). However, due to the larger bar spacing (150 mm)
for slab S-G3B, the measured crack width was larger than that of the
control slab (bar spacing of 112 mm).
(d) The values of the deformability factor, J, for the 6 concrete slabs
reinforced with composite material reinforcement were well above the
limit required by the Canadian Highway Bridge design Code5.
Figure 1. Mock-up cross-section bridge deck showing FRP panel and FRP grid
457 mm
- FRP Grid
37 mm
13 mm FRP Bar
fczfe
o
o
-</%5&.
37 mm-J
sj
6mm-
^zM
nu,
jp&g?^-
Figure 2. Cross-sectional dimensions showing FRP panel, grid and rebar (typ.)
GIRDER
50
13 m m PREFORMEDFILLER
HAUNCH DETAIL
AT
<t
DIAPH.
TOP OF
BEAM
Figure 4. Haunch details at the pier and the top of the girder (beam)
Over the pier the concrete in the deck is deliberately separated from the
girder as shown in Fig. 4 in the centerline diaphragm detail. The flat FRP
formwork panels are placed perpendicular to the girders and intersect the
pier diaphragm at a skew as seen in Fig. 5. This design detail was a
departure from the conventional design at the center pier diaphragm which
typically calls for an increased thickness in the deck and a taper in the deck.
The taper is formed on both sides of the diaphragm at the underside of the
slab extending outward about 6 m from the diaphragm with a depth starting
at the height of the bottom of the girder top flange and ending at the
underside of the deck. The conventional detail is provided to create a
monolithic increasingly strong concrete deck section to reduce transverse
cracking over the pier since the diaphragm at the pier acted as a support for
the deck. In the current design the deck is intentionally separated from the
pier diaphragm along the entire length of the diaphragm in an attempt to
reduce the deck cracking over the pier by eliminating the reaction applied
directly to the at the diaphragm. A preformed filler (felt type) material is
used to separate the FRP formwork panel from the top of the girder at the
diaphragm. A significant part of the post construction evaluation of this
IBRC project will be to determine if this novel detail helps to alleviate
problem with deck cracking over the center pier diaphragms of bridges of
this type.
<L
13 mm X 6 0 0 mm X 6 6 0 mm
NON-LAMINATED ELASTOMERIC
BEARING PAD
CONC. DIAPHRAGM
<t
GIRDER
ENDS OF GIRDERS
13 mm PREFORMED
FILLER
Q
13 mm PREFORMED FILLER
CONCRETE DIAPHRAGM
{J
PROPERTY
GV2
552 MPa
28MPa
552 MPa
69 MPa
552 MPa
38 MPa
31GPa
28GPa
3GPa
0.25
45%
75%
50
95C
1.5%
11
54
GV3
414 MPa
28 MPa
414 MPa
69 MPa
414 MPa
35 MPa
28GPa
21 GPa
2GPa
0.25
45%
40%
50
95C
2.0%
11
54
REFERENCES
1. D.A. Dieter, J.S. Dietsche, L.C. Bank, M.G. Oliva and J.S. Russell,
"Concrete Bridge Decks Constructed with FRP Stay-in-Place Forms and
FRP Grid Reinforcing," Proceedings of the 81" Annual Transportation
Research Board Meeting, CD-ROM, Washington, DC, January, 2002.
2. D.A. Dieter, "Experimental and Analytical Study of Concrete Bridge
Decks Constructed with FRP Stay-in-Place Forms and FRP Grid
Reinforcing" MS thesis, University of Wisconsin, 2002
3. J.S. Dietsche, "Characterization of FRP Materials for a Fiber
Reinforced Composite Bridge Deck," MS thesis, University of
Wisconsin, 2002.
4. ACI 4440.1R-01, Guide to the Design and Construction of Concrete
Reinforced with FRP Bars, American Concrete Institute, 2001.
5. L.C. Bank and Z. Xi, "Pultruded FRP Grating Reinforced Concrete
Slabs," in Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic for Concrete Structures International Symposium (eds. A. Nanni and C.W. Dolan), SP-138,
American Concrete Institute, 1993, pp. 561-583.
6. L.C. Bank, T.R. Gentry, B.P. Thompson and J.S. Russell, "A Model
Specification for FRP Composites for Civil Engineering Structures," in
FRP Composites in Civil Engineering, (ed. J.G. Teng), Proceedings of
the International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering,
Hong Kong, December 12-15, 2001, pp. 3-14.
Bar
Diameter
(mm)
9.5
15.9
19.1
Bar
Area
(mm )
71
198
285
Modulus of
Elasticity
(GPa)
114 + 4
40 2
39 + 2
Tensile
Strength
(MPa)
1536 + 61
570 56
535+46
Ultimate
Strain
(%)
1.20 + 0.0
1.55 + 0.1
1.41 0.1
Magog Bridge
Magog Bridge is located over Magog River on Highway 55 north (Quebec,
Canada) in the vicinity of Sherbrooke City near US/Canadian borders. The
total length of the bridge is 83.7 m over three spans. The two end spans are
26.2 m each and the middle one is 31.3 m. The bridge is a girder type with
five main steel girders continuously supported over the three spans (Fig. 3).
The deck is a 220-mra thickness concrete slab continuous over four
spans of 2.845 m each with an overhang of 1.352 m on each side. One full
end span (26.2 m), including curbs and sidewalks, were reinforced with
FRP bars. The same design criteria as for Wotton Bridge was used.
However, the FRP reinforcement ratios were reduced based on the actual
required slab thickness and on the test and monitoring results of Wotton
Bridge. The same reinforcement amount and configuration as for Wotton
Bridge was used but for larger span (2.845 m) and bigger slab thickness
(220 mm). The other two spans of the bridge were reinforced with steel
bars. Figure 4 shows the bridge deck slab during casting. The bridge was
completed and opened for traffic on September 2002.
Morristown Bridge
The Morristown Bridge is located over the Ryder Brook on Route 100 in the
town of Morristown (Vermont, USA). The bridge is a girder type with five
main steel girders simply supported over one span of 43.0 m. The deck is a
228.6-mm thickness concrete slab continuous over four spans of 2.364 m
each with, an overhang of 0.915 m on each side. Two identical
reinforcement mats were used at top and bottom. Each mat consists of glass
FRP bars No. 19 @ 100 and 150 mm in main and secondary directions,
respectively (Fig. 5). This is the first bridge deck world wide, of this size
and category, which was fully reinforced with glass FRP bars (Fig. 6).
FIELD TESTING
To date., only Wotton Bridge was tested for service performance on
November 16th, 2001. The other two bridges are scheduled for similar tests
during the fall of 2002 and spring 2003. The tests were carried out using
two standard truckloads (each is a three axle truck having 102 kN on the
front axle and approximately 116 kN per each back axle) as specified by the
new CHBDC3. The bridge was tested under both static and dynamic loads
using two trucks (see Fig. 7). Two data acquisition systems with two
different speeds were used: a high-speed system of 1000 Hz to collect data
for dynamic tests, and a regular-speed system of 10 Hz to collect data for
static tests. The data acquisition systems were installed underneath the
bridge to collect data from FOS during testing.
Static Test
Three different paths in each direction with nine stations (truck stops) were
marked on the bridge (Figs. 8). These stations were determined such that to
give maximum strains in the instrumented bars and concrete sections. The
test was carried out using either one truck or the two trucks simultaneously.
Figure 9 shows comparison between maximum measured strains in the
bottom reinforcing bars, both FRP and steel bars against truck position
along the bridge. In this figure, the zero value on the horizontal axes
represent the point at which the longitudinal midpoint of the front axle is
directly over a given gauge. Maximum strain values do not coincide with
the abscissa zero value due to the dual back axle assembly and the influence
of the front axle on the strain readings. The strain values depend on the
case of loadings namely truck position and path. Therefore, for each graph,
the truck path, which gives the maximum strain readings, is considered.
It can be seen that a change in strains of only 15 micro-strains was
measured in the bottom carbon FRP bars as the truck moves across the
gauge. Similar results were obtained for tensile strains in top glass FRP
bars (only 4 micro-strains). These strain values are less than 0.12% of the
ultimate strain of the material. The maximum tensile concrete strain was
approximately 45 micro-strains.
-8450 -4225
4225
During static tests, deflections of concrete slabs and girders were measured.
Recorded deflections of the bridge deck and girders were less than 2 mm
and 10 mm, respectively for the entire load duration.
Dymamic Test
The dynamic test was carried out using the same two standard trucks as
described in the static test. The trucks ran through the same three paths in
each direction at four different speeds, 5 km/hr, 30 km/hr, 50 km/hr, and 70
km/hr. At each speed, the trucks travelled across the bridge on the same
path with duration of 30 sec apart. For all fibre optic sensors, the data
acquisition system was adjusted to a rate of 1000 readings per second.
While, for accelerometer, the data acquisition system was adjusted to a rate
of 500 readings per second.
The maximum-recorded strain values in FRP reinforcement were in the
same order as for the static tests. Figure 10 shows the maximum measured
strains on bottom reinforcement due to the truckloads travelling on path Al
at a speed of 5 km/hr.
10
15
20
Time (sec)
25
30
10
15
20
25
30
Time (sec)
5000
I
+
4800
25
20
15
(A
I
c
<5
<"
^a>
10 *
4600
-TopGFRP
4400
Q.
-TTop
0
-5
- T Bottom
-10
- Bottom CFRP
4200
4000
era
F
0)
(-
-15
60
0
30
September 2001
90
120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390
Time (days)
September 2002
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank the Ministry for Transport of Quebec, Department of
Structures (Quebec, QC), Vermont Agency of Transportation (VT, USA),
and Le Groupe Teknika Inc. (Sherbrooke, QC), Les Coffrages Carmel Inc.
(Deauville, QC), and Blow and Cote Inc. (Morristown, VT, USA) for their
collaboration in these projects. Our thanks are also extended to Pultrall Inc
(Thetford Mines, QC), and Roctest Ltee (St. Lambert, QC).
REFERENCES
1. Humar, J. and Razaqpur, G. (editors), "Advanced Composite Materials
in Bridges and Structures", Proceeding of the 3 rd International
Conference, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 2000, 876 p.
2. Rizkalla, S., and Tadros, G., "First Smart Bridge in Canada", ACI
Concrete International, Vol. 16, No. 6, 1994, pp. 42-44.
3. CAN/CSA-S6-00, "Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code", Canadian
Standard Association, Rexdale, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, 2000, 734 p.
4. CSA S806-02, "Design and Construction of Building Components with
Fiber Reinforced Polymers", Canadian Standards Association, Rexdale,
Ontario, 2002, 192p.
5. ISIS-M03-01, "Reinforcing Concrete Structures with Fibre Reinforced
Polymers", The Canadian Network of Centres of Excellence, ISIS
Canada, University of Winnipeg, Manitoba, 2001, 81 p.
6. ACI 440.1R-01, "Guide for the Design and Construction of Concrete
Reinforced with FRP Bars", American Concrete Institute, Farmington
Hills, Michigan, 2001, 41p.
7. Pultrall Inc., "ISOROD Composite Reinforcing Rod", Technical Sheets,
Thetford Mines, Quebec, 2000, 7 p.
8. Benmokrane, B., Zhang, B., Laoubi, K., Tighiouart, B. and Lord, I.,
Mechanical and Bond Properties of New Generation of CFRP
Reinforcing Bars for Concrete Structures", Canadian Journal of Civil
Engineering, Vol. 29, No. 2, 2002, pp. 338-343.
9. AASHTO, "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges", 16th ed.,
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
Washington, DC, 1996.
10. Benmokrane, B. and El-Salakawy, E. F., "Construction, Design, and
Monitoring of a Bridge Deck Reinforced with FRP Bars: Wotton
Bridge," Proceedings, 1st International Workshop on Structural Health
Monitoring of Innovative Civil Engineering Structures, Winnipeg,
Manitoba, Sept. 19-20, 2002, pp. 175-184.
INTRODUCTION
Post-strengthening of a structure is necessary when its safety under the
specified loads is no longer guaranteed. This may be caused for example by
poor workmanship, an increased payload or deterioration of the structure
due to corrosion or mechanical influences. Construction companies all over
the world are looking for an easy, cost-effective and reliable way to enable
1325
=F-
(1)
M<*)
experiment
(F=50kN)
with film
0.8
\ Y
'" \
x -.
* experiment
(F=50kN)
without film
X X
x'ir.
0.6
.H=0.29
5 0.4
.57 *""~--Z'"
0.2
exponential
regression
without film
H=0.'75
90
180
angular position a Il
H=0.25
exponential
regression
with film
1270
| clamp
360
Figure 5. Decrease of the prestressing force in the CFRP strip as a function of the
angular position on the wheel.
By using a film to increase the friction, the remaining prestressing force
at the clamp of the strip is about 10 % of the initial force. A simple pressing
plate can be used to temporarily clamp the CFRP strip to the prestressing
device. The stresses in the strip caused by prestressing are superimposed by
stresses caused by bending the strip around the wheel. This fact has to be
considered to determine the diameter of the wheel.
480
910
11
2100
500
2300
n n500
area of gradient
1000
1500
position [mm]
2000
2500
Figure 10. Strain curve of a bonded prestressed CFRP strip (CarboDur S512,
thickness: 1.15 mm, width: 50 mm, Young's-modulus: 165 GPa) on a concrete
specimen. The prestressing force in the middle part is approx. 50 kN.
CFRP Strips
1329
No CFRP strips
Non-prestressed CFRP strips
Prestressed CFRP strips
10
20
30
40
50
Deflection [mm]
60
70
80
Figure 11. Three identical RC-beams with different ways of strengthening tested in a
four-point-bending test
Table 1. Comparison of cracking load and ultimate load with the reference beam
No CFRP
strips
Non-prestressed
CFRP strips
Ultimate load
100 %
192 %
Cracking load
100 %
117 %
Prestressed, gradually
anchored CFRP strips
235 %
325 %
CONCLUSIONS
Strengthening of concrete structures with passive CFRP strips is state of the
art. By prestressing these strips, the effectiveness of the reinforcement can
be improved considerably. However, its application has been limited to
demonstration projects only due to anchorage problems at the end of the
strips. To overcome this problem the strips can be bonded with a decreasing
prestressing force towards their ends. To generate this gradient a
prestressing device was designed at which the strip is wrapped partly
around a wheel. This way, the prestressing force at the clamp of the strip
can be reduced considerably, depending on the coefficient of friction
between the strip and the prestressing device. The use of an air-cushion
provides an easy and comfortable way to press the strip against the structure
during the entire curing process. The gradient is approached by a stepwise
bonding with decreasing prestressing force. The result is a prestressed
CFRP strip without any external anchorage systems. Tests on a concrete
beam post-strengthened with prestressed and gradually anchored CFRP
strips showed a considerable increase of the cracking load and the ultimate
load. The beam behaves much more stiffer than the one with the nonprestressed CFRP strips.
REFERENCES
1. Martin Deuring (1993), "Verstarken von Stahlbeton mit gespannten
Faserverbund-werkstoffen", EMPA Dubendorf Bericht Nr. 224
2. Peter Holzenkampfer (1997), "Ingenieurmodelle des Verbunds
geklebter Bewehrung fur Betonbauteile", Beuth Verlag GmbH Berlin
T. KELLER
Composite Construction Laboratory CCLab
Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, CH-1015 Lausanne, Switzerland
Described herein are two bridges in Switzerland that were strengthened
with carbon fibre tension elements. In both cases the advantageous
properties of these elements yielded reliable and economical solutions. The
two-span Verdasio Bridge in Intragna was strengthened with four carbon
fibre cables. The cables run the length of the bridge box girder in a
polygonal path. The minimal cross-sections of the 70 m long cables
allowed for simple deviation of the cable and easy handling in the confined
space of the box girder. For the Duttweiler Bridge in Zurich the north
abutment, used for storage space, was strengthened with CFRP strips and
L-shapes plates. As the strengthening elements were both thin and lightweight, they could be easily overlapped and anchored. Strengthening could
be carried out without interruption to traffic.
INTRODUCTION
The strengthening of load-carrying structures with carbon fibre reinforced
polymer (CFRP) strips was first developed in Switzerland in the 1980's. In
1991 the first bridge, the Ibach Bridge in Lucerne, was strengthened using
this technique. Today approximately 100 tonnes of CFRP composites for
the strengthening of load-carrying structures are sold in Switzerland per
year '.
Switzerland also plays a prominent role in the development of CFRP
cables. In 1996, on the Storchen Bridge in Winterthur, two CFRP stay
cables, each consisting of 241 parallel 5 mm diameter wires, were used for
the first time in a bridge application. The cables were equipped with fibre
optic monitoring sensors and a special gradient material based anchoring
system was developed to anchor the cables2.
The strengthening of the Verdasio Bridge in Intragna with parallel
carbon fibre wire cables in 1999 and the Duttweiler Bridge in Zurich with
CFRP strips and L-shaped plates in 2001 are further examples of the
aforementioned techniques. Both projects were carried out under the
direction of the CCLab and are described in this paper.
^p Camedo
69.00
Figure 3. Left: External carbon fibre cable reinforcement close to abutment. Right:
Bottom deviation location with concreted curved steel cradles.
The anchors include conical resin-cast terminations. A ceramic and
epoxy based gradient materia! prevents peaks in shear stress when the
cables enter the anchors.
The cables are deviated at one-third points in each span as well as over
the pier at curvatures of 3.80 m to 8.90 m. Simple curved steel cradles are
used as deviation devices. For the lower deviation points in the span,
40
20
25
* /.g^r*
*.\
~~?
*~
*/#^==^\
20
i O
\/f
IS
*
10
n)
O.
a -20
*[
^ 7 ;
-
^ ~
-
. .
!>
<a
H
-40
Sep 99 Nov 99 Jan 00 MrzOO Mai 00 Jul 00 Sep 00 Nov 00 Jan 01
and help maintain the geometrical configuration of the cables. Since the
cables are external, individual cables can be replaced at any time.
DUTTWEILEE BRIDGE ZUEICH
Reasons for Reinforcement Measures
The Duttweiler Bridge, constructed in 1969, is one of the most heavily
travelled bridges in the City of Zurich. It is a reinforced concrete bridge
with six lanes. The northern abutment is 50.40 m long in the direction of the
bridge axis, 16.80 m wide, and has an approximately 4.5 m high chamber
space used for storage (Figure 5). It was planned to build 5m wide and 4 m
high doors into the lateral abutment walls in order to extend the use of the
storage chamber.
The road deck slab, the ceiling of the abutment chamber, is supported
by 14 columns, aligned in two rows inside the chamber, as well as the
lateral walls of the chamber. The slab width between the two column rows,
the centre strip, is 6.50 m. The distances between the rows and the lateral
walls of the abutment, the edge strips, are 5.15 m.
Figure 5. Left: New door in north abutment with CFRP plate reinforced cross-beam.
Right: Abutment chamber.
they could still support the loads transferred from the edge strips. Second,
the edge strips required strengthening to compensate for the loss of fix it.
Strengthening of the bridge was to take place without interruption to
traffic. This was one of the main reasons that low-weight CFRP strips and
L-shaped plates were used. Furthermore, since these elements are easily
installed without heavy scaffolding, use of the abutment chamber was
perturbed for only short periods of time. In addition, the owner required a
fire protection of the CFRP elements with two layers of 30 mm thick fire
protection plates; this measure, however, was not necessary for the loadcarrying function of the repair.
Strengthening of Deck Slab Edge Spans
Due to the loss of the fixed end conditions of the edge strips the positive
moments in the deck edge spans due to dead and live load increased by
approximately 50% in both load-carrying directions. Glued CFRP strips
were used to provide the additional required reinforcement. Before cutting
through the abutment walls, on each side five 10 m long strips spaced at
70 cm intervals were glued in the longitudinal bridge direction, while seven
6.0 m long strips spaced at 57 cm intervals were glued in the transverse
direction (Figure 6). In this way, the strips were already loaded by the dead
load of the slab.
The cross-section dimensions of the strips are 90x1.4 mm. The small
thickness of 1.4 mm meant that the strips could be overlapped easily. The
tensile strength of the strips is 2400 MPa; the elastic modulus is 210 GPa. A
two-component epoxy adhesive was used for fixation of the strips.
On three sides the anchoring of the strips was easy, since enough space
was available for the required 1.50 m anchor length. However, on the crossbeam side not enough space was available for anchoring of the strips in the
transverse direction. For this reason, 350 mm long, 110x11 mm horizontal
slots were cut into the cross-beam using a diamond-tooth saw. The slots
were filled with epoxy adhesives and the CFRP strips were subsequently
slid into the slots and anchored in this way (Figure 6 and 7).
Figure 6. Strengthening of the deck slab with crossed CFRP strips, anchoring of
transverse strips in cross-beam.
Figure 7. Strip anchoring in cut slots. Left: Diamond-tooth saw. Right: Horizontally
anchored deck slab strips, vertical slot for anchorage of L-shaped plate of crossbeam.
Strengthening of Cross-Beams
Both flexural and shear reinforcement were required for the cross-beams to
be reinstated as load carrying members. Flexural strengthening was
achieved with three CFRP strips adhesively bonded to the underside of the
beams (Figure 8). The shear reinforcement was added in the form of crossed
CFRP L-shaped plates, bonded over the flexural reinforcement strips
(Figure 8). The plates have cross-sectional dimensions of 50x1.2 mm. In
total 2x14 plates spaced at 50 cm were applied on each beam.
Anchoring of the plates in the compression zone of the cross-beams was
carried out with vertically cut 110x11 mm slots In the deck slabs. In the two
slots near the beam supports two plates are anchored in the same slot. The
anchor length is 20 cm on the interior of the abutment and 40 cm on the
exterior. The anchor length on the interior was limited by the depth of the
deck slab; more space was available on the exterior due to the parapet.
The L-shaped plates have a bend zone length of 35 cm. The average
failure force of the plates with these anchorages and bend zone lengths
reach 74 kN each, that is, 59% of the ultimate tensile force of the plates.
CONCLUSIONS
Strengthening of bridges using carbon fibre tension elements - cables or
adhesively bonded strips and L-shaped plates - has multiple advantages in
comparison with traditional strengthening methods. The strengthening
elements possess very high specific material strength, resulting in small
cross-sections, which lead to new constructive possibilities such as easy
over-lapping and anchoring of strips or simplified deviation and anchoring
of cables.
The low self-weight of the material also allows for easy and rapid
handling during installation without the need for heavy scaffolding or lifting
equipment. Furthermore, strengthening is possible without interruption to
traffic.
The elements are corrosion resistant and do not require further
protection, apart from a possible fire protection for strips and plates.
REFERENCES
1. Meier, U., Stocklin I. and Terrasi G.P., "Making Better Use of the
Strength of Advanced Materials in Structural Engineering",
International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering
(CICE2001), Hong Kong, December 12-15, 2001, Vol. 1, pp. 41-48.
2. Meier, U., "Multifunctioal Use of Carbon-Fibre Composites in
Construction: Present Situation and Trends", International Conference
on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering (CICE 2001), Hong Kong,
December 12-15, 2001, Vol. 2, pp. 1643-1648.
3. EMPA Report No. 168' 106/1 -3 (in German).
1125
Shape PI
Shape HI
Shape Dl
Shape D2
Shape PI
Shape PI
00
\
335
EU
ShapeDl
285
Shape D2
slUJ
lfJ
Shape PI
Figure 3. GFRP bent bars and barriers prototypes during and after completion of construction
Material Properties
The barriers were constructed using ready-mixed normal weight concrete
(concrete Type V MTQ) with an average 28-day strength of 42 MPa. The
properties of the sand-coated GFRP (composed of 75% type-E glass fibres
and 25% Vinylester resin) were determined by performing tensile tests on at
least five straight specimens cut from the actual bent bars (Table 1).
Table 1. Tensile properties of GFRP reinforcing bars
Reinforcing Bars
r r p r
"._
No-16 (straight)
Ko.16 (bent)
Ko.19 (bent)
Guaranteed Tensile
Strength, f,*
(MPa)
640
540
530
Modulus of
Elasticity, E
(GPa)
41
42
39
Ultimate
Strain, su
(%)
1.55
1.49
1.46
Instrumentation
For each barrier, a total of 26 electrical resistance 5-mm long strain gauges
were used to measure strains in reinforcing bars at critical locations. An
accelerometer was mounted on the back face of the wall (opposite to
impact) directly behind the point of strike to measure the peak and the
duration of the impact load. Also, the crack widths on both faces of the
wall, directly after each test, were measured and recorded. A very highspeed data acquisition system (5000 Hz), provided by the Ministry of
Transportation of Quebec, was used to collect and record the data from the
accelerometer and the strain gauges. As well, the construction and testing
of all barriers were video taped for further investigation.
Pendulum Test Set-up
At the site of testing, a rigid reinforced concrete test bed, 12.0-m (length) x
2.0-m (width) x 1.0-m (depth), was constructed. A total of 24, 36-mm
diameter, Dywidag bars were embedded vertically in the rigid test bed
acting as anchors (Figure 4). The top surface of the rigid bed was levelled
with the ground surface on site using a surveying tool. The barrier was
tightened to the rigid test bed by nuts through steel plates (45x200x200 mm).
The pendulum impact test was carried out using a pear-shaped 3.0-ton
iron ball. The iron ball was suspended from the boom of an 80-ton mobile
crane at a height of approximately 30-m above the test bed. The crane was
positioned such that the first point on the ball that hits the wall is at 0.75 m
and 0.90 m above the base of the wall for PL-2 and PL-3 series,
respectively. The ball was pulled laterally to the desirable height with the
Sb.
Point of Strike
r- Timber Filling
//~ Dywidage Bar 36 mm
Steel Nuts
;|C_, Bearing Plates 200x200x45 mm
-rt
x
\ N o . l 5 M Steel bars @ 200 mm
_PVC Tubbs 75 mm
Same configuration was used for both types of barriers PL-2 and PL3,
with raising the ball to the height of 3.0 and 3.5 m, respectively. To confirm
the results of this configuration, the impacts were repeated on the other edge
of the steel-reinforced barriers. The damage received by barriers was not
extensive, but it was considered sufficient for the purpose of comparison.
This final configuration was used to transfer the impact load of the main test
at the middle part of the wall. More details about the test set-up and
procedure can be found elsewhere .
TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The results discussed herein are those performed on the middle part of the
wall. The results of all strikes, at the edge of the walls, were not considered
in the comparison of barrier behaviour. However, it was noted that the
amount of damage received by the wall due to the impact near the edge was
more sever in terms of crack width (approximately twice) and dislodging of
concrete. Due to the low stiffness of GFRP composites, larger number of
cracks and crack widths should be expected in the barriers reinforced with
GFRP bars than those of their counterparts reinforced with conventional
steel. The measured acceleration of the ball, at the moment it strokes the
wall, was used to calculate the impact force. Table 2 lists the values of the
calculated impact force for PL-2 and PL-3 barriers, respectively.
Table 2. Summary of test results
Barrier
PL-2
Series
PL-3
Series
PL2-ST1
PL2-ST2
PL2-GF1
PL2-GF2
PL3-ST1
PL3-ST2
PL3-GF1
PL3-GF2
(m/s2)
243
173
220
248
257
234
252
245
(kN)
716
511
649
731
758
690
744
728
It can be noted that, for barrier PL2-ST2 and PL3-ST2, the small value for
the measured acceleration and consequently for force and energy, compared to
its counterparts at the same ball height, may be attributed to an uneven torque,
which was applied to tighten the slab of the barrier to the test bed.. Also, the
close values of measured acceleration for the two heights, 3.0 m and 3.5 m, can
be similarly explained. The impact effect lasts for 0.1 S and reached its peak
value during the first 0.03 S. No failure was observed at the base of the wall
where the new connection between the wall and the slab using GFRP bent bars
exists. Due to space limitations, the test results will be presented in terms of
crack pattern and width. The complete test results can be found elsewhere9.
Cracking
Figures 6 to 9 show the crack pattern, at the middle third, on the front and back
faces of both series of barriers. All barriers of the same type, either reinforced
with GFRP or steel bars, behaved in a similar manner. The barriers suffered
from diagonal cracks symmetrically distributed around the vertical axis, which
passes through the point of strike on the wall. These cracks spread over a
length, defined by AASHTO4 as the critical length. This critical lengths was
2.9 to 3.3 m and 3.7 to 4.1 m, respectively, for PL-2 and PL-3 barriers at the top
of the wall coming down to 0.9 m to 1.2 m at the base of the wall. The
measured critical lengths are in good agreement with the values predicted by
the yield line approach (2.60 to 2.77 m and 4.4 to 4.6 m for PL-2 and PL-3
barriers, respectively) developed by Hirsch10 and later adopted by AASHTO4.
It should be noted that the barrier nominal resistance to transverse load is 2.67
times that allowed by AASHTO3. Following the same procedure for PL-3
barriers, this value is 1.87 times7.
The maximum measured crack widths on the front and back faces for both
barrier series are listed in Table 2. For barriers PL2-GF1 and PL2-GF2
reinforced with GFRP bars, the number of cracks was larger (1.35 to 1.45 times
larger) and the spacing between these cracks was smaller than those of their
counterparts reinforced with steel. However, For barriers PL3-GF1 and PL3GF2 reinforced with GFRP bars, the density and width of cracks were very
similar. This may be attributed to two reasons. First, the smaller spacing
between the horizontal bars for type PL-3 barriers than that of type PL-2
barriers. Second, because its higher overall inertia, the effect of the
reinforcement stiffness on the overall stiffness of PL-3 barriers is less than that
on PL-2 barriers with less inertia. It can be noted that the area of the barrier wall
affected by the impact load is approximately the same for all barriers of same
type PL-2 or PL-3. For PL-2 barriers, the intensity of cracks, for barriers
reinforced with GFRP bars, is higher than that of their counterparts reinforced
with steel. This higher crack intensity, spread over the same area, suggests that
the strains in the GFRP bars are larger than those in the steel bars. This may be
attributed to the low stiffness of the GFRP bars (about one fifth that of steel).
Also, this explains why the maximum measured crack widths for GFRP
reinforced barriers were not 5 times but only in the range of 1.35 to 1.45 times
those measured for steel reinforced ones.
**
IM.2-S'! 1
PL2<8I-2
\JL^
IU.2-ST!
;*;."
P1.2-GF2
^ 3 3 ^
PL3-GF2
^^\
1 ^' I * i
Figure 9. Cracks pattern on the back face for PL-3 barriers
CONCLUSIONS
This paper presents the results of pendulum impact tests, which were carried
out on newly developed type PL-2 and PL-3 corrosion-free concrete bridge
barriers reinforced with GFRP composite bars. Based on the test results, the
following conclusions can be drawn:
1. The behaviour of concrete bridge barriers of both types, PL-2 and PL-3,
reinforced with GFRP bars, subjected to impact load, was very similar
to that of the identical barriers reinforced with conventional steel.
2. For type PL-2 and PL-3 barriers reinforced with GFRP bars, the
maximum measured crack widths on the front face of the barrier wall
were 0.8 mm and 0.67 mm, which represents only 1.45 and 1.15 times,
respectively, larger than that measured for their counterparts reinforced
with steel.
3. The new connection between the slab and the barrier wall sustained and
transferred the impact load successiully without showing any sign of failure.
This was thefirsttime to use glass FRP bent bars in real structures.
4. In barriers reinforced with GFRP bars, the horizontal reinforcement
contributed more, in carrying the impact load, than that of barriers
reinforced with steel. Therefore, it is recommended to increase the
amount of horizontal reinforcement for type PL-2 barriers. Spacing
between horizontal bars of 140 mm, as in PL-3 barriers, seems to be
adequate for cracking control.
5. Due to the edge effect, the impact load caused damage to the barrier
wall at the edge more than at the central part under the same loading
conditions. To compensate for this edge effect, the amount of
reinforcement, shown in Figures 1 and 2 for PL-2 and PL-3 barriers,
should be doubled at the end of the barrier wall.
The two presented types of concrete bridge barriers, PL-2 and PL-3, reinforced
with GFRP bars using the newly developed corrosion-free connection between
the wall and the slab were approved by the Ministry of Transportation of
Quebec and currently are being used for construction of new concrete bridge
barriers all over Quebec".
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors acknowledge the financial support and technical assistance
received from the Ministry of Transportation of Quebec. Pultrall Inc. (Thetford
Mines, Quebec) GFRP ISOROD bars. Thanks to Beton Demix, the concrete
provider, Aciers Orford Inc., fabrication and installation of steel bars, and Les
Coffrages Carmel Inc., fabrication of formwork and casting. The partial
REFERENCES
1. CAN/CSA-S6-00, "Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code," Canadian
Standard Association, Rexdale, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, 2000, 734p.
2. Masmoudi, R., El-Salakawy, E.F., Beaumier, E., and Benmokrane, B.,
"Behaviour of Types PL2 and PL3 Concrete Barriers Reinforced with
Composite Bars," Final Technical Report (in French), Phase II, Submitted
to the Ministry of Transportation of Quebec, Canada, 2001, 52p.
3. AASHTO, "Guide Specifications for Bridge Railing," American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
4. AASHTO, "LRFD Bridge Design Specifications," 1st ed., American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
Washington, DC, USA, 1994.
5. Klement, T. and Aly, A., "Pendulum Testing of the Ontario Bridge
Barrier," Draft submitted for publication, 2001, 23p.
6. Scanlon, A., McClure, R.M., Spitzer, P., Tessaro, T., and Mansour, A.,
"Performance Characteristics of Cast-in-Place Bridge Barrier,"
Research Report No. 87-21, Prepared for the Pennsylvania Department
of Transportation, State University, 1989.
7. El-Salakawy, E.F., Briere, F., Masmoudi, R., and Benmokrane, B.,
"Impact Test on Concrete Bridge Barriers Reinforced with GFRP
Composite Bars," Final Technical Report, Phase III, Submitted to the
Ministry of Transportation of Quebec, Canada, August, 2001, 75p.
8. Pultrall Inc., "ISOROD Composite Reinforcing Rod," Technical Sheets,
Thetford Mines, Quebec, 2000.
9. El-Salakawy, E.F., Briere, F., Masmoudi, R., Desgagne, G., and
Benmokrane, B., "Pendulum Impacts into Concrete Bridge Barriers
Reinforced with GFRP Composite Bars," Canadian Journal of Civil
Engineering, Submitted, August, 2002, 32p.
10. Hirsch, T.J., "Analytical Evaluation of Texas Bridge Rails to Contain
Buses and Trucks," Research Report 230-2, Texas Transportation
Institute, Texas A&M University, Collage Station, TX, August, 1978.
11. Desgagne, G. and Benmokrane, B., "Conceptual Design of Concrete
Bridge Barriers Reinforced with FRP Bars," (in French), Innovation
Transport, Bulletin ScientifiqueTechnologique,No.l 1, October, 2001, pp. 3-6.
INTRODUCTION
In the past decade, innovative technologies to strengthen reinforced concrete
(RC) and masonry structures, involving the use of fiber-reinforced polymer
(FRP) composites, have been extensively studied and increasingly accepted
by the civil engineering community. The most common applications so far
included the use of FRP materials (in the form of wet lay-up sheets or
fabrics, pre-cured laminates or bars/tendons) to enhance flexural and/or
shear capacity of reinforced and prestressed concrete beams, to confine
concrete and masonry columns, to increase the capacity of masonry panels
subjected to out-of-plane as well as in-plane loads 1 . More recently, the
!\W
**
Figure 1. Steel silos object of the intervention
installation. Due to the small thickness of the composite laminate, the FRP
hoop would easily adapt itself to the external shape of the silos, hence, no
preliminary machining would be needed to realize the confining elements.
The low weight of CFRP would minimize the need for temporary supports
to keep the hoops in place before post-tensioning. The hoops would be
easily handled with no danger for the operator and with notable reduction of
the installation time. A cost analysis indicated that the second solution was
the most convenient.
DESIGN OF THE STRENGTHENING SYSTEM
As resulted from a preliminary evaluation, two CFRP confining hoops at the
bottom of the silo were needed, and it was decided that they would be placed
at 0.85-m and 1.70-m distance from the bottom of the silo. Among different
products available on the market, the choice was based on results of
laboratory tests performed on bonded joints, as reported later. The chosen
laminate had 100-mm width, 1.4-mm thickness, 170-GPa elastic modulus,
and 3100-MPa tensile strength.
Computation of the stress level to be applied to the CFRP hoops by posttensioning is reported as follows. Given the dimensions of the silos, the
maximum horizontal and vertical pressures resulting from the presence of
the stored material can be computed with the classical earth pressure theory
(Table 1). Assuming that two confining hoops are placed at 0.85-m and
1.70-m distance from the bottom of the silo, if the steel structure did not take
any load the tensile load in the hoops when the silo is completely filled
would be approximately equal to Nj = 90 kN and N2 = 84 kN, respectively.
An approximate analysis of the distribution of axial stiffness between
CFRP hoops and the steel structure revealed that the stiffness of steel was
notably large compared to that of FRP, the stiffness distribution coefficients
being 0.918 and 0.082, respectively. Hence, the use of passive FRP hoops,
even if applied to the empty silos, would not give any appreciable benefit to
the state of stress in the steel structure. Conversely, post-tensioning the
CFRP hoops would allow to tailor the distribution of stresses between CFRP
and steel by choosing the post-tensioning level. With reference to the first
CFRP hoop (starting from the bottom; the same reasoning is valid for the
upper one), if the hoop was not post-tensioned and applied to the empty silo,
the steel structure in the corresponding region would be unloaded when the
silo is empty, and carry about 91.8% of TV/ in tension when the silo is totally
filled, only the remaining 8.2% being carried by the CFRP. If the hoop was
post-tensioned to a load level equal to TV/ (with post-tensioning conducted on
(N/m )
<
8000
0.44
{^' IJ
(N/m )
0.24
25290
tymax
(N/m2)
11130
A critical detail to be designed was the joint between the two ends of the
laminate, in order to form the hoop. An epoxy-based high-viscosity paste,
was used to realize the bonded joint. Type of CFRP laminate, bonded length
and construction details of the joint were all based on results of a series of
preliminary bond tests. Such tests were conducted on single-lap joint
specimens (Figure 2) using a 200-kN universal testing machine in
displacement-control mode with a 0.2-mm/min cross-head displacement
rate. The variables examined in the tests were: type of CFRP laminate (with
or without a superficial sand layer intended to improve the bond properties),
overlap length, and transverse wrapping of a CFRP sheet around the bonded
joint. The latter was introduced to take the normal tensile ("peeling")
stresses arising from the small eccentricity between the two laminates
connected by the joint. In the application of the laminate on the silo, further
normal tensile stresses would arise due to the curvature effect.
Not sanded
300
500
Presence of
transverse wrap
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
Ultimate load
(kN)
60.3
80.7
115.1
85.1
126.0
140.2
Given the values of tensile load to be applied to the hoops, results of the
bond tests were considered satisfactory. The laminate with no sand was
1357
selected for the strengthening operation, the length of the joint was
conservatively taken as 1200 mm to account for uncertainties in the longterm performance of the joint and in the quality of workmanship, and it was
decided that the joint be transversely wrapped with two CFRP biaxial sheet
200 - mm wide strips at the two extreme locations of the joint.
A simple mechanical post-tensioning system for the hoops was
developed, and is illustrated in Figure 3. It consists of a support plate for the
hoop in correspondence of any vertical steel profile, and in another plate in
which two bolts are inserted which react against the profiles. Screwing of
the bolts forces the hoop to get away from the silo and thus produces a selfreacting system of radial pressures balanced by circumferential stresses. A
PTFE layer was applied between CFRP hoop and steel supporting plate, in
order to avoid electro-chemical corrosion effects and also to reduce friction
during the post-tensioning operation.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
The overlap portion was bonded with the epoxy paste. In order to
ensure proper contact of the bonded surfaces during hardening, clips
(along with wooden dowels) were applied along the joint (Figure 6).
Moreover, heaters were placed close to the joint to accelerate curing
and, at the same time, to obtain a higher degree of polymerisation and
hence higher tensile strength and glass transition temperature for the
epoxy.. The heaters were kept in place for about 24 hours and
guaranteed a temperature of about 30C around the bonded joint;
After 7 days curing, the transverse wrapping was applied with the
hand lay-up technique (Figure 7);
After 7 days curing, the tensioning devices were put in place (Figure
8) and the post-tensioning was performed. The load level in the CFRP
hoops was known indirectly by means of strain measurements. Each
CFRP hoop was instrumented with three 6-mm electric strain gages on
their surface situated at 120 degrees along the circumference. The
strain gages were connected to an electronic data acquisition system.
The tensioning operation was conducted by screwing the bolts in
sequence around the perimeter of the silo (Figure 9), and monitoring
continuously the strain readings until the-value corresponding to the
desired load level was attained in all strain gages. The trend of the
readings was always reasonable during post-tensioning in the various
regions along the perimeter of the silo, and the readings were typically
very consistent with each other.
A few days after post-tensioning, a protective epoxy top coating was
applied on the hoops, to improve durability of the system. The silos
after completion of the work (but before coating) are shown in Figure
10.
support plates
CONCLUSIONS
The case study illustrated herein has clearly shown the fast, cost-effective
and innovative way in which CFRP laminates have been used to strengthen
six steel silos- in southern Italy. The installation was easy, fast and free of
risks for the operators, due to the light weight of the CFRP material. The
entire operation was conducted within 16-17 days merely because of the
curing time of the epoxies used for the bonded joints, but the actual working
time was less than three days.
The key concept of this work is that active strengthening should be used
whenever possible. The contribution of passive FRP systems to the loadcarrying capacity of a structure is in most cases limited, due to the low
stiffness of FRP and sometimes to the presence of load on the structure
during strengthening. The development of effective yet simple prestressing
or post-tensioning devices (such as the one presented herein) can
heritage of Marche, Arch. Enrico Guglielmo, consulted the first author for a
solution using innovative materials. The whole process, including
installation of composites, was finished in the summer of 2002. In the
following preliminary structural investigations, the design process and
realization phases are described.
STRUCTURAL INVESTIGATIONS
Since the structure is completely surrounded by buildings, uncertainty
regarding the whole dynamic behaviour were added. to the traditional
uncertainties associated with materials features and conditions.
Experimental tests were then carried out to obtain data on the constraining
level between the tower and the adjoining buildings (mainly theJS. Lucia's
Church and its cluster). The tests described elsewhere1, comprised the
following tasks:
3D FEM w/o
constraints
Experimental
Tests
I mode
1.1 Hz Bending
2.27 Hz Bending
1.95 Hz Bending
II mode
1.13 Hz Bending
2.40 Hz Bending
2.20 Hz Bending
III mode
4.86 Hz Bending
7.21 Hz Torsional
6.75 Hz Torsional
Numerical model was used also for static analyses considering weight
wind and conventional seismic action3. Masonry density (1900 kg/m3), was
evaluated by on site-tests. The elasticity modulus was estimated as 2000
MPa; this value was also confirmed by dynamic analyses.
In Figure 2, modal shapes obtained from 3D FEM analysis are plotted
for the first three modes in both the free and side-constrained subcases.
A A
t\<~/\
\%
-j
(a)
? \
j ^
.*
J (b)
Figure 2. F.E. modal analysis for free (a) and constrained (b)conditions.
RETROFITTING DESIGN
The design process was intended to satisfy the principles listed above, with
the planned intervention avoiding local masonry failures4 and improving the
seismic strength of the structure (see Figure 3).
ffl
installed without removing the original wood beams at floors; only wood
panels were temporarily removed and restored at the end of the whole
process. Horizontal short composite elements were spaced in the walls
corners to improve the grip (see Figure 5a).
From the structural point of view, the FRP design was aimed to greatly
improve seismic capacity of the tower. Usually structural engineering
practice neglects masonry tension strength, while FRP ensure a monolithic
behaviour for high intensity earthquakes. The structure keeps its static
mechanism for low intensity seismic activity because the added stiffness is
very low in comparison to the one of the bell tower, but in case of strong
motion the tension side of masonry loses cohesion, allowing the composites
to start working; then the masonry behave as a reinforced structure.
A reinforced concrete slab (70 cm thickness, 40 micro poles), built as
foundation for formerly proposed steel structure, was used for anchoring
composites to the ground without overloading the original tower's
foundation. The strength improvement was computed by ultimate limit state
analysis. The results indicated that the critical cross section is the one that
corresponds to the connection between the tower and the church. With the
composites, the overturning moment, considering a ultimate stress in the
masonry of 4 MPa, jumps from 1650 tm to 2750 tm (limit strain in the
masonry equal to 0.2%) or 3000 tm (limit in strain of 0.5%), implying a 7085% strength improvement.
A simplified analysis, considering unlimited masonry strength and full
strength development of the FRP, gives an overturning moment of 1780 tm
without considering intervention, and 3440 tm with composites,
corresponding to a 90% of strength improvement. The calculations show
that this solution gives a higher strength improvement with a very low
structural invasion. The composites used were made of 20 cm wide double
layer fabric, 600 g/m2 in weight and 0.67 mm in thickness. A key aspect of
the intervention was the composites-masonry grip system, the fabrication
details and the anchoring of the composites to the foundations.
INSTALLATION OF COMPOSITES
The installation strictly followed the design specifications. Despite the small
available space and the presence of the wood beams, the composite textile
allowed a simple installation. To obtain a good grip, masonry samples were
analysed to get the optimum surface treatment. The process is illustrated in
Figures 4 to 6. In Figure 4 and 5b, an anchoring steel plate detail is shown;
also the horizontal and oblique elements are displayed close to an original
wooden beam.
which was used to improve the grip on the masonry. Figure 6 shows how
the composite structural system geometry was locally modified to avoid
passing over the tower openings.
(a)
d(h)
n^iirc v ihUYwniion v.ills p.rippin (rO and andioiinp delaiis (h)
CONCLUSIONS
The intervention on the bell tower of the S. Lucia's church is an interesting
application of composites in the structural restoration. Transparency and
low structural invasion are fully achieved, avoiding holes and removal of
wooden beams and slabs. In the same time structural target was satisfied
also since the seismic strength was greatly increased; the same safety level
could be obtained as with a heavy steel structure (that is, to the rejected
former design). The composites are placed directly on the masonry surface
so they are removable and almost invisible. The application is a case of
fruitful interaction among state offices; architects and engineers trough
innovative structural techniques (on site structural identification tests,
refined numerical 3D modelling, advanced design using innovative
materials). The result is a model procedure for further interventions.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors acknowledge architects A. Cyrillo Gomes and U. Soragni for
relieves and architectural aspects; Ph.E. S. Vitolo for aiding in analyses.
REFERENCES
1. T. Pelella, G. Mannara, E. Cosenza, I. Iervolino and L. Lecce:
"Structural dynamic investigations on the bell tower from the S.Lucia's
church - Serra S. Quirico, Ancona"; 7' Int. Seminar on Seismic
Isolation, Passive Energy Dissipation and Active Control of Vibrations
of Structures, Assist, Italy, October 2-5, 2001.
2. P.Clemente, G. Buffarini, G. Bongiovanni and D. Rinaldis, "Dynamic
characterization of the bell tower ofS. Giorgio in Trignano before and
after restoration", ISTHECH Project, Final Workshop.
3. V. Zabel, C. Bucher and J. Riedel, "The dynamic behaviour of a
historical bell tower in situ-test and numerical investigation''' , Faculty
of Civil Engineering, Institute of Structural Mechanics, Bauhaus
University Weimar, Germany.
4. Bongiovanni G., Clemente P. and Buffarini G., "Analysis of the seismic
response of damaged masonry bell tower" Proa, 12 the World
Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Auckland, 30 Jan-4 Feb 2000.
tests have been undertaken. There has however, not been much focus placed
on the users' needs. For example a question which still requires further
attention is whether or not it is possible to strengthen a structure during
movement of traffic.
During a real strengthening case in 1999, it was assumed to be possible
to strengthen a bridge during normal traffic flow. This was the Kallkallan
bridge in Lulea, Sweden '. However, the frequency of the load as well as the
speed of the traffic was low. The Swedish Railway Association had
demanded that the traffic not be stopped during the strengthening work due
to the importance of the iron ore traffic. A prohibition to pass the bridge
during the duration of the strengthening work would have caused serious
economic damages for the mining company in question. The trains did not
cause extreme strain deformations where the CFRP laminate was applied
but large enough to be of concern.
Measurements on the Kallkallan bridge, before and after the
strengthening showed that the stiffness was 15 % higher after strengthening
works with CFRP in spite of the fact that the resin was cured during
movement. However, it was assumed at this point that the strengthening
effect would have been larger if no live loads were allowed on the structure
during strengthening.
TESTING
To clarify the possible strengthening losses due to live loads, an
experimental test on concrete beams was carried out. The objective of the
tests was to have a curing situation as realistic as possible. A highway, the
E4, near Lulea was the subject for the real traffic loads, where a typical load
regime was chosen.
Test Beams
The test beams were heavily reinforced for shear failure, by providing shear
reinforcement <>
( 10, Ks500, cc 150mm. The tensile and compression
reinforcement consists of 2 <|>16 at the top and bottom. The dimensions of
the beams and the test set-up is shown in Figure 1.
1600
200
c
1100
400
F/2
F72
CFRP
BPE NSMR 101
BPE NSMR 101
BPE NSMR 101
BPE NSMR 101
BPE Laminate 155
BPE Laminate 155
BPE Laminate 155
BPE Laminate 155
Name
BS32
BS32hv
BM32
RefBM32
LS32
RefLS32
LM32
RefLM32
Dimension
10x10 mm2
10x10 mm2
10x10 mm2
10x10 mm2
1,5x49 mm2
10x10 mm2
1,5x49 mm2
1,5x49 mm2
Adhesive
NM BPE 465
NM BPE 567
NM BPE 465
NM BPE 465
NM BPE 567
NM BPE 567
NM BPE 567
NM BPE 567
Strain Gauges
To be able to calculate the shear stress between the concrete and the CFRP
laminates and NSMR-rods, strains on the CFRP were measured. Here, eight
strain gauges were attached on the CFRP in accordance to Figure 2.
xi-L
s
Gauge No
Distance x fmml
7
i
1 2
5 20
6
i
3
50
5 4 3 2 1 GaugiNo
I i 111
4
100
5
200
6
400
1
600
8
1600
The strain gauges were bonded closer to each other at the ends. The
reason for this is that the theoretical shear stress is highest near the cut-off
end. In the cross-section at the centre of the beam, three strain gauges were
applied. The first on the CFRP, gauge No 8 in Figure 2, the second on the
flexural reinforcement and the last on the concrete at the top of the beam.
This gauge set-up was not only used to measure the strains at failure but also
to detect the curing course of the adhesive.
Live Load Test
Only heavy trucks passing the measurement point were simulated as one
load cycle which approximately gave one deflection every other minute or
0.0092 Hz. A passing truck was simulated to pass the object in 3.5 seconds.
The force acting on the test beams was chosen to 60% of the breaking load
of an unstrengthened beam which gives a maximum load of 40 kN. The
minimum force was chosen as 5 kN to prevent vibration in the set up. The
beams were mounted upside down in a four-point loading set up. The reason
for mounting the beam upside down was to simplify the strengthening
procedure and supervise the movements of the CFRP reinforcement.
Another advantage was that the curing course of the resin adhesive was
easier to inspect. The cycles continued until the decrease of the deflection
was negligible. This occurred after approximately 700-1000 hours
depending on the adhesive used.
Failure Test
Before the static failure test the beams were stored for 5 days in a controlled
environment of 20 C and RH 50 %. The static failure test was conducted as
a four point bending test similar to the live load set-up. The difference was
that for the failure test the beam tested was turned with the underside of the
beam facing the floor. The load was deflection controlled and applied with a
speed of 0.03 mm/sec until failure occurred.
THEORY
Failure Modes
During the four point bending test, a strengthened concrete beam passes
from state I, uncracked concrete, to state II, cracking in the concrete, and in
most cases to state III where cracking is visual and yielding in the internal
reinforcement has happened. Depending on the geometry and the material
properties of the beam and the CFRP reinforcement different failure modes
occur. The possible failure modes defined here are:
(a) Concrete failure in the compression zone
(b) Shear failure in the concrete beam,
(c) Tensile failure in the CFRP laminates,
(d) CFRP reinforcement peeling-off, and
(e) CFRP reinforcement concrete failure.
In this paper, the CFRP reinforcement peeling-off failure due to high shear
and normal stresses is discussed. The research performed at Lulea
University of technology ' and by others9,10 shows that peeling-off failure is
the most common if other failure modes are not forced by special
geometrical properties, such as heavy internal bending reinforcement, to
obtain a shear failure. The peeling-off procedure is caused by shear and
normal stresses occurring at the cut-off ends of the CFRP. Large shear
stresses also culminate near cracks in the concrete but they are not
considered in this study.
Theoretical Shear Stresses
Shear stresses acting in the bond zone between an external reinforcement
and a concrete beam depend on the loading configuration. In a four point
loading set-up, the two point loads Pi and P2 are acting on the beam.
Taljsten 2 gives the following expression for the forces acting between the
concrete and the external reinforcement. This model is compared with
similar models by Smith and Teng3. The model turns out to be a simple but
satisfactory model with the exception that there is only one point load acting
on the beam. If two point loads act on the beam then each load has to be
considered individually and the shear stresses have to be super-imposed as
follows:
, x
G-P
2-l + a-b
a-A-e'A+l
T(X)=
(1)
2_G-t
E A
\ff
+E-c'A
Ec-Ac
(2)
The two point loads. Pi and P2 causing shear stress are calculated
individually.
2-l + a-b,
2-s-E-W^
a-A-e~Ax
+l
l+a
(3)
2 \X)
G P
' 2
2-s-Ec-Wc
2-1 +a-b2
l +a
~~ '
a-X-e~lx
X1
+\
(4)
The total shear stress between the CFRP reinforcement and the concrete
is the sum of ij and x2 These equations are then used for evaluation of the
test results (see Figure 6).
Experimental Shear Stresses
*Z^=*rh==-=jr*jt.
nr
a+da
Ul
U2
dx
Figure 3. Equilibrium between CFRP and concrete
Consider the small element cut out from a CFRP laminate in Figure 3. The
normal stress in the laminate can be written as:
Wj - u2
F
a
t-h
Ax
du
dx
(5)
Ua + da-a)dAf
- \T(x)dA). = 0
(6)
da -t-h =
d(E-s)-t-
fir(X)dxdy
(7)
h = / r{x)dx
(8)
ds
dx
(9)
For a NSMR rod the height, h, is equal to t and the shear stress acts on
three sides of the rectangular rod. Therefore the shear force for NSMR rod is
{x) = E
ds
(10)
T~dx~
RESULTS
In all the tests, the strains have been measured continuously during curing of
the adhesive and at the time of static tests. In Figure 4, the result during
curing is shown. The curves presented in Figure 4 clearly show when the
strain in the steel decreases and the CFRP laminate and NSMR start bearing
the load. After approximately 700 minutes a stabilised situation has
occurred, this means that at this point the adhesive had bonded to both the
composite and concrete.
BS32HV
2000
2000
Steel
' 1500
I 1500
^ 1000
' 1000
CFRP
500
_CEBE_
500
0
400
400
800
1200
800
1200
Time [min]
Time [min]
ft-
I 0,7
' ''
V0,5
0,3
I0'1
r*-~.-r"*~T " ~ ; r
i
-0,3*
- 220 cycles
230 cycles
- 400 cycles
1000 cycles
0.8
|0,7
1 ' 35
1 ' 1
S '
s .
I-0'1
1 2
-0,3
I '0,79
100 cycles
i '0,35
200 cycles
130 cycles
- 600 cycles
&-"'
-0,3
Distance [m]
(I 02 04 06 08 1
Distance [m]
Distance [m]
Experimental
Experimental
-Theoretical
- Theoretical
0
0,2
0,4
0,6 0,8
1
Distance [m]
1,2
1,4
1,2
1,4
1,6
LM32
5T7
I6
w5
tn 5
a) 4
g> 4
\Expeiiineiil
35 3
S 2
co 3
i5 2
5co1
0
mreoretfcat:
^Experimental
^ 1
0
Distance [m]
1,2
,4 1,1
-BS32H
15 75
vReferenceUnstrengtriened
o
-J 50
25
0
10
20
30
Deflection [mm]
40
50
175
150
' 125
100
75
50 25
0
Ref LM32
/RefLS32
i<< - ^ ^ i ^ = ~ L S 3 2
Reference
Unstrenqthened
J^'
J%-10
20
30
Deflection [mm]
(a) NSMR
(b) Laminate
Figure 7 Test specimens compared with reference beams
The curves show quite a good agreement between theory and test. The
NSMR beams correspond especially well, which may seem surprising since
Taljsten's 2 model is first derived for laminates. However, the shear stress
transfer is similar in both cases.
CONCLUSIONS
(a) For an uncracked concrete beam, Taljsten's model2 for shear force along
external flexural reinforcement corresponds to the measured shear
forces well.
L. ZHAO
Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engineering
University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL 32816-2450, USA
Successful implementation of FRP composite materials in civil
infrastructure for new construction depends on the development of
structural concepts and systems that combine these "new" materials with
conventional ones, optimizing the functional efficiency of each of the
classes of materials. This paper describes the development of a class of
structural systems incorporating FRP shell type components that serve as
girders with deck systems ranging from full FRP decks to polypropylene
fiber reinforced steel free concrete deck systems. The transition of this
system to the field through the construction of a bridge along a major
highway is described emphasizing aspects important to field
implementation. Results of load testing of this bridge after construction in
the field are provided as part of the implementation of a health monitoring
system.
INTRODUCTION
As tailorable materials that are light-weight and provide very high values of
specific performance (i.e. performance divided by density) fiber reinforced
polymer (FRP) composites provide immense opportunities for use in the
renewal of civil infrastructure. They are already being used extensively for
the rehabilitation of deteriorating and under-strength civil structures through
external bonding. Although still not widely accepted, these materials, either
by themselves, or in conjunction with traditional construction materials,
provide significant potential for use in new structural systems ranging from
bridges and industrial buildings, to large domed recreational areas, and even
artificial living environments of the future. In the near term the use of FRP
_No. 19 Dowels
O 610
a) Plan view
20.1m f 6 6 ' - m
_
Reinforced Concrete or
Advoced Composite Deck System
b) Longitudinal section
Carboni shell
shell
\_glrder
glrder filled with
concrete, 343mm
ID, 10mm thick
5 girders O 2.4m
c) Cross section
Figure 2. Overall Geometry of the bridge
The bridge superstructure (Figure 3) was initially subjected to 2 million
cycles of fatigue service loading consisting of 4 servo-controlled actuators
applying a load of 56 kN each at a frequency of 1 Hz. This load level
duplicates the shear force demand on the prototype bridge at the girder-deck
interface under full service loads. Test results show that the strength and
stiffness of the structure did not degrade during fatigue loading. The loaddisplacement response of the system at mid-span is shown in Figure 4. The
filler/grout within the FRP deck and in the saddle between the deck and the
girders precludes the possibility for alkali attack of E-glass fibers in the
deck which would have occurred were standard Portland cement to have
been used. Figure 6 shows the completed bridge
::^NL\
,_^-^-|r_^-T^
500
In Figure 9(a), "vn3" and "vs3" are displacements measured from the
north and south mid-span, respectively. The first peak (downward
deflection of-the bridge is defined as negative) in the figure occurred when
the second axles of the three trucks traveled to the south mid-span, while
the second peak occurred when the same axles traveled to the north midspan. Both peaks reached approximately 9 mm, or L/1118. In comparison
with the design target of 1/800, in which the stiffness contribution from the
barrier rail was not considered, the superstructure was significantly stiffer.
Each curve has three peaks, which correlate with the passing of the three
sets of axles, i.e. the front axles of all three trucks, the second and third
axles of all three trucks, and the fourth and fifth axles of Truck #3 (the long
Rolling loads
Full-lane load
Two-lanes loaded
Brake test*
Predicted 3-AASHTO design
trucks without the dynamic
amplification factor
Predicted 3-AASHTO design
trucks without the dynamic
amplification factor
%of
Maximum
Mid-Span
Deflection
(mm)
DeflectionSpan
Ratio**
Peak
Strain
7.16
9.25
8.20
7.34
11.09
L/1400
L/1088
171226
L/1370
L/906
300
403
377
291
625
allowable
strain under
Service I
conditions
12
16
15
12
25
14.76
L/682
831
33
axle has a load of 51.3 kN, the next two axles have a load of 64.2 kN each,
and the two rear axles have a load of 73.6 kN each. Results in Table 1
clearly indicate that the overall performance is above that required by
design criteria
SUMMARY
A new bridge system comprising of a combination of FRP and conventional
materials has been developed and transitioned to the field after full-scale
characterization of component and systems response. Its behavior in the
field has been assessed through periodic load tests and is further being
evaluated through the use of an extensive set of instrumentation linked to a
wireless communications network to provide on-line continuous
monitoring. Work is being conducted to provide autonomous assessment of
response through integrated coordination of on-line data with structural
response models to provide warnings if performance thresholds are
exceeded.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The continued support of the California Department of Transportation (C.
Sikorsky, Program Manager) for this project is gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1. Karbhari, V.M., Seible, F., Burgueno, R., Davol, A., Wernli, M. and
Zhao, L., "Structural Characterization of Fiber-Reinforced Composite
Short and Medium-Span Bridges," Applied Composite Materials, Vol.
7 [2-3], 2000, pp. 151-182.
2. Burgueno, R., Karbhari, V.M., Seible, F. and Kolozs, R.T.,
"Experimental Dynamic Characterization of a FRP Composite Bridge
Superstructure Assembly," Composite Structures, 54[4], 2001, pp. 427444.
3. Zhao, L. and Karbhari, V.M., "Investigation of Stress States and Failure
Mechanisms of a Cellular FRP Composite Bridge Deck System,"
Proceedings of the 16'h A?i?iual Technical Conference, American Society
for Composites, Blacksburgh, VA, 2001.
beneficial by minimising the losses that result from creep and shrinkage of
the concrete.
In this study, determinate PSC beams are analysed and the design
constraints identified.
The depth of the section and the area of
reinforcement are taken as the primary design parameters, and when all the
design constraints are taken into account, a feasible zone is created on a plot
of depth versus bar area. By introducing a costing function to the problem
the most economic structures can be found, and a parametric study can
reveal how design parameters affect cost. Alsayed & Al-Salloum6 used a
similar approach when optimising concrete structures reinforced with FRPs.
DESIGN CONSTRAINTS: ULTIMATE CONDITIONS
Sectional analysis
The structure is assumed to be a simply-supported beam loaded with a
uniformly distributed ultimate load of w=1.4G+1.6LL, where G and LL
are the service dead- and live-loads respectively.
A sectional analysis is carried at midspan, using standard well-known
assumptions. Initially, it is necessary to assume a position for the tendon
(and hence its eccentricity). It will be assumed to be as low as practicable in
the section in order to maximise the moment capacity, but this is adjusted
later if working load stress conditions are critical.
The strain is assumed to vary linearly through the depth of the beam,
and allowance is made for partial or fully unbonded structures; incremental
tendon strains are multiplied by a bond reduction coefficient Oj. For single
point loading with unbonded tendons, Qu=1.5/(l/dpJ, and for three point or
uniform loading Qu=3.0/(l/dpJ, where / is the span and dps the static depth.
Equivalent values do not yet exist for partially bonded tendons, so for the
current work a parametric study was performed.
Material law
Concrete can be confined or unconfmed.
Passive FRP spiral
reinforcement can be used to confine the concrete in compression. The
model developed by Leung3 is used to draw the stress-strain properties of
both plain and passively confined concrete, taking data from actively
confined concrete tests (Figure 1). In this study a simpler triaxial model is
used8. The failure strain for plain concrete is taken as 0.0035 and for
passively confined concrete occurs at snapping of the spiral, when the
concrete's lateral expansion is more than the spiral's failure strain.
1393
80
70
* Spiral snapping
60
Kg" 50
E
|
spacing
20mm
40
ta
m 30
g spacing
35mm
20
spacing
50mm
10
"0
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
strain
0.01
0.012
0.014
Ultimate
depth
f. bw y
v. = ^ i + O - O ^
(i)
where if/, y/2 are the curvatures for state 1 (uncracked) and state 2
(cracked) respectively, and C, is the CEB interpolating coefficient.
Creep effects are taken into account using an age adjusted effective
modulus, which allows for external loads developing gradually with time.
Shrinkage can be considered in the calculations as a compressive strain
induced at the centroidal level. Equilibrium redistributes those strains in the
section.
The compatibility and equilibrium equations can then be used to
determine the three unknown parameters: the top and bottom strains (s,, ej
and the depth of the beam. They can be found by solving the three
equations for force & moment equilibrium and deflection. The solutions
represent structures, which deflect equally for the given moment. Such a
solution is shown on Figure 3 as the "deflection" line. This also represents a
lower bound and in this particular case is a more severe constraint than the
ultimate load condition.
Allowable stress constraints
For determinate PSC structures, the four stress constraints that govern are:
(a) tension and compression at transfer, (b) tension and compression at the
maximum service load. These apply for both top and bottom fibres, but if
the beam is assumed to be in sagging bending, then it is known which four
of these conditions apply. For an uncracked section the elastic equation for
each stress limit can be solved for section depth while varying the tendon
area. A modified approach is needed if the section is cracked. This process
results in a further four bound lines on Figure 3. Two will be upper bounds;
two will be lower bounds.
DEPTH-TENDON AREA DIAGRAM
Figure 3 now shows all the constraints from the design process. Cracking
could also have been included but this example is fully prestressed. The
result is a feasible zone, which shows acceptable combinations of tendon
area and section depth. The transfer stress bounds the zone from the right,
the minimum tendon area limits from the top and one (or a combination) of
the limits imposed by ultimate, deflection or working stress conditions
governs from the bottom left. In the case illustrated by the figure, the
tensile stress limit at the working load defines the bottom left part of the
feasible zone.
1.6
Ultimate
1.4
_ Balanced
tendon area
Tension
working
1.2
_ - Optimal solution
CrF.eiasibte:
X^20ii:e::::
\
0.8
Q.
(U
TJ
0.6
Compression
transfer
>
Compression
-T <^.working
Tension
transfer
0.4
Deflections
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
Ap (mm2)
Figure 3. Typical depth - tendon area diagram, aramid partially bonded beam.
The flexural cost function is also shown on the figure, which takes into
account the expense of concrete, tendon, confining reinforcement and
formwork. Lines of equal cost take the form of parallel lines, one of which
is shown as a chain-dashed line in the bottom left of Figure 3. One of the
most important effects of changing from steel to FRP is that the slope of this
line alters. The cost function moves with the same slope towards greater
depths and tendon areas as the cost increases. The optimum flexural
solution occurs where the increasing costing function line meets the feasible
zone. In the example shown in Figure 3 this is clearly where the working
tension and minimum tendon area constraints coincide.
TENDON ECCENTRICITY
At the beginning of the analysis a tendon eccentricity was assumed. If the
section is governed by the ultimate load condition, a reasonable assumption
is that the most cost-effective section is one with the tendon as near the
bottom fibre of the section as possible. But this may not be allowed if the
transfer stress constraints are so strict that they eliminate the feasible zone
entirely. In such cases the analysis is repeated with lower eccentricity. The
transfer stress constraints move to the right and a feasible zone is formed as
in Figure 3. The eccentricity for which a feasible zone just forms is the
optimum. Figure 4 shows three possible Magnel diagrams. Figure 4a
shows the normal case where the maximum tendon eccentricity is valid.
Figure 4b shows the case where the tension constraint at transfer would be
violated at the maximum tendon eccentricity, which forces a new optimal
solution. The section also has to be large enough to allow the existence of a
feasible zone on the Magnel diagram. In the present analysis this can be
forced by adjusting the relative depth of the tendon. This results in a
Magnel diagram as in Figure 4c.
SOL: optimum solution
Final solution
a.
b.
c.
Figure 4. Magnel diagrams at optimum feasible and non feasible sections.
SHEAR
To allow for shear forces, shear reinforcement is provided following recent
modifications on the normal 45 truss analogy which is used for shear
predictions on beams with steel reinforcement12. Full details are to be found
elsewhere1. The principal addition to the method given above is to allow for
the cost of the shear stirrups; this may alter the slope of the cost function on
Figure 3, and thus may alter the optimal solution, but it does not affect the
other constraints on the design.
EXAMPLE
The principles given above were applied to a typical simply supported
beam structure with a straight-profile prestressing tendon. The beam had a
clear span of 13m and a cross section as shown in Figure 2. The web is
0.25m wide and the flange is 0.15m thick and 5m wide with an effective
width of 1.05m wide. The beam is loaded with its own weight and a 2
kN/m2 live load. The beam is prestressed with steel, aramid (Fibra or Parafil
rope) or carbon (CFRP) tendons. Their properties are shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Tendon properties
P ratl1 r
P e
Steel
AFRP (Fibra)
v
Strength (MPa)
1752
1480
1964
2200
210
68.6
112
130
'
CFRP
(Kevlar 49)
Failure Strain
0.1
0.02
0.017
0.013
Cost (Euros/m3)
5930
27010
27010
28860
Concrete strength was taken as 50 MPa and the partial material safety
factors were 1.5 for concrete, 1.05 for steel and 1.3 for all FRPs. The creep
factor was taken as 3 and a shrinkage strain of 0.0003. The stress limits
were: transfer tension 1 MPa, transfer compression 18 MPa, working
tension 0 MPa and working compression 25 MPa. The concrete cost in
Euros/m3 for the southern parts of UK follows the formula:
Ccocrete=54.4e0006fc where/; is in MPa13. Beam stirrups, in this example, had
the same material as their tendons. For steel tendons, low strength (460
MPa) steel was used for stirrups, with cost 4420 Euros/m3.
500
1000
1500
200O
2500
Ap(mm 2 )
a. Fully bonded
3000
3600
400
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Ap(mm 2 )
b. Unbonded
3000
3500
4000
Steel
Fibra
Parafil
Carbon
Bonded
unbonded
partial
bonded 1
partial
bonded 2
439.3
441.1
440.7
440.3
1539.6
945.2
963.5
1151.8
partial
bonded
unbonded
(spiral
spacing
60 mm)
partial
bonded
(spiral
spacing
30 mm)
(spiral
spacing
60 mm)
unbonded
(spiral
spacing
30 mm)
1504.8
1908.9
1200.5
1549.6
1184.2
1533.7
1186.1
1538.1
833.8
1238.8
886.9
946.5
1076.5
1425.1
1845.7
CONCLUSIONS
The method described above allows the optimal determination of the
parameters of concrete structures prestressed with fibre reinforced plastic
tendons. The feasible zone that results when the design constraints are
plotted on a depth versus tendon area diagram allows the observation of the
behaviour and interactions of the various parameters on the final solutions.
As a result lessons can be learnt on how best to use the properties of
expensive FRP. In particular, beams prestressed with FRP should be
unbonded.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors wish to acknowledge the European Commission for funding the
EU TMR Network "ConFibreCrete".
REFERENCES
1. Balafas, I. (2003). Economic Viability of FRP concrete Structures,
PhD Thesis, Cambridge University, in preparation.
2. Kotsovos, M.D. and Pavlovic, M.N. (1995), Structural Concrete,
Thomas Telford Publications, 512 pp.
3. Leung, H. Y. (2000), Study of Concrete Confined with Aramid
Spirals, PhD Thesis, Cambridge.
4. Lees J.M. (1997). Flexure of Concrete Beams Pre-Tensioned with
Aramid FRPs, PhD thesis, Department of Engineering, University
of Cambridge, UK.
5. Burgoyne, C. J. (1993). Should FRPs be Bonded to Concrete?, SP138, Nanni & Dolan (eds.), American Concrete Institute: 367-380.
6. Alsayed, S.H. and Al-Salloum, Y.A. (1996). Optimisation of
Flexure Environment of Concrete Beams Reinforced with FibreReinforced Plastic Bars, Magazine of Concrete Research, 48(174):
27-36.
7. Naaman, A.E. and Alkhairi, F.M. (1991). Stress at Ultimate PostTensioning Tendons: Part 2 - Proposed Methodology, ACI
Structural Journal, 88(6): 683-692.
8. Ahmad, S.H. and Shah, S.P. (1982). Complete Triaxial Stress-Strain
Curves for Concrete, ASCE, 108(ST4): 728-742.
9. Naaman, A.E. (1990). A New Methodology for the Analysis of
Beams Prestressed with External or Unbonded Tendons, External
Prestressing in Bridges", ACI Special Publication SP-120,
American Concrete Institute, 1990: 339-354.
10. Beeby A.W., Favre R., Koprna M. and Jaccoud J.P. (1985).
Cracking and Deformations, CEB design manual, Lausanne.
11. Eurocrete (2000). Design Recommendations of FRP Reinforced
Concrete Structures, First Draft, Riga, Latvia.
12. Guadagnini, M. Pilakoutas, K. and Waldron, P. (1999). Shear
Design for Fibre Reinforced Polymer Reinforced
Concrete
Elements, SP-138, Dolan et al (eds.), American Concrete Institute,
Michigan, Selected Presentations Proceedings: 11-21.
13. Ablemix (2002), Private communication.
INTRODUCTION
To the best of the authors' knowledge, the application of FRP in civil
engineering was first researched in China in 1958, when a fatigue test of a T
section hanging bridge beam reinforced with GFRP bars, 6000mm in span
and 1000mm in height, was conducted at Tsinghua university in 1958. The
purpose of the test was to explore the use of GFRP bars instead of steel bars
due to the limited supply of steel in that year in China. But the beam failed
in a very brittle manner with the sudden rupture of the GFRP bars, so the
research was not continued. From 1970s, some research institutes in China
began research on GFRP bridges and some GFRP bridges were built.
Besides, there has been research on and application of GFRP water tanks
for buildings. But it was until the late 1990s that FRP found its popular
applications in civil engineering in China when the technique of structural
strengthening using externally bonded CFRP sheets became widely
accepted.
After that, Chinese engineers began to acknowledge the merits of this
new construction material, and since then there has been rapid growth in
research on FRP for applications in civil engineering in China. In 1998, a
committee on FRP and application was founded within the Chinese Civil
Engineering Association (CCEA). Under the organization of the committee,
a series of research projects was undertaken. This paper provides a brief
determined based on this assumption. The test and parametric study also
showed that the strengthening effectiveness reduces when the amount of the
original steel reinforcement or the CFRP is excessive. It was also suggested
by researchers from Tongji University, Shanghai, China that flexural
strengthening with side bonded CFRP sheets in the tensile zone of the RC
beam section is also effective.
Figure 2 is the photo of the test setup of shear and seismic
strengthening of RC columns with CFRP sheets. In the column tests, the
strains and their distributions in CFRP were studied to determine the
contribution of CFRP to the shear strength and confinement at maximum
loading. A total of about 75 column specimens strengthened with CFRP,
GFRP and AFRP, were tested in six universities in China. The concrete
strength was up to 78.2 MPa, the shear span ratio was from 5.1 to 1.0, and
the axial force ratio was from 0.13 to 1.29.
Based on these researches and some design guidelines of other
countries, the Chinese committee on FRP and application produced the first
specification for the strengthening of RC structures with CFRP sheets and
plates in China in December, 1999. Figure 3 shows a comparison of the
shear strengths calculated according to the specification and the test results
for 32 column specimens which failed in shear.
CB1 Load=91.5kN
-T3t
'Analysis
i
Loading
5
M
1
8
250
150 ..
100
a
u
i.
.^k..._
1 \s& * i
<
i yft
m i * / * - - ' h-
'
50
0
50
Distance from the end of the FRP sheet /mm
100
150
200
250
300
Figure 9
Steel Structures
Since 2000, a series of experimental studies on the-strengthening of steel
structures with CFRP were conducted by NETRCIB. The research included:
(a) Axial tensile tests of steel plates (see Figure 10). Thirteen tensile tests
showed that the yield strength could be increased by 8-21% for
different amounts of CFRP.
(b) Static and fatigue axial tensile tests of cross section specimens with Ktype welding. The tests showed that the fatigue strength could be
effectively Increased under high stress changes and the fatigue cracks
were delayed after strengthening with CFRP.
(c) Fatigue strengthening of round comers at the support position of steel
beams (see Figure 11). Fifteen tests showed that the fatigue life could
be increased by about 50%.
Figure 12 shows a steel roof truss structure strengthened with CFRP
sheets. The load of the truss was Increased due to change of usage, which
induced a stress increase in the upper and lower chords.
Masonry Structures
About 60 percent of the masonry building structures in China were built
about 30 years ago and some were built more than 100 years ago. Many of
the masonry buildings do not meet the requirements of the current design
code, especially the seismic design requirement. As the bonded FRP
Unstrengthened wall
Strengthened wall
Figure 14 Lateral load-displacement hysteresis relations
Special Structures
Figure 15 shows a test of a containment shell structure of a nuclear power
station strengthened with CFRP sheet, conducted by NETRCIB. The one-tenth
scale shell structure model wasfirstloaded to failure under internal pressure and
then strengthened with CFRP sheets. The test showed the effectiveness of the
CFRP strengthening method and the analysis is now under way.
now well developed, but there has been no application so far, because there
is not much demand compared to FRP strengthening.
PUEE FMP STRUCTURES AND FRP-CONCRETE COMPOSITE
STRUCTURES
FRP Bridges
Research on GFRP bridges began in China 1970s. In 1982, a highway
bridge 20.7m in span and 9.2m in width in the form of a box-beam made of
GFRP honeycomb plates was built in Miyun, Beijing, which was the first
trial to use FRP in bridges in China. The bridge was designed to carry a QI15 track load. The bridge was tested in field before being opened for traffic
and demonstrated the feasibility of GFRP for bridges. After some time in
service, a local depression happened in one deck due to the instability of the
honeycomb and local buckling in the compression part of the web. Thus, it
was examined and repaired in 1987, and the GFRP beam was strengthened
into a GFRP-concrete composite beam. It has performed well till now.
In 1986, Jiaoyuan Bridge, a single tower cable-stayed footbridge in
Chongqing., was completed. The bridge is 50m long with a 27.4m main span.
The cables were made from high-strength steel tendons, and the pylon is RC.
The superstructure is a box-beam made of GFRP honeycomb sandwiched
plates. The weight of the GFRP beam is 8.9t, which is only 30% of a steel
beam and 13% of an RC beam. The bridge costed 250,000 Yuan (RMB), or
1,000 Yuan(RMB) per square meter], which is only 36% of that of a steel
bridge. After that, many such footbridges were completed in Sichuan
province, China (see Table 1 and Figure 16).
Chenjiawan bridge
Jiaoyuan Bridge
Figure 16 GFRP Bridges
Name and
Location
1986
Jiaoyuan Bridge,
Chongqing
1988
Chenjiawan
Bridge,
Chongqing
1988
Guanyin Bridge,
Chongqing
1988
Footbridge,
Luzhou, Sichuan
Huashan Bridge,
Panzhihua,
Sichuan
Chuanmian Bridge,
Chengdu, Sichuan
Xiangyang
Bridge, Chengdu,
Sichuan
1992
1993
1993
Introduction
Single tower cable-stayed
bridge, GFRP beam
Length
of Beam
Width
of
Bridge
Loadfor
Design
27.4m
4.4m
3.5kN/m2
11.2m
4.0m
4.0kN/m2
9.8m
19.2m
4.2m
4.0kN/m2
13m
4.0m
3.5kN/m2
Half-through Xarch
bridge, 4 spans
continuous GFRP beam
24.0m
3.0m
3.5kN/m2
10.1m
5.0m
4.0kN/m2
50m
4.0m
4.0kN/m2
Half-through rigid
spatial frame bridge, 3
spans continuous GFRP
beam
Half-through rigid
spatial frame bridge, 4
spans continuous GFRP
beam
Unsymmetrical A-shaped
arch bridge, GFRP beam
Unsymmetrical A-shaped
arch bridge over a river,
GFRP beam,
in Figure 18. Due to the lightweight of FRP, the FRP breakwaters can be
shipped and installed very quickly when the flood comes. After the flood,
the FRP breakwaters can be easily dismantled and stored, and there is no
need to protect them from corrosion.
Concrete Filled FRF Tubes
More than 40 concrete filled GFRP tube columns were tested to determine
their static and seismic behavior at Tongji university since 1998. The
ductility of the columns was much increased with the confinement of GFRP
tube. It was found that GFRP tubes made with fibers in 45 degrees had
pseudo-yielding properties under compression. A hybrid tube of GFRP and
CFRP has been prepared for research on compressive behavior of confined
concrete at Tsinghua University.
12
0
16
least to the dead load; the load history, however, is hardly known in detail.
That is why bonded plates only carry a part of the load occurring after application, unless a further participation is forced by special measures like
unloading prior to application or prestressing.
Using materials without yielding capability (i.e. FRP-materials) and
considering substrates with unfavourable post-failure behaviour in tension
(e.g. concrete, masonry or timber) leads to brittle failure which cannot be
avoided. Thus failure modes often have their origin in the existing structure
and may occur without large deformation.
These circumstances provide considerable differences in comparison to
dimensioning methods that are covered by conventional standards. The
average user is not familiar with many of these technical aspects, therefore
the need for an appropriate code arises.
The Task
In 1999 the Swiss code committee for concrete structures formed a task
group consisting of researchers, consulting engineers and contractors
chaired by the first author to create a code on plate bonding. The aim was
to write a user-friendly document that shows the possibilities and limits of
the technology, proposes a consistent design procedure to gain comparable
experience but without hindering further development.
The Scope
Because plate bonding is not limited to concrete the scope was extended to
all building materials like masonry, steel and timber in common use. The
code covers externally bonded reinforcement that is adhered subsequently
to existing structural elements. Generally, it is used within the framework
of the conservation of existing structures.
To achieve better accuracy in the core field the following methods were
excluded:
(a) The application of steel or FRP as internal reinforcement or integrated
formwork of concrete elements.
(b) The application of steel or FRP as inlayed or embedded reinforcement
of timber structures.
(c) The use of steel profiles adhered to concrete slabs or other concrete
elements.
(d) The application of adhesive technologies for joints within steel, timber,
masonry or concrete structures.
(e) Strengthening by external reinforcement without bond.
THE CONTENTS
The code follows the usual scheme of Swiss standards with the following
chapters:
0 Field of Application
1 Notation
2 Design
3 Structural Analysis and Dimensioning
4 Detailing
5
6
7
8
9
Materials
Execution
Quality Assurance
Health and Safety
Transition Clauses
In the following, some aspects of the Chapters 2 Design and 3 Structural Analysis and Dimensioning are presented in detail.
DESIGN
The procedure corresponds to the principles given in the Swiss code on the
conservation of concrete structures1. Since the methodology is not restricted to concrete structures it also applies to other types of construction.
Strengthening is not always the primary goal of the application of externally bonded reinforcement. Equivalent goals are the improvement of ductility by wrapping columns to activate multiaxial compressive stresses or by
counteracting lateral tensile stresses and shear forces. In special cases the
improvement of deformation behaviour may be a rewarding task (e.g. stiffening of timber beams).
Conceptual Design of Strengthening
Prior to dimensioning of the strengthening the conceptual design has to be
worked out following the updated service criteria.
The conceptual design
(a) covers the arrangement of the structural elements as well as the mode of
their interaction,
(b) describes the principal dimensions, material properties and structural
details,
(c) takes into account constructional provisions and fire protection measures relevant to the hazard scenarios,
(d) decides on the planned execution method.
As a design boundary condition it has to be checked whether the structural capacity of those elements and cross sections that remain untouched
still meet the actual service criteria.
Hazard Scenarios
The hazard scenarios for the existing structure have to be checked and complemented, taking into account the design conditions.
In the terms of the Eurocodes2, the ultimate limit states for structures
with externally bonded reinforcement are of the STR-type (i.e. internal failure or excessive deformation of the structure or structural member) and can
be differentiated as follows:
(a) Design situations resulting from the expected use being covered by the
ordinary verification of ultimate limit states applying the relevant partial
factors for actions yF and the related combination factors \j/,.
(b) Failure of the externally bonded reinforcement as an accidental design
situation, applying no amplifying -/-factors and reduced i|/-factors.
The verification of the ultimate limit state for fatigue (FAT-type) relies
on the methods provided by the codes for structures built of the materials
concerned (concrete, steel, masonry, timber) combined with the relevant
action code. Little experience exists, however, for the fatigue failure of
bond and CFRP plates, respectively. By considering failure of the reinforcement as an accidental design situation, failure by fatigue is covered as
well.
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DIMENSIONING
Design Resistance
The resistance of externally bonded reinforcement is governed by two failure modes: strengthening failure (i.e. exceeding the structural resistance of
plates and fabrics) and bond failure which in the case of concrete occurs in
the substrate.
For modeling the anchorage zone has to be distinguished from \Yie functional area. In the functional area the externally bonded reinforcement can
take tensile forces and deliberately strengthen the related structural element.
The tensile forces arising at the ends of the functional area have to be anchored in the anchorage zone.
The anchorage capacity formulas are based on a bilinear shear stressslip relationship and contain the specific bond fracture energy GFb of the
substrate as a relevant parameter. Actually, the formulas are used for an-
chorage zones in uncracked concrete, but they have the potential to be extended to other substrates.
To be consistent with the verification concept, the extension of the uncracked region has to be determined at the design level. Applying Eq. (1),
the length that is available for anchorage purposes can be determined.
JEJ<fcUi=-^-
(1)
JR-Jn,
Strengthening Failure
In the case of strengthening failure in the functional area, the partial factor
for material properties is chosen as ym = 1.1 for both steel and CFRP plates,
assuming that the strength of both materials can be determined with the
same accuracy. Because the resistance models are the same for all strengthening materials, a factor yR = 1.05 independent of the plate material is justified. These two partial factors can be multiplied together to give,
YM=Ym-Y*
(2)
There is a need, however, to take into account the lack of ductility of
CFRP due to its linear-elastic constitutive law. This can be done by using a
conversion factor n < 1.0 in Eq. (3) to derive the design value Xd from the
characteristic v a l u e d of the tensile strength.
xd=y\^
(3)
ym
Because other aspects are more restrictive, this strength criterion applies
in special cases only.
Anchorage Failure
The concept used to design for anchorage failure is based on the work of
Ulaga3. Up to now only bond failure on a concrete subgrade is covered.
The principle, however, may apply for other subgrade materials as well.
The force FbiRd that can be anchored is limited, depending on the cross
sectional properties of the plate bj and t\ as well as its modulus of elasticity
Ei and on the specific bond fracture energy GFb>d of the substrate, Eq. (4).
The necessary anchorage length to reach FbRd is denominated l^d (efficient
anchorage length) and depends additionally on the maximum shear stress
x,o,A Eq. (5).
FbM{l >lb0) = br p-ErtrGFbM
(4)
_Tt
V x'o,d
Both material properties FbM and T,0,</ depend on the pull-off strength fcp
that has to be determined on site. Eq. (6) gives simple approaches for the
characteristic values based on a best fit of all available test results.
l
^Fb,k-Qfcp-f
- 1
IO,k-fcp
(6)
' ^~i~2_T2
brp-ErtrGFb,d
(8)
\2-E,-tr UFbd
VERIFICATION CONCEPT FOR BENDING
Strengthening Concept
Up to now flexural strengthening of beams and slabs is the major field of
application of externally bonded reinforcement.
Continuous beams have the potential to redistribute bending moments.
Therefore the strengthening concept has to ensure that plastic hinges occur
only in regions, which are not strengthened by externally bonded reinforcement.
Cross Sectional Analysis
Although not all verifications can be carried out considering single cross
sections along the beam, a cross sectional analysis is a necessary tool and
allows one to consider both prior loading and prestressing.
The stress and strain states are calculated according to the relevant
codes for the substrate concerned with the following assumptions:
(a) rigid bond between substrate and plate (equal average strain As in the
contact layer),
(b) stress calculation with idealized constitutive laws and for cracked substrates by taking into account a bond coefficient K relating the average
strain e along a crack element to the maximum strain in the crack ef,
(c) as a rule, neglect of differing temperatures within the cross section.
Verification of the Ultimate Limit State
For bending structural safety is considered as verified, if the following conditions formulated at the design level can be fulfilled:
(a) For all non-strengthened regions it has to be verified that the bending
moment does not exceed the bending resistance, Eq. (6).
Md<MRd
(6)
(b) For the whole structure the shear force may not exceed the shear resistance, Eq. (7).
Vd<VM
(7)
(c) The effective force in the plate at the end of the functional area has to
be anchored within the anchorage zone which has to be proved to be
uncracked by calculation, Eq. (1) and (8).
FMFKRd
(8)
(d) In the functional area the tensile force in the plate in a cracked cross
section must not exceed the tensile resistance of the plate, Eq. (9).
Flr,d<FlM
(9)
The characteristic value of the tensile force F!M depends on the cross
sectional area of the plate and its tensile or yield strength, respectively.
The related strain must not exceed a given strain limit /,/;,,</, Eq. (10)
for CFRP plates, and Eq. (11) for steel plates.
F\,M ~ &-rfiud ^ A/-8/i/jm/-'/
(10)
F\,M = ^rfayd ^ N^IMmM'^l
( 1 1)
(e) In the functional area the variation of the tensile force which is proportional to the interface shear stress, may not exceed the resistance for
tensile force variations. This can be achieved by multiplying the plate
width bi by a limiting shear stress xUin,id, which depends on the tensile
bond strength, Eq. (12).
r\T?
v Ax j
~~ Xl,lim,d
I Ax
(12)
' "I
Rd
Figure 1 shows all the required verifications for the example of a beam.
II I I
uneracked
ix
II
^
l->l*-
1 1 1 1 II
j
II
yielding of interior
....... reinforcement OX |
functional
anchorage
zone
area
II
|
II
[
1 1 1 1 M
i 1 W
^-! uneracked;.-
Ml,*
Verification of Serviceability
In order to prevent yielding of the internal reinforcement under service conditions, the calculated stresses must not exceed an admissible value of 90%
of the yield stress.
Generally, the verification of maximum deformations is of minor relevance.
Prestressing
Prestressing of the external reinforcement plates does not change the verification concept fundamentally, because it is considered to be an initial strain
in the cross sectional analysis. Mechanical end anchors are characterized as
anchorage devices and the various types are supposed to be tested by the
supplier.
PROVISIONS FOR OTHER STRENGTHENING PURPOSES
Strengthening for Shear
For externally bonded reinforcement intended to increase the shear capacity
the code stipulates how the capacity of the unstrengthened element has to be
superimposed on that originating from the plates acting as stirrups. It also
described how the lever arm of the internal forces and the anchor force in
the stirrups can be determined.
Strengthening of Compression Members
Wrapping of columns, especially by woven or non-woven fabrics, can increase the compression capacity considerably. In this application anchorage
failure plays a subordinate role and the tensile strength of FRP can be
achieved.
The models that have been derived from the various test series carried
out worldwide describe the phenomena of confinement adequately, but generally lack physical evidence that would allow an extension of the field of
application beyond the test loads. This is why a conservative approach has
been proposed, allowing the consideration of the confining action to that
range only, in which a corresponding steel confinement would behave elastically.
OUTLOOK
The draft has already passed a review by experts in 2001 and the public
review that is required for all Swiss standards in 2002. In February 2003
the result of the public review and knowledge gained from ongoing research
was incorporated. The final version will be issued by the end of 2003 and
may due to last minute decisions still be subject to substantial changes.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors acknowledge the contributions of all colleagues in the task
group (Robert Bossart, Prof. Dr. Eugen Briihwiler, Dr. Martin Deuring,
Prof. Dr. Marc Ladner, Hans Ulrich Reber and Prof. Dr. Rene Suter). The
opinions and proposals of all experts and potential users, participating in
both the internal and public reviews, helping to improve the code, are also
appreciated.
NOTATION
Roman letters
A
area
E
modulus of elasticity, effect of
actions
F
force in plate
G fracture energy
M bending moment
V
shear force
X
resistance value
b
width
/
strength
/
length
n
modular ratio
t
thickness; depth
x
coordinate
Greek letters
A difference
y partial factor
e strain
1 conversion factor
K
bond coefficient
P reinforcement ratio
a normal stress
X
shear stress
V combination factor
Subscripts
action, fracture
F
model & material
M
resistance
R
steel
a
bond
b
concrete
c
design level
d
general index
i
plate
I
material
m
pull off
P
crack
r
tension
t
u
ultimate
basic value
0
edge value
1
REFERENCES
SIA Committee 162-2, "Erhaltung von Betontragwerken (Conservation
of Concrete Structures)", Recommendation SIA 162/5, Swiss Society of
Engineers and Architects, Zurich 1997, 44 pp.
CEN/TC250 Structural Eurocodes, "Basis of design", prEN 1990, European Committee of Standardization, Brussels 1991, in press.
Ulaga, T., Vogel T. and Meier U., "The bilinear stress-slip bond model:
theoretical background and significance", Proceedings, 6th International
Symposium on Fibre-Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Reinforcement of Concrete Structures (FRPRCS-6).
have been of value to compare it with other existing guidelines such as the
Canadian2, Japanese3 and FIB4.
STRENGTHENING PHILOSOPHY
Our conception about strengthening is that it shall only be carried out if
absolutely necessary, if possible it is preferable to use administrative
upgrading where refined calculation methods are used in connection with
exact material and loading parameters to show that the existing structure has
a higher load-carrying capacity than what was earlier assumed. This may
also be combined with advanced measurement methods. However, if it is
found that a structure has to be strengthened and that FRP is the solution a
strict design methodology shall be followed.
SAFETY FACTORS
In traditional building design, safety has to be considered. These may be
divided into safety due to: the size and frequency of the loads, the properties
of the materials used, deviation in structure dimensions and form in relation
to the nominal figures and tolerances that are given on the drawings and are
used in design models. To compensate for these uncertainties, factors of
safety are used. These factors shall describe the reality as close as possible.
It shall also be possible to compare different materials from a competition
basis. The dimensioning material values may be decided with the partial
coefficient method:
Figure 1: Possible failure modes for concrete beams strengthened for shear with
CFRP sheets. 1) Concrete crushing, 2)Yielding of tension reinforcement, 3) Yielding
of compression reinforcement, 4) Laminate failure, 5) Anchorage failure, 6) Peeling
in concrete and 7) Delamination laminate.
In the design, 7 primary failure modes (see figure 1), are considered and
checked for in design. Furthermore, yielding in the tensile reinforcement in
the ultimate limit state is assumed. Yielding of the reinforcement in the
b)
ff
c)
Figure 2: Strain and stress figures for a FRP strengthened loaded beam with a
rectangular cross section
The failure criterion is sc < ecu = 3.5 %o for concrete and sf < 0.7 Efu for
the composite. The design equations are based on equilibrium conditions. In
this paper only the simplest form, that is, the case of laminate failure with
yielding in the compressive reinforcement, is presented. From Eqs. (2) and
(3), it is easy to calculate the area of FRP needed.
Md = Asa's (flc - d's)+ AJy (ds -0c) + sfEfAf
A force equilibrium equation gives (see figure 3):
Asfy+ZfEfAf-Asa's
afccb
{h - fk)
(2)
where Md is the design bending moment, fy and fy the steel yield load, Ef
young's modulus of fibre, as stress in compressive reinforcement and/ cc
concrete compressive strength. The other parameters are given in Figure 2.
Anchorage
To transfer the force from the concrete to the laminate, it is very important
to provide sufficient anchorage length. The design equation for anchorage,
equation (4), is based on fracture mechanics and laboratory tests5,6.
0-2 ffu
r7-=
(4)
yjfctEfw/tf
where lcr is the critical anchor length, f^ ultimate tensile strength of
composite,^! the concrete tensile strength, w a constant equal to 0.5 mm and
tf the thickness of the composite. There exists a critical anchor length4 above
which any longer anchor length will not carry any extra load. The maximum
load that can be transferred into the concrete in the anchorage zone is
approximately 20 % of the ultimate tensile capacity of the laminate. This
gives an anchor length, which depends on the stiffness of the FRP used, and
for CFRP is around 250 mm. If the calculation gives longer anchor lengths,
then mechanical anchorage is necessary. In the Design Guideline, the
anchorage is calculated from the section where the laminate stress is below
20 % of the ultimate tensile stress for the laminate.
ea=*cr
Failure modes
In Figure 3, failure modes typical of shear strengthened beams are shown. If
the structure is over-strengthened concrete crushing can arise. Fibre failure
in the most stressed fibre is another possible failure mode. Anchorage
failure can arise if the sheets or laminates are not anchoraged properly.
Tensile failure
in fibre
CFRP sheets
Anchorage failure
to concrete
Figure 3: Different failure modes for a rectangular concrete beam strengthened with
FRP, 1) Concrete crushing, 2) Fibre failure and 3) Anchorage failure
Design
In this paper a shortened version of a comprehensive derivation for concrete
beams strengthened with CFRP in shear is presented. For the full derivation
reference 1. The basic idea for derivation of the contribution to the shear
capacity by bonded FRP composites is based on the well-known trussmodel; it is hence possible to derive the following equation for shear
strengthening:
Vf=efEf
AfO.9d{l + cot0)
,
sin J3 cos 6
(6)
where, of is the stress and sf is the strain in the fibre direction; Ef is the
Young's modulus in the fibre direction; s = b/sinfl, is the distance between
adjacent sheets if the whole side is covered; and Af = 2tjbfi is the crosssectional area of the composite. Hence Eq. (6) can be written in the
following form:
Vf 2tffEf0.9d(l
+cot
cos 9
(7)
There exists a considerable difference between the contribution from
steel stirrups and CFRP sheets or laminates to the shear capacity. The
reason for this is that in ultimate limit design, the steel stirrups are assumed
to yield but the CFRP are not. If a rectangular beam on free supports is
considered, the maximum shear stress is at the centre of the beam. The most
stressed steel stirrup is in the mid-section of the beam. When a crack is
formed, this stirrup yields at a certain strain level; if the load increases the
neighbouring stirrup starts to yield and so on. At a defined load level, all
stirrups have yielded and the condition stipulated in Vs is fulfilled. However,
this is not possible for CFRP materials and there is an increasing strain on
the CFRP strip up to failure (see figure 4).
<T = fsy
CFRP
Steel
Figure 4: Principle for shear capacity contribution for steel and CFRP
It can be noted in Figure 4 that all stirrups reach the yield limit, SI to S5
on the curve, but for the carbon fibre composite an uneven strain
distribution can be noted where C3 is the sheet that has the highest strain
(stress). However, it can also be noted that the contribution from the CFRP
sheets can be considerable if fibre failure is reached. In design, this can be
difficult to take care of and a simplified approach is necessary where an
assumed strain distribution is considered. It is important to anchor the sheets
or laminates in the compressive zone. This is often taken care of
mechanically, however, if possible it is suggested that closed "stirrup" is
formed by the composite.
DESIGN FOR STRENGTHENING IN TORSION
Strengthening a concrete structure for torsion is quite unusual. However,
tests7 have shown that it is fully possible to strengthen concrete members for
torsion with FRP. The torsion cracks are formed by the same mechanism as
for shear. However, when it comes to torsion it is important to enclose the
= tfsfEf{l
+ cotp)sin2pcos26
(8)
cJcc
+ ksAsfsc
(10)
(11)
and, cpef is the effective creep number, kc, kf and k are coefficients that
depend on the steel reinforcement, concrete quality and the relation between
IJh, lc is the column buckling length and h the height of the cross section in
the direction of buckling for rectangular columns, and i*J12 for circular
columns, where i is the radius of inertia. The coefficients kc, /and ks can be
found in reference 1, where they are expressed as functions of the quality of
the concrete.
EXECUTION OF THE STRENGTHENING WORK
If the investigation shows that Plate Bonding is the most suitable method to
solve the problem, mainly four steps have to be carried out. First the
aggregates in the concrete must be uncovered, the surface must be dust free
before the strengthening starts. The most common way to uncover the
aggregates is by sand blasting, but water blasting or grinding can also be
used. Pressurised air or a simple vacuum cleaner removes the dust. The next
step in the strengthening process is to apply a primer. The function of the
primer is to enhance the bonding for the adhesive. After the primer has
hardened the first layer of resin is applied, thereafter FRP-laminates or
sheets can be bonded to the surface of the structure. If sheets are used the
process with resin and carbon fibre wrap can be repeated until enough
numbers of layers have been applied. Finally, a finishing layer of plaster,
polymer concrete, paint, shotcrete can be applied upon the reinforcing
material for aesthetic look or for fire protection. It is of utmost important
that the surfaces that shall be bonded are dust free and free from
contamination such as grease or oil.
Different adhesive suppliers can have different demands on the bonding
environment but in general the temperature on the concrete surface shall
exceed 10 C and it is recommendable that the working temperature is 3 C
over the existing dew point. The relative humidity in the air must be below
80 %. The tensile strength of the concrete surface shall exceed 1.5 MPa.
Allowed unevenness on the concrete surface depends on strengthening
system used and should be given by the manufacturer. It is also important
that the strengthening work is carried out with skilled workers with
experience in these types of jobs.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
In this paper, a summary of the Swedish Design Guideline for concrete
structures strengthened with FRP is presented. The guideline has now been
in use for almost three years and an increasing use of FRP's for
strengthening due to the guidelines has been noted. It is important to
compile guidelines since without their existences, the consultants will fall
back to old proven strengthening methods and FRP's will mostly be used in
special cases. The summary of the guideline presented here covers
strengthening for bending, shear as well as for torsion and confinement. A
short discussion is made about safety factors and also how the strengthening
work shall be carried out.
REFERENCES
1. Taljsten, B. (2002): "FRP Strengthening of Existing Concrete
Structures. Design Guidelines" Division of Structural Engineering,
Lulea University of Technology, Lulea 2002, 228 pp, ISBN 91-8958003-6.
2. Neale K., 2001, Strengthening Reinforced Concrete Structures with
Externally-Bonded Fibre Reinforced Polymers, Design Manual No. 4,
ISIS Canada, ISBN 0-9689007-0-4, September 2001, p 198.
3. Maruyama K. Edt, 2001, Recommendations for upgrading of concrete
structures with use of continuous fibre sheets, Concrete Engineering
Series 41, JSCE, ISBN 4-8106-0355-5, 2001, p 250.
4. FIB, 2001, Bulletin 14, Externally bonded FRP reinforcement for RC
structures, Technical Report, Task Group 9.3 FRP (Fibre Reinforced
Polymer) reinforcement for concrete structures, ISBN 2-+88394-054-1,
July 2001, p 130.
5. Taljsten B., 1994, Plate Bonding, Strengthening of Existing Concrete
Structurers with Epoxy Bonded Plates of Steel or Fibre reinforced
Plastics, Doctoral Thesis 1994:152D, Div. of Structural Engineering,
Lulea University of Technology, ISSN 0348 - 8373, p 308.
6. Taljsten B., 1996, Strengthening of concrete prisms using the platebonding technique, International Journal of Fracture 82: 253-266, 1996,
1996 Kluwer Academic Publishers, Printed in the Netherlands.
7. Taljsten B., 1998, Forstdrkning av betongkonstruktioner med stdlplat
och
avancerade kompositmaterial utsatta for
vridning,
Forskningsrapport, Lulea Tekniska Universitet, Avdelningen for
konstruktionsteknik, Institutionen for vag och vattenbyggnad, 1998:01,
ISSN 1402-1528 p. 56 (In Swedish).
INTRODUCTION
An Architectural Institute of Japan (AIJ) research committee was organized
in the initial stage of FRP-research in 1988-1991. It reviewed the past
research results and studied the evaluation criteria and the evaluation
methods of FRP-RC. At the same time the usefulness of FRP was
recognized and a Building Research Institute (BRI) project (1988-1993) was
organized. The AIJ Committee members fully cooperated with BRI project
that compiled the "Design Guidelines of FRP Reinforced Concrete Building
Structures" in 1993 and contributed it to the Journal of Composites for
Construction, ASCE in 19971.
The research of FRP has shifted to the seismic retrofit using fiber sheet
since the Kobe Earthquake in 1995, and a lot of data was accumulated in
this field. Then AIJ organized a research committee for FRP again in 1996,
and they worked to compile a design and construction guideline. A part of
the committee work about fiber sheet wrapping technology was presented at
FRPRCS-4.
The structural design of the building is currently shifting to the
performance-based design. It is expected that not only fiber sheet but also
any fiber material turn into a useful structural material in the future are to
meet the required performance. AIJ Committee took this opportunity to
compile a design and construction guideline including the evaluation
method of material characteristics, fire resistance, durability and FRP-RC
using FRP-bars as well as the seismic retrofitting method using fiber sheet,
and published it in 20022. The guidelines for FRP-RC using FRP-bars,
overlaps vastly with the already published one1. However, it has been
reconstructed from a viewpoint of the performance-based design to satisfy
various demands, both structural and non-structural.
The seismic design concept entails the ensuring of seismic performance
by overcoming the ductility deficiency of the continuous fiber material,
which shows elastic behaviour up to fracture. The seismic design of
building using FRP-bars has therefore been regarded as questionable.
However, the elastic behavior of FRP-RC is an advantage to reduce the
residual deformation and achieve a reparable structure after a strong
earthquake. AIJ guideline2 includes an example of seismic design of framed
building using FRP-bars. It shows that the response of FRP-RC frame can
be predicted in a same way as of steel-RC, and FRP-RC building may be
constructed in seismic region. This paper introduces this part of the AIJ
guideline2.
STRUCTURAL DESIGN METHOD
A new option of structural design method was added to the Japanese
Building Standard Law in 2000. This is based on the equivalent linearization
1437
method and a way to predict the response to the demand seismic action that
is given as a response acceleration spectrum. The response is figured out
from the demand and the capacity spectrum characterized by the period
corresponding to the equivalent stiffness and the equivalent damping. This
method has an advantage that it is applicable to any structural type of building
if the load-displacement relation and the equivalent damping are given.
The design procedure is shown in Fig.l. The specific issues for FRPRC in the capacity spectrum method are mainly: (1) formulation of loaddisplacement skeleton curve of members; (2) evaluation of equivalent
damping; (3) characterized values of sections. These are described in the
next section.
Regarding a capacity spectrum, the acceleration at the reference point is
obtained by dividing the base shear by the effective mass for the first mode.
The effective mass for the first mode, Mel, is calculated as follow,
Mtl = {-Lmr Srf/iXmc
6s,2)
(1)
<5s?)/(I,mi- d>si)
(2)
S a (gal)
1.200
Demand spectrum
Perfo mance point
0
10 20 30 40 50
Spectral displacement S d (cm)
Q (kN)
Q(kN)
Q(kN)
Q (kN)
Q(kN)
Fig. 3. Shear force versus drift angle curves of beams with FRP main bar
Skeleton Curve
Skeleton curves of members with longitudinal FRP-bars are possibly
represented by bilinear shape, because FRP bars have no yield phenomenon.
The characteristic points, of bilinear shape correspond to elastic part, postcracking part and ultimate point, as shown in Fig. 4. The elastic stiffness, ke,
and cracking load, Qbc, can be estimated similarly with ordinary steel-RC
members. In order to predict stiffness after cracking, fo, a stiffness
reduction coefficient at R=\I\5Q radian, amso, is newly defined as that
corresponding to the yield deformation of ordinary steel-RC members.
i/i50 = {o.043 + 1.64.A+0.043^ + 0.33 % j.W
(3)
ID
l/200rad.
2nd
1"
No. 3 0.079 0.044
No. 4 0.078 0.038
No. 5 0.076 0.038
No. 6 0.093 0.041
No. 7 0.094 0.038
No. 8 0.091 0.041
1/lOOrad.
2nd
1"
0.070 0.044
0.067 0.041
0.060 0.038
0.070 0.043
0.065 0.038
0.068 0.039
Loading cycle
l/50rad.
2nd
1"
0.082 0.053
0.074 0.047
0.070 0.047
0.079 0.053
0.072 0.045
0.068 0.044
l/33rad.
l/20rad.
2nd
1"
1"
0.081 0.060 0.126
0.074 0.057 0.110
0.072 0.058 0.102
0.092 0.074 0.184
0.070 0.059 0.199
0.065 0.049 0.145
DESIGN PRACTICE-1
The response of a frame structure was figured out, using the horizontal
loading test result of a 2.5-story, 2-bay frame4. This experiment differs
from actual building conditions such as horizontal load distribution. The
capacity spectrum was made under the following assumptions.
(1) The acceleration at the reference point was calculated assuming the
effective mass for the first mode is 90% of the total building weight.
(2) The displacement of the reference point was calculated by multiplying
the 2-story height to the measured drift angle at 3rd floor level.
Demand spectrum for safety limit had a velocity of 165 cm/sec on the
long-period side assuming the normal ground (type II: site amplification
factor is 2.025.) and 5% of damping. Demand spectrum for reparable limit
was assumed 20% of that for safety limit demand. The relation between the
acceleration and displacement at reference point and the demand spectrum
are shown in Fig. 6. The response to the demand for reparable limit is about
1/500 in drift angle, and it is less than 1/200 that is generally accepted in the
design of Steel-RC frame. The response to the demand for safety limit is
about 32cm (more than 1/25 in drift angle). This performance point is close
to the point where the bottom bars of beam ruptured in tension. The
displacement response to the safety limit demand will be considered too
large to be accepted. Such a large response may be caused due to the
assumptions of large seismic design load and only 5% of damping factor.
When damping is 5%, the displacement response becomes large. Then
it may be possible to control the response by introducing some damping
mechanisms. The response is shown in Fig. 7 when the damping factor
increases up to 10%. The response is successfully reduced to 21cm by
adding more 5% of damping and that is 2/3 of the response when the
damping is 5%. This suggests the effectiveness of addition of some
damping mechanisms.
Safety i n *
^
100C
WJi/M '*} i
'3V 1endency
compress* lilure of of
concrete
-3
-2
-I
Drift angle
Fig. 6. Response
(Normal ground, 5% damping)
-4
-3
-2
-I
Drift angle
Fig. 7. Response
(Normal ground, 10% damping)
DESIGN PRACTICE-2
Capacity spectrum is made from the result of pushover analysis, and the
response of the building is predicted by the capacity spectrum method. The
design aims that FRP-bars should rupture neither in tension nor in
compression before reaching the performance point.
The analyzed building on hard soil ground (type I) is shown in Fig.8. It
is a unit frame building that was taken out of a nine-story building. The
specified concrete strength is 30MPa. The longitudinal FRP-bars are
aramid braided bars of which the nominal diameter is 15mm. The sectional
area, elastic modulus and design tensile strength are 180mm2, 68,650
N/mm2 and 931.6 N/mm2, respectively. The detail of typical column and
beam sections is shown in Fig. 9.
T-
in
rj
Til
v-i
Gl
*'
ffl
r.i
r.i
r.i
[G1
fi
JJL
W- *
fii
4
/
950
fi1
. lil
*'S
*?
3L
story
e>
Longitudinal
J l . ' l
a)
"
ffl
ill*
1" 1" 1
a| 4 J sj
fbr.fur.Ki'Rjr
~\
Column section
4
t
t3
Structural elevatic>n
i
950
CL
story
s
650
1
Structural plan
Top
bars
Bottom
bars
Beam section
Story
9F
8F
7F
6F
5F
4F
3F
2F
IF
LW
(kN)
1648
3277
4935
6658
8445
10259
12144
14042
15960
Weight
(kN)
1648
1630
1657
1723
1788
1813
1885
1899
1918
Ai
2.325
1.881
1.656
1.498
1.372
1.266
1.170
1.082
1.000
ai
0.103
0.205
0.309
0.417
0.529
0.643
0.761
0.880
1.000
Story Shear
(kN)
765
1232
1632
1992
2314
2595
2837
3035
3188
a
0.464
0.376
0.331
0.299
0.274
0.253
0.234
0.216
0.200
/1F
^
3F
S sooo
5F
*9F
1000
(26.2cm,<l 65gal)
7F
bf
r erforman :e point
8F
S
\\
400
8.
Respc
nse
10
20
Spectral displacement
Sd (cm)
CONCLUSIONS
(a) In the design practices, the responses remained within the safety limit
demand before the tensile or compressive fracture of FRP-bar. It was
shown that FRP-RC framed structure may possibly be designed in high
seismic region and the seismic design procedure for steel-RC is
applicable to FRP-RC.
(b) It is critical how much damping factor is expected. There is about 4-5%
of the hysteretic damping after the occurrence of flexural crack.
However, it is not acceptable to take into account this damping effect in
seismic design. The combination with some vibration control
device/material may be one solution to realize FRP-RC buildings in the
high seismic region.
(c) The almost elastic behavior of FRP-RC is an advantage to realize a
structure that has less residual deformation after strong earthquake and
has high reparable performance.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This is a part of the research activity of AIJ committee chaired by Dr. Shiro
Morita, Professor Emeritus, Kyoto University. The authors would like to
express great appreciation to all the committee members.
REFERENCES
1. Sonobe, Y., Fukuyama, H., et al., "Design Guidelines of FRP
Reinforced Concrete Building Structures", ASCE Journal of
Composites for Construction, Vol.1, No.3, 1997, pp.90-115.
2. "Design and Construction Guideline of Continuous Fiber Reinforced
Concrete ", AIJ, March 2002 (in Japanese).
3. Sonobe, Y., Fujisawa, M., et al., "Flexural Performance of Concrete
Beams Reinforced with FRP Bars under Anti-symmetric Cyclic
Loading", Summaries of Technical Papers of AIJ Annual Meeting,
Structures-II, August 1992, pp. 141-144 (in Japanese).
4. Fukuyama, H., Masuda, Y., Sonobe, Y. and Tanigaki, M., "Structural
Performances of Concrete Frame Reinforced with FRP Reinforcement,
2nd International Symposium on Non-metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for
Concrete Structures (FRPRCS-2), Belgium, August 1995, pp.275-286.
D
aB
(mm) (N/mm2)
pwf
(%)
pwjEfd
(N/mm2)
a/D
p,
(%)
3
3 400
-----;
* 300
2000
Carbon Sheet
O Carbon Strand
Aramid Sheet
A Other Sheet
""/"
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S
a
| 200
U
8-100
(3
5000
Carbon Sheet
0 Carbon Strand
Aramid Sheet
A Other Sheet
...j^:..
i*....
0
100
:
: s
>V
:...ur
^
;
.'"!
x
,500
': *
1000
I600
200
'
300
400
500
600
700
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Ultimate Shear Capacity
The ultimate shear capacity of regular RC column and beam strengthened
with continuous fiber sheets can be calculated using the equation specified
in AIJ Guideline 20021, that is,
Ql=b-jl-'L(pw-eTw)-cott
ton0-(}-P)-b-D-vcrB/2M(l)
where
tan0 = y ( L / Z ) ) 2 + l
P = {{\ +
-LID]
cot <f>)-Z(pw-cjwj\l{vGB)
(2)
(3)
(4)
with
efd =0.009-0.0002
=
where 'Y{pv-a'w)
Pwf>f E^fd
(5)
: (10" 3 ) I
--
y = -0.2189x + 10.93
S 15
a
"2 10
"*-i__
t
U
Xi 5
: *
.
. . .
....
10
20
25
30
1450
FRPRCS-6:
Codes and
Standards
600
;
;
400
Ol
200 -
Carbon Sheet: 45
O Carbon Strand: 11
AAramidSheet:23
X Others: 8
200
(kN)
S'A :
O)
;
- ,' i '
A-f*-ai*"-
Carbon Sheets: 45
O Carbon Strand: 11
A Aramid Sheet: 23
X Others: 8
600
400
' i '
10
20
30
P Y/fEfllOB
40
Figure 4. Effects of
Shear reinforcement amount
tan0 =
y(L/D)2+\-L/Dj
(7)
(8)
(9)
TCO=
(0.117*,. +0.163)7^7
r, = 9 . 5 1 - ^ ^ 7
(10)
(n>
(12)
-500^LPw/
(13)
Es
where pws' = shear reinforcement ratio of steel hoops, pWf = shear
reinforcement ratio of continuous fiber sheets, Efd = modulus of elasticity of
continuous fiber sheets, Es = modulus of elasticity of steel hoops, and K =
reduction factor.
Researches on the splitting bond capacity of a RC member strengthened
with continuous fiber sheets are limited at present. According to
experimental investigations on splitting bond behavior; (a) splitting bond
capacities are increased by continuous fiber sheets wrapping; (b) the
contribution of continuous fiber sheets differs from that of steel hoops in
that the splitting bond capacity gain increases linearly with increasing
elastic modulus of the sheets; and (c) the effect on reinforcement depends
on the width of the column and beam, and the diameter and the number of
longitudinal bars.
In the guidelines, it was decided to evaluate the splitting bond capacity
and shear capacity simply by adding the contribution by the continuous
fiber sheet to those for conventional RC design by considering the above
qualitative characteristics.
The contribution of the continuous fiber sheets indicated by Equation
(12) is in proportion to the elasticity modulus of the sheets. Furthermore, as
the shear reinforcement ratio of the continuous fiber sheets is increased, the
contribution decreases, as indicated in Equation (13) based on Kakus'
experimental results 4.
1.8
1.6
1.4
400
j-*^
^J -
Q*200
9''
s
s
' "
-:-^JV_i& *
^4-o-
|0.8
0.4
0.2
0
-1l-J
200
600
400
Carbon Sheet: 22 .
O Carbon Strand: 4
A Aramid Strand: 1
X Others: 3
%.6
Carbon Sheet: 22
0 Carbon Strand: 4
A Aramid Sheet: 1
X Others: 3
1
'
S 1.2
l
.
. ,
10
30
20
p wfEfl/cTB
Figure 6. Effects of
Shear reinforcement amount
^ = 10
V ximu
0.9
(16)
: Carbon Sheet: 24
; 0 Carbon Strand: 1
: A Aramid Sheet: 14
- O - -;
*
:
.:
0.6
%*&-'-
fgte- /
....jp.
A : '
0.8
!
1.2
I Qmu
.......
1.4
1.6
(a) The guideline states the principle of design to prevent a shear failure and
to secure ductility rather than reinforcing the columns and beams for
ultimate strength
(b) The ductility depends on the ultimate flexural capacity and the ultimate
shear capacity with consideration of the splitting bond capacity, and is
estimated by seismic capacity evaluation standards.
(c) Shear and splitting bond strength can be predicted by previous
equations for RC members. Consideration of the modulus of elasticity
and the effective strain of continuous fiber sheets seems essential.
(d) The effective strain to evaluate the shear strength and the reduction
factor to evaluate the splitting bond strength are defined based on the
compiled database. Existing equations for conventional RC are
extended to incorporate the contribution of the continuous fiber sheets.
ACKNOWLEGDEMENTS
This is a part of the research activity of AIJ committee chaired by Dr. Shiro
Morita, Professor Emeritus, Kyoto University.
REFFERENCES
1. "Design and Construction Guideline of Continuous Fiber Reinforced
Concrete", Architectural Institute ofJapan, March 2002
2. "Design Guidelines for Earthquake Resistant Reinforced Concrete
Buildings Based on Ultimate Strength Concept 1990", Architectural
Institute of Japan, March 1990 (English version, 1994)
3. Morita,S. and Fujii,S., "Bond Capacity of Deformed Bars due to
Splitting of Surrounding Concrete", 'Bond in Concrete', International
Conference at Paisley, Scotland, 1982, pp.331-341.
4. Kono, S., Matsuno, K. and Kaku, T., "Experimental Study on BondSlip Behavior of Longitudinal Bars in RC Beams Confined with FRP
Sheets", 'FRPRCS4', Baltimore, October 1999, pp.333-345.
available on this topic are used as basis and support to the proposed
equations, and areas of lacking knowledge are pointed out.
FLEXURAL STRENGTHENING
Background
Two debonding failure modes have been experimentally recorded on beams
strengthened in bending with NSM FRP rods. Beams strengthened with
sandblasted NSM bars may fail by debonding at the bar-epoxy interface2,
whereas those strengthened with ribbed or spirally wound NSM bars are
susceptible to failure by concrete cover delamination2'3'5. The latter
mechanism is common to beams strengthened with externally bonded steel
plates or FRP laminates.
A large number of models have been proposed to predict the debonding
strength of beams strengthened in bending with steel plates or FRP
laminates bonded to their tension face. A comprehensive survey has recently
assessed the accuracy and safety of many different models by comparing
their predictions with a wide experimental database6. A class of models are
the so-called "concrete tooth models", based on the concept of a concrete
tooth between two adjacent cracks behaving like a cantilever under the
horizontal shear stresses acting at the interface of the beam with the
reinforcement bonded to the tension face. In particular, the model by Raoof
and Hassanen was found to provide reasonably accurate estimates of the
debonding strength6. Although the model, by its nature, is suited to predict
failure by cover delamination, prediction of the ultimate load of beams
failed by other types of debonding was also found rather accurate.
As follows, the model is modified for the case of NSM FRP
reinforcement and, on the basis on bond test results obtained elsewhere7, is
applied to the beams tested in previous studies2'5.
Preliminary model for the debonding strength
The minimum stabilized crack spacing, lmim can be computed by:
(2)
and that:
fc = 0 . 3 6 7 / ^ (in MPa)
(3)
fcu being the concrete cube compressive strength.
The model assumes that failure of the concrete tooth between two
adjacent cracks occurs when the stress at point A (Figure 1) exceeds the
concrete tensile strength. Such stress can be determined as follows:
^=77(Tl
TO
_ fJ
&
del ~ six
(5)
6/2 nndb
Within the shear span of the beam (for a beam under four-point
bending), the shear stress r is balanced by the axial stress o/ in the NSM
bars. At the location under the point load at delamination is:
P
4 -L,FTdel- ~,2bLJ
(6)
a fdel
2,,fct
db
2>nndb h'
where Lp is the effective length of the NSM bars in the shear span over
which equivalent shear stresses at the interface of the bars with the
if L: > 50 mm
(7b)
Hence, the minimum and the maximum stress in the FRP required to
cause flexural cracking and failure of a tooth can be determined from
equation (6) with / taken as lmi or lmax, respectively.
point A
Concrete tooth
NSM FRP bar
Figure 1. Concrete tooth model
and BR2-b. The bond strength of the NSM FRP bars introduced in the
equations, Uf, was taken as the local bond strength obtained from bond tests
and modeling reported elsewhere7. Comparison between experimental
results and theoretical predictions obtained by the conventional RC theory
and the proposed model (upper bound) is summarized in Table 1. It appears
that the model is able to accurately predict failure mode and ultimate load of
the beams. Further studies are needed to assess the validity of the model on
a wider experimental database.
Table 1. Comparison between experimental and theoretical results
Theor.
Theor.
Experimental
(proposed model,
(conventional
%
upper bound)
theory)
Beam
Ultimate
Ultimate Failure Error Ultimate ,, .,
Failure
Failure
load
load
load
mode
mode
mode
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
BFC3
BFC4
BFG4
BRl-a
BRl-b
BR2-a
BR2-b
203.6
226.0
196.9
84.7
125.1
97.3
135.4
DBY
DBY
DBY
DBY
CCY
DBY
CCY -DB
223.9
290.7
216.0
95.4
121.7
113.5
134.2
FRY
FRY
CCY
CCY
CCY
CCY
CCY
-10.0
-28.6
-9.7
-12.6
2.7
-16.6
0.9
210.0
194.0
198.3
84.5
121.7
97.0
134.2
DBY
DBY
DBY
DBY
CCY
DBY
CCY
%
Error
-3.1
14.2
-0.7
0.2
2.7
0.3
0.9
CCY = Concrete crushing after steel yielding; DBY = Debonding after steel
yielding; FRY = fiber rupture after steel yielding.
The model, in this form, can be applied to beams under four-point
bending whereas other loading schemes would require recalibration of the
equivalent length Lp. The presence of the epoxy (or other encapsulating
material for the NSM bars) was neglected. Predictions of the model are
sensitive to the values of lmi and Lp, whose expressions are then most
critical. While the use of equation (1) is a reasonable simplification for
design purposes, it is questionable whether the local bond strength of NSM
bars is appropriate or a reduced value (closer to the average bond strength)
should be used. However, using a larger bond strength results in a smaller
value of lml, hence, in a lower strength of the concrete tooth and in more
conservative predictions.
Note that the model applies rather well also to beams BFC3 and BFC4,
although they failed by debonding at the bar-epoxy interface rather than by
cover delamination. As calibration has been conducted on the upper bound,
the comparison with the experimental results is good with the upper bound
prediction, while the lower bound would result in a very conservative
estimate.
mln Cr
/ > >e/max )
(8)
0M=tf[Ms+iyfMf\
(9)
where Ms and A^are the contributions to the moment capacity given by steel
and FRP, respectively. For i//fi a value of 0.85 as suggested by ACI4408 is
recommended.
(f) Check serviceability. This phase presents no difference with respect to
the case of externally bonded laminates.
SHEAR STRENGTHENING
Proposed design procedure
A design approach for computing the shear capacity of RC beams
strengthened in shear with NSM FRP rods was proposed by the authors in a
previous study1. Such approach includes two equations that may be used to
obtain the FRP contribution to the shear capacity and suggests taking the
lowest of the two results. The proposed design equations are briefly
summarized below. For more details, refer to the original paper.
(a) Compute dr!l. A reduced value is used for the height of the cross-section
containing shear reinforcement in the form of NSM rods:
dml=dr-2-c
(10)
m mm = d ,
-S
if
L,olmm=2-de,-4-sif^<s<^-
(12a)
(13a)
)if^<s<^
(13b)
or dnel<J2-
0.001^^
uf
(14a,b)
V1F=2-K-db-uf-L,
if
V2F=2-7r-db-uf-Tr3'df"e'~4'S\f
d
In the case of 45-degree rods, it is:
V2F=2-7t-db-ufL,
^L<s<dne,
(15a)
<s<d"el
2
(15b)
(16a)
d e
"'
4
V2F=2-vdb-urTr3-d"*>-2-Sif^<s<dnel
(16b)
(17)
(f) Check that limits on VFRP are satisfied. Limits on the value of VFRP and of
the sum (Vs + VFRP) indicated by ACI4408 should be extended to the case of
NSM strengthening, as their rationale is of general validity.
(g) Compute the shear capacity of the beam. The nominal shear strength of
an RC beam strengthened with an FRP system can be computed as the sum
of the shear strength of the concrete, the shear strength provided by the steel
shear reinforcement, and the contribution of the FRP reinforcement8:
Vn=K+Vs+VFRP
(18)
The design shear strength is obtained by applying a strength reduction
factor, (4, to the nominal shear strength. As indicated by ACI4408, the
reduction factor ^ = 0.85 given in ACI 318 should be maintained for the
concrete and steel terms, and an additional reduction factor vj/f should be
applied to the FRP contribution, to account for the novelty of this
strengthening technique:
<t>V=<l>s[Vc+Vs+YsVFRF]
(19)
Factor ^should not exceed 0.85.
ANCHORAGE LENGTH
Background
Extensive experimental and analytical investigations on bond of NSM FRP
reinforcement in concrete has been conducted in previous studies . Results
made available the calibrated local bond-slip relationship and, consequently,
the entire curve of the bond failure load as a function of the embedment
length for different types of FRP bars. Each curve is valid for a given
concrete to groove-filling material tensile strength ratio, and for a given
groove depth to bar diameter ratio. However, the trend of change of the local
bond strength with these variables has been enucleated elsewhere, and the
experimental data available, being referred to low concrete strength, should
be safely applicable to practical cases.
Proposed design procedure
Based on the limit state philosophy, a design approach for the anchorage
length of NSM FRP bars in concrete is suggested as follows:
(a) Check that Ps<Ph At service load level, it should be required that the
free-end slip is zero and that the bar is anchored using only the ascending
portion of the bond-slip relationship. This poses a limit to the service load
that can be applied to the bar, Ps, which must be less than or equal to Pi. The
value off;, being function of the calibrated local bond-slip relationship, is
also available from previous studies.
(b) Find the anchorage length at the ULS, L^^ i.e. the embedment length
needed to anchor the bar under the design load at the ULS, Pu. In order to
account for uncertainties in the bond behavior, the curves of the bond failure
load as a function of the embedment length should be scaled homotetically
by an appropriate reduction factor. Entering the reduced curve with the
factored load, Pu, the corresponding anchorage length at the ULS can be
found.
(c) Find the anchorase length at service, Ln^.
For Ps < Pl, the embedment length needed is9:
l-a
Author Index
Abdelrahman, A. 663
Adhikary, B.B. 457
Agyei.B.B. 935
Ait-Mokhtar, A. 833
AlChami, G. 623
Alhozaimy, A.M. 823
Al-Mahaidi, R. 247
Almusallam, T.H. 823
Al-Saidy, A.H. 1269
Al-Salloum, Y.A. 823
Alsayed, S.H. 823
Altan,M.O. 673
Alwis, K.G.N.C. I l l
An,L. 995
Anderson, A.H. 1301
Araujo, A.F. 1003
Araiijo, A.S. 477
Arora, D. 1067
Asakura, T. 1157
Ashraf,M. 457
Bakht,B. 923,945
Balafas, I. 1391
Balaguru, P. 367
Balendra, T. 1127
Balendran, R.V. 1047
Bank, L.C. 1067, 1301
Banthia, V. 945
Barbato, M. 387
Benlloch, J. 337
Benmokrane, B. 737, 1291, 1311,
1341
Biddah,A. 715
Bittencourt, T.N. 173
Blaschko.M. 205
Boulay,C. 913
Bousias, S.N. 527
Bradford, N.M. 705
Briere, F. 1341
Burgoyne, C.J. 111,1013,1391
Camata, G. 267,307
Carolin.A. 467,1371
Carter, J.W. 1301
Casadei, P. 1097
Choi.M.C. 955
Chu.W. 759
Ciupala,M.A. 643, 1117
Clement, J.L. 913
Codato, D. 1239
Cosenza, E. 653, 1361
Crawford, J.E. 1199
Dai.J.G. 143
Davies.J.M. 217
Davies, P. 347
De Lorenzis, L. 571, 581, 795,
975, 1351, 1455
Dejke.V. 833
Delmas, Y. 497
Delpak,R. 347
Deng, Y. 875
Denton, S.R. 1147
Desgagne.G. 1311,1341
Desiderio, P. 843
Diagana, C.497
Dieter, D.A. 1301
Dietsche, J.S. 1301
Dos Santos, A.C. 173
Ebead.U.A. 427,437
Ehrlacher, A. 407
El Maaddawy, T. 855
El-Hacha, R. 895
Elremaily, A.F. 79
El-Salakawy, E.F. 737,1291,
1311, 1341
Ergun, B. 673
Erki.M.A. 895
Fakhri,P. 913
Fam, A.Z. 685
Fardis, M.N. 527
Feng, P. 1401
Ferracuti, B. 163
Ferreira, AJ.M. 695
Foret, G. 407
Foster, S.J. 1177
Fujisaki, T. 1435
Fukai, S. 1435
Fukuyama, H. 133, 507, 1435
Furuta.T. 133,507
Galati.N. 1219
Gale,L. 955
Gallagher, B. 1301
Gedalia, B. 497
Gettu, R. 173
Gonenc, O. 1067
Gottardo, R. 1239
Grace, N.F. 1281
Grando, S. 1229
Gremel, D. 1067
Gu, X.L. 1107,1259
Guadagnini, M. 517
Guan, H. 1381
Guglielmo, E. 1361
Guimaraes, G.B. 1003
Hadi,M.N.S. 487,613
Hamad, B.S. 633
Hanamori, N. 885
Harada, T. 89
Kojima,Y. 1157
Kong, K.H. 1127
Kubo, Y. 815
Kumbasar, N. 673
Kurihashi,Y. 287
La Tegola, A. 749, 795, 975, 1351
Labossiere, P. 779
Lackey, T. 1311
Lam,L. 99,601
Laoubi, K. 737
Lee,K. 247
Lees,J.M. 447,935
Leong, K.S. 257
Leung, H.Y. 1047
Li, A. 497
Li, J. 613
Liew.Y.S. 769
Ligozio, C.A. 79
Limam, O. 407
Limkatanyu, S. 307
Lin,L. 1401
Lopez, M.M. 317
Lu,M. 193
Lu,Z. 551,561
Luciani, P. 183
Maalej.M. 257
Manfredi, G. 653, 1209
Maqsood, T. 1047
Marcari, G. 1209
Marques, A.T. 695
Marzouk,H. 427,437
Masmoudi, R. 1341
Masuo, K. 1445
Matsui.S. 865
Matsuzaki., Y. 1445
Matthys, S. 297
Mazzoti, C. 163
McMonigal, D. 1067
Mehrabi, A.B. 79
Meier, U. 153,1321
Pigeon, M. 737
Pilakoutas, K. 517,643,1117
Pimanmas, A. 277
Pornpongsaroj, P. 277
Porter, A.D. 1147
Poupard, 0. 833
Prota, A. 653
Qian.Z.Z. 1107
Rakib, T. 663
Renzelli, M. 183
Ribeiro, M.C.S. 695
Rizkalla, S.H. 123,685
Rousakis, T. 571,581
Russell, J.S. 1301
Russo, S. 1239
Sakai,H. 785
Santini, S. 1057
Saouma, V. 267
Sato, Y. 237,965
Savoia, M. 163
Sawada, S. 287
Sayed, G.A. 1281
Scarpa, M. 297
Schnerch, D.A. 685
Sen,R. 705
Shaaban, I. 663
Shaheen,H. 663
Sherping.R. 1137
Sim, J. 905
Smith, S.T. 193, 1023
Soudki, K. 855,1137
Spacone, E. 267, 307
Spathis, L.A. 527
Stoecklin, I. 1321
Sugiyama, M. 727
Svecova, D. 945
Taerwe.L. 297
Tailhan, J.-L. 913
Takahashi,Y. 237
Takeda,T. 885
Taljsten,B. 467,1077,1167,
1371, 1425
Tamuzs, V. 571,581
Tan, K.H. 769, 985, 1087, 1127,
1189
Tan,K.Y. 417
Tanaka, M. 89
Tann,D.B. 347,357
Taranu,N. 1117
Teng,J. 591
Teng, J.G. 99, 193, 601
Tepfers,R. 571,581,833
Terrasi, G.P. 935
Theriault, M. 623
Thomsen, H. 307
Tinazzi, D. 1249
Tjandra,R.A. 985
Toutanji, H. 367, 875
Triantafillou, T.C. 527
Tuladhar, R. 965
Tumialan, J.G. 417, 1219, 1229
Turco, V. 1219
Ueda,T. 51, 143,965
Ulaga,T. 153,1415
Uomoto.T. 37,727,785
Utsunomiya, Y. 965
Valcuende, M. 337
Valerio,P. 539
Valluzzi, M.R. 1229, 1249
VanZwoLT. 1137
Vanderpool, D.R. 79
Venkataramana, K. 89
Vogel.T. 153,1415
Waldron,P. 517
Wang, Z. 227
Wight, R.G. 895
Wigum, B.J. 805
Wipf.T.J. 1269
Woods, S. 1301
Wu, G. 551,561
Wu,G. 551,561
Wu, H.C. 591
Wu.Z. 377,551,561,885,1157
Wu.Z.J. 217
Wu.Z.Y. 913
Xiong.Z.H. 487
Yamada, K. 1037
Yamamoto, S. 815
Yamamoto.T. 995
Yang.T. 1401
Ye.F.F. 1259
Ye,L.P. 1401
Yin, J. 1157
You.C.S. 571,581
Yue, Q.R. 1401
Zehetmaier, G. 397
Zhang, G.F. 327
Zhang, K. 1401
Zhang, N. 1401
Zhang, W.P. 1259
Zhang, Y. 367
Zhao, H.D. 1087
Zhao, L. 1381
Zilch, K. 397
Zou.P.X.W. 1023
Reinforcement for
ISBN 981-238-401-4(set)
ISBN 981-238-972-5
9 "789812"384010"
9 "789812"389725"
World Scientific
www. worldscientific. com
5300 he